Skip to main content

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog"

See other formats


Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Indiana,  Pennsylvania  15705-1087 


Non-profit  Org. 
U.S.  Postage 

Paid 

Permit  No.  198 

Indiana,  PA  15701 


ate   ,.  Jr 


Undergraduate  uatalog 

1994-1995 

INDIANA  UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 


^! 


¥ 


on 


■^^W'1-""  ■       -** .^^^X  t#  -^^^^B- 1 1 

#iP    n    , 

mm 

I 

V  -  -a 

«    J 

f 

■i^^ 

r 

This  bulletin  contains  announcements  of  courses  for  the  academic  year  1994-95.  IUP  reserves  the 
right  to  repeal,  change,  or  amend  the  rules,  regulations,  courses,  and  programs  contained  in  tins 
bulletin  at  any  time.  Tuition  and  fees  are  also  subject  to  change. 

According  to  IUP's  Mission  Statement,  "...The  university  community  must  be  supportive  of  and  open 
to  all  scholars  regardless  of  race,  religion,  creed,  age,  sex,  disability,  or  ethnic  heritage..."  Full 
participation  from  each  member  of  the  university  community  in  activities  that  support  this  mission  is 
encouraged.  Each  member  of  the  university  community  has  a  right  to  study  and  work  in  an 
environment  free  from  any  form  of  racial,  ethnic,  and  sexual  discrimination.  In  accordance  with 
federal  and  state  laws,  the  university  will  not  tolerate  racial  or  ethnic  discrimination  or  discrimination 
on  the  basis  of  disability. 

IUP  is  committed  to  providing  leadership  in  taking  affirmative  action  to  attain  equal  educational  and 
employment  rights  to  all  persons  without  regard  to  race,  religion,  national  origin,  ancestry,  sex, 
physical  handicap,  or  affectional  or  lifestyle  preference.  This  policy  is  placed  in  this  document  in 
accordance  with  state  and  federal  laws  including  Titles  VI  and  VII  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964, 
Title  IX  of  the  Educational  Amendments  of  1972,  Sections  503  and  504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of 
1973,  and  the  Americans  With  Disabilities  Act,  as  well  as  federal  and  state  executive  orders.  This 
policy  extends  to  disabled  veterans  and  veterans  of  the  Vietnam  era.  Please  direct  inquiries 
concerning  equal  opportunity  and  affirmative  action  to  the  following  administrators: 
Management  and  University  Concerns: 

Dr.  Cynthia  Cronk 

Director.  Human  Resources 

G-30  Sutton  Hall.  IUP.  Indiana.  PA  15705 
Faculty  Concerns: 

Dr.  Alphonse  N.  Novels 

Assistant  Provost  and  Director  of  Minority  Affairs 

359  Sutton  Hall,  IUP,  Indiana,  PA  1 5705 
Student  Concerns: 

Ms.  Rhonda  Luckey 

Pechan  Health  Center 

TD:  Telecommunications  Device  available  in  the 

Advising  and  Testing  Center.  (412)  357-4067 
(VITD)  (8:00-4:30,  M-F) 
Office  of  Human  Resources,  (412)  357-248 1 
(TD)  (24  hours) 


Credits 

Editor:  Diane  L.  Duntley 
Designer:  Diane  Staszkiewicz 
Cover  Photography:  BRT  Photo 

James  Rogers,  FOTOGRAFIX 

IUP  file  photos 
General  Photography:  James  Wakefield 


Indiana  University 

of  Pennsylvania  Bulletin 

1994-95 
Undergraduate  Catalog 


IUP 

Indiana,  Pennsylvania  15705 


2  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  University  — 3 


Table  of  Contents 


University  Calendar 04 

The  University 05 

The  Branch  Campuses 07 

Admission  and  Registration 08 

Finances 1 1 

Student  Programs  and  Services 23 

Academic  Policies 27 

Requirements  for  Graduation 38 

Academic  Affairs  Division  Areas 42 

The  Eberly  College  of  Business 45 

The  College  of  Education 51 

The  College  of  Fine  Arts 59 

The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 65 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 75 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 96 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education 112 

Course  Descriptions 115 

Directory 193 


4  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


University  Calendar 

Fall  Semester,  1994 

Registration  Aug.  30 

Classes  begin  Aug.  31 

Labor  Day  (no  classes)  Sept.  5 
Thanksgiving  recess  begins 

at  end  of  night  classes  Nov.  22 

Classes  resume  (8:00  a.m.)  Nov.  28 

Reading  Day  Dec.  13 
Final  exams                                                       Dec.  14-21 

December  Commencement  Dec.  18 

Spring  Semester,  1995 

Registration  Jan.  16 

Classes  start  Jan.  17 

Spring  vacation  starts/p.m.  Mar.  4 

Classes  resume  (8:00  a.m.)  Mar.  13 

Easter  Apr.  16 

No  classes  Apr.  17 

Monday  classes  held  Apr.  18 

Reading  Day  May  2 

Final  exams  May  3-10 

May  Commencement  May  13 

Summer  sessions,  1995* 

First  session  registration  June  5 

First  session  classes  begin/p.m.  June  5 

First  session  ends  July  7 

Second  session  registration  July  10 

Second  session  classes  begin/p.m.  July  10 

Second  session  ends  Aug.  11 


The  University 


8«  wm 


fa  ' 


«^r. 


35   4**Vi 


!  I 


IW 


2-  r 


a* 


r^v?\  - 


-i«.  a. 


TTie  University 

A  University  Education 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning.  IUP  is  a  community  of  scholars  of  both 
faculty  and  students,  committed  to  discover,  preserve,  and  impart  truth  in  all 
its  forms.  Our  primary  concern  is  with  the  intellectual,  moral,  cultural, 
physical,  social,  and  aesthetic  development  and  maturation  of  our  students. 
To  this  end  we  are  charged  with  providing  a  liberal  education  of  both 
general  and  specialized  studies  which  will  allow  our  students  to  liberate 
themselves  from  narrow  interests  and  prejudices,  to  broaden  their 
intellectual  horizons  by  increased  cultural  perspective,  to  develop  the  ability 
to  think  logically,  critically,  and  creatively,  and  to  communicate  their 
judgments  clearly  and  forcefully.  The  curriculum  involves  a  body  of 
knowledge  about  the  universe  and  about  people,  their  nature,  behavior,  and 
values.  It  also  provides  an  opportunity  to  gain  specialized  knowledge  as  a 
preparation  for  graduate  study  and  entry  into  professional  life.  Beyond  this 
breadth  and  depth  of  know  ledge,  the  university  recognizes  that  such  an 
education  is  only  a  beginning  and  hopes  to  stimulate  its  students  to  pursue 
continuous  development  in  the  areas  of  human  knowledge,  to  seek  wisdom, 
to  challenge  the  mysteries  of  life  and  examine  its  ultimate  meaning,  and  to 
become  useful  members  of  society  by  embracing  careers  which  will  touch 
the  whole  community. 

Approved  by  the  University  Senate  in  May,  1979. 

History  of  the  University 

IUP  has  witnessed  a  history  rich  in  accomplishment.  Since  1875.  when  it 
served  only  225  students  in  a  single  building,  it  has  experienced  continuous 
growth,  becoming  Pennsylvania's  fifth  largest  university.  The  current 
enrollment  is  over  14,000.  with  students  from  thirty-six  states  and  over  fifty- 
five  countries. 

The  first  building,  named  John  Sutton  Hall  in  honor  of  the  first  president  of 
the  Board  of  Trustees,  was  opened  for  students  on  May  17.  1875. 


In  April.  1920,  control  and  ownership  of  the  school  passed  to  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  In  May,  1927,  by  authority  of  the  General 
Assembly,  the  State  Normal  School  became  a  college,  with  the  right  to  grant 
degrees.  The  name  was  then  changed  to  the  State  Teachers  College  at 
Indiana.  Pennsylvania.  In  1959.  the  legislature  approved  a  change  of  name 
to  Indiana  State  College;  in  the  1960s  there  followed  a  rapid  growth  in  the 
liberal  arts  program. 

In  December.  1965,  Indiana  was  redesignated  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania  and  given  the  authority  to  expand  its  curriculum  and  to 
grant  degrees  at  the  master's  level.  At  this  time  the  first  doctoral  program 
was  initiated. 

The  following  publications  have  all  recognized  IUP  for  its  high  academic 
standards  and  competitive  costs:  Arco's  Dollarwise  Guide  to  American 
Colleges:  Barron's  300:  Best  Buys  in  College  Education.  The  Best  Buys  in 
College  Education  by  Edw  ard  Fiske,  education  editor  of  the  Yen  Yoi  k 
Times:  Changing  Tones.  Hon  to  Get  an  Ivy  League  Education  at  a  State 
University  by  Martin  Nemko;  Money  magazine's  Money  Guide:  Two 
Hundred  Most  Selective  Colleges:  The  Definitive  Guide  to  America'.',  First- 
Choice  Schools:  and  U.S.  News  and  World  Report. 

Accreditation 

IUP  is  a  state-owned  institution  for  higher  education  as  a  member  of  the 
Slate  System  of  Higher  Education.  It  is  an  approved  and  fully  accredited 
member  of  the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools,  the 
National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education,  the  American 
Home  Economics  Association,  the  American  Chemical  Society,  the 
American  Psychological  Association,  the  National  League  for  Nursing,  the 
American  Society  of  Safety  Engineers,  the  Committee  on  Allied  Health 
Education  and  Accreditation,  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music, 
the  National  Association  of  School  Psychologists,  the  National  Accrediting 
Agency  for  Clinical  Sciences,  and  the  Council  on  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and 
Institutional  Education. 

Buildings  and  Grounds 

The  main  campus,  originally  consisting  of  twelve  acres  and  one  building,  is 
now  composed  of  a  total  of  204  acres  on  which  are  located  seventy-two 
major  buildings  owned  by  the  state  and  seven  athletic  fields.  Two  of  the 
buildings,  Breezedale  and  John  Sutton  Hall,  have  been  entered  in  the 
National  Register  of  Historic  Places.  The  Co-op  Recreational  Park,  located  a 
few  miles  from  the  campus,  consists  of  280  acres  and  several  buildings 
including  a  lodge  and  ski  hut.  The  wooded  hillsides  offer  opportunities  for 
nature  study  and  such  outdoor  recreational  activities  as  hiking,  skiing,  and 
exercise  trails. 

Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Service 

In  September,  1989.  the  Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Service  was 
created  w  ithin  the  Research  Division  of  the  Graduate  School  to  replace  the 
Center  for  Community  Affairs  and  the  Institute  for  Applied  Research  and 
Public  Policy  Studies. 

The  Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Service  serves  as  the  primary 
outreach  office  of  the  university  to  link  community  effort  and  need  with  the 
diverse  resources  of  the  university  and  to  encourage  research  activities 
among  the  faculty.  Major  areas  of  responsibility  include:  1 )  To  expand 
economic  development  and  public  service  initiatives  within  the  university's 
research  mission;  2)  To  provide  a  coordinating  function  for  all  IUP 
research  centers;  and  3)  To  provide  leadership  and  support  for  the  Applied 
Research  Lab. 

A  wide  variety  of  services  is  offered  through  outreach  efforts  to  community 
leaders  in  government,  business,  education,  human  service,  and  health  care 
agencies  and  organizations.  Typical  services  include  policy  analysis  for  local 
governments,  needs  assessments,  survey  research,  computer  projects, 
software  development,  digital  mapping,  land  use  and  site  studies,  and 
archaeological  services  including  Phase  I  and  II  surveys.  Through  affiliation 
with  the  Pennsylvania  State  Data  Center,  a  variety  of  specialized  census  and 
economic  data  reports  are  developed  upon  request. 

Staff  of  the  institute  includes  a  director,  fiscal  assistant,  graduate  assistant, 
several  undergraduate  students,  and  numerous  faculty  associates. 

Information  Systems  and  Communications  Center 

The  Information  Systems  and  Communications  Center  (ISCC).  established 
in  1963.  is  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  Stright  Hall.  The  ISCC  provides 


6  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


computational  support  for  undergraduate  and  graduate  courses,  faculty  and 
student  research,  and  the  administrative  requirements  of  the  university. 

The  primary  computing  capacity  of  the  center  is  provided  by  a  DEC 
VAXcluster  running  VMS  which  supports  both  timesharing  and  batch 
processing  services.  A  campus  network  provides  9600  baud  terminal  access, 
with  ethernet  connectivity  available  in  selected  locations.  IUP  is  connected 
to  both  the  BITNET  and  Internet  wide  area  networks. 

Student  access  to  computing  is  provided,  for  the  most  part,  through  the 
public  computing  laboratories.  The  primary  public  labs  are  strategically 
placed  around  campus  to  maximize  their  availability  and  impact.  Several 
departments  maintain  computing  facilities  that  are  of  a  focused  nature  and 
which  are  intended  to  support  specific  programs. 

Through  implementation  of  its  strategic  computing  plan,  which  is  part  of  the 
university  long-range  planning  process,  the  university  is  committed  to 
providing  the  level  of  computing  and  information  technology  necessary  for 
a  modem  institution  of  higher  education.  Guidance  in  this  area  is  provided 
from  both  an  Academic  and  Administrative  Computing  Advisory 
Committee.  Undergraduate  and  Graduate  students  are  represented  on  the 
Academic  Computing  Advisory  Committee. 

Library  and  Media  Services 

Patrick  J.  Stapleton.  Jr..  Library,  the  central  library  for  IUP,  was  completed 
and  dedicated  in  1981.  It  adjoins  Rhodes  R.  Stabley  Library,  which  results  in 
a  combined  structure  of  156,000  square  feet.  The  Cogswell  Music  Library, 
the  University  School  Library,  and  the  branch  campus  libraries  at  Armstrong 
Center  in  Kittanning  and  in  Punxsutawney  are  the  other  components  of  the 
IUP  library  system.  Nineteen  library  faculty  members,  twenty-two  support 
and  technical  staff  members,  and  over  two  hundred  students  are  employed  in 
the  Libraries  and  Media  Resources  Division  of  the  university.  The  book 
collection  contains  in  excess  of  700.000  volumes;  there  are  4,500  periodical 
subscriptions,  1.7  million  items  of  microforms,  over  100,000  bound 
periodicals,  and  in  excess  of  24,000  volumes  of  governmental  publications. 
(IUP  is  a  designated  Select  Depository  for  federal  and  state  publications.) 
The  libraries'  media  holdings  in  all  formats  are  extensive.  Resources  are 
supplemented  through  membership  in  OCLC  for  interlibrary  loan,  the 
Health  Sciences  Consortium  (North  Carolina),  and  the  Laurel  Highlands 
Consortium  and  associate  membership  in  the  Center  for  Research  Libraries. 
The  central  library  is  open  ninety-three  hours  a  week  during  regular  terms. 
The  Cogswell  Music  Library,  located  on  the  top  floor  of  Cogswell  Hall, 
contains  approximately  6,000  books,  70,000  scores,  and  10,000  recordings. 
Holdings  of  monumental  editions  are  substantial.  Sound  recordings  circulate 
only  to  faculty,  but  listening  stations  are  available  for  use  by  all  patrons.  The 
University  School  Library's  6,500  volumes  support  the  curriculum  of  grades 
K-6  at  the  University  School.  The  Armstrong  County  campus  library  has 
more  than  22.000  volumes,  and  the  recently  renovated  Punxsutawney  library 
contains  more  than  13,000  books  as  well  as  150  periodicals  and  recordings 
of  music,  poetry,  and  drama. 

University  Senate 

Purpose 

The  purpose  of  the  University  Senate  is  to  provide  a  formal  means  through 
which  the  student  body,  faculty,  and  administration,  working  as  a  unified 
group,  shall  have  a  representative  share  in  the  governance  of  the  university. 

Nothing  relating  to  the  organization  and  administration  of  the  University 
Senate  shall  be  construed  so  as  to  limit  the  authority  of  the  Council  of 
Trustees  or  the  president  of  the  university  with  respect  to  the  administration 
of  the  university  as  prescribed  by  law. 

Composition  and  Elective  Procedures 

The  University  Senate  shall  consist  of  a  number  of  faculty  double  the 
number  of  departments  of  the  university,  an  administrative  segment  one- 
third  the  size  of  the  faculty  segment,  and  a  student  segment  one-half  the  size 
of  the  faculty  segment.  The  Senate  shall  also  include  one  Alumni 
Association  representative  and  four  representatives  from  staff.  Faculty, 
administrative,  and  staff  members  must  hold  full-time  contracts  at  the  time 
of  election  or  appointment,  and  students  must  be  full-time  and  in  good 
standing.  "Student"  refers  to  both  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  student 
bodies.  The  student  segment  shall  consist  often  times  as  many 
undergraduate  students  as  graduate  students,  each  delegation  to  be  elected 
by  its  representative  student  body.  Undergraduate  students  shall  be  elected 
under  the  auspices  of  the  recognized  student  association  (as  defined  by 


Pennsylvania  state  Act  1982-188)  and  graduate  students  through  elections 
arranged  by  their  comparable  body.  In  both  cases,  the  officiating  body  shall 
call  for  and  accept  voluntary  nominations  for  election  to  the  Senate.  Student 
members  of  the  University  Senate  serve  on  most  of  the  Senate  committees. 

The  Foundation  for  IUP 

The  Foundation  for  IUP  is  a  nonprofit  agency  established  in  1967  to  develop 
and  maintain  private  support  for  IUP.  It  is  governed  by  a  twenty-four- 
member  Board  of  Directors.  The  offices  are  located  on  campus  in  John 
Sutton  Hall. 

Funds  raised  through  contributions  from  alumni,  friends,  faculty  and  staff, 
corporations,  and  foundations  are  used  to  support  scholarships,  academic 
and  athletic  enrichment,  departmental  programs,  and  other  priority  needs  of 
the  university.  In  1993-94  contributions  received  totaled  over  $6  million, 
and  the  foundation's  endowments  are  valued  at  $9  million. 

Interim  University  Policy  on  Sexual  Harassment 

IUP  affirms  that  sexual  harassment  is  a  violation  of  basic  human  rights, 
inconsistent  with  the  purpose  and  principles  of  an  academic  community. 
Sexual  harassment  of  students  and  employees  is  unacceptable  conduct 
and  will  not  be  tolerated. 

Any  university  community  member  who  engages  in  sexual  harassment  is 
subject  to  the  disciplinary  process  appropriate  to  his/her  classification  as  an 
employee  or  student. 

The  right  to  confidentiality  of  all  parties  involved  in  a  sexual  harassment 
complaint  shall  be  strictly  adhered  to  insofar  as  it  does  not  interfere  with  the 
university's  legal  obligation  to  investigate  allegations  of  misconduct  and  to 
take  appropriate  corrective  action. 

IUP  prohibits  retaliatory  action  against  individuals  filing  either  informal  or 
formal  complaints  of  sexual  harassment.  Nothing  contained  in  this  policy 
protects  an  individual  who  maliciously  makes  false  accusations.  While 
seeking  to  protect  those  whose  dignity  might  be  compromised,  it  must  be 
emphasized  that  false  accusations  of  sexual  harassment  will  not  be  tolerated. 

Definition:  Sexual  harassment  is  a  form  of  sex  discrimination  that  is 
reprehensible  and  unlawful.  Title  IX  of  the  education  amendments  of  1972 
prohibits  sex  discrimination  in  employment.  Sexual  harassment  is  defined  as: 

a.  making  unwelcome  sexual  advances 

b.  requesting  sexual  favors 

c.  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature — which  submission  to  such 
conduct  is  made,  either  explicitly  or  implicitly,  a  term  or  condition  of  a 
person's  employment  or  education 

d.  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature — which  has  the  purpose  or 
effect  of  unreasonably  interfering  with  an  individual's  academic, 
personal,  or  professional  performance 

e.  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature — which  has  the  purpose  or 
effect  of  unreasonably  creating  an  intimidating,  hostile,  or  offensive 
educational,  social,  or  work  environment 

f.  basing  employment  or  academic  decisions  upon  a  person's  submission  to 
or  rejection  of  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature 

Sexual  harassment  occurs  in  a  variety  of  situations.  Many  of  these  situations 
have  two  circumstances  in  common: 

the  inappropriate  introduction  of  sexual  activities  into  relationships  of 

unequal  power 
•     an  element  of  coercion — so  that  compliance  with  requests  for  sexual 

favors  becomes  a  criterion  for  granting  employment  or  academic 

benefits. 

Sexual  harassment  may  also  involve  relationships  among  equals.  In  these 
cases  repeated  sexual  advances  or  demeaning  verbal  behavior  have  a 
harmful  effect  on  one's  ability  to  study,  live,  or  work  within  the  academic 
community. 

Questions  regarding  the  Sexual  Harassment  Policy  or  complaint  procedures 
may  be  directed  to  the  Director  of  Human  Resources,  G-30  Sutton  Hall,  IUP. 
Policy  approved  by  University  Senate.  May  1,  1990;  pending  final  approval 
by  Council  of  Trustees. 


The  Branch  Campuses  —  7 


The  Branch  Campuses 

Robert  H.  Doerr,  Director,  Armstrong  Branch 
Norman  T.  Storm,  Director,  Punxsutawney 
Branch 

IUP  operates  two  branch  campuses,  one  in  Punxsutawney,  twenty-eight 
miles  north  of  the  Indiana  campus,  and  one  in  Kittanning,  twenty-eight 
miles  west  of  the  Indiana  campus.  The  first  branch  campus  was  established 
in  1962  in  Punxsutawney.  The  following  year  the  Armstrong  campus  in 
Kittanning  was  opened.  The  Punxsutawney  campus  accommodates  200-225 
students  and  the  Armstrong  campus  accommodates  450-550  students. 

Control  of  the  branch  campuses  is  directly  vested  with  the  IUP 
administration  and  Council  of  Trustees.  Advisory  boards  from  the  respective 
areas  identify  local  needs.  Both  branch  campuses  carry  full  accreditation  as 
integral  parts  of  the  undergraduate  programs  of  IUP.  This  means  that  course 
offered  at  the  branch  campuses  are  of  the  same  quality  as  those  offered  at 
the  Indiana  campus. 

Programs  of  Study 

The  branch  campuses  of  IUP  offer  basic  liberal  studies  courses  for  most 
majors  in  the  various  undergraduate  colleges  of  the  university.  Students  may 
schedule  a  full  program  for  the  freshman  year  and  many  sophomore-level 
courses.  No  student  accepted  at  either  of  the  branch  campuses  is  eligible  for 
transfer  to  the  Indiana  campus  until  he/she  has  completed  two  semesters. 

Faculty  advisers  and  administrators  at  the  branch  campuses  are  available  to 
advise  students  on  their  instructional  programs  and  the  proper  time  for 
continuing  at  the  Indiana  campus,  whether  it  be  after  two,  three,  or 
four  semesters. 


Business  Associate  Degree  Program 

The  two-year  Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  Business  is  based  upon  a  broad 
liberal  arts  program  as  well  as  professional  competencies  needed  in  the  field 
nt  business.  The  program  is  offered  at  the  Armstrong  campus  and  the 
Punxsutawney  campus.  A  student  accepted  for  this  program  may 
concentrate  in  computer  and  office  information  systems.  Most  of  the  credits 
earned  in  the  two-year  program  may  apply  toward  a  four-year  degree 
program  in  business. 

Criminology  Associate  Degree  Program 

A  two-year  program  in  criminology  is  offered  only  at  the  Punxsutawney 
branch  campus  and  is  not  offered  at  the  Indiana  campus  of  IUP.  The  credits 
earned  in  the  two-year  program  will  apply  toward  the  four-year  degree 
program  in  criminology. 

Admission 

Any  prospective  student  who  wishes  to  attend  either  of  the  branch  campuses 
instead  of  the  Indiana  campus  may  apply  for  admission  by  requesting  an 
application  from  the  Admissions  Office  or  from  the  director  of  either  branch 
campus.  Students  admitted  into  an  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  Program  must 
reapply  for  admission  if  they  choose  to  pursue  a  bachelor's  degree  at  IUP. 
The  same  standards  and  requirements  used  for  admission  at  the  Indiana 
campus  are  applied  at  both  university  branch  campuses.  The  mailing 
addresses  for  the  respective  branch  campuses  follow: 


Punxsutawney  Branch  Campus 

IUP 

Punxsutawney,  PA  15767 


Armstrong  County  Branch  Campus 

IUP 

Kittanning,  PA  16201 

Housing 

The  Punxsutawney  branch  campus  has  privately  owned  residence  halls  for 
students  living  beyond  commuting  distance,  while  the  Armstrong  County 
branch  campus  operates  university-owned  residence  halls.  Students  are  free 
to  choose  their  housing  from  all  available  sources,  which  include  the 
residence  halls  and  private  homes  or  apartments  in  the  community.  A  list  of 
rooms  and  apartments  is  available  in  each  campus  director's  office. 

Food  Service 

Each  branch  campus  has  its  own  dining  hall  within  the  residence  hall.  Meals 
are  served  seven  days  a  week  during  the  time  the  university  is  in  session. 
Residence  hall  students  as  well  as  students  living  in  private  homes  and 
apartments  may  make  arrangements  to  take  meals  in  the  dining  halls.  The 
dining  service  is  operated  by  the  same  food  service  contractor  as  on  the 
Indiana  campus. 

Rules  and  Regulations  Concerning  Student  Behavior 

Students  at  the  branch  campuses  are  subject  to  the  same  rules  and 
regulations  as  students  on  the  Indiana  campus. 

Fees 

Branch  campus  students  pay  the  same  basic  fees  as  Indiana  campus  students 
except  for  the  health  fee. 

Continuing  Education 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education  plays  a  significant  role  in  programming 
Community-University  Studies  classes  (noncredit),  academic  workshops, 
and  institutes  in  the  Punxsutawney  and  Kittanning  areas.  The  school  is 
also  responsive  to  the  needs  of  the  local  community  through  credit  and 
noncredit  activities. 


8  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Admissions  and  Registration 

Undergraduate  Admissions  Policy 

Graduates  of  an  accredited  four-year  high  school  or  holders  of  a  GED 
equivalency  diploma  are  qualified  to  apply  for  admission  to  IUP.  Students 
who  have  completed  the  junior  year  of  high  school  may  file  an  application 
any  time  after  July  1. 

Requests  for  applications  and  catalogs  should  be  addressed  to 
Office  of  Admissions 
Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
216  Pratt  Hall 
Indiana,  PA  15705 

The  Admissions  Committee,  giving  equal  opportunity  to  all  students,  will 
take  the  following  criteria  into  consideration  when  reviewing  each 
application:  SAT/ ACT  scores,  class  rank,  grades,  guidance  counselor 
recommendations,  faculty  recommendations,  extracurricular  activities  and 
other  pertinent  information  that  would  be  helpful  to  the  Admissions 
Committee  in  making  decisions.  SAT/ACT  scores  are  not  required  for 
transfers,  veterans,  or  applicants  who  have  graduated  from  high  school  more 
than  five  years  before  applying.  However,  high  school  and  all  previous 
college  transcripts  are  required. 

Although  the  university  does  not  require  a  specific  number  of  high  school 
credits  in  particular  subject  areas,  applicants  are  strongly  urged  to  take  the 
usual  college  preparatory  program  in  high  school.  Applicants  should  also 
take  any  available  high  school  courses  in  the  field  of  their  intended  major. 
Applicants  should  be  aware  that  certain  majors  at  IUP  require  completion  of 
a  foreign  language  at  the  intermediate  level  in  order  to  earn  a  bachelor "s 
degree.  However,  the  Admissions  Committee  does  not  require  an  applicant 
to  take  a  foreign  language  in  high  school  for  admission  to  these  majors. 


Applications  are  considered  by  the  Admissions  Committee  on  a  rolling 
basis.  Under  a  rolling  admissions  policy,  applications  are  reviewed  as  they 
become  complete.  Decisions  can  range  from  automatic  acceptance,  to 
request  for  additional  information,  to  other  alternatives,  with  a  May  1 
deadline  for  tuition  deposits. 

Academically  qualified  applicants  to  the  departments  of  Art.  Music,  and 
Theater  will  be  admitted  to  the  university  by  the  Admissions  Committee. 
However,  admission  to  the  requested  major  will  be  subject  to  the  acceptance 
by  the  Department  of  Art  after  a  portfolio  review  and  by  the  Departments  of 
Music  and  Theater  after  an  audition.  Students  will  receive  information 
from  the  Art.  Music  and  Theater  departments  concerning  auditions  and 
portfolio  reviews. 

Freshman  Applications 

Applications  for  admission  will  be  available  after  July  1  following  the 
student's  junior  year  of  high  school. 

All  persons  expecting  to  apply  for  freshman  admission  to  IUP  should  plan 
to  take  the  SAT  or  ACT  test  during  their  junior  and/or  early  part  of  their 
senior  year.  The  Admissions  Committee  recommends  that  students  take  the 
tests  more  than  once.  The  committee  considers  the  highest  scores  from  all 
tests  taken. 

Arrangements  to  take  the  SAT  or  ACT  tests  can  be  made  through  the  high 
school  principal  or  counselor,  or  by  writing  to  the  College  Entrance 
Examination  Board.  Box  592.  Princeton.  NJ  08540  or  American  College 
Testing,  P.O.  Box  168.  Iowa  City.  Iowa.  52243  for  an  information  pamphlet 
and  test  registration  form. 

In  order  for  the  test  scores  to  be  received  by  IUP,  IUP  must  be  designated  on 
the  registration  form  as  one  of  the  universities  to  receive  the  scores. 

The  applicant  should  give  the  completed  application  form  and  the 
nonrefundable  $20  application  fee  payable  to  IUP  to  his/her  high  school 
principal  or  counselor.  The  principal  or  counselor  should  mail  the 
application  and  complete  packet  of  admissions  materials  to  the  IUP  Office 
of  Admissions.  216  Pratt  Hall.  Indiana.  PA  15705. 

Early  Admission 

The  Early  Admissions  Program  permits  students  to  enroll  as  a  college 
freshman  after  completing  the  junior  year  in  high  school.  Student 
applications  for  acceptance  must  originate  with  the  student's  high  school 
counselor  and  principal.  Admission  consideration  will  be  given  to  those 
applications  which  contain  a  statement  indicating  explicit  approval  by  the 
high  school  principal.  Applicants  are  considered  on  an  individual  basis.  The 
university  Admissions  Committee  will  exercise  the  final  judgment  as  to 
university  acceptance  after  a  personal  interview  with  the  applicant.  The 
university  strongly  recommends  prior  summer  school  attendance  by  all 
students  admitted  through  the  Early  Admissions  Program. 

Processing  the  Application 

1)  The  Admissions  Committee  reviews,  with  care  and  understanding,  each 
of  the  several  thousand  applications  that  are  submitted  each  year. 

2)  Decisions  on  applications  are  made  on  a  rolling  basis. 

3)  Applicants  who  are  admitted  to  IUP  will  be  invited  to  attend  an 
orientation  program  on  campus  to  receive  general  information  and 
discuss  their  academic  and  career  plans  with  the  college  dean,  faculty 
representative  of  their  respective  major,  and  other  advisers. 

4)  Attendance  at  the  orientation  and  payment  of  the  $30  orientation  fee 
signifies  the  applicant's  interest  but  not  commitment  to  attend  IUP. 

5)  A  $75  nonrefundable  tuition  deposit  is  due  from  all  incoming  students. 
This  advance  deposit  payment  will  be  credited  to  the  applicant's  tuition. 

Transfer  Admission 

A  student  who  has  been  attending  another  institution  of  higher  education 
and  wishes  to  transfer  to  IUP  must  submit  an  application,  official  transcripts 
of  all  postsecondary  educational  work,  and  an  official  high  school  transcript. 

All  admissions  decisions  are  made  on  a  "rolling"  basis  by  the  Admissions 
Committee.  Under  a  rolling  admissions  policy,  applications  are  reviewed  as 
they  become  complete.  Decisions  can  range  from  automatic  acceptance,  to 
request  for  additional  information,  to  other  alternatives.  The  application 
deadline  depends  on  the  number  of  available  vacancies  in  the  transfer 
program  and  the  number  of  applications  received. 


Admissions  and  Registration 


Transfer  applications  ( 12  or  more  postsecondary,  college  credits  attempted) 
arc  reviewed  on  the  basis  of  college  coursework  completed.  Transfers  arc 
required  to  have  al  least  a  cumulative  2.0  grade  point  average  on  a  4.0  scale 

(C  average)  from  all  schools  previously  attended  lor  admission  to  most 
programs.  The  teacher  certification  program  requires  a  cumulative  minimum 
2.5  grade  point  average  Irom  all  schools  previously  attended. 

A  nonrefundable  registration  fee  of  $30  is  required  of  all  accepted  students. 
Attendance  at  Transfer  Registration  Day  in  August  is  highly  recommended. 
If  waiver  Of  attendance  at  summer  registration  is  approved  by  the 
Admissions  Office,  the  student  will  schedule  courses  as  available  in  late 
registration  the  day  before  the  start  of  classes 

The  evaluation  of  credits  from  other  institutions  of  higher  education  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  Office  of  Academic  Information  Systems  and  the 
academic  college  dean  who  has  jurisdiction  over  the  student's  desired  major. 
Normally,  courses  considered  for  transfer  ate  only  those  taken  from 
institutions  which  are  accredited  by  the  six  regional  accrediting  agencies. 
Each  course  is  usually  evaluated  separately.  The  evaluation  normally 
includes  a  review  of  the  description,  semester  hours,  and  grade  of  each 
course  along  with  the  applicability  of  the  course  to  the  student's  major  at 
1UP.  However,  only  credits  transfer,  not  grade-point  average.  It  has  been  the 
policy  of  the  university  that  only  courses  with  a  "C"  or  higher  grade  will  be 
accepted,  except  for  two-year  associate  degree  graduates  of  state-supported 
community  colleges  in  Pennsylvania.  No  matter  how  many  credits  are 
transferable,  the  student  must  satisfy  all  of  the  degree  requirements  falling 
into  the  categories  of  ( 1 )  university  requirements,  (2)  college  requirements, 
and  (3)  department  requirements. 

University  requirements:  Since  all  students  are  obliged  to  fulfill  a  basic 
program  in  Liberal  Studies  consisting  of  53-58  semester  credit  hours  and 
there  is  a  reasonable  degree  of  flexibility  in  the  Liberal  Studies 
requirements,  the  transfer  evaluator  and  the  college  deans  will  look  to  this 
area  first  for  applicable  credits  for  transfer.  Most  introductory  courses  are 
generally  equivalent. 

Residency  requirements:  The  university  requires  that  at  least  forty-five 
credits,  generally  including  the  last  thirty  credits  in  a  student's  curriculum, 
must  be  earned  by  enrollment  in  courses  at  IUP.  It  should  also  be  noted  that 
for  community  college  graduates  a  maximum  of  sixty  credit  hours  is 
transferable  to  this  institution  for  the  purpose  of  fulfilling  a  specific  program 
of  study.  Excess  credits,  if  any.  may  be  transferred  but  cannot  be  used  for 
fulfilling  the  minimum  requirements  for  the  degree. 

Transfer  students,  to  remain  in  good  academic  standing,  must  meet  the  same 
quality-point  average  requirements  as  those  specified  for  all  other 
undergraduate  students.  See  section  entitled  "Criteria  Governing 
Continuance  at  IUP." 

The  university  accepts  credits  associated  with  "D"  grades  only  when  they 
are  part  of  a  completed  Associate  Degree  earned  at  a  publicly  owned 
community  college  in  Pennsylvania.  These  "D"  grades  will  be  treated  in  the 
same  manner  as  those  earned  at  IUP.  This  articulation  policy  was  adopted  by 
the  Board  of  State  College  and  University  Directors  in  1973. 

Part-Time  Study  (Nondegree) 

Part-Time  Studies  Program — Undergraduate 

Part-time  undergraduate  study  is  available  through  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education  to  any  high  school  graduate,  holder  of  a  GED  Equivalency 
Diploma,  or  adult  over  twenty-five  years  of  age.  No  SAT  scores  are 
required.  Note:  A  TOEFL  Score  is  required  as  part  of  the  application  for  an 
individual  whose  native  language  is  other  than  English.  Those  who  are  not 
U.S.  citizens  must  submit  a  notarized  copy  of  their  current  visa  and  1-94 
card  or  alien  resident  card. 

Applications  are  available  from  the  Part-time  Studies  Program  and  must  be 
submitted  with  documentation  directly  to  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education  by  August  15  for  the  fall  semester  and  December  1 5  for  the 
spring  semester.  A  $20  application  fee  is  required.  Applications  submitted 
after  established  dates  are  not  guaranteed  consideration. 

Transfer  students  may  also  apply  to  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  for 
part-time  study  and  must  submit  official  transcripts  for  all  previous  college 
work  attempted.  An  overall  2.0  GPA  is  required. 


A  student  in  the  Part-time  Studies  Program  is  limited  to  a  semester 
enrollment  of  no  more  than  1 1  credits  and  must  apply  for  formal  admission 
to  a  degree  program  before  30  IUP  credits  have  been  earned.  Applications 
for  degree  candidacy  must  be  filed  by  the  midterm  point  of  the  fall  or  spring 
semester  preceding  candidacy.  Specific  requirements  for  grade-point 
average  and  IUP  credit  vary  by  degree  program.  The  minimum  credit 
criteria  to  apply  for  consideration  for  degree  candidacy  are  as  follows: 
High  School  Diploma  or  GED  15  IUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Veteran  (DD-214  required)  9  IUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Transfer  (with  12  or  more  credits)  9  IUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Transfer  (with  II  or  less  credits)  15IUPCredits  2.0GPA 

Note:  A  student  who  has  applied  and  has  been  admitted  by  the  Office  of 
Admissions  to  a  branch  campus  is  not  eligible  to  apply  to  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education. 

Program  for  Visiting  High  School  Students 

IUP  permits  the  exceptional  high  school  student  to  preview  university  life 
and  earn  regular  college  credit  on  a  limited  nondegree  basis.  The  student 
must  have  completed  the  sophomore  year  with  a  minimum  of  a  "B"  average 
and  have  the  written  support  of  the  high  school  principal  or  guidance 
counselor.  The  parameters  of  the  student's  enrollment  are  defined  in 
consultation  with  appropriate  high  school  official  and  are  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  credits  per  semester.  For  further  information,  contact  the 
School  of  Continuing  Education. 

Post  Baccalaureate  Studies  (Undergraduate) 

The  Post  Baccalaureate  Studies  Program  provides  access  to  undergraduate 
courses  to  individuals  who  have  an  earned  baccalaureate  degree.  Students 
may  be  seeking  a  second  bachelor's  degree,  an  additional  teacher 
certification,  or  personal  enrichment.  Students  may  enroll  on  a  full  or  part- 
time  basis  based  on  personal  preference  and  availability  of  coursework. 

Applications  are  available  from  the  School  of  Continuing  Education.  A 
completed  application  and  official  transcripts  of  all  previous  undergraduate 
coursework  must  be  submitted  for  review  by  August  15  for  fall  semester  and 
December  15  for  spring  semester.  Applications  not  submitted  by  established 
dates  are  not  guaranteed  consideration.  A  $20  application  fee  is  required. 
The  fee  is  waived  for  graduates  of  IUP. 

Second  Baccalaureate  Degree 

A  student  with  an  earned  baccalaureate  degree  who  wishes  to  complete  the 
requirements  for  a  second  or  subsequent  bachelor's  degree  must  make 
application  and  submit  official  transcripts  indicating  degree(s)  awarded.  The 
student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  thirty  additional  IUP  credits  and  meet 
the  requirements  for  graduation  established  by  the  academic  department  and 
college  in  which  the  new  degree  is  to  be  earned. 

Teacher  Certification 

A  student  with  an  earned  nonteaching  baccalaureate  degree  who  wishes  to 
complete  the  requirements  for  Instructional  Level  I  certification  must  apply 
as  a  second  bachelor's  degree  student.  A  minimum  cumulative  grade-point 
average  of  2.50  is  required  for  consideration  for  admission.  To  earn 
Instructional  Level  I  the  student  must  satisfactorily  complete  the 
prescribed  courses  in  an  IUP  degree  certification  program  at  a  minimum 
cumulative  grade-point  average  of  2.50  and  successfully  pass  the  National 
Teacher  Examination. 

A  currently  Pennsylvania-certified  teacher  who  wishes  to  add  a  new  area  of 
certification  may  apply  to  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  under  the 
category  teacher  certification.  Individuals  admitted  to  add  an  additional 
teacher  certification  will  follow  an  individually  planned  and  approved 
course  of  study. 

Immunization  Requirements 

Students  entering  effective  Fall.  1991.  are  required  to  complete  a  Student 
Health  Form  documenting  immunization  status.  See  Health  Services 
information  in  section  "Student  Programs  and  Services." 

Readmission  Policy  for  Students  Who  Withdraw  from  the 
University  Voluntarily 

A  student  who  withdrew  from  the  university  on  a  voluntary  basis  for  reasons 
of  health,  financial  difficulty,  etc..  and  who  wishes  to  reenter  must  notify,  in 
writing,  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  student  was  enrolled  at  the  time 
of  his/her  withdrawal,  before  July  1  for  the  fall  semester  (starting  in 
September)  or  before  November  1  for  the  spring  semester  (starting 
in  January). 


10  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  Summer  Sessions 

The  summer  school  program  at  IUP  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  many 
students.  Courses,  workshops,  and  seminars  are  offered  in  the  liberal  arts,  in 
teacher  education,  and  in  other  fields  of  study. 

Continuing  university  students,  including  newly  admitted  freshmen,  who 
wish  to  accelerate  their  program  of  studies  will  find  both  Liberal  Studies  and 
special  courses  in  all  fields  of  study.  Students  from  other  colleges  and 
universities  may  take  courses  at  IUP;  however,  they  are  advised  to  first 
ensure  that  their  home  institution  will  transfer  such  credits  earned  at  IUP. 


Teachers-in-service  will  find  courses  in  the  summer  program  to  serve  a 
variety  of  needs.  They  may  enroll  to  qualify  for  permanent  certification,  take 
refresher  courses  in  their  field  of  specialization,  or  take  courses  for  the 
purpose  of  extending  their  certification  to  a  new  field. 

The  Summer  Sessions  Schedule,  which  contains  information  regarding 
courses  and  activities  offered  during  the  summer  sessions,  is  usually 
available  after  March  1  and  can  be  obtained  by  contacting  the  Registrar's 
Office.  Room  G5,  Sutton  Hall  (412-357-2217),  or  the  Graduate  School. 
Room  128,  Stright  Hall  (412-357-2222). 

Attendance  at  summer  sessions  is  open  to  all  students  but  does  not  constitute 
admission  or  readmission  for  continuing  registration  in  the  fall  and/or  spring 
semesters.  Students  in  good  standing  who  desire  admission  must  obtain  an 
application  through  the  Office  of  Admissions  or  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education,  as  appropriate.  Students  who  desire  readmission  for  a  fall 
semester  must  apply  to  the  office  of  their  college  dean  by  the  preceding 
July  1. 

American  Language  Institute  (ALI) 

The  American  Language  Institute  offers  intensive  programs  in  English  for 
international  students  and  visitors  from  beginning  through  advanced  levels 
each  semester. 

The  English  for  Academic  Purposes  Program  (EAP)  is  for  applicants 
seeking  to  prepare  themselves  for  study  at  any  U.S.  college  or  university. 
Depending  on  proficiency,  enrollment  is  for  ten  weeks  of  intensive  study, 
beginning  first  summer  session,  including  twenty-five  hours  per  week  of 
classroom  instruction.  Students  completing  this  program  may  earn  three 
semester  hours  of  university  credit.  Students  may  apply  to  IUP  for 
conditional  admission,  pending  completion  of  this  program.  The  ALI  also 
offers  two  shorter  programs:  English  for  Specific  Purposes  (ESP)  for 
graduate  students  entering  specialized  fields  and  English  for  International 
Visitors  (EIV)  for  visiting  professionals  who  seek  improvement  in  English 
proficiency  while  experiencing  life  in  the  U.S. 

For  further  information  about  the  ALI  programs,  contact  Assistant  Director, 
American  Language  Institute,  212  Eicher  Hall.  IUP.  Indiana,  PA  15705 
USA;  (412)  357-2402. 


Finances  —  /  / 


Finances 


♦Tuition  Fees  (as  of  May,  1994) 

The  tuition  and  fees  set  forth  in  this  section  were  those  in  effect  in  May, 
1994.  The  fee  schedule  is  subject  to  change;  these  figures  are  to  be 
considered  simply  as  an  estimate.  A  current  fee  schedule  may  be  obtained  by 
writing  to  the  Admissions  Office,  IUP,  or  by  phoning  (412)  357-2230. 

The  tuition  for  all  full-time  in-state  students  is  $1,477  per  semester.  This 
covers  registration  and  the  keeping  of  student  records,  use  of  the  library, 
student  welfare,  and  laboratory  facilities.  An  additional  $123  per  credit  will 
be  charged  for  undergraduate  credits  scheduled  in  excess  of  eighteen. 

Out-of-state  full-time  students  pay  tuition  of  $3,676  per  semester.  An 
additional  $306  per  credit  will  be  charged  for  credits  in  excess  of  eighteen. 
The  tuition  for  part-time  in-state  undergraduate  students  is  $123  per 
semester  hour.  A  part-time  undergraduate  student  is  one  taking  eleven  or 
fewer  semester  hours.  See  the  sections  on  Admission  and  Registration  and 
on  University  Policies  for  further  information  concerning  part-time  students. 

The  tuition  for  part-time  out-of-state  students  is  $306  per  semester  hour.  An 
in-state  student  is  defined  as  one  who  is  a  bona  fide  resident  of  and 
domiciled  within  the  state  of  Pennsylvania  for  a  reasonable  period,  not  less 
than  one  year,  immediately  preceding  his  or  her  registration  for  a  term  or 
semester  in  any  state-supported  college  or  university  in  the  state  of 
Pennsylvania.  A  minor  will  generally  be  presumed  to  be  a  resident  of  the 
place  of  his/her  parents'  or  guardian's  domicile. 

The  establishment  of  domicile  is  primarily  a  matter  of  continued  residence 
and  intention.  Generally,  Pennsylvania  domicile  is  considered  to  be 
established  upon  the  completion  of  at  least  twelve  months  of  continuous 
residence  within  the  state  at  the  time  of  registration  for  courses. 

*The  university  reserves  the  right  to  change  its  fees  without  notice. 


*()ther  Fees 

Audit  Fee  —  Full  standard  Ices  will  be  assessed  for  each  course  audited, 
exception  being  persons  on  Social  Security  or  equivalent  retirement  benefit, 
who  will  be  given  remission  of  basic  fees  for  such  classes  where  space 
is  available. 

Orientation  Fee  —  A  nonrefundable  fee  of  $30  must  be  paid  by  each  student 
accepted  for  enrollment.  This  fee  will  be  used  to  cover  the  cost  incurred  by 
the  university  on  the  student's  behalf  during  Freshman  Orientation  Day  on 
campus  and  Fall  Freshman  Orientation.  Payment  of  this  fee  signifies  the 
student's  interest  but  not  commitment  to  attend  IUP. 

Testing  Fee  —  Each  entering  freshman  must  participate  in  placement  testing 
during  the  summer  immediately  preceding  the  student's  matriculation  on 
campus.  A  fee  of  $65  is  assessed  for  this  overnight,  two-day  experience  for 
students  admitted  to  the  main  campus.  Parents  pay  a  nominal  fee  for  their 
participation  in  the  accompanying  parent  orientation  program.  Branch 
campus  students  participate  in  a  summer  one-day  diagnostic  testing 
experience  only  with  a  fee  of  $40.  Students  receive  information  about  the 
summer  testing  program  prior  to  the  testing  date(s).  Fees  are  included  in  the 
regular  billing  and  are  nonrefundable.  Please  see  the  catalog  section  on 
Orientation  for  further  information  about  the  Orientation  Phase  II  program. 

Health  Fee  —  The  student  health  fee  of  $58  per  semester  is  assessed  for 
each  full-time  undergraduate  or  graduate  student  at  the  main  campus.  All 
students  enrolled  in  summer  sessions  will  be  assessed  a  student  health  fee  of 
$19  for  each  of  the  two  sessions.  This  fee  covers  services,  medications,  lab 
tests,  and  procedures  provided  by  the  IUP  Health  Center.  Part-time 
undergraduate  students  taking  six  to  eleven  credit  hours  will  be  assessed  a 
$29  per  semester  health  service  fee.  Undergraduate  students  taking  less  than 
six  credits  have  the  option  of  paying  the  $58  per  semester  fee,  or  they  may 
choose  the  Fee-for-Service  schedule  available  at  the  IUP  Health  Center. 
Students  attending  branch  campuses  have  health  fee  options.  The  fee  is 
waived  for  students  living  more  than  sixty  miles  from  campus  or  on 
internship  at  a  site  more  than  thirty  miles  from  campus.  For  further 
information  on  health  fees,  contact  the  University  Health  Service  at 
(412)  357-6475. 

Educational  Services  Fee  — All  students  are  charged  a  fee  to  support 
academic  equipment  and  library  resources.  For  full-time  students  the  fee  is 
$75  per  semester;  for  part-time  students  the  fee  is  $35  per  semester,  and  all 
students  are  charged  $35  per  summer  session. 

Housing  Fee  —  The  room  fee  for  students  living  in  university  residence 
halls  for  the  1994-95  academic  year  is  $91 1  per  semester  for  most  double- 
occupancy  rooms  and  $1,372  per  semester  for  single-occupancy  rooms. 
Resident  students  are  required  to  take  meals  in  university  dining  halls  and 
can  select  from  either  Plan  A  or  Plan  B.  Exceptions  are  made  only  for 
residents  of  university-owned  apartments. 

Meal  Fee  —  Meal  fees  that  went  into  effect  June,  1994,  are  as  follows: 


Plan  A  - 


Plan  B  — 
Plan  C  — 

Plan  D  — 

Plan  E  — 


20  meals  per  week 

(breakfast,  lunch,  and  dinner,  Monday 

through  Saturday,  brunch  and  dinner  on 

Sunday)  $657/sem 

Any  14  meals  per  week  $618/sem 

10  meals  per  week 

(lunch  and  dinner,  Monday  through  Friday)  $490/sem 

5  meals  per  week 

(lunch  only.  Monday  through  Friday)  $242/sem 

Any  10  meals  per  week  $531/sem 


Student  Activity  Fee  —  An  activity  fee  is  collected  from  all  students  and 
administered  through  the  Student  Cooperative  Association  under  regulations 
approved  by  the  Council  of  Trustees.  This  fee  of  $107.50  per  semester 
covers  the  cost  of  student  activities  in  athletics,  lectures,  entertainment, 
student  publications,  etc.,  and  is  payable  in  one  sum  for  the  semester.  The 
Student  Activity  Fee  is  $43.50  for  part-time  students.  These  fees  apply  to 
main  campus  students  only.  Students  attending  the  Armstrong  or 
Punxsutawney  campuses  pay  $104  per  semester  full-time  and  $40  part-time. 
(These  fees  are  subject  to  change  without  notice  during  the  academic  year.) 

Facilities  Fee  —  All  students  are  charged  a  fee  to  support  maintenance  and 
repair  projects,  recreational  facilities,  and  the  advancement  of  technologies. 
For  full-time  students  the  fee  is  $75  per  semester;  for  part-time  students 
the  fee  is  $35  per  semester,  and  all  students  are  charged  $35  per 
summer  session. 


12  —  Ituliana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Late  Registration  Fee  —  Students  who  desire  to  register  on  the  day  prior  to 
the  start  of  classes,  designated  by  the  university  as  the  Late  Registration 
Day,  will  be  assessed  a  Late  Registration  Fee  of  $50.  Students  who  register 
for  classes  after  completion  of  the  university's  Late  Registration  Day  will  be 
assessed  a  Late  Registration  Fee  of  $100.  Exceptions  to  this  fee  may  be 
granted  by  the  provost  or  designee  for  students  admitted  late  to  the 
university  for  reasons  deemed  appropriate  by  the  provost. 

Bad  Check  Charge  —  Students  making  checks  payable  to  "Indiana 
University  of  Pennsylvania"  which  are  not  acceptable  to  the  bank  for  any 
reason  will  be  charged  $10  for  each  bad  check  in  the  amount  of  $.01  to 
$49.99  and  $20  forbad  checks  written  lor  $50  or  more. 

Military  Science  Fee  —  An  activity  fee  of  $5  is  required  for  ROTC  cadets  to 
cover  the  cost  of  Cadet  Corps  functions.  This  fee  is  payable  directly  to  the 
military  science  department. 

Students  Studying  Abroad  —  Students  enrolled  in  the  studies  abroad 
program  will  pay  a  program  fee  per  semester  to  the  university.  All  other  fees 
assessed  by  the  foreign  institution  will  be  paid  directly  to  the  foreign 
institution  by  the  student. 

Med-Tech  Students  —  During  the  clinical  year  a  fee  may  be  levied  and 
collected  by  the  participating  hospital.  The  only  other  cost  to  these  students 
shall  be  an  administrative  fee  of  $150  to  be  collected  by  the  university. 
Room  and  board  shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 

Financial  Delinquency  Policy  —  Registration  is  not  in  fact  complete  until  a 
student  pays  the  fee  for  such  registration  and  the  university  reserves  for 
itself  the  right  to  bar  such  a  student  from  classes.  When  it  has  been 
determined  during  the  course  of  a  semester  that  a  student's  account  has 
become  delinquent  from  accrued  charges,  the  Registrar's  Office  will  be 
notified  of  this  delinquency  and  advised  to  refrain  from  reporting  the 
student's  grades  and  from  issuing  any  transcripts  for  that  student's  work 
until  the  delinquent  account  has  been  satisfied.  Faculty  members  will 
continue  to  submit  a  grade  for  the  financially  delinquent  student;  however, 
requests  from  students  will  not  be  honored,  and  official  reports  will  be 
released  by  the  Registrar's  Office  only  after  the  student  has  cleared  his  or 
her  account  or  has  established  a  payment  plan  satisfactory  to  the  Accounts 
Receivable  Office. 

Miscellaneous  Costs  —  In  some  courses  students  are  required  to  obtain 
supplies  and  materials  to  complete  course  projects.  In  many  courses,  a 
student  may  make  a  voluntary  contribution  to  a  cooperative  fund  established 
for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  these  supplies  and/or  services  at  a  lower  cost. 
Examples  are  art  courses.  Field  trips,  etc. 

Estimated  Expenses  Per  Semester 


Instructional  Fee 

Housing 

Meals 

Student  Activity  Fee 

Health  Fee 

Facilities  Fee 

Books  and  Supplies* 


Miscellaneous  and  travel  expenses  would  be  in  addition  to  the  above. 

*Cost  of  books  and  supplies  may  vary  depending  on  major  and  class 
enrollment. 

Summer  Sessions  Fees 

Basic  Fee  —  The  basic  fee  for  students  enrolled  for  any  of  the  regular 
summer  sessions  is  $123  per  semester  hour  for  undergraduate  students. 

Housing  Fee  —  Room  rates  for  the  1994  summer  sessions  are 

Double  occupancy  —  $61  per  week 

Single  occupancy  —  $91  per  week 
Students  are  charged  for  each  session  according  to  the  number  of  weeks  they 
will  require  housing.  Resident  students  are  required  to  take  meals  in 
university  dining  halls  and  can  select  from  Plan  A  or  Plan  B. 


Meal  Fee  —  I 

Plan  A  — 

Plan  B  — 

Plan  C  — 

Plan  D  — 

Plan  E  — 

Meal  rates  for  1994  summer  sessions  are 


20  meals  per  week 
14  meals  per  week 
10  meals  per  week 
5  meals  per  week 
Any  10  meals  per  week 


$42  per  week 
$39  per  week 
$32  per  week 
$16  per  week 
$34  per  week 


In-State 

Out-of-State 

5  1,477.00 

$  3.676.00 

911.00 

'Ml  00 

657.00 

657.00 

107.50 

107.50 

58.00 

58.00 

75.00 

75.00 

500.00 

500.00 

$  3785.50 

$  5984.50 

Student  Activity  Fee  —  For  each  of  the  two  summer  sessions,  this  fee  is  $35. 

Student  Health  Fee  —  Each  undergraduate  and  graduate  student  enrolled  in 
IUP  summer  sessions  will  be  assessed  $19  for  each  session  for  Student 
Health  Services. 

Special  Fees 

Degree  Fee  —  A  fee  of  $30  will  be  charged  each  candidate  for  a  degree  at 
the  time  of  approval  of  application  for  graduation.  This  fee  is  to  cover  costs 
of  preparing  diplomas  and  the  graduation  ceremony. 

Transcript  Fees  — Applications  for  transcripts  must  be  made  only  in  writing 
to  the  registrar,  either  by  U.S.  mail  or  on  forms  available  at  the  transcript 
window  in  Sutton  Hall-Ground  Floor.  Such  requests  must  include 

( 1 )    Your  full  name  and  Social  Security  number  as  of  your  graduation  or 
termination  of  enrollment  at  IUP.  (Please  note  any  name  changes  since 
graduation.) 

1 2 )    Your  present  address. 

(3)  Whether  you  are  requesting  a  transcript  of  your  undergraduate  and/or 
graduate  work. 

(4)  Whether  you  graduated  or.  if  not,  when  you  were  enrolled. 

(5)  The  full  and  clearly  stated  name(s)  and  address) es)  of  person(s)  to 
whom  you  wish  the  transcript(s)  sent. 

The  transcript  fee  is  $3  for  each  copy  requested.  (Checks  or  money  orders 
should  be  made  out  to  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania.)  A  charge  of  $6 
will  be  assessed  for  express  transcript  service. 

Any  requests  which  are  not  accompanied  by  the  proper  fees  or  information 
will  be  returned  to  the  senders  for  inclusion  of  them.  No  transcript  requests 
will  be  processed  without  the  payment  of  transcript  fees. 

Official  transcripts  (containing  signature  and  university  seal)  will  not  be 
issued  to  students  directly.  The  university  will  attempt  to  mail  official 
transcripts  within  a  reasonable  time.  However,  in  the  event  of  its  failure  to 
do  so,  damages  will  be  limited  to  the  fee,  if  any.  paid  by  the  student  for  the 
copy  or  copies  of  the  transcript.  In  no  case  is  the  university  responsible  for 
consequential  damages. 

Damage  Fee  —  Students  are  responsible  for  damages,  breakage,  loss,  or 
delayed  return  of  university  property. 

Billing  and  Payments 

All  bills,  including  basic  fee  and  housing  fee,  are  payable  as  specified  on  the 
billing  notice;  students  have  several  options  for  payment  plans.  Checks  or 
money  orders,  in  the  exact  amount  of  the  billing  notice,  should  be  made 
payable  to  IUP  unless  otherwise  specified.  Book  Store  purchases  are  on  a 
cash  basis. 

It  is  desired  that  payments  for  the  entire  semester  be  made  in  August  for  the 
first  semester  and  in  December  for  the  second  semester;  however,  for  a 
nominal  charge  an  installment  plan  is  available. 

Delinquent  Accounts 

Students  will  not  be  permitted  to  enroll  for  any  semester  nor  to  graduate 
until  all  bills  previously  incurred  have  been  paid;  nor  will  credit  be  certified 
to  any  other  institution  or  the  Department  of  Education  until  all  overdue 
accounts  have  been  paid.  A  late  payment  fee  of  $10  for  each  day  past  the 
due  date  will  be  assessed  for  delinquent  accounts  up  to  a  maximum  of  $50. 

Undergraduate  students  desiring  to  leave  school  before  the  close  of  a 
semester  must  report  to  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center  and  to  the  Accounts 
Receivable  Office  to  settle  all  unpaid  accounts.  Graduate  students  report  to 
the  Graduate  School  dean. 


Finances  — 13 


PUP  Refund  Policy 

The  university  must  engage  its  Faculty,  assign  residence  hall  space,  and 

;e  Foi  dining  contracts  in  advance  oi  each  term  in  accordance  with  the 
number  oi  students  who  expressed  their  intent  to  he  enrolled.  When  students 
withdraw  from  the  university.  they  create  vacancies  which  cannot  he  tilled, 
and  financial  commitments  for  salaries  and  services  by  the  university  must 
be  honored.  The  refund  policy  at  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  applies 
to  all  students  enrolled  in  credit-producing  programs  at  the  university  either 
full-time  or  part-time  and  is  effective  January  1 .  1993.  ANY  STUDENT 
CANCELING  OR  WITHDRAW  INC,  FROM  HIS/HER  FIRST 
SEMESTER/SESSION  SHOULD  REFER  TO  SECTION  HC. 

I.  Cancellation 

Students  who  have  made  prepayments  to  the  university,  who  are  unable  to 
attend  classes,  and  who  notify  IUP  prior  to  University  Check-in  or  earlier 
are  entitled  to  a  full  refund  of  all  fee  paid,  LESS  APPLICABLE 
ADVANCE  DEPOSITS.  To  be  eligible  for  such  a  refund,  the  student  must 
notify  the  Director  of  Accounts  Receivable  in  writing  prior  to  University 
Check-in.  The  Director  of  Accounts  Receivable  will  forward  to  the  registrar 
copies  of  cancellation  notices  and  the  registrar  will  cancel  the  student's 
registration  and  notify  the  appropriate  university  offices.  Students  who  use 
university  residence  halls  and/or  dining  services  the  week  prior  to  the  start 
of  classes  and  cancel  will  forfeit  an  amount  equal  to  one  week"s  fee  for  such 
sen  ices  plus  the  full  amount  of  any  advance  deposit  payment. 

II.  Total  Withdrawal  from  the  University 

Students  who  register  for  classes  and  then  withdraw  from  the  university  on 
or  after  University  Check-in  are  subject  to  the  following: 

A.  Undergraduate  students  withdrawing  from  the  university  must  process 
such  withdrawal  through  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center.  Pratt  Hall. 
Graduate  students  must  withdraw  through  the  Graduate  School  Office. 
Stright  Hall.  The  official  withdrawal  date  will  be  established  by  the 
Advising  and  Testing  Center  (undergraduate)  or  the  Graduate  School 
Office  (graduate).  Advance  deposit  payments  toward  tuition  shall  be 
nonrefundable. 

B.  Students  totally  withdrawing  from  courses,  except  for  those  attending 
his/her  first  semester/session  at  IUP  upon  receiving  approval  from  the 
applicable  office  (Advising  and  Testing  Center  or  Graduate  School),  will 
forfeit  a  portion  of  the  semester  charges  in  accordance  with  the 
following  schedule.  A  student  attending  his/her  first  semester/session 
will  be  entitled  to  a  reduction  of  charges  as  outlined  in  section  IIC. 

Withdrawal  on  Calendar    Percentage  of  Student's  Total 

Day  Basis  Semester  Charges  to  Be  Forfeited 

—  University  Check-in 

through  14  days  20% 

—  15  through  2  1  30% 

—  22  through  28  40% 

—  29  through  35  50', 

—  36  or  beyond  100%  (no  reduction  of  fees) 

The  start  of  calendar  days  is  defined  as  the  first  day  of  classes  as 
scheduled  on  the  university  calendar. 

Refunds  for  students  receiving  financial  assistance  from  scholarships, 
loans,  and/or  grants  will  be  returned  to  the  source  of  aid  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  prescribed  by  the  funding  source. 

C.  First  Semester/Session  Students 

First  semester/session  students  who  cancel  prior  to  University  Check-in 
are  entitled  to  100  percent  of  fee  paid,  less  applicable  advance  deposit. 

Students  withdrawing  during  their  first  semester/session,  upon  receiving 
approval  from  the  applicable  office  (Advising  and  Testing  Center  or 
Graduate  School),  will  forfeit  a  portion  of  the  semester  charges  in 
accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 


Time  of  Withdrawal 
Week  Basis 

—  First  Week 

—  Second  Week 

—  Third  Week 

—  Fourth  Week 

—  Fifth  Week 

—  Sixth  Week 


Percentage  of  Student's  Total 

Semester  Charges  to  Be  Forfeited 

7% 

13% 

20% 

27f; 

33% 
40% 


-  Seventh  Week 

-  Eighth  Week 

-  Ninth  Week 

Tenth  Week  and  beyond 


47', 

53% 

mi'.; 

10091  (no  reduction  of  fees) 


Students  will  be  charged  a  full  week  of  fees  for  any  partial  week  of 
enrollment.  Advance  deposit  payments  shall  not  be  refundable. 

Students  withdrawing  during  summer  sessions  will  forfeit  a  portion  of  the 
session  charges  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 


Percentage  of  Student's  Total 
Semester  Charges  to  Be  Forfeited 

20', 


Time  of  W  ithdrawal 
Week  Basis 

—  First  Week 

—  Second  Week 

—  Third  Week  60% 

—  Fourth  Week  and  beyond  100%  (no  reduction  of  fees) 

D.  During  summer  sessions,  returning  students  totally  withdrawing  from  the 
university,  upon  receiving  approval  from  the  applicable  office  (Advising 
and  Testing  or  Graduate  School),  will  forfeit  a  portion  of  the  total 
session  charges  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 


Calendar  Day 
of  Withdrawal 

-  First  class  day  through 
fourth  calendar  day 

-  Fifth  calendar  day 
and  beyond 


Percentage  of  Student's  Total 
Session  Charges  to  Be  Forfeited 

50% 

100%  (no  reduction  of  fees) 


E.  The  associate  provost  will  determine  the  official  start  of  classes  for  each 
semester  or  session.  Refunds  to  students  enrolled  in  credit-bearing 
summer  conferences,  institutes,  workshops,  or  tours  of  less  than  five 
weeks'  duration  will  be  granted  a  50-percent  refund  through  the  first  day 
of  the  class  (unless  a  no  refund  policy  is  required  by  the  sponsor). 

III.  Individual  Course  Withdrawal 

A  student  may  cancel  an  individual  course(s)  up  to  University  Check-in  by 
notifying  the  registrar  in  writing.  If  a  student  cancels  a  course(s)  prior  to 
University  Check-in,  no  penalty  will  be  charged  and  the  student  will  receive 
100-percent  reduction  of  charges  for  the  course(s)  canceled.  No  reduction  of 
charges  will  be  made  to  full-time  students  who  withdraw  from  individual 
courses  after  University  Check-in. 

Individual  course  withdrawal  is  defined  as  a  reduction  in  class  load  but  not 
total  withdrawal  from  the  university.  Example:  a  student  who  registers  for 
three  courses  and  then  withdraws  from  one  or  two  classes  but  continues  with 
the  other  class  or  classes. 

Part-time  students  (undergraduate  students  who  register  for  less  than  twelve 
credits  and  graduate  students  who  register  for  less  than  nine  credits) 
will  forfeit  a  portion  of  the  credit-hour  fee  in  accordance  with  the 
following  schedule: 

Calendar  Day  of  Individual  Percentage  of  Student's 


Course  Withdrawal 

—  First  class  day  through 
fourth  calendar  day 

—  Fifth  calendar  day 
and  beyond 


Instructional  Fee  to  Be  Forfeited 


50% 


100%  (no  reduction  of  fees) 


Reduction  of  charges  will  be  granted  only  for  instructional  fee.  No  reduction 
will  be  granted  to  students  who  drop  and  add  like  number  of  credit  hours. 
Reductions  will  be  granted  to  students  for  individual  course  withdrawals 
during  summer  sessions  under  the  same  basis  as  outlined  under  section  IID. 

IV.  Termination  of  Residence  Hall  or  Dining  Service 
Contract 

A.  Academic  Year  (Fall  and  Spring  Semesters) 

1 .    Residence  Hall  Termination  —  Release  from  a  residence  hall 
contract  is  not  granted  except  under  those  conditions  outlined  in  the 
contract.  Any  student  who  meets  the  conditions  for  release  and 
submits  a  written  request  for  release  to  the  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life  through  University  Check-in  will  be  assessed  no 
forfeiture  and  will  receive  a  100-percent  reduction  of  room  fee.  less 
applicable  advance  deposits.  Requests  received  after  University 


14  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Check-in  will  result  in  forfeiture  of  one  week's  room  fee  for  each 
week,  or  portion  thereof,  the  student  is  assigned  to  a  residence  hall. 
A  week's  rental  charge  is  determined  by  dividing  the  semester  room 
fee  by  the  number  of  weeks  in  the  semester.  The  specific  date  of 
release  will  be  determined  by  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence 
Life.  The  date  a  student  moves  into  the  residence  hall  should  not  be 
confused  with  University  Check-in. 

Dining  Service  Termination  —  Any  student  who  is  released  from 
his/her  Dining  Service  Contract  by  the  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life  through  University  Check-in  will  be  assessed  no 
forfeiture  and  the  student  will  receive  a  100-percent  reduction  of 
charges  of  the  dining  service  fee,  less  applicable  advance  deposit. 
Any  student  who  requests  in  writing  to  terminate  his/her  university 
dining  service  contract  after  University  Check-in  and  is  granted  a 
contract  release  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  will 
forfeit  a  portion  of  the  semester  charges  in  accordance  with  the 
following  schedule: 


Date  of  Termination  From 
Dining  Service  Contract 

—  University  Check-in 
through  the  35th  calendar  day 

—  36th  calendar  day 
and  beyond 


Percentage  of  Semester  Fee 
to  Be  Forfeited 


50% 


100%  (no  reduction  of  fees) 


Summer  Sessions 

Once  a  student  applies  for  and  receives  a  housing  and/or  food  service 
assignment,  he  or  she  must  request  in  writing  and  obtain  a  release  of  that 
assignment  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  in  order  to  be 
eligible  for  a  reduction  in  charges  in  accordance  with  the  following 
schedule: 


Date  of  Termination 

from  Residence 

Halls/Dining  Contracts 

-  Check-in  date*  through  fourth 
calendar  day  of  classes 

-  Fifth  calendar  day 
and  beyond 


Percentage  of 

Session  Charges 

to  Be  forfeited 

50% 

100%  (no  reduction  of  fees) 


*The  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  will  publish  the  date  students 
are  to  check  into  the  residence  halls  for  each  summer  session.  The  check-in 
date  is  the  effective  date  of  the  student's  contract. 

V.  Other  Provisions 

No  reduction  of  charges  will  be  granted  unless  formal  withdrawal  procedure 
has  been  initiated  through  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center  by  the  student  at 
the  point  of  withdrawal.  Written  and  dated  notice  is  required  by  the  student 
or  the  student's  family  in  special  circumstances,  such  as  sickness,  within 
thirty  days  of  the  student's  withdrawal.  In  order  to  receive  a  reduction  of 
charges  for  individual  course  withdrawal,  documentation  must  be  submitted 
to  the  Accounts  Receivable  Office  prior  to  the  close  of  the  semester  or 
session  in  which  the  course  was  offered. 

No  reduction  of  charges  will  be  granted  by  the  university  to  students 
who  are  suspended  or  expelled  from  classes,  residence  halls,  and/or 
dining  service. 

The  Advising  and  Testing  Center  (for  undergraduate  students)  and  the 
Graduate  School  (for  graduate  students)  may  request  exceptions  to  these 
policies  when  circumstances  (such  as  death  and  medical  reasons)  justify  it. 

Students  who  are  military  reservists  or  members  of  the  National  Guard  and 
are  ordered  to  active  military  service  by  the  President  of  the  United  States 
will  receive  a  full  reduction  of  charges  for  tuition.  Other  fees  will 
be  prorated. 

The  Accounts  Receivable  Office.  Administrative  Annex,  is  responsible  for 
implementing  this  refund  policy.  Students  who  wish  to  appeal  the  decision 
rendered  by  the  Accounts  Receivable  Office  may  do  so  through  the  office  of 
the  treasurer  to  the  vice  president  for  Finance. 

Financial  Aid 

The  Financial  Aid  Office,  located  at  308  Pratt  Hall,  offers  financial 
information  and  counseling  to  all  students  attending  IUP.  The  types  of 
financial  assistance  offered  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office  include  student 


employment,  loans,  grants,  and  scholarships.  The  Free  Application  for 
Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  is  used  to  determine  eligibility  for 
these  programs. 

The  Financial  Aid  Office  of  IUP  is  providing  the  following  information  in 
compliance  with  federal  guidelines  for  the  dissemination  of  financial 
aid  information. 

In  order  to  be  considered  for  financial  aid  administered  through  the 
university,  the  Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FASFA)  must  be 
submitted  to  PHEAA  in  Harrisburg.  Students  will  be  awarded  assistance 
based  on  demonstrated  financial  need.  In  order  to  be  eligible  for  continued 
funding,  the  applicant  must  be  in  satisfactory  academic  standing  at  the 
university,  as  defined  in  the  Academic  Standards  Policy,  and  meet  the 
standards  of  the  Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy. 

Title  IV  Financial  Assistance  Programs  include  the  following:  Federal  Pell 
Grant,  Federal  College  Work  Study  Program,  Federal  Supplemental 
Educational  Opportunity  Grant,  Federal  Perkins  Loan,  Federal  Stafford 
Loan,  and  Federal  Parent  Loan  for  Undergraduate  Students.  Maintaining 
satisfactory  academic  progress  at  IUP  for  Title  IV  assistance  purposes  is 
defined  as  being  in  compliance  with  both  the  university's  Academic 
Standards  Policy  and  the  Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy.  Inability 
to  meet  the  guidelines  of  these  two  policies  will  result  in  a  loss  of  funding 
from  all  Title  IV  programs. 

Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy 

The  Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy  applies  to  all  undergraduate 
students  enrolled  in  the  university. 

A.  Sufficient  Progress 

To  be  in  good  standing  on  a  sufficient  progress  basis,  a  student  must 

have  earned  at  least  75  percent  of  the  cumulative  number  of  registered 

credits  at  IUP. 

1 .    "Registered  credits"  is  the  number  of  credits  for  which  a  student  is 
enrolled  at  the  end  of  the  Drop/Add  period  (for  a  student  who  was 
originally  registered  and  charged  at  full-time  status,  and  who  reduces 
during  Drop/Add  to  part-time  status,  the  registered  credits  will  be 
calculated  as  twelve). 

Each  student  will  be  measured  for  sufficient  progress  annually  in 
January  after  fall  grade  processing.  This  evaluation  will  determine  if  the 
student  has  a  sufficient  percentage  of  credits  earned  in  order  to  be 
eligible  for  Title  IV  funding  for  the  next  financial  aid  award  year  (July  1 
through  June  30). 

B.  Financial  Aid  Eligibility  Warning 

For  a  student  who  has  not  earned  at  least  75  percent  of  the  cumulative 
number  of  registered  credits  at  IUP.  a  one-time  Financial  Aid  Eligibility 
Warning  Period  will  be  extended  in  order  for  deficiencies  to  be  corrected. 
This  extension  period  will  permit  the  student  to  receive  Title  IV  funding  for 
the  next  financial  aid  award  year  (July  1  through  June  30). 

C.  Financial  Aid  Suspension 

If  a  student  does  not  meet  the  sufficient  percent  of  progress  evaluation 
after  the  Financial  Aid  Eligibility  Warning  Period,  then  all  Title  IV  aid 
for  that  student  will  be  suspended  in  the  next  financial  aid  award  year 
(July  1  through  June  30).  A  student  who  is  in  this  financial  aid 
suspension  status,  however,  will  also  be  reviewed  at  the  end  of  the 
spring  semester  and  summer  terms  in  order  to  evaluate  whether  or  not 
the  percentage  of  progress  has  been  met  through  additional  coursework. 
If  this  improvement  to  75  percent  in  the  percentage  of  progress  is 
achieved,  then  the  student's  Title  IV  financial  aid  suspension  will  be 
rescinded  beginning  with  the  next  term  of  enrollment. 

D.  Appeal  Process 

For  students  who  have  experienced  unusual  circumstances  which  have 
led  to  a  lack  of  sufficient  percentage  of  progress,  such  as  medical 
emergencies  or  death  of  a  family  member,  a  written  appeal  may  be 
submitted  to  the  Financial  Aid  Appeals  Committee  for  consideration  of 
reinstatement  of  Title  IV  aid  eligibility. 

Students  who  are  notified  during  the  annual  January  review  period  that 
their  Title  IV  aid  will  be  suspended  in  the  next  financial  aid  award  year 
must  submit  a  written  appeal  to  the  Financial  Aid  Appeals  Committee 
before  June  30.  This  written  appeal  must  specifically  outline  the 


Finances  — 15 


reason(s)  lor  the  percentage  of  progress  deficiency  and  how  the  student 
will  make  up  this  deficiency.  For  students  who  miss  the  June  30 
deadline,  an  appeal  tor  reinstatement  of  Title  IV  aid  for  the  spring  term 
of  the  ncxl  award  year  will  be  accepted  for  review  if  received  before 
Novembei   10 

After  reviewing  the  written  appeal  of  a  student  in  financial  aid 
suspension,  the  Financial  Aid  Appeals  Committee  may  decide  to 
reinstate  Title  IV  financial  aid  eligibility  for  specific  periods  of  the  next 
financial  aid  award  year  if  the  student  had  justifiable  reasons  for  the  lack 
of  sufficient  progress.  All  appeal  letters  will  be  answered  in  writing  by 
the  Financial  Aid  Appeals  Committee  as  to  the  approval  or  denial  of  the 
requested  financial  aid  reinstatement  and  the  semesters  which  are 
involved  with  the  decision. 

E.  Reinstatement  of  Title  IV  Aid  Eligibility 

For  a  student  who  has  satisfactory  academic  progress  deficiencies,  one 
of  the  following  must  occur  in  order  for  that  student  to  receive  Title  IV 
assistance: 

1 .  The  student  can  reestablish  eligibility  for  Title  IV  assistance  by 
meeting  the  minimum  requirements  for  satisfactory  academic 
progress. 

2.  A  student  who  is  on  academic  probation  and/or  financial  aid 
eligibility  warning  will  be  eligible  to  receive  Title  IV  funding  while 
classified  in  one  or  both  of  these  categories. 

3.  In  the  case  of  a  student  who  has  not  met  the  minimum  criteria  for 
satisfactory  academic  progress  due  to  unusual  or  mitigating 
circumstances  and  has  filed  an  appeal(s)  which  has  granted  the 
student  continuance  of  financial  aid  eligibility.  Title  IV  aid  funds 
may  be  reinstated. 

F.  Summer  Sessions 

Title  IV  Financial  Assistance  Programs  may  be  available  during  summer 
session  to  eligible  students.  Students  who  lack  sufficient  progress  only 
may  enhance  satisfactory  academic  progress  through  additional 
coursework  during  summer  sessions  and  receive  Title  IV  assistance. 
However,  all  students  attending  summer  sessions  must  have  a 
cumulative  quality-point  average  of  at  least  1.5  in  order  to  receive  funds. 
Exceptions  may  be  granted  for  special  circumstances  by  obtaining  an 
appeal  form  from  the  financial  aid  office. 

G.  Time  Frame  for  Degree  Completion 

All  students  must  complete  their  degree  requirements  within  an 
established  time  frame.  Since  enrollment  status  may  vary  from  semester 
to  semester,  the  maximum  time  frame  for  degTee  completion  is  measured 
in  terms  of  credits  registered  at  IUP. 

Under  normal  circumstances,  an  undergraduate  student  should  complete 
the  requirements  for  a  bachelor's  degree  at  the  point  of  having  165 
registered  credits  at  IUP.  Since  75  percent  of  the  registered  credits  must 
be  earned  in  order  to  be  maintaining  satisfactory  academic  progress,  124 
credits  (the  number  generally  required  for  graduation)  would  be  earned 
at  the  point  of  having  165  registered  credits. 

For  majors  with  graduation  requirements  in  excess  of  124  credits,  the 
maximum  number  of  registered  credits  would  increase  proportionally. 
For  example,  for  degrees  that  require  130  credits,  the  maximum  number 
of  registered  credits  at  IUP  is  173  credits. 

Students  who  exceed  these  credit  guidelines  due  to  loss  of  transfer 
credits,  change  of  major,  or  double  majors  will  be  screened  by  the 
Financial  Aid  Eligibility  Review  board  for  continuance. 

H.  Treatment  of  Audits.  Incompletes,  and  Other  Grades 

In  order  that  a  student  fully  understands  how  various  grades  and 
enrollments  impact  upon  the  calculation  of  satisfactory  academic 
progress,  the  following  information  is  provided: 

1.  Audits.  "S."  and  "U"  Grades 

Because  course  audits.  "S,"  and  "U"  grades  carry  no  credits,  they  are 
not  reviewed  or  counted  for  sufficient  progress  purposes. 

2.  Incompletes 

Grades  of  "I."  "R."  and  "*"  are  treated  as  credits  attempted/zero 
credits  earned/no  effect  on  QPA.  However,  these  grades  are  treated 
as  noncompleted  credits  and  have  an  impact  in  the  calculation  of  the 
percent  of  progress  measure.  (Note:  The  "*"  is  an  administrative 


symbol  indicating  that  a  grade  was  not  submitted  at  the  time  of 
grade  processing.) 

3.  "F"  Repeat  with  Replacement 

An  "F'  repeat  with  replacement  is  treated  as  credits  attempted/credits 
earned/with  the  quality  points  of  the  new  grade  replacing  the  0.00 
QP  of  the  original  "F"  grade.  An  "F"  repeat  has  a  positive  effect  on 
the  QPA  but  represents  an  additional  number  of  credits  attempted  in 
regard  to  the  percent  of  progress  measure. 

4.  "D"  Repeat  with  Replacement 

Repeated  classes  that  are  "D"  replacements  to  a  student's  record  are 
treated  as  credits  attempted/zero  credits  eamed/with  the  quality 
points  of  the  new  grade  replacing  the  1 .00  QP  of  the  D  grade.  A  "D" 
repeated  with  replacement  may  improve  a  student's  QPA  but 
represents  an  additional  number  of  credits  attempted  in  regard  to  the 
percent  of  progress  measure. 

5.  Repeats  with  Averaging 

Courses  that  are  repeated  with  averaging  count  as  credits  attempted/ 
credits  eamed/with  the  quality  points  for  the  class  averaged  into  the 
QPA.  The  maximum  time  frame  for  degree  completion  may  be 
impacted  by  repeat  with  averaging  classes. 

6.  Withdrawals 

Grades  of  "Q  ".  "W".  "WP,"  or  "WF"  are  treated  as  credits  attempted/ 
zero  credits  earned/no  effect  on  QPA.  Any  type  of  "Q"  or  "W"  grade 
is  treated  as  noncompleted  credits  in  the  calculation  of  the  student's 
percent  of  progress  standing. 

7.  Pass/Fail  Grades 

Pass  grades  are  treated  as  registered  credits/credits  earned/no  effect 
on  QPA.  Fail  grades  are  treated  as  registered  credits/zero  credits 
eamed/with  zero  QP  averaged  into  the  calculation  of  QPA. 

8.  Noncredit  Courses 

Noncredit  classes,  such  as  those  with  Continuing  Education  Units 
(CEUs).  are  not  used  in  measuring  sufficient  progress,  since  these 
classes  cannot  be  applied  towards  degree  requirements  and  no 
financial  aid  may  be  received  for  enrollment. 

9.  Institutional  Credits 

Institutional  credits  are  counted  as  registered  credits/credits 
completed.  The  QP  for  the  course  is  not  averaged  into  the  student's 
overall  QPA. 

10.  Canceled  Semester 

All  registered  credits/credits  completed  are  calculated  in  the 
determination  of  percent  of  progress.  The  QPA  for  a  canceled 
semester  is  not  averaged  into  the  overall  QPA  of  the  student. 

The  appeal  process  regarding  financial  aid  decisions  is  through  the  vice 
president  for  Student  Affairs. 

Payment  of  Financial  Aid 

Payment  of  financial  aid  awards  is  done  on  a  semester  basis.  All  financial 
aid,  with  the  exception  of  private  scholarships,  and  work-study,  and  the 
guaranteed  student  loans,  is  credited  to  the  student's  bill  in  advance.  The 
cost  of  attending  IUP  and  the  university's  refund  policy  are  listed  in  this 
catalog.  Please  refer  to  the  index  for  further  information.  A  financial  aid  fact 
sheet  containing  specific  information  about  financial  aid  may  be  obtained  at 
the  Financial  Aid  Office.  The  Financial  Aid  Office  recommends  that 
students  with  questions  contact  the  office  at  (412)357-2218. 

Forms  of  Financial  Assistance 

Employment  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  eam  money  to  help 
finance  their  educational  expenses.  The  university  encourages  students  to 
participate  in  the  on-campus  student  employment  program,  since  studies 
have  demonstrated  that  part-time  employment  provides  a  positive  stimulus 
to  students  in  their  adjustment  to  campus  life  and  the  maintenance  of  their 
academic  averages.  All  campus  employment  is  administered  by  the 
Financial  Aid  Office. 

Loans  are  a  form  of  aid  for  which  repayment  must  begin  upon  termination 
of  the  student's  university  education. 

Grants  are  funds  which  carry  no  obligation  for  repayment.  These  funds  are 
aw  arded  to  the  student  on  the  basis  of  financial  need. 

Scholarships  are  funds  which  carry  no  obligation  for  repayment.  They  are 
gifts  awarded  to  the  student  on  the  basis  of  ability. 

Federal  aid  administered  through  the  university  is  available  for  both  the 
regular  academic  year  and  the  summer  sessions.  The  application  deadline 


16  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


for  upperclassmen  for  these  federal  aid  programs  is  normally  May  1  for  the 
following  academic  year.  Freshmen  may  apply  for  aid  upon  acceptance  to 
the  university.  For  the  summer  sessions,  the  application  deadline  is  also  May 
1.  Students  must  be  enrolled  at  least  half-time  (6  credits  for  undergraduates) 
each  semester  to  be  eligible  for  financial  aid  consideration. 

Employment 

Employment  programs  provide  an  opportunity  for  students  to  earn  money  to 
help  finance  their  educational  expenses.  Students  may  be  employed  at 
minimum  wage  on  campus  for  up  to  twenty  hours  per  week  when  classes  are 
in  session  and  forty  hours  per  week  during  vacation  periods. 

The  Financial  Aid  Office,  308  Pratt  Hall,  posts  known  available  jobs  on  the 
glass-enclosed  bulletin  board  outside  the  office.  Students  are  responsible  for 
finding  their  own  jobs,  whether  under  the  Federal  College  Work-Study 
(FCWSP)  Program  or  University  Employment  (UE). 

Federal  Work-Study  (FWSP)  —  The  Federal  Work-Study  Program  is  a  form 
of  federal  aid  awarded  on  the  basis  of  need  as  measured  by  the  Free 
Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid.  A  FWSP  award  is  not  a  guarantee  of 
employment.  FWSP  is  a  nonrepayable  source  of  aid  that  allows  students  to 
work  and  earn  money  performing  on-campus  jobs.  Money  earned  from 
FCWSP  jobs  is  to  be  used  to  help  meet  educational  costs.  Students  are 
eligible  to  work  until  they  have  earned  the  amount  listed  on  their 
award  letter. 


University-Sponsored  Loan  Programs 

The  Financial  Aid  Office,  in  conjunction  with  the  Student  Cooperative 
Association,  administers  the  University  Loan  Fund  in  behalf  of  IUP 
students.  Loans  are  available  to  assist  students  who  are  in  financial  need  and 
have  a  financial  aid  refund  coming  to  them.  The  maximum  loan  available 
will  be  $300  with  repayment  to  be  made  in  sixty  days.  No  interest  will  be 
charged  for  these  loans.  Loans  will  be  made  to  meet  educational  expenses 
only.  Applications  for  the  University  Loan  and  additional  information  may 
be  obtained  at  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

The  University  Loan  Fund  encompasses  the  following  individual  loan 
accounts: 

Jennie  E.  Ackerman  Loan  Fund  —  The  Jennie  E.  Ackerman  Loan  Fund  was 
established  in  1962  in  memory  of  Jennie  E.  Ackerman.  who  served  as 
supervisor  of  student  teachers  at  IUP  for  many  years. 

Robert  Bellis  Loan  Fund  —  This  loan  fund  has  been  established  at  IUP  by 
friends  and  relatives  of  a  graduate  of  Indiana  State  College. 

Mary  Edna  Flegal  Loan  Fund  —  A  loan  fund  has  been  established  by  Alpha 
Chapter  of  Delta  Kappa  Gamma  Society  International  in  memory  of  Mary 
Edna  Flegal.  who  graduated  from  Indiana  Normal  School  in  1899  and 
served  as  director  of  Art.  Upperclass  students  enrolled  in  the  College  of 
Education  are  eligible  to  receive  these  funds. 


University  Employment  (UE)  —  Many  students  who  are  not  eligible  for 
FCWSP  find  on-campus  employment  through  IUP's  University 
Employment  Program.  UE  does  not  require  an  application  and  is  not  based 
on  financial  need. 


Colette  Cromer  Gershman  Loan  Fund  —  Family  and  friends  of  Colette 
Cromer  Gershman  established  this  fund  in  memory  of  a  home  economics 
education  graduate.  Upperclass  students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Health 
and  Human  Services  are  eligible  for  the  loan. 


ARA  Food  Service  Employment  —  Students  interested  in  working  in  the 
dining  halls  (Folger  and  Foster),  the  Underground  Express,  Itza  Pizza,  the 
Oak  Room,  or  ARA  Catering  should  inquire  about  jobs  from  the  managers 
of  these  dining  facilities. 

Loans 

Government-Sponsored  Loan  Programs 

Federal  Perkins  Loan  —  The  application  for  the  Federal  Perkins  Loan  is  the 
Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid.  The  loan  is  awarded  to  students  on 
the  basis  of  financial  need.  It  is  interest  free  and  nonrepayable  until  nine 
months  after  termination  of  education,  at  which  time  it  becomes  repayable  at 
five  percent  interest  with  a  minimum  forty-dollar  payment  per  month  and  up 
to  ten  years  to  repay. 

Federal  Stafford  Loan  —  Applications  for  the  Federal  Stafford  Loan  are 
obtained  from  lending  institutions.  These  include  banks,  savings  and  loan 
associations,  credit  unions,  etc.  Through  this  program,  freshmen  may 
borrow  up  to  $2,625  per  academic  year,  sophomores  may  borrow  up  to 
$3,500  per  academic  year,  and  junior  and  seniors  may  borrow  up  to  $5,500 
per  academic  year.  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans  are  awarded  on  the 
basis  of  need  as  measured  by  the  Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid 
and  require  no  payment  of  interest  or  principal  until  six  months  after 
students  cease  half-time  enrollment  (six  credits  per  term).  Unsubsidized 
Federal  Stafford  Loans  substitute  for  family  contribution  and  require 
payment  only  of  interest  during  periods  of  enrollment  and  the  six  month 
grace  period.  Following  the  grace  period,  both  kinds  of  Federal  Stafford 
Loans  are  repayable  directly  to  the  lending  institution  at  a  variable  interest 
rate  not  to  exceed  eight  and  a  quarter  (8.25)  percent. 

Additional  unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loan  funds  are  available  to 
independent  undergraduate  students.  Freshmen  and  Sophomores  may 
request  up  to  $4000  while  Juniors  and  Seniors  may  request  up  to  $5000. 
Dependent  students  whose  parents  cannot  obtain  a  Federal  PLUS  Loan  may 
also  apply  for  these  additional  unsubsidized  funds. 

Federal  Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate  Students  (FPLUS)  are  obtained 
from  lending  institutions  such  as  banks  and  credit  unions  and  administered 
in  conjunction  with  the  federal  government.  Parents  may  borrow  up  to  the 
cost  of  education  minus  other  financial  aid.  The  loans  are  repaid  at  a 
variable  interest  rate  not  to  exceed  nine  percent  per  year  starting  sixty  days 
after  the  first  check  is  issued. 


Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Loan  Fund  —  The  primary  purpose  of  this  fund  is  to 
aid  students  who  are  in  temporary  need  of  assistance. 

Suzanne  Marshall  Hartman  Loan  Fund  —  A  loan  fund  has  been  established 
by  family  and  friends  of  Suzanne  M.  Hartman,  a  home  economics  graduate 
of  IUP.  This  loan  is  granted  to  deserving  students  in  their  sophomore,  junior, 
and  senior  years. 

John  Hays  Memorial  Fund  —  This  loan  fund  is  in  memory  of  Dr.  John  Hays 
of  IUP's  educational  psychology  department.  Dr.  Hays  was  a  faculty 
member  at  IUP  for  twenty-one  years. 

Oliver  W.  Helmrich  Memorial  Loan  Fund  —  The  Heimlich  Memorial  Loan 
Fund  was  established  by  family  and  friends  in  memory  of  an  IUP  faculty 
member.  Eligibility  is  limited  to  seniors  and  graduate  students  enrolled  in 
the  College  of  Education. 

William  Henzelmann  Memorial  Fund  —  This  loan  provides  assistance  to 
junior  and  senior  students  enrolled  in  German  or  Russian  in  the  Department 
of  Foreign  Languages.  It  was  established  in  memory  of  William  J. 
Henzelmann.  a  faculty  member  in  German. 

Mary  Anne  Kolessar  Loan  Fund  —  Established  in  memory  of  Mary  Anne 
Kolessar,  a  consumer  services  student  at  IUP.  the  fund  aids  students 
majoring  in  consumer  services  who  are  in  temporary  need  of  funds. 

Jane  E.  Leonard  Memorial  Loan  Fund  —  The  loan  honors  a  faculty  member 
at  Indiana  Normal  School  from  1875  to  1921. 

Mack  Loan  Fund  —  Established  by  the  Mack  family,  the  fund  provides 
assistance  to  worthy  students  with  financial  need. 

Rusty  Preisendefer  Memorial  Loan  Fund  —  This  fund  was  established  by 
Suzanne  Preisendefer  Brickner  in  memory  of  her  husband.  Lt.  Harold  A. 
Preisendefer,  who  was  killed  in  action  in  Vietnam. 

Flossie  Wagner  Sanford  Student  Loan  Fund  — The  Pennsylvania  Federation 
of  Women's  Clubs  established  this  loan  fund  in  honor  of  a  past  president  of 
the  club  and  former  member  of  the  faculty. 

Varsity  I  Loan  Fund  —  Established  by  the  Men's  Varsity  I  Club,  this  loan  is 
available  for  use  by  all  IUP  students.  Preference  is  given  to  freshmen. 


Finances  — 17 


Norah  /.ink  Loan  Fund  —  The  Zink  Loan  honors  a  former  geography 
professor  at  [UP.  Foreign  students  in  then  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior  year 
are  eligible  to  receive  these  funds. 

Grants 

Federal  Pell  Grants  are  available  for  eligible  students.  Applications  lor  and 
information  on  deadlines  For  this  program  are  available  from  the  Financial 
Aid  Office  or  high  sehool  counselors.  All  students  are  urged  to  apply  for 
this  grant. 

Pennsylvania  Higher  Education  Assistance  Agency  Grants  (PHEAA)  are 
available  for  both  the  regular  academic  year  and  the  summer  sessions. 
Contact  the  Financial  Aid  Office  to  determine  the  application  deadlines  lor 
the  PHEAA  Grant  Program. 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  (FSEOG)  are 
available  to  eligible  students  who  demonstrate  exceptional  financial  need  as 
determined  by  the  analysis  of  the  Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid. 

Scholarships 

The  Financial  Aid  Office  administers  various  scholarship  programs  in  behalf 
of  the  university.  These  scholarships  have  been  established  through  the 
Foundation  for  IUP  and  the  University  by  alumni  and  friends  of  the 
University  to  recognize  outstanding  students  and  assist  them  in  financing 
their  educational  expenses.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  no  application  is 
required  for  consideration. 

Freshmen  Scholarships: 

American  Field  Service  (AFS)  Scholarship  —  One  full-tuition  scholarship 
will  be  offered  to  an  AFS  student  for  one  year.  Letters  of  application  should 
include  a  brief  description  of  the  student's  AFS  experience. 

Board  of  Governors  Scholarship  —  Up  to  thirty-five  full-tuition 
scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to  academically  talented  minority 
students  who  have  scored  approximately  1000  on  SATs  and  who  are  in  the 
top  twenty-five  percent  of  their  high  school  class.  The  BOG  scholarships  are 
renewable  for  a  maximum  of  eight  fall/spring  semesters  for  recipients  who 
maintain  a  satisfactory  grade-point  average. 

Gloria  June  Croft  Bolinger  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is 
awarded  annually  to  a  graduate  of  Tussey  Mountain  High  School.  Recipients 
are  selected  by  the  Tussey  Mountain  administration  and  faculty. 

Jemima  S.  Boyd  Scholarship  — This  scholarship  was  established  from  the 
estate  of  Grace  Noble  Lacock.  Each  year,  the  interest  from  the  account  is 
awarded  to  female  students  who  intend  to  teach  in  schools  in  Pennsylvania. 
The  scholarships,  ranging  from  $200  to  full  tuition,  are  granted  to  students 
who  will  be  entering  their  freshman  year  at  IUP.  Eligible  applicants  will  be 
invited  to  apply. 

Braman  Music  Scholarship  Fund  —  Interest  earned  from  this  fund  will  be 
granted  as  a  single  scholarship  to  an  eligible  prospective  freshman  music 
major  whose  performing  area  is  one  of  the  following:  violin,  viola,  cello,  or 
double  bass.  Selection  of  grantee  is  made  by  the  string  area  music 
department  faculty,  and  the  scholarship  is  awarded  for  the  second  semester. 
Application  and  information  are  available  from  the  music  department. 

George  M.  Burke  Memorial  Scholarship  —  A  four-year  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  freshman  enrolled  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  on  a  full- 
time  basis  who  demonstrates  financial  need  and  who  is  a  permanent  resident 
of  Pennsylvania. 

M.  Vashti  Burr  Memorial  Award  —  A  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  an 
entering  student  who  is  deemed  to  be  most  deserving,  having  in  mind  his  or 
her  economic  need  and  the  excellence  of  his  or  her  industry  and  scholarship. 
This  award  is  given  through  the  generosity  of  William  V.  Whittington. 
Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Roy  A.  Daugherty  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  will  be  given  to  worthy  first- 
year  students  with  preference  given  to  sons  and  daughters  of  members  of 
Sigma  Phi  Epsilon  fraternity  who  attended  IUP  with  Mr.  Daugherty.  Eligible 
applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 


Eberly  Family  Scholarships  —  The  Eberly  family  supports  the  Foundation 
Distinguished  Scholars  Program  by  funding  a  recipient  from  Fayette. 
Greene,  Washington,  or  Westmoreland  counties.  The  Foundation 
Distinguished  Scholars  application  must  he  on  file  in  the  Admissions  Office 
by  February  1 . 

The  Natalie  S.  Fassett  Scholarship  Fund  — This  fund  supports  the 
Foundation  Distinguished  Scholars  program.  Preference  will  be  given  to 
students  who  attended  Homer-Center  High  School. 

Foundation  Distinguished  Scholars  Program  —  The  IUP  Foundation 
Distinguished  Scholars  program  was  established  to  honor  outstanding 
students  who  rank  in  the  top  tenth  of  their  high  school  classes  and/or  who 
score  at  least  1 100  on  the  junior  SATs.  Consideration  is  given  to  school  and 
community  leadership,  entrepreneurship.  music,  art.  theater,  forensics,  and 
other  special  accomplishments.  The  scholarships  are  valued  at  $2,000  per 
year  for  four  years.  Applications  and  further  information  are  available 
through  the  IUP  Admissions  Office. 

Freshman  Music  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  incoming 
music  majors  who  demonstrate  significant  talent  during  auditions. 

Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Scholarship  —  Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Scholarships 
ranging  from  $200  to  full  tuition  are  awarded  to  top  students  of  each 
freshman  class  for  the  first  year.  Eligibility  is  based  on  academic- 
achievement  and  financial  need.  Scholastic  achievement  is  measured  by  the 
computation  of  high  school  rank  and  College  Entrance  Examination  Board 
scores.  Financial  need  is  determined  through  the  Free  Application  for 
Federal  Student  Aid.  Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Ann  Moon  Hayward  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  will  be  awarded  to 
incoming  music  majors  with  superior  vocal  potential  for  their  first  year. 

Robert  L.  Hite  Scholarship  —  The  Hite  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  full-time 
freshman  majoring  in  accounting,  finance,  or  management  from  specified 
counties  in  Pennsylvania  and  New  York. 

Patti  Hurley  Scholarship  —  A  four-year  scholarship  of  $150  per  year  is 
awarded  to  a  female  graduate  of  Indiana  Area  High  School  attending  the 
university,  based  upon  academic  achievement,  participation  in  school 
activities,  and  economic  need.  This  memorial  scholarship  was  established  by 
the  family  and  friends  of  a  1971  graduate  of  Indiana  Area  High  School  who 
was  killed  in  an  automobile  accident  two  weeks  after  high  school 
graduation. 

Judy  Kovalchick  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a 
graduate  of  St.  Mary's  High  School  who  attends  IUP  for  the  freshman  year. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Guidance  Office  of  St.  Mary's  High 
School. 

Joanne  P.  Lovette  Memorial  Fund  — Awards  are  made  to  entering  freshman 
students  who  demonstrate  outstanding  artistic  talent  as  determined  by  a 
portfolio  review  by  the  Department  of  Art  Faculty  Scholarship  Committee. 

Kim  and  Mary  Jo  Lyttle  Scholarship  —  A  $500  award  is  made  to  an  entering 
freshman  who  has  demonstrated  leadership.  Preference  is  given  to  students 
from  Venango  or  Indiana  counties. 

A.  Laura  Mateer  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  talented 
students  enrolling  in  the  Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 
Management.  An  application  to  the  department  along  with  a  letter  of 
recommendation  from  a  high  school  teacher  must  be  submitted  by  May  I  for 
the  following  fall  semester. 

Regis  McKnight  Scholarship  Fund  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  male 
high  school  graduates  excelling  in  athletics  as  a  tribute  to  Regis  "Peck" 
McKnight.  who  for  many  years  was  head  basketball  coach.  Selection  of 
recipients  will  be  made  by  the  athletic  director  and  the  head  basketball 
coach. 

Arveta  DeGaetano  McNaughton  Scholarship  —  A  scholarship  is  awarded 
each  year  to  a  graduate  of  Indiana  Area  Senior  High  School  who  enrolls  in 
the  Eberly  College  of  Business  as  a  full-time  freshman. 


18  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


John  W.  McNaul  Scholarship  —  The  McNaul  memorial  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  graduating  senior  from  Somerset  High  School  who  will  attend 
IUP  as  a  full-time  student  and  who  demonstrates  financial  need. 


Sons  of  Italy  Recreative  Club,  Inc..  Scholarships  —  Scholarships  are 
awarded  to  graduates  of  Indiana  County  schools  with  the  exception  of 
Homer  Center,  who  enroll  as  full-time  students  at  IUP. 


Colonel  Leonard  A.  and  Mary  D.  McQuown  Memorial  Fund  —  This  fund 
supports  the  Foundation  Distinguished  Scholars  program.  Preference  will  be 
given  to  graduates  of  Punxsutawney  High  School. 

Carol  L.  Moorhead  Scholarship  —  This  award  is  made  to  incoming 
freshman  students  enrolled  in  the  primary,  preferably  early  childhood, 
education  curriculum  in  the  College  of  Education. 

The  Morino  Scholars  Program  —  This  program  is  established  on  behalf  of 
the  Morino,  Calvetti,  Zambotti  and  Sgro  families.  Scholarship  support  will 
be  given  to  academically  promising  and  financially  deserving  undergraduate 
students.  Preference  is  given  to  students  from  historically  mining 
communities  whose  parents  or  grandparents  are  employees  or  retirees  or 
expired  while  working  in  the  mines. 

G.  William  Musser  Scholarship  —  The  Musser  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  an 
incoming  freshman  majoring  in  pre-law.  It  is  renewable  for  four  years  if  the 
recipient  maintains  a  3.0  average. 

Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  Scholarship  —  Established  by  an 
anonymous  donor,  the  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  scholarship  is 
awarded  each  year  to  a  freshman  who  has  graduated  from  Indiana  Area  High 
School  and  enrolls  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics. 
Eligible  applicants  to  IUP  will  be  invited  to  apply.  This  scholarship  is 
renewable  for  four  years. 

Carl  E.  Patchin  Scholarship  —  The  Patchin  scholarship  supports  the 
Foundation  Distinguished  Scholars  program  by  funding  a  recipient  who  will 
enroll  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business.  Foundation  Distinguished  Scholars 
applications  must  be  on  file  in  the  Admissions  Office  by  February  1. 

Margaret  M.  Patton  Foundation  Scholarship  — This  scholarship  has  been 
established  at  IUP  to  assist  students  attending  the  university  who  are  worthy 
and  in  need  of  such  assistance.  Preference  will  be  given  to  students 
attending  the  Armstrong  Campus. 

Everett  and  Lavina  Peterman  Scholarship  —  A  four-year  scholarship  is 
awarded  every  four  years  to  a  business  education  or  management 
information  systems  major  who  has  graduated  from  an  Indiana  County  high 
school. 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Arthur  W.  Phillips  Scholarship  Fund  —  This  fund  supports  the 
Foundation  Distinguished  Scholars  program.  Preference  will  be  given  to 
residents  of  Butler,  Clarion,  Forest.  Jefferson.  Lawrence.  Mercer,  and 
Venango  counties. 

Edna  B.  Pierce  Memorial  Fund  —  An  Indiana  Area  High  School  student, 
accepted  at  IUP  and  enrolled  in  a  teacher  education  curriculum,  will  be 
awarded  a  one-year  scholarship. 

President  's/Wahr  Scholarship  — A  $1000  scholarship  is  awarded  to  entering 
freshmen  who  are  valedictorians  of  their  high  school  at  the  end  of  their 
junior  year.  No  application  is  required. 

Savings  and  Trust  Bank  Excellence  in  Business  Scholarship  —  This 
scholarship  program  provides  20  awards  of  $1000  each  to  entering  freshman 
students  enrolled  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business.  Recipients  are  selected 
by  demonstrated  academic  promise  and  residency  with  the  Savings  and 
Trust  Bank  service  area. 

Joseph  W.  Serene  Scholarship  —  Established  in  memory  of  a  former 
president  of  the  IUP  Council  of  Trustees,  this  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
graduating  senior  from  Indiana  Area  High  School  who  has  enrolled  at  IUP. 
has  achieved  good  academic  standing,  is  active  in  school  and/or  community 
groups,  and  demonstrates  good  citizenship. 

Ethel  Seavey  Simpson  Scholarship  —  The  Ethel  Seavey  Simpson 
scholarships  are  awarded  to  academically  talented  freshmen  at  IUP  who 
demonstrate  financial  need.  Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 


Spadafora  Family  Endowment  —  Cecil  and  Ann  Spadafora  of  Indiana  and 
their  entire  family  have  established  a  scholarship  to  be  awarded  to  one 
football  player  each  year  who  has  graduated  from  an  Indiana  County  high 
school,  a  Mt.  Pleasant  High  School,  or  a  Bentworth  High  School.  The 
student  will  be  selected  by  a  committee  consisting  of  the  IUP  athletic 
director,  head  football  coach,  and  a  representative  of  the  family.  The 
recipient  will  be  a  high  school  graduate  excelling  in  athletics  and  a  credit 
to  the  fund. 

Michael  J.  Supinka,  Jr..  Memorial  Scholarship  —  A  scholarship  is  awarded 
to  a  graduate  of  Homer-Center  High  School  who  has  demonstrated  academic 
excellence  and  leadership  qualities  and  who  enrolls  at  IUP  as  full-time 
freshmen. 

The  Barbara  Thomas  Scholarship  Fund  —  This  fund  provides  support  to 
deserving  and  worthy  students  who  have  graduated  from  high  schools  in 
Clearfield  County,  Pennsylvania,  and  who  enroll  in  IUP  to  study  elementary 
education.  The  scholarship  is  renewable  providing  the  recipient  maintains  at 
least  a  2.5  grade-point  average. 

The  Tomb  Family  Scholarships  —  These  scholarships  provide  support  to 
deserving  and  talented  students  enrolled  at  IUP. 

Vaughn  Foundation  Scholarships  —  Two  $500  scholarships  are  awarded 
each  year  to  students  who  are  incoming  freshmen  demonstrating  academic 
promise  and  a  willingness  to  give  a  portion  of  their  time  to  community 
service.  Preference  will  be  given  to  students  enrolling  in  the  Eberly  College 
of  Business.  Students  must  also  participate  in  men's  football,  men's 
basketball,  or  women's  basketball. 

Corrine  Menk  Wahr  Scholarship  —  Awarded  to  the  top  students  of  each 
incoming  freshman  class,  this  scholarship  ranges  from  $200  to  full  tuition 
for  the  first  year  without  regard  to  financial  need.  Scholarship  achievement 
is  established  by  the  computation  of  high  school  rank  and  SAT  scores. 
Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 


Florence  Wallace  Scholarship  Fund  - 
Distinguished  Scholars  Program. 


-  This  fund  supports  the  Foundation 


West  Branch  Area  High  School  (Larson)  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  graduate  of  that  high  school  in  Clearfield  County, 
Pennsylvania,  who  demonstrates  financial  need  and  positive  academic 
achievements.  Applications  are  made  through  the  Guidance  Office  of  the 
West  Branch  Area  High  School. 

Luhelen  Grace  Whisner  Scholarship  —  This  award  is  established  by  Robert 
C.  Whisner,  a  1951  IUP  graduate,  in  memory  of  his  mother,  a  graduate  from 
the  Class  of  1922.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  students  who  demonstrate 
academic  promise,  good  citizenship  and  financial  need.  Preference  is  given 
to  students  from  Westmoreland  County. 

Upperclass  Scholarships: 

ALCOA  Scholarship  —  A  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  student 
majoring  in  management  information  systems.  The  recipient  is  selected  by 
the  MIS  faculty.  Students  in  their  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior  year  are 
eligible  to  receive  these  funds. 

Grace  Johnson  Allman  Safety  Science  Scholarship  —  The  Allman 
scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  student  chosen  by  the  chairperson  of  the  Safety 
Sciences  Department  who  is  worthy,  deserving,  and  a  credit  to  the 
scholarship. 

American  Association  of  University  Women  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  are 
awarded  annually  to  nontraditional  female  residents  of  Indiana  County, 
based  upon  financial  need  and  successful  completion  of  at  least  six  credits 
leading  to  a  degree. 

APSCUF  Scholarships  —  The  IUP  APSCUF  Scholarships  are  awarded  to 
students  who  have  earned  between  twenty-nine  and  forty-six  credits  and 
who  have  shown  involvement  in  IUP  and  community  activities. 


Finances  — 19 


ARA  Scholarship  —  Ten  $1,000  scholarships  and  seventeen  meal  waivers 
are  awarded  each  year  to  sophomores  who  have  attained  at  least  a  3.5  grade- 
point  average  and  who  demonstrate  need  as  determined  by  the  Free 
Application  tor  Federal  Student  Aid.  Meal  waivers  are  awarded  to  students 
living  on  campus;  cash  scholarships  are  presented  to  students  living 
oil  campus. 

Ida  X.  Anns  Excellence  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  is  awarded  to  an 
outstanding  member  of  Kappa  Mu  Epsilon.  Applications  are  available  in  the 
Mathematics  Department.  Deadline  for  receipt  of  application  is  March  15. 

J.  Donald  Bartolomucci  Scholarship  —  This  fund  awards  scholarships  to 
uppcrclass  students  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  who  are  deemed 
worthy  by  the  Scholarship  Committee. 

Ella  C.  Bendix  Home  Economics  Scholarships  —  Bendix  Scholarships  are 
awarded  to  worthy  students  with  financial  need  who  are  juniors,  seniors,  or 
first-year  graduate  students.  Selection  is  made  by  the  Home  Economics 
Scholarship  Committee 

Israel  and  Birdye  Brody  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  are  awarded  each  year 
to  juniors  who  have  at  least  a  3.8  average  and  who  have  served  the 
university  and/or  community.  Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Edward  N.  Brown  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to 
an  IUP  chemistry  major  who  has  completed  at  least  four  semesters  of 
chemistry.  Selection  is  made  by  the  Brown  Scholarship  Steering  Committee. 

Maude  O.  Brungard  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  Speech- 
Language  Pathology  majors.  The  recipient  must  be  a  senior  and  a  resident  of 
Pennsylvania  with  outstanding  academic  achievement.  Selection  is  made  by 
the  Brungard  scholarship  committee. 

Howard  B.  Buterbaugh  Scholarship  Fund  —  A  gift  to  the  university  from 
Dr.  Howard  Buterbaugh 's  estate,  the  scholarship  is  to  be  given  to  upperclass 
students  based  on  their  academic  performance. 

Carino  Queen  Evergreen  Scholarship  —  A  scholarship  is  awarded  to  Indiana 
County's  Queen  Evergreen  if  she  is  accepted  at  IUP  and  attends  on  a  full- 
time  basis. 

Clark  Scholarship  —  The  Lt.  Alpheus  Bell  Clark  Memorial  Scholarship  was 
established  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Steele  Clark  in  memory  of  their  son. 
Scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to  young  men  or  women  who  are 
seniors  in  the  university,  who,  in  the  opinion  of  a  committee,  best  qualify  for 
the  honor  in  terms  of  academic  ability,  leadership,  and  service  to  the 
university,  with  preference  going  to  veterans  or  sons  or  daughters 
of  veterans. 

Beverly  Sue  Clark  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
junior  or  senior  preparing  for  a  career  in  teaching.  Preference  is  given  to 
residents  of  Indiana,  Cambria.  Westmoreland,  and  Armstrong  counties  and 
to  survivors  of  casualties  of  the  1991  Persian  Gulf  War.  Selection  is  made  by 
the  College  of  Education. 


Charles  Davis  Scholarship  — This  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a 
music  major  who  has  shown  outstanding  ability.  The  amount  of  the  award 
will  be  determined  by  the  funds  available  from  Phi  Mu  Alpha,  the 
professional  music  fraternity  at  IUP. 

Owen  J.  and  Virginia  Dougherty  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship 
fund  provides  assistance  to  worthy,  deserving,  and  talented  student  athletes 
at  IUP. 

Alexa  J.  Boyer  Emerick  Nursing  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  are  awarded 
to  outstanding  and  deserving  junior  and/or  senior  students  enrolled  in  the 
nursing  curriculum  at  IUP.  Eligible  recipients  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Thomas  V.  Frazier  Memorial  Scholarship  —  A  senior  student  interested  in 
the  theater  arts  is  the  recipient  of  this  award.  The  student  may  be  a  drama 
student  or  just  active  in  off-stage  roles.  Financial  need  will  be  a 
consideration,  with  the  chairperson  of  the  theater  department  selecting 
the  recipient. 

Fredericks  Family  Scholarship  Funds  —  Established  by  David  Fredericks,  a 
1972  graduate  of  IUP,  this  scholarship  is  awarded  to  students  enrolled  in  the 
Eberly  College  of  Business  who  study  international  business  and/or  finance 
and  who  have  completed  24  credits  and  attained  a  3.0  cumulative  grade 
point  average.  Preference  is  given  to  students  who  have  served  in  the  United 
States  military  or  who  come  from  a  family  military  background. 

Fredericks  Michael  and  Company  Scholarship  Fund  — This  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  undergraduate  students  who  have  completed  at  least  60  credits  or 
graduate  students  who  have  maintained  a  cumulative  3.0  grade  point 
average  who  are  enrolled  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  are  studying 
international  business  and/or  finance.  Preference  is  given  to  students  who 
have  served  in  the  United  States  military  or  who  come  from  a  family 
military  background. 

Michael  Gendich  Scholarships  for  Athletes  —  The  scholarships  are 
awarded  to  worthy  and  deserving  student  athletes  by  the  director  of 
Intercollegiate  Athletics. 

Dr.  F.  Philip  Gorman  Scholarship  —  The  Gorman  Scholarship  is  awarded  to 
a  junior  in  a  major  relating  to  the  health  profession.  The  recipient  must  have 
a  minimum  QPAof  3.0  and  be  involved  in  university  activities.  Eligible 
candidates  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Theresa  Hart  Gramley  Memorial  Scholarship  —  Established  by  bequest  of 
Mrs.  Gramley,  a  1927  graduate  of  Indiana  Normal  School,  this  scholarship 
provides  financial  assistance  to  academically  promising  students. 

William  Heard  Scholarship  —  Established  as  a  memorial  by  friends  and 
colleagues  of  William  Heard,  formerly  a  professor  at  IUP,  the  scholarship  is 
awarded  each  year  to  a  junior  chemistry  major  for  his/her  senior  year.  The 
recipient  is  selected  by  the  chemistry  department  steering  committee  on  the 
basis  of  contributions  to  the  department  and  the  university,  financial  need, 
academic  record,  and  interview.  Applications  are  available  each  spring  in  the 
chemistry  department  office. 


Continuing  Education  Part-time  Scholarship  —  The  scholarships  are 
awarded  to  part-time  nontraditional  students  admitted  to  or  enrolled  in 
degree-seeking  programs  in  the  School  of  Continuing  Education. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office  and  the  Part-time 
Studies  Program  Office  two  months  before  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 

Dr.  Charles  L.  Cooper  Accounting  Scholarship  —  In  honor  of  a  retired 
professor,  accounting  firms  and  friends  of  Dr.  Cooper  have  established  a 
scholarship  to  be  awarded  to  a  senior  accounting  major.  To  be  eligible,  a 
student  must  complete  ninety  credits  (at  least  seventy-five  credits  completed 
at  IUP)  by  the  end  of  the  preceding  spring  semester  including  fifteen  credits 
in  accounting  and,  specifically,  intermediate  accounting  II  and  cost 
accounting.  Students  must  have  an  overall  3.5  average  and  complete  an 
application  that  includes  a  narrative  description  of  their  plans  for  the  future. 
The  scholarship  will  not  exceed  the  amount  of  tuition,  fees,  room,  and 
board.  Selection  is  made  by  the  Accounting  Department. 

Jack  Crossan  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  —  Established  by  fellow  athletes, 
classmates,  and  friends,  this  scholarship  shall  be  awarded  at  the  discretion 
and  good  judgment  of  the  head  basketball  coach  to  a  basketball  player  of 
good  character  and  sound  academic  standing. 


Dr.  Willard  W.  Hennemann.  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  are 
awarded  to  deserving  and  worthy  undergraduate  and/or  graduate  students 
with  a  strong  commitment  in  the  field  of  mathematics  education  at  the 
elementary  or  middle  school  level.  Recipients  are  selected  by  a  committee 
of  members  of  the  mathematics  department. 

Isolde  A.  Henninger  Endowment  for  Achievement  —  Friends  and  family 
members  have  established  the  endowment  to  provide  support  for  foreign 
language  students  and  the  Critical  Language  Program.  Foreign  language 
majors  who  have  demonstrated  significant  improvement  in  their  studies  are 
welcome  to  apply  to  the  chairman  of  the  foreign  languages  department. 

Hoss's  Steak  and  Seafood  House  Scholarship  —  Awarded  each  year  to 
students  in  the  hotel,  restaurant,  and  institutional  management  department. 

H.  Eugene  Hulbert  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  junior 
music  majors  each  year  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  and  financial 
need.  The  recipient  i^  selected  by  a  scholarship  committee.  Applications  are 
available  in  the  music  department  office  during  the  second  week  of  classes 
in  the  fall. 


20  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Eileen  Quinn  Hall  Scholarship  —  This  fund  provides  scholarship  support  to 
students  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  who  have  completed  at  least  60 
credits  and  maintain  a  3.0  grade  point  average  in  business  courses  and  an 
overall  2.8  GPA.  Preference  is  given  to  students  enrolled  in  the  business 
education  curriculum. 

Gloria  Bryan  Johnson  Memorial  Endowment  —  In  memory  of  wife  and 
mother.  Gloria  Bryan  Johnson,  Dr.  Hugh  Johnson  and  his  family  have 
established  a  memorial  scholarship  endowment  for  music  students.  The 
scholarship  committee  of  the  Department  of  Music  will  make  the  yearly 
selection  of  the  student. 

Sally  Johnson  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  —  This  scholarship  will  go  to  a 
female  junior  student,  based  upon  her  outstanding  athletic  abilities. 
Information  and  applications  are  available  through  the  physical  education 
department. 

Junior  Miss  Scholarship  —  A  $500  scholarship  is  awarded  to  the  winner  of 
the  Indiana  County  Junior  Miss  Pageant  if  the  winner  applies  and  is 
accepted  to  IUP  on  a  full-time  basis. 

Kaufmann's/The  May  Department  Store  Scholarship  —  A  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  student  for  the  senior  year  who  has  been  selected  to  intern  at 
the  store  for  the  summer  prior  to  the  senior  year. 

Eugene  E.  Lepley  Memorial  Scholarships  — These  scholarships  are 
awarded  to  two  junior  or  senior  students  majoring  in  health  and  physical 
education  or  sports  science. 


Arthur  G.  Morrell  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  Arthur  G.  Morrell 
Memorial  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  mathematics  major  completing  his/ 
her  junior  year  at  IUP  who  best  reflects  the  character  and  interests  of  Capt. 
Arthur  G.  Morrell.  a  graduate  in  mathematics.  United  States  Marine  pilot, 
and  IUP  football  captain.  The  recipient  is  selected  by  the  Morrell 
Scholarship  Committee.  Students  may  apply  for  the  award  (applications  are 
available  at  the  mathematics  department  office)  or  be  nominated  by  a 
mathematics  faculty  member. 

Morris  Scholarship  —  The  Helen  Wood  Morris  scholarship  was  established 
by  Lieutenant  Colonel  L.  M.  Morris  in  memory  of  his  wife,  a  graduate  of  the 
university.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  students  majoring  in 
education  who  have  earned  more  than  forty-five  but  fewer  than  seventy-five 
credits  at  IUP,  who  have  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least  a  3.80.  and  who 
have  made  special  contributions  to  the  university  and  community.  The 
scholarships  are  awarded  in  the  spring  for  use  in  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters.  Students  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Russel  C.  Nelson  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to 
an  upperclass  music  education  major  deemed  worthy  by  the  Music 
Scholarship  Committee.  Further  information  is  available  in  the  music 
department  office. 

Esko  E.  Newhill  Award  for  Excellence  —  Awarded  annually  to  a  major  in 
the  anthropology  or  sociology  department. 


Louis  J.  Nocco  Scholarships  - 
members  of  the  football  team. 


These  are  awarded  to  deserving  and  talented 


Dr.  Yu-Chen  Liu  Memorial  Endowment  —  An  endowment  has  been 
established  in  Dr.  Liu's  memory  by  friends  and  family.  The  interest  earned 
on  the  endowment  will  be  used  to  sponsor  scholarships  for  Chinese- 
American  students.  The  Asian  Studies  Committee  will  make  the  selection  of 
the  scholarship  awardee. 

Stanley  W.  Lore  Scholarship  —  A  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a 
junior  psychology  major.  Recipients  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  academic 
achievement  by  members  of  the  psychology  department. 

Mary  Helen  Krouse  MacDonald  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  MacDonald 
scholarship  fund  was  established  to  encourage  and  reward  exceptionally 
gifted  students  enrolled  at  IUP  who  are  majoring  in  art.  The  scholarships  are 
awarded  to  winners  of  the  student  entries  in  the  juried  art  exhibitions  held  in 
the  Community  Arts  Center  of  Cambria  County  in  Johnstown.  Pennsylvania. 

Ronald  L.  Marks  Scholarship  Fund  — Awards  shall  be  presented  to  students 
enrolled  with  a  major  in  chemistry  who  demonstrate  outstanding  academic 
achievement  and  promise  in  the  field.  One  award  is  presented  to  a  second 
semester  freshman  student  and  one  to  an  upperclass  student  as 
recommended  by  the  students'  advisors. 

McFarland  Scholarships  —  McFarland  scholarships  are  awarded  each  year 
to  honor  upperclass  students  who  have  earned  more  than  forty-five  but 
fewer  than  seventy-five  credits  at  IUP,  who  have  grade-point  averages  of  at 
least  3.80,  and  who  have  made  special  contributions  to  the  university  and 
community.  The  scholarships  are  awarded  in  the  spring  for  use  in  the  fall 
and  spring  of  the  junior  year.  Students  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Alan  P.  Mewha  Memorial  Fund  —  This  scholarship  is  for  students  in  the 
Geography  and  Regional  Planning  department;  scholarship  selection  will  be 
made  by  a  three-member  geography  and  regional  planning  scholarship 
committee.  The  scholarships  are  unrestricted  as  to  use  or  purpose  and 
flexible  in  the  amount  awarded  and  time  presented.  For  further  information, 
contact  the  geography  and  regional  planning  department. 

Benjamin  T.  Miller  Drawing  Award  —  To  memorialize  Benjamin  T.  Miller, 
colleagues,  students,  and  friends  have  established  the  Drawing  Award. 

Miss  IUP  Scholarship  —  A  $500  scholarship  is  awarded  to  the  winner  of  the 
Miss  IUP  pageant  for  use  in  the  subsequent  academic  year. 

William  P.  Moorhead  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  student 
studying  organ  in  the  Department  of  Music.  It  was  established  as  a  memorial 
to  Mrs.  William  P.  Moorhead. 


Tom  Norman  Scholarship  —  This  award  is  available  to  a  soccer  player  in 
financial  need.  All  disbursements  will  be  controlled  by  the  soccer  coach  in 
the  amount  he  or  she  feels  necessary. 

Ethyl  V.  Oxley,  Opal  T.  Rhodes,  and  Helen  C.  Merriman  Scholarships  — 
Each  year  the  Home  Economics  Alumni  Association  honors  three  former 
faculty  members  by  awarding  $200  scholarships.  The  Opal  T.  Rhodes 
Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  home  economics  education  major,  the  Ethyl  V. 
Oxley  Scholarship  to  a  food  and  nutrition  major,  and  the  Helen  C.  Merriman 
Scholarship  to  a  consumer  services  major.  Announcements  concerning 
applying  for  these  scholarships  are  made  in  the  College  of  Health  and 
Human  Services  during  the  fall  semester. 

Albert  Pechan  Scholarship  —  This  is  a  scholarship  for  a  science  major.  The 
amount  of  the  award  depends  on  the  money  available  in  the  scholarship 
tund.  Selection  of  a  recipient  is  made  by  the  science  department  faculty. 

Lenora  Pechan  Scholarship  —  The  Lenora  Pechan  Scholarship  was 
established  by  the  late  Dr.  Albert  R.  Pechan.  a  former  member  of  the  Senate 
of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  IUP. 
to  provide  funds  for  students  who  are  members  of  the  Reserve  Officer 
Training  Corps,  who  have  been  outstanding  students  in  the  ROTC.  and 
whose  other  academic  work  is  satisfactory.  First  priority  will  be  given  to 
students  from  Armstrong  County,  selected  by  the  officers  of  the  ROTC  and 
the  Faculty  Scholarship  and  Loan  Committee. 

Phi  Delta  Theta  Scholarship  Fund  —  This  scholarship  fund  was  established 
in  memory  of  Randy  Colalella  and  Jeffrey  Diez.  Funds  are  awarded  to 
students  who  are  members  in  good  standing  of  Phi  Delta  Theta  and  who 
have  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least  a  3.0. 

William  E.  Pierce  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  has  been  established  to 
award  a  one-year  grant  to  the  junior  ROTC  cadet  having  the  highest 
standing  in  his/her  sophomore  ROTC  class. 

Pittsburgh  Home  Economics  Teachers  Scholarship  Fund  —  An  award  of  is 
given  to  an  undergraduate  student  majonng  in  a  program  in  the  College  of 
Health  and  Human  Services  who  graduated  from  one  of  the  Pittsburgh 
public  schools.  Preference  is  given  to  students  majoring  in  home  economics 
education  and  seniors,  but  the  award  may  be  given  to  a  junior  or  a 
sophomore  student  enrolled  in  any  human  services  major  who  is  deserving 
both  scholastically  and  financially.  Eligible  students  should  apply  for  this 
scholarship  through  the  dean  of  the  college. 


Ruth  Podbielski  Scholarships  - 
women  athletes  at  IUP. 


-  These  scholarships  are  awarded  to  worthy 


Finances  —  21 


Shelly  G.  Portman  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship,  established  by 
the  Portman  family,  will  be  awarded  each  year  to  juniors  excelling  in 
concert  dance.  Selection  will  he  made  by  the  director  of  concert  dance. 

PPG  Computer  Science  Scholarship  —  The  PPG  Computer  Science 
scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  foreign  student  who  is  majoring  in 
computet  st  lence   Applu  alions  are  available  in  the  computer  science 
department  in  the  spring.  Deadline  lor  applying  is  March  IS. 

The  John  J.  Prandy  Memorial  Scholarship  — This  scholarship  provides 
support  to  a  worthy  and  deserv  nig  student  majoring  in  criminology  who  has 
achieved  junior  standing  and  has  expressed  interest  in  pursuing  a  career  in 
law  enforcement. 

Willis  E.  Pratt  Award  —  The  Savings  and  Trust  Company  of  Pennsylvania 
has  established  an  athletic  scholarship  in  the  name  of  the  late  Dr.  Willis  E. 
Pratt,  chancellor  emeritus  and  president  of  IUP  from  1948  to  1968.  It  will  be 
awarded  to  athletes  chosen  on  the  basis  of  scholastic  and  athletic  ability  and 
financial  need. 

The  Mildred  M.  Reigh  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  provides 
encouragement  and  financial  assistance  to  students  pursuing  a  degree  in 
mathematics  education  or  elementary  education  with  a  mathematics 
concentration.  Recipients  must  have  reached  a  minimum  of  junior  standing, 
carry  at  least  a  3.0  grade-point  average,  and  participate  in  one  or  more 
organizations  for  teachers  of  mathematics.  Selection  is  made  by  the 
Mathematics  Department. 

Ralph  Reynolds  Memorial  Scholarship  —  Through  the  generosity  of  Nancy 
Race  Warner,  the  Ralph  Reynolds  Memorial  scholarship  recognizes  students 
enrolled  in  the  bachelor  of  fine  arts  program  with  an  emphasis  in  painting. 
Selection  is  made  by  the  art  department. 

Frank  Ross  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  scholarships  are  awarded  each 
year  to  upperclass  students  of  ceramics  who  are  deemed  worthy  by  the 
Scholarship  Committee.  The  awards  are  presented  in  memory  of  a  former 
ceramics  faculty  member. 

The  David  J.  Rovnan  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  is  awarded 
each  year  to  an  IUP  student  who  is  a  member  of  the  staff  of  the  Penn. 
Selection  is  made  by  the  journalism  department. 

SACO  Excelling  Greek  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  are  awarded  to 
outstanding  Greek  juniors  named  at  the  spring  Greek  awards  banquet. 

David  Schwartz  Memorial  Journalism  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is 
established  in  memory  of  David  Schwartz,  a  graduate  of  IUP,  by  his  parents, 
the  Indiana  Gazette,  the  journalism  department,  and  friends  at  IUP.  The 
scholarship  is  available  to  outstanding  students  majoring  in  journalism. 
Contact  the  journalism  department  for  further  information. 

Ella  B.  Seanor  Leadership  in  Nursing  Award  —  This  award  is  presented  to  a 
graduating  senior  who  has  successfully  completed  the  requirements  for  a 
degree  in  nursing  and  who  has  demonstrated  exemplary  leadership  and 
commitment  to  the  high  standards  of  professional  practices  in  the  field 
of  nursing. 

Senior  Class  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  student  who 
has  earned  seventy-five  to  ninety  credits  at  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of 
the  junior  year,  has  a  QPA  of  at  least  3.5.  and  is  involved  with  campus 
affairs,  organizations,  and  activities.  Eligible  students  will  be  invited 
to  apply. 

The  Patricia  Shields  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  $500  scholarship  is 
awarded  each  year  to  a  full-time  student  who  has  achieved  junior  standing 
and  carries  at  least  a  3.0  grade-point  average.  Preference  may  be  given  to 
students  who  originally  attended  the  Armstrong  branch  campus  of  IUP. 

The  Susan  E.  Shubra  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded 
to  a  junior  or  senior  having  at  least  one  remaining  term  to  be  completed  as  a 
major  in  the  Department  of  Human  Development  and  Environmental 
Studies.  Applicants  must  have  a  minimum  3.0  grade-point  average,  be  of 
good  character,  and  demonstrate  outstanding  achievement  in  academics  and 
leadership  in  university/community  services.  Selection  is  made  by  the 
Department  of  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies. 


Sam  Smith  Football  Scholarship  Fund  —  The  solicited  funds  are  to  be  used 
for  football  scholarships.  All  the  funds  are  to  be  distributed  as  scholarships 
in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  university. 

Gregory  Spinelli  Memorial  Fund  —  This  fund  provides  a  meaningful  award 
and  recognition  for  students  with  exceptional  promise  and  commitment  to  a 
career  in  the  criminal  justice  system.  An  award  of  $100  will  be  made 
annually  to  a  second-semester  senior  enrolled  in  the  IUP  criminology 
department.  Greg  Spinelli  was  an  F.B.I,  agent  killed  in  the  line  of  duty. 

Bea  States  Scholarship  Fund  —  This  fund  provides  scholarship  support  to  a 
nontraditional  female  resident  of  Indiana  County  who  is  enrolled  at  IUP  as 
an  undergraduate  student.  Preference  will  be  given  to  students  with 
dependent  children  who  demonstrate  financial  need. 

Gerald  E.  Stossel  Football  Scholarship  —  Stossel  scholarships  are  awarded 
to  deserving  and  needy  student  athletes. 

Howard  E.  Tompkins  Computer  Science  Scholarship  —  The  Tompkins 
scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  computer  science  major  entering  the  junior  year 
who  has  completed  at  least  nine  credits  of  computer  science. 

Murray  M.  Varner  Scholarship  —  Murray  M.  Varner  was  an  alumnus  and 
professor  at  IUP.  This  scholarship  has  been  established  by  his  friends  and 
family  as  a  fitting  memorial  to  a  dynamic  educator.  The  scholarship  is 
awarded  each  year  to  an  upperclass  (at  least  twenty-seven  credits  at  IUP) 
student  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  who  is  a  permanent  resident  of 
Indiana  County.  The  recipient  must  be  academically  stable,  personable, 
enthusiastic,  and  motivated.  Applications  are  to  be  submitted  to  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  by  October  30.  Winners  will  be  announced  during 
the  fall. 

Saul  and  Louise  Waxier  Memorial  Scholarships  — These  provide  funding 
for  football  grants-in-aid. 

Wienken  and  Associates  Scholarship  —  Awards  are  made  to  upper-level 
students  in  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  who  have 
successfully  completed  at  least  30  credits  and  have  achieved  a  2.75 
cumulative  grade  point  average.  Applications  are  available  in  the 
Mathematics  Department  office.  Deadline  for  receipt  of  application  is 
March  15. 

David  Willard  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  award  is  presented  to  a  student 
within  the  Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  who  demonstrates 
outstanding  academic  achievement  and  professional  promise. 

Betty  Wood  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a 
student  representing  the  Department  of  Human  Development  and 
Environmental  Studies  in  the  highest  professional  manner.  Awards  are  made 
by  the  department. 

Zucchelli  Scholarship  Fund  —  This  $100  scholarship  will  be  awarded  to  a 
female  IUP  student  majoring  in  physical  education.  Information  and 
applications  are  available  through  the  health  and  physical  education 
department. 

Other  Resources 

Athletic  Grants-in-Aid  —  IUP  participates  in  intercollegiate  athletics  as  a 
Division  II  institution  and  awards  Athletic  Grants-in-Aid  in  accordance  with 
NCAA  rules  and  regulations.  Interested  students  should  contact  the  Athletic 
Director.  Memorial  Field  House,  IUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705. 

Residence  Assistants  —  Upperclass  students  and  freshmen  at  the  end  of 
their  first  year  may  apply  to  become  residence  assistants  at  IUP.  Students 
earn  a  room  and  board  waiver,  as  well  as  a  small  stipend,  by  working  as 
residence  assistants  in  IUP  residence  halls.  Application  timetables  and 
deadlines  are  advertised  in  the  Penn  and  posted  in  the  residence  halls  and 
other  spots  around  campus.  The  application  process  requires  references  and 
individual  and  group  interviews.  Residence  assistants  are  selected  on  the 
basis  of  leadership  and  interpersonal  skills  and  the  willingness  and  ability  to 
perform  as  role  models.  Residence  assistants  must  have  and  maintain  a  2.2 
quality-point  average.  For  further  information,  please  contact  present 
residence  assistants  or  residence  directors  or  the  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life,  G14  Sutton  Hall,  IUP,  Indiana.  PA  15705. 


-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Paul  Douglas  Teacher  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  of  up  to  $5,000  per  year 
are  awarded  lo  superior  students  who  will  pursue  teaching  careers. 
Recipients  must  teach  for  two  years  for  each  year  they  receive  the 
scholarship.  Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  Student  Teaching  and 
must  be  submitted  by  May  1  for  the  following  year. 

Private  Scholarships  —  Various  service  clubs,  organizations,  churches, 
schools,  and  industries  offer  scholarships  to  students.  High  school  guidance 
offices,  libraries,  and  hometown  newspapers  are  often  excellent  sources  for 
information  concerning  private  scholarships. 

ROTC  Scholarships  —  One-,  two-,  and  three-year  scholarships  are  available 
to  both  male  and  female  students  who  are  enrolled  in  the  Reserve  Officer 
Training  Corps  program.  The  scholarships  pay  for  tuition,  fees,  and  books, 
plus  $100  per  month  for  ten  months  per  school  year.  Interested  students  may 
obtain  applications  and  criteria  information  by  contacting  the  ROTC 
department  in  Pierce  Hall  at  IUP. 

Office  of  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Assistance  (OVR)  —  Students  who  have 
physical  or  learning  handicaps  may  receive  educational  benefits  through  the 
Office  of  Vocational  Rehabilitation.  In  order  to  be  eligible,  students  must 
satisfy  the  physical  and  financial  requirements  of  the  agency.  For  further 
information  regarding  OVR.  students  should  contact  their  county  office  of 
vocational  rehabilitation. 

Loan  Forgiveness  Programs 

Act  115  —  The  Urban  and  Rural  Teacher  Loan  Forgiveness  Act  provides 
new  teachers  in  approved  school  districts  with  the  opportunity  to  apply  for 
loan  forgiveness  of  up  to  $2,500  per  year  of  teaching  to  a  maximum  of 
$10,000  of  guaranteed  student  loans  obtained  through  PHEAA.  Further 
information  is  available  from  PHEAA,  Attn:  Urban  and  Rural  Loan 
Forgiveness  Program,  P.O.  Box  8114,  Harrisburg.  P\  17105-8114. 

Veterans  Benefits  —  In  addition  to  regular  sources  of  financial  aid.  veterans 
and  dependents  of  veterans  may  be  eligible  for  V.A.  benefits.  For  further 
information,  veterans  are  urged  to  contact  the  Veterans  Counselor.  308  Pratt 
Hall,  IUP,  Indiana.  PA  15705. 


Student  Programs  and  Services  —  23 


TEXTBOOKS 


Student  Programs  and  Services 

Orientation 

IUP  offers  a  three-phase  orientation  program  for  all  new  students.  Freshmen 
are  expected  to  participate  in  each  of  the  three  programs,  as  they  are 
intended  to  provide  information  and  programs  which  are  designed  to  insure 
a  successful  first-year  experience. 

Orientation  Phase  I:  Interview/Orientation  Day  occurs  during  the  late  fall  or 
spring  prior  to  students'  matriculation  on  campus.  During  this  day-long 
experience,  accepted  students  and  their  parents  visit  the  main  or  branch 
campuses,  participate  in  major  presentations  describing  academic  and 
student  life,  and  discuss  academic  program  offerings  with  college  deans  and 
departmental  representatives.  This  is  an  opportunity  to  assist  students  as 
they  make  informed  choices  regarding  the  appropriateness  of  IUP  as  their 
undergraduate  college  of  choice. 

Orientation  Phase  II:  Summer  Preregistration  Placement  Testing,  Advising, 
and  Course  Selection  Program  occurs  during  the  summer  immediately 
preceding  students'  matriculation  on  campus.  This  experience  is  designed  to 
assess  academic  readiness  for  courses  integral  to  the  IUP  curriculum, 
including  English,  mathematics,  and  foreign  languages.  Students  admitted  to 
the  main  campus  or  the  Learning  Center  program  participate  in  an 
overnight,  two-day  experience  which  includes  testing,  academic  advising, 
and  orientation  to  university  curricular  requirements  and  cocurricular 
opportunities.  Students  who  are  admitted  as  branch  campus  freshmen 
participate  in  a  one-day  program.  Concurrent  parent  orientation  programs 
are  offered. 

Orientation  Phase  III:  Fall  Orientation  occurs  as  students  move  on  to 
campus  immediately  prior  to  the  beginning  of  fall  classes.  Phase  Three  is 
designed  to  assure  a  smooth  transition  from  the  home  environment  to  IUP's 
campus  community. 


IUP  views  this  three-phase  orientation  as  unique  and  extremely  important  to 
freshman  retention  and  satisfaction  with  the  university.  The  freshman  year  is 
critical  in  regard  to  academic  success.  During  this  time,  students  must 
simultaneously  develop  academic  competence  in  the  college  curriculum  and 
adjust  to  the  personal  decision-making  process  college  life  affords.  Each  of 
the  three  programs  is  designed  to  assist  in  this  important  college  adjustment 
process.  Freshmen  arc  expected  to  participate  fully  in  these  three  programs. 

Residence  Life 

IUP  is  a  residential  campus.  Its  fourteen  residence  halls  and  two  apartment 
buildings  are  structured  on  a  geographical  basis  into  five  areas.  Each 
residence  hall  is  sponsored  by  a  professional  residence  director  with  a 
background  in  student  development  or  counseling  or  by  a  graduate  residence 
director  enrolled  in  the  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education  graduate 
program.  Responsibilities  include  administrative  functions  of  the  building, 
programming  and  policy  enforcement.  Each  residence  hall  also  has 
undergraduate  resident  assistants,  RAs,  who  are  responsible  for  helping 
students,  planning  programs,  carrying  out  administrative  tasks,  and 
providing  leadership  for  the  development  of  a  community  among  the 
approximately  thirty  students  living  in  their  individual  section  of  the 
residence  hall.  The  university's  two  apartment  buildings  are  staffed  with  a 
professional  residence  director  and  student  managers.  A  student  manager  is 
similar  to  a  resident  assistant. 

It  is  the  policy  of  IUP  to  offer  full,  equal,  and  nondiscriminatory  assistance 
to  all  students  without  regard  to  their  race,  color,  religion,  national  origin, 
sex.  ancestry,  sexual  orientation,  or  physical  ability  in  both  the  placement  in 
university  housing  and  in  the  furnishing  of  facilities  and  services  in  relation 
to  that  housing. 

Rooms  are  available  to  both  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  enrolled  at 
IUP.  Each  year  the  university  reviews  its  housing  policies  and  revises  them 
according  to  its  needs  for  the  coming  year.  The  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life  is  also  responsible  for  making  room  assignments, 
contracting  for  dining  service,  and  providing  information  and  services 
related  to  off -campus  housing.  The  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  is 
located  in  G14  Sutton  Hall,  357-2696. 

University  Residence  Halls 

The  specific  programs  and  services  provided  within  the  residence  halls  are 
aimed  at  providing  a  residential  program  which  supports  the  academic 
mission  of  the  university  and  fostering  the  development  of  a  community  in 
which  the  rights  and  responsibilities  of  each  individual  are  clearly  defined 
and  respected.  Respect  for  the  learning  process  as  well  as  respect  for  self, 
others,  and  property  is  strongly  emphasized.  Students  are  encouraged  to 
question  and  explore  increasingly  complex  intellectual  and  personal 
challenges  in  their  efforts  to  give  meaning  and  direction  to  their  lives.  Staff 
members  actively  provide  support  and  challenge  students  as  they  assume 
ownership  and  accept  responsibility  for  their  actions  and  important  life 
decisions.  The  residence  halls  represent  and  reflect  the  daily  challenges  of 
what  it  is  like  to  live  in  any  community.  It  is  the  intention  of  the  Office  of 
Housing  and  Residence  Life  to  teach  students  those  skills  which  prepare 
them  to  be  responsible  community  members  so  that  when  they  leave  the 
university,  they  will  be  contributing  and  productive  citizens  in  the  larger 
community  in  which  they  live. 

Because  residence  hall  living  is  seen  as  a  positive  educational  experience, 
first-year  students  are  encouraged  to  live  in  residence  halls  unless  they  are 
commuting  from  home.  In  an  effort  to  make  residence  hall  living  more 
responsive  to  individual  needs,  the  university  offers  two  living 
arrangements:  single  sex  and  coed.  Students  are  encouraged  to  consider 
these  options  carefully  and  to  select  the  one  in  which  they  would  feel 
most  comfortable. 

Student  accommodations  are  based  on  double  occupancy.  Furnishings 
include  beds,  mattresses,  desks,  chairs,  mirrors,  and  dressers.  Students 
should  bring  their  own  blankets,  bedspreads,  towels,  study  lamps,  and 
mattress  pads. 

All  IUP  residence  halls  are  equipped  with  study  lounges,  recreational 
equipment,  laundry  facilities,  and  locked  mailboxes.  In  addition,  computer 
terminals  and  other  specialized  equipment  are  located  within  each  area  for 
student  use.  Each  resident  has  a  card  key  for  his/her  building  which  provides 
entry  after  closing  hours. 


24  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


IUP  also  operates  two  apartment  buildings,  providing  single  student  housing 
in  an  apartment-style  setting.  The  university  provides  telephone  service,  a 
stove,  refrigerator,  kitchen  table  and  chairs,  beds,  and  dressers  in  each 
apartment.  Living  room  furniture  is  provided  in  Campus  Towers  only. 

Application  for  Housing 

New  first-year  and  transfer  students  who  have  paid  the  tuition  advanced 
deposit  will  receive  a  "Residence  Hall  Contract  for  Housing  and  Dining 
Service";  the  contract  acceptance  form,  a  housing  prepayment  form,  and 
prepayment  of  $75  must  be  completed  and  returned  by  May  1  or  within  two 
weeks  of  receipt. 

Continuing  students  may  contract  for  university  housing  for  each  year  in 
accordance  with  the  procedure  published  and  posted  in  February  by  the 
Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life. 

Students  being  readmitted  should  contact  the  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life  directly  for  housing  applications  and/or  information. 

Dining  Services 

Dining  service  is  available  to  all  students.  Students  residing  in  university 
residence  halls  are  required  to  have  a  meal  plan  and  may  choose  from  Plan 
A  or  B.  Students  residing  off  campus,  or  in  university  apartments,  may 
choose  Plans  A,  B,  C,  D.  or  E. 

Plan  A  —      20  meals  per  week 

(breakfast,  lunch,  and  dinner  Monday  through  Saturday. 

brunch  and  dinner  on  Sunday) 
Plan  B  —      Any  14  meals  per  week 

(Sunday  through  Saturday) 
Plan  C —      10  meals  per  week 

(lunch  and  dinner  Monday  through  Friday) 
Plan  D  —     5  meals  per  week 

(lunch  only  Monday  through  Friday) 
Plan  E  —      Any  10  meals  per  week 

(Sunday  through  Saturday) 

Students  and  guests  may  purchase  individual  meals  in  either  of  IUP's  dining 
halls  at  the  current  casual  meal  rate.  Meals  can  also  be  purchased  at  1 )  the 
Oak  Room,  an  on-campus  faculty/staff  dining  room;  2)  the  Underground 
Express,  both  of  which  are  located  within  the  lower  level  of  Foster  Hall;  3 ) 
Itza  Pizza,  located  in  the  Underground  Express;  and  4)  the  HUB  Rock  Cafe, 
located  in  the  Hadley  Union  Building. 

Insurance  for  Personal  Belongings 

Students  are  encouraged  to  carry  insurance  that  covers  the  loss  or  theft  of 
money  or  property  while  residing  in  a  residence  hall/apartment  housing. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  determine  coverage  available  through  their 
parents'  homeowners  policy  and  consider  a  rider  if  necessary  to  provide  the 
appropriate  coverage  while  at  college.  The  university  does  not  assume 
responsiblity  for  loss  to  students'  belongings. 

Student  Room  Refrigerators 

Residents  can  rent  refrigerators  for  their  rooms  on  a  one-  or  two-semester 
basis  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life.  Students  directly 
benefit  from  this  program,  since  the  profits  are  used  to  upgrade  special 
facilities  in  the  residence  halls.  Residents  can  also  use  their  own 
refrigerators  as  long  as  the  unit  does  not  draw  more  than  three  amps  of 
electrical  current  and  not  does  occupy  more  than  2.4  cubic  feet  of  space. 

Student  Room  Telephone  Service 

Touch-tone  line  service  is  provided  for  each  student  residence  hall  room  and 
apartment.  Students,  however,  are  responsible  for  providing  their  own 
telephone  instruments.  A  touch-tone  telephone  necessary. 

Telephone  bills  are  mailed  directly  to  students  each  month.  Toll  calls  and 
telegram  charges  only  appear  on  the  bill.  Both/all  occupants  of  a  room  are 
responsible  for  all  charges  made  to  their  Centrex  extension.  Payment  is 
made  directly  to  ACUS  (AT&T  College  and  University  Services). 

Automobiles 

Students,  faculty,  and  staff  members  who  park  vehicles  in  campus  parking 
areas  must  register  their  vehicles  with  the  Campus  Police  Office.  Resident 
students  will  be  issued  parking  permits  for  the  following  reasons:  medical 
necessity,  work  assignments  requiring  a  vehicle,  student  teaching,  or  other 
academic  need  for  a  vehicle.  A  written  application  must  be  submitted  to  and 


approved  by  the  Parking  Authority  Review  Board.  Parking  will  be  available 
to  resident  students  not  meeting  the  aforementioned  criteria,  for  a  fee,  to 
park  in  the  Robertshaw  lot.  The  Campus  Police  Office  located  in  Sutton  Hall 
should  be  contacted  for  information  on  parking  as  well  as  copies  of  the 
current  rules  and  regulations. 

Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 

Counselors,  psychologists,  and  student  development  specialists  offer 
services  and  programs  which  facilitate  the  personal  and  emotional  growth  of 
students.  Confidential  counseling  is  available  on  an  individual  and  small- 
group  basis.  The  opportunity  to  develop  skills  for  lifelong  learning  is 
provided  through  individual  programs,  workshops,  ongoing  groups,  and 
computer-based  instructional  packages.  Student  leadership  training,  new 
student  orientation,  women's  programs,  student  satisfaction  research,  and 
individualized  programs  for  special  populations  are  provided. 

The  center  is  open  from  8:00  a.m.  through  4:30  p.m.,  Monday  through 
Friday.  Students  may  call  357-2621  to  arrange  for  an  appointment.  After 
hours,  staff  may  be  contacted  for  emergencies  by  calling  the  Health  Center 
at  357-2550. 

Learning  Center/Act  101 

The  Learning  Center  provides  educational  support  services  for  all  IUP 
students  in  the  areas  of  reading,  writing,  mathematics,  biological  and 
physical  sciences,  foreign  languages,  social  sciences,  study  skills,  and 
related  areas.  These  services  are  provided  by  both  professional  and 
undergraduate  paraprofessional  staff.  Students  are  encouraged  to  participate 
in  a  broad  array  of  program  services  including  one-to-one  and  group 
tutorials,  workshops,  and  formal  classes.  The  main  Learning  Center  office  is 
located  in  203  Pratt  Hall.  Further  information  can  be  obtained  by  calling 
357-2729. 

The  Act  101  program,  created  as  a  result  of  the  Pennsylvania  Higher 
Education  Equal  Opportunity  Act  101  in  1971  by  the  legislature  of  the 
commonwealth,  focuses  on  servicing  IUP  students  in  order  to  make  the  ideal 
of  "equal  educational  opportunity"  a  reality  for  all  qualified  students. 
Students  matriculating  through  the  LC/Act  101  program  are  provided 
assistance  in  the  areas  of  academic  tutoring,  career  counseling,  financial  aid 
information,  personal  counseling,  academic  advising  related  to  curriculum 
concerns,  the  selection  of  an  appropriate  major,  and  course  scheduling.  The 
main  Act  101  office  is  located  in  203  Pratt  Hall.  Further  information  can  be 
obtained  by  calling  357-2729. 

Health  Services 

The  University  Health  Service  operates  an  outpatient  clinic  and  provides 
routine  health  care  to  students  while  classes  are  in  session.  The  outpatient 
clinic  is  staffed  with  physicians,  nurse  practitioners,  nurses,  and  educators. 
For  emergency  care  of  students  when  the  Health  Center  is  closed,  the  local 
hospital  emergency  room  is  available.  The  university  has  a  contract  to  cover 
the  cost  of  transporting  a  student  to  the  local  hospital  for  an  emergency,  if 
the  student's  health  insurance  policy  does  not  include  coverage  of 
ambulance  services. 

In  addition  to  primary  medical  care  including  minor  surgery,  some 
laboratory  tests,  allergy  injections,  and  dispensing  of  medications,  the 
University  Health  Service  offers  a  self-care  cold  clinic,  evening 
contraceptive  clinic,  and  programs  in  chemical  health,  health  education, 
wellness,  and  nutrition  counseling.  Free  transportation  to  area  medical 
facilities  is  available. 

Students  pay  a  $58  per  semester  mandatory  student  health  fee  which  entitles 
them  to  unlimited  visits  at  the  Health  Center  and  includes:  medications 
dispensed,  laboratory  tests,  and  other  procedures. 

Effective  Fall.  1991,  IUP  requires  documentation  of  dates  of  immunizations 
from  new  students  for  the  following  vaccines:  measles,  mumps,  rubella, 
tetanus  toxoid-diphlheria,  and  polio.  Individuals  born  after  1956  should 
receive  a  second  measles  immunization  prior  to  entering  college.  It  has 
always  been  important  to  update  diphtheria  and  tetanus  immunizations  every 
ten  years.  The  documentation  must  be  included  on  the  Student  Health 
Form  and  can  take  the  form  of 

1 .  dates  of  vaccinations  by  the  health  care  provider  who  gave    them  or 

2.  date  of  illness  with  the  disease  diagnosed  by  a  physician  or 

3.  serum  antibody  level  as  determined  by  a  blood  test 


Student  Programs  and  Services  — 25 


Students  will  receive  a  copj  ol  the  Student  Health  Form  from  the  Health 
Service  after  they  receive  notification  of  admission  to  IUP.  The  form  musi 
be  returned  to  the  University  Health  Seniles  before  starting  classes. 

Student  Health  Insurance 

The  university  does  no!  sponsor  a  group  student  health  insurance  plan. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  obtain  private  insurance  to  cover  the  costs  of 
hospital-related  expenses.  The  University  Health  Service  does  not  hill 
insurance  companies  for  serv  ices.  However,  students  receive  a  copy  of  each 
visit  which  can  he  used  it  the  individual  chooses  to  bill  his/her  insurance 
company  directly. 

Services  for  Students  with  Disabilities 

Disability  Support  Services  (a  unit  of  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center)  is 
the  primary  agent  lor  the  provision  of  access  for  RIP  students  with  physical 
and  learning  disabilities.  Students  with  disabilities  are  urged  to  register  with 
the  office.  Services  provided  include  early  registration;  assistance  in 
locating  accessible  housing;  equipment  loan;  test  proctoring  and  reading; 
notetaking;  recording  of  books;  NCR  paper;  liaison  with  faculty.  OVR.  and 
BVS;  and  general  advising  and  counseling.  Further  information  may  be 
obtained  in  106  Pratt  Hall  or  by  calling  (412)  357-4067  (V1TD). 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  located  in  Davis  Hall,  offers  diagnosis  of 
speech  problems,  hearing  tests  and  evaluations,  and  a  regular  program  of 
therapy.  The  clinic  also  administers  the  speech  clearance  for  teacher 
education  programs. 

These  services  are  made  available  without  charge  to  students  regularly 
enrolled  at  the  university  to  give  the  necessary  assistance  to  alleviate 
deficiencies  which  would  interfere  with  successful  performance  and 
progress  in  the  university  and  in  future  work.  Students  are  encouraged  to  use 
the  facilities  provided  for  them  and  may  of  their  own  initiative  come  to  the 
clinic  for  help,  or  they  may  be  referred  by  any  faculty  member  or 
university  official. 

Career  Services 

Career  services  are  available  to  students  who  are  graduating,  students  who 
are  enrolled  to  obtain  teacher  certification,  students  who  have  been  accepted 
as  candidates  for  degrees  in  the  Graduate  School,  and  alumni.  Additionally. 
career  counseling  is  provided  to  students  of  all  class  levels  as  well  as 
alumni.  In  addition  to  career  counseling,  the  primary  functions  of  the  office 
are  to  transmit  credentials  to  prospective  employers,  arrange  for  campus 
interviews,  prepare  a  current  file  of  job  opportunities,  maintain  an  extensive 
library  of  occupational  information,  conduct  follow-up  studies  of  graduates, 
conduct  group  counseling  and  orientation  meetings,  and  provide  general 
assistance  in  the  career  planning  and  job-seeking  process. 

The  Office  of  Career  Services  also  receives  and  makes  available  to 
graduates  and  undergraduates  information  concerning  summer  employment. 

Positions  are  not  guaranteed  by  the  university,  but  IUP's  record  of 
placement  is  one  of  the  very  best  in  Pennsylvania. 

Veterans 

A  prospective  veteran  student  should  contact  the  veterans  counselor  and 
submit  to  the  counselor  the  veteran's  certificate  for  Program  of  Education. 

Veterans  eligible  for  the  G.l.  Bill  should  report  to  the  office  of  the  veterans 
counselor  in  Pratt  Hall  prior  to  registration  for  a  semester  or  for  summer 
sessions  to  be  entered  or  continued  in  training  for  Veterans  Administration 
benefits  purposes. 

No  veteran  receiving  G.I.  benefits  may  change  curriculum  without  clearance 
from  the  veterans  counselor.  All  veterans  must  maintain  normal  class 
progression  and  report  any  change  in  course  load  to  the  veterans  counselor. 

Any  undergraduate  receiving  benefits  from  the  Veterans  Administration 
must  carry  at  least  twelve  credit  hours  during  a  regular  semester  in  order  to 
be  considered  a  full-time  student  by  the  Veterans  Administration.  The 
minimum  full-time  requirement  for  a  graduate  student  is  nine  credit  hours. 

Children  of  a  deceased  or  disabled  veteran  whose  death  or  injury  was  due  to 
service-related  causes  may  be  eligible  for  educational  assistance  from  the 
federal  government  under  Public  Law  634  (Dependents  Educational 
Assistance  Act).  Immediately  upon  acceptance  to  IUP.  men  and  women  who 


qualify  for  such  assistance  should  contact  the  veterans  counselor  to  process 
then  application  for  payment. 

Guidelines  fur  Student  Conduct 

IUP  is  an  academic  community  within  the  society  at  large.  As  a  community, 
it  has  formulated  a  code  ol  standards  and  expectations  which  the  university 
considers  to  be  consistent  with  its  purpose  as  an  educational  institution.  IUP 
reaffirms  the  principle  of  students'  freedom  coupled  w  hh  an  acceptance  of 
full  responsibility  for  one's  behavior  and  the  consequences  of  such  behavior. 
As  a  member  of  the  academic  community  and  of  the  larger  society,  a  student 
retains  the  rights,  protections,  guarantees,  and  responsibilities  which  are 
held  by  all  citizens. 

The  judicial  system  of  IUP  exists  to  review  all  alleged  academic  violations 
as  well  as  violations  of  university  regulations  and/or  federal,  state,  and  local 
ordinances.  The  primary  intent  of  this  educational  system  is  to  create  a 
positive  behavioral  change  in  the  students  while  also  protecting  the  rights  of 
the  members  of  the  university  community.  The  system  will  hold  the  students 
accountable  for  their  actions  when  regulations  or  statutes  have  been 
violated.  A  complete  statement  of  regulations  is  available  in  the  student 
handbook. 

Post  Office 

The  University  Post  Office  is  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  Folger  Hall,  at 
the  corner  of  Pratt  Drive  and  Maple  Street.  All  United  States  and  campus 
mail  is  picked  up  and  delivered  daily  to  administrative  offices  and  residence 
halls  from  this  location.  As  it  is  a  contract  station  of  the  Indiana, 
Pennsylvania,  post  office,  the  University  Post  Office  also  provides  a  window 
service  for  university  personnel  for  all  postal  services  including  box  rentals. 

Student  Cooperative  Association 

The  Student  Cooperative  Association  has  played  an  extremely  broad  role  in 
the  cocurricular  life  of  the  university  for  more  than  sixty  years.  All  students, 
faculty,  and  staff,  by  virtue  of  paying  the  Activity  Fee,  are  members  of  the 
association.  Virtually  all  campuswide  activities  outside  the  instructional 
program  are  sponsored  wholly  or  in  part  by  the  association. 

The  Activity  Fee  is  the  chief  source  of  income  for  the  association's 
programs.  The  student's  "I-Card"  will  admit  him/her  free  of  charge  or  at  a 
reduced  fee  to  university  social,  cultural,  and  athletic  events.  Other  income 
for  the  association  comes  from  the  profits  of  the  Co-op  Store  and  income 
from  events  sponsored  by  the  association. 

The  Student  Cooperative  Association  operates  the  Hadley  Union  Building, 
which  houses  the  Co-op  Store,  and  the  Co-op  Recreational  Park.  The  Hadley 
Union  Building,  built  by  association  members  through  the  Activity  Fee. 
offers  many  facilities  for  use  by  the  university  community. 

The  Co-op  Recreational  Park  comprises  270  acres  of  wooded  hillsides  and 
fields.  Included  are  a  lodge  building  which  will  accommodate  groups  of  up 
to  200  people,  a  ski  facility  with  two  rope  tows,  toboggan  run,  cross-country 
skiing  and  nature  trails,  picnic  shelter,  and  garden  plots. 

Cocurricular  Activities  and  Student  Organizations 

As  participating  members  of  the  IUP  community,  students  occupy  a 
responsible  role  in  governance  of  the  campus.  Since  a  valuable  part  of 
education  lies  in  participation  in  groups  where  experience  in  leadership. 
social  and  community  responsibility,  intellectual  curiosity,  and  religious 
interests  can  be  met,  voluntary  participation  in  varied  organizations  is 
available  and  encouraged. 

There  are  currently  more  than  180  active  student  organizations  at  IUP 
advised  by  faculty  or  staff  selected  by  the  students.  Students  are  also 
encouraged  to  initiate  and  support  new  groups  which  reflect  interests  not 
represented  by  existing  organizations. 

Student  Congress 

The  Student  Congress  is  the  representative  and  recognized  voice  of  IUP's 
student  body.  The  Student  Congress  was  created  in  the  spring  of  1989  to  be 
a  unified  student  voice  in  a  bicameral  (two-house)  arrangement.  Seats  are 
reserved  in  the  House  of  Representatives  for  each  of  the  eight  students 
elected  to  the  Student  Cooperative  Association's  Board  of  Directors.  The 
Congress  is  led  by  a  president  elected  at-large  in  a  spring  general  election; 
the  president  is  a  member  of  neither  the  House  nor  Senate.  The  sixty-four 
member  House  is  led  by  an  internally  elected  vice-president.  Its  primary 
responsibility  lies  with  the  student  members  of  the  Co-op  Board  of  Directors 


26  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


and  with  their  internal  appointments  to  the  Co-op  Finance  Committee  which 
allocates  the  $300,000  supporting  recognized  organizations  and  activities  on 
campus.  The  forty-two-member  Senate  is  also  led  by  an  internally  elected 
vice-president.  This  vice-president  becomes  the  student  nominee  for  the 
position  of  vice  chair  of  the  University  Senate.  Each  student  senator  serves 
as  a  member  of  the  University  Senate,  which  is  also  composed  of  faculty 
and  administration.  The  primary  responsibilities  of  the  student  senators  lie 
with  their  seats  on  University  Senate  committees,  which  address  1UP  policy. 
The  Student  Congress  meets  twice  monthly  as  an  assembly.  Every  student 
enrolled  at  IUP  is  considered  a  member  of  the  SC,  and  input  is  always 
sought  and  valued. 

Residence  Hall  Association 

The  Residence  Hall  Association  ( RHA )  is  made  up  of  all  students  living  in 
university  residence  halls.  The  executive  body  of  RHA  is  composed  of 
elected  representatives  from  each  residence  hall.  The  purpose  of  RHA  is  to 
provide  educational,  social,  and  community  service  programs  for  residents; 
to  collect  information  on  various  aspects  of  residence  hall  life;  and  to  assist 
in  formulating  housing  policies  and  procedures. 

Activities 

Under  the  supervision  of  the  Office  of  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 
and  funded  for  the  most  part  by  the  Student  Cooperative  Association,  IUP 
has  many  activities  which  are  orchestrated  by  students  and  which  offer 
entertainment  and  cultural  programs  for  the  entire  university  community. 
These  activities  provide  a  significant  opportunity  for  students  to  become 
more  involved  with  their  campus  as  well  as  to  experience  the  growth  and 
personal  development  which  involvement  provides. 

Organizations  and  activities  sponsoring  the  majority  of  IUP  events  include 
The  Entertainment  Network  (TEN),  Artist  Series,  Black  Cultural  Center, 
Black  Emphasis  Committee,  Ideas  and  Issues  Series,  Summer  Activities,  and 
the  University  Concert  Committee.  Participation  in  these  and  other  groups  is 
strongly  encouraged. 

Student  Publications 

The  Perm,  IUP's  campus  newspaper,  is  published  three  times  a  week  during 
the  fall  and  spring  semesters  by  students  wishing  to  gain  practical 
newspaper  experience.  Interested  students  are  advised  to  attend 
organizational  meetings  held  in  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 

The  Oak  is  the  university  yearbook,  a  pictorial  and  written  review  of  the 
year's  activities.  Subscriptions  may  be  purchased  in  the  fall  or  early  in  the 
Spring  Semester.  The  Penn  will  carry  notices  of  subscription  drives. 
Applications  for  staff  positions  may  be  obtained  from  the  Oak  office  or  from 
the  adviser. 

The  University  Directory  is  distributed  early  in  the  fall  term  to  students  and 
faculty.  It  contains  a  listing  of  all  properly  registered  students  and  of  staff, 
faculty,  and  university  offices. 

The  Student  Handbook  is  distributed  to  all  students  free  of  charge.  It 
includes  rules  and  regulations,  the  extracurricular  program,  and  general 
information  of  interest  to  students. 


Athletics 

Frank  Cignetti,  Director;  Frank  Condino,  Associate  Director; 
Francis  Nee,  Acting  Associate  Director;  Erika  Renwick,  Business  and 
Compliance  Officer 

Head  Coaches:  Kurt  Kanaskie,  Men's  Basketball;  Jan  Kiger,  Women's 
Basketball;  Ed  Fry,  Men's  and  Women's  Cross  Country; 
Frank  Cignetti,  Football;  Kofie  Montgomery,  Women's  Field  Hockey; 
Fred  Joseph,  Golf;  Lori  Henkemeyer,  Gymnastics;  Joyce  Kanaski, 
Softball;  Frances  Nee,  Men's  and  Women's  Swimming  and  Diving; 
Jackie  Albenze,  Women's  Tennis;  Ed  Fry,  Men's  and  Women's  Track 
and  Field;  Kofie  Montgomery,  Volleyball 

The  university's  men's  and  women's  athletic  teams  compete  at  the  Division 
II  level  of  the  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association  and  in  the 
Pennsylvania  State  Athletic  Conference. 

Men's  sports  offered  in  the  fall  include  cross  country  and  football.  The 
winter  sports  include  basketball  and  swimming  and  diving.  The  spring 
sports  are  track  and  field,  golf,  and  baseball. 

Women's  fall  sports  are  tennis,  cross  country,  gymnastics,  volleyball,  and 
field  hockey.  In  the  winter,  the  sports  of  basketball  and  swimming  and 
diving  are  offered.  Spring  sports  include  Softball  and  track  and  field. 

Intramurals 

A  well-organized  and  varied  program  of  intramural  sports  and  athletic 
activities  is  conducted  for  both  men  and  women  and  on  a  coeducational 
basis.  Intramural  handbooks  are  available  from  the  intramural  director, 
Room  101.  Memorial  Field  House. 

Religious  Life 

The  religious  life  of  students  is  cared  for  through  the  activities  of  some 
twelve  organizations  which  comprise  the  IUP  Interfaith  Council.  Three  of 
these,  the  Newman  Center,  the  United  Campus  Ministry,  and  the  Lutheran 
Center,  maintain  private  facilities  near  the  campus.  Others  affiliate  with  and 
meet  in  local  churches  for  worship  and  meetings. 

The  Advising  and  Testing  Center 

The  Advising  and  Testing  Center  is  available  to  provide  assistance  to  both 
students  and  faculty.  Among  its  functions  are  implementing  the  summer 
preregistration  testing  program;  offering  career  planning  classes  and 
computer-assisted  career  counseling  to  undecided  majors;  co-conducting 
registration  for  January  freshmen  and  branch  campus  students;  processing 
total  university  withdrawals;  serving  the  needs  of  students  with  disabilities; 
and  assisting  in  providing  advising  information  to  students  and  advisers.  The 
Advising  and  Testing  Center  may  be  contacted  at  357-4067  ( VITD)  ( 106 
Pratt  Hall)  for  further  information. 


Academic  Policies  — 27 


Academic  Policies 


Classification  of  Students 

In  order  to  be  classified  as  full-time,  undergraduate  students  attending  any 
regular  academic  year  semester  must  be  currently  enrolled  in  at  least  twelve 
semester  hours  of  credit. 

In  the  IUP  summer  sessions,  a  student  must  be  currently  enrolled  in  at  least 
six  semester  hours  during  either  session  in  order  to  be  certified  as  a  full-time 
enrollee  for  either  of  those  scheduled  instructional  periods. 

Full-time  certification  for  students  enrolled  in  instructional  periods  which  do 
not  conform  to  the  regularly  scheduled  academic  sessions  will  be  based 
upon  the  number  of  enrolled  semester  hours  during  that  period  of  enrollment 
(e.g.,  one  semester  hour  in  one  week  of  instruction  would  equal  the 
minimum  full-time  certification  standard). 

For  purposes  of  designating  students  by  class,  the  following  credit-hour 

classification  ranges  are  used: 

Freshmen 28  semester  hours  or  less 

Sophomores 29-56  semester  hours 

Juniors 57-90  semester  hours 

Seniors 91  semester  hours  or  more 

Class  designations  are  based  on  credits  earned  rather  than  credits  attempted. 
Persons  holding  a  degree  and  working  for  a  second  baccalaureate  degree 
may  be  classified  as  seniors. 

Normal  Semester  Hour  Loads 

A  normal  semester  hour  load  is  15-17  semester  hours.  A  student  who  wishes 
to  schedule  more  than  17.5  semester  hours  must  obtain  approval  from  the 
dean  of  the  college  in  which  he/she  is  registered;  approval  will  be  predicated 
upon  various  criteria  such  as  the  student's  demonstrated  competencies,  total 


courses,  and  specific  conditions.  The  signed  approval  form  must  be 
submitted  at  registration  or  drop/add  to  schedule  the  crcdit(s)  beyond  17.5. 
When  taking  nineteen  or  more  credits,  a  student  is  responsible  for  paying  a 
per-credit  lee  at  the  current  rate  for  each  credit  beyond  eighteen. 

Grades  and  Quality  Points 

In  the  grading  system,  the  following  grades  are  used  in  reporting  the 
Standing  of  students  at  the  end  of  each  semester  or  summer  term:  A, 
excellent;  B.  good;  C,  average;  D,  passed:  F.  failed;  I,  incomplete;  R, 
deferred;  P.  pass/fail  (option).  Regarding  the  option  of  pass/fail  courses,  if  a 
student  fails  the  course,  he/she  will  be  awarded  an  F  and  the  terms  of 
"failing"  a  course  will  prevail.  The  grade  of  R  is  used  to  indicate  deferred 
status  for  certain  types  of  continuing  study  courses.  It  must  be  converted 
within  one  calendar  year  after  issuance. 

The  grade  of  I  is  used  to  record  work  which,  so  far  as  covered,  is  of  passing 
grade  but  is  incomplete  because  of  personal  illness  or  other  unavoidable 
reason.  It  must  be  made  up  within  180  calendar  days  after  issuance  of  the 
grade.  The  grade  of  W,  designates  that  the  student  has  voluntarily  withdrawn 
from  a  course  within  a  specified  period  after  the  beginning  of  any  regular 
semester.  The  grade  of  Q  is  assigned  to  all  courses  in  a  semester  or  session 
when  a  student  withdraws  completely  from  registration  in  the  university. 
The  W  and  Q  grades  carry  no  credits  or  quality  points  for  the  courses  in 
which  they  are  reported  but  do  appear  on  the  student's  record. 

Shortly  after  each  semester  or  summer  session,  a  full  grade  report  is  mailed 
to  each  student  at  his  or  her  home  address. 

Quality  points  are  assigned  as  follows:  Grade  A,  four  quality  points  per 
semester  hour;  B,  three  quality  points  per  semester  hour;  C,  two  quality 
points  per  semester  hour;  D,  one  quality  point  per  semester  hour;  and  F,  no 
quality  points. 

Quality  points  are  not  counted  on  grades  from  other  schools,  and  a  student 
transferring  from  another  school  is  held  responsible  for  quality  points  only 
on  work  taken  in  this  university. 

Cumulative  Quality-Point  Average  is  determined  by  multiplying  the  credit 
hours  per  course  by  the  grade  in  quality  points  received  for  that  course, 
repeating  this  procedure  for  each  course  attempted,  totaling  the  credit  hour 
quality  points  thus  obtained,  and  dividing  by  the  total  number  of  credit 
hours  attempted. 

Institutional  Credits  are  associated  with  remedial  courses  which  are 
numbered  below  100.  Credits  from  institutional  credit  courses  do  not  apply 
to  degree  requirements  for  graduation  but  are  used  in  determining 
enrollment  status  (full  or  part  time)  including  financial  aid  and  athletic 
(NCAA)  eligibility. 

Course  Repeats 

The  semester  hours  for  a  course  repeated  after  January  1 ,  1 974.  shall  be 
counted  only  once  for  all  attempts;  it  is  this  number  of  hours  that  will  be 
used  in  quality-point  average  (QPA)  computation.  (In  the  case  where  a 
course  is  repeated  for  a  different  number  of  hours  of  credit  than  when  taken 
initially,  the  number  of  hours  corresponding  to  the  highest  grade  will  be 
used  in  the  QPA  computations.)  It  should  be  noted  that  the  transcript 
continues  to  carry  the  full,  unabridged  record,  with  no  deletion  of  repeated 
courses  from  the  visual  record. 

The  total  quality  points  for  all  attempts  of  the  repeated  course  will  be  the 
number  assigned  for  the  highest  grade  earned. 

The  QPA  for  the  repeated  course  will  be  determined  by  dividing  the  number 
of  quality  points  by  the  number  of  semester  hours  earned.  Only  courses  with 
a  D  or  F  grade  may  be  repeated  and  then  only  with  the  approval  of  the 
student's  adviser.  Only  six  repeat  attempts  may  be  made  subsequent  to  the 
adoption  of  this  policy  during  a  baccalaureate  degree  program. 

A  course  taken  at  another  university  will  not  be  applicable  to  lUP's  D/F 
Repeat  Policy,  and  if  credits  are  transferred  they  will  block  repeat  of  the 
course  at  IUP. 

To  repeat  a  course  in  which  a  grade  of  'D'  or  'F'  was  received,  a  student 
must  file  a  D/F  repeat  form  prior  to  repeating  a  course.  The  D/F  Repeat 
forms,  available  in  departmental  offices,  must  be  filed  by  the  specified 
deadline  by  validation  in  the  Scheduling  Center,  G-8C  Sutton. 


28  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Pass-Fail  Policy 

The  purpose  of  pass-fail  is  to  permit  a  student  to  take  an  elective  course  in  a 
field  of  personal  interest  where  he/she  may  be  competing  with  major 
students  in  the  department  in  which  the  course  is  offered.  When  scheduled, 
such  a  course  shall  be  included  in  the  student's  normal  course  load  for 
the  semester. 

A  student  may  take  courses  on  a  pass-fail  basis  to  a  total  of  fifteen  semester 
hours  throughout  his/her  university  career.  The  student  is  limited  to  one 
pass-fail  course  in  any  given  semester  during  the  sophomore,  junior,  and 
senior  years.  All  courses  in  the  student's  Liberal  Studies  program  and  in  his/ 
her  major  and  minor  fields  are  excluded  from  this  prerogative. 

The  student  must  declare  his/her  intent  to  choose  pass-fail  in  a  specific 
course  no  later  than  six  weeks  after  the  beginning  of  the  semester  or  the 
equivalent  timespan  in  a  summer  session.  Once  declared,  this  pass-fail 
option  may  not  be  revoked.  Instructors  will  not  be  notified  of  the  identity  of 
pass-fail  students  in  their  courses;  identification  will  be  handled  by  the 
Computer  Center  through  an  appropriate  coded  control. 

A  student  shall  be  given  academic  credit  without  quality  points  for  a  course 
taken  pass-fail  upon  receiving  a  passing  mark  in  the  course.  The  semester 
hours  successfully  completed  under  pass-fail  ("passed"),  within  the  overall 
fifteen  semester  hour  limitation,  shall  be  recorded  as  counting  towards  the 
total  semester  hours  earned  for  graduation  but  not  towards  the  semester- 
hours-attempted  data  used  in  calculation  of  the  cumulative  quality-point 
average.  However,  if  a  student  fails  a  pass/fail  course,  he/she  will  receive 
the  "F"  grade  and  the  corresponding  quality-point  average.  An  F  earned 
under  the  pass/fail  option  may  be  repeated  only  under  the  graded  option  to 
provide  the  quality  points  to  correspond  to  the  "hours  attempted"  incurred 
with  the  F. 

The  summer  sessions,  collectively  or  in  any  combination,  shall  be 
considered  a  unit  similar  to  a  spring  or  fall  semester  for  pass-fail  purposes. 
Hence,  a  student  is  permitted  to  take  only  one  course  during  the  summer  on 
a  pass-fail  basis. 

Cancelled  Semester  Policy 

The  Cancelled  Semester  Policy  permits  students  returning  after  significant 
separation  from  the  university  to  delete  from  the  Cumulative  Grade-Point 
Average  (CGPAI  calculation  the  results  of  one  particularly  unfortunate 
semester.  A  student  who  has  not  been  enrolled  in  four  consecutive  semesters 
and  the  intervening  summer  sessions  may  apply  upon  application  for 
readmission  or  w  ithin  one  year  of  readmission  for  the  application  of  this 
policy  to  any  single  semester  completed  before  readmission.  While 
readmission  may  be  based  on  the  application  for  cancelled  semester,  the 
transcript  record  will  reflect  this  only  after  the  student  is  enrolled  and 
attending.  [For  cancellation  purposes,  a  semester  is  defined  as  any  semester 
of  enrollment,  whether  full  or  part  time,  with  sessions  in  a  single  summer 
together  constituting  one  semester.]  All  grades — passing,  failing, 
withdrawals — in  that  semester  must  be  cancelled  from  the  CGPA.  There  is 
no  abridgment  of  the  transcript;  the  courses  and  grades  remain  visible  on  the 
official  transcript.  Credit  toward  graduation  remains  for  those  credits 
associated  with  passing  grades.  A  student  may  never  cancel  more  than  one 
semester  from  his/her  CGPA  under  this  policy. 

Audit  Policy 

To  audit  an  undergraduate  course,  a  person  must  be  admitted  to  the 
university  and  have  met  course  prerequisites.  Students  wishing  to  audit  a 
course  for  which  they  registered  at  registration  should  obtain  a  Course  Audit 
Form  from  the  department  chairperson  of  the  course.  To  audit  a  course  not 
previously  registered  for  at  registration,  students  must  first  process  an  "add" 
for  the  course  before  filing  a  course  audit  form.  All  audit  processing, 
including  revocation  of  previously  requested  audit  classification,  must  be 
completed  during  the  regular  drop/add  period.  Copies  of  the  completed  form 
are  returned  to  the  Scheduling  Center,  to  the  department  chairperson,  and  to 
the  student.  Audit  students  have  the  same  privileges  as  other  students  in  all 
coursework.  There  is  no  limit  on  the  number  of  courses  which  may 
be  audited. 


Auditors  will  pay  normal  tuition  and  such  other  fees  as  may  be  required  for 
the  course. 

Advanced  Placement  and  Credit/Exemption  Examinations 

Courses  taken  by  students  prior  to  admission  to  college  under  the  Advanced 
Placement  Program  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  may  be 
recognized  by  the  award  of  college  credit  or  by  exemption  from  required 
subjects.  Those  who  earn  a  grade  of  3,  4,  or  5  in  the  Advanced  Placement 
Examination  will  be  granted  credit  toward  the  number  of  credit  hours 
required  for  graduation. 

For  students  who  have  had  other  unusual  opportunities  for  instruction  or 
have  advanced  in  a  given  field,  an  opportunity  to  gain  credit  and/or 
exemption  from  a  course  is  afforded  through  examinations.  The  University 
Testing  Services  Office  (302  Pratt  Hall)  offers  credit  options  through  the 
College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP). 

Students  have  an  opportunity  to  gain  exemption  or  credit  through  successful 
completion  of  comprehensive  examinations  by  requesting  from  the 
academic  department  an  exam  as  a  substitute  for  completing  all  the  usual 
requirements  of  the  course. 

A  student  who  passes  an  exemption  examination  will  be  exempt  from  taking 
that  course  in  his/her  academic  program.  When  a  student  receives  credit  for 
a  course  by  examination,  the  credit  will  be  applied  to  graduation 
requirements  just  as  though  the  course  had  been  taken.  If  a  student  is 
granted  exemption  only  from  a  course,  he/she  will  be  permitted  to  take  a 
free  elective  in  place  of  that  course. 

This  enables  the  student  to  further  specialize,  to  correct  weaknesses  outside 
his/her  major  field,  to  build  his/her  knowledge  in  an  ancillary  area,  or  to 
introduce  himself/herself  to  an  entirely  different  area. 

Courses  for  which  credit  or  exemption  are  awarded  by  examination  will  not 
be  used  in  the  determination  of  quality-point  averages. 

Schedule  Changes  (Drop/Add) 

The  university  registration  system  is  characterized  as  one  of  continuous 
registration,  using  either  TELREG  (telephone  registration)  orTERMREG 
(terminal  registration).  From  the  student's  initial  registration  time  for  a 
given  semester  until  the  beginning  of  classes  for  the  semester  (except  for 
specified  restricted  times),  a  student  may  modify  his/her  schedule  to  the 
extent  that  classes  are  available  or  permission  to  register  for  a  restricted 
section  has  been  granted  and  entered  into  the  computer  system.  Opportunity 
to  drop  or  add  sections  extends  to  the  third  day  of  a  semester,  as  announced. 
Each  student  is  responsible  for  making  the  appropriate  computer 
transactions  to  ensure  schedule  accuracy.  Note  particularly  that  while  the 
department  may  enter  permission  to  register  for  a  section,  the  actual 
registration  transaction  must  be  entered  by  the  student.  The  schedule  of 
classes  information  includes  specific  directions  for  registration  and 
modification  for  students. 

Individual  Course  Withdrawal  Policy 

(effective  until  June  1,  1995) 

During  the  fall,  spring,  and  summer  sessions,  students  are  permitted  to 
withdraw  from  a  course  with  a  grade  of  "W"  up  to  the  midpoint  of  the 
course.  Faculty  members  are  required  to  inform  students  of  their  standing  in 
the  class  prior  to  the  midpoint  of  the  course. 

For  all  individual  course  withdrawals,  the  student  must  complete  a  course 
withdrawal  form,  available  in  department  offices.  This  form  must  be  signed 
by  both  the  student  and  the  instructor. 

After  the  close  of  the  prescribed  withdrawal  period,  a  student  may  w  ithdraw 
from  a  course  only  with  the  approval  of  his/her  adviser,  department 
chairperson,  and  college  dean  (in  that  order),  for  such  reasons  as  illness, 
accident,  or  extreme  personal  problems.  Such  withdrawal  may  occur  no  later 
than  one  week  before  the  beginning  of  final  examinations. 


All  audited  courses  will  be  identified  as  such  on  the  student's  grade  report 
and  transcript.  Work  taken  on  an  audit  basis  will  not  be  graded  and  will  not 
count  toward  the  fulfillment  of  requirements  for  a  degree  to  be  awarded  by 
IUP.  Since  credit  hours  attempted  and  quality  points  will  not  be  awarded  for 
audited  courses,  they  will  not  affect  the  student's  quality-point  average  in 
any  way  whatsoever. 


If  a  student  fails  to  complete  the  requirements  for  a  course  but  has  not 
formally  processed  a  withdrawal  from  the  university,  the  instructor  shall 
note  in  his/her  course  records  the  student's  last  attendance  date  and/or  other 
activity  and  assign  an  "F"  for  the  course. 


Academic  Policies  —  29 


Individual  Course  Withdrawal  Policy 

(effective  on  June  I,  1995) 

An  undergraduate  student  is  permitted  five  lniinuiu.il  Course  Withdrawals 
at  1UP.  Exceptions  for  unusual  circumstances,  il  any,  will  he  by  letter  of 
petition  to  the  dean  ol  the  student's  college,  with  appropriate  documentation 
oi  the  circumstances. 

For  all  indiv  idual  course  withdrawals,  the  student  must  complete  a  course 
withdrawal  form,  available  in  department  offices.  This  form  must  he  signed 
h\  the  student,  his/her  ad\  iser.  and  the  instructor.  The  completed  form  must 
be  processed  through  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  student's  college.  (Check 
the  Schedule  of  Classes  Bulletin  for  specific  information  on  how  to  process 
individual  course  withdrawals.) 

Indi\  idual  course  withdrawals  may  he  processed  only  during  the  first  two- 
thirds  of  the  term.  Instructors  are  required  to  inform  students  of  their 
standing  in  class  prior  to  this  time.  A  student  wishing  to  withdraw  from  a 
course  after  the  deadline  may  request  a  waiver  by  filing  an  Emergency  Late 
(  ourse  Withdraw  al  Request  through  the  office  of  the  dean  of  his/her  college. 
Approval  is  contingent  upon  documentation  of  exceptional  events  of  a 
catastrophic  nature  that  could  not  have  been  anticipated. 

At  the  time  of  implementation,  each  continuing  student  will  have  five 
additional  individual  course  withdrawal  options,  without  regard  to  the 
number  of  his/her  previous  course  withdrawals. 

Total  University  Withdrawal  Policy 

An  undergraduate  student  who  does  not  register  for  the  succeeding  semester 
or,  having  registered,  does  not  appear  for  classes  at  the  beginning  of  the 
succeeding  semester,  is  considered  to  have  withdrawn  from  the  university. 
Thereafter,  he/she  must  apply  for  readmission  as  prescribed  under 
"Admission  and  Registration." 

Any  undergraduate  student  withdraw  ing  from  the  university  during  a 
semester  or  a  summer  session  must  secure  a  Withdrawal  Form  from  the 
Advising  and  Testing  Center.  106  Pratt  Hall  (357-4067).  The  student  will 
clear  the  form  with  the  appropriate  offices  listed  in  the  form,  securing  their 
signatures  as  evidence  of  clearance.  (Students  seeking  medical  withdrawal 
must  also  provide  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center  with  a  physician's 
corroboration  of  a  medical  need  to  withdraw. )  The  Withdraw  al  Form  will 
then  be  returned  to  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center,  which  will  notify  the 
appropriate  college  dean,  campus  agencies,  and  instructors  that  an  official 
withdrawal  has  been  processed.  No  person  shall  be  considered  withdrawn 
from  the  university  w  ithm  a  semester  or  summer  session  unless  such  notice 
is  received.  Grades  of  Q  will  be  assigned  to  all  registered  courses  in  the 
semester/session  from  which  the  student  is  withdrawing. 

Undergraduate  Course  Attendance  Policy 

The  university  expects  all  students  to  attend  class. 

Individual  faculty  members  may  define  attendance  standards  appropriate  to 
each  course  and  the  consequences  of  not  meeting  those  standards,  within  the 
following  guidelines: 

1 .  Each  policy  must  be  distributed  in  writing  during  the  first  week  of  the 
course.  Normally,  it  is  expected  that  the  information  dealing  with  class 
attendance  standards  will  be  distributed  with  the  Semester  Course 
Syllabus. 

2.  Each  policy  must  recognize  students'  need  to  miss  class  because  of 
illness  or  personal  emergency. 

3.  Each  policy  must  define  some  limited  level  of  allowable  absence, 
normally  at  least  a  number  of  clock  hours  equal  to  course  credit  hours. 

Approved  May  13.  1994.  Council  of  Trustees 

Criteria  Governing  Continuance  at  IUP 

Continuance  at  IUP  is  determined  according  to  the  university's  Academic 
Standards  Policy  as  approved  by  University  Senate  December.  1987,  and 
Council  of  Trustees  in  Februarv.  1988.  This  policv  became  effective 
July  1.  1988. 

Academic  Standards  Policy 

The  Academic  Standards  Policy  applies  to  all  undergraduate  degree 
candidates  of  the  university.  Academic  standards  for  students  enrolled  in 
graduate  courses  and  programs  will  be  defined  and  administered  through  the 


Graduate  School.  Academic  standards  for  participants  in  nondegree 
programs  will  be  defined  separately. 

Authority  to  administer  the  Academic  Standards  Policy  is  vested  in  the  dean 
of  the  college  which  has  jurisdiction  for  the  student's  primary  major.  That 
responsibility  may  he  assigned  to  an  appropriate  designee.  Students 
officially  adv  ised  by  the  Learning  Center  are  reviewed  by  the  assistant  vice 
president  for  Student  Affairs. 

Academic  Good  Standing: 

Every  undergraduate  student  must  maintain  a  cumulative  2.00  GPA  to  be  in 
academic  good  standing.  There  are  two  review  periods:  January  and  May. 
Continuation  of  enrollment  is  permitted  under  defined  circumstances. 

1.  January  Review  Period: 

The  academic  standing  of  each  student  is  reviewed.  A  student  whose 
cumulative  GPA  is  below  2.00  is  considered  to  be  in  a  Probation  status. 

2.  May  Review  Period: 

The  academic  standing  of  each  student  is  reviewed.  A  student  must  have 
a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.00  to  be  in  good  academic  standing. 

a.  For  a  student  who  matriculated  during  the  preceding  summer  or 
September,  the  following  criteria  apply: 

—  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  between  1.80  and  1.99.  the  student  is 
continued  on  probation. 

—  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  1.80.  the  student  is  dismissed. 

b.  For  a  student  who  matriculated  through  the  Learning  Center/ Act  101 
during  the  preceding  summer  or  September,  the  following  criteria 
apply: 

—  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  between  1.80  and  1.99,  the  student  is 
continued  on  probation. 

—  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  1.80,  and  the  student  is  in 
compliance  with  the  participation  requirements  of  the  Learning 
Center  program,  the  student  is  continued  on  probation. 

—  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  1 .80,  and  the  student  is  not  in 
compliance  with  the  participation  requirements  of  the  Learning 
Center  program,  the  student  is  dismissed. 

c.  For  a  student  who  matriculated  in  the  immediately  preceding 
semester,  the  following  criteria  apply: 

—  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  2.00.  the  student  is  continued  on 
probation. 

d.  For  all  other  continuing  students,  the  following  criteria  apply: 

—  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  2.00,  the  student  is  dismissed. 

Probation: 

1 .  Definition:  Probation  status  is  that  status  of  any  student  who  has  a 
cumulative  GPA  less  than  2.00  and  who  has  permission  to  enroll  in 
the  university. 

2.  Student  responsibilities: 

A  student  who  is  in  Probation  status  is  expected  to  meet  w  ith  his/her 
adviser  prior  to  or  within  the  first  w  eek  of  each  semester  to  review 
current  course  load  and  to  establish  a  plan  of  contact  for  the  semester.  It 
is  generally  anticipated  that  a  probation  student  will  develop  personal 
change  strategies  utilizing  appropriate  professional  resources  such  as 
adviser,  faculty.  Counseling  Center.  Learning  Center,  Career  Sen  ices, 
workshops,  tutoring  programs,  and  other  support  systems. 

3.  Additional  conditions: 

As  a  condition  of  deferral  of  dismissal,  a  dean  (or  designee)  may  include 
specific  conditions  designed  to  promote  improved  academic  performance. 

Dismissal: 

1.  A  student  who  does  not  meet  minimum  academic  standards  is  subject  to 
automatic  dismissal  in  May.  Dismissal  is  the  normal  consequence  of 
cumulative  performance  below  the  academic  standards  as  published:  the 
office  of  the  dean  provides  confirmation  of  dismissal  status  and 
additional  information. 

2.  Dismissal  in  May  includes  the  cancellation  of  previously  scheduled  fall 
classes  and  the  elimination  of  guarantees  associated  with  fall  housing 
and  dining  contracts. 

3.  Appeal  for  deferral  of  dismissal:  In  certain  cases  extenuating 
circumstances  may  exist  which  in  the  professional  judgment  of  the 
college  dean  or  designee  will  warrant  a  brief  extension  of  enrollment 


30  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


privilege  at  IUP.  A  student  should  understand  that  it  is  the  student's 
responsibility  to  anticipate,  to  initiate,  and  to  fully  document  and 
cooperate  in  all  aspects  of  the  process  of  appeal  in  a  timely  manner.  The 
student  must  tile  in  the  office  of  the  dean  (or  designee)  the  completed 
application  for  appeal  with  all  supporting  documentation  pertinent  to 
review  of  the  appeal.  All  material  must  be  filed  by  4:00  p.m..  June  15,  to 
be  considered  for  the  fall  semester. 

Readmission: 

1.    All  dismissed  students  seeking  readmission  must  make  application  for 
readmission  through  the  appropriate  college  office.  A  student  who  has 
been  dismissed  may  use  summer  sessions  at  IUP  in  support  of  the 
application  for  readmission.  The  application  will  detail  procedures 
including  deadlines  and  information  needed  for  consideration  of 
readmission  plan. 

Sufficient  progress: 

The  IUP  Financial  Aid  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  Policy  requires 
sufficient  academic  progress  toward  a  degree  on  both  academic  good 
standing  (GPA)  and  sufficient  progress  (percent  of  progress)  bases.  The 
standard  of  academic  good  standing  is  defined  within  the  university's 
Academic  Standards  Policy.  The  standard  of  sufficient  progress  for  financial 
aid  eligibility  is  the  successful  completion  of  seventy-five  percent  (75 
percent)  of  the  cumulative  number  of  registered  credits  at  IUP.  "Registered 
credits"  are  the  number  of  credits  for  which  a  student  is  enrolled  at  the  end 
of  the  Drop/Add  period.  (For  a  student  who  was  originally  registered  and 
charged  at  full-time  status  and  who  reduced  during  Drop/Add  to  part-time 
status,  the  registered  credits  will  be  calculated  as  twelve.) 

A  student  who  meets  the  standard  of  academic  good  standing  of  the 
Academic  Standards  Policy  but  who  does  not  meet  the  standard  of  sufficient 
quantitative  progress  may  continue  in  university  registration  but  without 
financial  aid  eligibility  for  the  federal  Title  IV  aid  programs. 

A  full  statement  of  requirements  for  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  for 
Title  IV  Federal  Student  Assistance  is  available  through  the  Financial 
Aid  Office. 

All  courses  taken  at  IUP  become  a  part  of  the  student's  permanent  academic 
record.  The  record  shall  show  hours  attempted,  hours  earned,  and  quality 
points  earned. 

The  academic  standing  of  all  students  is  computed  on  the  basis  of  courses 
attempted  at  this  university  only.  Credit  is  granted  for  work  completed  in 
other  institutions  in  accordance  with  the  stipulations  set  forth  under 
"Admission  and  Registration." 

Academic  Honors 

IUP  recognizes  academic  achievement  through  Dean's  Lists,  Provost's 
Scholars,  and  graduation  honors. 

Dean's  Lisr  —  Undergraduate  students  receive  recognition  on  the  Dean's 
List  for  each  semester  (or  summer  sessions  cumulatively)  in  which  they  earn 
at  least  a  3.25  quality-point  average  based  on  at  least  twelve  credits  of 
graded  (not  P/F)  coursework. 

Provost's  Scholar  —  Sophomores  and  juniors  who  have  a  cumulative 
quality-point  average  of  3.50  and  above  at  midyear  are  named  Provost's 
Scholars  and  are  recognized  at  an  annual  Honors  Convocation,  usually 
in  April. 

Graduation  Honors  —  Traditional  Latin  honors  are  awarded  at  graduation  to 
bachelor's  degree  candidates  with  appropriate  academic  records.  Calculation 
is  based  on  all  undergraduate  credits  and  quality  points  earned  at  IUP. 
Graduation  honors  are  not  granted  for  second  (subsequent)  degrees.  The 
distinctions  are: 

Cum  laude  —  3.25  to  3.49  cumulative  quality-point  average 
Magna  cum  laude  —  3.50  to  3.74  cumulative  quality-point  average 
Summa  cum  laude  —  3.75  to  4.00  cumulative  quality-point  average 

Advisory  Program 

A  group  of  selected  faculty  members  act  as  freshman  advisers  for  entering 
freshmen  in  their  departments.  In  some  curriculums  the  advisers  continue 
with  the  same  group  of  advisees  from  year  to  year.  In  other  curriculums  the 
freshman  advisers  remain  with  their  advisee  groups  only  for  the  students' 


first  year;  under  this  program,  the  student  is  then  assigned  an  academic 
adviser  for  the  remaining  years  through  to  his/her  degree  in  his/her 
chosen  field. 

Faculty  advisers  counsel  the  students  on  academic  achievement,  dropping 
courses,  changing  curriculum,  student  activities,  study  schedules,  and 
personal  problems.  The  adviser  receives  a  copy  of  the  student's  permanent 
record  at  the  beginning  of  the  academic  year. 

Changes  of  Major 

To  qualify  for  change  of  major,  a  student  must  be  in  academic  good  standing 
(2.00  GPA)  and  must  meet  any  other  requirements  specific  to  the  major.  The 
following  majors  have  requirements  beyond  2.00  GPA:  Criminology  and  all 
teacher  certification  programs. 

A  student  must  indicate  his/her  desire  to  change  to  a  new  curriculum  in  the 
office  of  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  student  is  registered  if  the 
curriculum  change  desired  is  from  one  department  to  another  within  the 
same  college  (for  example,  change  from  a  mathematics  major  to  a  biology 
major)  or  in  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  college  to  which  the  student  wishes 
to  transfer  if  the  curriculum  change  is  from  one  college  to  another  (for 
example,  secondary  education  major  to  biology  major).  In  either  case,  the 
student  will  complete  an  application  form  that  is  available  in  the  dean's 
office.  Before  seeking  a  curriculum  change,  it  is  advisable  that  the  student 
consult  with  the  chairpersons  of  both  the  "old"  and  "new"  departments. 

When  a  student  changes  colleges,  the  dean  of  the  college  (or  dean's  agent) 
into  which  the  transfer  is  sought  will  evaluate  the  student's  credits  before 
approving  the  transfer.  A  copy  of  the  evaluation  will  be  made  available  to 
the  student  and  his/her  new  adviser  if  a  change  in  curriculum  is  effected. 

In  cases  involving  students  who  are  veterans,  the  dean  of  the  college  into 
which  transfer  is  sought  (or  dean's  agent)  shall  give  the  veteran  a  statement 
of  prospective  approval  and  the  effective  date  of  the  proposed  changes.  This 
statement  shall  also  indicate  the  amount  of  extended  training  time  the 
change  of  curriculum  will  entail  and  the  amount  of  credit  loss,  if  any.  The 
veteran  shall  take  this  statement  to  the  veteran's  counselor  at  least  one 
month  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  the  change.  No  transfer  of  curriculum 
shall  be  made  by  veterans  until  V.A.  approval  has  been  assured. 

Sophomore  Screening  for  Junior  Status  Approval 

General  policy  at  IUP  permits  each  college  to  determine  its  own  scheme  for 
evaluating  the  development  and  progress  of  its  major  students.  However, 
each  college  is  expected  to  employ  some  effective  procedure  for  such 
evaluation. 

Several  of  the  colleges  use  a  procedure  called  "Sophomore  Screening  for 
Junior  Status  Approval"  with  the  following  required:  All  students  (in  such  a 
college)  enrolled  in  their  fourth  semester  or  who  will  complete  fifty-seven 
semester  hours  attempted  by  the  end  of  the  current  semester  must  apply  for 
Junior  Status  approval  by  filling  out  an  application  form  by  the  deadline 
date  designated  and  announced. 

All  students  should  check  with  their  faculty  advisers  to  determine  which 
colleges  use  "Junior  Status"  screening  procedure  and  the  criteria  for  Junior 
Status  Approval. 

Admission  to  Teacher  Education  and  Certification 

To  improve  the  quality  of  teacher  education,  there  is  an  evaluation  and 
advisement  of  each  student  at  four  stages: 

A.  Admission  to  the  Certification  Program 

Procedure 

By  the  end  of  the  early  registration  period  of  the  student's  second 
semester  in  teacher  education,  he  or  she  must  file  an  application  and 
personal  goals  essay  with  the  major  academic  adviser.  The  adviser  will 
review,  recommend  approval  or  denial,  and  forward  the  application  to 
the  Dean's  Office,  College  of  Education.  Applications  will  be  reviewed 
immediately  after  posting  of  semester  grades. 

Requirements 

1 .    Completion  of  at  least  29  semester  hours.  Transfer  students  with 

sufficient  credits  must  complete  one  semester  ( 12sh  minimum)  at 

IUP  to  establish  a  GPA. 


Academic  Policies  — 31 


2.  A  2.5  overall  grade-point  average. 

3.  Clcaiam  c  on  Act  34  (criminal  record  check). 

4.  Completion  oi  initial  speech/hearing  screening  test. 

5.  Clearance  on  TB  testing. 

6.  Review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  adviser  and/or 
departmental  committee  indicating  completion  of  specific 
departmental  requirements. 

Results 

If  the  requirements  are  met,  the  student  will  be  sent  a  letter  of  admission 
to  the  Teacher  Certification  Program  by  the  associate  dean.  College  of 
Education.  At  this  point,  the  student  may  consider  enrolling  in  the 
following  courses  from  the  professional  education  core:  ED242  (Pre- 
Student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I),  FE202  (American  Education  in 
Theory  and  Practice),  EP202  (Educational  Psychology);  and  CM301 
(Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction). 

If  the  requirements  are  not  met.  the  student  will  not  be  permitted  to 
continue  work  in  professional  education  and  will  be  administratively 
removed  from  those  courses  in  the  professional  education  core  for  which 
the  student  registered.  The  student  must  reapply  for  admission  to  teacher 
education.  This  can  be  done  at  any  point  at  which  the  student  believes 
that  deficiencies  identified  have  been  corrected  and  meet  with 
established  requirements. 

B.  Admission  to  Junior  Standing 

Procedure 

The  student  must  file  an  application  with  the  office  of  the  dean,  College 
of  Education  by  the  end  of  the  registration  period  during  the  semester  in 
which  he  or  she  expects  to  satisfactorily  complete  at  least  fifty-seven 
semester  hours.  The  adviser  will  review,  recommend  approval  or  denial, 
and  forward  the  application  to  the  dean's  office.  College  of  Education. 

Requirements 

1 .  Admitted  to  Teacher  Certification. 

2.  Completion  of  at  least  57  semester  hours  which  may  include 
accepted  transfer  credits. 

3.  A  minimum  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  2.5.  Transfer  students 
with  sufficient  credits  must  complete  one  semester  (12sh  minimum) 
at  IUP  to  establish  a  GPA. 

4.  Completion  of  EN  101  or  equivalency  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

5.  Completion  of  ED242  and  EP202  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

6.  Final  speech/hearing  clearance  for  students  not  cleared  under  initial 
evaluation. 

7.  Submission  of  a  personally  planned  program  of  study  on  an  approved 
form. 

8.  Review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  adviser  and/or 
departmental  committee  indicating  completion  of  specific 
departmental  requirements. 

Results 

If  the  requirements  are  met,  the  student  will  be  sent  a  letter  of  admission 
to  Junior  Standing  by  the  associate  dean.  College  of  Education.  At  this 
point  the  student  may  take  the  junior-level  professional  educational 
courses  which  include  ED342  (Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience 
II),  EP377  (Educational  Tests  and  Measurements),  and  ED442  (School 
Law)  and  courses  in  the  methods  of  teaching. 

If  the  requirements  are  not  met.  the  student  will  receive  a  letter  from  the 
associate  dean,  College  of  Education,  at  the  end  of  the  semester 
indicating  that  he/she  has  not  achieved  Junior  Standing  and  may  not  take 
the  junior-level  professional  education  courses.  Any  of  the  junior  level 
professional  education  courses  scheduled  during  the  registration  process 
will  be  administratively  removed  from  the  student's  schedule.  Students 
must  reapply  for  Junior  Standing  when  they  believe  that  deficiencies 
indicated  in  the  denial  have  been  removed  from  their  academic  record. 

C.  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

Procedure 

The  student  must  file  an  application  with  the  office  of  Student  Teaching 
and  Field  Experiences  at  least  one  semester  before  the  actual  experience. 


Requirements 

1 .  Admission  to  Junior  Standing. 

2.  Satisfactory  completion  of  at  least  91  semester  hours  with  a 
cumulative  grade-point  average  of  2.5  or  higher.  Transfer  students 
with  sufficient  credits  must  complete  one  semester  ( 12sh  minimum) 
at  HIP  to  establish  a  GPA. 

3.  Completion  of  the  Liberal  Studies  science  requirement  courses  with 
a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  each. 

4.  Completion  of  the  Liberal  Studies  mathematics  requirement  course 
with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

5.  Completion  of  all  the  required  professional  education  core  courses 
with  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  each.  These  include  CM301 ,  FE202, 
EP202,  ED242,  ED342,  EP377  (where  required),  and  methods  course 
in  major  area. 

6.  Affirmative  recommendation  by  the  student's  major  departmental 
adviser  or  program  coordinator. 

7.  Completion  of  the  Special  Education  Competency  requirement  (pass 
Special  Education  competency  test  or  pass  EX300:  Education  of  the 
Exceptional  in  the  Regular  Classroom). 

8.  Final  clearance  on  Act  34  (criminal  record  check).  (This  clearance  is 
good  for  one  year  and  is  required  of  all  persons  working  with 
children  in  public  school  settings.) 

9.  Satisfaction  of  supplemental  department  requirements,  if  any,  as 
approved  by  Senate  and  described  in  the  department  section  of  the 
undergraduate  catalog. 

10.  Review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  adviser  and/or 
departmental  committee  indicating  completion  of  specific 
departmental  requirements. 

Results 

If  the  requirements  are  met,  the  director  of  Student  Teaching  and  Field 
Experiences  will  confirm  approval  by  letter  and  process  the  student 
teaching  placement.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  formally  register 
for  student  teaching  during  the  early  registration  process. 

If  the  requirements  are  not  met,  the  student  will  be  informed  of  the 
denial  by  letter  and  administratively  removed  from  the  student  teaching 
placement.  The  student  may  not  register  for  student  teaching  until 
deficiencies  are  removed  from  the  student's  academic  record. 

D.  Recommendation  for  Certification 

Procedure 

Complete  application  for  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education 
Certification  and  file  with  the  office  of  Student  Teaching  and  Field 
Experiences  by  the  listed  dates  appropriate  to  the  anticipated  date 
of  graduation. 

Requirements 

1 .  A  minimum  grade  of  C  in  all  professional  education  courses  and  an 
overall  grade-point  average  of  2.5. 

2.  Review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  adviser 
indicating  completion  of  all  departmental  teacher  education 
requirements. 

3.  Completion  of  student  teaching  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

4.  Successful  completion  of  the  NTE  Core  Battery  and  NTE  Specialty 
Area  tests. 

Appeal  Provision 

A  student  who  believes  that  any  requirement  of  this  policy  has  been 
inequitably  applied  or  that  he/she  merits  special  consideration  may 
appeal  through  the  proper  channels:  academic  adviser,  chairperson, 
College  of  Education  dean  (or  designee),  teacher  education  appeals 
committee.  Appeals  must  be  made  before  the  end  of  the  next  regular 
academic  semester  following  the  application. 

Every  effort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the  appeal  through  the  process  so 
described.  If,  at  the  conclusion,  the  student  is  still  in  disagreement  with 
the  findings,  the  student  may  request  review  before  a  special  Teacher 
Education  Appeals  Committee.  The  committee  will  be  composed  of 
three  voting  members  representing  the  faculty,  cooperating  teachers,  and 
students  to  be  elected  each  year  by  the  Teacher  Education  Coordinating 
Committee. 


To  initiate  an  appeal,  the  student  must  file  a  form  obtained  at  the  dean's 
office.  College  of  Education.  Appeals  will  be  heard  only  during  the 


-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


regular  academic  semester.  The  student  will  be  expected  to  submit 
written  documentation  of  his/her  complaint  about  the  process  of  review 
for  continuation  or  eligibility  in  the  teacher  education  program.  The 
committee  will  review  the  materials  and  make  its  recommendation  to  the 
dean.  College  of  Education.  A  final  decision  rests  with  the  dean  of  the 
college,  who  is  the  certification  officer. 

End  Notes 

In  all  cases  where  adviser  action  is  required,  a  department  may  choose  to 
use  a  committee  or  other  departmentally  approved  process.  In  cases 
where  recommendations  are  supplied  by  someone  other  than  the 
academic  adviser,  the  department  needs  to  place  a  copy  of  its  policy  and 
procedures  on  file  with  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education. 

Some  departments  have  additional  Junior  Standing  requirements  in 
place.  Departments  may  continue  to  apply  those  requirements  but  need 
to  keep  a  current  copy  of  these  requirements  on  file  with  the  dean  of  the 
College  of  Education. 

The  policy  as  here  stated  applies  to  all  students  applying  to  Teacher 
Certification  Programs  on  or  after  September  1.  1988,  and  includes 
updated  procedures  and  editorial  revisions  as  submitted  to  the  University 
Senate  in  May,  1990,  and  May,  1992. 

E.    Removal  of  a  Student  Teacher  from  a  Student  Teaching  Placement 

Purpose: 

To  establish  reasons  or  a  process  for  removal  of  a  student  teacher  from 
the  student  teaching  assignment.  The  first  two  items  are  consistent  with 
Act  34.  Criminal  Record  Check;  item  3  establishes  a  procedure  if  student 
behavior  is  not  consistent  with  appropriate  expectations  of  the  school 
district;  item  4  establishes  a  process  and  assures  that  the  student  teacher 
learns  of  unsatisfactory  progress  as  early  as  possible;  and  item  5  an 
appeal  process. 

Policy: 

Student  teachers  are  ultimately  guests  of  the  cooperating  school  districts 
and  may  be  removed  by  the  district  officers.  A  student  teacher  may  also 
be  removed  by  IUP  from  the  student  teaching  assignment  for  any  of  the 
following  reasons: 

1 .  If  indicted  for  a  felony  which  is  covered  in  the  School  Code  and  Act 
34,  there  shall  be  a  removal  of  the  student  teacher  from  the  school 
assignment  until  the  mattered  is  cleared.  When  the  student  is  cleared 
of  the  indictment,  the  student  teaching  assignment  will  be  extended 
to  cover  the  time  missed  during  student  teaching. 

2.  If  convicted  of  a  felony  which  is  covered  in  the  School  Code  and 
Act  34,  the  student  teacher  will  be  withdrawn  from  the  student 
teaching  assignment  and  will  forfeit  the  time  spent  during  the  student 
teaching  assignment. 

3.  If  the  behavior  exhibited  by  the  student  teacher  is  not  acceptable  to 
the  school  district,  it  should  be  documented  by  the  school 
administrator/principal  in  collaboration  with  the  cooperating  teacher 
and  the  university  supervisor/coordinator  and  director.  Student 
Teaching  Office.  If  after  discussion  with  the  student,  improvement  is 
evidenced,  no  further  action  will  be  taken  by  the  Student 
Teaching  Office. 

4.  If  it  is  determined  either  by  the  cooperating  teacher  or  university 
supervisor  that  the  teaching  competency  of  the  student  teacher  is  at 
an  unsatisfactory  level  based  on  the  teaching  competencies  indicated 
on  the  evaluation  form  and  not  in  the  best  interest  of  the  students,  a 
three-way  conference  of  cooperating  teacher,  university  supervisor, 
and  student  will  be  held  to  discuss  the  concern,  possible,  outcomes, 
and  remedial  strategies.  If  after  consultation  with  university 
director  of  Student  Teaching,  removal  from  this  student  teaching 
placement  is  necessary,  this  action  shall  be  done  by  the  director 
of  Student  Teaching  and  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education. 
This  behavior  should  be  documented  and  discussed  as  early  in  the 
student  teaching  experience  as  possible. 

Decisions  made  under  this  policy  may  be  appealed  to  the  dean.  College 
of  Education  (certification  officer). 

Internship/Cooperative  Education 

Many  departments  of  the  university  have  developed  internship/cooperative 
education  programs  which  allow  a  student  to  participate  in  university- 
supervised  work  experiences  for  variable  academic  credit.  Internships/co- 


ops are  viewed  as  an  integral  part  of  a  student's  academic  preparation.  An 
internship/co-op  gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to  apply  theoretical  and 
philosophical  tenets  of  a  discipline  in  a  practical  job  experience  related  to 
the  student's  academic  program. 

Students  may  apply  for  an  internship  if  they  have  completed  57  semester 
hours  and  have  at  least  a  2.0  QPA.  Internship  sites  are  normally  located 
within  a  500-mile  radius  of  the  campus.  Overseas  placements  are  located 
near  an  IUP  center.  Internships  are  available  in  state  and  federal  offices; 
businesses  at  the  local,  state,  and  national  level:  state-related  agencies; 
corporations;  and  foundations. 

Students  may  apply  for  a  co-op  if  they  have  completed  30  semester  hours 
and  have  at  least  a  2.0  QPA.  Two  experiences  are  required.  Sites  are  national 
and  international.  Placements  parallel  those  of  the  internship  program. 

Students  who  are  eligible  for  financial  aid  may  receive  federal  and  state 
funding  while  participating  in  an  internship.  Students  must  apply  to  the 
Relating  Experience  to  Academic  Learning  Program  (REAL). 

Because  internships  are  viewed  as  an  integral  part  of  the  student's  academic 
program,  students  who  are  interested  in  specific  internship  programs  should 
consult  with  the  internship  adviser  in  the  department  of  their  major.  A 
maximum  of  12  credits  is  applicable  to  an  undergraduate  degree  program 
from  any  combination  of  co-op  and  internship  experiences. 

For  general  information  about  university  internships,  placement  options,  and 
REAL  and  WCLA  experiences,  the  student  should  consult  the  director  of 
Experiential  Education  and  the  Employment  section  of  the  Financial  Aid 
information  in  this  catalog. 

Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps 

The  United  States  Army  established  a  unit  of  the  Reserve  Officers  Training 
Corps  at  the  university  in  1950.  In  fulfilling  the  university's  three-credit 
Liberal  Studies  requirement  in  Health  and  Wellness  for  graduation,  students 
may  take  four  credits  of  Military  Science  and  receive  full  credit  for  the 
Health  and  Physical  Education  requirement.  Enrollment  in  the  four-credit 
ROTC  option  incurs  no  military  obligation  whatsoever  and  allows  the 
student  the  option  of  competing  for  a  three-year  ROTC  Scholarship. 

Upon  graduation  from  the  university  and  successful  completion  of  the 
Advanced  Course  ROTC  program,  the  student  will  receive  a  commission  as 
a  second  lieutenant  and  serve  from  three  months  to  three  years  on  active 
duty,  depending  on  active  Army  requirements.  As  an  alternative  to  active 
duty,  the  individual  may  either  be  chosen  or  volunteer  to  complete  his/her 
service  obligation  with  the  Army  Reserve  or  National  Guard. 

Students  seeking  advanced  degrees  can  be  granted  an  educational  delay  by 
the  Army  following  completion  of  their  baccalaureate  degrees.  Upon 
completion  of  the  advanced  degree,  students  then  enter  active  duty  or  Army 
Reserve/National  Guard  duty. 

Prior  Learning  Assessment  Programs 

IUP  offers  several  methods  for  earning  university  credit  for  college-level 
learning  gained  through  work  and  life  experience.  Through  the  Office  of 
Career  Services,  the  College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP)  offers 
standardized  examinations  in  general  and  specific  subjects.  In  addition, 
departmental  examinations  are  also  available  in  specific  areas  on  a 
limited  basis. 

Where  examinations  are  not  available,  portfolio  assessment  may  provide  the 
student  with  the  opportunity  to  present  evidence  of  learning  for  evaluation 
by  a  university  faculty  member.  Through  portfolio  assessment,  work  and  life 
experiences  are  evaluated  to  determine  their  appropriateness  and 
applicability  for  university  credit.  Credits  earned  through  prior  learning 
assessment  may  not  be  applied  towards  university  residency  requirements. 
In  addition,  no  more  than  one-half  of  a  major  may  be  earned  by  CLEP. 
departmental  examination,  and  portfolio  assessment.  Contact  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education  for  specific  details. 

Policy  on  Prior  Learning  Assessment 

IUP  has  authorized  a  policy  for  assessment  of  prior  learning  that  took  place 
outside  traditional  classrooms  in  a  procedure  known  as  Portfolio 
Assessment.  It  is  particularly  designed  for  adults  with  extensive 
documentable  knowledge  from  work  experience,  travel,  independent  study, 
or  other  out-of-class  experiences. 


Academic  Policies  —  33 


Portfolio  Evaluation:  Principles 

1.  Credit  awarded  through  portfolio  evaluation  must  conform  to  specific 
course  titles  listed  in  the  [UP  catalog.  Credit  awards  lor  general  broad 
areas  (block  credit)  will  not  be  permitted. 

2.  In  order  to  request  a  portfolio  evaluation,  the  student  must  be  currently 
enrolled  at  IUP.  Credit  awarded  must  be  intended  for  use  as  part  of  a 
degree  or  certification  program. 

3.  Each  department  will  determine  the  maximum  number  of  credits  to  be 
awarded  for  prior  learning  lor  its  major.  In  no  case  will  more  than  one- 
half  of  the  major  be  earned  through  CLEP,  challenge  examinations,  and 
other  forms  of  prior  learning  assessment. 

4.  Credits  earned  through  portfolio  assessment  may  not  apply  as  residency 
credit. 

5.  Credit  earned  through  portfolio  assessment  may  be  awarded  only  as 
regular  course  credit. 

6.  If  a  related  examination  is  available  through  CLEP  or  if  a  challenge 
examination  has  previously  been  established  for  the  course,  a  portfolio 
assessment  of  those  credits  will  not  be  accepted. 

7.  Acceptance  of  portfolio  assessment  credits  by  the  department  will  be 
indicated  by  the  signature  of  the  chairperson  of  the  department  offering 
the  course.  The  dean  of  the  appropriate  IUP  college  and  the  dean  of  the 
School  of  Continuing  Education  must  also  indicate  approval. 

8.  Students  may  qualify  solely  for  undergraduate  credit — not  graduate 
credit. 

9.  The  title  of  the  course,  the  semester  hours,  as  well  as  the  indication  that 
credit  was  earned  through  Assessment  of  Prior  Learning,  will  be 
recorded  on  the  academic  record.  An  appropriate  code  to  reflect  a 
satisfactory  grade  will  be  assigned  if  the  portfolio  is  acceptable. 

Portfolio  Evaluation:  Procedures 

1.  Student  meets  with  assistant  dean  for  Credit  Programs  in  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education  to  determine  the  feasibility  of  earning  credit 
through  portfolio  evaluation.  Standard  outlines  of  related  courses  are 
provided  to  student. 

2.  Preliminary  Application  Form  —  Student  must  provide  a  resume  and 
answer  the  following  questions: 

a.  What  have  you  learned  that  relates  to  this  course? 

b.  Where  and  when  have  you  learned  it? 

c.  What  documentation  do  you  have  that  supports  the  claim? 

3.  A  handbook  to  assist  students  in  compiling  a  portfolio  will  be  printed.  It 
will  show  how  to  relate  to  the  written  portfolio  learning  gained  through 
work  experience,  independent  study,  and  other  experiences.  Evidence  of 
learning  through  documentation  of  experience,  completion  of  a  project, 
and  written  examination  will  be  explained.  If  there  is  sufficient  demand, 
a  workshop  will  be  conducted  to  assist  students. 

4.  Fees 

Application  Fee  per  Assessment:  $15.00 

Assessment  Fee:  one  half  the  current  rate  of  tuition  per  credit  for  each 

credit  requested:  to  be  paid  w  hen  portfolio  is  submitted  for  evaluation. 

5.  The  application  will  be  submitted  to  the  assistant  dean  for  Credit 
Programs.  Upon  approval,  the  chairperson  of  the  department  offering  the 
course  will  be  requested  to  suggest  the  name  of  a  faculty  member  to  the 
dean  of  the  college  for  approval. 

6.  The  faculty  member  will  meet  with  the  student  to  determine  the 
technique  of  assessment  or  a  combination  of  techniques  to  be  used, 
including  interviews,  documentation,  observation  of  performance, 
examination,  etc. 

7.  After  the  portfolio  has  been  prepared  by  the  student,  it  w  ill  be  submitted 
to  the  dean  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  for  review,  then 
forwarded  to  the  appointed  faculty  member  for  assessment. 


8.  The  faculty  member  will  evaluate  the  portfolio,  then  make  a 
recommendation  for  or  against  the  award  of  credit  and  the  amount  of 
credit  in  the  form  of  a  letter,  which  must  be  approved  and  countersigned 
by  the  chairperson  of  the  department  offering  the  course.  The  portfolio 
will  be  forwarded  to  the  dean  of  the  college  which  oversees  the  student's 
curriculum  to  approve  and  verify  that  the  course  will  be  accepted  as  part 
of  the  student's  program.  Finally,  the  portfolio  is  sent  to  the  assistant 
dean  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education,  who  will  notify  the  student 
and  the  registrar. 

9.  The  registrar  will  list  the  course  title,  credit,  and  an  indication  that  credit 
was  earned  through  Assessment  of  Prior  Learning.  An  appropriate  code 
to  reflect  a  satisfactory  (S)  grade  will  be  assigned  if  the  portfolio  is 
acceptable. 

Academic  Integrity  Policy 

A.  Introduction 

IUP  is  an  academic  community  within  the  society  at  large.  All  members 
within  this  community  are  expected  to  accept  the  responsibility  for 
academic  integrity  and  honesty.  Academic  dishonesty  seriously  erodes 
the  quality  of  educational  pursuits  and  is  unacceptable  at  IUP.  The 
following  policies  and  procedures  have  been  established  to  preserve  the 
academic  integrity  of  the  university  community,  while  also  providing  a 
process  that  protects  the  rights  of  students  who  allegedly  violate 
these  policies. 

B.  Types  of  Violations 

Academic  dishonesty  includes  but  is  not  limited  to  the  following: 

1 .  Providing  or  receiving  unauthorized  assistance  in  coursework,  lab 
work,  or  during  examinations  or  quizzes. 

2.  Using  unauthorized  materials  or  devices,  such  as  crib  notes,  during 
examinations  or  quizzes. 

3.  Plagiarizing  term  papers,  essays,  reports,  speeches  and  oral 
presentations,  take-home  examinations,  computer  projects,  and  other 
academic  exercises  by  misrepresenting  or  passing  off  the  ideas, 
words,  formulas,  or  data  of  another  as  one's  own.  Examples  include 
but  are  not  limited  to:  incorporating  verbatim  or  nearly  verbatim 
portions  of  other  sources  into  assignments  without  using  quotation 
marks  and  specifying  the  sources  of  the  material;  incorporating  ideas 
from  other  sources  into  assignments  without  acknowledging  the 
source  of  the  ideas. 

4.  Possessing  course  examination  materials  before  the  administration  of 
the  exam,  w  ithout  the  prior  knowledge  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

5.  Intentionally  evading  IUP  academic  policies  and  procedures;  for 
example  improperly  processing  course  withdrawals,  grade  changes, 
or  other  academic  procedures. 

6.  Falsifying  information,  including  forging  signatures  on  various  forms 
and  documents,  or  altering  or  adding  answers  on  academic  exercises 
or  exams  after  work  has  been  graded. 

7.  Computer  dishonesty,  including:  tampering  with  or  making 
unauthorized  change  to  another  person's  or  the  university's  computer 
system,  illegally  copying  computer  software,  any  use  of  another 
person's  computer  account,  unauthorized  activity  involving  another 
individual's  personal  computer  system  or  any  system  belonging  to 
the  university,  and  other  unauthorized  use  or  violations  involving 
computer  use. 

8.  Noncompliance:  failure  to  follow  through  with  sanction(s)  imposed 
as  a  result  of  an  academic  violation. 

C.  Procedures 

Charges  of  academic  dishonesty  may  be  brought  by  faculty  members  or 
administrators.  Students  who  observe  or  become  aware  of  an  incident  of 
academic  dishonesty  by  another  student  are  strongly  encouraged  to 
report  it  to  a  university  official.  Sanction(s)  may  not  be  imposed  upon 
a  student  believed  to  have  engaged  in  academic  dishonesty  without 
following  one  of  the  processes  outlined  in  this  policy. 

A  faculty  member  or  administrator  who  believes  that  a  student  has  violated 

an  academic  policy  may  elect  any  of  the  following  procedures  to  resolve 

the  matter: 

1.    Option  I:  Informal  Resolution 

a.    The  faculty  member  or  administrator  and  student  may  meet 

informally  within  five  class  days  of  the  observation  or  discovery'  of 
the  incident  and  agree  to  resolve  the  issue  without  submitting  any 
formal  documentation.  It  is  recommended  that  the  faculty  member 
or  administrator  complete  a  statement  that  summarizes  the 


34  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


conference  which  led  to  the  resolution.  This  factual  statement  should 
be  signed  by  both  parties  and  copies  provided  to  the  student  and  the 
faculty  member  or  administrator.  If  agreement  cannot  be  reached,  or 
at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty  member,  a  more  formal  process  as 
outlined  in  this  policy  may  be  initiated. 

2.  Option  II:  Resolution  by  Docun  -nted  Agreement 

a.  The  faculty  member  or  administrator  may  schedule  a  conference  with 
the  student  in  an  attempt  to  agree  on  the  facts  of  the  case  and  to  reach 
a  mutually  agreeable  resolution  This  meeting  must  be  scheduled/ 
requested  within  five  class  days  of  the  observation  or  discovery  of 
the  alleged  violation  or  of  the  failure  of  resolution  by  Option  I.  If  an 
agreement  is  reached,  the  faculty  member  or  administrator  must 
complete  a  Documented  Agreement  Form  outlining  the  agreement 
and  have  it  signed  by  both  parties.  Copies  are  distributed  to  the 
student,  the  faculty  member  or  administrator  filing  the  agreement, 
and  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs.  The  form 
must  be  filed  within  five  class  days  of  the  conference. 

b.  Once  the  agreement  has  been  reached  and  the  form  is  filed,  the 
matter  is  closed.  By  signing  off  on  the  agreement,  the  student  is 
waiving  the  right  to  appeal  the  sanctions  agreed  upon  in  the 
conference.  If  the  student  fails  to  fulfill  the  written  agreement,  the 
faculty  member  or  administrator  may  file  an  academic  dishonesty 
referral  against  the  student  for  noncompliance. 

c.  If  a  documented  agreement  resolution  is  reached,  no  formal 
academic  violation  report  is  filed.  If  this  is  the  student's  first  offense, 
the  resolution  agreement  remains  part  of  the  student's  internal 
university  record  and  is  maintained  on  file  as  indicated  in  the 
recordkeeping  section  of  this  policy  (See  section  F.2). 

d.  If  a  documented  agreement  is  not  reached,  the  faculty  member  or 
administrator  should  initiate  the  formal  adjudication  process  by  filing 
an  academic  dishonesty  referral  form  with  ihe  assistant  to  the  vice 
president  for  Student  Affairs  within  five  class  days  of  the  conference 
with  the  student. 

3.  Option  III:  Resolution  by  Formal  Adjudication 

A  faculty  member  or  administrator  should  pursue  formal  resolution  of 
academic  violations  if: 

—  he/she  cannot  reach  or  chooses  not  to  attempt  a  mutually  agreeable 
resolution  with  the  student  regarding  the  facts  of  the  case  or 
sanctions  to  be  imposed, 

—  he/she  believes  that  suspension  or  expulsion  is  an  appropriate 
sanction  due  to  the  severity  of  the  violation,  or 

—  the  faculty  member  or  administrator  is  aware  that  the  student  has 
previously  violated  this  policy. 

a.  The  faculty  member  or  administrator  should  file  an  academic 
dishonesty  referral  form  with  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for 
Student  Affairs  within  five  class  days  of  the  observation  or  discovery 
of  the  violation,  or  within  five  class  days  of  the  documented 
agreement  resolution  conference  if  an  agreement  could  not  be 
reached.  In  any  case,  the  referral  must  be  filed  no  more  than  ten  class 
days  from  the  observation  or  discovery  of  the  incident. 

b.  This  referral  must  describe  in  detail  the  alleged  violation  and  the 
recommended  sanctions  if  the  student  is  found  to  have  violated  the 
policy.  Upon  receipt  of  the  academic  dishonesty  referral,  the  assistant 
to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  will  review  the  allegation 
and  determine  if  the  student  has  a  previous  violation.  If  the  student 
has  no  previous  violation,  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for 
Student  Affairs  will  notify  the  student  of  the  allegation  and  instruct 
him/her  to  follow  the  adjudication  procedures  outlined  in  this  section 
(C.3).  If  the  student  does  have  a  previous  violation,  the  assistant  to 
the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  will  instruct  the  student  to 
follow  adjudication  procedures  outlined  under  the  Multiple 
Violations  section  (D.3)  of  this  policy. 

c.  Within  five  class  days  of  receiving  notification  of  the  allegation  (first 
offense),  the  student  must  request  that  the  department  chair  schedule 
a  hearing  to  review  the  facts  surrounding  the  allegation  and 
recommended  sanctions  if  the  student  is  found  to  have  committed  a 
violation.  This  hearing  will  involve  the  student,  the  chair,  and  the 
faculty  member;  the  chair  may  invite  others  if  mutually  agreeable. 
Guidelines  for  academic  dishonesty  hearings  parallel  those  for 
judicial  hearings  found  in  the  IUPjudicial  system  policy.  Refer  to 
"General  Guidelines  for  Judicial  Hearings"  in  the  judicial  system 
information  in  The  Student  Handbook. 

d.  If  the  student  fails  to  contact  the  department  chair  within  the  five 
class  days  to  schedule  the  hearing,  the  sanction  recommended  by  the 


person  filing  the  referral  will  automatically  be  imposed.  If  the 
student  fails  to  appear  when  a  hearing  has  been  scheduled,  the 
hearing  will  be  held  in  the  student's  absence  and  the  department 
chair  will  render  a  decision  based  upon  factual  information  presented 
by  the  faculty  member. 

e.  Following  the  hearing,  the  department  chair  will  render  a  decision 
based  on  the  information  presented  at  the  hearing.  Within  five  class 
days  of  the  hearing,  the  department  chair  will  forward  a  written 
report  summarizing  the  hearing  that  includes  the  outcome,  the  factual 
basis  for  the  decisions  reached,  the  sanction!  s)to  be  issued,  and 
appeal  procedures.  Copies  of  this  report  will  be  sent  to  the  student, 
the  faculty  member  or  administrator,  and  the  assistant  to  the  vice 
president  for  Student  Affairs.  The  chair  will  retain  a  copy  for 
departmental  files. 

f.  In  the  event  that  a  chairperson  cannot  or  will  not  fulfill  the  above 
role,  or  in  the  event  that  the  person  filing  the  referral  is  an 
administrator  or  department  chair,  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president 
for  Student  Affairs  will  determine  the  appropriate  individual  to  fulfill 
the  chair's  roie  and  inform  the  student. 

D.  Sanctions 

1 .  The  following  sanctions  may  be  agreed  upon  by  the  student  and 
faculty  member  or  administrator  through  informal  resolution  or 
documented  agreement.  They  may  also  be  imposed  by  the 
department  chair,  hearing  officer,  or  the  University  Judicial  Board 
through  formal  adjudication. 

a.  Single  Grade  Reduction:  Reduction  of  grade  or  failure  on  project, 
examination,  quiz,  or  other  academic  exercise  on  which  student  is 
alleged  to  have  cheated.  (Requires  the  approval  of  the  instructor 
of  record. ) 

b.  Course  Grade  Reduction:  Reduction  of  course  grade  or  failure  in 
the  course.  (Requires  approval  of  the  instructor  of  record.) 

c.  Constructive  or  Educational  Task:  A  task  which  requires  the 
student  to  examine  his/her  dishonest  behavior  and  which  may 
benefit  the  student,  campus,  or  community. 

d.  Letter  of  Warning:  A  warning  letter  may  be  issued  indicating  that 
the  student  has  been  found  in  violation  of  an  academic  policy  and 
that  failure  to  comply  with  policies  in  the  future  may  result  in 
further  disciplinary  action  to  be  handled  as  a  second  offense.  The 
letter  of  warning  will  remain  in  effect  for  a  period  of  time  as 
specified  by  the  individual  or  board  hearing  the  case. 

e.  Disciplinary  Probation:  disciplinary  probation,  which  is  for  a 
period  of  time  specified  by  the  individual  or  board  hearing  the 
case,  is  an  indication  that  a  student's  status  at  the  university  is 
seriously  jeopardized.  During  the  probationary  period,  if  the 
student  is  found  in  violation  of  another  IUP  policy,  a  more 
serious  sanction  will  be  levied,  including  possible  suspension 
from  the  university. 

f.  Other:  Sanctions  deemed  appropriate  and  tailored  to  a  specific 
violation  as  determined  by  the  faculty  member  or  administrator. 
Any  reasonable  sanction  or  combination  of  sanctions  for  a  given 
violation  may  be  agreed  upon  by  the  student  and  faculty  member 
or  administrator  through  informal  resolution  or  documented 
agreement.  They  may  also  be  imposed  by  the  department  chair, 
hearing  officer,  or  the  University  Judicial  Board  through  formal 
adjudication. 

2.  Suspension  and  Expulsion 

The  sanction  of  suspension  can  only  be  imposed  on  a  student  through 
direct  action  of  the  University  Judicial  Board  or  by  recommendation 
of  the  faculty  member  or  administrator  or  department  chair  to  the 
assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs.  Expulsion  can  be 
recommended  by  a  faculty  member,  department  chair  or 
administrator,  but  can  only  be  imposed  by  the  vice  president  for 
Student  Affairs. 

a.    Suspension:  A  student  may  be  suspended  from  the  university  for 
a  specified  period  of  time,  not  to  be  less  than  the  remainder  of  the 
current  semester.  Suspension  requires  that  a  student  remove  him/ 
herself  from  university  premises,  not  attend  classes  or  social 
activities,  and  not  be  present  on  university  or  Student 
Cooperative  Association  property  during  the  period  of 
suspension.  Suspension  can  be  recommended  to  the  assistant  to 
the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  by  the  department  chair 
after  the  hearing  with  the  student  and  faculty  member  or 
administrator  or  imposed  by  the  University  Judicial  Board,  a 
special  interim  board,  or  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs. 


Academic  Policies  — 35 


h.    Impulsion:  I  \puision  in.r,  he  considered  undei  any  of  the 

following  circumstances:  when  there  is  a  very  serious  violation  of 
the  academic  integrity  policy;  when  a  student  is  proven  to  have 
violated  the  academic  integrity  policy  on  more  than  one  occasion; 
or  when  a  student  appears  before  the  hoard  alter  already  having 
boon  suspended.  II  expulsion  is  deemed  the  appropriate  sanction 
by  the  department  chair  or  administrator,  the  University  Judicial 
Board,  or  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Allans,  a 
recommendation  may  be  made  to  the  vice  president  for  Student 
Affairs  that  the  student  he  expelled  from  the  institution. 
Expulsion  from  the  institution  is  permanent. 

3.    Multiple  Violations 

a.  Students  found  in  violation  of  this  policy  through  resolution  by 
documented  agreement  or  through  formal  adjudication  will  be 
informed  by  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs 
that  subsequent  violations  may  result  in  additional  sanctions, 
including  possible  suspension  01  expulsion  from  the  university. 

b.  If  a  student  is  found  to  have  violated  academic  policies  a  second 
time,  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  will 
notify  the  student  that  he/she  will  be  required  to  appear  before 
the  University  Judicial  Board  or  special  interim  board.  The 
faculty  member  or  administrator  who  filed  the  second  referral 
will  be  asked  to  present  information  concerning  the  alleged 
violation  to  the  board. 

c.  The  board  will  review  all  material  and  hear  all  the  information 
pertinent  to  the  second  violation.  If  the  student  is  found  in 
violation  of  the  policy  a  second  time,  the  board  will  then  review 
all  material  from  the  student's  previous  academic  violation  to 
determine  appropriate  sanction(s). 

d.  The  student  may  appeal  the  decision  or  the  sanction(s)  to  the  vice 
president  for  Student  Affairs  using  procedures  outlined  in  the 
Appeals  section  (E.l)  of  this  policy.  The  vice  president  may  deny 
or  uphold  the  appeal,  or  direct  the  appeal  to  be  heard  by  a  special 
interim  board  or  the  University  Judicial  Board. 

E.  Appeals 

Cases  of  academic  dishonesty  that  are  resolved  through  informal 
resolution  or  documented  agreement  cannot  be  appealed,  as  the  facts  of 
the  case,  the  decision,  and  sanction(s)  have  been  agreed  to  by  the  student 
and  the  individual  making  the  charge.  These  appeal  procedures  apply  to 
cases  resolved  through  formal  adjudication. 

1 .  If  after  receiving  the  department  chair's  report  on  the  outcome  of  the 
hearing,  the  student  disagrees  either  with  the  decision,  the  sanction, 
or  both,  he/she  may  appeal  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs 
within  five  class  days  of  receiving  the  report.  This  appeal  must  be  in 
writing  and  must  describe  in  detail  the  grounds  for  the  appeal.  These 
reasons  may  include  the  following: 

a.  Denial  of  a  fair  and  reasonable  hearing 

b.  New  evidence  (applies  when  there  is  an  acceptable  reason  why 
the  information  was  not  presented  at  the  original  hearing) 

c.  Excessively  harsh  sanctions 

2.  If  the  student  does  not  appeal  within  the  five-class-day  period,  the 
recommended  sanction  will  be  automatically  imposed.  The  faculty 
member  may  also  appeal  a  decision  of  the  department  chair.  The 
appeal  procedures  are  the  same  as  those  previously  outlined  for 
the  student. 

3.  The  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  may  deny  or  uphold  the  appeal 
or  direct  the  appeal  to  be  heard  by  a  hearing  officer,  a  special  interim 
board,  or  the  University  Judicial  Board.  The  hearing  officer  or  the 
UJB  may  either  accept,  modify,  or  reduce  the  recommended 
sanction. 

4.  Within  five  class  days  of  the  appeal  hearing,  the  hearing  officer/UJB 
must  submit  a  written  report  of  the  decision  to  the  student,  faculty 
member,  department  chair,  and  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs. 
The  decision  of  the  hearing  officer/UJB  is  deemed  final  and  will  be 
implemented  by  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs. 

5.  Appeals  to  the  sanction  of  expulsion  must  be  submitted  to  the  Office 
of  the  President.  If  necessary,  the  president  will  consult  with  legal 
counsel  in  these  cases. 

F.  Records  and  Recordkeeping 

1.    Records  of  Informal  Resolution 

Although  no  official  forms  are  filed  at  this  level  of  resolution,  it  is 
strongly  recommended  that  a  faculty  member  or  administrator  who 


reaches  an  informal  agreement  with  a  student  puts  the  agreement  in 
writing,  gives  the  student  a  copy,  and  keeps  a  copy  for  his/her  hi 

2.  Records  of  Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement 

The  records  of  documented  agreement  resolution  I  nuns  are 
maintained  by  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Allans. 
They  are  not  considered  formal  disciplinary  records  until  and  unless 
the  student  is  found  in  violation  of  this  policy  a  second  time.  They 
are  internal  university  records  used  for  monitoring  students  foi 
multiple  violations  only.  If  a  second  documented  agreement  form  is 
filed  or  a  student  is  found  in  violation  of  the  policy  through  formal 
adjudication,  the  student  will  then  have  a  formal  disciplinary  record 
which  includes  records  of  both  violations.  This  formal  record  is 
maintained  according  to  the  IUP  judicial  system  recordkeeping 
policies. 

3.  Records  of  Formal  Adjudication 

Records  of  academic  dishonesty  cases  resolved  through  formal 
adjudication  are  kept  on  file  in  the  Office  of  the  Assistant  to  the  Vice 
President  for  Student  Affairs.  They  are  maintained  as  formal 
disciplinary  records  in  accordance  with  IUP  judicial  system 
recordkeeping  policies. 

G.  Operational  Notes 

1 .  In  cases  where  a  violation  is  alleged  at  or  near  the  end  of  the 
semester  and  resolution  by  informal  resolution,  documented 
agreement,  or  formal  adjudication  cannot  be  completed  before  grades 
are  submitted,  the  faculty  member  should  submit  a  grade  of 
"Incomplete"  (I)  for  the  student.  The  "1"  grade  will  remain  on  the 
student's  record  until  the  case  has  been  resolved.  Once  the  case  has 
been  resolved,  the  "I"  grade  will  be  replaced  with  the  appropriate 
grade. 

2.  If  the  violation  is  alleged  during  the  semester  when  classes  are  in 
session,  the  accused  student  should  continue  attending  all  classes  and 
continue  to  complete  course  requirements  during  the  resolution  of 
the  academic  dishonesty  case. 

3.  The  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  may  extend 
any  deadline  which  cannot  be  met  for  what  he/she  deems  legitimate 
reason. 

The  various  forms  described  in  this  policy  are  available  from  the  assistant  to 
the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs,  215A  Sutton  Hall,  deans'  offices,  or 
from  the  department  chairs.  Questions  concerning  the  Academic  Integrity 
Policy  can  be  directed  to  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student 
Affairs,  215A  Sutton  Hall. 

Approved  University  Senate  5/5/92 

Night  Exam  Policy 

All  tests,  examinations,  and  quizzes  should  normally  be  administered  during 
the  prescribed  course  hours.  Only  in  this  way  can  the  essential  contracted 
nature  of  the  time  arrangements  between  student  and  professor  be  preserved 
and,  at  the  same  time,  proper  provisions  be  made  for  the  many 
extracurricular  and  personal  activities  involving  students  and  faculty  alike. 
Deviations  to  allow  night  exams  for  valid  educational  reasons,  within  the 
guidelines  listed  below,  must  be  approved  by  the  department  and  the  dean. 

Guidelines: 

1.  Night  exams  can  only  be  scheduled  on  Monday  through  Thursday 
evenings  within  the  6:00  p.m.- 10:00  p.m.  time  period. 

2.  Appropriate  physical  facilities  must  be  arranged  for  in  advance  without 
encroachment  upon  other  authorized  university  functions. 

3.  If  night  exams  are  to  be  given,  the  day  of  the  week  on  which  they  will  be 
given  must  be  listed  in  the  Undergraduate  Course  Schedule  at  the  time  of 
preregistration. 

4.  No  night  exam  can  take  precedence  over  a  regularly  scheduled  class. 

5.  Arrangements  for  nonpunitive  make-up  exams  at  a  mutually  agreeable 
time  must  be  available  for  students  that  cannot  attend  the  night  exam. 

6.  For  each  hour  of  night  exams,  an  hour  of  regularly  scheduled  class  time 
will  be  cancelled.  Such  cancellations  are  prohibited  during  any  period  of 
two  class  days  immediately  preceding  and  any  period  of  two  class  days 
immediately  following  holiday  and/or  vacation  (recess)  periods  and 
semester  terminations,  appearing  in  the  published  academic  calendar. 


36  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


University  Policy  on  Semester  Course  Syllabi 

Each  faculty  member  shall  prepare  and  distribute,  without  charge,  to  each 
student  within  one  week  of  the  first  meeting  of  the  class  a  Semester  Course 
Syllabus.  The  semester  course  syllabus  will  be  consistent  w  ith  course  content 
and  catalog  description,  which  was  approved  by  the  Curriculum  Committee  of 
the  University  Senate  for  the  initial  course  offering  or  revision. 

The  semester  course  syllabus  is  a  vehicle  of  communication  to  promote 
sludent  academic  planning  and  to  avoid  misunderstandings  of  course  plan 
and  requirements. 

It  is  recommended  that  each  syllabus  include: 

a.  the  faculty  member's  name,  office  location,  telephone  number,  and 
office  hours 

b.  an  outline  of  the  course  content,  objectives,  and  prerequisites,  as 
appropriate 

c.  information  about  the  required  textbook(s)  with  title,  author,  and 
edition,  and  any  other  required  materials 

d.  information  on  the  determination  of  grades,  including  the  weight, 
types  and  scheduling  of  evaluations,  other  planned  requirements,  and 
expectation  for  class  participation 

e.  statement  of  policies  and/or  penalties  for  make-up  exams  and  late 
submission  of  assignments 

IUP  Student  Grade  Appeal  Policy 
Grade  Review  Policy 

II  a  student  disagrees  with  the  evaluation  of  his/her  work  by  the  instructor 
but  has  no  basis  for  a  charge  of  "discrimination"  or  "capricious  evaluation." 
the  student  should  discuss  the  matter  directly  with  the  instructor,  and  if 
unsatisfied,  with  the  department  chairperson,  and  if  still  unsatisfied,  with  the 
dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  course  was  offered.  In  such  cases,  the 
decision  of  the  instructor  shall  be  final. 

If  a  student  believes  that  an  improper  grade  has  been  assigned,  an  appeal 
may  be  filed  on  the  following  grounds: 

1 .  Discrimination:  On  the  basis  of  race,  religion,  national  origin,  sex.  age, 
ancestry,  handicapped  status,  affectional  or  lifestyle  preference,  or 
political  affiliation. 

2.  Capricious  Evaluation:  Significant  and  unwarranted  deviation  from 
grading  procedures  and  course  outlines  set  at  the  beginning  of  the  course 
(ordinarily  in  a  written  statement  during  the  first  week  of  the  course)  or 
grade  assigned  arbitrarily  on  the  basis  of  whim  or  impulse.  The  student 
may  not  claim  capriciousness  if  he  or  she  disagrees  with  the  subjective 
professional  evaluation  of  the  instructor. 

Procedures  of  Appeal 

Level  I:  Informal  Resolution 

Every  effort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the  disagreement  at  Level  I.  The 
student  must  first  seek  a  resolution  to  the  disagreement  with  the  instructor 
either  in  person  or  in  writing.  If  the  student  is  not  satisfied  with  the  results, 
the  student  must  then  speak  with  the  chairperson  of  the  department  that 
offers  the  course.  If  still  unsatisfied,  the  student  must  discuss  the  matter  with 
the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  course  is  offered.  A  Student  Congress 
member  may  accompany  and  advise  the  student  during  the  Level  I 
procedures.  Only  after  all  attempts  for  resolution  at  Level  I  have  been 
exhausted  may  the  student  initiate  Level  II. 

Level  II:  Appeal  Screening 

A.  Composition:  Each  year  there  shall  be  appointed  a  Grade  Appeals 
Committee  to  determine  the  existence  of  the  substantive  basis  for  appeal. 
The  committee  will  be  composed  of  seven  voting  members:  three  faculty 
members  appointed  by  APSCUF.  three  members  elected  by  and  from  the 
Senate  Academic  Committee  (one  faculty,  one  administrator,  one 
student),  and  one  student  appointed  by  the  Student  Congress.  A  quorum 
consists  of  a  majority  of  the  committee.  To  take  action,  a  majority  of 
those  present  must  be  faculty. 

B.  Procedure  to  Initiate  Appeal:  To  initiate  Level  II  of  the  appeal,  the 
student  must  file  an  appeal  form  with  the  Provost's  Office.  This  form 
must  be  filed  within  sixty  (60)  calendar  days  of  the  beginning  of  the 
semester  immediately  following  the  semester  in  which  the  grade  was 
received.  The  Provost's  Office  may  extend  the  sixty-day  limit  only  in 
unusual  circumstances  when  equity  demands  it  and  when  the  student's 


own  procrastination  or  misunderstanding  did  not  substantially  contribute 
to  (he  delay.  |Note:  Grade  appeals  will  not  generally  be  processed  during 
the  summer.  Therefore,  the  appeal  of  any  grade  received  in  the  spring  or 
summer  sessions  normally  will  be  processed  in  the  fall.  A  review  will  be 
scheduled  in  the  summer  only  when  the  student's  academic  eligibility  is 
jeopardized  by  the  grade  in  question  or  when  the  student  is  a  graduating 
senior.]  The  Provost's  Office  will  notify  the  appropriate  dean, 
department  chairperson,  faculty  member,  and  the  Student  Congress 
president  of  the  student's  initiation  of  the  Level  II  process. 

C.  Procedure  to  Process  Appeal:  The  student  will  be  expected  to  submit 
w  ntten  documentation  of  his/her  complaint  and  the  faculty  member  will 
be  expected  to  submit  in  writing  the  course  grading  procedure  and  any 
other  pertinent  information.  Appeals  based  on  discrimination  will  be 
reviewed  according  to  current  standards  of  nondiscriminatory  action. 
Appeals  based  on  capriciousness  will  be  reviewed  in  light  of  the  faculty 
member's  announced  evaluation  and  grading  system.  The  committee  will 
review  the  materials  to  deny  or  confirm  appeal  continuance.  Denial  of 
appeal  continuance  must  be  by  a  negative  vote  of  four  members  of  the 
committee.  This  committee  will  inform  the  Provost's  Office  of  its 
findings.  Within  five  (5)  class  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  committee's 
report,  the  provost  or  designee  will  notify  the  student  and  the  faculty 
member  of  the  findings.  If  the  basis  for  appeal  is  determined  to  be 
substantive,  the  provost  or  designee  will  schedule  a  Grade  Review  Panel 
w ithin  fifteen  (15)  class  days  to  be  convened  prior  to  the  conclusion  of 
the  semester. 

Level  III:  Appeal  Review 

A.  Composition:  The  Grade  Review  Panel  will  consist  of  five  voting 
members:  one  academic  dean  or  associate  dean  and  four  faculty 
members.  Four-fifths  of  the  voting  members  will  be  a  quorum.  The 
Student  Congress  Academic  Affairs  Committee  chairperson  may  advise 
as  requested  by  the  student.  The  affirmative  action  officer  will  advise  in 
appeals  based  on  discrimination.  The  panel  will  be  constituted  from  the 
Grade  Review  Pool  by  random  selection.  The  panel  chairperson  will  be 
elected  by  and  from  the  panel  before  each  review. 

B.  Membership:  The  Grade  Review  Pool  will  be  established  in  the  spring 
term  to  serve  for  the  following  academic  year.  The  pool  and  rotational 
order  within  the  pool  will  be  established  by  the  Provost's  Office.  A  pool 
of  three  deans  or  associate  deans  and  twelve  full-time  faculty  members 
will  be  maintained.  In  establishing  the  membership  for  each  review 
panel,  prior  to  each  review  the  names  of  those  designated  as  primary 
members  of  the  specific  panel  and  available  as  alternates  will  be 
supplied  to  all  parties  involved.  A  panel  member  may  request  (to  the 
provost  or  designee)  disqualification  due  to  a  conflict  of  interest.  The 
student  and  the  faculty  member  may  eliminate  names  in  proportion  to 
the  composition  of  the  panel.  Each  may  eliminate  only  one  dean/ 
associate  dean  and  four  faculty.  The  instructor  and  the  student  will  be 
supplied  a  list  of  all  primary  and  secondary  pool  members.  The 
opportunity  to  disqualify  panel  members  will  take  place  only  once. 
Resulting  vacancies  will  be  filled  from  the  appropriate  pool  of  alternates 
so  that  the  panel  will  be  composed  of  one  dean/associate  dean  and  four 
faculty.  If  through  self-disqualification  and  challenges  a  panel  cannot  be 
constituted  from  the  pool,  then  the  Office  of  the  Provost  will  supplement 
the  pool  using  appropriate  random  selection  methods. 

C.  Procedure: 

1 .  Both  the  student  and  the  instructor  will  have  the  right  to  appear 
before  the  panel,  present  witnesses,  and  offer  evidence.  In  addition  to 
those  specified  in  Level  III,  Section  A,  each  may  also  bring  one 
observer,  with  whom  they  may  consult  but  who  may  not  participate 
in  the  review. 

2.  The  panel  shall  determine  its  rules  of  order  for  internal  operation. 
After  hearing  the  evidence  brought  forth,  the  panel  will  privately 
deliberate  and  render  a  decision.  If  the  grade  appeal  is  upheld,  the 
panel  will  constitute  a  committee  of  three  appropriate  faculty 
(ordinarily  faculty  from  the  department  in  which  the  cour  e  is 
offered)  who  will  review  the  student's  work  and  determine  the 
appropriate  grade  or  suitable  remedy.  The  panel  will  incorporate  this 
information  in  the  determination  which  it  then  forwards  to  the 
Provost's  Office  for  implementation.  (The  panel  may  recommend  or 
the  department  may  deem  it  appropriate  that  the  grades  of  other 
students  in  the  class  also  be  reviewed.) 

3.  The  written  report  sent  to  the  Provost's  Office  will  stale  whether  the 
student's  appeal  is  upheld  or  denied;  if  upheld,  the  committee's 


Academic  Policies  — 37 


evaluation  and  remedy  will  he  included.  All  documents  supporting 
the  report  will  he  sealed  and  kepi  onl)  as  long  as  necessary  to  insure 
ihe  appropriate  action  is  taken  (normally  one  year)  before  being 
destroyed  or  returned  to  the  indi\  idual  presenting  the  evidence 

Implementation 

A.  Faculty  Compensation:  II'  a  Review  Panel  (hearing)  is  scheduled  al  a 
time  in  the  summer  when  any  faculty  member  involved  is  not  under 
contract,  the  faculty  member  will  he  compensated  under  terms  mutually 
agreed  upon  at  Meet-and-Discuss. 

B.  Continuing  Rights:  This  appeal  does  not  supplant  any  legal  rights 
afforded  by  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and/or  the  Government 
of  the  United  States.  Nothing  in  this  policy  abrogates  or  modifies  any 
provisions  of  or  rights  under  the  Collective  Bargaining  Agreement. 

C.  Intended  Purpose:  The  grade  appeal  procedures  are  designed  simply  as  a 
means  to  resolve  differences  between  students  and  faculty  related  to 
grading.  Under  no  circumstances  should  the  results  of  a  grade  appeal  be 
used  for  disciplinary  action  or  personnel. 

D.  *  Amendment:  Amendments  may  be  implemented  upon  concurrence  by 
University  Senate.  APSCUF  Representative  Council,  and  Meet- 
and-Discuss. 


*Note:  In  the  amendment  process  above,  specification  of  University  Senate 
implies  the  Council  of  Trustees'  role  in  approving  Senate  actions  and 
recognizes  the  Council  of  Trustees'  final  action  to  change  policy. 

This  policy  replaces  the  policy  originally  effective  at  the  beginning  of  the 
Spring  Semester,  1986.  Approved:  University  Senate,  May  2,  1989;  Council 
of  Trustees,  May  19,  1989. 

Computer  Software  Policy 

It  is  the  policy  of  1UP  that  contractually  protected  and/or  copyrighted 
computer  software  shall  not  be  improperly  copied,  distributed,  or  used  by  its 
employees,  students,  or  affiliated  organizations.  It  is  the  responsibility  of 
each  member  of  the  university  community  to  adhere  to  this  policy  and  to 
enforce  it  wit.i  regard  to  those  they  supervise.  If  any  member  of  the 
community  has  a  question  regarding  the  propriety  of  using  software,  s/he  is 
responsible  for  contacting  his/her  supervisor  for  direction.  The  supervisor 
may  in  turn  refer  the  questions  to  the  director  of  Academic  Computing  of  the 
ISCC  for  a  decision  on  what  constitutes  proper  use.  The  full  text  of  the 
policy  adopted  by  University  Senate  and  Council  of  Trustees  in  May,  1988, 
is  available  in  the  computer  laboratories  and  from  the  director  of 
Academic  Computing. 


38  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Requirements  for  Graduation 

Undergraduate  students  at  IUP  may  pursue  programs  of  study  in  any  one  of 
the  six  undergraduate  colleges:  the  Eberly  College  of  Business,  the  College 
of  Education,  the  College  of  Fine  Arts,  the  College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services,  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  or  the  College  of 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics.  A  student  may  earn  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  or  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education.  To  do  so,  the  student  must  satisfy  all  of 
the  degree  requirements,  which  fall  into  three  categories:  1)  university 
requirements;  2)  college  requirements;  3)  department  requirements. 
Requirements  of  the  latter  two  categories  may  be  found  under  the  college 
and  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  pursuing  a  program  of  study. 

University  requirements  for  graduation  in  all  curriculums  consist  of  Liberal 
Studies  requirements,  residency  requirements,  and  the  semester  hour  and 
cumulative  quality-point  average  requirements. 

Exception:  Students  who  enrolled  in  a  degree  program  prior  to  June  1 .  1989, 
are  not  subject  to  Liberal  Studies  requirements;  they  will  complete  degree 
requirements  including  the  Genera]  Education  components  outlined  in 
earlier  editions  of  the  Undergraduate  Catalog.  Transfer  students  entering  the 
university  between  June  1,  1989.  and  June  1,  1991  were  assigned  either  to 
General  Education  or  Liberal  Studies  at  the  time  their  transcripts  were 
evaluated.  All  transfer  students  admitted  after  June  1,  1991.  are  subject  to 
the  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

Academic  Life  during  the  Freshman  Year 

During  the  Summer  Orientation  (Phase  II,  as  described  in  the  section  on 
Orientation),  students  meet  with  faculty  advisers  to  plan  a  program  of 
courses  for  their  first  year.  This  careful  planning  considers  students' 
individual  preferences,  the  results  of  placement  testing,  and  degree 
program  requirements. 


With  a  typical  freshman  academic  schedule,  students  progress  both  in  the 
universitywide  Liberal  Studies  program  and  in  their  intended  majors. 

Three  Liberal  Studies  courses  are  designed  especially  for  freshmen,  and  all 
students  are  expected  to  complete  these  courses  during  their  first  year.  The 
three  are  EN101:  College  Writing,  HI195:  History:  The  Modem  Era.  and 
one  course  from  a  list  of  Fine  Arts  selections. 

College  Writing  enhances  skills  in  written  expression  that  are  essential  to 
success  at  the  university.  History:  The  Modem  Era  builds  critical  thinking 
skills  and  provides  a  foundation  of  knowledge  for  subsequent  courses. 
Whichever  fine  arts  course  is  chosen  encourages  an  appreciative 
participation  in  campus  cultural  life. 

Professors  teaching  these  courses  work  cooperatively  with  each  other  and 
with  Student  Affairs  Division  staff  to  integrate  class  work  with  campus 
lectures  and  arts  events.  Study  skills  development  and  tutoring  services  are 
also  provided  as  necessary. 

Semester  Hour  and  Cumulative  Quality-Point  Average 
Requirement 

Each  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  124  semester  hours  to  graduate, 
including  53  hours  in  Liberal  Studies  (all  on  a  passing  basis),  and  must  have 
a  2.0  ("C"  grade)  cumulative  quality-point  average  and  a  2.0  ("C")  average 
in  his/her  major  and/or  minor  field. 

Liberal  Studies 

All  students  must  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  university's  Liberal  Studies 
program.  This  involves  a  minimum  of  53  semester  hours  divided  among 
Learning  Skills,  Knowledge  Areas,  and  Synthesis.  The  number  of  semester 
hours  may  rise  slightly  depending  on  student  choices.  Different  colleges  and 
sometimes  departments  within  colleges  may  have  specific  variations  as  to 
how  these  Liberal  Studies  requirements  are  to  be  met. 

Liberal  Studies  provides  the  broad  vision  and  understanding  that  enable 
individuals  to  enjoy  full,  rich  lives  and  to  play  constructive  roles  in  their 
communities.  The  goals  for  Liberal  Studies  include  ( 1 )  the  development  of 
important  modes  of  thinking  and  intellectual  skills:  critical  thinking, 
literacy,  understanding  numerical  data,  historical  consciousness,  scientific 
inquiry,  ethical  perception,  and  aesthetic  sensitivity;  (2)  the  acquisition  of  a 
body  of  knowledge  or  understanding  essential  to  an  educated  person;  and  (3) 
an  understanding  of  the  physical,  as  well  as  the  intellectual,  nature  of 
human  beings. 

Liberal  Studies  Requirements 

Note:  Specific  courses  may  be  required  or  recommended  by  colleges  or 
major  departments;  see  degree  program  outlines  for  specifications. 

Additional  courses  may  be  added  to  some  categories  during  the  next 
academic  year;  an  updated  listing  is  printed  in  each  semester's  schedule  of 
undergraduate  course  offerings. 


Learning  Skills: 
English  Composition 


Two  Courses 


7sh 


EN  101       College  Writing 

EN202       Research  Writing  (sophomore  standing) 


Learning  Skills: 
Mathematics 


One  Course  from  List 


3-4sh 


MA  101  Foundations  of  Mathematics  3 

MA  102  Finite  Mathematics  [inactive]  3 

MAI  10  Elementary  Functions  3 

MA121  Calculus  I  for  Natural  and  Social  Sciences  and  Business  4 

MA  123  Calculus  I  for  Physics  and  Chemistry  4 

MA127  Calculus  I  4 

MA151  Elements  of  Math  I  (restricted  to  designated  majors)  3 

MA  152  Elements  of  Math  II  (restricted  to  designated  majors)  3 

MA217  Probability  and  Statistics  3 

BE111  Business  Mathematics  (restricted  to  designated  majors)  3 


Requirements  for  Graduation  — 39 


Humanities 


Three  Courses* 


9sh 


*One  course  in  history,  one  in  literature,  and  one  in  philosophy  or  religious 

studies. 


History: 
HI195 


History:  The  Modern  Era 


Literature: 

EN  121  Humanities:  Literature 

FL121  Humanities:  Literature  (taught  in  English) 

EN210  Literary  Analysis  (English  and  Communication  majors) 

Philosophy  or  Religious  Studies: 

PH101  General  Logic 

PH 1 20  Introduction  to  Philosophy 

PH221  Introduction  to  Symbolic  Logic 

PH222  Ethics 

PH223  Philosophy  of  An 

RS100  Introduction  to  Religion 

RS250  Understanding  the  Bible 

RS290  Christianity 


Fine  Arts 


One  Course  from  List 


3sh 


AH101  Introduction  to  Art 

MH101  Introduction  to  Music 

TH 1 0 1  Introduction  to  Theater 

TH102  Introduction  to  Dance 


Natural  Science 


One  Option 


3 
3 
3 
3 

8-10sh 


Option  I:    Two-semester  Laboratory  Course  Sequence  8sh 
Two  courses  with  laboratories  (4sh  each  I,  paired  together  in 
a  sequence,  from  the  natural  science  laboratory  course  list. 

Natural  Science  Laboratory  Sequences: 

BI103    and  104  General  Biology  I  and  II  8 

CH101  and  102  College  Chemistry  I  and  II  8 

CHI  11   and  112  General  Chemistry  I  and  II  8 

CH 1 1 3  and  1 14  Concepts  in  Chemistry  8 

Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 
GS1OI/1O2-103/1O4  Earth  Science  I  and  II  with  labs  (either 

order)  8 
GS12I/122  or  123  Physical  Geology  with  lab 

andGS131/132  or  133  Historical  Geology  with  lab  8 

PY111/121  and  112/122  Physics  I  and  II  with  labs  8 

PY131/141  and  132/142  Physics  I  and  II  with  labs  (calculus)  8 

SCI 05   and  106  Physical  Science  I  and  II  (either  order)  8 

Option  II:  One  Laboratory  plus  Two  Nonlaboratory  Courses  lOsh 
One  course  with  laboratory  (4sh)  from  the  natural 
science  laboratory  course  list  followed  by  two  courses 
(3sh  each)  from  natural  science  nonlaboratory  course  list. 
One  of  the  nonlaboratory  courses  may  be  counted  again 
among  the  Liberal  Studies  Electives. 

Natural  Science  Laboratory  Courses: 

BI103        General  Biology  I  4 

CH101       College  Chemistry  I  4 

CHI  11        General  Chemistry  I  4 

CHI  13       Concepts  in  Chemistry  4 

GS 1 0 1  / 1 02  Earth  Science  I  with  lab  4 

GS 1 03/ 104  Earth  Science  II  with  lab  4 

GS121/122  or  123  Physical  Geology  with  lab  4 

PY1 11/121  Physics  I  4 

PY131/141  Physics  I  (calculus)  4 

PY151/161  Medical  Physics  4 

SC105        Physical  Science  I  4 

SC106        Physical  Science  II  4 

Natural  Science  Nonlaboratory  Courses: 

BI114         Environmental  Science  3 

Bill?         Biotic  Diversity  of  North  America  3 

GS101        Earth  Science  I  3 

GS103       Earth  Science  II  3 

GS110       General  Astronomy  3 

GS121        Physical  Geology  3 


GS13I  Historical  Geology 

GS141  Introduction  to  Ocean  Science 

GS150  Geology  of  the  National  Parks 

GS  1 5 1  Age  of  Dinosaurs 

GS221  Physical  Resources  of  the  Earth 

PY101  Energy  and  the  Environment 

PY1I1  Physics  I 

PY112  Physics  II 

PY131  Physics  I  (calculus) 

PY 1 32  Physics  II  (calculus) 

PY151  Medical  Physics 


Social  Sciences 


Three  Courses  from  List* 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

9sh 


*No  course  prefix  may  be  used  more  than  once 

AN1 10  Contemporary  Anthropology  ( 1 1 

AN2 11  Cultural  Anthropology  ( I ) 

AN2 1 3  World  Archaeology 

CR 1 0 1  Crime  and  Justice  Systems 

EC  101  Basic  Economics 

EC121  Principles  of  Economics  I 

GE101  Intro  to  Geography:  Human  Environment  Interaction 

GE102  Geography  of  U.S.  and  Canada 

GE103  Introduction  to  Human  Geography 

GE104  Geography  of  Non- Western  World  ( 1 ) 

PS  101  World  Politics  (1) 

PS  1 1 1  American  Politics 

PC101  General  Psychology 

SO  151  Principles  of  Sociology 

S0231  Contemporary  Social  Problems 

(1 )  Also  fulfills  requirement  for  non-Western  course 


Health  and  Wellness 


One  Course 


3sh 


HP143 

FN143 


Health  and  Wellness 
Nutrition  and  Wellness 


An  alternate  method  of  fulfilling  this  requirement  is  the  completion  of  one 
year  of  Military  Science/ROTC:  MS  1 0 1  American  Military  History  ( 1 650- 
1920)  and  Lab  (2sh)  and  MS102  American  Military  History  (1920-present) 
and  Lab  (2sh).  The  courses  MS203  and  204  may  be  substituted  for  MS  101 
and  102.  Veterans  are  given  four  credits  toward  these  requirements  by 
validating  two  years'  active  duty  via  form  DD214. 


Liberal  Studies 
Electives 


Three  Courses  from  List* 


9sh 


*At  least  one  course  must  be  numbered  200  or  higher 
*No  course  carrying  the  student's  major  prefix  may  be  used 
*No  course  prefix  may  be  used  more  than  once,  except  for  intermediate- 
level  foreign  language  prefixes  (FR.  GM.  SP.  LA,  and  GK)  which  may  be 
used  twice. 

See  list  of  nonlaboratory  natural  sciences  for  additional  courses  which 
may  be  used  as  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

See  list  of  Non-Western  Cultures  courses,  some  of  which  (2)  may  be 
used  as  Liberal  Studies  Electives. 

The  following  courses  are  also  approved: 

AH205       Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3 

AH206       Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  3 

AH211       Modern  Art  3 

AH222       Art  in  America  3 

AN286       Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family  [same  as  S0286]  (3)  3 

BE101        Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3 

(identical  to  CO101.IM101) 

CM101       Communications  Media  in  American  Society  3 

CO  10 1        Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3 

(identical  to  BE101.IM101) 

CS101        Personal  and  Family  Management  3 

CS315        Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance  3 

EC  122       Principles  of  Economics  II  3 

EN349       English  Bible  as  Literature  3 

FN  145        Introduction  to  Nutrition  3 

FR201        College  French  I  (2)  3 

FR202        College  French  II  (2)  3 


40  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


FR203 

Accelerated  College  French 

FR301 

Portraits  of  Women  in  French  Novels 

GE230 

Cultural  Geography 

GE231 

Economic  Geography 

GE251 

Geography  of  Pennsylvania 

GE253 

Geography  of  Europe 

GM251 

German  III  (2) 

GM252 

German  IV  (2) 

HE218 

Child  Development 

HE224 

Marriage  and  Family  Relations 

HI210 

Ancient  Civilizations  of  Mediterranean  and  Near  East 

HI212 

Ancient  and  Medieval  Europe 

HI214 

Themes  in  American  History 

HI305 

Renaissance  and  Reformation 

HI363 

Thought  and  Culture  in  Early  America 

HI364 

Thought  and  Culture  in  Modern  America 

HI366 

African-American  Women 

IM101 

Microbased  Computer  Literacy 

(identical  to  BE101.CO101)  ' 

LA  102 

Elementary  Latin  II 

LA201 

Intermediate  Latin  (2) 

MA121 

Calculus  1(1) 

MA122 

Calculus  II 

MA  123 

Calculus  1(1) 

MA  124 

Calculus  II 

MA  152 

Elements  of  Mathematics  II  ( 1 ) 

(specified  majors  only) 

MA214 

Probability  and  Statistics 

MA216 

Probability  and  Statistics 

MA217 

Probability  and  Statistics  (1) 

MA241 

Differential  Equations 

MH301 

Music  History  I 

MH302 

Music  History  II 

PC310 

Development  Psychology 

PC321 

Abnormal  Psychology 

PC330 

Social  Psychology 

PC378 

Death  and  Dying 

PH232 

Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Love  and  Marriage 

PH321 

Symbolic  Logic  II 

PH323 

Political  Philosophy 

PH324 

History  of  Philosophy  I 

PH325 

History  of  Philosophy  II 

PH326 

Phenomenology  and  Existentialism 

PH327 

American  Philosophy  [inactive] 

PH329 

Philosophy  of  Religion 

PH330 

Philosophy  of  Science 

PH400 

Ethics  and  Public  Policy 

PH405 

Justice  and  Human  Rights 

PH420 

Metaphysics 

PH421 

Theory  of  Knowledge 

PH450 

Philosophy  of  Law 

PH460 

Philosophy  of  Language 

PS346 

Political  Sociology 

RS200 

Religion  and  Culture 

RS210 

World  Scriptures 

RS260 

American  Religious  Development 

RS312 

Archaeology  and  the  Bible 

RS410 

History  of  Christian  Thought  I 

RS440 

History  of  Christian  Thought  II 

S0286 

Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family  (same  as  AN286] 

S0337 

World  Societies  and  World  Systems 

SO340 

Sociology  of  Industry 

S0354 

Sexual  Inequality  in  Human  Societies 

S0362 

Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities 

S0445 

Social  Stratification 

S0458 

Political  Sociology 

[same  as  PS346  Political  Sociology] 

SP102 

Elementary  Spanish  II 

SP201 

Intermediate  Spanish  (2) 

SP211 

Intensive  Intermediate  Spanish  [formerly  SP201] 

Non-Western 
Cultures 


One  Course  from  List 


3sh=< 


♦Students  must  fulfill  this  requirement  by  completing  one  course  from  the 
list;  most  of  these  courses  will  at  the  same  time  fulfill  other  requirements  set 
by  Liberal  Studies  or  in  some  cases  by  a  college  or  department. 


Also  fulfills  LS  Social  Science  requirement: 

AN  1 1 0      Contemporary  Anthropology 
AN2 1 1       Cultural  Anthropology 
GE 1 04       Geography  of  Non-Western  World 
PS  101         World  Politics 

Also  fulfills  LS  Elective  requirement: 

AN271  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  [same  as  S0271] 

AN272  Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  [same  as  S0272] 

AN273  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia  [same  as  S0273] 

AN274  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Latin  America  [same  as  S0274] 

AN350  Anthropology  of  Women 

AN365  Native  North  American  Religions  [same  as  RS365] 

CM230  Issues  in  International  Communication 

EC350  Comparative  Economic  Systems 

GE252  Geography  of  Latin  America 

GE255  Geography  of  Africa 

GE256  Geography  of  East  Asia 

GE257  Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  Asia 

HI330  History  of  the  Islamic  Civilization 

HI331  Modern  Middle  East 

IS281  Special  Topics  in  Non-Western  Studies 

PS382  Political  Systems:  Africa 

PS387  Political  Systems:  Latin  America 

PS389  Developing  Nations 

RSI  10  World  Religions 

RS311  Eastern  Philosophy 

RS360  African  Religions 

RS365  Native  North  American  Religions  [same  as  AN365] 

RS370  Religions  of  China  and  Japan 

RS375  Religions  of  India 

RS380  Islam 

50271  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  [same  as  AN271] 

50272  Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  [same  as  AN272] 

50273  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia  [same  as  AN273] 

50274  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Latin  America  [same  as  AN274] 
SP344  20th  Century  Spanish  American  Culture 

and  Civilization  [taught  in  Spanish] 

SP364  Survey  of  Spanish  American  Literature 
[taught  in  Spanish] 

Fulfills  LS  Non-Western  requirement  only: 

CL151,  201,  or  251  Arabic  II.  Ill,  or  IV 
CL152.  202.  or  252  Chinese  II,  III,  or  IV 
CL155.  205.  or  255  Hindi  II,  III,  or  IV 
CL156.  206.  or  256  Hungarian  II.  Ill,  or  IV 
CL158.  208.  or  258  Japanese  II,  III,  or  IV 
CL159,  209.  or  259  Korean  II.  III.  or  IV 
CL162,  212,  or  262  Russian  II,  III.  or  IV 
EC  339       Economic  Development  I 


Certain  Study  Abroad  programs  in  non-Westem  culture  areas  (information  is 
in  the  respective  catalog  section:  further  information  is  available  in  the 
Office  of  International  Services) 


Synthesis 


One  Course 


3sh 


( 1 )  Students  may  use  this  course  to  fulfill  either  the  Learning  Skills:  Math- 
ematics requirement  or  a  Liberal  Studies  Elective  requirement,  but  not  both. 

(2)  Higher-level  language  courses  may  be  substituted  by  students 
demonstrating  such  ability  on  placement  tests. 


LS  499       Senior  Synthesis  (required  of  all  students) 

Prerequisite:  73  or  more  semester  hours  earned 

This  course  helps  students  understand  and  handle  complex 
intellectual  and  social  issues  from  multiple  perspectives. 
A  selection  of  topics  is  available  each  semester  and  summer 
session.  Students  should  schedule  the  course  during  the  senior 
year,  or  at  least  no  earlier  than  the  last  half  of  the  junior  year. 


Requirements  for  Graduation  — 41 


Writing  Across 
the  Curriculum 


Minimum  of  Two  "W"  Courses 


All  students  musl  include  among  the  total  courses  required  for  graduation  a 
minimum  of  two  designated  writing-intensive  courses.  One  of  these  courses 
iinisi  he  ui  the  student's  primal)  major:  the  other(s)  may  be  in  Liberal 
Studies,  college  or  major  requirements,  01  free  electives.  Such  courses, 
which  involve  extensive  use  ol  writing  as  pari  of  the  learning  experience, 
are  identified  »  ith  a  /W/  in  each  semester's  Schedule  of  Undergraduate 
Course  Offei  in 

Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements 

The  minimum  total  semester  hour  requirement  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  at 
UP  is  124.  Students  who  enroll  in  degree  programs  that  require  more  than 
124.  or  who  seek  the  added  benefit  of  a  double  major,  minor,  or  specialized 
program,  or  who  change  majors  should  plan  their  sequence  of  courses 
carefully  with  an  adviser.  Such  students  should  be  alert  to  the  possibility  that 
they  may  need  to  can)  a  heavier  than  average  class  load  in  order  to 
complete  the  degree  in  eight  semesters.  In  some  situations,  summer  work  or 
an  extra  semester  may  be  necessary.  The  need  to  enroll  in  remedial  or  other 
preparatory  coursework  or  to  repeat  courses  may  also  affect  progress  toward 
a  degree. 

Residency  Requirement 

All  students  receiving  an  initial  IUP  baccalaureate  degree  are  required  to 
complete  forty-five  semester  hours  in  IUP  courses.  At  least  fifteen  semester 
hours  in  IUP  courses  are  required  to  fulfill  an  IUP  major  and  a  minimum  of 
six  semester  hours  for  a  minor.  Normally,  the  student  will  complete  the  final 
thirty  semester  hours  in  residence  in  IUP  courses,  unless  specific  approval 
has  been  secured  from  the  dean  of  the  student's  college.  Exception  to  the 
above  requirements  for  courses  to  be  earned  in  residence  at  IUP  may  be 
granted  by  the  college  deans  based  upon  the  appropriateness  and  academic 
integrity  of  the  courses  in  question.  This  approval  is  generally  sought  as  part 
of  the  process  for  prior  approval  of  off-campus  coursework. 

Pre-Approval  for  Transfer  Coursework 

Students  enrolled  at  IUP  who  wish  to  take  coursework  at  another  institution 
(either  during  the  summer  or  regular  semesters)  must  complete  an 
Application  for  Coursework  Outside  IUP  prior  to  taking  the  course(s).  Only 
the  credits  from  the  course(s)  transfer,  not  the  grade:  therefore,  students 
cannot  use  outside  coursework  for  IUP's  repeat  policy.  Only  the  credits  for 
which  students  receive  the  grade  of  A.  B.  or  C  will  transfer.  If  P/F  is  the 
only  grading  option  available,  there  must  be  a  narrative  evaluation  from  the 
faculty  member  certifying  that  the  w  ork  was  of  C  level  or  better.  No  more 
than  sixty  credits  total  may  be  earned  at  a  junior  or  community  college  for 
application  toward  an  IUP  degree.  If  the  courses  are  being  taken  within  the 
student's  last  thirty  credits,  the  courses  must  be  taken  at  IUP  unless  the 
student's  residency  requirement  is  waived  by  the  college  dean.  Courses 
without  prior  approval  are  taken  at  the  risk  of  the  student;  there  is  no 
obligation  on  the  part  of  any  officer  of  this  university  to  accept  or  transfer 
such  credit. 

Forms  for  approval  of  off-campus  coursework  are  available  in  the  Office  of 
Transfer  Credit  Evaluation/Academic  Information  Systems.  Full  directions 
on  the  form  outline  the  steps  involving  the  transfer  evaluation,  student's 
adviser,  and  college  dean,  or  designee.  After  completing  off-campus 
coursework.  students  should  have  the  institution  at  which  the  work  was 
taken  send  a  final  official  transcript  directly  to  Transfer  Evaluation  Services, 
347  Sutton  Hall.  IUP.  Indiana,  PA  15705.  Copies  of  transcripts  issued  to  or 
hand  carried  by  students  will  not  be  accepted. 

Eligibility  and  Application  for  Graduation 

Commencement  ceremonies  are  in  May  at  IUP  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
spring  semester  and  in  December  at  the  conclusion  of  the  fall  semester.  Only 
students  who  have  completed  all  requirements  for  graduation  by  the  end  of 
the  semester  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  commencement  exercises. 
Students  who  have  withdrawn  from  courses  or  have  elected  to  take 
incompletes  or  have  failed  courses  during  the  semester  and  thus  have  not 
met  the  requirements  for  graduation  may  not  participate  in  commencement 
exercises  until  those  requirements  have  been  fulfilled.  Students  completing 
requirements  in  August  or  December  are  included  on  the  graduation  list  for 
the  December  graduation. 


Students  are  responsible  for  knowing  and  fulfilling  the  requirements  for 
graduation  in  their  degree  program.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to 
complete  a  form  to  apply  for  graduation  and  submit  it  to  the  office  of  the 
dean  of  his/tier  college  early  in  the  term  prior  to  graduation. 

Certification  for  graduation  is  not  final  until  approved  bj  the  dean  of  the 
college  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled.  Diplomas  will  not  be  issued  until  all 
bills  and  obligations  have  been  satisfied,  including  the  degree  fee.  and  final 
certification  for  graduation  has  been  issued  by  the  student's  college  dean. 

Non-Native  Students:  English  Language  Requirements 

Non-native  students  of  English,  either  international  students  or  those  from 
the  U.S.  for  whom  English  is  not  their  first  learned  language,  are  required  to 
take  an  ESL  Screening/Placement  Test  prior  to  registration  in  the  first 
semester  attending  IUP.  The  test  is  administered  prior  to  registration  in  both 
the  fall  and  spring  semesters.  Results  of  this  test  are  used  to  determine  for 
which  English  course  (EN100/ESL.  HMO  1  ESL.  EN202/ESL.  EN121/ESL) 
a  newly  admitted  non-native  student  must  register.  In  addition,  any  currently 
enrolled  non-native  student  can  take  the  regularly  scheduled  test  to 
determine  registration  for  non-ESL  English  courses.  For  further  information, 
contact  Dr.  Dan  Tannacito.  212  EicherHall:  telephone  (412)357-7081. 

Undergraduate  Catalog  Applicability  Time  Frame 

The  university  reserves  the  right  to  modify  degree  requirements  through 
established  governance  channels.  However,  the  general  policy  has  been 
established  that  the  follow  ing  time  frame  regulations  form  the  basis  for 
application  of  the  university's  undergraduate  degree  requirements: 

1.  A  student  who  has  been  in  continuous  registration  (fall  and  spring 
semesters)  or  who  has  interruption(s)  of  less  than  two  calendar  years  is 
governed  by  the  requirements  outlined  in  the  catalog  in  effect  at  the  time 
of  entrance  into  a  degree  program  (major). 

a.  A  student  who  changes  major  will  be  governed  by  the  requirements 
of  the  major  and/or  college  at  the  time  of  acceptance  into  the  new 
major,  without  change  of  Liberal  Studies  requirements  except  as 
specified  by  the  new  major. 

b.  A  student  entering  through  the  nondegree  program  is  governed  by 
the  requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  degree  candidacy  is  awarded. 

c.  A  part-time  student  may  be  covered  by  these  provisions  of 
continuous  registration  to  a  maximum  of  ten  years. 

2.  A  student  whose  education  is  interrupted  by  two  or  more  calendar  years 
will  be  governed  by  the  requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  of  readmission 
to  the  university.  The  readmission  may  carry  specific  requirements/ 
substitutions  necessary  to  provide  for  program  integrity. 

3.  The  applicability  of  coursework  completed  more  than  ten  years  prior  to 
the  degree  date  is  subject  to  review  by  the  dean  or  designee  for 
evaluation  on  a  course-by-course  basis. 

Program  Changes 

To  insure  their  quality  and  relevance,  academic  programs  at  IUP  are  subject 
to  review  and  change  by  duly  appointed  and  responsible  university  groups. 
Because  of  this,  the  university  recognizes  that  provisions  must  be  made  to 
prevent  hardship  to  students  already  enrolled  in  programs  if  changes  later 
occur  in  specific  or  general  program  requirements.  Students  affected  by 
changes  in  programs,  policies,  and  regulations  are  therefore  given  the  option 
of  following  those  requirements  that  are  in  effect  when  the  student  was  first 
enrolled  in  the  program  or  those  in  effect  at  the  time  of  expected  graduation. 
The  student  cannot,  of  course,  combine  chosen  elements  of  the  two.  Should 
a  question  of  rule  interpretation  arise  w  ith  respect  to  changes,  the  student, 
the  student's  adviser,  or  both  should  petition  the  college  dean  for  a  decision 
about  which  requirements  apply. 


42  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  Library  faculty  offers  individual  and  group  assistance  in  using  the 
Library's  resources.  Library  services  include  access  to  both  local  and 
national  data  bases,  media  equipment  and  production  support,  and  classes  in 
bibliographic  instruction. 

The  Library  faculty  offers  a  one-credit  course  in  the  use  of  libraries,  LB  151: 
Introduction  to  Library  Resources. 


Academic  Affairs  Division 
Areas 

Mark  J.  Staszkiewicz,  Provost 

Evelyn  S.  Mutchnick,  Interim  Associate  Provost 

Alphonse  Novels,  Assistant  Provost 

The  Academic  Affairs  areas  below  provide  instruction  in  several  disciplines 
that  are  not  specific  to  one  of  the  university's  distinct  colleges.  They  offer 
services  and  instruction  under  the  direction  of  the  Provost's  Office. 

The  University  Libraries 

Larry  A.  Kroah,  Director;  Walter  R.  I  .ancle.  Chairperson; 
Brown,  Connell,  Grassinger,  Hall,  Hooks,  Janicki,  Jen, 
Joseph,  Kaufman,  Kirby,  Knupp,  Lucas,  McDevitt, 
Rahkonen,  Shively,  Steiner,  Zorich;  and  professors  emeriti 
Chamberlin,  LaFranchi,  Scheeren,  Snead,  Waddell,  Wolf 

The  Libraries  and  Media  Resources  Department  serves  the  informational 
and  research  needs  of  students  and  faculty  by  providing  a  wide  variety  of 
academic  resources  which  include  books,  periodicals,  micro  materials, 
media,  and  computer  data  base  services.  The  Library  is  committed  to 
providing  greater  access  to  an  ever-increasing  volume  of  information  using 
such  advancements  as  interactive  video,  satellite  teleconferencing, 
microcomputer-based  technologies,  and  a  state-of-the-art  online  public 
access  catalog,  in  addition  to  more  traditional  means. 


Military  Science 


Ltc  Ricky  J.  Steele,  Chairperson;  Maj  Scott  M.  Ferderber, 
Maj  David  L.  Edwards,  Cpt  C.  Geoff  Herrmann,  Cpt 
Colleen  J.  Herrmann,  Lt  Mark  A.  Tomovicz,  Msg  (p) 
Charles  Dejarnett,  Sfc  Paul  R.  Godaire,  Sfc  John  H.  Stowe 
Jr.,  Sfc  Folole  Salanda,  Ssg  Randy  M.  Johnson,  Mrs. 
Donna  S.  Rankin 

IUP  is  an  authorized  Senior  Reserve  Officer's  Training  Corps  (ROTC)  unit. 
The  ROTC  program  offers  to  both  men  and  women  the  opportunity  to  learn 
and  practice  leadership  and  managerial  techniques  that  will  prove  beneficial 
to  all  life's  future  endeavors;  to  obtain  credits  which  count  toward 
graduation;  and,  to  those  who  choose  to  complete  the  total  program,  to 
obtain  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  U.S.  Army. 

Regular  ROTC  classes  for  two  semesters  satisfy  the  mandatory  Liberal 
Studies  requirement  for  Health  and  Wellness  classes. 

Enrollment 

The  program  is  divided  into  two  phases:  the  Basic  Course  (freshman  and 
sophomore  years)  and  the  Advanced  Course  (junior  and  senior  years). 

Regular  Basic  Course 

The  first  two  years  of  military  science  provide  a  background  of  the  historical 
role  of  military  forces  as  well  as  current  national  military  objectives.  In 
addition,  basic  leadership  is  developed  and  certain  skills  are  taught,  such  as 
adventure  training,  survival  training,  map  reading,  self-defense,  rappelling, 
and  marksmanship.  Enrollment  in  any  of  the  freshman-  or  sophomore-level 
ROTC  courses  (MS101.  102,  203,  or  204)  in  no  way  obligates  or  commits 
the  student  to  any  military  service  or  any  further  ROTC  courses.  These 
courses  are  offered  on  the  same  basis  as  other  academic  courses  at  IUP  with 
the  privilege  of  withdrawing  at  any  time. 

Advanced  Course 

The  last  two  years  constitute  the  Advanced  Course  of  instruction  for  men 
and  women  who  desire  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  Army  of 
the  United  States  (either  the  Army  Reserve,  National  Guard,  or,  for  selected 
students,  the  Regular  Army).  This  phase  is  composed  of  studies  in  advanced 
leadership  and  management,  tactics,  military  law,  and  psychological, 
physiological,  and  social  factors  which  affect  human  behavior.  Modem 
instructional  and  training  techniques  are  also  covered.  Practical  application 
is  the  rule,  and  students  have  the  opportunity  to  practice  and  polish  their 
skills.  Participation  in  the  Advanced  Course  will  earn  the  student 
approximately  $2,500,  between  $100-a-month  subsistence  and  pay  for 
summer  camp  ($1,800  is  not  taxable).  For  continuation  in  ROTC  during  the 
junior  and  senior  years,  the  student  must  have  a  2.0  grade-point  average  in 
the  student's  academic  area,  have  successfully  completed  requirements  for 
the  ROTC  Basic  Course,  pass  a  physical  examination,  and  be  accepted  by 
the  Professor  of  Military  Science  (PMS).  The  U.S.  Army  requirements  for 
commissioning  include  a  course  in  written  communications  and  in  human 
behavior.  IUP  students  normally  fulfill  these  requirements  with  EN101  and 
EN202  and  with  a  course  in  psychology,  anthropology,  sociology,  or  certain 
major  courses  in  human  behavior.  Advanced  course  students  must  agree  in 
writing  to  complete  the  junior  and  senior  years,  since  they  will  receive 
$100-a-month  subsistence  during  these  academic  years. 

Requirements  for  Enrollment 

The  general  requirements  for  enrollment  in  Advanced  ROTC  are  that  the 
student  be  accepted  by  the  university  as  a  regular  enrolled  student,  be  a 
citizen  of  the  United  States,  be  physically  qualified,  and  be  not  less  than 
seventeen  years  of  age  but  less  than  thirty  at  anticipated  graduation  date. 
Veterans  and  Junior  ROTC  graduates  may  receive  exemption  from  the 
ROTC  Basic  Course  as  approved  by  the  Professor  of  Military  Science. 


Academic  Affairs  Division  Areas  — 43 


What  ROTC  Offers 

Equipment,  ROTC  textbooks,  and  uniforms  are  issued  without  cost  to 
enrolled  students. 

Credit  is  given  for  successful  completion  of  the  three-semesler-hour  Health 
and  Wellness  Liberal  Studies  requirement  for  graduation. 

Students  formally  enrolled  in  the  Advanced  Course  (MS305,  306,  407,  and 
408)  arc  paid  a  subsistence  allowance  ($100  a  month)  during  the  academic 
year. 

Training  is  given  in  other  practical  skills  such  as  self-defense,  adventure 
training,  rappelling,  marksmanship,  orienteering,  first  aid  techniques,  and 
watei  safety. 

Opportunities  are  available  to  examine  the  military  profession  in  detail.  This 
includes  the  Regular  Army.  National  Guard,  and  Army  Reserve. 

If  students  so  desire  and  are  accepted  into  the  Advanced  Course,  they  will 
receive  commissions  as  second  lieutenants  upon  graduation  from  the 
university  and  serve  either  three  years'  continuous  active  duty  or  two  to 
three  months'  active  duty  for  training,  with  the  remaining  obligation  served 
in  the  Army  Reserve  or  National  Guard. 


Program  in  Military  Science 

Required  courses:  20 

MS  101    American  Military  History  (1650-1920)  2sh(  1 ) 

MS102    American  Military  History  (1920-Present)  2sh(  1 ) 

MS203    Fundamentals  of  Tactical  Operations,  Techniques 

of  Leadership,  and  Weapons  Characteristics  2sh(2) 

MS204    National  Security  and  Fundamentals  of  Military 

Topography  2sh(2) 

MS305    Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and  Modern 

Learning/Teaching  Relationship  3sh 

MS306    Study  of  Advanced  Leader  Planning  and  Execution 

of  Modern  Combat  Operations  3sh 

MS407    Management  of  the  Military  Complex  to  Include 

Fundamentals  of  Military  and  International  Law         3sh 
MS408    Seminar  in  Military  Analysis  and  Management  3sh 

( 1 )  MS  1 0 1  - 1 02  may  substitute  for  the  Liberal  Studies  requirement  in 
Health  and  Wellness. 

(2)  MS203-204  are  available  as  free  electives  to  all  students  without  any 
military  obligation. 


Women's  Studies  Program 

Maureen  C.  McHugh,  Director 

The  Women's  Studies  minor  is  designed  to  examine  the  status  and 
experiences  of  women  from  a  multidisciplinary  perspective.  The  courses  use 
a  variety  of  methods  and  disciplinary  perspectives  to  explore  the  impact  of 
gender  on  the  experiences  of  the  individual.  Women's  contributions  to  a 
variety  of  fields  and  the  historical,  literary,  and  cultural  images  of  women 
are  also  addressed.  Students  are  encouraged  to  challenge  traditional  theories 
and  research  regarding  women,  and  to  develop  a  critical,  multidisciplinary, 
multicultural,  and  gendered  view  of  the  world.  Courses  taught  within  the 
minor  typically  involve  the  students  through  innovative,  experiential 
classroom  exercises  and  written  assignments.  Courses  in  Women's  Studies 
address  social  equity  issues  and  encourage  students  to  perceive  themselves 
as  capable  of  transforming  society. 

A  minor  in  women's  studies  indicates  to  the  prospective  employer  an 
awareness  of  and  sensitivity  to  gender  issues.  This  awareness  may  be  needed 
in  the  following  positions:  personnel  specialist,  affirmative  action  officer, 
crisis  intervention  specialist,  family  and  youth  services  provider,  legal 
advocate.  A  minor  in  women's  studies  can  contribute  to  success  in  a  variety 
of  fields  including  communication,  counseling,  criminology,  education, 
health,  journalism,  law,  politics,  psychology,  and  applied  sociology. 


Minor  -  Women's  Studies 

Required  course: 

WS200    Introduction  to  Women's  Studies 
Controlled  electives:  one  course  from  at  least  three  of 
the  following  four  course  groupings 
Group  A:  Philosophy  and  History 

HI369     Women  in  America 

HI390     Women  in  World  Culture 

PH232     Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Love, 
Marriage,  and  Divorce 

HI366     African-American  Women 

RS48 1     Women  and  Religion 
Group  B:  Arts  and  Literature 

EN384    Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women 

EN336    Language,  Gender,  and  Society 

FR301     Portraits  of  Women  in  the  French  Novel 
Group  C:  Social  Sciences 

AN350    Anthropology  of  Women 

PC4 1 1     Psychology  of  Women 

S0427    Spouse  Abuse 

S0354    Sexual  Inequality 

CR390    Women  and  Crime 
Group  D:  Health  and  Science 

HP430    The  American  Woman  and  Sport 

PC379     Psychology  of  Human  Sexuality 

HP48 1     Gender.  Lifestyles,  and  Health 


3sh 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


15 
3 


12 


The  Learning  Center 

Canny  Carranza,  Director;  Sally  Lipsky,  Chairperson; 
S.  Dean,  Green,  Stratton,  Victor,  Wilkie,  Winstead 

The  Learning  Center,  a  unit  of  the  Student  Affairs  Division,  provides  various 
academic  support  services.  Courses  are  offered  which  develop  learning 
skills  to  enhance  academic  success.  Courses  in  two  levels  of  remedial 
mathematics  and  a  course  in  reading  are  offered  for  institutional  credit; 
institutional  credit  counts  in  determining  full-time  enrollment  status  but  not 
in  determining  credits  applicable  for  degree  eligibility  at  graduation. 

Learning  Center  faculty  members  also  offer  three  one-credit  courses  in 
conjunction  with  the  College  of  Education  in  Educational  Planning 
(ED150),  Learning  Strategies  (ED160).  and  Career  Exploration  (ED170). 

Free  tutoring  and  workshops  are  provided  by  a  trained  staff  of 
undergraduate  paraprofessionals.  These  services  are  available  in  most 
content  areas,  as  well  as  in  general  study  skills. 

In  addition,  the  Learning  Center  provides  administration  of  the  university's 
Act  101  Program.  For  information  about  additional  services  see  Learning 
Center/ Act  101  in  the  catalog  section  "Student  Programs  and  Services." 

Office  of  International  Services 

Laila  S.  Dahan,  Director 

Patrick  A.  Carone,  Foreign  Student  Adviser 

Study  Abroad,  International  Student  Exchange,  and  Study 
Tours 

The  Office  of  International  Services  offers  many  important  opportunities 
beyond  the  required  curriculum.  For  example,  there  are  programs  enabling 
the  student  to  travel  and  study  abroad.  The  university  regularly  sponsors 
summer  study  tours  as  well  as  programs  of  study,  ranging  in  length  from 
three  weeks  to  a  full  semester,  in  England,  France,  Germany,  Spain, 
Hungary,  Egypt.  Mexico.  Sweden,  Japan,  and  Finland.  A  variety  of 
programs  enable  the  student  to  spend  a  year  abroad.  The  Office,  in 
cooperation  with  Georgetown  University  in  Washington,  D.C.,  administers 
IUP's  participation  in  the  International  Student  Exchange  Program  (ISEP). 
This  program  enables  IUP  students  to  choose  from  more  than  200 
universities  around  the  world  so  that  the  specialized  interests  of  any  student 
can  be  accommodated  quite  readily.  Students  may  also  exchange  with  one  of 
the  seventy  U.S.  universities  participating  in  the  National  Student  Exchange 
coordinated  by  the  Office  of  International  Studies. 


44 —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  Liberal  Studies  non-Western  cultures  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by 
certain  credit-bearing  study  abroad.  Established  IUP-sponsored  group  study 
opportunities  in  several  countries  are  approved  to  satisfy  the  requirement. 
Students  may  also  arrange  in  advance  to  receive  Liberal  Studies  non- 
Western  credit  for  ISEP-sponsored  or  individually  designed  study  abroad. 

For  information  and  application  procedures,  contact  Ms.  Laila  S.  Dahan, 
director  of  the  Office  of  International  Services. 

The  Harris  burg  Internship  Semester 
(T.H.LS.) 

Experiential  Education  Office 

The  Harrisburg  Internship  Semester  (T.H.LS.)  is  available  to  an  exceptional 
student  from  any  IUP  major  for  the  fall  or  spring  semester.  The  program 
provides  a  semester-long  experience  at  the  policymaking  level  in  the 
executive  or  legislative  branches  of  state  government  as  well  as  independent 
boards,  agencies,  or  commissions.  Students  will  earn  fifteen  credits. 

Requirements  for  eligibility  are  fifty-seven  or  more  earned  credits  and  an 
overall  QPA  of  at  least  3.0.  Applicants  must  also  submit  a  sample  of  their 
writing  skills  which  must  be  a  copy  of  an  IUP  writing  assignment  that  has 
been  graded  by  an  instructor. 

T.H.LS.  consists  of  an  internship  with  a  research  project  for  twelve  credits 
and  an  academic  seminar  for  three  credits.  The  program  is  directed  by  a 
SSHE  faculty  member  elected  to  direct  the  program  in  Harrisburg.  The 
faculty  member  will  be  the  site  supervisor  and  teach  the  seminar  course. 
Grades  and  credits  will  be  recorded  on  the  students'  academic  progress 
repotls  at  IUP.  See  the  course  descriptions  under  UN480  and  UN493. 


Housing  is  arranged  at  the  Polyclinic  Hospital  in  its  nursing  residence  hall. 
Meals  are  available  in  the  hospital  dining  room  or  elsewhere.  Students  must 
pay  IUP  tuition,  room,  and  board  in  the  first  place  and  then  be  partially 
reimbursed  via  a  biweekly  paycheck  during  the  semester.  Students  must  pay 
their  own  transportation  costs  between  their  home  and  Harrisburg. 

T.H.LS.  is  offered  through  the  Experiential  Education  Office  in  conjunction 
with  the  academic  department  of  the  successful  candidate.  Applications  are 
submitted  to  the  Experiential  Education  Office,  Stouffer  Hall.  Deadline  for 
submission  for  fall  is  March  1 :  the  spring  semester  deadline  is  October  1 . 

The  IUP  Academy  of  Culinary  Arts  at 
Punxsutawney 

Albert  Wutseh,  Director;  Hilary  DeMane,  Timothy  Brown, 
Daniel  Kish,  and  Martha  Jo  Geer,  Chef  Instructors 

The  Academy  of  Culinary  Arts  offers  a  four  semester  (sixteen  calender 
months),  competency  based  program  with  the  last  semester  being  a  paid 
extemship  with  an  employer.  This  distinctive  associaton  between  a  hands- 
on  discipline,  fundamental  culinary  theory,  and  on-the-job  work  experience 
provides  each  student  with  the  necessary  skills  and  knowledge  to  begin  a 
sucessful  career  in  the  field  of  culinary  arts. 

This  contemporary  approach  to  learning  will  enable  students  to  achieve 
elevated  levels  of  proficiency  in  both  culinary  techniques  and  business 
management  skills  while  they  advance  through  this  certificate  program. 
The  Academy  of  Culinary  Arts  is  accredited  by  the  American  Culinary 
Federation  Educational  Institute. 


1 


The  Eberly  College  of  Business  — 45 


The  Eberly 
College  of  Business 

Robert  C.  Camp,  Dean 

Manmohan  D.  Chaubey,  Interim  Associate  Dean 

In  the  spring  of  1994.  the  College  of  Business  was  named  the  Eberly 
College  of  Business.  The  new  title  of  the  college  commemorates  the 
generous  commitment  of  the  Eberly  family  through  the  Eberly  Family  Trust 
to  the  developmental  needs  of  the  college.  Departments  within  the  Eberly 
College  of  Business  include  Accounting.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies. 
Management,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision  Sciences, 
Marketing,  and  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  offered  in  Accounting,  Finance. 
Management  Information  Systems,  Management,  Marketing,  Office 
Administration,  and  Human  Resource  Management.  The  Office  Systems  and 
Business  Education  Department  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
degree  with  a  Business  Education  major  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  degree  with  a  Marketing  and  Distributive  Education  major.  There 
is  also  a  two-year  Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  Business  with  a  concentration 
in  Computers  and  Office  Information  Systems  offered  at  the  Armstrong  and 
Punxsutawney  campuses. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

For  those  pursuing  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  IUP's  training  will 
provide  a  broad  liberal  background  in  the  behavioral  sciences;  a  keen 
perception  of  the  socioeconomic  world  in  which  we  live  and  work;  a 
foundation  of  general  professional  education  for  personally  fruitful  and 
socially  useful  careers  in  the  varied  fields  of  business;  and  opportunity  to 
obtain  the  specialized  knowledge  and  skills  essential  to  future  occupational 
growth  and  advancement.  There  are  seven  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees 


offered  in  business — Accounting.  Finance,  Human  Resource  Management, 
Management.  Management  Information  Systems,  Marketing,  and  Office 
Administration.  Each  area  provides  lor  a  variety  of  business  and  business- 
related  courses  which  are  designed  to  enrich  the  student's  understanding  of 
the  modern  business  system. 

Entering  1UP  students  not  initially  admitted  to  the  Eberly  College  of 
Business  must  apply  individually  for  change  of  major,  which  will  be  granted 
only  to  those  who  have  completed  at  least  twenty-four  credits  at  IUP  and 
have  achieved  no  less  than  a  2.4  grade-point  average  at  IUP 

Enrollment  in  all  Eberly  College  of  Business  courses  at  the  300  and  400 
level  is  restricted  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students, 
regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite 
requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 

A  student  may  not  pursue  coursework  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business 
with  the  expectation  of  graduating  from  Eberly  College  of  Business  unless 
he/she  has  been  accepted  as  a  degree  candidate  in  the  college. 

Eberly  College  of  Business  students  may,  in  consultation  with  their  advisers, 
plan  their  program  of  study  to  obtain  a  minor  in  an  area  of  business 
specialization  other  than  their  major  or  a  related  area  outside  of  the  Eberly 
College  of  Business. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  Degree 

The  Eberly  College  of  Business  seeks  to  serve  the  needs  of  its  students  and 
the  needs  of  business,  industry,  and  education  through  its  diverse  programs. 
Known  for  fifty  years  for  excellence  in  Business  Education,  IUP's  program 
in  Distributive  Education  prepares  teacher-coordinators  for  secondary 
schools  offering  programs  in  marketing,  distribution,  and  cooperative  work 
experience.  These  two  degree  areas  (Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with 
a  Business  Education  major  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a 
Marketing  Education  major)  are  designed  to  prepare  teachers  for 
comprehensive  high  schools,  area  vocational-technical  schools,  and 
community  colleges. 

Associate  of  Arts  Degree 

Students  who  desire  a  two-year  program  that  prepares  them  to  enter  the 
business  world  may  elect  to  pursue  the  Associate  of  Arts  degree  program 
specializing  in  Computer  and  Office  Information  Systems.  The  Associate  of 
Arts  degree  is  available  only  on  the  Armstrong  County  and  Punxsutawney 
campuses.  Admission  to  the  Associate  Degree  program  in  accounting  has 
been  suspended.  See  Department  of  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
for  further  information. 

Department  of  Accounting 

Duane  Ponko,  Chairperson;  Anderson,  Bradwick,  Burner, 
W.  Davis,  Eiteman,  Ghobashy,  Hyder,  Joseph,  Keim,  Kline, 
Lindh,  Plivelic,  Ponko,  Pressly,  Robbins,  Woan,  Yerep;  and 
professor  emeritus  Cooper 

The  Accounting  Department  provides  the  training  necessary  for  one  to  enter 
the  fields  of  public  accounting,  accounting  in  business  or  industry,  and 
governmental  accounting. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Accounting 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC121.PC101 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA214,  EC122,  BE/CO/IM  101, 
no  courses  with  AG  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD321    Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications 

AG201    Principles  of  Accounting  I 

AG202   Principles  of  Accounting  II 

BL235    Introduction  to  Business  Law 

FI3I0     Finance  I 

IM300    Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MG3I0  Principles  of  Management 


54-56 


33 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


46  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB215    Business  Statistics  3sh 

Major:  Accounting  (1)  27 

Required  courses: 

AG301    Intermediate  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG302   Intermediate  Accounting  II  3sh 

AG3 1 1    Cost  Accounting  3sh 

AG401    Advanced  Accounting  3sh 

AG412   Advanced  Cost  Accounting  3sh 

AG421    Federal  Taxes  3sh 

AG431    Auditing  3sh 
Controlled  electives: 

Two  courses  from  this  list:  6sh 
AG422.  AG435,  AG44 1 ,  AG45 1 .  AG  46 1 ,  AG  47 1 ,  BL336 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  8-10 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )    A  2.50  average  is  required  in  all  300  and  400  level  accounting  (AG) 
courses  in  order  to  graduate  with  a  major  in  accounting. 


Department  of  Finance  and  Legal 
Studies 

Terry  T.  Ray,  Chairperson;  Affaneh,  Ames,  Boldin, 
Duhala,  McCaffrey,  Roberts,  Strock,  Troxell,  Walia, 
Welker 

Finance  Major 

The  Finance  major,  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  is  designed 
to  educate  those  students  who  are  interested  in  the  financial  management  of 
the  firm. 

The  objective  of  the  finance  area  is  to  prepare  students  to  deal  with  financial 
problem  solving  in  the  areas  of  financial  management  and  investment 
analysis.  Graduates  should  be  knowledgeable  of  the  basic  theory  of  finance 
so  as  to  apply  it  to  the  rapidly  changing  field. 

Legal  Studies 

Legal  Studies  offers  a  variety  of  law  and  law-related  courses  with  a  special 
emphasis  on  business  applications.  Legal  Studies  provides  the  student  with  a 
solid,  legally  oriented  background  necessary  to  a  career  in  business  or  as 
preparation  for  pursuit  of  a  law  or  law-related  career. 


27     I 


Bachelor  of  Science — Finance 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA214,  EC122,  BE/CO/IM101, 
no  courses  with  FI  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202  Principles  of  Accounting  II  3sh 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MG310  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 


54-56 


33 


Major:  Finance 

Required  courses: 

EC325    Monetary  Economics  I  3sh 

FI320     Finance  II  3sh 

FI322      Life  Insurance  3sh 

FI324     Principles  of  Investments  3sh 

FI420     Investment  Analysis  3sh 

FI422     Seminar  in  Finance  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  three  courses  from  the  following:  9sh 
AG421.  EC326,  EC334,  EC345.  EC356,  FBI 2,  FI385, 
F1410,  IM251.QB380 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  8-10 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Pre-Law  Minor  in  Eberly  College  of  Business 

The  pre-law  minor  is  intended  for  the  student  who  is  a  business  major 
concentrating  in  one  of  the  business  areas  and  interested  in  law  as  a  career. 
The  minor  consists  of  twenty-one  semester  hours  selected  by  the  students 
from  a  predetermined  list  of  courses  spread  over  five  areas  of  Humanities 
and  Social  Sciences.  The  goals  of  the  pre-law  minor  are  academic 
accomplishment,  guidance,  and  advisement.  Interested  business 
students  should  contact  the  pre-law  adviser  in  the  Finance  and  Legal 
Studies  Department. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Business/Pre-Law  (1) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA214,  EC122,  BE/CO/IM101, 
no  courses  with  major  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core  33 

Required  courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

FI310  Finance  3sh 

IM300  Information  Systems'.  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MG3I0  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

Major:  One  Major  in  Business  Administration  Areas(l)  27 

Accounting  Major 
Finance  Major 

Human  Resources  Management  Major 
Management  Major/Industrial  Management  Track 
Management  Major/General  Management  Track 
Management  Major/Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Track 
Management  Information  Systems  Major 
Marketing  Major 
Office  Systems  Major 

Pre-Law  Interdisciplinary  Minor  for  Business  9-21 

Seven  courses,  with  at  least  one  course  from  six  areas 
Criminology:  CR210,  CR260,  CR357 
Economics:  EC121,  EC122,  EC332 
English:  EN213,  EN220,  EN310 
History:  HI320,  HI321,  HI346 
Philosophy:  PH101,  PH222,  PH450 
Political  Science:  PS358,  PS359,  PS361 


Free  Electives: 


0-1 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:      124-125 


The  Eberly  College  of  Business  — 47 


(#)   Sec  ad\  isorj  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 

in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation, 
( I )    This  program  is  the  generic  outline  for  the  pre  law  minor  wilh  any  of 

the  listed  Eberl)  College  of  Business  majors. 


Department  of  Management 

Thomas  YV.  Falcone,  Chairperson;  Ali,  Anderson, 
Ashamalla,  Chaubey,  Gibbs,  Orife,  Osborne,  G.  Ryan, 
J.  Ryan,  Soni;  and  professors  emeriti  McGovern, 
Stevenson 

Graduates  holding  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Management  or 
Human  Resource  Management  may  find  employment  opportunities  in  both 
the  public  and  private  sectors.  In  the  1990s  opportunities  are  expected  to  be 
especially  plentiful  in  the  services  sector  (e.g..  retailing,  health  care,  food 
services,  finance,  and  transportation). 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Management  program  offers  three 
concentrations:  Industrial  Management.  General  Management,  and 
Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management.  Students  in  the 
Industrial  Management  concentration  are  well  grounded  in  both 
management  theory  and  application,  but  their  focus  is  more  upon 
production/operations/industnal  management.  The  concentration  in  General 
Management  is  distinguished  by  its  low  level  of  structure  or  specificity.  The 
greater  flexibility  of  this  major  can  be  useful  to  the  student  who  wishes  to 
design  a  customized  management  specialization  (e.g.,  fine  arts 
management!.  Students  taking  the  Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business 
Management  concentration  will  focus  on  creation  and  operation  of  a  small 
business.  This  concentration  might  also  be  desirable  for  graduates  who 
will  be  working  in  small  businesses  where  the  manager  often  must  wear 
several  hats. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Human  Resource  Management  prepares 
individuals  in  both  the  theoretical  and  applied  aspects  of  managing  the 
human  resources  function  in  organizations  as  a  generalist  or  specialist. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Management 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC  121.  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA2I4,  EC122.  BE/CO/IM101, 
no  courses  with  MG  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD321    Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201    Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202   Principles  of  Accounting  II  3sh 

BL235    Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

FI310     Finance  I  3sh 

IM300    Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MG310  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB215    Business  Statistics  3sh 


33 


Major:  One  Concentration 
Industrial  Management  Concentration 
Required  courses: 

AG300   Managerial  Accounting  3sh(  I ) 

MG300  Human  Resources  Management  3sh 

MG428  Seminar  in  Management  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  COl  10  or  FS351  3sh 

Two  courses  from  two  areas  on  list:  MG402  or  LR480, 

MG40 1  or  MG400.  AG3 1 1  6sh 

Three  courses  from  list  or  additional  electives  from 

above:  BL336,  EC371,  EC372.  EN310  or  JN326,  FI320. 
MA317,  MG410,  MG481,  MG490.  MG493(3sh  max). 
MK420,  QB380,  SA101  9sh 


27 


General  Management  Concentration 

Required  onuses. 

AG300    Managerial  Accounting  3sh(l) 

MG300   Human  Resource  Management  3sh 

MG428   Seminar  in  Management  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Two  Advanced  Business  electives:  300/400  level  courses  6sh(2) 

Two  Advanced  Economics  electives:  300/400  level  courses  6sh 

Two  other  advanced  electives:  300/400  level  courses  6sh 

Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management  Concentration 
Required  courses: 

AG300    Managerial  Acounting  3sh 

MG275   Introduction  to  Entrepreneurship  3sh 

MG325   Small  Business  Management  3sh 

MG403   Small  Business  Planning  3sh 

MG492   Internship  6sh 

Major  Area  Restricted  Electives  9sh 


Other  Requirements: 


Free  Electives: 


8-10 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)  AG301:  Intermediate  Accounting  I  may  be  substituted  to  use  as 
prerequisite  for  AG31 1:  Cost  Accounting. 

(2)  Only  one  MG  and/or  one  AG  course  may  be  included  in  this  category. 

(3)  Note  prerequisites  for  controlled  electives  in  planning  sequence. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Human  Resources  Management 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA12I 

Social  Science:  EC121.  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA214, 
no  courses  with  MG  prefix 


EC122.BE/CO/IM10I. 


College:  Business  Administration  Core  33 

Required  courses: 

AD321    Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201    Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202    Principles  of  Accounting  II  3sh 

BL235    Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

FI310      Finance  I  3sh 

IM300     Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MG310   Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG330   Production  and  Management  Operations  3sh 

MG495   Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB215    Business  Statistics  3sh 

Major:  Human  Resource  Management  30 

Required  courses: 

AG300    Managerial  Accounting  3sh(l) 

MG300  Human  Resources  Management  3sh 

MG428  Seminar  in  Management  3sh 

MG400   Wage  and  Salary  Administration  3sh 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  EC330  or  PC420  3sh 

One  course  from  list:  MG401  or  MG402  3sh 

Three  courses  from  list:  9sh(2) 
EC371,  EC372.  EC373.  EN310.  EN312,  JN326,  LR426, 
LR480,  MG31 1,  MG410,  MG493(3sh  max),  EC330  or 
PC371,  PC420  (if  not  above).  SO340 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

8-10 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  AG301 :  Intermediate  Accounting  I  may  be  substituted  to  use  as 
prerequisite  for  AG3 1 1 :  Cost  Accounting. 

(2)  Note  prerequisites  for  controlled  electives  in  planning  sequence. 


48  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Department  of  Management 
Information  Systems  and  Decision 
Sciences 

Kenneth  L.  Shildt,  Chairperson;  Albohali,  Burky,  Chen, 
Halapin,  McFerron,  Nahouraii,  Solak;  and  professor 
emeritus  Spencer 

The  Management  Information  Systems  major  prepares  students  for  careers 
in  the  business  computer  and  information  systems  profession.  Computer 
programming  languages,  software  engineering,  systems  analysis,  design 
concepts,  computer  architecture,  data  base  management  systems, 
microcomputer  applications,  and  computer  networks  are  integrated  with 
other  business  disciplines  to  prepare  students  to  develop  and  maintain 
business  information  systems.  The  major  also  incorporates  an  emphasis  on 
managerial  and  end-user  concerns  related  to  modern  information  systems. 

Decision  Sciences  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  of  statistical  and 
other  quantitative  techniques  that  will  help  decision  making  in  business.  The 
techniques  include  mathematical  programming,  forecasting,  inventory 
control,  simulation,  queuing  theory,  stochastic  process,  and  network  models. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Management  Information  Systems 


Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA214.  EC  122,  BE/CO  101. 
no  courses  with  IM  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD321    Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications 

AG201    Principles  of  Accounting  I 

AG202    Principles  of  Accounting  II 

BL235     Introduction  to  Business  Law 

FI310      Finance  I 

IM300     Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MG310  Principles  of  Management 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations 

MG495   Business  Policy 

MK320   Principles  of  Marketing 

QB215    Business  Statistics 

Major:  Management  Information  Systems 
Required  courses: 

CO220    Applied  Computer  Programming 
IM350     Business  Systems  Technology 
IM370    Advanced  COBOL  Application  Programming 
IM450     Data  Base  Theory  and  Application 
IM45 1     Systems  Analysis 
IM470     Systems  Design 
Controlled  electives: 

At  least  one  course  from  list: 

CO110.  250.  300,  310,  319.  320.  345 
Two  courses  from  list:  IM382,  IM480.  IM481.  QB380 
or  above  CO  courses 


54-56 


33 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


27 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

6sh(l) 


Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  8-10 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 1   One  course  from  AG300.  AG30 1 ,  or  AG3 11  may  be  substituted. 


Department  of  Marketing 

Krish  Krishnan,  Chairperson;  Batra,  Bebko,  Garg,  Sciulli, 
Soergel,  Taiani,  Weiers 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Marketing  program  is  designed  to  prepare  its 
majors  for  a  wide  range  of  careers  in  private  and  public  sector  marketing 
including  sales,  management,  retailing,  brand  management,  customer  affairs, 
marketing  research,  public  relations,  and  international  marketing.  The 
program  focuses  on  integrating  technical  knowledge  in  all  areas  of 
marketing  with  analytical  and  communication  skills  to  prepare  the  students 
for  the  challenges  of  the  global  competition  in  the  21st  century. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Marketing 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI21 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA214.  EC122,  BE/CO/IM101, 
no  courses  with  MK  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communiculions 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I 

AG202  Principles  of  Accounting  II 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

11310  Finance  I 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MG3I0  Principles  of  Management 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations 

MG495  Business  Policy 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 

QB215  Business  Statistics 

Major:  Marketing 
Required  courses 

AG300    Managerial  Accounting 
MK321    Consumer  Behavior 
MK420   Marketing  Management 
\1K42I    Marketing  Research 
MK422   Seminar  in  Marketing 
EC —      Advanced  Economics  Elective: 
300/400-leveI  course 
Controlled  electives 

Three  courses  from  list: 

DE332,  DE333,  EC331.  EC345,  MK430,  MK43I, 
MK432,  MK433,  MK493(3sh  max) 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


54-56 


33 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

9sh 


27 


0 
-10 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Department  of  Office  Systems  and 
Business  Education 

Sharon  Steigmann,  Chairperson;  Bianco,  Brandenburg, 
Demand,  Mahan,  Moore,  Moreau,  Rowell,  Szul;  and 
professors  emeriti  Beaumont,  Patterson  Cordera,  Stoner, 
Thomas,  Woomer 

This  department  offers  four-year  programs  and  a  two-year  associate  degree 
program.  The  associate  degree  is  offered  at  the  Armstrong  and 
Punxsutawney  campuses  only.  The  department  offers  the  following  degrees: 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Business  Education  major. 
Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  Office  Systems,  and  a  two-yeai 
Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  Computer  and  Office  Information  Systems. 
The  program  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Marketing  and 


The  Eberly  College  of  Business  — 49 


Distributive  Education  major  is  currently  on  inactive  status.  No  new 
students  are  being  admitted  to  this  major,  but  they  may  elect  to  take  these 
certifications  in  the  regular  business  education  program. 

The  Business  Education  major  interested  in  teaching  in  high  schools  and 
vocational-technical  schools  has  a  choice  in  the  following  certification 
areas:  accounting,  data  processing,  secretarial.  Office  Technologies, 
marketing,  and  distributive  education.  Students  must  select  two  or  more 
areas  of  certification.  One  of  the  two  areas  must  be  office  technologies, 
except  that  Distributive  Education  students  must  take  marketing  as  the 
second  area 

The  Office  Systems  program  prepares  students  for  careers  such  as  office 
managers,  supervisors,  records  managers,  telecommunications  consultants/ 
managers,  PC  analysis,  microcomputer  user  coordinators,  and  office  systems 
analysts.  Students  who  want  a  two-year  program  that  prepares  them  for 
entering  careers  in  business  and  government  may  select  an  associate  degree 
program  at  the  Armstrong  and  Punxsutawney  campuses  only.  (A  track  in 
computer  office  information  systems  is  available  at  the  branch  campuses.) 
Some  but  not  all  courses  taken  toward  this  degree  would  apply  to  a  four- 
year  program. 

Business  Education  Major  (B.S.  in  Education) 

The  IUP  Business  Education  program  is  accredited  by  the  National  Council 
for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  (NCATEI.  The  program  leads  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  and  to  certification  in 
Pennsylvania  as  a  business  education  teacher. 

A  student  must  apply  to  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  to  receive  an 
initial  certificate  to  teach  in  Pennsylvania's  public  schools.  Certification  to 
be  a  business  education  teacher  is  approved  by  the  dean  of  the  College  of 
Education  when  a  student  has  met  all  the  requirements  in  professional 
education.  Liberal  Studies,  and  business  education  major  courses.  Students 
must  attain  a  2.5  overall  average  in  order  to  student  teach.  The  candidate  for 
certification  must  also  complete  successfully  the  core  battery  and 
specialization  sections  of  the  National  Teachers'  Examination. 

The  curriculum  in  Business  Education  prepares  students  for  a  professional 
career  in  teaching  office  occupations.  The  six  fields  of  certification  available 
are  accounting,  data  processing,  office  technologies,  marketing,  distributive 
education,  and  secretarial.  Students  may  pursue  the  work  of  the  entire 
curriculum  or  they  may  elect  to  pursue  work  according  to  their  aptitudes  as 
follows: 

1.  The  complete  program  leads  to  certification  in  all  of  the  high  school 
business  subjects.  Those  who  possess  aptitudes  that  indicate  success  in 
accounting,  data  processing,  marketing,  distributive  education,  office 
technologies,  and  secretarial  may  pursue  the  complete  program  if  they 
choose.  However,  more  than  four  years  would  be  required  in  order  to 
complete  all  of  the  certifications. 

2.  The  accounting  field  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum  listed  under 
that  heading  and  meets  the  requirements  for  certification  in  accounting. 
Additionally,  office  technologies  must  be  taken  as  a  second  certification 
area. 

3.  The  secretarial  field  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum  listed  under 
that  heading  and  meets  the  requirements  for  certification  in  secretarial 
subjects.  Additionally,  office  technologies  must  be  taken  as  a  second 
certification  area. 

4.  The  data  processing  field  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum  listed 
under  that  heading  and  meets  the  requirements  for  certification  in  data 
processing.  Additionally,  office  technologies  must  be  taken  as  a  second 
certification  area. 

5.  The  marketing  certification  area  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum 
listed  under  that  heading  and  meets  the  requirements  for  certification  in 
marketing.  Additionally,  office  technologies  must  be  taken  as  a  second 
certification  area. 

6.  Students  who  plan  to  get  certification  in  the  distributive  education  area 
must  take  marketing  as  a  second  area. 

Practical  Business  Experience 

Before  graduation,  each  student  must  document  completion  of  500  hours  of 
secretarial  practice,  accounting  practice,  data  processing,  clerical  practice,  or 
office-related  experience.  This  experience  should  be  in  the  field  or  fields  in 
which  the  student  is  contemplating  certification  and  can  be  acquired 
during  summer  vacations  and  in  offices  on  the  campus  during  the  regular 
school  term. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Business  Education  (*) 
Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  BEI 11 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC122.  MA214.  CO/IM101 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

BE3 1 1  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Business  Education  I 

BE3 1 2  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Business  Education  II 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  I 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  II 

ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

EX300  Education  of  the  Exceptional  in  the  Regular 
Classroom  for  pass  examination) 

Major: 

Required  courses:  Business  Education  Core 

AD  101    Introduction  to  Business 

AD321    Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications 

AG201    Accounting  Principles  I 

AG202    Accounting  Principles  II 

BL235     Introduction  to  Business  Law 

BL337    Consumer  Law 

IM300     Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 
Controlled  electives: 

Areas  of  Certification 

Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


31-38 


3sh 

2-6sh 

3sh 

Ish 

lsh 

12sh 

lsh 

3sh 

3sh 

0-3sh 


42 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

18sh 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     126-130 

(*)  See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(#)  See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Office  Systems  Major  (Bachelor  of  Science  Degree) 

The  office  systems  program  is  an  intensive  study  of  office  systems 
emphasizing  the  decision-making  aspect  of  office  functions  and  the  systems 
approach.  The  program  includes  in-depth  experiences  required  for  an 
understanding  of  the  total  office  system  and  its  relationship  to  the  total 
business  and  economic  system.  Graduates  will  be  able  to  pursue  careers 
such  as  office  managers/supervisors,  records  managers,  telecommunications 
consultants/managers.  PC  analysts,  microcomputer  user  coordinators,  and 
office  systems  analysts. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Office  Systems 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA214.  EC122,  BE/CO/IM101 

College: 

Required  courses:  Business  Administration  Core 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

FI310  Finance  3sh 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MG310  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations  3sh 


33 


SO  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MG495  Business  Policy 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 

QB215  Business  Statistics 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

IM25 1  Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design 

OS301  Advanced  Microcomputer  Applications 

05312  Administrative  Office  Services 

05313  Office  Systems  Technology 
OS315  Records  Administration 
OS400  Telecommunications 
OS430  Office  Systems 

Business  Electives 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh 


27 


Other  Requirements:)  1 ) 
Free  Electives: 


0-1 

7-11 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )    Student  must  pass  BE  1 34  with  a  "C"  or  better  or  pass  an  exemption 
exam. 


Associate  of  Arts  Degree 

This  A. A.  degree  program  is  available  only  at  the  Armstrong  and 
Punxsutawney  campuses.  Offering  specialization  in  computer  and  office 
information  systems  (COIS),  the  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  Business  is 
designed  to  be  a  two-year  curriculum  with  these  objectives: 

1.  To  provide  business  occupational  education  with  the  opportunity  for 
specialization  in  COIS. 

2.  To  enable  the  student  to  enter  COIS  positions  in  business  and 
government. 

3.  To  enable  the  student  to  upgrade  his/her  skills  and  knowledge  to  qualify 
for  higher  positions  in  business  and  government. 

The  university  has  suspended  admission  to  the  COIS  program  at  the 
Armstrong  Campus. 


Associate  of  Arts — Business 

Liberal  Studies:  as  follows: 

English:  ENI01  4sh 

Humanities  or  Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  lists  3sh 

Social  Science:  EC101  or  EC121,  PC101  6sh 

Major:  Business  (Associate)  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD  101    Introduction  to  Business  3sh 

AD221    Business  Technical  Writing  3sh 

AG201    Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202    Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

BE111     Foundations  of  Business  Math  3sh 

BE131     Keyboarding  and  Document  Formatting  2sh 

BE250    Electronic  Office  Procedures  3sh 

BL235     Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

FI220      Essentials  of  Finance  3sh 
IM241     Introduction  to  Management  Information  Systems      3sh 

IM245     Introduction  to  Microcomputers  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  Computer  and  Office  Specialization: 

BE273     Word  Processing  Applications  3sh 

IM251     Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design  3sh 

IM255     Business  Applications  in  COBOL  3sh 

IM260     Business  Computer  Application  Project  3sh 

Free  Electives: 


13 


32 


12 


Other  Requirements: 


Business  Minors  for  Eberly  College  of  Business  Students 

Minors  in  Accounting,  Finance.  Human  Resources  Management, 
Management,  Management  Information  Systems,  and  Marketing  are  offered 
only  for  students  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the  other  majors  in  the  Eberly 
College  of  Business  and  assume  the  common  thirty-six-credit  Business  core. 


Minor  in  Business  Administration  for  Non-Business 
Majors 

The  Eberly  College  of  Business  offers,  as  a  joint  effort  of  its  departments,  a 
twenty-one  credit  hour  minor  for  non-business  majors.  The  program  is 
designed  to  give  non-business  majors  a  general  background  in  business  with 
twelve  credits  of  prescribed  Liberal  Studies  courses  and  twenty-one  credits 
of  required  business  courses. 

Prescribed  Liberal  Studies: 

Social  Science:  EC121 

Mathematics:  MA214  or  MA217 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IM101,  ECI22 


Required  Business  Courses: 

AG201    Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202    Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

FI310      Finance  I  3sh 

MG310  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 
Two  of  the  following  with  advisement 

AD321    Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

BL235     Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

IM300     Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 


15 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     60 


The  College  of  Education  — 51 


The  College  of  Education 

John  W.  Butzow,  Dean 

Joyce  Lynn  Garrett,  Associate  Dean  for  Administration 
and  Academic  Affairs 

John  R.  Johnson,  Associate  Dean  for  Educational  College- 
School  Partnerships 

The  departments  of  the  College  of  Education  offer  programs  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education,  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts,  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education, 
the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  and  doctoral  programs  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Doctor  of  Education  in  Elementary  Education  and  Doctor  of 
Education  in  School  Psychology.  Appropriately,  all  teacher  education  and 
public  education  professional  programs  completed  in  the  College  of 
Education  lead  to  certification  for  public  school  teaching  or  supervision  in 
the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  programs  in  teacher  preparation  at  IUP  enable  the  educator  to  become 
responsible  for  the  planning,  organization,  and  evaluation  of  an  instructional 
program  within  the  framework  of  a  school  setting.  The  teacher  brings  to  this 
setting  a  broad  background  of  liberal  studies,  an  acceptable  degree  of 
mastery  in  a  specialized  field,  and  an  understanding  of  the  processes  of 
human  growth  and  learning.  In  this  role  the  teacher  creates,  manages,  and 
maintains  an  educational  environment  appropriate  to  the  needs  of  the 
students  to  be  served.  The  teacher  uses  social,  physical,  cognitive,  and 
psychological  data  available  on  the  individual  student  to  plan,  execute,  and 
evaluate  the  instructional  program.  The  teacher  assumes  a  high  degree  of 
personal  and  professional  responsibility  in  developing  a  philosophy  of 
education  in  the  development  and  management  of  a  plan  for  professional 
growth.  In  support  of  this  effort  the  college  prepares  school  counselors, 
school  psychologists,  elementary  and  secondary  principals,  and  specialists 
in  communications  media,  early  childhood,  and  special  education. 


The  program  of  teacher  preparation  will  provide  an  opportunity  to  gain 
expertise  in  the  following  generic  competencies: 

1 .  An  understanding  of  the  theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  human 
growth  and  development. 

2.  Knowledge  of  and  experience  with  effective  teaching-learning 
techniques. 

3.  Utilization  of  learning  resources  and  evaluation  of  teaching  and  learning 
effectively. 

4.  Effective  classroom  management  techniques  and  recognition  and 
response  to  differing  behavioral  patterns. 

5.  An  understanding  of  the  historical  and  philosophical  bases  of  American 
education  and  a  belief  that  professional  development  is  a  lifelong  process. 

The  teacher  education  programs  at  IUP  are  centered  on  the  learner  who.  in 
turn,  is  taught  and  guided  by  a  faculty  committed  to  the  preparation  of 
competent  teachers.  Such  teachers  demonstrate  professionalism,  exhibit 
humanism  and  adaptability,  and  practice  and  communicate  critical  thinking 
skills  and  are  excellent  role  models.  These  qualities  are  developed  through 
content  that  emphasizes  a  strong  liberal  studies  component  along  with 
appropriate  professional  courses  and  experiences.  The  programs  are 
delivered  in  a  spirit  of  collaboration  with  the  commitment  of  teachers  in 
the  region. 

Summary  of  Certification  Programs  Offered 

Early  Childhood  Education  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Elementary  Education  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Master  of  Education 
Doctor  of  Education 


Secondary  Education 
English 
Biology 
Chemistry 

Earth  and  Space  Science 
General  Science 
Mathematics 
Physics 

Comprehensive  Social  Studies 
French 
German 
Spanish  (K-12) 
Art  Education  (K-12) 
Business  Education 

Home  Economics  Education 

Music  Education  (K-12) 
Health  and  Phvsical  Education 
(K-12) 

Special  Education 

Education  of  Mentally/Physically 
Handicapped 

Education  of  Persons  with 

Hearing  Loss 
Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 


Rehabilitation  (Degree  Program) 
Vocational  Education 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
Master  of  Education 


For  details  see  College  of  Fine  Arts 
For  details  see  Eberly  College  of 

Business 
For  details  see  College  of  Health 

and  Human  Services 
For  details  see  College  of  Fine  Arts 
For  details  see  College  of  Health 

and  Human  Services 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
Master  of  Education 
Master  of  Science 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Master  of  Education 

Master  of  Science 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 


Graduate  Programs  (see  Graduate  School  Catalog) 

Adult/Community  Education  Master  of  Arts 

Counselor  Education  Master  of  Education 

Educational  Psychology  Master  of  Education 

Reading  Specialist  Master  of  Education 

Student  Personnel  Services  Master  of  Arts 


Certification  (see  Graduate  School  Catalog) 
Guidance  Supervisor 
Reading  Specialist 
School  Psychologist 


Elementary /Secondary  Principals 
Special  Education  Supervisor 
Letter  of  Eligibility  for  School 
Superintendents 


52  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Degree  Requirements 

All  degree  candidates  in  the  College  of  Education  (except  for  three  special 
programs)  must  satisfactorily  complete  a  minimum  of  124  semester  hours  in 
three  categories:  Liberal  Studies,  a  specialized  major  field,  and  professional 
education.  Major  requirements  in  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons,  Early 
Childhood  Education,  and  Secondary  Education  are  also  under  study  and  are 
expected  to  change  as  part  of  a  collegewide  revision  of  teacher  education 
programs.  Check  with  assigned  adviser  about  changes. 


Liberal  Studies- 
Graduation. 


-52-55  semester  hours,  described  under  Requirements  for 


Specialized  major  field — requirements  listed  under  department  offerings. 

Professional  Education — 30  semester  hours,  as  follows: 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  I  lsh 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  II  lsh 

ED442    School  Law  lsh 

Methods  Course  —  (Teaching  of )  3sh 

One  semester  student  teaching  12sh 

Admission  to  Teacher  Education  Programs 

All  students  in  teacher  education  programs  must  achieve  a  2.5  QPA  by  the 
time  they  complete  their  twenty-ninth  semester  hour.  Students  who  do  not 
achieve  and  maintain  this  level  of  achievement  will  be  unable  to  take 
coursework  in  the  teacher  education  core.  Further  details  on  these  program 
requirements  are  given  in  the  section  on  Academic  Policies,  Admission  to 
Teacher  Education. 

Student  Teaching 

Student  teaching  is  designed  to  be  a  learning  experience  for  prospective 
teachers.  The  student  teacher  is  learning  to  teach  under  the  supervision  of  a 
full-time  master  teacher  in  an  off-campus  center.  A  university  supervisor  is 
assigned  to  work  with  individual  student  teachers  and  cooperating  teachers. 
To  gain  admission  to  student  teaching,  applicants  must  have  achieved  a 
minimum  cumulative  quality-point  average  of  2.5.  Certain  programs  have 
standards  beyond  the  minimum  2.5.  Each  student  should  check  with  his/her 
adviser  for  current  policy. 

Certification  Requirements 

Requirements  for  certification,  as  well  as  the  intermediate  steps  leading 
from  admission  to  student  teaching  and  certification,  are  outlined  in  the 
catalog  section  on  Academic  Policies  under  the  title  "Admission  to  Teacher 
Education  and  Certification."  The  requirements  include 

—  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  all  professional  education  courses  and  an 
overall  grade  point  average  of  2.5 

—  review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  advisor  indicating 
completion  of  all  university  and  departmental  teacher  education 
requirements 

— completion  of  student  teaching  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C 

—  successful  completion  of  the  NTE  Core  Battery  and  NTE  Specialty  Area 
Tests 

—  competency  in  Special  Education 

Applications  for  certification  cannot  be  processed  until  the  student 
completes  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  degree  or  first 
undergraduate  degree. 

Commonwealth  Requirements  for  Teacher  Certification 

(Excludes  Vocational  Instructional  Certification.  See  section  called 
"Vocational  Personnel  Preparation.") 

Certification  standards  for  commonwealth  public  school  teachers  are 
established  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  and  the 
Pennsylvania  Board  of  Education.  The  academic  adviser  of  the  student's 
major  department  must  verify  to  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  that 
all  academic  requirements  are  met.  The  student's  name  is  then  placed  on  the 
graduation  list. 

Applicants  for  certification  must  sign  an  attestment  that  they  are  a  citizen  of 
the  United  States.  Applicants  who  are  not  citizens  must  have  an  immigrant 


visa  that  permits  them  to  seek  employment  within  the  United  States  and 
have  declared  their  intent  to  become  a  citizen  of  the  United  States. 
Applicants  must  also  certify  that  they  are  not  in  the  habit  of  using  narcotic 
drugs  in  any  form  or  excessive  amounts  of  intoxicating  beverages,  are  not 
currently  under  indictment,  nor  have  been  convicted  of  a  criminal  offense 
(if  so,  supply  full  information  with  application.  They  attest  that  all 
information  in  this  application  is  correct.)  A  physical  examination  report 
must  also  be  submitted. 

The  Instructional  I  certificate  is  issued  to  the  beginning  teacher  upon 
graduation  from  the  College  of  Education.  All  candidates  for  the 
Instructional  I  certificate  must  successfully  pass  the  National  Teacher  Exam, 
general  knowledge  battery  and  selected  specialty  areas.  IUP  is  a  designated 
test  site;  registration  for  the  NTE  may  be  completed  through  the  University 
Testing  Services  in  the  Career  Services  office.  With  the  completion  of  an 
additional  twenty-four  semester  hours  of  collegiate  and/or  inservice  courses 
and  successful  teaching  experience,  students  may  acquire  the  Instructional  II 
certificate  leading  to  permanent  certification  to  teach  in  the  Commonwealth 
of  Pennsylvania. 

The  University  Clinics 

Two  clinics/centers  under  the  supervision  of  the  College  of  Education  offer 
diagnostic  testing  and  remedial  service  and  instruction  in  the  following  areas: 

The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  provides  diagnosis  of  speech  problems, 
hearing  tests  and  evaluations,  and  a  regular  program  of  therapy.  Regularly 
enrolled  students  at  the  university  may  avail  themselves  of  these  services 
without  charge. 

The  Child  Study  Center  provides  psychological  assessment  and  parent 
consultation  for  children  and  adolescents  with  learning  and/or  behavior 
problems. 

Graduate  Programs 

Information  descriptive  of  M.Ed,  and  Ed.D.  programs  may  be  found  in  the 
current  issue  of  the  Graduate  School  Catalog. 

The  University  School 

Marilyn  Howe,  Director;  Beisel,  Hechtman,  Johnson, 
Mambo,  Marlin;  and  professors  emeritae  Davis,  Fleming, 
Lingenfelter,  Martin,  Walthour 

The  University  School  provides  a  program  of  instruction  from  kindergarten 
through  sixth  grade.  The  University  School  provides  professional  laboratory 
experiences  and  research  activities  for  faculty  and  students.  Research  and 
experimental  activities  are  scheduled  with  the  director  of  the  Universit) 
School.  In  sum.  University  School  provides  RIP  students  a  unique 
opportunity  to  observe  the  most  advanced  learning  styles  and 
demonstrations  for  teaching  in  the  year  2000. 

Center  for  Vocational  Personnel 
Preparation 

Thomas  W.  O'Brien,  Director 

Vocational-Technical  Professional 
Studies 

Sandra  J.  Durbin,  Chairperson;  Debow,  Downs,  Dolecki, 
Jakubowski,  Keith,  Mielke,  Spewock,  Sylves,  Whisner 

The  Vocational-Technical  Professional  Studies  program  offers  curricula  to 
prepare  both  preservice  and  inservice  teachers,  supervisors,  and 
administrators  in  vocational-technical  areas  for  secondary  schools,  area 
vocational-technical  schools,  and  postsecondary  schools  including 
community  colleges,  and  persons  within  industry  serving  as  instructors  and 
coordinators  of  training  programs.  The  program  serves  both  undergraduate 
and  graduate  students  and  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Education  or  to  a  professional  certification  only. 

A  student  enrolling  in  the  vocational  education  curriculum  may  specialize  in 
areas  related  to  interest  and/or  previous  work  experience.  Graduates  have  a 


The  College  of  Education  —53 


wide  selection  ol  employment  opportunities  because  ol  a  rapid  growth  in 
vocational/technical  offerings  in  both  the  public  and  pm.ite  sectors. 

Pennsylvania  pruicsMon.il  certification  to  teach  vocational-technical 
education  in  the  commonwealth's  secondary  schools  is  issued  to  individuals 
who  meet  statulorv  requirements,  demonstrate  occupational/technical 
proficiency  on  a  nationally  standardized  occupational  competency 
examination,  and  complete  sixty  credit  hours  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education-approved  university  program.  In  the  IUP  program, 
a  plan  of  studies  will  be  tailored  to  each  student's  unique  background  (i  e 
electrical,  electronics,  data  processing,  drafting,  welding,  dental,  etc.)  and 
professional  needs 

Certification  to  serve  as  a  cooperative  education  teacher-coordinator  in  the 
commonwealth's  secondary  schools  can  be  earned  by  completing  a  program 
of  studies  tailored  to  each  student's  individual  background  and  professional 
needs.  The  program  prepares  individuals  for  managing  industrial 
cooperative  training  and  school-to-work  transitional  experiences.  For 
persons  holding  a  valid  Pennsylvania  Instructional  Certificate,  the  program 
of  studies  will  be  individualized  based  upon  educational  credits  earned. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  program  is  124  semester  hours,  the 
vocational  technical  education  certificate  program  is  60-62  semester  hours, 
and  the  cooperative  education  teacher/coordinator  certificate  program  is  75 
semester  hours. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Vocational-Technical 
Education 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  VO  prefix 

College:  6 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major:  30 

Required  courses: 

VO100    Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I  15sh 

VO400    Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II  15sh 

Other  Requirements:  27 

Vocational  Technical 

VO450    Technical  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  24sh 

Professional 
EN310    Public  Speaking  3sh 

VO401    Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Technical  3-12sh 

Preparation 
VO402    Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical  3-15sh 

Preparation 
—  Other  as  approved 


Free  Electives: 


6-8 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Certificate — Vocational-Technical  Education 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows: 
Mathematics:  MA101 
English:  EN  101 

Humanities:  one  course  from  lists 
Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  list 
Natural  Science:  one  course,  lab  or  non-lab 
Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  one  course,  no  course  «  ith 
VO  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 
EP202  Educational  Psychology 
FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 


21-23 

3sh 
3-4sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3-4sh 

3sh 

3sh 


3sh 
3sh 


Major:  33 

Required  courses: 

VO100    Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I  15sh 

VO400    Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II  15sh 

EN310    Public  Speaking  3sh 


Free  Electives: 


Total  Certification  Requirements:     60-62 


Certificate  as  Secondary  School  Cooperative  Education 
Teacher/Coordinator 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows:  21-23 

Mathematics:  MA101  3sh 

English:  EN  101  3-4sh 

Humanities:  one  course  from  lists  3sh 

Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  list  3sh 

Natural  Science:  one  course,  lab  or  non-lab  3-4sh 

Social  Science:  PC101  3sh 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  one  course,  no  courses  w  ith  3sh 
VO  prefix 

College:  6 
Professional  Educational  Sequence: 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major:  48 
Required  courses: 

VO100    Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I  15sh 

VO400    Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II  15sh 

VO402    Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical  Prep  15sh 

EN310    Public  Speaking  3sh 

Free  Electives:  0 


Total  Certification  Requirements:     75-77 


Department  of  Communications 
Media 

Kurt  P.  Dudt,  Chairperson;  Ausel,  Handler,  Juliette, 
Kanyarusoke,  Kornfeld,  Lamberski,  Leidman-Golub. 
Start,  Willis,  Wilson:  and  professors  emeriti  Klingensmith, 
Maclsaac,  Murray,  Sargent,  Young 

The  department  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Communications  Media  and 
two  minors,  one  in  Communications  Media  and  one  in  Educational 
Technology.  The  department  also  serves  preservice  teachers  and  other 
students  w  ho  are  required  to  complete  the  basic  course  in  Technology  for 
Learning  and  Instruction,  CM301. 

The  philosophy  of  the  Communications  Media  Department  is  to  prepare 
generalists  in  the  area  of  Communications.  Our  students  can  choose  from 
one  of  three  tracks  within  the  department,  depending  on  their  career 
interests:    Product  Development.  Electronic  Media,  or  Training  and 
Development.  Regardless  of  the  sequence  chosen,  students  may  select 
courses  outside  of  their  sequence  in  order  to  broaden  their  skills. 

The  faculty  within  the  department  offers  a  wide  variety  of  experience  in  all 
areas  of  Communications  Media.  With  the  combination  of  classroom  work 
and  the  optional  internship  program,  departmental  graduates  are  competitive 
for  positions  in  various  areas.  Students  graduating  from  this  major  have 
obtained  positions  in  such  areas  as  radio,  television,  cable  television,  public 
relations,  advertising  agencies,  medical  media  centers,  and  corporate 
media  centers. 

The  department  has  two  minors,  one  in  Communications  Media  and  one  in 
Educational  Technology.  The  minor  in  Communications  Media  is  an 
eighteen-credit  program  designed  to  complement  any  major.  The  minor  in 
Educational  Technology  is  a  twenty-four-credit  program  designed  for 
students  in  the  College  of  Education  who  are  completing  a  teaching  degree. 


54  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Sludents  changing  majors  from  other  academic  departments  within  the 
university  are  required  to  have  a  2.5  grade-point  average  before  transfer  will 
be  approved. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Communications  Media 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Natural  Science:  laboratory  sequence  required  (GS 101/102- 
103/104  recommended) 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO101.  no  courses  with  CM  prefix 


54-55 


College: 

EP202 
EP388 


Educational  Psychology  or 

Interpersonal  Effectiveness  and  Communication         3sh 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

CM101    Communications  Media  in  American  Society 

CM102   Basic  Technology 

CM  103    Basic  Communications  Research 

CM200   Images 

CM395    Career  Planning  in  Communication 
Controlled  electives:  According  to  Track 
Product  Development:  CM303  (required),  CM271,  440, 

444,  449.  451  (strongly  recommended).  CM390,  441, 

445,  450,  472,  473,  474,  475,  476,  477,  478,  489, 
490  (also  recommended) 

Electronic  Media:  CM403  (required),  404,  405,  451, 
460  (strongly  recommended),  CM230,  452,  454,  456,  480. 
455,  390,  490  (also  recommended) 

Training  and  Development:  CM330,  335(required), 
CM271,  303,  403,  430,  435,  440,  449,  451  (strongly 
recommended),  CM390,  480,  490,  495  (also  recommended) 

Other  Requirements: 

Out-of-College  Requirement  (adviser  approval)  by  Track 
Product  Development  Track 
Electronic  Media  Track 
Training  and  Development  Track 


42-45 


3sh 

lsh 
lsh 
3sh 
lsh 


33sh 


36sh 


36sh 


15-18 


18sh 
15sh 
15sh 


Free  Electives: 


6-7 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Minor — Communications  Media 

Required  courses: 

CM  101    Communications  Media  in  American  Society 
CM —      Electives  in  Communication  Media 


18 


3sh 

15sh 


Minor — Educational  Technology  24 

Required  courses: 

CM101    Communications  Media  in  American  Society  3sh 

CM460   Alternative  Systems  of  Communication  3sh 

CO  101    Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3sh 

CM —      Electives  in  Communications  Media  15sh 


Department  of  Counseling,  Adult 
Education,  and  Student  Affairs 

Gary  Dean,  Chairperson;  Ferro,  Fontaine,  Thomas, 
Witchel,  Worzbyt;  and  professors  emeriti  Frank,  Mahler, 
Pesci,  Saylor,  Spinelli,  Washburn,  Wilson 

The  department  of  Counseling,  Adult  Education,  and  Student  Affairs  is 
primarily  a  graduate  department  offering  programs  leading  to  an  M.Ed,  in 
School  Guidence  Counseling  and  an  M.A.  in  Community  Counseling,  Adult 
and  Community  Education,  and  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education. 
Undergraduate  courses  offered  by  the  department  are  restricted  to  residence 
hall  advisers  and  peer  tutors  as  part  of  their  training  for  employment. 


Department  of  Educational  and 
School  Psychology 

William  F.  Barker,  Chairperson;  Briscoe,  Hoellein, 
Levinson,  Quirk,  Rafoth,  Rattan;  and  professors  emeriti 
DeFabo,  Meadowcroft,  Shank,  Yanuzzi 

The  department  services  undergraduate  and  graduate  students. 
Undergraduate  students  may  declare  a  minor  in  Educational  Psychology  by 
making  application  to  the  department  chairperson.  Fifteen  semester  hours 
from  the  courses  are  required  for  the  minor  in  educational  psychology. 

The  department  also  offers  the  M.Ed,  in  Educational  Psychology  as  well  as  a 
post-master's  certification  and  a  Doctor  of  Education  in  School  Psychology. 
Refer  to  the  current  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  details. 

Department  of  Foundations  of 
Education 

Kurt  P.  Dudt,  Interim  Chairperson;  Merryman,  Penta, 
Rotigel,  Thibadeau;  and  professor  emeritus  Chu 

Graduate  courses  offered  by  this  department  include  Comparative. 
Historical.  Philosophical,  and  Social  Foundations  of  Education;  Curriculum 
Development;  Professional  Negotiations  in  Education;  and  International 
Education  Studies  Program.  For  specific  information  concerning  these 
courses,  see  the  current  edition  of  the  Graduate  School  Catalog. 

Department  of  Professional  Studies  in 
Education 

I  (I \\  ina  B.  Void,  Chairperson;  Bieger,  Cole  Slaughter, 
Corbett,  DeCicco,  Dorsey,  Elliott,  Fennimore,  Gates, 
Gerlach,  Hartman,  Jalongo,  Kaufman,  King,  Kupetz, 
Mikkelsen,  Millward,  Mark  Twiest,  Meghan  Twiest,  L. 
Void,  Williams,  Willis;  and  professors  emeriti  Glott,  Lore, 
Lott,  McFeely,  Mott,  Reilly,  Rizzo 

Elementary  Education  Program 

The  Elementary  Education  program  is  designed  to  provide  learning 
experiences  which  will  assist  students  in  developing  into  highly  competent 
and  effective  teachers  in  grades  K-6.  Students  are  able  to  expand  their 
knowledge  through  coursework  and  field  experiences  which  embody 
content,  knowledge  of  liberal  studies,  pedagogy,  curriculum,  human 
development  and  learning,  and  a  historical  and  philosophical  basis  to 
undergird  one's  professional  behavior.  A  2.5  cumulative  QPA  is  required  to 
apply  for  teacher  certification,  to  take  major  courses  in  the  department,  to 
apply  for  Junior  Standing,  and  to  student  teach. 

Early  Childhood  Education  Program 

The  Early  Childhood  Education  Program  prepares  students  to  select  from 
among  a  variety  of  techniques  and  strategies  those  which  appropriately 
expand  children's  cognitive,  social,  emotional,  and  physical  development. 
Through  lectures,  research,  and  on-site  experiences  with  young  children, 
students  are  able  to  expand  their  own  knowledge  of  and  attitudes  toward 
education  of  young  children  N-3rd  grade. 

A  2.5  cumulative  QPA  is  required  to  apply  for  teacher  certification,  to  take 
major  courses  in  the  department,  to  apply  for  junior  standing,  and  to  student 
teach.  Students  must  meet  the  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification 
as  outlined  in  the  Academic  Policies  section  of  this  catalog. 

Graduate  Programs 

Programs  leading  to  the  M.Ed,  and  Ed.D.  degrees  are  described  in  the 
current  issue  of  the  Graduate  School  Catalog.  Internships  and  assistantships 
are  available. 


The  College  of  Education  — 55 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Elementary 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI?! 

Natural  Science:  SC  101.  102.  103.  and  KM  (1) 

Soeial  Science:  GE101-GE104  tone  course),  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA152  (2).  no  courses  with  EL  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II 

ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 


27 


Major: 

Required  c 
EL211 
EL2I3 
EL215 
EL221 
EL222 
EL312 
EL313 
EL314 
EL356 
EL357 
EL411 
EL425 
ED499 


Music  for  the  Elementary  Grades 

Art  for  the  Elementary  Grades 

Child  Development 

Children's  Literature 

Teaching  of  Reading  I 

Teaching  of  Elementary  Science 

Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School 

Teaching  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 

Pedagogy  I 

Pedagogy  II 

Teaching  of  Social  Studies 

Language  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum 

Multicultural  Education 


3sh 
lsh 
lsh 
12sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 


34 


Other  Requirements:  9 

Special  electives  from  a  defined  discipline  (3| 

Biology:  BI103.  104.  150.  155,  232,  261.  265,  269.  272.  273 

Child  Development/Family  Relations:  HE220,  224,  317,  321.  324.  418. 

422,  424,  426,  463 
Criminology:  CR101.  270.  357.  361 
Early  Childhood:  EE200.  220.  310,  311,  312,  315 
Economics:  EC121.  122,241 
Educational  Psychology:  EP373,  376,  378 
Education  of  Exceptional  Persons:  EX300*,  or  1 1 1  (Prerequisites  for  all 

other  EX  courses).  340*.  415  (Most  appropriate  for  Early  Childhood 

majors),  416.  417.  418.  419*,  425  (requires  permission  of  Special 

Education  Department).  SH254  [*  =  Best  choices  for  regular  classroom 

teachers] 
English:  EN220.  310.  312,  324*.  330*.  333.  345,  348  [*  =  Most  highly 

recommended  by  English  Department].  Add  English  course  only  at 

drop/add:  see  chairperson.  English  Department. 
French:  FR201.  202  (or  203),  221.  222,  321-322.  351-352 
Geoscience:GS121.  123,  131.  133,  221,  336,  342,  361,  371,  GE371 
History:  HI308,  311.  320,  321,  322,  326,  331.  340,  341.  342,  343.  360. 

365,  369,  373 
Mathematics:  MA317.  420,  456,  457,  458.  459.  471.  483 
Philosophy:  PHI 01,  120.  222.  223.  323.  329.  330,  400.  405 
Psychology:  PC310.  311.  320,  371.  373 
Reading:  ED408.  EL422.  EE220or451 

Religious  Studies:  RS100.  110,  200,  210,  250,  260.  290.311,  380 
Sociology:  S0333,  336,  337,  428 
Sociology  (Urban  Education):  S0333,  335,  339 
Spanish:  SP101,  102.  111.  201,  221,  222,  230,  321  or  FLISET  Program. 

Students  may  also  select  a  set  of  special  electives  from  the  list  of  Liberal 
Studies  electives  of  non-Western  courses  that  have  not  been  used  previously 
in  their  program. 


(*) 


Total  Degree  Requirements:      126-127 

See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 


(1) 
(2) 
(3) 


This  sequence  of  10  credits  fulfills  the  Liberal  Studies  natural  science 

requirement. 

For  students  who  test  out  of  MA152,  consult  your  adviser  for  suggested 

math  courses. 

More  than  twenty  options  are  available  for  groupings  in  specific 

deparlments'or  cross-departmental  areas.  This  requirement  is  also 

fulfilled  by  completion  of  an  approved  specially  such  as  FLISET,  math. 

or  reading.  With  permission  of  the  chairperson  of  Professional  Studies 

in  Education  and  a  specific  department,  a  student  my  be  allowed  to 

create  an  area  of  specialty  other  than  those  listed.  See  department  office 

for  full  listing;  check  prerequisites  carefully.  Submit  plan  to  adviser  for 

approval. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Early  Childhood 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA  151 

Natural  Sciences:  SC101,  102,  103.  and  104 
Social  Science:  GE101,  102,  103,  or  104;  PC101 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  EE  prefix 


56 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence  ( 1 ) 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II 

ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

ED499  Multicultural/Multiethnic  Education 

Major: 

Required  courses:(  1 ) 

EE200  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood  Education 

EE220  Language  Development  and  Children's  Literature 

EE310  Integrated  Curriculum  I  (Math,  Science) 

EE311  Integrated  Curriculum  II  (Social  Science) 

EE312  Aesthetic  Experiences  for  Young  Children 

EE3 1 5  Development  and  Learning  through  Play 

EE45 1  Teaching  Primary  Reading 

EL215  Child  Development 

EL357  Pedagogy  II 

EX300  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child 

EX415  Preschool  Education  for  Children  with 

Disabilities 

HE426  Techniques  of  Parent  Education 

MA320  Mathematics  for  Early  Childhood 


27 


3sh 
lsh 
lsh 
12sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 


38 


3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh(2) 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     127 


(*)   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )  A  2.5  overall  grade-point  average  is  required  to  register  for  major 
courses. 

(2)  If  competency  exam  is  passed,  an  additional  free  elective  may  be 
substituted. 


Foreign  Languages  and  International  Studies  Program  for 
Elementary  Teaching  (FLISET)(1) 

Required  courses:  22(2) 

SP201      Intermediate  Spanish  4sh 

SP221      Intermediate  Conversation  3sh 

SP321     Advanced  Conversation  3sh 

SP290     Intensive  Spanish  for  Elementary  Teaching  3sh 
SP390     Teaching  of  Elementary  Content  through  the 

Spanish  Language  3sh 

SP404     Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3sh 


56  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Controlled  elective: 

SP230,  SP342.  SP344 


Other  Requirements: 

Students  should  take  either  GE252  or  PS387  as  their  non-Western  course. 
Study/internship  in  Mexico  for  six  to  eight  weeks  the  summer  following 

junior  year. 
Student  teaching  experience  in  immersion  classroom. 

( 1 )  Program  is  open  to  elementary  education  majors  wishing  to  develop  an 
academic  specialty  which  will  prepare  them  to  teach  in  elementary 
programs  where  content  teaching  in  the  foreign  language  is  the 
objective.  A  student  must  attain  a  minimum  level  of  Intermediate  High 
speaking  proficiency  on  the  ACTFL/ETS  scale. 

(2)  Credit  reduction  pending  Senate  approval,  based  on  prior  curriculum 
changes. 


Department  of  Special  Education  and 
Clinical  Services 

Clarice  K.  Reber,  Chairperson;  Bormann,  Chapman, 
Domaracki,  Ferrill,  Fiddler,  Glor-Sheib,  Marshak,  Mease, 
Newell,  Nowell,  Shane,  Stein,  Turton;  and  professors 
emeriti  M.  Bahn,  Morris,  Scanlon 

This  department  offers  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  in 
any  one  of  four  majors.  Each  of  the  four  majors  follows  a  prescribed 
sequence  of  courses.  Students  may  elect  to  major  in  any  one  of  the 
following  fields: 

A.  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

B.  Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiology 

C.  Rehabilitation 

D.  Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

The  following  grade  policy  applies  to  all  four  undergraduate  programs  of 
study  in  the  Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services. 
Individual  students  may  appeal  any  aspect  of  the  policy  by  making  a  formal 
written  request  to  the  Departmental  Appeals  Committee. 

1.  No  more  than  one  "D"  in  major  courses  will  be  accepted  toward 
graduation  and  certification. 

2.  No  "D"  is  permitted  as  the  final  recorded  grade  in  any  of  the  following 
courses. 

ED42 1 :  Student  Teaching 

ED44 1 :  Student  Teaching 

EH308:  Language  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

EX425:  Methods  and  Curriculum  (Mild/Moderate  Disabilities) 

EX435:  Methods  and  Curriculum  (Severe/Profound  Disabilities) 

RH322:  Rehabilitation  Case  Study  and  Interpretation 

RH488:  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation 

RH493:  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation 

SHI 22:  Clinical  Phonology 

A.  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

Completion  of  the  sequence  of  study  in  this  major  leads  to  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education  special  education  certification  (Mentally  and/or 
Physically  Handicapped  Certificate).  Students  will  be  prepared  to  teach 
persons  with  mental  retardation,  autism,  developmental  disabilities,  learning 
disabilities,  brain  injuries,  emotional/behavioral  disorders,  physical 
disabilities,  and  multiple  disabilities.  Academic  coursework  and  field 
experiences  are  integrated  within  the  course  of  study.  The  program  also 
provides  a  foundation  for  pursuing  additional  study  at  the  graduate  level. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Education  of 
Exceptional  Persons)*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 51 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Natural  Science:  laboratory  science  required  (SC105-106  recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  course  with  EX  prefix 


one  course  College: 

3sh  Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242  Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical  Experiences  I  lsh 

ED342  Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical  Experiences  II  lsh 

ED42I  Student  Teaching  (Mild/Moderate)  6sh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  (Severe/Profound)  6sh 

ED442  School  Law  lsh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

EX111     Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons  3sh 

EX  112    Typical  and  Atypical  Growth  and  Development  3sh 

EX221     Methods  of  Teaching  Mathematics  to  Persons  3sh 

with  Disabilities 
EX222    Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  3sh 

with  Disabilities 
EX321     Methods  of  Teaching  Language  Arts  to  Persons  3sh 

with  Disabilities 
EX322    Methods  of  Teaching  Content  Area  Subjects  to  3sh 

Persons  with  Disabilities 
EX340    Introduction  to  Behavior  Management  3sh 

EX416    Education  of  Persons  with  Emotional  or  3sh 

Behavioral  Disorders 
EX417    Education  of  Persons  with  Mental  Retardation  or       3sh 

Developmental  Disabilities 
EX4 1 8    Education  of  Persons  with  Physical  or  Multiple  3sh 

Disabilities 
EX419    Education  of  Persons  with  Brain  Injuries  or  3sh 

Learning  Disabilities 
LX425     Methods  and  Curriculum  3sh 

(Mild/Moderate  Disabilities) 
EX435     Methods  and  Curriculum  3sh 

(Severe/Profound  Disabilities) 
EX440    Ethical  and  Professional  Behavior  lsh 

SH254     Classroom  Management  of  Language  Disorders  3sh 


27 


43 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124-125 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

B.  Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiology 

Completion  of  the  sequence  of  courses  in  Speech-Language  Pathology  and 
Audiology  serves  as  a  preprofessional  program  for  students  planning  to 
become  practicing  speech-language  pathologists  or  audiologists.  Students 
entering  the  undergraduate  program  should  be  aware  of  the  following: 

1 )  IUP  is  accredited  by  the  Educational  Standards  Board  of  the  American 
Speech-Language-Hearing  Association  and  qualifies  a  person  for  the  Certificate 
of  Clinical  Competence  from  the  American  Speech-Language-Hearing 
Association  and  Pennsylvania  State  Licensure.  2)  National  certification,  state 
licensure,  and  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  Certification  in  Speech- 
Language  Impaired  are  available  only  to  holders  of  the  master's  degree  in 
Speech-Language  Pathology.  3)  Students  will  need  to  project  a  minimum  QPA 
of  3.0  to  qualify  for  admission  to  most  graduate  schools.  4)  Upon  completion  of 
a  master's  degree  at  IUP,  students  will  be  prepared  to  provide  services  in  work 
settings  such  as  hospitals,  community  clinics,  public  health  programs,  and 
rehabilitation  settings.  5)  Students  who  elect  to  prepare  for  certification  in 
Speech-Language  Impaired  from  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education 
must  successfully  complete  the  College  of  Education  Requirements  listed  below 
prior  to  enrollment  in  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  the  Speech-Language 
Pathology  program  at  IUP. 

The  University  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  serves  as  the  laboratory  for  the 
undergraduate  clinical  practicum.  Prior  to  registration  for  the  clinical 
practicum  course  (SH420),  students  must  earn  a  minimum  QPA  of  3.0  and 
complete  the  following  hours  of  observation  through  enrollment  in  ED242 
and  ED342: 

A.  25  hours  of  observation  in  speech-language  pathology  supervised  by  an 
IUP  faculty  member  who  holds  a  Certificate  of  Clinical  Competence  in 
Speech-Language  Pathology. 


The  College  of  Education  — 57 


.  20  hours  ill  classroom  observation 

1.  Five  hours  in  regular  education  classrooms.  K-3. 

2.  Five  hours  in  special  education  classrooms. 

3.  Five  hours  in  regular  education  classrooms  with  integrated  special 
students 

4.  Five  hours  in  community  facilities  such  as  preschools.  sheltered 
workshops,  etc.  Services  in  this  category  should  he  of  a 
noneducalional.  nonspeech  pathology  type. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Rehabilitation 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications 

Mathematics:  MA2 17 

Natural  Science:  Laboratory  Science  sequence  required 

Social  Science:  PC101.  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  PC321,  no  courses  with  Rll  prefix 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Speech-Language 
Pathology  and  Audiology  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA217 
Social  Science:  PC  101 
Natural  Science:  laboratory  science  sequence  required 

(B1103-I04  recommended) 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  SH  prefix. 
PC310  recommended 

College!*!:  The  following  are  required  ONLY  for  students  electing 
the  pre-teacher  certification  track: 
Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  Instruction 
ED442    School  Law 
EP202     Educational  Psychology 
FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 
SH412    Organization  and  Administration  of  Speech  and 
Hearing  Programs 


54-55 


0-13 


3sh 

lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

ED242    Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  i 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II 

EX  1 1 1     Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons 

EX362    Psychology  of  Reading  in  Language  Processing 

SH  1 1 1      Introduction  to  Communication  Disorders 

SHI 22    Clinical  Phonology 

SH222     Introduction  to  Audiology 

SH242     Speech  Science  I 

SH25 1     Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech 

and  Hearing  Mechanism 

Aural  Rehabilitation 

Language  Development 

Speech  Science  II 

Articulation  and  Language  Disorders 

Stuttering  and  Voice  Disorders 


3S-41 


SH311 
SH334 
SH342 
SH406 
SH408 
Optional: 
SH420 


Speech  Clinic 


lsh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh(l) 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 


Free  Electives: 

General  Track 

Pre-Teacher  Certification  Track 


ED499  recommended 
28-32 
15-19 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )    A  minimum  QPA  of  2.5  is  required  to  enroll  in  all  300  and  400  level 
courses  for  both  pre-teacher  certification  and  non-certification  speech- 
language  pathology  majors. 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

RH200  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation 

RH2 1 1  Medical  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation 

RH220  Neurological  Basis  of  Disability 

RH3 1 2  Psychological  Basis  of  Disability 

RH32 1  Principles  and  Methods  of  Rehabilitation 

RH322  Rehabilitation  Case  Study  and  Interpretation 

RH360  Rehabilitation  Counseling:  Strategies 

RH410  Vocational  Assessment  in  Rehabilitation 

RH4 1 2  Occupational  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation 

RH422  Current  Topics  in  Rehabilitation 

RH460  Advanced  Rehabilitation  Counseling 

RH484  Directed  Rehabilitation  Activities 

RH488  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation 

RH493  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation 

Other  Requirements: 

Required  course: 

EX1 1 1     Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons 

Controlled  elective: 

BI155      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 
HP22 1     Human  Structure  and  Function 


48 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh 
6sh 


6-7 


3sh 

3-4sh 

4sh 

3sh 


Free  Electives: 


14-16 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


D.  Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

Completion  of  the  sequence  of  courses  in  Education  of  Persons  with 
Hearing  Loss  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Education  and 
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  certification  as  a  "Teacher  of  the 
Hearing  Impaired,  K-12."  Students  are  provided  with  the  basic  skills  to 
teach  in  special  classes  for  hard-of-hearing  or  deaf  individuals. 

Students  enrolled  in  this  sequence  of  study  are  prepared  to  assume  positions 
as  itinerant  hearing  therapists  and  classroom  teachers  for  individuals  ranging 
from  preschoolers  to  adults.  Work  settings  may  include  public  schools, 
continuing  education  programs,  and  home  training  situations. 

Observations,  clinical  experience,  and  practicum  are  required  prior  to 
placement  in  a  school  environment  for  the  student  teaching  experience.  The 
student  will  complete  the  following  50  hours  of  observation  through 
enrollment  in  ED242. 

A.  20  hours  of  observation  of  itinerant  and  self-contained  classrooms  for  the 
hearing  impaired. 

B.  10  hours  of  observation  in  regular  education  classrooms. 

C.  15  hours  of  observation  in  special  education  classrooms. 
D.5  hours  of  observation  in  a  noneducational  setting. 

The  student  will  complete  50  hours  of  individual  clinical  experience  through 
enrollment  in  EH330  and  25  hours  of  school-based  practicum  through 
enrollment  in  ED342. 


C.  Rehabilitation 

Completion  of  this  program  leads  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
with  a  specialization  in  rehabilitation.  The  program  is  designed  for  students 
seeking  career  opportunities  with  health  and  welfare  agencies  and 
institutions  and  also  provides  a  foundation  for  pursuing  additional  work  at 
the  graduate  level. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Education  of  Persons 
with  Hearing  Loss  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA151 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Natural  Science:  Laboratory  Science  Sequence  Required 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  EH  prefix 


58  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


College:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  lsh 

ED421  Student  Teaching-Hearing  Impaired  (Pri-Elem)  6sh 

ED441  Student  Teaching-Heai  ng  Impaired  (Jr-Sr  H.S.)  6sh 

ED442  School  Law  1  sh 

EH360    General  Methodology  for  Education  of  Hearing  3sh 

Impaired 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh(l) 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

EH114     Introduction  to  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3sh 

EH  115     Introduction  to  Sign  Language  lsh 

EH244    Intermediate  Sign  Language  lsh 

EH307    Speech  for  Person  with  Hearing  Loss  3sh 

EH308    Language  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  lsh 

EH329    Hearing  Pracicum  I  lsh 

EH330    Hearing  Practicum  2sh 

EH331     Advanced  Sign  Language  lsh 
EH351     Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  with 

Hearing  Loss  3sh 
EH365    Parent-Preschool  Programs  for  Children 

with  Hearing  Loss  3sh 

EX1 1 1     Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons  3sh 

SH222    Introduction  to  Audiology  3sh 

SH334    Language  Development  3sh 

SH242     Speech  Science  1  3sh 

SH31I     Aural  Rehabilitation  3sh 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from:  EX1 12  or  EL215  or  HE218  3sh 


38 


Free  Electives: 


1-2 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )    MA217:  Probability  and  Statistics  may  substitute  for  EP377  but  may 
not  replace  MA  151. 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts  — 59 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts 

Marjorie  E.  Arnett,  Acting  Dean 

Robert  G.  McGowan,  Acting  Associate  Dean 

The  College  of  Fine  Arts  has  professional  programs  in  art.  music,  and 
theater  and  awards  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts 
degrees.  Programs  leading  to  certification  to  teach  are  offered  in  cooperation 
with  the  College  of  Education  and  lead  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  degree. 

There  are  four  objectives  for  the  College  of  Fine  Arts: 

1 )  to  provide  special  academic  programs  for  majors  in  the  arts 

2)  to  provide  service  courses  for  other  departmental  majors 

3)  to  offer  all  university  students  general  courses  in  the  arts 

4)  to  make  cultural  programs  in  the  arts  available  to  the  university,  the 
surrounding  community,  and  the  local  region 

There  are  no  additional  college  requirements  for  graduation  beyond  the 
university  and  departmental  requirements  listed  in  other  sections  of  this 
catalog. 

General  Fine  Arts  Major 

A  general  tine  arts  major  program  is  available  for  those  students  desiring  to 
take  coursework  in  art.  dance,  interior  design,  media,  music,  and  theater. 
This  program  is  offered  in  conjunction  with  the  College  of  Education  and 
the  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services.  This  interdisciplinary  program, 
including  an  opportunity  for  an  internship  (FA493).  is  coordinated  through 
the  Office  of  the  Dean.  College  of  Fine  Arts,  where  additional  information 
is  available. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — General  Fine  Arts 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  FA  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

Courses  must  come  from  three  departments,  one  of  which 

must  be  Art,  Music,  or  Theater. 
Controlled  electives 

Art:  Art  Education  (AE),  Art  History  (AH),  Art  Studio  (AR) 

Music:  Music  (MU).  Music  History  (MH),  or  Applied  Music  (AM) 

Theater:  Any  Theater  (TH)  courses 

Consumer  Services:  Interior  Design  courses  (CS) 

Communications  Media:  Any  courses  (CM) 

Dance:  (HP)  Dance  courses 

Other  Requirements: 

At  least  one-third  (12)  of  the  major  credits  must  be  in  courses 
numbered  in  the  300s  and  400s.  No  course  that  is  used  to 
fulfill  Liberal  Studies  requirements  may  be  used  again  to 
meet  major  requirements. 


36 


Free  Electives: 


33-35 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Department  of  Art 


Anthony  G.  DeFurio,  Chairperson;  Ali,  Battaglini,  Ben- 
Zvi,  Boerner,  Burwell,  Clay,  Hamilton,  Hedman,  Johnson, 
Lacey,  Nestor,  J.  Slenker,  R.  Slenker,  Weiland;  and 
professors  emeriti  Balsiger,  Cronauer,  Dongilla,  Dropcho, 
I  lines.  Kipp,  McVitty,  Seelhorst,  Vislosky,  Wert 

The  Department  of  Art  provides  both  general  and  special  courses  in  art, 
directed  toward  the  development  of  the  student's  creative  and  expressive 
abilities.  Degrees  offered  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  tracks  in  either  Art 
History  or  Art  Studio,  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Art  Studio,  and  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  in  Art  Education.  The  degree  in  art 
education  provides  certification  for  teaching  art  in  grades  K-12  in  the 
schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  Department  of  Art  offers  a  cooperative  program  with  the  Art  Institute  of 
Pittsburgh.  Students  interested  in  commercial  art,  with  departmental 
approval,  may  earn  credit  toward  their  major  at  the  Art  Institute. 

All  art  majors  are  obligated  to  fulfill  the  university  requirements  for  Liberal 
Studies.  Art  education  majors  must  maintain  a  2.5  average  overall  Q.P.A., 
and  this  is  a  prerequisite  to  student  teaching. 

A  minor  in  art  is  available,  consisting  of  at  least  18  semester  hours  in  art 
courses  approved  by  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Art. 

Acceptance  by  the  Department  of  Art  as  a  major  requires  the  submission  of 
a  portfolio  and  approval  of  the  portfolio  committee.  Detailed  information 
will  be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Art/History  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  MH101  orTHlOl 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  AH  prefix 

Major: 

Foundation  Required: 

AR  1 00  Arts  of  the  20th  Century 

AR111  Drawing 

AR1 12  Fundamentals  of  Drawing  and  Design 

AR113  Design 

AR114  Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design 


53-55 


15 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


60  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Art  History  Required:  30 

AH205  Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3sh 

AH206  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  3sh 

AH211  Modem  Art  3sh 

AH222  An  in  America  3sh 

AH407  Medieval  Art  3sh 

AH408  Italian  Renaissance  3sh 

AH409  Baroque  and  Rococo  Art  3sh 

AH412  Classical  Art  3sh 

AH413  Senior  Seminar  (To  be  taken  during  senior  year)        3sh 

AH416  Northern  Renaissance  Art  3sh 


Free  Electives(l): 

AH406    Ancient  Migratory  Art 
AH424    Art  of  the  East 
AH426    Pre-Columbian  Art 
AH492    Internship 


24-26 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3-12sh 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1) 


It  is  recommended  that  the  student  of  art  history  make  judicious  choices 
of  elective  courses  in  consultation  with  the  major  adviser.  Students  may 
consider  additional  foundation  or  advanced  studio  electives,  advanced 
art  history,  and  related  academic  electives.  Course  selection  in  a  foreign 
language  is  strongly  recommended. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Art/Studio 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  Fulfilled  by  Art  History  counted  in  major 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  AH206;  no  courses  with  AR  prefix 

Major: 

Foundation  required: 

AR  1 00    Arts  of  the  20th  Century 

AR111     Drawing 

AR  1 1 2    Fundamentals  of  Drawing  and  Design 

ARII3    Design 

ARI14    Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design 
Foundation  electives  (Select  5  of  the  following  8  courses): 

AR211    Painting 

AR213    Wood/Furniture  Design 

AR214    Ceramics 

AR215    Sculpture 

AR216    Basic  Metal  Techniques 

AR217    Printmaking 

AR218    Graphic  Design 

AR219    Fibers 
Art  History  required: 

AH205    Ancient  to  Medieval  Art 

AH206    Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art 

AH211    Modern  An 

AH413    Senior  Seminar  (To  be  taken  during  senior  year) 
Advanced  Studio  required:  (3) 

Advanced  Studio  courses  to  be  selected  from  list: 

AR42I.  AR451,  AR452,  AR453,  AR454,  AR455.  AR457. 
AR459,  AR460.  AR481.  AR493  (4) 


50-52 


15 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
*sh(l) 
3sh(2) 
3sh 


15 


Free  Electives: 


21 


12-14 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)  Credits  counted  under  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

(2)  AH222:  Art  in  America  may  be  substituted  for  AH21 1. 

(3)  Students  must  complete  3  credits  within  an  advanced  studio  before 
permission  will  be  granted  to  enroll  in  the  6-credit  component  of  the 
advanced  level.  Permission  of  the  instructor  is  a  prerequisite  to  all  6- 
credit  advanced  studios. 

(4)  Inclusion  of  internship  credits  toward  any  portion  of  fulfillment  of 
degree  requirements  must  be  approved  by  the  departmental  chair  and 
student's  major  adviser.  Approval  must  be  obtained  in  writing  prior  to 
enrollment. 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts — Studio 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  Fulfilled  by  Art  History  counted  in  major 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  AH206.  no  courses  with  AR  elective 

Major: 

Foundation  required:  15 

AR100    Arts  of  the  20th  Century  3sh 

AR11I     Drawing  3sh 

AR  1 1 2    Fundamentals  of  Draw  ing  and  Design  3sh 

AR113    Design  3sh 

AR114    Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design  3sh 

Foundation  electives  (Select  5  of  the  following  8  courses):  15 

AR211     Painting  3sh 

AR213    Wood/Furniture  Design  3sh 

AR214    Ceramics  3sh 

AR215    Sculpture  3sh 

AR216    Basic  Metal  Techniques  3sh 

AR217    Printmaking  3sh 

AR218    Graphic  Design  3sh 

AR219    Fibers  3sh 

Art  History  required:  9 

AH205    Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3sh 

AH206    Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  *sh(  1 ) 

AH211    Modem  Art  3sh(2) 

AH413    Senior  Seminar  3sh 

Advanced  Studio  required:  (3) 

Primary  Advanced  Studio  Concentration  27 

Minor  Advanced  Studio  Concentration  18sh 

Courses  from  list:  AR421,  AR45 1 ,  AR452.  AR453, 

AR454.  AR455.  AR457,  AR459.  AR460.  AR48 1,  AR493  1 4 1 


Free  electives: 


6-8 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     125-127 


( 1 )  Credits  counted  under  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

(2)  AH222:  Art  in  America  may  be  substituted  for  AH2 1 1 . 

(3)  The  foundation-level  course  must  be  successfully  completed  before  a 
student  will  be  pemiitted  to  enroll  in  the  6-credit  component  of  that 
specific  studio  course.  Permission  of  the  instructor  is  a  prerequisite  to 
all  6-credit  advanced  studios. 

(4)  Inclusion  of  internship  credits  toward  any  portion  of  fulfillment  of 
degree  requirements  must  be  approved  by  the  departmental  chair  and 
student's  major  adviser.  Approval  must  be  obtained  in  writing  prior  to 
enrollment. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Art  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  Fulfilled  by  Art  History  counted  in  major. 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  AH206.  no  courses  with  AR  prefix 


50-52 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED421  Student  Teaching  Elementary 

ED44 1  Student  Teaching  Secondary 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II 

ED442  School  Law 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

FE202  History/Philosophy  of  American  Education 

Major: 

Foundation  required: 

AR100  Arts  of  the  20th  Century 

ARU1  Drawing 

AR1 12  Fundamentals  of  Drawing  and  Design 


24 


3sh 
6sh 
6sh 

Ish 
lsh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


15 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts  —  61 


ARU3    Design  3sh 

ARI14    Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design  3sh 

Foundation  electives  (Selecl  5  of  the  following  8  courses):  15 

AR2U    Painting  Ssh 

AR213    Wood/Furniture  Design  3sh 

AR214    Ceramics  3sh 

AR215    Sculpture  3sh 

AR216    Basic  Metal  Techniques  3sh 

AR2I7    Printmaking  3sh 

AR218    Graphic  Design  3sh 

AR219    Fibers  3sh 

An  Education  required:  9 

AE315    Survey  in  Art  Education  3sh 

AE3I7    Art  Education  Methodology:  Elementary  3sh 

AE318    Art  Education  Methodology:  Secondary  3sh 

Art  History  required:  9 

AH205    Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3sh 

A 11206    Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  *sh(  1 ) 

A1I21 1     Modern  Art  3sh(2) 

AH413    Senior  Seminar  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  12 

Additional  courses  from  lists:  (3) 
Ad\  anced  Studio:  AR42 1 .  AR45 1 .  AR452.  AR453,  AR454,  AR455, 

AR457,  AR459.  AR460 
Advanced  Art  History:  AH219,  AH222.  AH406.  AH408,  AH409, 

AH412.  AH416.  AH424.  AH426 
Art  Education  elective:  AE330 


Free  Electives: 


{#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     134-136 


I 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 


See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 

on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

Credits  counted  under  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

AH222:  Art  in  America  may  be  substituted  for  AH2 1 1 . 

Courses  can  only  be  taken  following  successful  completion  of  the 

foundation  prerequisite  course. 

See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 

in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Department  of  Music 


Calvin  E.  Weber,  Chairperson;  Adams,  Bird,  Borst, 
Casavant,  Chepaitis,  Dearing,  Dickinson,  Dietz,  Fry,  Godt, 
Intili,  Kauffman,  Kuehn,  Lloyd,  Luchsinger,  Mantel, 
Olmstead,  Perlongo,  Sartori,  Scandrett,  Stamp,  Staples, 
Teti,  Thorell,  VanSteenkist,  Wheatley,  Wilson;  and 
professors  emeriti  Becker,  Davis,  DiCicco,  Malitsky, 
Perkins,  Stitt,  Wildeboor 

The  Department  of  Music  has  a  three-fold  mission:  ( 1 )  professional 
preparation  of  music  educators  and  performers,  (2)  liberal  studies  for  the 
university,  and  ( 3 )  programs  of  music  for  the  community.  Degrees  offered 
include  the  Bachelor  of  Arts.  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  and  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education. 

Admission  to  the  Music  Department  requires  satisfactory  completion  of  an 
audition  in  addition  to  the  university  general  requirements.  Detailed 
information  will  be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request. 

A  student  wishing  to  minor  in  music  must  elect  a  minimum  of  fifteen 
semester  hours  in  music  courses  as  approved  by  the  department  chairperson. 
The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  music  has  been  designed  to 
give  the  student  a  general  experience  in  music.  The  student  seeking  this 
degree  has  the  choice  of  four  tracks:  Music  History /Literature.  Music 
Theory /Composition.  Performance,  or  Jazz  Studies. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Music  (equivalent  to 
the  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree)  is  a  special  program  with  a  major  in  one  of 
twenty-one  areas  of  performance.  The  student  in  this  program  prepares  to 
pursue  a  career  as  a  professional  performing  musician. 


The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  music 
major  leads  to  certification  to  teach  in  the  schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

Special  Requirements 

1.  Each  student  must  declare  a  primary  performing  medium.  Those  who 
elect  voice  as  their  primary  instrument  normally  elect  piano  as  a 
secondary  instrument;  those  who  elect  piano  as  their  primary  instrument 
normally  elect  voice  as  their  secondary  instrument.  Performance  juries 
are  held  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  Students  are  expected  to  complete 
the  requirements  for  their  performing  area  and  level.  Piano  proficiency  is 
required  in  all  degree  programs. 

2.  Ensemble  participation  of  5  hours  a  week  is  required  each  semester. 
Students  may  fulfill  this  departmental  requirement  by  participation  in 
either  one-credit  or  zero-credit  ensemble(s).  In  meeting  the  degree 
requirements  of  7-8  semester  hours  of  ensemble  credit,  enrollment  in 
credit-bearing  ensembles  is  flexible  across  semesters. 

3.  Students  must  register  for  MU475  (Music  Lab)  and  attend  ( 1 )  all 
department  and  area  recitals  and  (2)  eight  campus  recitals  and  concerts 
each  semester. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/History  and  Literature  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI01  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MH 101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  HI305.  no  courses  with  MH  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

MU111    Theory  Skills  I 
MU112   Theory  Skills  II 
Mill  15   Theory  I 
Mill  16   Theory  II 
MU211    Theory  Skills  III 
MU212  Theory  Skills  IV 
MU215  Theory  III 
MU216  Theory  IV 
MH301    Music  History  I 
MH302  Music  History  II 

Controlled  electives: 

Five  courses  from  this  list: 
325.326,420,421 


41 


MH320.  321.322,  323,  324, 


Other  Requirements: 

Music  Ensembles  (MU 120- 136) 
Music  Electives 
Jury  Clearance  in  piano  C 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475.  S  grade, 
8  semesters) 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
15sh 


8sh 
7sh 
Osh 

Osh 


15 


Free  Electives: 


13-15 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/Jazz  Studies  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MH  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  HI305.  MH103,  no  courses 
with  MU  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

MU111 

Theorv  Skills  I 

MU112 

Theory  Skills  II 

MU115 

Theory  I 

MU116 

Theory  II 

MU213 

Jazz  Theory  Skills  I 

56 


MU214  Jazz  Theory  Skills  II 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 


62  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MU222   Jazz  Theory  I 

MU223  Jazz  Theory  II 

MU224   Jazz  Improvisation  I 

MU225  Jazz  Improvisation  II 

MU3 1 1    Fundamentals  of  Conducting 

MU318  Jazz  Orchestration  I 

MU319  Jazz  Orchestration  II 
Controlled  electives: 

Applied  Music  I  thru  VIII: 

Private  lessons  in  performance  area-2sh  each  of  eight 
semesters 
Major  related: 

MH301    Music  History  I 

MH302   Music  History  II 

Other  Requirements: 

MU135  Jazz  Ensemble — 8  semesters 

Jury  Clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument 

(if  any),  and  piano  C 
Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 

8  semesters) 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 

16sh 


3sh(l) 
3sh(l) 


8sh 


Osh 


Osh 


Free  Electives:  5-7 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )    MH201  -202  Jazz  History  I-II  may  be  substituted. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/Music  Performance  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MH 101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  HI305,  MH301,  no  courses 
with  MU  prefix 

Major:  42 

Required  courses: 

MU111    Theory  Skills  I  2sh 

MU112   Theory  Skills  II  2sh 

MU1 15   Theory  I  3sh 

MU116  Theory  II  3sh 

MU211    Theory  Skills  III  2sh 

MU212  Theory  Skills  IV  2sh 

MU215  Theory  III  3sh 

MU216  Theory  IV  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Applied  Music  I  thru  VIII:  private  lessons  in 

performance  area — 2sh  each  of  eight  semesters  16sh 

Major  related: 

MH103   Perspectives  in  Jazz  3sh 

MH302   Music  History  II  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  14 

Music  ensembles  (MU120-136)  8sh 

Music  electives,  with  adviser  approval  6sh 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument 

(if  any),  and  piano  (if  not  major  or  minor  instrument)  Osh 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475.  S  grade, 

8  semesters)  Osh 


Major:  54 

Required  courses: 

Mill  11    Theory  Skills  I  2sh 

Mill  12  Theory  Skills  II  2sh 

Mill  15   Theory  1  3sh 

MU116  Theory  II  3sh 

MU211    Theory  Skills  111  2sh 

MU2 12  Theory  Skills  IV  2sh 

MU215   Theory  III  3sh 

MU216  Theory  IV  3sh 

MU2I7   Keyboard  Harmony  I  lsh 

MU2 18  Keyboard  Harmony  II  lsh 

MU306   Counterpoint  I  2sh 

MU315  Theory  V  3sh 

MU411    Composition  I  2sh 

MU4I2   Composition  II  2sh 

MU413   Composition  III  2sh 

MU414   Composition  IV  2sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  from  list:  MU304,  MU307,  MU309  2sh 
Applied  Music  I- VII:  Private  lessons  in  performance 

area — 2sh  each  of  seven  semesters  14sh 

Major  related: 

MH302  Music  History  II  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  8 

Music  ensembles  (MU  120- 136)  8sh 
Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument 

01  any),  and  piano  B  Osh 
Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 

8  semesters)  Osh 

Free  Electives:  7-9 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts — Music  Performance 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MH101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  HI305,  MH301,  no  courses  with  MU  prefix 


53-55 


55 


Free  Electives: 


13-15 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/Theory  and  Composition  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Libera]  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MH  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  HI305,  MH301,  no  courses 
with  MU  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

MU111    Theory  Skills  I  2sh 

MU112  Theory  Skills  II  2sh 

MU115  Theory  I  3sh 

MU116  Theory  II  3sh 

MU21I    Theory  Skills  HI  2sh 

MU212  Theory  Skills  IV  2sh 

MU215  Theory  III  3sh 

MU216  Theory  IV  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Applied  Music  I  thru  VIII:  private  lessons  in 

performance  area — 4  sh  each  of  8  semesters  32sh 

Major  related: 

MH302  Music  History  II  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  20 

Music  ensembles  (MU120-136)  8sh 

Music  electives  12sh(l) 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument 

(if  any),  and  piano  C  (unless  major  or  minor)  Osh 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475.  S  grade, 

8  semesters)  ()sh 

Junior  and  Senior  Recitals  Osh 

Free  Electives:  0 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     128-130 

( 1 )    Majors  with  piano  or  organ  performance  specialization  must  elect 
MU217  and  MU218:  Keyboard  Harmony  I  and  II,  lsh  each. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts  — 63 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Music  Education  (*) 


53-55 


Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MH101 

Social  Science:  PC  1 01 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  111305.  MH301.  no  courses 
with  ML!  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM30I    Technology  lor  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-studen't  Teaching  I  1  sh 

ED342    Prc-student  Teaching  II  lsh 

ED421     Student  Teaching  Elementary  Level  6sh 

ED441     Student  Teaching  Secondary  Level  6sh 

ED442    School  Law  lsh 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MU331    Elementary  Methods  3sh 

MU333   Secondary  Methods  3sh 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

MU11 1    Theory  Skills  I  2sh 

MU1I2   Theory  Skills  II  2sh 

MU115   Theory  I  3sh 

MU116   Theory  II  3sh 

MU2I1    Theory  Skills  III  2sh 

MU2 12  Theory  Skills  IV  2sh 

MU215   Theory  III  3sh 

MU216  Theory  IV  3sh 

MU15 1-152  Class  Voice  I  and  II  2sh(l) 

MU153-154  Class  Piano  I  and  II  2sh(2) 

MU155  Class  Strings  I  lsh 

Ml) 1 57   Class  Percussion  I  lsh 

MU159  Class  Brass  I  lsh 

MU161   Class  Woodwinds  I  lsh 

MU311    Fundamentals  of  Conducting  2sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  from  list:  MU312  or  MU313  2sh 
Applied  Music  I  thru  VII:  private  lesson  in  performance 

area — 2sh  each  of  seven  semesters  14sh 

Major  related: 

MH302  Music  History  II  3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Music  Ensembles  (MU120-136)  7sh 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument 

(if  any)  and  piano  C  (unless  major  or  minor)  Osh 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 

7  semesters)  Osh 


30 


49 


Department  of  Theater 

Annie-Laurie  Wheat,  Chairperson;  Ault,  Blackledge, 
Bowes,  Eisen,  Lommock,  McCreary,  Simpson;  and 
professor  emeritus  Ensley 

The  Department  of  Theater  is  dedicated  to  theater  as  a  collaborative  and 
highly  disciplined  fine  art  that  demands  a  broad-based  education  and  offers 
a  wide  view  of  the  world  as  a  part  of  a  liberal  and  humanistic  education. 
Students  wishing  to  share  in  this  will  find  the  Department  of  Theater 
committed  to  the  following: 

1 )  providing  comprehensive  coursework,  from  introductory  through 

advanced  levels  of  study,  in  all  major  areas  of  theater 

2)  providing  diverse  production  opportunities  to  develop  and  enhance 
expertise,  as  well  as  stimulate  artistic  and  intellectual  growth  of 

both  students  and  the  faculty 

3)  augmenting  and  complementing  the  aesthetic  offerings  of  the    university 
community 

The  Department  of  Theater  offers  courses  in  theater  history,  drama,  and 
criticism  as  well  as  basic  and  advanced  coursework  in  acting,  dance/ 
movement,  voice,  directing,  design,  and  technical  theater.  While  many  of 
these  courses  are  also  available  to  nonmajors,  additional  coursework 
specifically  addresses  libera]  studies  requirements  on  both  introductory  and 
advanced  levels. 

As  a  practical  extension  of  the  academic  program,  the  Department  of 
Theater  offers  a  variety  of  production  opportunities  in  the  Mainstage  and 
Studio  theaters.  Concert  Dance  productions,  and  its  professional  theater 
company.  Summer  Theater-by-the-Grove.  Additional  production  experience 
is  encouraged  through  internships  with  major  professional  theater 
companies. 

The  Department  of  Theater  is  developing  its  offerings  in  the  area  of  dance. 
With  the  addition  of  faculty  members  and  the  approval  of  a  series  of  new 
courses,  the  department  offerings  in  dance  support  theater  offerings  and 
provide  opportunities  for  students  to  explore  dance  within  the  Liberal 
Studies  fine  arts  courses. 

The  Department  of  Theater  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  a  Bachelor  of 
Fine  Arts  degree,  and  a  theater  minor.  Theater  courses  are  also  an  option  in 
the  General  Fine  Arts  degree  offered  by  the  College  of  Fine  Arts.  The  B.A. 
in  Theater  provides  for  the  study  of  theater  within  a  broad  liberal  arts 
education.  The  B.F.A.  in  Theater  provides  more  intensive,  advanced  study 
leading  to  postbaccalaureate  professional  training  or  entry-level  employment 
in  the  profession.  Though  all  freshman  majors  matriculate  into  the  B.A. 
program,  students  may  apply  for  admission  into  the  B.F.A.  program  in  their 
fourth  semester.  Students  applying  for  the  B.F.A.  program  will  be  expected 
to  present  a  portfolio  or  audition.  A  minor  in  theater  consists  of  15  semester 
hours  in  coursework  approved  by  the  chairperson  of  the  Department 
of  Theater. 


Free  Electives: 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     139-141 


Admission  to  the  Department  of  Theater  requires  satisfactory  completion  of 
an  audition  or  interview,  in  addition  to  the  university's  general  admission 
requirements.  Detailed  information  will  be  sent  to  applicants  upon  request. 


(*)   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 
For  majors  with  voice  as  performance  specialization,  any  three  of 
the  following  may  be  substituted:  MU351,  353,  354,  406. 
Private  piano  I  and  II  (AM101 ,151)  may  be  substituted. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Hi 


12) 


36 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Theater 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  AH101.MH101,  or  TH102 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  TH  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

TH110    Script  Analysis  3sh 

TH115     Principles  of  Theater  Design  and  Architecture  3sh 

TH201    Theater  History  I  3sh 

TH202    Theater  History  II  3sh 

TH301/302  Tragic  Mask  or  Comic  Mask  3sh 

TH310    Theater  Criticism  3sh 

Any  three  of  the  following: 

TH120    Stagecraft  I  3sh 

TH122    Costume  Workshop  3sh 


64  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


TH221  Basic  Lighting 

TH223  Makeup 
Any  three  of  the  following: 

TH130  Stage  Voice  I 

TH131  Stage  Movement  1 

TH240  Acting  I 

TH350  Directing 


Other  Requirements: 

TH486    Practicum  for  Production  (minimum  of  ft  semesters)  4sh 


Free  Electives: 


3sh 

TH301/302  Tragic  Mask  or  Comic  Mask 

3sh 

TH310    Theater  Criticism 

Choose  any  three  of  the  following: 

3sh 

Til  120    Stagecraft  I 

5sh 

TH 1 22    Costume  Workshop 

3sh 

TH221     Basic  Lighting 

3sh 

TH223    Makeup 

Choose  any  three  of  the  following: 

4 

TH130    Stage  Voice  I 

4sh 

TH131     Stage  Movement  I 

TH240    Acting  I 

29-31 

TH350    Directing 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts — Theater  Arts 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  AH101,  MH101,  orTH102 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  TH  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

TH110    Script  Analysis  3sh 

TH115     Principles  of  Theater  Design  and  Architecture  3sh 

TH201    Theater  History  I  3sh 

TH202    Theater  History  II  3sh 


36 


Other  Requirements: 

BFA  required  courses:  Choose  one  from  each  group 

A.  TH220,  320.  321,  322 

B.TH330.  331,340 

C.TH30 1.302 
Additional  requirements: 

TH486  (Minimum  of  6  semesters  at  .5  to  1  sh  each) 

TH493  Internship 
Controlled  electives: 

From  list:  TH  120.  122.  130.  131.220.221.  223, 
240.  320.  321,  322.  330.  331.  350.  481,482, 
483,  484,  4X4 


Free  Electives: 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

6sh 

0-6sh 

6-12sh 


6-8 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


The  (  ollege  oj  Health  and  Human  Services  — 65 


The  College  of  Health  and 
Human  Services 


Harold  E.  Wingard,  Dean 
Carleen  C.  Zoni,  Associate  Dean 

The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services  is  composed  of  six  academic 
departments:  Food  and  Nutrition;  Health  and  Physical  Education;  Hotel, 
Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management;  Human  Development  and 
Environmental  Studies;  Nursing  and  Allied  Health  Professions:  and  Safety 
Sciences.  Each  department  provides  theoretical,  laboratory,  and  practical 
experiences  for  students  and  prepares  them  for  selected  careers. 

Faculty  members  of  the  college  hold  advanced  academic  degrees  in  their 
area  of  expertise.  They  have  extensive  experience  as  teachers  and  ads  isers 
and  have  had  experience  working  in  a  variety  of  career  fields. 

Students  can  study  in  the  following  academic  areas:  Child  Development/ 
Family  Relations,  Community  Services.  Consumer  Affairs,  Dietetics, 
Fashion  Merchandising.  Food  and  Nutrition  Science,  Food  Service 
Management,  Health  and  Physical  Education,  Home  Economics  Education. 
Interior  Design/Housing.  Medical  Technology,  Nursing.  Physical  Education 
and  Sport  Science,  Respiratory  Care,  and  Safety  Sciences. 

College  goals  are  designed  to  emphasize  the  areas  of  human  development 
and  family  relations;  positive  health  in  growth  and  development  through 
nutritional,  physical,  and  emotional  fitness;  prevention  of  illness;  restoration 
of  optimal  health  after  illness:  occupational  safety  and  health;  teacher 
education:  consumerism;  commercial  and  residential  design;  merchandising 
and  buying  of  apparel  and  home  furnishings;  and  management  within  the 
hospitality  industry. 


Courses  in  natural  sciences  are  required  of  all  academic  majors,  and  students 
.m  encouraged  to  become  involved  in  research  activities  and  computer 
utilization. 

The  college  offers  a  variety  of  opportunities  to  extend  the  students' 
educational  experience  through  honorary  and  service  organizations;  field 
organizations;  and  sports  and  recreational  activities.  Employment 
opportunities  for  graduates  of  the  college  are  excellent. 

Department  of  Consumer  Services 

The  Department  of  Consumer  Services  and  the  Department  of  Home 
Economics  Education  have  merged  to  form  the  Department  of  Human 
Development  and  Environmental  Studies. 

See  Department  of  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies. 

Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 

Joanne  B.  Steiner,  Chairperson;  Cessna,  Dahlheimer, 
Johnson,  Moore-Armitage;  and  professor  emerita  Minnick 

The  Food  and  Nutrition  Department  offers  degree  programs  in  dietetics, 
food  and  nutrition  science,  and  nutrition  education.  These  curriculums 
prepare  students  as  professionals  for  a  diversity  of  career  opportunities  in 
health  care,  food  service,  the  food  industry,  and  food  and  nutrition  research. 

In  addition,  the  department  provides  Liberal  Studies  courses  which  are 
available  to  all  university  students.  These  include  FN  140/141  (or  143,  when 
approved)  Nutrition  and  Wellness,  an  option  in  the  university's  Liberal 
Studies  requirements  for  Health  and  Wellness;  FN  145:  Introduction  to 
Nutrition,  a  Liberal  Studies  elective;  and  LS499:  Human  Food  Consumption 
Patterns,  a  synthesis  course. 

Dietetics 

The  dietetics  program  meets  the  didactic  academic  requirements  approved 
by  the  American  Dietetic  Association.  Students  are  prepared  for  careers  in 
clinical  dietetics,  dietary  food  service  management  in  health  care  facilities, 
administrative  dietetics,  and  community  nutrition.  Other  exciting  career 
opportunities  exist  in  the  areas  of  technical  sales,  consumer  education, 
government  agencies,  health  and  fitness  centers,  corporate  wellness,  and 
private  practice. 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science  provides  a  student  with  a  background  in  the 
basic  sciences  that  gives  a  solid  foundation  for  theoretical  and  applied  food 
science  and  nutrition.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  laboratory  work  in  nutrition 
and  food  composition.  The  program  meets  the  needs  of  students  motivated 
in  the  biological-physical  sciences  who  wish,  with  graduate  education,  to 
enter  careers  in  food/nutrition  research,  nutrition  service  professions, 
medical  science,  and  education. 

Nutrition  Minor 

This  minor  sequence  is  recommended  for  students  majoring  in  the  related 
health  disciplines  such  as  child  development,  home  economics  education, 
nursing  and  allied  health,  and  health  and  physical  education.  Students 
electing  a  minor  in  nutrition  must  complete  16  credit  hours  of  coursework 
from  the  courses  listed  below.  Students  must  note  that  the  completion  of  this 
minor  neither  meets  the  requirements  for  practice  as  a  credentialed 
nutritionist  nor  satisfies  the  academic  requirements  of  the  American  Dietetic 
Association  for  a  registered  dietitian.  For  additional  information  about  these 
careers,  contact  the  Food  and  Nutrition  Department. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Dietetics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  EC101,  PC101.  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electtves:  BE/CO/IM101;  HE  218  or 
PC  310,  no  courses  with  FN  prefix 


54-55 


66  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Major:  39 

Required  courses: 

FN  110  Careers  in  Food  and  Nutrition  lsh 

FN  150  Foods  Lecture  3sh 

FN151  Foods  Labratory  lsh 

FN212  Nutrition  3sh 

FN213  Life  Cycle  Nutrition  3sh 

FN355  Nutrition  in  Disease  I  3sh 

FN362  Experimental  Foods  3sh 

FN364  Methods  of  Teaching  3sh 

FN402  Community  Nutrition  3sh 

FN430  Professional  Topics  in  Food  and  Nutrition  3sh 

FN455  Nutrition  in  Disease  II  3sh 

FN458  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  3sh 

FN463  Nutrition  Counseling  3sh 

FN470  Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns  3sh 

FN484  Senior  Seminar  lsh 

Other  Requirements: 

Food  Service  Requirements:  13 

HR259  Hospitality  Purchasing  3sh 

HR313  Food  Systems  I  4sh 

HR356  Human  Resources  in  Hospitality  Management  3sh 

HR408  Institutions  Management  3sh 

Additional  Sciences:  14 

BI105  Cell  Biology  4sh 

BI155  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  4sh 

BI232  Fundamentals  of  Microbiology  3sh 

CH255  Biochemistry  and  Nutrition  3sh 


Free  Electives  (minimum): 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Bachelor  of  Science — Food  and  Nutrition  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  55-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  CH111-112 

Social  Science:  EC101,  PC101,  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA217,  no  courses  with  FN  prefix 


College: 

Human  Ecology  requirements: 

One  course  from  list:  HE218  or  HE224 

One  course  from  list:  CS213,  CS315.  or  CS101 

Major: 

Required  courses: 
FN  150    Foods 

FN151 
FN212 
FN362 
FN458 
FN462 
FN464 
FN470 
FN484 


Foods  Lab 

Nutrition 

Experimental  Foods 
Advanced  Human  Nutrition 
Advanced  Experimental  Foods 
Food  and  Nutrition  Research  Methods 
Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns 
Senior  Seminar 
Controlled  electives: 
Three  courses  from  list: 

FN2 1 3,  FN355(  1 ),  FN444,  FN447,  FN455(  1 ),  FN482 

Other  Requirements: 

Science  sequence: 

BI150     Human  Anatomy 

BI 151      Human  Physiology 

BI232      Fundamentals  of  Microbiology 

CH231    Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH351     Biochemistry 

PY1 1 1     Physics  I  Lecture 

PY121     Physics  I  Lab 


3sh 
3sh 


3sh 

lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
lsh 

9sh 


32 


22 


3sh(2) 

4sh(2) 

3sh(2) 

4sh 

4sh 

3sh 

lsh 


( 1 )  FN355  and  FN455  must  be  completed  as  a  sequence,  if  elected. 

(2)  Alternate  Biology  sequence  recommended  for  graduate  study 
preparation:  BI105,  BI151,  BI361. 

(3)  To  meet  American  Dietetic  Association  requirements:  FN355,  FN364, 
FN402.  FN455,  HR259.  HR313,  HR356.  HR358  (22sh  total). 


Nutrition  Minor  (1) 

FN212  Nutrition 

FN2 1 3  Life  Cycle  Nutrition 

FN245  Sports  Nutrition 

FN355  Nutrition  in  Disease  I 

FN470  Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns 

FN357  Special  Problems  in  Food  or 

FN410  Nutrition  in  Aging 

( 1 )  Consult  with  department:  revision  pending. 


3sh 
3sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Free  Electives:  (3) 


8-9 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Department  of  Health  and  Physical 
Education 

James  G.  Mill,  Chairperson;  Beck,  Black,  Blacksmith, 
Blair,  Celtnieks,  Clark,  Cortazzo,  Davis,  Dickie,  Eltz, 
Grove,  Hornfeck,  Johnson,  Klingaman,  Liscinsky, 
Montgomery,  Moore,  Neal,  Sloniger,  Sutton,  Thompson; 
and  professor  emeriti  Aierstock,  Sledzik 

The  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  provides  the  following 
services: 

( 1 )  instruction  in  health  and  wellness  courses  as  part  of  the  university's 
Liberal  Studies  requirement 

(2)  instruction  in  health  and  physical  education  courses  as  Physical 
Education  course  electives 

(3)  an  undergraduate  major  in  health  and  physical  education  that  leads  to 
the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Education  with  potential  certification 
to  teach  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 

(4)  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Physical  Education  and  Sport 

(5)  Endorsement  program  in  Driver  Education — Safe  Living 

Required  Program — Liberal  Studies 

The  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  through  its  Health  and 
Wellness  course  in  the  Liberal  Studies  program  seeks  to  enhance  the  overall 
well-being  of  students  through  instruction  planned  to  promote  and  maintain 
desirable  levels  of  physical,  mental,  emotional,  and  social  well-being.  Self- 
responsibility  in  the  following  dimensions  of  wellness  is  emphasized: 
nutritional  awareness,  stress  awareness  and  management,  exercise  and 
fitness,  substance  use  and  abuse,  and  sexually  transmitted  diseases/AIDS. 
The  importance  of  reducing  risk  factors  for  chronic  degenerative  disease  and 
managing  lifestyle  factors  for  promotion  of  health  is  presented  with 
implication  for  both  the  present  and  future.  Information  is  provided  during 
class  lectures  and  enhanced  by  a  variety  of  practical  learning  experiences 
which  give  students  opportunities  for  self-assessment  and  personal 
application  of  the  subject  matter. 

In  addition,  the  department  offers  a  variety  of  one-credit  activity  courses 
focusing  on  physical  fitness  and  the  development  of  skills  essential  for 
recreation  and  lifetime  sports.  Instruction  is  offered  in  many  activities 
including  aerobic  dance,  archery,  backpacking,  badminton,  bowling, 
canoeing,  downhill  skiing,  fencing,  golf,  resistive  exercise,  rock  climbing, 
scuba,  swimming,  tennis,  volleyball,  and  others. 

The  university's  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  in  effect  since  fall,  1989, 
require  that  each  student  successfully  complete  HP  143:  Health  and  Wellness 
or  its  alternate,  FN143:  Nutrition  and  Wellness.  Students  may  also  elect  to 
take  four  semester  hours  of  the  ROTC  program  (MS  10 1-102)  as  an  alternate 
to  the  wellness  courses.  Activity  courses  will  continue  to  be  offered, 
although  they  are  no  longer  required.  It  is  encouraged  and  recommended 
that  students  choose  these  courses  as  elective  credits. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  (Physical  Education  and  Sport) 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Physical  Education  and  Sport  provides 
greater  emphasis  on  subject  matter/content  and  less  on  pedagogy.  Students 


The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services  — 67 


v.  Ih>  select  this  emphasis  area  generally  apply  their  know  ledge  in  fields  of 
exercise  -.nonce,  community  and  corporate  fitness,  cardiac  rehabilitation, 
pre-physical  therapy,  and/or  executive  fitness  programming.  Requirements 
for  the  degree  in  Physical  Education  and  Sport  include:  I )  the  university's 
Liberal  Studies  requirements;  2)31  credit  hours  in  the  HPE  Core:  and  3)  I1' 
credits  from  the  Physical  Education  and  Sport  requirements 

In  addition,  the  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  has  developed 
mo  programs  approved  In  the  National  YMCA  Physical  Education  Office 
to  provide  for  the  professional  preparation  of  YMCA  aquatic  directors  and 
physical  directors.  Both  programs  emphasize  high  standards  and  are  vitally 
concerned  with  the  major  objectives  of  YMCA  physical  education. 
Specialized  "Y"  courses  are  offered  through  the  IUP  Aquatic  School,  the 
annual  Middle  Atlantic  Region  Aquatic  Institute  held  at  IUP  each  spring, 
and  through  other  special  YMCA  programs  conducted  on  the  IUP  campus 
and  sponsored  in  cooperation  with  the  Middle  Atlantic  Region  Physical 
Education  Program. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  (Health  and  Physical 
Education) 

Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a 
major  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  include  the  university's  Liberal 
Studies  requirements.  Professional  Education  requirements,  and  the  Health 
and  Physical  Education  core  requirement.  Upon  completion  of  the  degree 
program  and  successfully  passing  the  National  Teachers  Exam,  the  student  is 
qualified  for  an  Instructional  I  Certificate  in  Health  and  Physical  Education, 
issued  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  in  Harrisburg.  This 
certificate  is  valid  for  teaching  health  and  physical  education  in  grades  K 
through  12  for  three  years  in  the  public  schools  of  Pennsylvania.  Major 
students  may  utilize  free  electives  to  specialize  in  aquatics. 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Core 

The  Health  and  Physical  Education  curriculum  identifies  a  required  core  of 
studies  which  emphasizes  a  body  of  knowledge  relevant  to  the  study  of 
professional  health  and  physical  education,  as  well  as  the  study  of  physical 
education  and  sport.  Courses  contained  in  the  core  are  those  which  are 
intended  to  teach  students  to  identify  and  solve  problems  by  applying 
relevant  knowledge  and  also  to  engage  in  self-directed  learning. 

Candidates  for  the  degree  program  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  must 
demonstrate  acceptable  cognitive  and  psychomotor  qualifications  as  well  as 
desirable  character  and  personality  traits.  The  professional  program  seeks  to 
foster  those  qualities  of  individual  character  and  competence  that  are 
inherent  in  personal  and  professional  maturity.  These  competencies  are 
evaluated  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  The  student  is  either  granted 
Advanced  Standing  in  the  department  or  restricted  in  scheduling  advanced 
courses  for  not  less  than  one  probationary  semester.  Continuation  in  the 
major  program  is  based  upon  attainment  of  department  Advanced  Standing. 

Driver  Education — Safe  Living  7-12 

Candidates  for  the  driver  education  certification  must  possess,  or  be  a 
candidate  for.  a  valid  Pennsylvania  certificate  in  any  area  of  certification.  A 
student  must  currently  complete  the  four  courses  HP251,  HP252,  HP353, 
and  HP354.  Students  must  request  the  certificate  in  driver  education-safe 
living  7-12  when  they  apply  for  graduation.  For  students  who  have  already 
graduated,  contact  the  office  of  the  dean,  College  of  Education,  for  correct 
procedure. 

Aquatics  School  Course  Offerings 

Each  summer  the  department  offers  the  annual  Aquatics  School  for  eight 
consecutive  days.  Students  must  be  seventeen  years  of  age  or  older  and 
possess  the  necessary  aquatic  prerequisites.  A  fee  will  be  charged  which  will 
include  room,  three  meals  a  day.  use  of  equipment,  accident  insurance, 
transportation  to  and  from  the  lake,  and  special  one-night  programs. 
Certification  will  be  granted  by  the  American  Red  Cross.  National  YMCA, 
Professional  Association  of  Diving  Instructors,  and  the  American  Heart 
Association  upon  completion  of  courses.  All  courses  may  be  taken  for 
college  credit,  if  the  student  is  eligible  and  pays  the  additional  tuition  fee. 
For  more  information,  contact  the  aquatic  director.  Courses  offered 
exclusively  as  a  part  of  the  Aquatics  School  are  HP267.  HP268,  HP269. 
HP270.  HP271.  HP272.  HP273.  HP274,  HP276.  HP277.  HP279,  and 
HP280.  Courses  offered  during  the  academic  year  as  well  as  in  summer 
school  include  HP242.  HP261,  HP265.  and  HP266. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Physical  Education  and  Sport 


Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  or  MAI  10  or  MA217 

Health  and  Wellness:  FNI43  or  MS101-102 

Natural  Science:  BI103-104  or  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  PC101,  S015I 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  FN145.  CO/BE/IM  101,  no  courses 
with  HP  prefix 

Major 

Core  Requirements: 

HP142  Foundations  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 

HP200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 

HP210  Motor  Development 

HP221  Human  Structure  and  Function 

HP246  Biomechanics 

HP25  1  Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency 
Health  Care 

HP263  Aquatics 

HP341  Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical  Education 

HP343  Physiology  of  Exercise 

HP344  Adapted  Physical  Education 

HP441  Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health  and 
Physical  Education 

HP442  Seminar  in  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Professional  Requirements: 

HP319  Preprofessional  Experience  II 

HP345  Athletic  Training  I 

HP346  Athletic  Training  Lab  I 

HP375  Physiological  Basis  of  Strength 

HP410  Exercise  Prescription 

HP41 1  Physical  Fitness/Appraisal  Guidance 

HP4I2  Physical  Activity  and  Stress  Management 
Controlled  Electives:  ( 1 ) 

HP408  Guided  Research 

HP4 1 3  Physical  Activity  and  Aging 

HP246  Health  Science  Instruction 

HP482  Independent  Study 

HP493  Internship 

BI151  Human  Physiology 

BI155  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 
Nutrition  Minor  Acceptable  as  Controlled  Elective: 

CH255  Biochemistry  and  Nutrition 

FN212  Nutrition 

FN355  Nutrition  in  Disease  I 

FN455  Nutrition  in  Disease  II 

FN458  Advanced  Human  Nutrition 

FN463  Nutrition  Counseling 

Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


54 


31 


19 


3sh 
Ish 

2sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

lsh 
3sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

6-13 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

6-12sh 
4sh 
4sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


tt 


7-14 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )   Nutrition  minor  may  substitute  for  Controlled  Electives 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Health  and  Physical 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 0 1  or  MA  1 1 0  or  MA2 1 7 

Health  and  Wellness:  FN143  or  MS101-102 

Natural  Science:  BI103-104  or  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  PCI 01,  SOI 5 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  FN  145.  PC378,  or  approved  alternatives 

Major: 

Course  Requirements:  31 

HP  142    Foundations  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  3sh 

HP200    Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity  lsh 

HP210    Motor  Development  2sh 


68  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HP221     Human  Structure  and  Function  3sh 

HP246     Biomechanics  3sh 
HP25 1     Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency 

Health  Care  3sh 

HP263     Aquatics  lsh 
HP341     Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical 

Education  3sh 

HP343    Physiology  of  Exercise  3sh 

HP344     Adapted  Physical  Education  3sh 

HP441     Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health  3sh 

and  Physical  Education 

HP442     Seminar  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  3sh 
Professional  Requirements  Health  and  Physical  Education: 

HP211     Dance,  Rhythmic  Activities,  and  Gymnastics  3sh 

HP212     Team  Sports  3sh 
HP213     Individual,  Dual  Sports,  and  Adventure 

Activities  3sh 

HP318     Preprofessional  Experience  I  lsh 
HP321     Methods  for  Elementary  Health  and  Physical 

Education  3sh 

HP325     School  and  Community  Health  3sh 

HP426    Health  Science  Instruction  3sh 

HP450    Curriculum  in  Human  Sexuality  3sh 

Professional  Education  Requirements: 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  I  lsh 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  II  lsh 

ED421     Student  Teaching  6sh 

ED441     Student  Teaching  6sh 

ED442    School  Law  lsh 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 


24 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

0 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     131 


(*)  See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(#)  See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Certification — Driver  Education-Safe  Living 

Certification  in  Driver  Education-Safe  Living  may  be  added  to  a  valid 
Pennsylvania  Instructional  Certificate  with  the  completion  of  the 
following  courses: 

HP251     Accident  Causation  and  Prevention  3sh 

HP252     Introduction  to  the  Driving  Task  3sh 

HP353     Driving  Education  Program  Management  3sh 

HP354     Application  of  Driver  Ed.  Instructional  Modes  3sh 


Department  of  Home  Economics 
Education 

The  Department  of  Home  Economics  Education  and  the  Department  of 
Consumer  Services  have  merged  to  form  the  Department  of  Human 
Development  and  Environmental  Studies. 

See  Department  of  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies. 

Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and 
Institutional  Management 

Thomas  Van  Dyke,  Chairperson;  Baker,  Cauffiel,  Gressley, 
Marshall,  Miller;  and  professors  emeriti  Simpkins,  Woods 

The  department  offers  students  an  academic  preparation  leading  to  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 


Management.  Students  take  general  courses  in  business,  chemistry,  biology, 
computer,  and  foreign  language.  They  then  elect  to  concentrate  in  either 
food  service  management  or  lodging  management. 

The  food  service  management  track  prepares  men  and  women  for 
management  positions  in  restaurants,  corporate  food  services,  entertainment 
or  recreation  food  service,  health  care,  or  other  institutional  and  contract 
food  service. 

The  lodging  management  track  prepares  women  and  men  for  management 
positions  within  hotels,  resorts,  and  other  lodging  operations.  Emphasis  is 
on  the  study  of  housekeeping,  rooms,  and  sales  departments  but  also 
includes  food  production  and  service. 

Both  programs  require  the  student  to  complete  880  hours  of  hospitality 
industry  work  experience  before  graduation.  The  first  440  hours  are 
completed  during  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  in  any  type  of 
hospitality  position  selected  by  the  student  and  must  be  completed  before 
the  internship  is  scheduled.  The  second  440  hours  are  completed  during  an 
internship.  The  internship  is  supervised  by  a  faculty  member  who  assists  the 
student  in  developing  the  learning  package  to  be  achieved  during  the 
internship  and  who  advises  the  intern  on  university,  department,  and  site 
requirements. 

Professional-type  uniforms  are  prescribed  as  part  of  the  dress  code  for 
departmental  majors  in  all  food  production  classes. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 
Management 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  CH 101 -102 

Social  Science:  EC121.PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO/IM/BE101.  FN  145.  no  course 
w  ith  an  HR  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses:  33 

HR101     Introduction  to  Hospitality  3sh 

FN  150    Foods  3sh 

FN151     Foods  Lab  lsh 

HR259    Hospitality  Purchasing  3sh 

HR313    Food  Systems  I  4$h 

HR356    Human  Resources  in  the  Hospitality  Industry  3sh 

HR401     Cost  Management  3sh 

HR411     Seminar  in  Hospitality  Management  3sh 

HR413    Food  Systems  II  3sh 

HR493    Internship  6sh(l) 

Controlled  electives:  One  Track  required  12-15 

Food  Service  Management  Track: 

FN145     Introduction  to  Nutrition  *sh(2) 

HR306    Food  and  Beverage  Management  3sh 

HR358    Food  Service  Equipment  and  Facilities  Design  3sh 

HR406    Catering  and  Banquet  Management  3sh 

HR408    Institutions  Management  3sh 

Lodging  Management  Track: 

HR115     Introduction  to  Tourism  3sh 

HR360    Hotel  Systems  Management  3sh 

HR365    Hotel  Design  and  Maintenance  3sn 

HR420    Hotel  Sales  and  Services  3sh 

IM300     Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 


Other  Requirements: 

AG201    Accounting  Principles  I 
BI232      Fundamentals  of  Microbiology 
BL235     Introduction  to  Business  Law 
MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 
FL —       Foreign  Languages 


15-21 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3-9sh(3) 


Free  Electives: 


0-11 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services  —  69 


(li 


(2) 
(3) 


Each  Student  imisi  complete  8X0  hours  of  work  experience,  of  which 
440  hours  must  be  through  supervised  experiences  in  HR493.  Sec 
department  internship  coordinator  for  detailed  information. 
Credit  counted  in  Liberal  Studies  electives 
Each  student  must  have  foreign  language  proficiency  of  either: 

A.  Intermediate-level  -  SP201/FR202/GM252       OR 

B.  Successful  completion  ol  two  semesters  of  one  language. 
Intermediate-level  courses  ma)  be  used  as  Liberal  Studies  elective. 


Department  of  Human  Development 
and  Environmental  Studies 

Donna  L.  Streifthau,  Chairperson;  Bell,  Gordon, 
Heckroth,  Kesner,  Lynn,  Nelson,  Schmitt,  Swinker, 
Viggiano,  Wernsman;  and  professors  emeritae  Cramer, 
Gallati,  Hovis,  Kazmer,  Wood 

The  Department  of  Human  Development  and  Environment  Studies  was 
created  by  the  merging  of  the  Home  Economics  Education  and  Consumer 
Services  departments.  The  mission  statement  of  the  Department  of  Human 
Development  and  Environmental  Studies  is  to  empower  individuals  to 
support  human  and  environmental  needs,  enabling  them  to  perform 
professionally  in  a  changing,  diverse  technological  and  global  society. 

The  department  is  composed  of  majors  that  are  interdisciplinary  and  share 
humanistic  values.  All  majors  have  an  applied  research  focus  and  stress 
critical  thinking,  professional  judgment,  decision  making,  and  synthesis 
of  information. 

The  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies  Department  offers 
academic  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the 
following  majors:  Child  Development/Family  Relations.  Consumer  Affairs. 
Fashion  Merchandising,  and  Interior  Design/Housing.  The  Home  Economics 
Education  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education.  These 
majors  prepare  men  and  women  for  positions  in  business,  the  community, 
and  education.  The  majors  also  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  in  the 
areas  of  interior  design,  housing,  clothing,  textiles,  consumer  economics, 
community  service,  child  development,  family  studies  or  education. 

Faculty  advisers  work  closely  with  students  in  planning  and  integrating  the 
academic  program  to  meet  the  students'  career  goals  and  to  supplement 
classroom  experiences.  Internships  are  available  and  encouraged  so  students 
can  apply  academic  knowledge  to  actual  situations.  International  study  is 
also  available  to  provide  an  enriching  cultural  experience. 

Consumer  Affairs 

The  Consumer  Affairs  major  prepares  individuals  for  professional  positions 
in  government,  business,  and  the  community.  This  option  concentrates  on 
consumer  economic  behavior  and  consumer  protection  and  their  relationship 
to  the  fair  exchange  and  consumption  of  products  and  services.  The 
increased  interest  in  consumer  concerns  has  resulted  in  creating  and 
expanding  positions  for  persons  with  an  understanding  of  consumer  needs, 
business  operations,  and  regulatory  agencies.  The  interdisciplinary  approach 
provides  the  necessary  knowledge  and  skills  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of 
such  positions. 

Community  Services  Track 

Students  can  elect  a  community  services  track  which  offers  a  broad  selection 
of  courses.  Electives  may  be  concentrated  in  specific  areas.  A  concentration 
of  courses  is  elected  in  an  outside  field  study  such  as  sociology  or 
psychology.  Graduates  may  be  employed  by  the  Extension  Services  or  by 
governmental  and  social  agencies. 

Fashion  Merchandising 

The  Fashion  Merchandising  program  provides  course  emphasis  in  apparel 
production  and  distribution,  textiles,  apparel  merchandising  and  promotion, 
ready-to-wear  analysis,  quality  control,  historical  costume,  aesthetics,  color 
theory,  and  apparel  construction.  The  Eberly  College  of  Business 
complements  the  Fashion  Merchandising  major  by  providing  study  in  areas 
such  as  accounting,  marketing,  consumer  behavior,  advertising,  and 
international  marketing. 


A  cooperative  program  between  IUP  and  the  Fashion  Institute  of 
Technology  in  New  York  City  allows  students  to  study  fashion-accessories 
design,  manufacturing  management,  advertising  design,  advertising  and 
communication,  textiles/surface  design,  and  textile  development  and 
marketing.  Potential  careers  include  store  operations  managers,  buyers, 
manufacturer's  sales  representatives,  retail  sales  coordinators,  merchandise 
managers,  fashion  coordinators,  sales  promoters,  personnel  managers, 
visual  merchandisers,  mall  promotions  managers,  quality  control 
analysts,  production  assistants,  color  consultants,  and  personalized 
shopping  specialists. 

Interior  Design/Housing 

The  Interior  Design  program  develops  creative  individuals  who  are  able  to 
conceive,  propose,  and  implement  design  solutions  supportive  of  the  needs 
of  people  and  the  environment.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  research,  synthesis  of 
information,  and  creative  problem  solving.  Space  planning,  design  graphics, 
lighting,  color  theory,  historical  and  modern  interiors,  housing,  and  textiles 
from  the  core  of  the  program.  Students  develop  an  understanding  of  the 
Americans  With  Disabilities  Act  (ADA)  and  its  relationship  to  barrier-free 
design  and  a  sensitivity  to  global  environmental  issues.  Students  tour  a 
variety  of  settings  including  offices,  museums,  factories,  showrooms,  retail 
outlets,  construction  sites,  and  other  design-related  facilities.  Supportive 
courses  are  available  in  art  and  business.  Potential  careers  include 
commercial  and  residential  design,  housing,  sales,  historical  preservation, 
and  showroom  management. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Consumer  Affairs 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI01  or  higher 

Natural  Science:  CHI01-102 

Social  Science:  EC  101,  PC  101,  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  CS  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

CS101     Personal  and  Family  Management 

CS  1 2 1     Introduction  to  Consumer  Services 

CS213     Residential  Appliances  and  Consumer  Electronics 

CS216    Clothing  and  Culture 

CS303     Visual  Merchandising 

CS312     Housing  and  Culture 

CS314    Textiles 

CS315     Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance 

CS413     Problems  in  Consumer  Economics 

CS421     Senior  Seminar 

CS416     Problems  in  Family  Finance 

FN212     Nutrition 

JN120     Journalistic  Writing 
Controlled  electives: 

Three  courses  from  list:  CS112,  CS212.  CS217, 
CS303,  CS318,  CS354.  CS433,  CS461,  FN212, 
FN259,  FN358,  FN362.  HR313 

Other  Requirements: 

Outside  concentration: 
Required: 

BL235     Introduction  to  Business  Law 

BL336    Law  of  Business  Organizations 

BL337     Consumer  Law 
Controlled  electives:  Three  courses  from  list: 

AD321,  MG300,  MK320,  MK321,  MK433 

Free  Electives: 


54-55 


42 


3sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

6sh( 1 ) 


18 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

9sh(l) 

9-10 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )   Substitutions  may  be  approved  by  department. 


70  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Bachelor  of  Science — Consumer  Services/Community 
Services  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  or  higher 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  EC  101,  PC101,  SOI 51 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  course  with  CS  prefix 

Major:  32 

Required  courses: 

AR120    Principles  of  Design  2sh 

CS101     Personal  and  Family  Management  3sh 

CS121     Introduction  to  Consumer  Services  lsh 
CS213     Residential  Appliances  and  Consumer  Electronics      3sh 

CS2I6     Clothing  and  Culture  3sh 

CS312     Housing  and  Culture  3sh 

CS314    Textiles  3sh 

CS315     Consumer  Economics/Family  Finance  3sh 

CS421     Senior  Seminar  2sh 

FN212     Nutrition  3sh 

HE224    Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  CS112orCS212  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  24 

Human  Ecology  requirements: 

FN  150    Foods  3sh 

HE218    Child  Development  3sh 

Outside  concentration:  18sh 

Six  courses  from  list:  AN21 1.  AN319,  PC374.  PC290, 
PC322,  PC310,  PC311,  PC320,  PC321.  PC330,  PC361. 
PC373,  PC312,  S0231.  S0332.  S0333,  S0336,  S0339, 
S0357,  S0435,  SW238. 


Free  Electives: 


13-14 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Bachelor  of  Science — Fashion  Merchandising 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  or  higher 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  PC101.  EC101.  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  BE/CO/IM101.  no  course  with  CS  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

CS121     Introduction  to  Consumer  Services  lsh 

CS216     Clothing  and  Culture  3sh 

CS314     Textiles  3sh 

CS315     Consumer  Economics/Family  Finance  3sh 

CS350     Apparel  Industry  I  3sh 

CS421     Senior  Seminar  2sh 

CS450    Apparel  Industry  II  3sh 

CS456     Historic  Costume  3sh 

JN120     Journalistic  Writing  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  CS1 12  or  CS2 12  3sh 
Courses  from  CS212.  CS213.  AR1 13  or  120,  CS217,         14-I5sh 
CS303,  CS354,  CS433,  CS434.  CS453.  CS455, 
CS465,  EP303 

Other  Requirements: 

Outside  concentration: 
Required  course: 

AG201    Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  15sh(l) 

Five  courses  from  list:  AD101  or  MG360,  BL235. 

AD321,  BL336,  BL337,  AG202,  AG301.  AG302.  DE332, 
DE333,  EC122,  QB215,  IM300,  FI310.  IM251,  MG300, 
MG410.  MK320,  MK321,  MK420,  MK422,  MK430,  MK433 


41-42 


18 


Free  Electives:  9- 1 1 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

(I)     Substitutions  may  be  approved  by  department. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Interior  Design/Housing 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  or  higher 

Fine  Arts:  AH101 

Natural  Science:  CH 101 -102 

Social  Science:  EC  101,  PC  101.  SOI 51 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  AH205  or  AH206.  no  courses 
with  CS  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

CS121     Introduction  to  Consumer  Services  lsh 
CS213     Residential  Appliances  and  Consumer  Electronics      3sh 

CS217     Interior  Design  3sh 

CS312     Housing  and  Culture  3sh 

CS314    Textiles  3sh 

CS315     Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance  3sh 

CS357     Interior  Design  Studio  3sh 

CS421     Senior  Seminar  2sh 

CS465     Interior  Lighting  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  AR 1 1 3  or  AR 1 20  3-2sh 
Courses  from  list:  CS101.  CS205.  CS303,  CS354               14-15sh 
CS433,  CS462,  CS463,  CS464,  CS481 


41 


Other  Requirements: 

Outside  concentration:  Six  courses  from  lisis 

Business:  AD101  or  MG360,  AD321.  FI382,  AG201, 

DE331,  DE332,  DE333,  IM300.  FS242.  MG300. 

MK320,  MK433 
Art:  ARI00.AR111.AR112.AR211.AR213.AR214, 

AR215,  AR216.AR217.AR218.AR219,  AR321.AR451 


I8sh 


Free  Electives: 


10-11 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Home  Economics  Education 

The  Home  Economics  Education  major  prepares  students  for  the  teaching  of 
home  economics-related  subjects  in  the  public  schools.  Coursework  is 
required  in  all  areas  of  home  economics,  including  child  development  and 
family  relations,  consumer  economics,  clothing,  foods,  and  interior  design/ 
housing.  Professional  education  courses  are  also  required.  The  program  is 
currently  being  restructured. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Home  Economics 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Natural  Science:  CH  10 1-102 

Social  Science:  PC101,  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CS315,  no  courses  with  HE  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

ED242     Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  lsh 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  lsh 

ED431     Student  Teaching  in  Home  Economics  6sh 

ED441     Student  Teaching  6sh 

ED442    School  Law  lsh 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

HE250    Introduction  to  Teaching  Vocational  Home  3sh 
Economics  Education 


54 


33 


The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services  —  71 


HE350    Teaching  Family  Life  Education 
HE450    Teaching  Vocational  Home  Economics 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

CS10I     Personal  and  Family  Management 

CS 1 1 2     Fundamentals  of  Clothing  Construction 

CS217     Interior  Design 

CS312     Housing  and  Culture 

CS314    Textiles 

FN  150    Foods 

FN212    Nutrition 

HE218    Child  Development 

HE220    Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers 

HE224     Marriage  and  Family  Relations 
Controlled  electives: 

One  from  list:  CS212.  CS453,  CS454 

One  from  list:  CS213  orCS4l3 

One  from  list:  HR3 1 3  or  FN362 

One  from  list:  HE424  or  HE463 

Other  Requirements  (select  one): 

B1155      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 
BI232      Fundamentals  of  Microbiology 


3sh 
3sh 


44-45 


3sh 

3sh 

3sh(l) 

3sh 

3sh 

4sh 

3sh 

3sh 

4sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3-4sh 

3sh 


4sh 
3sh 


Free  Electives: 


3-4 


0 


i2l(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  134-136 


(*)  See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(#)  See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 

(1)  Prerequisite  for  CS2 17  isAR120:  Principles  of  Design  (2sh). 

(2)  Program  is  under  revision:  contact  department  for  additional 
information. 


Child  Development/Family  Relations  Major 

The  Child  Development/Family  Relations  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree.  Primary  objectives  of  the  program  are  to  prepare 
professionals  to  administer  and/or  work  in  programs  that  entail  aspects  of 
child  development  and  family  relationships:  to  teach  at  the  adult  level;  or 
administer  human  services  agencies  at  federal,  state,  or  local  level.  The 
program  also  provides  preparation  for  students  who  want  to  pursue  graduate 
study  in  child  development  or  family  studies.  Students  in  Child 
Development/Family  Relations  may  secure  certification  in  Early  Childhood 
Education  through  an  optional  program. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Child  Development/Family  Relations 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  or  110  or  121  or  217 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  AN1 10,  PC101,  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  HE  prefix 

College:  6 

Human  Ecology  Requirements: 

FN212    Nutrition  3sh 

CS315     Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance  3sh 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

HE218    Child  Development 

HE220    Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers 

HE224    Marriage  and  Family  Relations 

HE317     Infant  Development 

HE426    Techniques  of  Parent  Education 

HE463     Family  and  the  Community 
Controlled  electives:  (one  track) 
Track  A:  Child  Development/Family  Relations 

HE32 1     Preschool  Education  (Developmental  Programming) 

HE324    Family  Dynamics 

HE418     Advanced  Child  Development 


31-34 


3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


HE422    Early  Childhood  Education 

HE424    Family  Issues 
Track  B:  Child  Development  (by  permission  only) 

HE321    Preschool  Education  (Developmental 
Programming) 

HE418     Advanced  Childhood  Development 

HE420    Practicum 

HE422    Early  Childhood  Education 
Track  C:  Family  Relations  (by  permission  only) 

HE324    Family  Dynamics 

HE424    Family  Issues 

HE493    Internship 

Other  Requirements: 
Outside  courses: 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 
BI 1 55      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 
EP202     Educational  Psychology 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
6sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
6sh 


3sh 
4sh 
3sh 


10 


Free  Electives: 


18-23 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Department  of  Nursing  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Jodell  Kuzneski,  Chairperson;  Allen,  Beck,  Bellak,  Berg, 
Black,  Blair,  Cunningham,  Edwards,  Gerwick,  Hartman, 
Holt,  Polansky,  Rossiter,  Sadler,  Settlemyer,  Smatlak, 
Snyder,  Szwarc,  Thistlethwaite,  Twal,  Walz,  Zuraikat;  and 
professors  emeritae  Hart,  Kresak,  Murray 

The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services  offers  a  curriculum  leading  to 
the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Nursing.  Students  are  admitted  to  the 
nursing  major  as  freshmen.  Upon  completion  of  the  program,  the  graduate  is 
prepared  to  write  the  examination  for  licensure  as  a  Registered  Nurse  in 
Pennsylvania  and  other  states.  The  program  is  fully  accredited  by  the 
National  League  for  Nursing. 

The  nursing  curriculum  has  as  its  primary  goal  the  development  of 
competent  professional  nurses  who  are  liberally  educated,  clinically 
competent,  and  aware  of  their  social  responsibilities  as  members  of  the 
health  professions.  The  program  is  designed  to  provide  a  broad  background 
in  general  education,  coupled  with  the  specialized  knowledge  and  skills 
required  for  professional  nursing.  Additionally,  the  curriculum  prepares  the 
nurse  to  practice  within  the  professional  code  of  nursing  ethics,  to  function 
effectively  as  a  member  of  the  health  care  professions,  and  to  utilize 
scientific  principles  in  planning  and  implementing  health  care.  The  nursing 
program  emphasizes  concepts  in  health  promotion  and  maintenance  and 
restoration  of  wellness  for  people  of  all  ages. 

The  first  three  semesters  are  devoted  mainly  to  Liberal  Studies  and  science 
courses  considered  essential  to  the  nursing  major.  The  first  clinical  nursing 
courses  begin  in  the  fourth  semester.  Clinical  experiences  in  patient  care  are 
provided  in  acute  and  long-term  care  facilities  as  well  as  community  health 
agencies  throughout  the  last  five  semesters.  Detailed  information  is 
available  in  the  department  office  regarding  health  screening  requirements, 
professional  uniform  requirements,  liability  insurance  needs,  and 
transportation  requirements.  There  is  an  option  to  complete  the  program  in 
five  years. 

Registered  Nurse  students  are  enrolled  in  the  basic  baccalaureate  program  in 
nursing.  They  will  have  an  upper-division  major  in  Nursing  and  will  fulfill 
all  degree  requirements  set  by  the  university  and  the  Nursing  Department. 
The  Registered  Nurse  student  may  be  awarded  advanced  standing,  based  on 
prior  work  completed  at  an  accredited  college  or  university  and  on 
exemption  tests  in  nursing  at  a  given  point  in  the  curriculum. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Nursing 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217U) 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 


55-56 


72 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Social  Science:  PC101,  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  PY151/161,  PC310.  no  courses 
with  NU  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

NU280  Introduction  to  Nursing 

NU285  Introduction  to  Clinical 

NU300  Nursing  Seminar  I 

NU302  Corel 

NU303  Clinical  Lab  I 

NU304  Core  II 

NU305  Clinical  Lab  II 

NU310  Nursing  Seminar  II 

NU322  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  I 

NU323  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  II 

NU400  Nursing  Seminar  III 

NU402  Core  III 

NU403  Clinical  Lab  III 

NU404  Core  IV 

NU405  Clinical  Lab  IV 

NU410  Nursing  Seminar  IV 

NU422  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  III 

NU423  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  IV 

NU430  Nursing  Research 

Other  Requirements: 

Science  sequence: 

BI105      Cell  Biology 


53 


BI150 

BI151 

BI241 

FN212 

PC321 

Free  Electives: 


Human  Anatomy 
Human  Physiology 
General  Microbiology 
Nutrition 
Abnormal  Psychology 


3sh 
3sh 
lsh 
2sh 
5sh 
2sh 
5sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
lsh 
2sh 
5sh 
2sh 
5sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
3sh 

4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


20 


(#) 


(I) 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     128-129 

See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 
The  Pennsylvania  State  Board  of  Nursing  requires  two  units  of  high 
school  mathematics  (one  of  which  is  algebra)  for  admission  to  the 
nursing  major. 


Allied  Health  Professions  Programs 

Helen  C.  Cunningham,  Coordinator 

Respiratory  Care 

Respiratory  therapists  assist  physicians  in  the  care  of  patients  who  have 
respiratory  system  problems  or  illness  that  relates  to  breathing.  Their 
assistance  includes  administering  gaseous  drugs  and  executing  therapeutic 
procedures.  Included  are  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  specialized 
equipment. 

The  program  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Respiratory  Care. 
Presented  jointly  by  IUP  and  the  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital  in 
Pittsburgh,  the  program  offers  intensive  theoretical  and  applied  knowledge 
to  produce  highly  skilled  graduates  who  are  prepared  to  enter  the  profession 
as  therapists  or  instructors. 

Two  academic  years  of  university  studies,  followed  by  two  academic  years 
of  hospital  studies  and  clinical  practice,  constitute  the  program.  Incoming 
students  must  maintain  a  QPA  of  2.25  in  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
to  be  considered  for  admission  into  the  clinical  years  in  Respiratory  Care. 
However,  since  admission  to  the  hospital  is  competitive,  IUP  cannot 
guarantee  admission  into  the  hospital  program. 


Fine  Arts:  one  course 

Mathematics:  MAI  10  or  higher  level 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Sciences:  PC101,  S0151,  non-Western  course 

Health  and  Wellness/ROTC:  H&W  recommended 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  one  course  from:  CO101,  PC378. 

BI265I 1 ),  other  course  as  approved  by  adviser 
Synthesis:  not  required 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

Completed  in  junior  and  senior  years  at  Western  Pennsylvania 

Hospital  in  Pittsburgh 

RT326     Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  I 

RT327     Pharmacology 

RT328     Introduction  to  Respiratory  Care 

RT329     Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation 

RT330     Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation 

RT33 1     Introduction  to  Ventilator  Management 

RT333     Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  II 

RT334     Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  and 
Application 

RT335     Nursing  Arts 

RT336     Cardiopulmonary  Evaluation  and  Clinical 
Correlation 

RT337     Introduction  to  Pulmonary  Functions 

RT426     Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  III 

RT427     Applied  Pulmonary  Physiology 

RT428     Essentials  of  ECG  Interpretation 

RT429     Design  and  Function  of  Respiratory  Care 
Department 

RT430    Pulmonary  Function  Studies 

RT43 1     Pediatric  Respiratory  Care 

RT433     Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  IV 

RT434     Pediatrics  and  Selected  Topics 

RT436     Respiratory  Care  Teaching 

RT437     Methods  in  Critical  Care 

RT438     Cardiopulmonary  Rehabilitation 

Other  Requirements: 

Science  courses: 

BI105      Cell  Biology 
BI150      Human  Anatomy 
BI151      Human  Physiology 
BI241      General  Microbiology 
PY151     Medical  Physics  Lecture 
PY161     Medical  Phvsics  Lab 


3sh 

3sh 
4sh 

4sh 
2sh 
lsh 
4sh 
4sh 

3sh 
4sh 

lsh 
5sh 
4sh 
2sh 

2sh 
2sh 
lsh 
5sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
lsh 


4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
lsh 


62 


Bachelor  of  Science — Respiratory  Care 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows: 
Composition:  EN101,  EN202 
Humanities:  three  courses,  one  in  each  area  (PH222  recommended) 


45 


Free  Electives:  0 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     125 

( 1 )    Pending  approval  of  course  as  Liberal  Studies  elective. 
(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Medical  Technology 

Medical  Technology  encompasses  the  study  of  analytical  and  diagnostic 
procedures  used  in  clinical  laboratories  and  in  medical  research.  Medical 
technologists  perform  a  variety  of  laboratory  tests  upon  which  the  physician 
depends  for  accurate  diagnosis,  prognosis,  and  proper  treatment  of  the 
patient.  The  program  of  studies,  presented  jointly  by  IUP  and  accredited 
medical  technology  programs  in  hospitals,  prepares  the  student  to  enter  the 
profession.  Upon  completion  of  the  four-year  program,  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  is  granted.  The  program  also 
prepares  the  student  for  graduate  and  professional  schools. 

IUP  maintains  short-  and  long-term  affiliations  with  selected  hospital 
schools.  The  Allied  Health  Professions  coordinator  provides  student 
counseling  and  maintains  a  liaison  with  hospital  schools.  However,  since 
admission  to  any  hospital  program  is  on  a  competitive  basis,  IUP  cannot 
guarantee  admission  into  any  hospital  program. 

The  following  programs  maintain  permanent  agreements  of  affiliations  with 
IUP:  Abington  Memorial  Hospital,  Abington:  Altoona  Hospital.  Altoona: 


The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services  —  73 


Conemaugh  Valley  Memorial  Hospital,  Johnstown;  Harrisburg  Hospital, 
Harrisburg;  Lancaster  General  Hospital,  Lancaster;  Latrobe  Aa-a  Hospital, 
Latrobe;  Polyclinic  Medical  Center.  Harrisburg;  Medical  College  Hospitals, 
Klkms  Park  Hospital,  Elkins  Park;  St.  Vincent  Health  Center,  brie;  and 
Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh.  Other  temporary  affiliations  are 
negotiated  lor  the  convenience  <>l  the  ■.indent. 

Completion  ol  academic  studies  at  IUP  and  ol  one  year  of  clinical 
experience  qualities  the  student  to  take  a  national  certification  examination. 
Successful  results  on  this  examination  lead  to  certification  as  a 
professionally  qualified  medical  technologist 


appropriate  standards  of  quality  lor  educational  programs  in  nuclear 
medicine  technology. 

The  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nuclear  Medicine 
Technology  consists  of  three  years  of  study  at  IUP  and  one  year  at  the 
University  of  Findlay/Nuclear  Medicine  Institute  in  Findlay.  Ohio.  Incoming 
students  must  maintain  a  QPA  of  2.25  in  the  Natural  Science  and 
Mathematics  to  be  considered  for  admission  to  the  Nuclear  Medicine 
Institute.  Since  admission  to  the  Nuclear  Medicine  Institute  is  competitive, 
IUP  cannot  guarantee  admission  into  their  program. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Medical  Technology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows  45 

Composition:  EN101.EN202 

Humanities:  three  courses  —  one  in  each  area  (PH222  recommended) 

fine  Arts:  one  course 

Mathematics:  MAI  10  or  higher  level 

Natural  Science:  PY  11 1/121  and  112/122 

Social  Sciences:  three  courses 

Health  and  Wellness/ROTC:  H&W  recommended 

Liberal  Studies  electives  or  synthesis:  one  course 

Major:  32 

Required  courses:  ( 1 1 

MT494  Clinical  Microbiology  8sh 

MT495  Clinical  Chemistry  "'  lOsh 

MT  496  Clinical  Hematology/Coagulation  6sh 

MT  497  Clinical  Immunohematology  4sh 

MT  498  Clinical  Immunology/Serology  2sh 

MT  499  Clinical  Seminar    "  2sh 

Other  Requirements:  Science  sequence  45 

Required  courses: 

BI105      Cell  Biology  4sh 

BI120      Animal  Biology  5sh 

BI36I      Microbiology  3sh 

BI364     Immunology  3sh 

CH 1 1 1  - 1 1 2  General  Chemistry  1  and  II  8sh 

CH23 1-232  Organic  Chemistry  1  and  II  8sh 

CH323    Analytical  Methods  4sh 

CH351     Biochemistry  4sh 
Controlled  electives: 

Two  courses  from  list:  BI263.  352.  360.  472.  476  6sh 

Free  Electives:  4 

BI 1 5 1      Human  Physiology  strongly  recommended 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     126 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 

1 1 1    These  courses  are  offered  by  our  affiliating  hospital-based  clinical 

programs.  These  areas  of  study  are  consistent  with  requirements  of  the 
Committee  for  Allied  Health  Education  Accreditation  (CAHEA).  All  six 
of  these  areas  of  study  are  completed  during  the  final  twelve  months  of 
the  degree  program  at  one  of  the  affiliating  hospitals. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Nuclear  Medicine 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows:  54 

Composition:  EN101.EN202  7sh 

Humanities:  three  courses,  one  in  each  area  9sh 

Fine  Arts:  one  course  3sh 

Mathematics:  MAI  10  or  higher  level  3sh 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102  8sh 

Social  Science:  PC101,  S0151,  non-western 

social  science  (AN1 10  recommended)  9sh 

Health  and  Wellness/ROTC:  HP143,  FN143,  or  MS101-102         3sh 
Liberal  Studies  Electives/Synthesis:  four  Liberal 
Studies  electives  or  three  Liberal  Studies  electives 
and  one  Synthesis  course  12sh 

Major:  32 

Required  courses:  ( 1 1 

NT427  Nuclear  Scintigraphy  3sh 

NT428  Radiation  Physics  3sh 

NT429  Nuclear  Medicine  Instrumentation  3sh 

NT430  Radiation  Biology  and  Radiation  Protection  2sh 

NT431  In  Vivo/In  Vitro  Non-Imaging  lsh 

NT432  Radiopharmaceutical  3sh 

NT433  Introduction  to  Tomographic  Imaging  lsh 

NT434  Clinical  Nuclear  Medicine  16sh 

Other  Requirements:  18 

Science  courses: 

BI150      Human  Anatomy  3sh 

BI  151       Human  Physiology  4sh 

PY  1 1 1     Physics  I  Lecture  3sh 

PY12I     Physics  I  Lab  lsh 

PY112     Physics  II  Lecture  3sh 

PY122    Physics  II  Lab  lsh 

Required  course: 

EN310    Public  Speaking  3sh 

Free  Electives:  20 

At  least  two  of  the  selected  courses  must  be  Writing  Intensive. 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )    These  courses  are  offered  at  the  University  of  Findlay/Nuclear 

Medicine  Institute.  Findlay.  Ohio.  These  areas  of  study  are  consistent 
with  requirements  of  the  Committee  for  Allied  Health  Education 
Accreditation  (CAHEA).  All  eight  of  these  ares  of  study  are  completed 
during  the  final  twelve  months  of  the  degree  program. 


Nuclear  Medicine 

Nuclear  Medicine  is  the  medical  specialty  that  utilizes  the  nuclear  properties 
of  radioactive  and  stable  nuclides  to  make  diagnostic  evaluations  of  the 
anatomic  or  physiologic  conditions  of  the  body  and  to  provide  therapy  with 
unsealed  radioactive  sources.  A  nuclear  medicine  technologist's  skills 
complement  those  of  the  nuclear  medicine  physician  and  other  allied  health 
professionals. 

The  nuclear  medicine  technologist  is  a  highly  trained  individual  who  has 
completed  an  approved  course  in  the  theory  of  nuclear  medicine  technology. 
This  allied  health  profession  utilizes  radioactive  materials  for  the  diagnosis 
of  various  pathological  disease  states  and  for  the  treatment  of  some  specific 
disorders.  The  American  College  of  Radiology,  American  Medical 
Association,  American  College  of  Medical  Technology,  American  Society  of 
Technologists.  Society  of  Nuclear  Medicine,  and  the  Society  of  Medicine- 
Technologist  Section  cooperate  to  establish,  maintain,  and  promote 


Gerontology  Certification  Program 

The  Gerontology  Certificate  program  provides  an  interdisciplinary  approach 
to  the  systematic  study  of  the  aging  and  is  designed  to  be  combined  with  any 
undergraduate  major  at  IUP.  The  21 -credit-hour  program  entails  three  core 
courses,  three  elective  courses,  and  an  internship  that  will  provide 
experiential  learning  in  an  agency  or  program  serving  older  adults.  Many 
courses  fulfill  the  requirements  for  the  Liberal  Studies  program. 
Applications  are  available  at  222  Zink  Hall.  For  information  call  357-7647. 


Core  Courses:  (3  required) 

HP  48 1    Health  Aspects  of  Aging 

or 

BI  160     Biology  of  Aging 

PC  312    Adult  Development  and  Aging 

SO  357    Sociology  of  Aging 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


74  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Controlled  Electives: 

AN322,  AN340.  AN444,  CS315,  FN410.  HE324.  HE456,  HP413, 
MG300,  MG3I1,  NU616,  PC376,  PC378,  PH400,  PH405,  RH312, 
SA380,  S0322.S0336,  SQ342,  SQ345.  SQ459. 


Other  Requirements: 

XX  493  Internship 

Other  Courses: 

GN  48 1  Special  Topics 
GN  482  Independent  Study 


3sh 


var  1  to  3sh 
var  1  to  3sh 


Total  Requirements:     21 


Department  of  Safety  Sciences 

Robert  D.  Soule,  Chairperson;  Chekanski,  Christensen, 
Engler,  McClay,  McClosky,  Pacalo,  Reed 

The  department  offers  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Safety  Sciences 
with  specialization  in  occupational  safety  and  health.  General  industrial 
safety  and  mine  safety  tracks  are  offered  within  this  curriculum. 

The  degree  in  Safety  Sciences  prepares  the  student  for  professional, 
administrative,  managerial,  and  supervisory  positions  in  industry, 
manufacturing,  insurance,  transportation,  utility,  government,  construction. 
trade  service  industries,  and  others.  There  remains  an  acute  need  in 
Pennsylvania  and  the  nation  for  university-educated  occupational  safety  and 
health  professionals.  The  curriculum  includes  a  major  of  36  semester  hours 
in  Safety  Sciences  and  an  additional  18  semester  hours  in  related 
professional  courses.  A  variety  of  elective  courses  are  available  in  both  the 
major  and  professional  course  fields  that  enable  students  to  strengthen  their 
primary  interest  areas. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Safety  Sciences/Industrial  Safety 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  POOL  S0151,  Non-western  recommended 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC122.  MA122,  MA217,  no  course  with 
SA  prefix 

Major:  36 

Required  courses:  Industrial  Safety  Track 

SA101     Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  3sh 

SA  1 1 1     Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I  3sh 

SA21 1     Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  II  3sh 

SA301     Health  Hazard  Identification  3sh 

SA303    Control  of  Health  Hazards  3sh 

SA311     Industrial  Fire  Protection  3sh 

SA402    Health  Hazard  Evaluation  3sh 

SA412     Evaluation  of  Safety  Programs  3sh 

SA493    Internship  6sh 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  SA345  or  SA347  3sh 

One  additional  SA  elective  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  34 

Additional  Science  and  Math 

PY 1 1 1     Physics  I  Lecture  3sh 

PY112     Physics  II  Lecture  3sh 

PY121     Physics  I  Lab  lsh 

PY122     Physics  II  Lab  lsh 

BI 155      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  4sh 

Behavioral  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  MG3 1 1 .  PC37 1 ,  PC420,  or  SO340  3sh 

Computer  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  CO101  or  IM300  3sh 

Professional  courses: 

MG330  Productions  and  Operations  Management  3sh 

HP242     Emergency  Health  Care  lsh 

Technical  Writing  elective: 


One  course  from  list:  EN322  or  EN220 
Controlled  electives: 

Three  professional  courses  approved  by  student's 
adviser 


3sh 
9sh 


Free  Electives: 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     126-127 


(#)   See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


36 


Bachelor  of  Science — Safety  Sciences/Mine  Safety  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  CH 101- 102 

Social  Science:  PC101.SO151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC122,  MA122.  MA217.  no  courses 
with  SA  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses:  Mining  Safety  Track 

SA102     Introduction  to  Mine  Safety  and  Health  3sh 

SA  1 1 1      Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I  3sh 

SA2 1 1     Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  II  3sh 

SA231     Principles  of  Mine  Safety  I  3sh 

SA232     Principles  of  Mine  Safety  II  3sh 

SA301     Health  Hazard  Identification  3sh 

SA401     Mine  Ventilation  3sh 

SA402    Health  Hazard  Evaluation  3sh 

SA412     Evaluation  of  Safety  Programs  3sh 

SA493     Internship  6sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  SA345  or  SA347  3sh 


34 


Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Science  and  Math 

PY1 1 1     Physics  I  Lecture  3sh 

PY112     Physics  II  Lecture  3sh 

PY121     Physics  I  Lab  lsh 

PY122     Physics  II  Lab  lsh 

BI155      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  4sh 

Behavioral  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  MG3 1 1 ,  PC37 1 ,  PC420.  or  SO340  3sh 

Computer  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  CO  101  or  IM300  3sh 

Professional  courses: 

MG330  Productions  and  Operations  Management  3sh 

HP242    Emergency  Health  Care  lsh 

Technical  Writing  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  EN322  or  EN220  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Three  professional  courses  approved  by  student's  9sh 

adviser 

Free  Electives: 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     1 26- 1 27 

(#)   See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Minor — Safety  Sciences  \l 

Required  courses: 

SAI01     Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety  3sh(l) 

and  Health 

SA111     Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I  3sh(2) 

SA301     Health  Hazard  Identification  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Three  SA  courses  approved  by  department  chairperson  9sh 

(1)  SA  102  Introduction  to  Mine  Safety  and  Health  may  be  an  alternative  forSAlOl. 

(2)  S  A2 1 1  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  II  may  be  an  alternative  for  S  A 1 1 1 . 


The  College  oj  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  —  75 


The  College  of  Humanities 
and  Social  Sciences 

Brenda  L.  Carter,  Dean 

Charles  E.  Cullum,  Associate  Dean 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  provides  a  libera]  education 
as  an  essential  foundation  for  student's  preparation  for  a  satisfying  career.  In 
a  dynamic  society  such  as  America's,  a  broad  liberal  education  is  a 
necessity.  The  college  maintains  an  emphasis  on  the  fundamental 
understanding  and  application  of  the  basic  principles  of  our  cultural 
heritage,  combined  with  development  of  a  thorough  background  of 
knowledge  in  the  student's  specific  area  of  interest.  It  seeks  to  promote  in 
students  critical  and  objective  thinking,  analytical  skill,  and  a  keen 
awareness  of  their  responsibilities  to  society. 


The  college  offers  majors  in 
Anthropology 
Criminology 
Economics 
English 

Foreign  Languages  and 
International  Trade 
French 
Geography 
German 

Government  and  Public  Service 
History 


Industrial  and  Labor 

Relations 

International  Studies 

Journalism 

Law  School  Preparation 

Philosophy 

Political  Science 

Regional  Planning 

Religious  Studies 

Sociology 

Spanish 


Degrees 

The  departments  of  Anthropology,  Criminology,  Economics,  English, 
French.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning.  German.  History.  Journalism. 


Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies.  Political  Science,  Spanish  and  Classical 
Languages,  and  Sociology  offer  work  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 
The  Bachelor  of  Science  is  offered  in  Regional  Planning.  In  addition,  the 
Associate  ol  Arts  degree  is  offered  by  the  Criminology  Department  at  the 
Punxsutawney  campus.  Several  departments  offer  Master  of  Arts  or  Master 
ol  Science  degrees  in  the  university's  Graduate  School.  The  English  and 
Criminology  departments  offer  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  Doctor  ol 
Philosophy  degree.  Information  about  these  programs  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Graduate  School. 

Degree  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  university's  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  all  students 
seeking  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a  major  as  established  by  the 
department  through  which  they  wish  to  specialize.  Statements  of  these 
requirements,  and  for  those  minoring  in  a  specific  field,  appear  in  the 
department  sections  that  follow.  A  double  major  or  minor  may  encompass  a 
discipline  outside  as  well  as  within  the  college  but  should  be  selected  only 
with  adviser  approval.  As  a  general  principle,  there  is  considerable  latitude 
in  course  choice  for  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  majors.  The 
intermediate-level  foreign  language  requirement  (a  description  follows) 
applies  without  exception  to  all  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  four-year 
degree  programs. 

College  Language  Requirements  and  Liberal  Studies 

Students  in  the  colleges  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  and  of 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  who  must  pass  the  intermediate-level 
language  sequence  as  a  college  requirement  for  graduation,  may  choose  any 
of  the  languages  offered.  Self-instruction  in  Critical  Languages  fulfills  the 
Liberal  Studies  requirement  only  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences.  The  student  with  no  previous  foreign  language  study  will  take  the 
entry-level  courses  as  prerequisites.  The  credits  will  not  be  applicable  to  any 
college  or  departmental  requirements  but  may  be  counted  as  free  electives  in 
the  total  required  for  graduation.  Generally,  students  should  schedule 
courses  in  accordance  with  their  previous  school  or  practical  background. 

Individual  placement  will  be  determined  during  placement  testing  and 
registration  prior  to  the  first  semester  or  summer  session  at  IUP.  Students 
whose  placement  testing  demonstrates  possession  of  competence  equivalent 
to  the  intermediate  level  are  considered  to  have  fulfilled  this  requirement. 

Any  foreign  student,  registered  as  such  at  IUP,  whose  acquired  native 
language  is  other  than  English  and  who  demonstrates  an  acceptable 
proficiency  in  English,  is  exempt  from  the  foreign  language  requirement  for 
a  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  degree  if  the  department  he/she  is 
majoring  in  does  not  require  a  specific  language. 

Critical  Language  Program 

This  is  a  self-instructional  course  for  the  study  of  languages  not  taught  in  the 
classroom.  The  students  are  provided  with  texts,  cassettes,  and  the  services 
of  a  native  speaker.  Professional  teachers  of  language  from  other 
universities  will  test  performance.  Interested  students  must  contact  the 
coordinator  before  registration.  Each  course  carries  3sh/credit. 

The  following  languages  may  be  available  for  study:  Arabic,  Chinese, 
Dutch,  Modem  Greek.  Modern  Hebrew,  Classical  Hebrew,  Hindi. 
Hungarian.  Italian.  Japanese.  Korean.  Persian.  Polish.  Portuguese.  Russian, 
Serbo-Croatian,  Swahili,  Swedish,  Tagalog.  Thai,  Turkish,  and  Vietnamese. 

For  information,  contact  Dr.  Victor  S.  Drescher.  Director  of  the  Critical 
Languages  Program. 

Foreign  Study  Programs 

College  majors  may  be  interested  in  the  various  Foreign  Study  Programs 
and  Tours.  Credits  obtained  through  such  arrangements  normally  are 
applicable  toward  a  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  degree.  Also  of  interest 
are  the  college's  credit-awarding  programs  at  Valladolid  (Spain),  Duisburg 
(Germany),  and  Nancy  (France),  as  well  as  the  Summer  Study  in  Mexico 
Program.  For  information,  contact  the  chair  of  the  appropriate  language 
department. 

IUP  at  Valladolid:  Through  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Department,  the  university  has  offered  a  spring  semester  of  study  at  the 
University  of  Valladolid.  Spain,  for  the  past  seventeen  years.  The 
participants  live  in  private  homes.  For  details  and  brochures,  contact  the 
Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages. 


76 — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


IUP  at  Duisburg:  IUP  has  a  study  abroad  program  at  the  University  of 
Duisburg.  West  Germany.  The  program  is  open  to  German  majors  and  other 
students  having  specific  interest  in  a  foreign  study  experience.  Students 
must  register  for  FL100  and  pay  a  foreign  exchange  fee  for  each  semester  in 
the  program.  For  further  information,  contact  the  German  Department. 

IUP  at  Nancy:  IUP  has  established  a  study  program  with  the  University  of 
Nancy,  France.  Participants  in  the  Nancy  program  must  pay  a  foreign 
exchange  fee  for  each  semester  in  the  program.  For  details,  contact  the 
French  Department. 

IUP  at  Mexico  Summer  Program:  The  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Department  sponsors  a  program  of  study  in  Spanish  language  in  Mexico. 
The  program  is  located  at  Cuernavaca,  and  the  cost  of  the  program  includes 
transportation,  complete  room  and  board,  insurance,  and  tuition.  The  student 
may  earn  up  to  6  hours  of  undergraduate  or  graduate  credit.  Internship 
opportunities  are  available  for  students  with  fluency  in  Spanish. 

Preprofessional  Programs 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  offers  a  preprofessional 
program  in  pre-law  that  prepares  the  student  for  application  to  a  law  school. 
This  minor  is  in  the  following  Social  Sciences,  Humanities,  and  Business 
departments:  Pre-law  in  Business,  Criminology,  Economics,  English, 
History.  Philosophy,  or  Political  Science.  All  programs  are  designed  to  lead 
to  a  baccalaureate  degree  and  prepare  students  for  law  school. 

Coursework  in  the  pre-law  program  centers  upon  a  carefully  developed 
interdisciplinary  minor.  For  detailed  guidance  in  pre-law,  students  should 
consult  the  pre-law  adviser  in  their  major  department. 

Internship  Programs 

Humanities  and  Social  Science  departments  have  extensive  internship 
programs  which  allow  students  to  engage  in  off -campus  supervised  work 
experience  for  credit.  IUP  students  have  worked  in  Harrisburg  as  aides  to 
state  legislators,  with  the  Governor's  Justice  Commission  and  the  Local 
Government  Commission,  and  with  the  Investigations  Division, 
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Justice.  Others  have  worked  at  correctional 
institutions  in  Pittsburgh.  Greensburg,  and  Warrendale,  as  peer  group 
counselors  on  the  local  campus,  as  an  assistant  to  the  Pennsylvania  state 
Republican  chairperson,  as  on-site  guides  at  the  I  nited  Nations,  as  workers 
on  an  Israeli  kibbutz,  and  as  student  aides  for  the  Department  of  Education, 
Puerto  Rico.  Other  students  have  worked  in  the  Pittsburgh  federal  probation 
office.  Many  students  have  worked  with  major  political  parties  and 
candidates  at  the  local  and  state  levels.  At  the  county  level,  they  have  been 
attached  to  the  offices  of  the  county  planner,  the  Common  Pleas  Court, 
coroner,  treasurer,  commissioners,  and  borough  manager.  Students  have  also 
worked  in  the  Washington  offices  of  Pennsylvania  congressmen  and  in  many 
federal  and  international  organizations  in  Washington  as  well.  Opportunities 
for  internships  in  other  countries  exist.  For  more  information  about  specific 
internship  programs,  students  should  consult  with  the  chair  of  the 
department  in  which  the  student  is  majoring. 


Department  of  Anthropology 

Miriam  Chaiken,  Chairperson;  Conelly,  Garcia,  Koetje, 
ki  in  km. in.  P.  Neusius,  S.  Neusius,  Olin-Fahle;  and 
professor  emerita  Lanham 

The  Anthropology  Department,  which  was  a  component  of  the  Sociology/ 
Anthropology  Department,  became  a  separate  department  effective 
July  1.  1993. 

The  Anthropology  Department  promotes  awareness  of  anthropological 
knowledge  and  methods  and  seeks  to  further  the  discipline  and  its 
applications  to  the  problems  of  the  contemporary  world.  Through  teaching, 
research,  and  involvement  in  campus  and  community  events  and  programs, 
fhe  anthropology  faculty  members  contribute  to  the  liberal  education  of  IUP 
students.  The  anthropology  major  itself  equips  students  with  knowledge 
and  skills  needed  for  full  participation  in  the  global  environment  of  the 
21st  century. 

Anthropology  emphasizes  the  study  of  human  biological  and  cultural 
diversity  within  its  four  subfields:  sociocultural  anthropology,  biological 
anthropology,  linguistics,  and  archaeology.  All  students  receive  a  solid 


foundation  in  fhe  discipline  of  anthropology  and  tailor  their  major  fo 
specific  interests  by  following  one  of  the  three  tracks. 

The  General  Anthropology  track  continues  the  student's  education  in  all  of 
the  subfields  of  anthropology,  preparing  fhe  student  for  a  graduate  education 
in  anthropology  or  in  one  of  many  related  fields.  The  general  frack  also 
provides  a  solid  base  for  interdisciplinary  study  with  a  number  of  other 
fields  including  biology,  philosophy,  political  science,  psychology,  religious 
studies,  sociology,  and  Spanish. 

The  Archaeology  track  provides  an  emphasis  on  the  study  of  culture  through 
the  material  remains  of  human  behavior.  This  track  provides  training  for 
careers  in  the  growing  fields  of  cultural  resource  management  and  historic 
preservation,  with  opportunities  for  employment  in  both  government  and  the 
private  sector.  A  wide  variety  of  internship  opportunities  provide  hands-on 
training  in  these  areas. 

The  Applied  Anthropology  track  provides  students  with  a  background  in 
anthropological  method  and  theory,  a  cross-cultural  perspective,  and  an 
avenue  fo  translate  this  knowledge  into  action  through  internships  and 
research.  Examples  of  career  opportunities  include  program  design, 
implementation,  and  evaluation:  policy  analysis,  administrative  and 
managerial  development;  assessment  of  current  and  future  human  needs; 
and  creation  of  strategies  for  social  intervention  and  advocacy.  In 
consultation  with  an  adviser,  each  student  will  develop  his  or  her  own 
curriculum  in  order  to  build  expertise  in  a  specific  topical  area. 

The  departmenf  also  offers  preparation  for  teaching  social  studies  with  a 
concentration  in  anthropology.  This  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  degree.  With  its  emphasis  on  cross-cultural  comparisons,  the 
realities  of  contemporary  global  cultures  and  cultural  resource  management, 
anthropology  provides  a  solid  foundation  for  teaching  social  science  at  the 
secondary  level.  Additionally  the  department  offers  a  minor  in  anthropology. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — General  Anthropology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Social  Science:  S0151  (recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  BE/CO/IM101  (recommended), 
no  courses  with  AN  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

AN21I     Cultural  Anthropology 

AN222    Biological  Anthropology 

AN233    Language  and  Culture 

AN244    Basic  Archaeology 

AN456    Field  Research  Methods 
Controlled  electives: 
One  theory  course: 

AN480    Anthropology  Seminar  or 

S0447     Modern  Sociological  Theory  (2) 
Three  courses  in  Topical  Area  Ethnography  such  as: 

AN27 1    Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa 

AN272    Cultural  Area  Studies: 

AN273    Cultural  Area  Studies: 

AN274    Cultural  Area  Studies 

AN3I4    Native  Americans 


53-54 


0-6 


33 


China 

Southeast  Asia 
Latin  America 


Two  additional  AN  electives  (300  or  400  level) 
Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
9sh 


6sh 


0 
37-38 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  S0447:  Modem  Sociological  Theory  may  be  taken  only  with  approval 
of  the  adviser. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  —  77 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Anthropology/Archaeology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics  MA217 

Natural  Science:  GS 1 2 1/122- 1 3 1/1 32  (recommended) 

Social  Science   S0151  (recommended) 

liberal  Studies  eleclives:  BF./CO/IM101  (recommended). 
no  courses  « ith  AN  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major:  36 

Required  courses: 

AN211    Cultural  Anthropology  3sh 

AN222    Biological  Anthropology  3sh 

AN233    Language  and  Culture  3sh 

AN244    Basic  Archaeology  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 
Three  methods  courses: 

AN317    Archaeological  Research  Design  and  Analysis  3sh 

AN320    Archaeological  Field  School  (2)  6sh 

AN415    Cultural  Resource  Management  3sh 

One  theory  course: 

AN480    Anthropology  Seminar  or  3sh 

S0447     Modern  Sociological  Theory  (3) 
Two  area  courses,  one  in  archaeology  and  one  in 

ethnography,  such  as: 

AN213    World  Archaeology  or  3sh 

AN3 1 5    North  American  Archaeology 
and 

AN314    Native  Americans  or  3sh 

AN27 1/272/273/274  Cultural  Area  Study 
One  topical  course  such  as: 

AN401    Sociocultural  Change  or  3sh 

AN420    Cultural  Ecology 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  (4)  37-38 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  For  approval  by  adviser,  an  equivalent  field  school  of  another  university 
must  have  a  lab  component. 

(3)  S0447:  Modern  Sociological  Theory  may  be  taken  only  with  approval 
of  the  adviser. 

(4)  A  minor  in  Goeoscience.  Geography,  History,  or  other  approved  field  is 
recommended.  An  internship  ( AN493)  also  is  recommended.  Your 
adviser  should  be  consulted. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Anthropology /Applied  Anthropology 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Social  Science:  S0151  (recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  BE/CO/IM101,  no  courses  with  AN  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I  I 

Major:  36 

Required  courses: 

AN211     Cultural  Anthropology  3sh 

AN222    Biological  Anthropology  3sh 

AN233    Language  and  Culture  3sh 

AN244    Basic  Archaeology  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Two  methods  courses: 

AN360    Applied  Anthropology  3sh 

AN456    Field  Research  Methods  3sh 


One  theory  course: 

AN480    Anthropology  Seminar  or 
S0447     Modern  Sociological  Theory  (2) 

One  area  course: 

AN314    Native  Americans  or 

AN27 1/2727273/274  Cultural  Area  Study 

Two  additional  AN  electives  (300  or  400  level) 
Internship  in  Anthropology  (3) 

Other  Requirements:  (recommended) 
EN322    Technical  Writing 
S0231     Contemporary  Social  Problems 
S0457    Computer  Use  in  Sociology 


3sh 


3sh 

6sh 
6sh 


Free  Electives: 


34-35 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  S0447:  Modern  Social  Theory  may  be  taken  only  with  permission  of 
the  adviser. 

(3)  Internship  is  highly  recommended  but  may  be  replaced  by  6sh  of 
pragmatic  skill  courses  upon  approval  of  adviser. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Sciences 
Education/Anthropology  Concentration  (*) 


Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  AN211,  EC121,  PC101 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC  122,  GE230,  no  courses 
with  AN  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence  ( 1 ) 

CM30I    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  I 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  II 

ED44 1     Student  Teaching 

ED442    School  Law 

ED455    Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  Secondary 

School 
EP202     Educational  Psychology 
EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 
FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  Anthropology  courses: 

AN2 1 1    Cultural  Anthropology 

AN222    Biological  Anthropology 

AN233    Language  and  Culture 

AN244    Basic  Archaeology 
Two  area  ethnography  courses: 

( AN27 1 ,  AN272,  AN273,  or  AN3 1 4 ) 
Two  additional  Anthropology  courses 

numbered  300  or  above 
History  Distributional  Requirements: 

Any  two  History  courses  which  focus  on  the  U.S. 

Any  Non-Western  or  World  History  course 
Required  Social  Science  Distribution: 

PS280  or  PS285 

GE104,  GE252,  GE255,  GE256,  or  GE257 

Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives:  (2) 


53-55 


30 


3sh 

lsh 
lsh 
12sh 
lsh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


*sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

6sh 

6sh 

6sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


21 


0 
0-17 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

(*)   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(1)   Students  who  do  not  pass  a  special  education  competency  test  must  take 
EX300;  this  will  reduce  free  electives. 


78  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


(2)    If  certain  courses  are  chosen  for  Social  Sciences  major,  they  may  also 
fulfill  Liberal  Studies  requirements  and  permit  additional  free  electives. 


Minor — Anthropology 

Required  course: 

AN  1 1 0    Contemporary  Anthropology 
Controlled  electives: 

Four  additional  courses  in  Anthropology 


15 


3sh 
12sh 


Department  of  Criminology 

Joseph  Bogan,  Chairperson;  Austin,  Berg,  Cohen,  Gibbs, 
Hanrahan,  Martin,  McCauley,  McNabb,  Melodini,  Moyer, 
Mutchnick,  J.  Thomas,  Wegener,  Wilson,  Zimmerman 

The  Department  of  Criminology  offers  men  and  women  seeking  careers  in 
criminology  a  broad  liberal  arts  education  supported  by  a  professional 
education  program.  The  degree  offered  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major 
in  Criminology,  under  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences; 
students  may  also  minor  in  Criminology.  Through  the  Graduate  School  the 
department  offers  graduate  work  at  the  master's  and  doctoral  level. 

The  program  in  Criminology  has  a  five-fold  objective: 

1.  The  education  of  students  for  employment  and  leadership  in  the 
expanding  field  of  criminology  and  criminal  justice 

2.  The  education  of  presently  employed  criminal  justice  personnel  who 
recognize  a  need  for  furthering  their  education 

3.  The  instruction  of  students  who  wish  to  acquire  an  understanding  of  the 
processes  of  criminal  justice  as  a  cultural  part  of  their  higher  education 

4.  The  instruction  of  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  graduate  study  and/or 
research  in  criminology 

5.  A  curriculum  that  provides  an  excellent  foundation  for  students  preparing 
for  a  career  in  law 

Nearly  every  level  of  government  offers  opportunities  for  professional 
careers  in  criminology.  Employment  opportunities  normally  exist  in  more 
than  fifty  federal  agencies,  including  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation, 
U.S.  Secret  Service,  U.S.  Postal  Inspectors,  Drug  Enforcement  Agency, 
Bureau  of  Alcohol.  Tobacco  and  Firearms,  National  Security  Agency,  U.S. 
Marshals,  the  Internal  Revenue  Service,  and  military  investigative  branches. 
Graduates  will  find  employment  in  local  and  state  law  enforcement, 
probation,  parole  and  the  custody  and  treatment  of  adult  and  youthful 
offenders.  There  is  also  a  wide  variety  of  opportunities  in  the  expanding 
fields  of  private,  commercial,  and  industrial  security.  In  addition,  many 
governmental  agencies  have  specialized  units  dealing  with  juveniles, 
community  relations,  training,  education,  and  research. 

Career  opportunities  are  available  also  in  research  and  teaching  at  the 
college  and  university  levels  and  in  research  divisions  of  various  agencies. 

Students  who  wish  to  change  their  major  or  minor  to  Criminology  or  Pre- 
Law  Criminology  must  have  an  overall  Q.P.A.  of  2.5  to  declare  the  major  or 
minor  and  to  be  accepted  formally  by  the  department. 

For  new  entering  freshmen,  the  department  will  utilize  a  junior  status 
screening  criteria  and  procedure  for  junior  status  approval  as  described  in 
the  section.  "Sophomore  Screening  for  Junior  Status  Approval." 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

CR102 

Survey  of  Criminology 

3sh 

CR210 

Criminal  Law 

3sh 

CR300 

Theories  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice 

Organizations 

3sh 

CR306 

Research  Methods 

3sh 

CR400 

Theoretical  Criminology 

3sh 

CR401 

Contemporary  Issues 

3sh 

Controlled 

electives: 

One  course  from  list:  CR416,  451,  470,  491 

3sh 

Five  additional  Criminology  courses 

15sh(2) 

36 


Free  Electives:  (3) 


27-35 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  6sh  of  CR493:  Internship  may  be  applied  to  36sh 
minimum  in  major. 

(3)  Students  selecting  a  minor  may  apply  no  more  than  15sh  outside  the 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  without  special  approval. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Criminology/Pre-Law 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  CR  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 


53-55 


0-6 


ajor: 

Required  courses: 

CR102    Survey  of  Criminology 

3sh 

CR210    Criminal  Law 

3sh 

CR300    Theories  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice 

Organizations 

3sh 

CR306    Research  Methods 

3sh 

CR400    Theoretical  Criminology 

3sh 

CR401     Contemporary  Issues 

3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  CR4I6,  451,  470.  491 

3sh 

Five  additional  Criminology  courses 

15sh(2) 

36 


Other  Requirements:  Prelaw  interdisciplinary  minor 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 
Business:  BL235.  AG201.  AG202 
Economics:  EC  121,  EC  122.  EC332 
English:  EN213,  EN220.  EN310 
History:  HI320,  HI321.  HI346 
Philosophy:  PH101,  PH222,  PH450 
Political  Science:  PS358.  PS359,  PS361 


15-21 


Free  Electives:  (3) 


6-20 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  6sh  of  CR493:  Internship  may  be  applied  to  36sh 
minimum  in  major. 

(3)  Students  selecting  a  minor  may  apply  no  more  than  15sh  outside 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  without  special  approval. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Criminology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  CR  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 


53-55 


0-6 


Associate  of  Arts  in  Criminology  (offered  only  at 
PunxsutawneyMD 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows:  3"* 

English:  EN  101,  EN202  7sh 

Mathematics:  MA  101  or  substitute  3sh 

Humanities:  one  course  from  lists  3sh 

Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  list  3sh 

Natural  Science:  laboratory  science  sequence  required  8sh 

Social  Science:  PC101.  PS111,  S0151  9sh 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  —  79 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

CR 101  Crime  and  Justice  Systems 

CRI02  Survey  of  Criminology 

CR:io  Criminal  Law 

CR270  Juvenile  Justice  System 

CR283  Police  Pairol  Management 

CR291  Theory  and  Techniques  of  Interviewing 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


18 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

Ish 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     60 


( 1 )    This  program  is  being  discontinued  over  coming  academic  year:  contact 
department  for  lurther  advice. 


Minor  in  Criminology 

Minor:  1 1 ) 

Required  courses: 

CRI02  Survey  of  Criminology 

CR210  Criminal  Law 

CR300  Complex  Organization 

CR306  Research  Methods 

CR400  Theoretical  Criminology 

CR401  Contemporary  Issues 


18 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


(I)    Must  have  formal  criminology  department  approval  to  be  admitted  to 
minor  in  Criminology 


Department  of  Economics 

Donald  A.  Walker,  Chairperson;  Asamoah,  Cross,  Dyal, 
Garvin,  Holt,  Huff,  Karatjas,  Martel,  Radakovic,  Radell, 
Stonebraker,  Ware 

The  Department  of  Economics  offers  programs  for  majors  who  intend  to 
pursue  careers  as  economists  in  education,  government,  industry,  finance,  or 
commerce.  The  economist  in  today's  world  occupies  an  increasingly 
important  position,  and  great  opportunity  exists  for  qualified  people. 

Three  different  degree  programs  are  available:  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 
Economics  that  prepares  students  for  immediate  employment  or  graduate 
school;  a  pre-law  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Economics  for  students  who  wish  to 
attend  law  school;  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  that  prepares 
students  to  teach  economics  and  other  social  sciences  in  secondary  schools. 

The  Department  of  Economics  offers  concentrations  in  particular  areas  of 
Economics.  The  concentrations  are  designed  to  equip  students  with  the 
education  and  skills  that  will  enable  them  to  obtain  a  position  in  government 
or  private  business  upon  completion  of  the  undergraduate  program.  The 
concentrations  available  at  present  are 

Competition  and  Public  Policy 

Economics  of  Government  Affairs 

International  Economics 

Labor  Economics 

Managerial  Economics 

Quantitative  Economics 
Detailed  information  regarding  these  concentrations  may  be  obtained 
from  the  department  chairperson.  Concentrations  are  not  restricted  to 
Economics  majors. 

Either  Basic  Economics  (EC  101)  or  Principles  of  Economics  (EC121)  will 
count  as  a  Liberal  Studies  Social  Science  course.  However,  EC101  is 
intended  for  students  who  will  take  one  and  only  one  course  in  the  field. 
Students  who  anticipate  taking  more  than  one  Economics  course  should 
schedule  EC121.   EC101  will  not  count  toward  either  a  major  or  minor  in 
Economics  and  may  not  be  taken  after  the  successful  completion  of  or  in 
concurrent  registrations  with  any  other  Economics  course. 


Economics  majors  are  encouraged  to  minor  in  one  of  the  other  Social 
Sciences,  in  Business,  or  in  Mathematics.  A  minor  in  Mathematics  is 
strongly  recommended  for  those  whose  future  may  include  graduate  work 
in  Economics. 

The  Department  of  Economics  also  houses  the  Center  for  Economic 
Education.  The  center  is  a  nonprofit,  nonpartisan  organization  affiliated  with 
both  the  Pennsylvania  Council  on  Economic  Education  (PCEE)  and  the 
national  Joint  Council  on  Economic  Education  (JCEE).  Its  mission  is  to 
upgrade  the  quality  of  economic  education  in  kindergarten  through  twelfth 
grade.  The  Center  for  Economic  Education  performs  the  following 
functions:  teacher  training,  consulting  services,  research,  materials 
development,  and  programs  in  economic  education  for  adults.  Drs.  Nicholas 
Karatjas  and  Arthur  H.  Martel  are  co-directors  of  the  Center. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  EC121 

Mathematics:  MAI  10  or  MA  121  (1 ) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:   no  courses  with  EC  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

EC121     Principles  of  Economics  I 

EC  122    Principles  of  Economics  II 

EC355    Statistics  for  Economists 

EC42 1    Macro  Analysis 

EC422    Micro  Analysis 

MA  121   Calculus  I  for  Natural  and  Social  Sciences  and 
Business 
Controlled  electives: 

Four  other  EC  courses 


53-56 


0-6 


24 


*sh 
3sh 

3sh(3) 

3sh 

3sh 

*sh(l) 


12sh 


Free  Electives: 


38-47 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)  MA  123  or  MA  127  may  be  substituted  for  MAI 21. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(3)  MA214,  MA217  or  MA363  may  be  substituted  for  EC355. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics/Pre-law 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Social  Science:  EC121 
Mathematics:  MA110  or  MA121  (1) 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  EC  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

EC  1 2 1    Principles  of  Economics  I 

EC  122    Principles  of  Economics  II 

EC355    Statistics  for  Economists(3) 

EC42 1    Macro  Analysis 

EC422    Micro  Analysis 

MA121  Calculus  I  for  Natural  and  Social  Sciences  and 
Business!  1) 
Controlled  electives: 

Four  other  EC  courses 

Other  Requirements:  Prelaw  interdisciplinary  minor 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 
Business:  BL235.  AG201,  AG202 
Criminology:  CR210,  CR260,  CR357 
English:  EN213,  EN220,  EN310 


53-56 


0-6 


24 


*sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

*sh 

12sh 


6-21 


80  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


History:   HI320.  HI321,  HI346 
Philosophy:  PH101,  PH222,  PH450 
Political  Science:  PS358.  PS359,  PS361 


Free  Electives: 


17-36 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)  MA  123,  or  MA  127  may  be  substituted  for  MA121. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(3)  MA214,  MA217,  or  MA363  may  be  substituted  for  EC355. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics/Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  47-49 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  EC121  (included  in  major) 

Mathematics:   MA  127  (included  in  major) 

Electives:   Intermediate  foreign  language,  no  course  with  EC  or 
MA  prefix. 

Major:  54-56 

Core: 

EC  1 2 1   Principles  of  Economics  I 

EC122  Principles  of  Economics  II 

EC42 1   Macroeconomics  Analysis 

EC422  Microeconomics  Analysis 

MA  127  Calculus  I 

MA128  Calculus  II 

MA227  Calculus  III 

MA  171    Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 

MA216orEC355  Statistics 
Economics  Electives: 

Students  are  especially  encouraged  to  take  EC334 

(Economics  of  Corporate  Decisions),  and  EC356 

(Econometrics),  but  any  course  except  EClOKBasic 

Economics)  may  be  used.  EC493(  Internship)  may  be 

counted  only  with  the  approval  of  the  program  coordinator. 
Mathematics  Electives: 

At  least  one  of  the  following  two-semester  sequences: 

MA241   Differential  Equations  and  MA371  Linear  Algebra 

MA363  and  MA364  Mathematical  Statistics  I  and  II 

MA445  and  MA446  Programing  and  Probalistic  Models  in  O.R. 
Two  additional  courses  either  from  the  above  or  from  the  following: 

MA271   Introduction  to  Algebraic  Structures 

MA342  Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications 

MA417  Statistical  Applications  or  MA418  Sampling  Survey  Theory 

MA421   Advanced  Calculus  I 

MA422  Advanced  Calculus  II 

MA423  Complex  Variables  I 

MA425  Applied  Mathematical  Analysis  I 

MA427  Topography 

MA465  Topics  in  Statistics 

MA476  Abstract  Algebra  I 

MA477  Abstract  Algebra  II 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3-4sh 
12 


12-13 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

19-23 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Science 
Education/Economics  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PC  101 .  PS  1 1 1 ,  AN  1 10  or  AN2 1 1 

Mathematics:  MA110  or  MA217  or  MA121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  GE230.  SQ237 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301   Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 
ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  I 


30 


ED342 

Pre-student  Teaching  II 

lsh 

ED441 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

ED442 

School  Law 

lsh 

ED455 

Teaching  of  Social  Science  in  the 

Secondary  School 

3sh 

EP202 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

EP377 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 

3sh 

FE202 

American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

3sh 

Major:  21 

Required  Economics  courses: 

EC121    Principles  of  Economics  I  3sh 

EC122    Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

Controlled  Economics  electives:  15sh 

Upper-level  Economics  courses  including  at  leasl 
one  writing-intensive  course  and  at  least  one 
course  from  each  of  the  following  three  groups: 
International  courses:  EC339,  EC345,  EC350.  EC351 
Macroeconomic  courses:  EC325.  EC343.  EC421 
Microeconomic  courses:  EC283.  EC330.  EC331,  EC332, 
EC333.  EC335.  EC336.  EC373.  EC383 

Other  Requirements:  15-18 

Required  Social  Science  distribution 

HI203     U.S.  History  for  Historians  3sh 

GE 3sh 

PS280orPS285  Comparative  Governments  3sh 

Social  Science  minor  6-9sh  ( 1 ) 


Free  Electives: 


0-4 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     1 24 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 

on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 
( 1 )  Students  must  complete  a  minor  in  second  Social  Science  of  their 

choice.  The  coursework  for  each  alternative  is  described  below. 

Some  of  the  courses  chosen  may  also  fulfill  the  third  Liberal  Studies 

elective  course  above. 

1.  Anthropology:  AN110  or  AN21 1.  12  additional  sh  in  AN 

2.  Geography:  GE230  (3sh)  and  12  additional  sh  in  GE 

3.  History:  HI195  (3sh).  HI203  (3sh),  9  additional  sh  in  HI 

4.  Political  Science:   PS1 11,  PS280  or  PS285,  9  additional  sh  in  PS 

5.  Sociology:   S0151.  S0237.  9  additional  sh  in  SO 


Minor  in  Economics 

Minor: 

Required  courses: 

EC121    Principles  of  Economics  I 
EC  122   Principles  of  Economics  II 

Three  courses  from  EC200  or  higher 


15 


3sh 
3sh 
9sh 


3sh 
lsh 


Department  of  English 

James  Gray.  Chairperson;  Aghbar,  Alvine,  Bencich, 
Berlin,  Bower,  Cahalan,  Carse,  Chow,  Cook,  Curey, 
Dandurand,  Downing,  Emerick,  Fritz,  Gatti,  Gebliard, 
Goebel,  Hartwell,  M.  Hayward,  N.  Hayward,  Heny,  B. 
Hudson,  S.  Hudson,  Hurlbert,  R.G.  Johnson,  Kilwein- 
Guevara,  Kraszewski,  Krupnik,  Masiello,  McAndrew,  D. 
McClure,  S.  McClure,  Rodriguez-Milanes,  Murphy,  Nania, 
Norris,  Perdue,  Rafoth,  R.  Roffman,  Ruh,  Savova,  R. 
Shafer,  Slater,  Smits,  Swigart,  Tannacito,  R.L.  Thomas, 
Vella,  Waddell,  Welsh,  Williamson,  T.K.  Wilson, 
Woodworth,  Yarup,  Zalazar;  and  professors  emeriti 
Anderson,  Betts,  J.  Bright,  L.  Bright,  Brown,  Craig,  Davis, 
Freund,  Grayburn,  Hull,  McManmon,  Miller,  Ray,  Rider, 
Roumm,  Seacrist,  Seinfelt,  Smith,  Watta 

The  program  of  studies  in  the  English  Department  at  IUP  focuses  on  critical 
thinking  and  effective  reading  and  writing  at  all  levels.   English  majors 


The  t  'allege  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  —  81 


stud\  .1  unit-  varietj  ol  subjects  ranging  from  litcraiy  theory  io  practical 
pedagogy,  in  an  atmosphere  that  encourages  and  fosters  a  high  degree  of 
professional  commitment. 

Course  choices  depend  upon  a  student's  career  goals;   three  specialized 
majors  are  offered,  each  of  which  undergoes  regular  revision  to  reflect  the 

needs  of  students  and  the  structure  ol  a  changing,  competitive  job  market. 

The  English  Education  program  oilers  special  training  for  prospective 
secondary  school  teachers.    IUP's  consistent  success  in  placing  graduates 
from  this  major  in  leaching  positions  suggests  that  the  program  is  highly 
regarded  among  educators  outside  the  university. 

Pre  l.i«  oilers  specialized  training  lor  those  interested  in  a  career  in  law  or 
some  related  field.  The  B.A.  in  English  Humanities  oilers  a  wide  range  of 
courses  in  both  traditional  and  nontraditional  areas,  which  allows  students  to 
tailor  their  programs  to  reflect  their  own  interests  and  career  plans. 

The  department  offers  the  following  degrees: 

English  Humanities 

The  English  Department  B.A.  Humanities  curriculum  emphasizes  several  of 
the  traditional  concerns  of  English  literary  study  in  nontraditional  ways. 
Specifically,  the  student  satisfies  the  literature  requirements  by  taking 
preliminary  courses  which  survey  English  and  American  literature  and  then 
choosing  particular  courses  from  each  of  five  categories,  each  category 
reflecting  a  specific  locus. 

One  category  focuses  upon  literature  as  a  "mode  of  awareness,"  a 
philosophic  emphasis,  and  offers  such  courses  as  "The  Melaphonc 
Perspective."  "Symbol  and  Allegory,"  "The  Oral  Tradition."  etc. 

A  second  category  views  literature  from  an  historical  perspective  and  offers 
such  courses  as  "The  Puritan  Mind  in  England  and  America,"  "The 
Renaissance."  and  "Romanticism." 

A  third  category  examines  literature  from  a  psychological  point  of  view 
through  such  courses  as  "Myth  in  Literature."  "Hero  and  Anti-Hero,"  and 
"The  Literature  of  Alienation." 

The  fourth  category  deals  with  social  considerations  of  perennial  importance 
and  offers  such  courses  as  "War  in  Literature,"  "Poverty  and  Class,"  and 
"Man  in  the  Natural  World." 

The  fifth  category  examines  the  literary  output  of  a  single  major  author: 
Chaucer.  Shakespeare,  Milton,  or  a  major  American  author  or  authors. 

Courses  from  other  areas  (Critical.  Creative  and  Technical  Writing,  Speech, 
Film.  Language,  and  Communication  Studies)  complement  the  literature 
program  selected  by  the  student  with  his  or  her  adviser's  assistance. 

Students,  especially  those  for  whom  the  B.A.  is  a  terminal  degree,  are 
advised  to  consider  an  internship  in  their  junior  or  senior  year. 

Since  the  major  can  be  completed  with  36  hours  of  coursework.  students 
have  30-36  hours,  depending  on  their  foreign  language  status,  of  unspecified 
coursework.  They  should  plan  carefully  with  their  adviser  as  to  how  these 
credits  might  best  be  earned,  relevant  to  future  goals. 

Education  Program 

The  English  Department  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
Degree  in  English  Education.  Graduates  are  prepared  to  teach  in  middle, 
junior  high,  and  senior  high  schools.  Job  opportunities  in  these  areas  have 
risen  significantly  in  the  past  few  years. 

The  English  Education  majors  receive  all  of  the  usual  professional  training, 
including  practical  experience  in  methods  courses  and  student  teaching,  but 
they  are  also  graduated  with  a  thorough  preparation  in  the  subject  matter 
areas  of  literature,  language,  and  composition.  Although  most  students 
choosing  an  English  Education  major  will  be  fitted  both  by  training  and 
desire  for  the  secondary  school  classroom,  those  who  opt  not  to  teach  will 
find  that  their  speaking  and  writing  skills  can  be  useful  to  the  media, 
governmental  services,  and  industries. 


Program  requirements  are  available  at  the  English  Department  office. 
Requirements  include  a  portfolio  of  written  work,  faculty  evaluations,  and 
an  annual  review  of  progress. 

Pre-Law  English 

Successful  lawyers  possess  excellent  skills  in  writing  and  speaking  and  can 
analyze  a  problem  and  explain  its  solution  in  clear,  logical  terms.   Pre-Law 
English  prepares  the  student  especially  well  in  these  areas  and  provides  the 
skills  and  knowledge  needed  to  do  well  in  the  law  school  admissions 
examination. 

Most  graduates  have  had  successful  internships  in  the  offices  of  practicing 
attorneys  and  government  agencies,  although  an  internship  remains  optional. 
Students  wishing  an  internship  should  contact  the  department  director  of 
internships.  Dr.  Bob  Curey.  early  in  their  career  at  IUP. 

Minor  in  English  Department 

To  minor  in  English,  15  semester  hours  in  English  are  required  beyond  the 
Liberal  Studies  requirement  of  EN  101,  EN  121,  and  EN202. 

Students  who  choose  to  minor  in  English  should,  if  their  major  department 
concurs,  substitute  EN210:  Introduction  to  Literary  Analysis  for  EN121. 

English  as  a  Second  Language  (ESL)  Program 
The  English  department's  English  as  a  Second  Language  curriculum 
consists  of  a  sequence  of  courses:  EN150  ESL,  ENI00  ESL,  EN101  ESL. 
EN121  ESL.  and  EN202  ESL.  These  courses  satisfy  the  same  university 
and  college  requirements  as  their  non-ESL  equivalents:  like  the  non-ESL 
courses,  they  are  designed  to  focus  on  skills  needed  for  successful  use  of 
language  in  an  academic  setting.   However,  the  methodology  and  curriculum 
for  these  courses  are  specially  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  non-native 
speakers  of  English,  and  only  non-native  students  are  permitted  to  enroll  in 
sections  designated  "ESL."  Placement  of  students  in  these  sections  is 
determined  by  the  results  of  the  English  Department  ESL  Placement  Test, 
given  at  the  beginning  of  each  term. 

The  Writing  Center 

The  English  Department  maintains  a  writing  center,  which  all  students  are 
encouraged  to  use.  Instructors  may  refer  students  to  the  center,  or  students 
may  seek  help  on  their  own.  Call  the  English  Department  for  information 
on  hours  of  operation. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — English 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities — Literature:   EN210 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  EN  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

EN21 1   English  Literature  to  the  Restoration 
EN212  English  Literature  from  the  Restoration  to  1900 
EN213  American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  Present 
Controlled  electives: 

EN350,  351,352,  353 
EN360,  361,362.  363 
EN370,  371,372,  373 
EN380.  381.382,  383,  384 
EN208.  310,  311,  329,  330,  333 
EN220,  221,320,  321,322 
EN  340,  341,342,  343 
Any  combination  of  six 


53-55 


0-6 


36 


One  course  from  list  A: 
One  course  from  list  B: 
One  course  from  list  C: 
One  course  from  list  D: 
One  course  from  list  E: 
One  course  from  list  F: 
One  course  from  list  G: 
Two  courses  from  list  H: 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh(2) 


semester  hours  from  EN481  Special  Topics, 
Categories  A-G.  EN482  Independent  Study,  or 
EN493  Internship. 

Other  Requirements: 

FreeElectives:(3) 


0 

27-35 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  Any  EN48 1  course  must  have  prior  approval  from  department  chair  if  it 
is  to  apply  to  the  student's  major  other  than  in  Category  H. 

(3)  An  internship,  aside  from  counting  for  six  semester  hours  toward  the 
major,  makes  the  B.A.  degree  recipient  much  more  employable  by 
providing  job  experience.  Students  should  see  Dr.  Curey,  internship 
director,  for  advice  about  available  openings. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — English/Pre-law 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities — Literature:   EN210 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  EN  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

EN21 1     English  Literature  to  the  Restoration 
EN212    English  Literature  from  the  Restoration  to  1900 
EN213    American  Literature:   Beginnings  to  Present 
Controlled  electives: 

EN350,  351,  352.353 
EN360.  361,362.  363 
EN370.  371,372.  373 
EN380.  381,382,  383,  384 
EN208,  235,  310,  311,329, 


53-55 


0-6 


36 


One  course  from  list  A: 
One  course  from  list  B: 
One  course  from  list  C: 
One  course  from  list  D: 
One  course  from  list  E: 

330,  333,  334 
One  course  from  list  F: 
One  course  from  list  G: 


EN220,  221 
EN340.  341 


222,  223.  321, 
,  342,  343 


324 


Two  courses  from  list  H:  Any  combination  of  six 
semester  hours  from  EN481  Special  Topics, 
Categories  A-G,  EN482  Independent  Study,  or 
EN493  Internship. 

Other  Requirements:  Prelaw  interdisciplinary  minor 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 

Business:  BL235.  AG201,  AG202 

Criminology:  CR210,  CR260.  CR357 

Economics:  EC121.  EC122,  EC332 

History:  HI320,  HI321,  HI346 

Philosophy:  PH101.  PH222,  PH450 

Political  Science:  PS358,  PS359,  PS361 
Comprehensive  Examination  at  conclusion  of  senior  year 

Free  Electives:(3) 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
6sh(2) 


3-21 


6-26 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Libera] 
Studies  elective. 

(2)  Any  EN48 1  course  must  have  prior  approval  from  department  chair  if  it 
is  to  apply  to  the  student's  major. 

(3)  An  internship  with  a  law  firm,  public  agency,  or  legislative  office 
greatly  strengthens  law  school  applications. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — English  Education  (*) 
Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities — Literature:   EN210 

Fine  Arts:  TH101 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  Intermediate-Level  Foreign  Language, 
no  courses  with  EN  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301   Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 
ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  I 
ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  II 
ED441    Student  Teaching 


30 


3sh 

lsh 

lsh 

12sh 


ED442    School  Law  lsh 

ED452   Teaching  of  English  in  the  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP202    Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE202    American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major:  40 

Required  courses: 

EN213    American  Literature  3sh 

EN220    Advanced  Composition  I  3sh 
EN314    Speech  and  Communication  in  the 

Secondary  English  Classroom  3sh 

EN318    Literature  of  Adolescents  3sh 
EN323    Teaching  Literature  and  Reading 

in  the  Secondary  School  3sh 

EN324    Teaching  and  Evaluating  Writing  3sh 

EN329    History  of  the  English  Language  lsh 

EN330    Structure  of  English  3sh 

EN341    Shakespeare  3sh 
Controlled  electives: 

Choose  one  Genre  course:  EN214,  215,  216,  217  3sh 

Choose  one  British  Literature  Survey:   EN21 1.212  3sh 

Choose  one  Theme  course:  EN372,  38 1 .  348  3sh 

Choose  two  additional  courses  from  list:  6sh 
EN208,  21 1,  212,  214.  215,  216.  217.  221. 
320,  322,  332.  333.  336.  348,  372.  381 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  2-4 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 


Department  of  French 

Robert  L.  Whitmer,  Chairperson;  Henry,  Jones,  Liscinsky, 
McCreary,  Op  de  Beeck;  and  professor  emeritus  Fisel 

The  Department  of  French  offers  a  varied  curriculum  designed  to  provide 
not  only  basic  language  instruction  but  also  the  more  advanced 
competencies  needed  by  language  specialists  and  students  hoping  to  take 
advantage  of  an  international  study  experience.  For  the  French  major,  the 
department  has  three  degree  programs:   B.S.  in  Education  (K-12),  B.A.  in 
Liberal  Arts,  and  the  B.A.  in  French  for  International  Trade.  The  latter 
degree  program  provides  solid  undergraduate  training  preparatory  to  an 
M.B.A.  in  International  Marketing  and  Finance. 

Students  majoring  in  French  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of  the 
language  and  enter  more  deeply  into  the  history,  culture,  and  literature  of 
Francophone  countries.  They  will  also  gain  some  knowledge  of  the 
linguistic  development  of  the  language  throughout  the  centuries.  French 
majors  generally  find  employment  in  government  work,  librarianship. 
journalism,  foreign  trade,  airlines,  tourism,  business,  and  teaching.  Students 
choosing  careers  as  teachers  will  find  the  close  supervision  and  advanced 
methodology  offered  by  the  department  a  distinct  asset. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  and  in  the 
departments  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  must  pass 
the  intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language  (FR201-FR202  orFR203) 
or  demonstrate  that  they  have  somehow  acquired  the  equivalent  proficiency 
level.  Students  from  the  other  colleges  may  choose  to  take  French  (201  and 
202  or  the  accelerated  203)  to  fulfill  a  Liberal  Studies  elective.  Any  student 
who  chooses  French  has  an  option  to  enroll  in  the  traditional,  three-credits- 
per-semester  courses  or  the  accelerated,  six-credit  track. 

Placement/Exemption 

The  student  with  no  previous  French  study  will  take  FR101  (four  credits)  as 
a  prerequisite.  Students  with  previous  French  study  will  be  placed  into  the 
appropriate  course  level  by  means  of  a  written  departmental  exam 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  —  Si 


administered  in  the  summer  tor  entering  freshmen  and  during  the  first  week 
bl  each  term  for  other  students.  No  student  judged  to  be  a  native  speaker  of 
French  w  ill  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  any  eourse  below  the  300  level,  with  the 
exception  of  FR254 

French  for  Elementary  Education 

A  student  in  Elementary  Education  maj  elect  a  concentration  of  18  semester 
hours  ol  French,  consisting  of  the  following: 

FR201-202  6sh 

IR22I-222  4sh 

FR351-352  6sh 

FR321-322  2sh 

A  student  in  Elementary  Education  interested  in  bilingual  elementary 
leaching  may,  through  special  scheduling  arrangements,  increase  the 
concentration  in  French  to  include  foreign  study  and  foreign  child-centered 
internship  experience. 

Study  Abroad — Nancy,  France 

IIP  has  established  a  study  abroad  center  in  Nancy,  France.  All  majors  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  the  Study  Abroad  Program,  especially  those 
seeking  the  International  Trade  degree.  Students  have  an  option  to 
participate  in  a  full-year  or  one-semester  program  (spring).  A  six-week 
summer  session  has  also  been  added  to  the  options  available.  Nonmajors 
ma>  be  accepted  into  any  of  the  programs  but  must  enter  the  language 
courses  offered  in  the  Cours  pour  etrangers  (Courses  for  Foreign  Students). 
All  credits  are  evaluated  by  the  department  as  transfer  credits.  For  further 
information  regarding  the  cost  and  application  procedures,  contact  the  office 
of  the  dean  of  the  college. 

Internships 

The  Department  of  French,  through  contacts  w  ith  certain  French  companies 
and  through  its  affiliation  with  the  ICN  (Institut  Commercial  de  Nancy),  is 
able  to  place  summer  interns  in  Paris  and  other  sites  in  France.  The 
internship  (generally  six  to  twelve  credits)  is  viewed  as  a  highly  desirable 
culminating  experience  following  study  in  Nancy.  For  further  information, 
contact  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  college  at  least  six  months  in  advance. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — French 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  FR  prefix 

College:  0 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major:  36 

Required  courses: 

FR201   College  French  I  3sh(l) 

FR202  College  French  II  3sh(  1 ) 

FR221   French  Conversation  III  2sh 

FR222  French  Conversation  IV  2sh 

FR321  Advanced  Conversation  I  lsh 

FR322  Advanced  Conversation  II  lsh 

FR35 1  Advanced  French  Language  I  3sh 

FR352  Advanced  French  Language  II  3sh 

FR361   Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 
FR362   Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  II  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Other  French  electives:  12sh 

Free  Electives:  33-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     1 24 

( 1 )    FR203  Accelerated  College  French  will  substitute  for  these  courses. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — French  for  International  Trade 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:   MA121 

Social  Science:  EC121.  PS101,  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:   MA214.  no  courses  with  FR  prefix 


54-56 


College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

FR201     College  French  I 

FR202    College  French  II 

FR221     French  Conversation  III 

FR222    French  Conversation  IV 

FR254    Civilization  of  Modern  France 

FR32 1     Advanced  Conversation  I 

FR322     Advanced  Conversation  II 

FR351     Advanced  French  Language  1 

FR352    Advanced  French  Language  II 

FR354    Business  French 

FR361     Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  I 

FR362    Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  II 
Controlled  electives: 

Two  additional  FR  electives  (advanced  levels)(2) 

Other  Requirements:   Business  Sequence: 

AD321    Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications 

AG201    Accounting  Principles  I 

AG202   Accounting  Principles  II 

BL235    Introduction  to  Business  Law 

EC122    Principles  of  Economics  II 

FI310     Finance  I 

IM300    Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MG311   Human  Behavior  in  Organizations 

MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 

QB215    Business  Statistics 

Free  Electives: 


36 


3shl 1 I 

3sh|  1 ) 

2sh 

2sh 

3sh 

lsh 

lsh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

6sh 


33 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


0-1 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124-125 

( 1 )  FR203  Accelerated  College  French  will  substitute  for  these  courses. 

(2)  Most  students  earn  additional  language  credits  (up  to  18)  in  semester  or 
year  abroad. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — K-12  French  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:   PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:   no  courses  with  FR  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II 

ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

ED453  Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in  the 

Secondary  School 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

EX300  Education  of  Exceptional  Child 


30-33 


3sh 

lsh 

lsh 

12sh 

lsh 
3sh(2) 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


0-3sh(3) 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

FR201   College  French  I  3sh(  I  I 

FR202  College  French  II  3sh(  1 ) 

FR221   French  Conversation  III  2sh 

FR222  French  Conversation  IV  2sh 

FR321   Advanced  Conversation  I  lsh 

FR322  Advanced  Conversation  II  lsh 

FR351  Advanced  French  Language  I  3sh 

FR352  Advanced  French  Language  II  3sh 

FR361   Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 

FR362  Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  II  3sh 


33 


84  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Controlled  electives: 
Other  FR  electives 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


9sh 

0 

3-8 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )  FR203  Accelerated  College  French  will  substitute  for  these  courses. 

(2)  ED453  offered  only  in  fall  semester. 

(3)  May  be  fulfilled  by  examination  in  lieu  of  regular  class. 


Minor — French  21 

Required  courses: 

FR201-202  College  French  I  and  II  6sh 

FR22 1-222  French  Conversation  111  and  IV  4sh 

FR35 1-352  Advanced  French  Language  I  and  II  6sh 

FR32 1-322  Advanced  Conversation  I  and  II  2sh 

FR361     Development  of  French  Culture  and  Lit  I  3sh 


Department  of  Geography  and 
Regional  Planning 

Susan  E.  Forbes,  Chairperson;  Begg,  Bencloski, 
Buckwalter,  Miller,  G.  Sechrist,  R.  Sechrist,  Shirey;  and 
professors  emeriti  Gault,  Kulkarni,  Payne,  Tepper,  Weber 

Geography  has  several  traditions  of  study.  Two  of  the  more  important 
traditions  are  the  study  of  relationships  between  humans  and  environment  or 
the  ecological  tradition  and  the  study  of  spatial  organization,  which  involves 
the  way  people  use  space  on  the  earth's  surface.  In  both  traditions  the  focus 
is  on  understanding  regions  of  the  world  and  the  interactions  within  and 
between  them.  Geographers  make  important  contributions  to  the 
understanding  of  all  aspects  of  humankind's  use  of  and  impact  on  the 
earth's  surface. 

Regional  Planning  involves  preparing  for  the  future.  The  demands  and 
effects  of  a  large  and  growing  population  require  that  land  use.  resource  use. 
settlement  patterns,  transportation  systems,  and  economic  activity  be 
planned.  Regional  planning  is  concerned  with  the  social,  locational.  and 
environmental  aspects  of  these  planning  decisions.   In  the  1990s,  economic 
development  has  become  an  important  focus. 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning  are  in  the  same  department  because 
"Planning  is  the  art  of  which  geography  is  the  science."  Employment 
opportunities  for  geographers  and  regional  planners  are  good.  Students  will 
find  a  wide  variety  of  positions  in  government,  business,  industry,  planning, 
and  education  available.   Environmental  and  locational  knowledge  gained  in 
the  department's  programs  provide  skills  needed  in  the  job  market.  Students 
interested  in  obtaining  additional  career  information  should  visit  the 
departmental  office  in  Room  10.  Leonard  Hall. 

Three  degree  programs  are  offered  by  the  department: 
( 1 )  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Geography 
(21  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Regional  Planning 

(3)  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Social  Science  Education  with  a  concentration 
in  geography 

A  minor  in  geography  is  appropriate  for  majors  in  all  other  fields  of  the  natural 
and  social  sciences.  Students  of  business  also  find  this  minor  relevant.  A  minor 
consists  of  a  minimum  of  fifteen  semester  hours  in  geography.  A  student  may 
elect  any  combination  of  courses  for  the  minor.  The  department  suggests  that 
students  take  the  core  program  if  they  anticipate  doing  graduate  work  in 
geography.  Students  might  also  consider  concentrating  in  one  of  the  areas  of  the 
field,  such  as  physical/environmental,  human/cultural,  research/cartography/ 
GIS,  or  regional  geography. 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning  department  resources  include  the 
departmentwide  LAN.  Computer  Cartography  Lab  with  six  486  computers. 


large-format  digitizers,  size  E  plotters,  zoom  transfer  scope,  color  printers, 
and  Atlas*GIS,  AUTOCAD,  ARCCAD,  and  ERDAS  software  variably  used 
in  many  majors'  classes.  The  Spatial  Sciences  Research  Center  (SSRC), 
directed  by  Dr.  Robert  P.  Sechrist,  has  production  facilities  for  GIS  database 
development  using  the  Intergraph  microstation.  ARC/Info,  ARC  CAD, 
Atlas*GIS,  Map  Info  and  OzGIS.  These  packages  run  on  the  Center's  VAX- 
based  network  and  ten  486s. 

The  Geography  and  Regional  Planning  Census  Documents  Library  houses 
the  Pennsylvania  State  Data  Center  (PDSC)  population  and  economic 
census  publications  used  for  teaching,  research,  and  planning  in  community 
service  and  local  and  county  governments.  The  department  is  also  an 
affiliate  of  the  Bureau  of  Economic  Analysis  (BEA ). 

Geography  Education:  The  department  houses  both  the  National  Council 
for  Geographic  Education  (NCGE),  which  serves  geography  educators  at  all 
levels  with  activities  and  programs  that  address  geography  learning  and 
instructional  and  research  issues  in  North  America,  and  the  Pennsylvania 
Geographic  Alliance  (PGA),  which  is  supported  by  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education  (PDE).   PGA  provides  leadership  and  professional 
development  opportunities  in  geography  teaching  and  learning  in 
Pennsylvania.   Dr.  Ruth  Shirey  is  executive  director  of  NCGE  and  one  of 
two  PGA  coordinators  in  Pennsylvania. 

A  strong  internship  program  offers  placement  in  conservation,  land 
management,  human  resource  and  planning  agencies  at  the  local,  state,  and 
federal  levels. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Geography 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Natural  Science:  GS10I/102.  103/104  or  GS121/122.  131/132 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO/IM/BE101.  no  courses  with  GE  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major:  36 

Required  courses: 

GE230  Cultural  Geography  3sh 

GE241   Physical  Geography  3sh 

GE312  Research  in  Geography  and  Planning  3sh 

GE411   Geography:  Thought  and  Philosophy  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  GE25 1-257  3sh 

One  course  from  GE3 13-3 14  3sh 

Six  courses  ( 1 8cr)  from  any  other  GE  courses  1 8sh 


Free  Electives: 


27-34 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )   Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Regional  Planning 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA2 17  recommended 

Natural  Science:  GS101/102,  103/104,  or  GS121/122.  131/132 

Social  Science:  PS1 1 1  recommended,  EC121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO/IM/BE101.  no  courses  with  GE  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major:  36 

Required  courses: 

GE312    Research  in  Geography  and  Planning  3sh 

GE360    Introduction  to  Planning  3sh 

GE361    Planning:   Basic  Study  and  Analysis  3sh 

GE462    Planning:   Development,  Principles,  and  Theory  3sh 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  —  85 


GE463    Planning:  Design 
i.l  t(>4    Land  Use  Policy 
Controlled  electives 

One  course  from  GE313-314 

Three  courses  from  GE230,  231,241,  331,335,  336. 

341.342 
Two  courses  Irom  (il  313  or  314.  332.  415,  44(1 

Other  Requirements: 

Interdisciplinary  minor  (2 lsh)  or 
Minor  in  approved  field  ( 15-21  sh) 

Internship  (GE498)  strongly  recommended 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

9sh 
6sh 


Free  Electives: 


15-36 


0-19 


'  Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( I )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Science 
Education/Geography  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  GE102,  PC101,  EC121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC122.  S0237,  and  AN271  or  272 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  I  lsh 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  II  lsh 

ED441    Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442    School  Law  lsh 

ED455    Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  the  Secondary  3sh 

School 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE202    American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  courses 

GE230    Cultural  Geography  3sh 

GE241    Physical  Geography  3sh 

Controlled  Electives 

At  least  one  course  from  each  of  the  following  three  groups: 

Environmental  Geography: 

GE340    Geography  of  Fresh  Water  Resources  3sh 

GE341    Climatology  I  3sh 

GE342    Physiography  3sh 

GE440    Conservation:   Environmental  Analysis  3sh 

Human  Geography: 

GE231    Economic  Geography  3sh 

GE331    Population  Geography  3sh 

GE332    Urban  Geography  3sh 

GE333    Trade  and  Transportation  3sh 

GE334    Political  Geography  3sh 

GE336    Social  Geography  3sh 

GE337    Historical  Geography  3sh 

GE431    Geography  of  American  Indians  3sh 

Philosophy.  Tools,  and  Techniques: 

GE213    Cartography  I  3sh 

GE312    Research  in  Geography  3sh 

GE314    Map  and  Photo  Interpretation  3sh 

GE411    Geography:  Thought  and  Philosophy  3sh 

GE415    Remote  Sensing  3sh 

Two  of  the  following  regional  geography  courses:  6sh 

GE251    Geography  of  Pennsylvania  3sh 

GE252    Geography  of  Latin  America  3sh 

GE253    Geography  of  Europe  3sh 

GE254   Geography  of  USSR  3sh 

GE255    Geography  of  Africa  3sh 

GE256    Geography  of  East  Asia  3sh 

GE257    Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  Asia  3sh 

Geography  Electives  3sh 


30 


24 


Social  science  distribution  requirements:  15-18 

The  following  courses  are  required: 

PS280  Comparative  Government  I  3sh 

HI203  U.S.  History  for  Historians  3sh 

Plus  one  of  the  following  options:  9-12sh 

1 )  6  additional  hours  in  one  social  science  field  (history 
recommended)  and  three  semester  hours  in  another. 
or 

2)  9-12  additional  hours  in  one  social  science  field  (history 
recommended),  sufficient  to  meet  the  requirements  for  a  minor. 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  (1)  0-14 

(2)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

(*)   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

ill    If  certain  courses  are  chosen  for  Social  Sciences  major,  they  may  also 
fulfill  Liberal  Studies  requirements  and  permit  additional  free  electives. 

(2)   Students  who  do  not  pass  a  special  education  competency  exam  must 
take  EX300;  this  will  increase  graduation  requirements  to  126  credits. 


Department  of  German 

Jacob  U.  Voelker,  Chairperson;  Brode,  Ready,  Sommer, 
Sullivan 

The  Department  of  German  offers  three  degree  programs:  the  B.A.  in 
German,  the  B.A.  in  German  for  International  Trade,  and  the  B.S.  in 
Education  in  Secondary  German  Education. 

While  majoring  in  the  German  Department,  students  will  acquire 
proficiency  in  all  phases  of  the  language  and  develop  an  understanding  and 
appreciation  of  the  history,  culture,  and  literature  of  the  German-speaking 
countries.  They  will  also  gain  knowledge  of  the  linguistic  development  of 
the  language  throughout  the  centuries.  German  majors  may  look  forward  to 
rewarding  careers  in  teaching,  government,  journalism,  foreign  trade, 
tourism,  business,  and  librarianship. 

The  degree  program  in  German  for  International  Trade  provides  an  excellent 
way  to  combine  language  proficiency  and  cultural  awareness  in  German 
with  professional  training  in  business.  With  this  undergraduate  background, 
students  may  enter  M.B.A.  degree  programs  and  pursue  careers  in 
international  business  and  trade.  Study  abroad  for  one  or  two  semesters  is 
strongly  urged  and  is  an  integral  part  of  the  program.  Qualified  students 
may  also  choose  to  participate  in  internship  programs  with  German-based 
corporations  and  financial  institutions. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  departments  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics  and  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  must 
pass  the  intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language  (GM251  and  GM252) 
or  demonstrate  by  the  CLEP  exam  in  German  that  they  have  acquired  the 
equivalent  proficiency  level.  Students  from  the  other  colleges  may  elect  to 
take  two  courses  in  German  at  the  intermediate  (III/IV)  level  toward 
fulfilling  the  requirement  for  Liberal  Studies  electives.  Any  student  who 
chooses  German  can  meet  the  requirement  through  enrollment  in  the 
traditional,  the  accelerated,  or  the  intensive  six-credit  track,  which  provides 
maximum  opportunity  for  conversational  practice  in  small  groups  under  the 
direction  of  trained  assistants. 

Study  Abroad 

The  Department  of  German  encourages  all  students  who  study  German  at 
IUP  to  consider  study  abroad  for  one  or  two  semesters.  German  majors  are 
strongly  urged  to  study  two  semesters  or  one  academic  year  at  a  German 
university.  To  provide  this  opportunity  at  a  relatively  modest  cost,  the 
university  has  arranged  an  exchange  of  students  between  Duisburg 
University  and  IUP.  By  participating  in  this  or  other  approved  programs, 
students  can  earn  from  twelve  to  fourteen  hours  per  semester.  For  further 
information  regarding  the  cost  and  application  procedures,  contact  the  office 
of  the  dean  of  the  college. 


86  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Minor  in  German 

Students  completing  eighteen  credits  beyond  GM  152  will  be  recognized  as 
having  minored  in  German.  Nine  of  the  twelve  credits  must  be  taken  at  the 
300  level  with  only  three  credits  from  the  conversation  sequence.  GM221. 
222,  321,  322.  This  achievement  will  be  noted  on  the  student's  transcript 
and  thus  provide  more  career  flexibility. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — German 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  GM  prefix 

College:  0 

Foreign  language  (included  in  major) 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

GM221  Conversation  III  2sh 

GM222  Conversation  IV  2sh 

GM321  Advanced  Conversation  I  lsh 

GM322  Advanced  Conversation  II  lsh 

GM251   German  III  3sh 

GM252  German  IV(  1 )  3sh 

GM351  Advanced  German  I  3sh 

GM352  Advanced  German  II  3sh 
GM361  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 
GM362  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  II      3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Other  GM  electives  (advanced  levels)  9  or  12sh 


36 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 
33-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 
( 1 )   GM253  or  GM254  may  be  substituted  for  GM252. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — German  for  International  Trade 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:   MA  12 1 

Social  Science:   EC121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:   MA214,  no  courses  with  GM  prefix 

College:  0 

Foreign  language  (included  in  major) 

Major:  36 

Required  courses: 

GM221  Conversation  III  2sh 

GM222  Conversation  IV  2sh 

GM321   Advanced  Conversation  I  lsh 

GM322  Advanced  Conversation  II  lsh 

GM251  German  III  3sh 

GM252  German  IV  3sh 

GM253  Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation  3sh 

GM254  Business  German  3sh 

GM351  Advanced  German  I  3sh 

GM352  Advanced  German  II  3sh 
GM361  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 
GM362  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  II      3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Two  additional  GM  electives  (advanced  levels)  6sh(  1 ) 

Other  Requirements:   Business  Sequence:  33 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG20I  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

EC122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 


IM300    Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

FI310     Finance  I  3sh 

MG311   Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 


Free  Electives: 


0-1 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )    Most  students  earn  additional  language  credits  (usually  12- 
semester  study  abroad. 


14)  in 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Secondary  German 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  GM  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM30I   Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  I 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  II 

ED44 1    Student  Teaching 

ED442    School  Law 

ED453    Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in 

the  Secondary  School 
EP202     Educational  Psychology 
EP377    Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 
FE202    American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

GM221  Conversation  III 

GM222  Conversation  IV 

GM321   Advanced  Conversation  I 

GM322  Advanced  Conversation  II 

GM251  German  III 

GM252  German  IV 

GM35 1   Advanced  German  I 

GM352  Advanced  German  II 

GM361   Development  of  German  Culture  and 

Literature  I 
GM362   Development  of  German  Culture  and 

Literature  II 
Controlled  electives: 
Other  GM  electives 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


10 


3sh 

lsh 
lsh 
12sh 
lsh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


33 


2sh 

2sh 

lsh 

lsh 

3sh 

3sh( 1 ) 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 


9sh 


0 
6-8 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 

on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 
( 1 )   GM253  may  be  substituted  for  or  taken  in  addition  to  GM252. 


Department  of  History 

Neil  B.  Lehman,  Chairperson;  Bailey,  Cashdollar,  Fricke, 
Gallanar,  Goodrich,  Harris,  Kadlubowski,  King,  Landon, 
Larner,  Marcus,  McDonough,  Miller,  Smith,  Vogel,  Wang, 
Wiley;  and  professors  emeriti  Cord,  Ferguson,  Gelbach, 
Hatfield,  Mastro,  Mervine,  Moore,  Oliver,  Wahl 

Programs  in  history  are  designed  to  give  both  those  who  major  in  history  in 
the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  and  those  who  concentrate  in 
history  in  the  College  of  Education  an  opportunity  to  study  in  some  depth 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  —  87 


the  pasl  storj  ol  peoples  and  their  world.  Degrees  offered  by  the  History 
Department  arc  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  History  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  with  a  major  in  Social  Studies,  concentrating  in  history.  The 
first  program  is  under  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  and 
the  second  is  under  the  College  ol  Education. 

The  history  student  will  find  that  the  program  is  excellent  preparation  for 
government  service,  lor  pre-law  training,  for  broad  business  opportunities. 


in  varied  fields  of  journalism,  for  archival  positions,  and  lor 
teaching.   Not  only  the  story  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  but  also  that 


for  «  ork 


teaching.  Not  only  the  story  ol  the  people  ot  the  United  Mates  nut  also  mat 
of  other  peoples  is  covered,  in  the  belief  that  global  historical  understanding 
is  essential  lor  the  future  of  civilization 

Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  History  are  thirty-three 
semester  hours  in  history.   Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  with  a  major  in  Social  Studies,  concentrating  on 
history,  are  a  minimum  of  twenty-seven  semester  hours  in  history  within  the 
filt\   lour  semester  hours  required  for  social  science  certification.  The 
requirement  for  a  minor  in  history  is  15  semester  hours.  For  majors  in 
history  programs,  courses  in  history  in  Liberal  Studies  are  applicable  only  if 
numbered  300  or  higher.  All  programs  should  be  planned  with  an  adviser. 
Every  major  and  concentrate  in  history  will  be  advised  by  history 
department  staff  members. 

Admission  to  History  482  and  483,  initiation  in  the  local  chapters  of  Phi 
Alpha  Theta  and  Pi  Gamma  Mu,  participation  in  study  tours  and  study 
abroad  programs,  and  other  activities  should  be  investigated  by  every 
history  student.  The  department  is  committed  to  the  ideal  of  a  broad  liberal 
arts  education. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — History 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  HI  prefix 
Humanities-History:  Fulfilled  by  required  courses  in  major 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

HI200     Introduction  to  History  3sh 

HI201     Western  Civilization  before  1600  3sh(2) 

HI202     Western  Civilization  since  1600  3sh(2) 

HI203     U.S.  History  for  Historians  3sh(2) 

Controlled  Electives: 

HI  480    Senior  Seminar  (3)  3sh 

Non-Westem  HI  course:  Latin  America.  Africa,  or  Asia  3sh 

Five  additional  history  courses  (4)  15sh 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  33-41 


33 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     1 24 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  For  students  who  have  taken  HI195.  210,  212,  or  214  prior  to  becoming 
History  majors,  this  course  may  not  be  appropriate.  Consult  History 
adviser  before  scheduling. 

(3)  This  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  completing  either  the 
departmental  honors  program  or  graduate  seminar  with  a  concluding 
paper. 

(4)  Courses  selected  from  300  and  400  level  offerings. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — History/Pre-law 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  HI  prefix 
Humanities-History:  Fulfilled  by  required  courses  in  major 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

H1200     Introduction  to  History 

HI201     Western  Civilization  before  1600 

HI202     Western  Civilization  since  1600 

HI203     U.S.  History  for  Historians 
Controlled  electives: 

HI480     Senior  Seminar  (3) 

Non-Western  HI  course:  Latin  America.  Africa,  or  Asia 

Five  additional  history  courses  (4) 

Other  Requirements:  Prelaw  Interdisciplinary  Minor 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 
Business:  BL235,  AG201,  AG202 
Criminology:  CR210,  CR260,  CR357 
Economics:  ECI21.  EC  122,  EC332 
English:  EN213,  EN220,  EN310 
Philosophy:  PH101.  PH222.  PH450 
Political  Science:  PS358.  PS359.  PS361 


0-6 


33 


3sh 
3sh(2) 
3sh(2) 
3sh(2) 

3sh 
3sh 
15sh 


3-21 


Free  Electives: 


12-32 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  For  students  who  have  taken  HI195,  210,  212,  or  214  prior  to  becoming 
History  majors,  this  course  may  not  be  appropriate.  Consult  History 
adviser  before  scheduling. 

(3)  This  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  completing  either  the 
departmental  honors  program  or  graduate  seminar  with  a  concluding 
paper. 

(4)  Courses  selected  from  300  and  400  level  offerings. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Science 

Education/History  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  5 1-52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities-History:   Fulfilled  by  required  courses  in  major 
Social  Science:    PCI01,  EC121,  and  AN1 10 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC  122,  GE230,  and  either  S0237 
or  S0362:  no  courses  with  HI  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  and  Clinical  Experiences  I 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  and  Clinical  Experiences  II 

ED441    Student  Teaching 

ED442    School  Law 

ED455    Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  the  Secondary 

School 
EP202    Educational  Psychology 
EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 
FE202    American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major:  ( 1 ) 

Required  History  courses: 

HI200  Introduction  to  History 
HI201  Western  Civilization  before  1600 
HI202  Western  Civilization  since  1600 
HI203  United  States  History  for  Historians 
HI480  Senior  Seminar  in  History 
Controlled  History  elective: 

One  course  from  the  fields  of  Middle  East,  Africa, 
Asia,  or  Latin  America  at  the  300  level  or  higher 
History  electives: 

Three  history  courses  at  the  300  level  or  higher, 
one  to  be  from  United  States  history 
Required  Social  Science  distribution: 

GEXXX  200-level  or  higher  Geography  course 
PS  1 1 1      American  Politics 


30 


3sh 
lsh 

lsh 

12sh 

lsh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


27 


3sh 

3sh(2) 
3sh(2) 
3sh(2) 
3sh 


3sh 


9sh 

3sh 
3sh 


9-12 


88 —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PS280     Comparative  Government  I:  Western  Political 

Systems     or 
PS285     Comparative  Government  II:   Non-Western 

Political  Systems 
S0231     Contemporary  Social  Problems 


3sh 

3sh 

3sh(3) 


Free  Elcctives: 


3-7 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )  Eligibility  for  student  teaching  and  certification  in  secondary  social 
studies  education  (history  concentration)  requires  a  cumulative  GPA  of 
2.75  and  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  history  courses  and  in  the  required 
social  science  distribution  courses. 

(2)  For  students  who  have  taken  HI  195,  210,  212.  or  214  prior  to  becoming 
History  majors,  this  course  may  not  be  appropriate.  Consult  History 
adviser  before  scheduling. 

(3)  S0231  required  only  if  S0237  or  S0362  are  not  taken  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor 
Relations 

James  F.  Byers,  Chairperson;  Gates,  Gaylor,  McPherson, 
Morand,  Sedwick 

The  Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  offers  a  graduate  program 
within  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  leading  to  the  degree 
of  Master  of  Arts  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations.  The  forty-two- 
semester-hour  program  consists  of  a  required  core  of  twenty-seven  semester 
hours,  including  an  elective  thesis  and  elective  course  offerings  totaling 
fifteen  semester  hours.  Internships  are  available  and  strongly  encouraged. 

The  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  program  is  multidisciplinary.  combining 
analytical  and  human  relations  skills  with  knowledge  drawn  from  social 
sciences  and  business  disciplines.  The  degree  is  designed  to  prepare 
professional  industrial  and  labor  relations  practitioners  in  public  and  private 
management,  unions,  neutral  agencies,  government  agencies,  and  arbitration 
panels.   It  has  as  a  special  emphasis  labor  relations  in  the  public  sector. 

While  the  department  does  not  offer  coursework  leading  to  an  undergraduate 
major  or  degree,  it  does  offer  several  undergraduate  courses  which  are  open 
to  students  of  any  major  or  college. 


Department  of  Journalism 

Patricia  Heilman,  Chairperson;  DeGeorge,  Jesick, 
Mukasa,  Russell,  Truby;  and  professors  emeriti  Furgiuele, 
Swauger 

Students  interested  in  a  career  in  news-editorial  or  public  relations  fields, 
with  opportunities  in  such  related  areas  as  advertising,  desktop  publishing, 
and  marketing,  should  enjoy  this  innovative,  flexible  program.  The 
journalism  major  combines  journalism  elective  courses,  the  student's  choice 
of  a  variety  of  courses  from  other  university  departments,  plus  internships 
which  provide  on-the-job  experience. 

The  IUP  journalism  major  is  flexible  for  the  individual  student,  who 
decides,  with  an  adviser,  what  directions  his  or  her  education  will  take  for  a 
mass  communication  career.  The  two  sequences  offered  are  News-Editorial 
and  Public  Relations. 

A  student  wishing  to  enter  the  program  becomes  a  journalism  major  in  the 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences.  Then,  the  student  chooses  an 
individual  program  within  a  large  group  of  elective  journalism  courses,  plus 
a  much  larger  group  of  courses  from  various  other  areas  of  the  university.  A 
student  who  completes  the  major  graduates  with  a  B.A.  in  journalism. 


Because  journalism  itself  covers  all  areas  of  life,  the  journalism  major 
covers  many  areas  of  study  preparation.  There  are  only  four  required 
courses,  so  the  student  is  free  to  mold  the  program  to  his/her  own  special 
interests  through  both  major  and  free  electives. 

The  journalism  major  will  use  journalism  courses  to  fulfill  the  minimum  of 
thirty  hours  required  for  the  major.  All  journalism  majors  must  complete  the 
intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language.  This  may  be  done  in  one  of 
three  ways:  by  examination,  by  earning  credit  in  third  and  fourth  levels  of  a 
foreign  language,  or  by  completing  four  levels  of  a  new  language.  If  the  last 
procedure  is  used,  the  two  beginning  foreign  language  courses  ma\  be 
applied  as  free  electives  to  the  total  number  of  credits  needed  for  graduation. 

The  Journalism  Department  offers  an  18-credit  minor  designed  to 
complement  any  major.  Three  3-credit  courses  are  required:  JN105: 
Journalism  and  Mass  media:  JN102:   Basic  Journalistic  Skills;  and  JN120: 
Journalistic  Writing.  The  remaining  nine  credits  may  be  taken  from  the 
following  list  of  Journalism  major  courses:  JN326.  JN338.  JN344.  JN347, 
JN375.  and  designated  Special  Topics  courses.   Internship  credits  do  not 
apply  toward  the  18-credit  minor;  however,  a  student  in  the  minor  program 
may  take  an  internship  and  apply  the  credits  as  free  electives. 

Course  Sequence 

The  lournalism  faculty  offers  the  following  operational  policy  for  its  course 
sequence  and  prerequisites.  The  basic  idea  is  for  students  to  take  Level  I 
courses  prior  to  Level  II  courses,  etc.  We  ask  that  special  attention  be  given 
to  course  prerequisites  to  avoid  scheduling  students  without  proper 
experience  into  courses.   We  do  retain  flexibility  of  waiving  sequence  and 
prerequisites  in  individual  cases. 

Level  I 

J\  102    Basic  Journalism  Skills  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 
JN105    Journalism  and  Mass  Media  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 

If  they  have  the  prerequisites  and  if  enrollment  permits, 

nonmajors  are  welcome  in  JN105. 
JN120   Journalistic  Writing  (for  journalism  minors  and  nonmajors) 
JN220   Writing  for  the  Print  Media  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 


Level  II 

JN243  History  of  American  Press  JN338 

JN321  Feature  Writing  JN344 

JN326  Public  Relations  I  JN345 

JN327  Layout,  Design,  and  Production   JN375 

JN328  News  Reporting  JN393 

JN337  Editing 


Level  III 

JN347    Journalism  Law 
JN348   Editorial  Page 
JN423    Management 
JN446   Advanced  Reporting 
JN449    Public  Affairs  Reporting 
JN450  Advertising  Writing 


IN4X2 
JN490 
JN491 
JN492 
JN493 
JN494 


News  Analysis 
Issues  and  Problems 
Sports  Journalism 
World  New  Coverage 
Document  Design  i 


Independent  Study 
Public  Relations  II 
Presentation  Making 
Problem  Solving  in  PR 
Internship 
Document  Design  II 


Minor  Courses  or  Free  Electives 

A  number  of  departments  cooperate  to  make  journalism  study  at  IUP  a  very 
broad  experience.  These  courses  may  be  considered  lor  dual  major,  a  minor 
program(s).  or  as  electives. 

With  the  assistance  of  an  adviser,  a  student  may  develop  a  program  by 
choosing  from  the  follow  ing  electives.  Electives  shown  here  have  pre- 
authorization.  Any  other  elective  requires  adviser  approval  in  writing. 

Art:  AR218.AR455 

Business:   AD101,  AD321,  DE333.  MG300,  MG401 

Marketing:  MK320,  MK321.  MK420,  MK421.  MK433 

Communications  Media:  CM271.  CM404.  CM440.  CM445.  CM451 

English:  EN208,  EN220,  EN221,  EN310,  EN31 1,  EN322 

History:  HI369,  HI346,  HI362,  HI363,  HI364 

Philosophy:   PH101,  PH222,  PH323 

Political  Science:  PS  1 11,  PS251,  PS280.  PS285.  PS351,  PS353, 
PS354,  PS359.  PS370.  PS371,  PS356,  PS361.  PS362 

Computer  Science:   CO101  orBElOl  orlMlOl 

Educational  Psychology:   EP304 

Criminology:  CR101.CR102,  CR295 

Economics:  EC241,  EC283,  FC332.  FC333 

Psychology:   PC310.  PC320.  PC330,  PC37I.  PC420 

Sociology:  SQ231.  SQ339.  SO340,  S0362.  SO380 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  — 89 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Journalism 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:   no  courses  with  JN  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  i  I  i 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

JN102      Basic  Journalistic  Skills 

JN105     Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media 

JN220     Writing  for  the  Print  Media 

JN328     News  Reporting 
Controlled  electives: 

Other  JN  courses 

Other  Requirements: 

Department  recommends  a  planned  program  of  dual  major. 
minor(s).  or  electives  with  special  consideration  of  the 
preapproved  courses  listed.  (3)  (4) 


53-55 


0-6 


30 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

18sh(2) 


Free  Electives: 


33-41 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Individually  Designed  Philosophy  Minor 

As  a  minor,  philosophy  has  much  to  offer  in  helping  individuals  of  various 
backgrounds  better  understand  the  fundamental  assumptions  of  their 
disciplines.  For  that  reason,  the  minor  in  Philosophy  will  be  individually 
designed  to  meet  special  career  needs  and  personal  interests.  Selection  of 
courses  will  be  accomplished  through  discussions  with  and  approval  of  the 
department  adviser.  The  minimum  requirement  for  a  minor  is  15  semester 
hours  with  the  restrictions  on  the  major  applying  to  the  minor  also.   Students 
must  expect  careful  planning  in  any  program  approved.  For  further 
explanation  and  suggestions,  see  departmental  adviser. 

Liberal  Studies  Offerings 

The  Philosophy  program's  Liberal  Studies  courses  are  all  introductory  in 
nature;  none  of  them  presupposes  any  philosophical  background.  The 
student  may  choose  from  the  following:  PH101:  General  Logic:  PHI 20: 
Introduction  to  Philosophy:  PH221:   Introduction  to  Symbolic  Logic: 
PH222:  Ethics;  PH223:  Philosophy  of  Art. 

Pre-Law  Program 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies  participates  in  the 
University  Pre-Law  Minor  Program  whereby  a  student  majors  in  one  of 
several  academic  disciplines  including  philosophy  and  also  meets  the  pre- 
law minor  requirements.  Students  interested  in  the  philosophy  major/pre- 
law minor  should  consult  the  departmental  pre-law  adviser.  Philosophy 
courses  included  in  the  pre-law  minor  program  are  as  follows:  PH101: 
General  Logic;  PH222:  Ethics;  and  PH450:  Philosophy  of  Law. 


( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  Maximum  of  6  credits  Internship  applied  to  major. 

(3)  Students  may  take  no  more  than  15sh  outside  the  College  of  Humanities 
and  Social  Sciences  without  prior  approval  of  adviser. 

(4)  Majors  in  the  public  relations  sequence  should  make  every  effort  to 
schedule  MK320,  MK433.  and  AD321. 


1994) 


Minor — Journalism  (Implementation  date:  Fall. 
Minor: 

Required  Courses: 

JNI02     Basic  Journalistic  Skills 

JN105     Journalism  and  Mass  Media 

JN120     Journalistic  Writing 
Three  controlled  electives  from  following  list: 

JN243.  326.  338.  344.  347.  375.  481 


Total  (2)     18sh 

( 1 )  The  above  three  courses  are  to  be  taken  in  sequence. 

(2)  Internship  credits  do  not  apply  toward  the  18-credit  minor;  however,  a 
student  in  the  minor  program  may  take  an  internship  and  apply  the 
credits  as  free  electives. 


Department  of  Philosophy  and 
Religious  Studies 

Albert  E.  Bouffard,  Chairperson;  Begres,  Boone, 
Bouffard,  Caraway,  Chan,  Ferrara,  Gibson,  Lin,  Mlecko, 
Montgomery,  Schaub,  Smith,  Yirenkyi;  and  professors 
emeriti  Hermann,  Kannwisher 

Philosophy 

The  program  in  philosophy  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  w  ith  a  capacity 
for  thinking  clearly,  a  critical  attitude,  and  the  ability  to  reason  theoretically. 

The  major  offers  the  background  required  for  graduate  work  in  philosophy. 
Those  whose  primary  interests  are  in  other  disciplines  will  find  philosophy 
courses  which  relate  directly  to  their  fields  on  a  theoretical  level.  Both  the 
minor  and  double  major  are  especially  desirable  for  their  reflective  benefits 
and  because  of  the  essentially  interdisciplinary  nature  of  philosophy. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Philosophy 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  PH  prefix 


53-55 


0-6 


3sh( 1 1 

PH324 

3sh(l) 

PH325 

3sh(l) 

9sh 

PH405 

PH420 

PH421 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major:  30 

Required  courses: 

PH22 1    Symbolic  Logic  I  3sh 

History  of  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval         3sh 
History  of  Philosophy  II:  Renaissance  3sh 

and  Modern 

Justice  and  Human  Rights  3sh 

Metaphysics  3sh 

Theory  of  Knowledge  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Four  other  PH  courses  (with  restrictions)  12sh(2) 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  33-41 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  three  100-200  level  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the 
major.  Only  PH  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the  major.  Unless 
otherwise  indicated  in  the  Course  Descriptions,  all  300-400  level 
courses  require  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
This  prerequisite  applies  both  to  Philosophy  majors  and  to  majors  in 
any  other  discipline. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Philosophy/Pre-Iaw 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  PH  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

PH221    Symbolic  Logic  I 


53-55 


0-6 


30 


3sh 


90  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PH324    History  of  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval 
PH325    History  of  Philosophy  II:   Renaissance  and 

Modern 
PH405    Justice  and  Human  Rights 
PH420    Metaphysics 
PH421    Theory  of  Knowledge 
Controlled  electives: 

Four  other  PH  courses  (with  restrictions) 

Other  Requirements:   Prelaw  lnterc'sciplinary  Sequence 
Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 
Business:  BL235.  AG201,  AG202 
Criminology:  CR201.  CR260,  CR357 
Economics:  EC  1 2 1 ,  EC  1 22,  EC332 
English:  EN213,  EN220.  EN310 
History:  HI320.  HI321,  HI346 
Political  Science:  PS358,  PS359,  PS361 

Free  Electives: 


3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

12sh(2) 


6-21 


12-29 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  three  100-200  level  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the 
major.  Only  PH  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the  major.  Unless 
otherwise  indicated  in  the  Course  Descriptions,  all  300-400  level 
courses  require  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
This  prerequisite  applies  both  to  Philosophy  majors  and  to  majors  in 
any  other  discipline. 

Religious  Studies 

The  Program  in  Religious  Studies  is  designed  to  provide  a  balanced, 
nonsectarian,  cross-cultural  approach  leading  to  a  better  understanding  of 
the  phenomenon  of  religion  in  human  experience.  It  emphasizes  an 
interdisciplinary  approach  by  a)  requiring  religion-related  courses  outside 
Religious  Studies  and  by  b)  encouraging  the  minor  or  a  double  major,  rather 
than  a  single  major  in  Religious  Studies. 

The  program  is  valuable  for  those  planning  careers  in  religious  education, 
religious  journalism,  or  religious  broadcasting.  The  program  also  provides 
an  excellent  background  for  graduates  planning  to  enter  Catholic,  Jewish,  or 
Protestant  seminaries.  Additionally.  Religious  Studies  is  a  good 
complement  to  majors  in  such  fields  as  Anthropology.  English,  Fine  Arts. 
History,  International  Studies,  Music,  Philosophy.  Political  Science, 
Psychology,  and  Sociology.  Religious  Studies  is  one  significant  way  to 
integrate  course  studies  within  the  university  curriculum. 

In  addition  to  the  twenty-four  semester  hours  of  Religious  Studies 
courses  in  the  major,  six  semester  hours  must  be  taken  from  a  number  of 
courses  offered  by  other  departments  which  complement  those  offered  in 
Religious  Studies.  Opportunity  for  interdisciplinary  and  cross-cultural 
study  is  implicit  in  the  study  of  religious  themes — and  is  required  in  the 
Religious  Studies  Program  at  IUP.   Revisions  are  pending  in  the 
Religious  Studies  program. 

Minor 

The  requirements  for  a  Minor  in  Religious  Studies  are  15sh: 

a)  12sh  must  be  taken  from  the  Religious  Studies  offerings,  which 
include  certain  required  courses  (see  below). 

b)  3sh  must  be  taken  outside  the  Religious  Studies  offering  but  in 
"religion-related"  courses. 

Consult  adviser  in  Religious  Studies  for  choices. 

Liberal  Studies  Offerings 

The  Religious  Studies  program"*  Liberal  Studies  courses  are  all  introductory 
in  nature;  none  presupposes  any  Religious  Studies  background.  The  student 
may  choose  from  the  following:   RS100:   Introduction  to  Religion;  RS250: 
Understanding  the  Bible;  RS290:  Christianity. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Religious  Studies 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  RS  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 


53-55 


0-6 


Major: 

Controlled  electives:! 2) 
One  course  from  list  A 
One  course  from  list  B 
One  course  from  list  C 
One  course  from  list  D 
Four  additional  RS  courses(3) 
Two  courses  from  religion-related  courses(3) 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


30 


RSlOOorRSllO 
RS210orRS250 
RS370orRS375 
RS380,  RS410,  orRS440 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
12sh 
6sh 


0 
33-41 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  the  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  Other  courses  may  be  approved  in  consultation  with  adviser. 

(3)  Consult  Religious  Studies  adviser. 


Minor — Religious  Studies 

RSlOOor  110 

RS370  or  375 
RS380or410or440 
Elective  in  Religious  Studies(l) 
Religion-related  course!  1) 

( 1 )   Consult  Religious  Studies  adviser. 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Department  of  Political  Science 

David  D.  Chambers,  Chairperson;  Carone,  Carranza, 
Dejene,  Hirt,  Keene,  Morris,  Palmer,  Piatt,  Sitton;  and 
professors  emeriti  Chaszar,  Lee,  Smith 

Political  scientists  focus  upon  political  systems,  including  the  effect  of 
environment  on  the  system,  inputs,  the  decision-making  agencies  which 
render  binding  public  policies,  and  system  outputs.  Approaches  to  the  study 
of  government  and  politics  include  the  normative  approach,  in  which 
philosophical  attention  centers  on  values  by  asking  the  question  "What 
ought  to  be?"  and  the  behavioral  approach,  in  which  an  attempt  is  made  to 
develop  verifiable  theories  through  scientific  methods  by  asking  the 
questions  "How"  and  "Why?" 

Students  majoring  in  political  science  have  employment  opportunities  in 
federal,  state,  and  local  governments  and  with  private  civic  groups,  interest 
groups,  and  political  groups.  Students  who  go  on  to  graduate  work  find 
appointments  at  higher  levels  and  in  college  teaching.  Students  graduating  in 
political  science,  as  in  any  of  the  social  sciences,  are  in  demand  by 
employers  in  business  and  industry.  Students  completing  the  Political 
Science  Internship  Program  have  experienced  considerable  success  in 
finding  employment  upon  graduation.  The  political  science  major  is  also 
especially  suitable  for  the  pre-law  student. 

Degrees  offered  by  the  political  science  department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
in  Political  Science,  in  Government  and  Public  Service,  and  in  Political 
Science  Pre-Law.  An  interdisciplinary  major  and  a  minor  in  International 
Studies  are  sponsored  by  the  Political  Science  Department.  The  department 
also  offers  a  minor  in  political  science. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  —  91 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science 
Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

S     <  il  v  ience:  PSI 1 1 

I  iberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  PS  prefix 


Free  Electives: 


53  55 


0-6 


33 


3sh(2) 
*sh(3) 
30sh 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level!  1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

PS  101   World  Politics 
PS  1 1 1   American  Politics 
Controlled  electives: 

At  least  one  course  in  three  of  first  four  areas: 
American  Studies:  PS25 1 .  300.  346.  350.  35 1 .  353. 

354.  355,  356.  357.  35S.  354 
Political  Theory:  PS360.  361 .  362 
Public  Policy  and  Administration:  PS250.  370.  371,  444 
International  Studies:  PS280,  282,  283.  285,  320,  321, 

380.  $82,  18  \  384,  385,  386,  387.  388,  389  (4) 
General  Political  Science:   PS300  (strongly  recommended) 
PS377.  480.48I.4S2.4S5.  493 


Other  Requirements:  15-27 

Second  major,  minor,  or  concentration  as  approved  by  adviser  with 
maximum  of  15  credits  outside  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  unless  specifically  approved 


Free  Electives: 


3-23 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)   Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 

Studies  electives. 
(2l    PS101  satisfies  non-Western  requirement. 

(3)  Credit  for  PSI  11  is  counted  in  the  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

(4)  PS280  and/or  PS285  recommended  as  prerequisite  to  PS380  through 
PS389. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science/Pre-Law 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PSI  11 

Liberal  Studies  electives:   no  courses  with  PS  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level!  1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

PS101   World  Politics 
PS  1 1 1   American  Politics 
Controlled  electives: 

At  least  one  course  in  three  of  first  four  areas: 
American  Studies:  PS251.  300,  346.  350.  351,  353. 

354.  355.  356.  357.  358,  359 
Political  Theory:  PS360,  361.  362 
Public  Policy  and  Administration:  PS250,  370.  371.  444 
International  Studies:  PS280,  282,  283,  285.  320,  321. 

380,  382,  383.  384.  385.  386.  387,  388,  389  (4  i 
General  Political  Science:   PS300  (strongly  recommended  I 
PS377,  480.  48 1 .  482,  485, 493 

Other  Requirements:   Prelaw  interdisciplinary  minor 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 
Business:  BL235.  AG201.  AG202 
Criminology:  CR210.  CR260.  CR357 
Economics:  EC121.  EC122.  EC332 
English:  EN213.  EN220.  EN310 
History:   HI320,  HI321.  HI346 
Philosophy:   PH101.  PH222.  PH450 


53-55 


0-6 


33 


3sh(2) 
*sh(3) 
30sh 


15-21 


12-26 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  PS10I  satisfies  non-Westem  requirement. 

(3)  Credit  for  PSI  11  is  counted  in  the  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

(4 1   PS280  and/or  PS285  recommended  as  prerequisite  to  PS380  through 
PS389. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Government  and  Public  Service 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:   MA  217 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 .  PC  1 0 1 .  SO  1 5 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO101.  no  courses  with  PS  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  LeveK  I ) 

Major:  39 

Required  courses: 

PS  1 1 1  American  Politics 

PS250  Public  Policy 

PS251   State  and  Local  Political  Systems 

PS300  Research  and  Methods  in  Political  Science 

PS370  Introduction  to  Public  Administration 

PS371    Issues  in  Public  Administration 

PC330  Social  Psychology 

EC335  Public  Finance 

EC336  State  and  Local  Finance 

S0458  Political  Sociology 
Controlled  electives: 

Three  courses  from  list:  PS350,  351,  352,  353,  354,  355, 
358.  377,  444,  481,  482,  485,  493 

Other  Requirements:  21 

One  course  from  communications  areas  (English.  3sh 

Journalism.  Communications  Media)  as  approved 

by  adviser 
Interdisciplinary  minor  18sh 

Government  Management 

Personnel  Administration 

Financial  Administration 

Planning 


3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh(2) 

3sh(2) 

3sh(3) 

9sh 


Free  Electives: 


3-11 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  the  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  Approved  substitutes  for  EC335  and  EC336:  EC283,  332.  333,  373. 

(3)  Approved  substitutes  for  S0458:  S0335.  345,  303. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science/International  Studies 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PSI  11 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  PS  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  LeveK  1) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

PS  101   World  Politics 

PS  1 1 1  American  Politics 
Interdisciplinary  Sequence: 

Cultural  specialization  sequence 


0-6 


33 


3sh 

*sh(2) 
15sh(3) 
15sh(4) 


-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0(5) 

30-38 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives.  Only  courses  300  level  and  beyond  may  count  in  the 
cultural  specialization  sequence. 

(2)  Credit  forPSlll  is  included  with  Liberal  Studies. 

(3)  The  interdisciplinary  sequence  includes  an  introductory  or  comparative 
international  course  from  each  of  five  social  science  disciplines: 
anthropology,  economics,  geography,  history,  political  science,  and 
sociology.  Selection  depends  on  goal(s)  of  major  and  should  be 
planned  in  consultation  with  the  International  Studies  adviser. 

(4)  The  specialization  sequence  focuses  on  one  area  or  culture  and  three 
disciplines:  economic  systems,  political  systems,  language,  literature, 
history,  geography.  Currently  three  specializations  are  offered:  Latin 
America,  the  Far  East  and  Soviet  Studies.  Consult  with  adviser  for 
planning  course  selection. 

(5)  Majors  are  strongly  encouraged  to  take  advantage  of  the  study  abroad 
opportunities  available  through  IUP  department  programs  and  exchange 
opportunities  available  through  the  Center  for  International  Studies. 


Minor — Political  Science 

Minor 

Required  courses: 

PS  101   World  Politics 
PS  111  American  Politics 

Controlled  electives: 

Three  additional  PS  courses 


15 


3sh 
3sh 

9sh 


Minor — International  Studies 
Minor 

Required  courses: 

PS  101   World  Politics 

PS  1 1 1  American  Politics 
Controlled  electives: 

Interdisciplinary  sequence  (see  major) 

( 1 )    Credit  counted  with  Liberal  Studies  Social  Sciences. 


3sh 
*sh(l) 

15sh 


Department  of  Sociology 

Herbert  Hunter,  Chairperson;  Ackerman,  Gondolf,  Grant, 
Holtz,  Nowak,  Rawleigh,  Reynolds,  Sanderson,  Snyder; 
and  professor  emeritus  Newhill 

The  Sociology  Department,  which  was  a  component  of  the  Sociology/ 
Anthropology  Department,  became  a  separate  department  effective  July  1, 
1993. 

The  Sociology  Department  seeks  to  develop  both  the  scientific  and 
humanistic  foundations  of  sociology,  to  educate  the  wider  community  as  to 
the  significance  of  sociological  knowledge,  to  apply  sociological  knowledge 
to  current  social  problems,  and  to  advance  the  profession  by  promoting  the 
welfare  of  individuals  and  society.  The  discipline  of  sociology  focuses 
primarily  on  the  analysis  of  modem  industrial  societies  by  examining  their 
basic  patterns  of  social  organization,  the  various  changes  that  occur  within 
these  patterns,  and  the  impact  of  the  patterns  on  individual  thought  and 
action.  Students  are  prepared  for  employment  in  human  service  fields  or  for 
graduate  study  in  sociology  or  related  fields. 

Students  majoring  in  sociology  may  select  one  of  three  tracks:  general 
sociology,  clinical  sociology,  and  applied  social  research.  The  general  track 
attempts  to  broadly  educate  those  students  who  may  wish  to  pursue  graduate 
training  in  sociology  and  make  sociology  a  career  and  profession.  Because 
of  its  flexibility,  it  is  also  appropriate  for  students  who  want  to  pursue 
double  majors  that  would  include  such  fields  as  psychology  or  criminology. 


The  general  track  gives  students  the  broadest  possible  training  in  sociology. 
Students  graduating  with  majors  in  general  sociology  are  frequently  in 
demand  by  employers  in  business,  industry,  and  government. 

The  clinical  track  in  sociology  seeks  to  help  students  understand  the  causes 
of  many  of  the  problems  that  plague  modern  societies,  such  as  poverty, 
racial  discrimination,  substance  abuse,  and  domestic  violence.  It  is  designed 
to  provide  students  w  ith  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to  become 
practitioners  in  various  human  services  (e.g.,  social  work,  juvenile 
counseling,  medical  sociology,  gerontology). 

The  applied  social  research  track  emphasizes  the  development  of  research 
and  assessment  skills  in  students.  Such  skills  are  important  in  carrying  out 
program  assessments,  needs  assessments,  program  development,  and  other 
activities  that  focus  on  gathering,  analyzing,  and  interpreting  data  important 
for  policymakers. 

The  department  also  prepares  teachers  for  secondary  school  social  studies 
with  a  concentration  in  sociology.  The  program  leads  to  the  degree 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education.  With  its  emphasis  on  patterns  of  social 
organization  in  modern  industrialized  societies,  sociology  provides  a  solid 
foundation  for  teaching  social  science  at  the  secondary  level.  Minors  are 
available  in  sociology  and  in  applied  social  research. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Sociology /General  Sociology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Social  Science:   S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  SO  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I  i 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

SOI 51     Principles  of  Sociology  *sh 

SO320    Sociological  Theory  3sh 

SO380    Social  Research  Methods  3sh 

One  of  the  following  courses: 

50361  Social  Stratification  3sh 

50362  Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities  3sh 

50363  Sociology  of  Sex  and  Gender  3sh 
At  least  one  different  course  from  four  of  the  following 
substantive  areas: 

Social  Inequality  and  Social  Change: 

SO303    Social  and  Cultural  Change  3sh 

World  Societies  and  World  Systems  3sh 

Social  Stratification  3sh 

Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities  3sh 

Sociology  of  Sex  and  Gender  3sh 

Social  Policy  3sh 

Political  Sociology  3sh 
Deviance  and  Social  Problems 

S0231     Contemporary  Social  Problems  3sh 

Deliquency  and  Youth  3sh 

Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse  3sh 

Spouse  Abuse  3sh 

Child  Abuse  Mi 
Individual  and  Society 

S0251    Sociology  of  Human  Sexuality  3sh 

S0345    Interpersonal  Dynamics  3sh 

S0357    Sociology  of  Aging  3sh 
Social  Organization  and  Institutions 

S0286    Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family  3sh 

Sociology  of  the  Family  3sh 

The  Community  3sh 

Sociology  of  Industry  3sh 

Sociology  of  Education  3sh 

Social  and  Cultural  Aspects  of  Health  3sh 
and  Medicine 

Sociology  of  Work  3sh 

Sociology  of  Religion  3sh 

Sociology  of  Mass  Media  3sh 

Political  Sociology  3sh 


27 


12 


S0337 
S0361 
S0362 
S0363 
S0448 
S0458 


S0333 
S0335 
S0427 
S0428 


S0336 

so.w 

SO340 
S0341 
S0342 

S0348 
S0352 
S0421 
S0458 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  — 93 


Comparative  Sociology 

S0233    Language  and  Culture  3sh 

50271  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  3sh 

50272  Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  3sh 

50273  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia  3sh 
S0286  Marriage.  Kinship,  and  the  Family  3sh 
SO303  Social  and  Cultural  Change  3sh 
S0314  Native  Americans  3sh 
S0337  World  Societies  and  World  Systems  3sh 
S0342    Social  and  Cultural  Aspects  of  Health  and  3sh 

Medicine 


Free  Sociology  Electives: 
Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


6 

0 

36-44 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(*)   Credit  counted  in  Liberal  Studies,  not  in  the  major 
( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Sociology/Clinical  Sociology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Social  Science:  S0151  required.  AN1 10  and  PCI 01  recommended 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  SO  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

SO  1 5 1     Principles  of  Sociology 

50301  Clinical  Sociological  Theory 

50302  Clinical  Sociological  Practice 

50303  Social  and  Cultural  Change 
SO320    Sociological  Theory 
SO380    Social  Research  Methods 
S0493    Internship  in  Sociology 

Controlled  electives:  One  substantive  area  (2) 

Medical  Sociology:  AN444  or  S0342.  and  4  courses 

from  list:  AN222.  444,  BI151  or  155,  EC335, 

FN212,  PC321,  378.  S0231.  336.  342,  357,459 
Gerontology:  PC378  or  S0357.  and  4  courses  from 

list:  AN444.  EC335.  GE360,  PC312,  378, 

S023 1 ,  25 1 .  336,  342,  352,  357 
Juvenile  Delinquency:  CR451  or  S0333.  and  4 

courses  from  list:  CR102.  270,  370.  451.  GE432, 

HI374.  S0231,  333.  336.  339,  345,  361,  362 
Interpersonal  and  Family  Sociology:  S0336  or  345, 

and  4  courses  from  list:  HE218,  224,  PC31 1.  321. 

330,  S0251.  335,  336,  339,  345,  361.  363,  427,  428 
Labor  and  Industry:  SO340  or  348.  and  4  courses 

from  list:  EC330.  350,  371,  372,  373,  HI373, 

LR426.  480.  PC420.  S0231.  303,  340.  348,  361,  458 
Community  Development:  S0339,  and  4  courses 

from  list:  AN271.  272.  314,  EC336,  383,  FN402. 

GE33 1.332.  360.  PS25 1 .  354.  S023 1 .  333.  336.  338, 

339,341.363 


0-6 


42 


*sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
12sh 
15sh(3) 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

21-29 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(*)    Credit  counted  in  Liberal  Studies,  but  not  in  the  major 
( 1 )   Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


(2  I    Students  may  create  then  own  substantive  area  with  the  approval  of  the 
department  chairperson. 
i     \t  least  two  courses  in  any  substantive  area  must  be  SO  (Sociology) 
courses. 


53-55 


0-6 


42 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Sociology/Applied  Social  Research 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA217 

Social  Science:  SO  151  required,  AN  110  recommended 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO101,  no  courses  with  SO  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

SOI 51    Principles  of  Sociology  *sh 

SO320    Sociological  Theory  3sh 

SO380    Social  Research  Methods  3sh 

50456  Field  Research  Methods  3sh 

50457  Computer  Use  in  Sociology  3sh 

50458  Political  Sociology  3sh 
S0471    Internship  in  Sociology                                              12sh 

Controlled  electives:  One  substantive  area(2)  15sh(3) 

Medical  Sociology:  AN444  or  S0342,  and  4  courses 

from  list:  AN222.  444.  BI151  or  155,  EC335. 

FN212,  GE360,  PC321,  378,  S0231.  335,  336,  342, 

357,  459 
Gerontology:  PC378  or  S0357.  and  4  courses  from 

list:  AN444,  EC335,  360.  GE360.  PC312.  378,  S0231, 

251,336,342,352,357 
Juvenile  Delinquency:  CR451  or  S0333,  and  4  courses 

from  list:  CR102.  270.  361,  370,  451,  GE432, 

HI374,  S0231,  333,  336,  339,  345,  361,  362 
Interpersonal  and  Family  Sociology:  S0335  or  346, 

and  4  courses  from  list:  AN319.  HE218,  224, 

PC311.  321.  330,  S0251.  335,  336,  337.  339. 

345,361,362,427.428,435 
Labor  and  Industrv:  SO340  or  348,  and  4  courses 

from  list:  EC330,  350,  371.  372,  373.  HI373. 

LR426.  480,  PC420,  PS352.  S0231,  303,  340. 

348,361,458 
Community  Development:  S0339.  and  4  courses 

from  list:  AN271.  272,  314,  EC336,  383,  FN402, 

GE331,  332,  360.  PS251.  354,  S0231,  333,  336. 

338,339.341.363 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

21-29 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  elective. 

(2)  Students  may  create  their  own  substantive  area  with  the  approval  of  the 
department  chairperson. 

(3)  At  least  two  courses  in  any  substantive  area  must  be  SO  (Sociology) 
courses. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Sciences 
Education/Sociology  Concentration  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:   PC101,  S0151.  EC121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC  122.  GE230,  PS346,  no  courses 
with  SO  prefix 

College:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  I  lsh 


94  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


ED342 

Pre-student  Teaching  II 

lsh 

ED441 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

ED442 

School  Law 

lsh 

ED455 

Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  Secondary 
School 

3sh 

EP202 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

EP377 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 

3sh 

FE202 

American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

3sh 

Major:  36 

Required  Sociology  or  related  courses 

S015I    Principles  of  Sociology  *sh  ( 1 ) 

S0231   Contemporary  Social  Problems  3sh 

SO320  Sociological  Theory  3sh 

SO380  Social  Research  Methods  3sh 

AN211   Cultural  Anthropology  3sh 

Controlled  Electives 

One  course  recommended  from  each  of  the  following  3  areas 

of  Sociology: 
Social  Structures  and  Processes:  S0336.  340,  341,  348,  352, 

421.458,459 
Social  Problems:  S0231,  251,  333,  335,  357,  362,  363,  427.  428 
Theory  and  Research:  AN317.  321;   SO301.  456,  457 

History  Distributional  Requirements 

Any  two  History  courses  which  focus  on  the  U.S.  6sh 

Any  Non-Western  or  World  History  Course  3sh 

Required  Social  Science  Distribution 

GE200  level  or  higher  3sh 

PS280orPS285  3sh 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives:(2) 


0 

3-5 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(1)  S0151:  Principles  of  Sociology  is  counted  as  part  of  the  53-55sh 
Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

(2)  Students  who  do  not  pass  a  special  education  competency  test  must 
take  EX300;  this  will  reduce  their  free  electives. 


Minor — Sociology 

Required  course: 

SO  1 5 1   Principles  of  Sociology 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  S023 1 ,  SO320,  SO380 
Three  additional  courses  in  Sociology 


15 


3sh 

3sh 
9sh 


Minor — Applied  Social  Research 

Required  courses: 

SO380  Social  Research  Methods 

50456  Field  Research  Methods 

50457  Computer  Use  in  Sociology 

50458  Political  Sociology 
Controlled  elective: 

Any  research  course  in  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences,  as  approved  by  department  chairperson 
Optional  internship: 
AN493  or  S0493 


15 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 


6sh 


Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical 
Languages 

Peter  Broad,  Chairperson;  Carranza,  Drescher,  Foltz, 
Glisan,  Hernandez,  Mendizabal,  Miltz,  Smith,  Spieker, 
Thornton,  Young 

The  Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  offers  a  varied 
curriculum  designed  to  provide  not  only  basic  language  instruction  in 


Spanish,  Greek,  and  Latin  but  also  the  more  advanced  competencies  needed 
by  language  specialists  and  students  hoping  to  take  advantage  of  an 
international  study  experience.   For  the  undergraduate  Spanish  major,  the 
department  has  three  degree  programs:  the  B.S.  in  Education,  the  B.A.  in 
Spanish,  and  the  B.A.  in  Spanish  for  International  Trade.  The  latter  degree 
program  provides  solid  undergraduate  degree  training  preparatory  to  an 
M.B.A.  in  International  Management. 

Students  majoring  in  Spanish  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of  the 
language  and  enter  more  deeply  into  the  history,  culture,  and  literature  of 
Spanish-speaking  countries.   Spanish  majors  generally  find  employment  in 
government  work,  librarianship,  journalism,  foreign  trade,  airlines,  tourism, 
business,  and  teaching.  Students  choosing  careers  as  secondary  school 
teachers  will  find  the  close  supervision  and  advanced  methodology  offered 
by  the  department  a  distinct  asset. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  and  College  of 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  who  must  pass  an  intermediate-level 
language  course  requirement  for  graduation,  may  choose  any  one  of  the  four 
languages  offered:  French.  German.  Latin,  and  Spanish.  Those  choosing 
the  Spanish  or  Latin  options  will  fulfill  the  requirement  by  successfully 
completing  SP  201  orSP211  or  LA  201.   Self-instruction  in  Critical 
Languages  fulfills  the  requirement  only  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences.  The  student  with  no  previous  foreign  language  study  will 
take  SP101-102  or  SP1 1 1  or  LA101-102  as  a  prerequisite;  the  credits  will 
not  be  applicable  to  any  college  or  department  requirements  (except  for 
students  in  HRIM  who  may  fulfill  their  six-hour  language  requirement  with 
SP1 1 1  or  2 1 1  or  with  two  four-hour  courses)  but  may  be  counted  as  general 
electives  in  the  total  required  for  graduation.  Students  in  the  other  colleges 
may  choose  to  take  one  of  the  languages  offered  (at  the  intermediate  level) 
in  fulfilling  the  requirements  of  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

Students  with  previous  Spanish  study  in  high  school  will  be  placed  into  the 
appropriate  course  levels  by  means  of  a  written  departmental  exam, 
administered  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  In  addition,  as  deemed 
necessary  in  individual  cases,  students  may  be  required  to  take  an  oral 
proficiency  test  with  one  or  more  faculty  members  in  the  Spanish 
department.  Each  student's  individual  requirements  and  the  judgment  of  the 
classroom  instructors  will  also  be  considered  in  placement.  No  student 
judged  to  be  a  native  speaker  of  Spanish  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  any 
course  below  the  300  level. 

Spanish  for  Elementary  Education 

A  student  in  Elementary  Education  may  elect  a  concentration  of  19  semester 

hours  of  Spanish,  consisting  of  the  following: 

SP20I     or  equivalent  4sh 

SP221      Intermediate  Conversation  3sh 

SP230     Intermediate  Composition  3sh 

SP260     Introduction  to  Literature  3sh 

SP321     Advanced  Conversation  3sh 

SP404     Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3sh 

Study  Abroad  and  Internships 

Study  Abroad:  The  university  has  established  study  abroad  centers  in  both 
Spain  and  Mexico.  The  program  in  Valladolid.  Spain,  is  a  second-semester- 
only  program,  whereas  the  one  in  Mexico  is  a  summer  program.  All  majors 
are  encouraged  to  participate  in  study  abroad;  nonmajors  are  also  accepted 
into  these  programs.  The  eighteen  hours  in  Spain  or  seven  hours  in  Mexico 
are  applicable  to  a  major  or  a  minor  in  Spanish.  Students  interested  in  more 
information  should  contact  the  Spanish  department. 

Internships:   Internships  in  Spain  and  Mexico  are  available  through  the 
department.  All  internships  take  place  during  the  summer  and  vary  from  six 
weeks  to  two  months  in  duration.   Internship  is  a  credit-bearing  course. 
SP493,  and  all  interns  are  enrolled  in  the  first  session  of  summer  school. 
Noncredit  internships  cannot  be  considered.  Students  enrolled  in  the  Spanish 
for  International  Trade  program  are  strongly  urged  to  do  an  internship  in 
order  to  gain  credibility  in  the  field  of  international  business.  Internships 
are  available  in  banking,  government,  social  work,  communications, 
education,  marketing,  and  many  other  fields.  Arranging  an  internship 
abroad  takes  considerable  long-range  planning,  and  anyone  interested 
should  contact  the  Spanish  Department  at  least  three  months  in  advance. 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  — 95 


53-55 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Spanish 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  the  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  SP  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

SP201     or  equivalent 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Secondary  Spanish 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  SP  prefix 


37 


»      4sh 

SP221     Intermediate  Conversation  3sh 

SP230     Intermediate  Composition  3sh 

SP260     Introduction  to  Literature  3sh 

SP321     Advanced  Conversation  3sh 

SP340     Hispanic  Civilization  through  the  19th  Century  3sh 

SP342/344  20th-century  Spain/20th-Century  3sh 

Spanish-America 

SP404     Advanced  Grammar  3sh 
Controlled  Electives: 

At  least  one  course  from  those  numbered  410-431  3sh 

Any  other  nine  (9)  credits  in  courses  342  or  above  9sh 

Other  Requirements: 


Free  Electives: 


0 

32-34 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Spanish  for  International  Trade 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  GE252,  MA214,  CO/BE/IM101, 
no  course  with  SP  prefix 

College:  0 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major:  34 

Required  courses: 

SP201     or  equivalent  4sh 

SP222     Intermediate  Conversation  (Business)  3sh 

SP230     Intermediate  Composition  3sh 

SP260     Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3sh 

SP321     Advanced  Conversation  3sh 

SP340    Hispanic  Civilization  through  the  19th  Century  3sh 

SP404     Advanced  Grammar  3sh 

SP342/344  20th-century  Spain/20th-Century  3sh 

Spanish-America 

SP354    Commercial  Spanish  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Other  Spanish  Electives  6sh 

Other  Requirements:   Business  Sequence  36 

AD321    Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201    Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202   Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

BL235    Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

EC122    Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

FI310     Finance  I  3sh 

IM300    Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MG310  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG330  Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB215    Business  Statistics  3sh 

Free  Electives:  0 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301   Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242    Pre-Student  Teaching  and  Clinical  Experiences  I 

ED342    Pre-Student  Teaching  and  Clinical  Experiences  II 

ED44 1    Student  Teaching 

ED442    School  Law 

ED453    Teaching  of  Foreign  Language  in  Secondary 

School 
EP202    Educational  Psychology 
EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 
FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

SP201     or  equivalent 

SP221     Intermediate  Conversation 

SP230     Intermediate  Composition 

SP260     Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature 

SP321     Advanced  Conversation 

SP340    Hispanic  Civilization 

SP342/344  20th-century  Spain/20th-Century 
Spanish-America 

SP353     Phonetics  and  Phonemics 

SP404     Advanced  Grammar 
Controlled  Electives: 

Any  other  six  (6)  credits  from  SP  300  or  above 

Free  Electives:   (recommended) 

ED499  Multicultural/Multiethnic  Education 

EX300  Education  of  Exceptional  in  Regular  Classroom 


30 


3sh 
lsh 
lsh 
12sh 
lsh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

6sh 


2sh 
3sh 


34 


6-8 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

(*)   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 


Minor — Spanish 

Required  courses: 

SP201     or  equivalent 
SP221     Intermediate  Conversation 
SP230     Intermediate  Composition 
SP260     Introduction  to  Literature 
SP321     Advanced  Conversation 
SP342/344  20th-century  Spain/20th-Century 
Spanish-America 

Controlled  electives: 


22 


4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


One  course:  SP340.  SP342,  SP344,  SP362,  SP364,  or  SP353      3sh 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124-126 


96  — Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  College  of  Natural 
Sciences  and  Mathematics 

To  be  appointed,  Dean 

John  N.  Fox,  Dean's  Associate 

One  of  the  characteristics  of  the  twentieth  century  is  the  marked  change  in 
the  relation  of  citizens  to  their  environment.  Space  probes,  orbiting 
satellites,  and  productive  research  on  the  structure  and  synthesis  of  living 
matter  have  brought  to  the  forefront  for  reexamination  such  time-honored 
queries  as.  "What  is  the  nature  of  the  universe?"  or  "Can  people  control 
their  natural  environment?"  or  "How  did  life  begin?"  Correct  answers  to 
these  and  other  questions,  coupled  with  proper  application  of  this  knowledge 
for  humankind's  betterment,  must  be  a  significant  part  of  the  goal  of 
educated  people  everywhere. 

The  objectives  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  are  to 
acquaint  the  student  with  the  kinds  of  problems  which  lend  themselves  to 
possible  solutions  through  the  use  of  science;  to  introduce  different 
scientific  techniques  through  significant  illustrative  experiences;  to  give  a 
sense  of  perspective  in  the  development  of  science;  and  to  develop  an 
understanding  of  the  basic  community  of  all  scientific  disciplines. 

Degrees 

The  departments  of  Biology,  Chemistry,  Computer  Science,  and  Physics 
offer  work  leading  to  either  a  Bachelor  of  Science  or  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree,  depending  upon  the  specific  course  program  pursued.  The  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  is  awarded  for  successful  work  in  the  departments  of 
Geoscience  and  Mathematics.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  awarded  by 
the  Department  of  Psychology.  A  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  also 
awarded  in  Natural  Sciences. 


Several  departments  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
sponsor  Master  of  Arts  or  Master  of  Science  degrees  in  the  university's 
Graduate  School.  The  Department  of  Psychology  offers  the  Doctor  of 
Clinical  Psychology  degree.  Information  on  these  programs  should  be 
obtained  from  the  Graduate  School. 

Degree  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  university's  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  all  students 
seeking  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a  major  as  established  by 
the  department  through  which  they  wish  to  specialize.  Statements  of  these 
requirements  and  for  minoring  in  a  specific  field  appear  in  the  department 
sections  that  follow.  A  double  major  or  minor  may  encompass  a  discipline 
outside  as  well  as  within  the  college  but  should  be  selected  only  with 
adviser  approval.  As  a  general  principle,  there  is  considerable  latitude  in 
course  choice  for  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  majors;  for  specifically- 
required  courses,  substitution  in  any  program  must  have  the  written  approval 
of  the  student's  department  chairperson  or  the  college  dean. 

The  Foreign  Language  Requirement 

Unless  otherwise  indicated,  each  department  adheres  to  the  following 
foreign  language  requirement: 

A  candidate  for  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must 
demonstrate  a  proficiency  in  a  foreign  language  equivalent  to  that  attained 
upon  completion  of  two  years  of  college  instruction  in  that  language.  This 
requirement  may  be  met  by 

a.  successful  completion  of  the  intermediate  level  in  a  specific  language;  or 

b.  successful  completion  of  an  exemption  or  credit  examination  in  lieu  of 
the  above. 

Any  foreign  student,  registered  as  such  at  IUP,  whose  acquired  native 
language  is  other  than  English  and  who  demonstrates  an  acceptable 
proficiency  in  English,  is  exempt  from  the  foreign  language  requirement  for 
a  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  degree  if  the  department  he/she  is 
majoring  in  does  not  require  a  specific  language  not  thus  covered. 

Preprofessional  Programs 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  offers  programs  for  the 
preparation  of  students  for  acceptance  by  a  professional  school:  pre-medical 
(including  osteopathic  medicine),  and  pre-veterinary  medicine.  In  addition, 
the  college  offers  a  major  in  the  Natural  Sciences  for  those  students  whose 
goal  is  dentistry,  pharmacy  or  pharmacology,  optometry,  podiatry, 
chiropractic  medicine,  or  physical  therepy.  All  programs  are  so  designed 
that,  should  work  at  a  professional  school  not  ensue,  the  student  may 
earn  an  IUP  baccalaureate  degree,  provided  he/she  has  been  faithful  to 
faculty  advisement. 

The  preprofessional  health  programs  in  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
presuppose  that  the  student  has  an  excellent  background  in  the  high  school 
sciences  and  mathematics  or  will  prove  to  be  an  excellent  college  student. 
Students  should  identify  their  proposed  field  of  study  upon  admission  to  IUP. 

Cooperative  Programs 

IUP  has  been  fortunate  to  enter  into  cooperative  agreements  with  a  number 
of  outstanding  institutions  to  provide  significant  career  opportunities  to  our 
students.  These  formal  agreements  provide  for  accelerated  graduate  or 
professional  degree  programs  or  carefully  planned  and  coordinated 
undergraduate  programming  with  the  cooperating  institution.  Programs  are 
intended  to  assure  acceptance  of  properly  qualified  students  by  the 
cooperating  professional  schools.  Additional  information  concerning  the 
specific  programs  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  academic  department 
in  this  catalog. 

Engineering  (See  Department  of  Physics) 

Drexel  University  -  the  program  combines  the  opportunity  for  two  years  of 
study  at  IUP  with  the  remaining  three  years  of  study  as  part  of  the  Drexel 
plan  of  cooperative  education.  A  student  completing  this  program  will 
receive  a  bachelor's  degree  in  engineering  from  Drexel  University. 

University  of  Pittsburgh  -  the  program  will  allow  the  student  to  enroll  at  IUP 
for  the  first  three  years  of  college  and  conclude  degree  work  by  enrolling  in 
an  engineering  program  at  the  University  of  Pittsburgh  for  last  two  years. 
The  student  will  earn  a  B.S.  degree  in  Natural  Science  from  IUP  and  the 
appropriate  engineering  degree  from  the  University  of  Pittsburgh;  see  the 
Natural  Science  section  for  IUP  degree  requirements. 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  —  97 


Family  Medicine  (See  Department  of  Biolog)  I 

Jefferson  Medical  College  ol  I  'nomas  Jefferson  University  -  the  program  is 
designed  to  increase  the  opportunities  for  RIP  students  to  be  admitted  to 
Jefferson  Medical  College  in  the  Family  Medicine  Program  designed  to 
provide  physicians  to  rural  communities  in  Pennsylvania  where  there  is  a 
shortage. 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies  (Sec  Department  ol  Biology) 
Duke  University  -  the  program  is  designed  to  coordinate  the  education  of 
students  from  IUP  with  the  graduate  programs  in  forestry  and  environmental 
management  offered  at  Duke  University,  in  Durham.  North  Carolina. 

Podiatry  (See  Natural  Sciences i 

The  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  program  is  designed  to 

accelerate  the  professional  training  of  IUP  students  in  the  field  of  podiatry. 

Optometry  (See  Natural  Sciences) 

The  Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry  program  is  designed  to  accelerate 

the  professional  training  of  IUP  students  in  the  field  of  optometry. 

Marine  Science  Consortium 

College  majors  may  be  interested  in  the  programs  available  through  the 
Marine  Science  Consortium.  The  Marine  Science  Consortium  was 
established  in  1968  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  teaching  and  research  in 
the  marine  sciences.  The  participating  institutions  include  IUP  and  thirteen 
other  colleges  and  universities.  Although  no  separate  major  in  the  Marine 
Sciences  exists,  elective  courses  may  be  taken  and  credited  toward 
undergraduate  curriculums  in  Biology.  Geology.  Geography,  and  Earth 
Science.  The  Marine  Science  Consortium  offers  five  three-week  sessions 
during  the  summer  at  the  NASA-Wallops  Island  Station.  Virginia.  Normally, 
several  research  cruises  are  offered  each  summer. 

Students  must  register  for  credit  and  pay  credit  fees  to  a  participating 
institution.  Room  and  board  fees  are  paid  to  the  consortium.  Applications 
for  all  summer  sessions  must  be  submitted  to  the  institutional  director  by 
April  1.  Students  must  be  accepted  by  the  consortium  before  registering 
at  a  participating  institution.  See  section  on  Marine  Science  Consortium 
for  a  listing  of  courses.  For  brochure,  summer  bulletin,  and  application 
forms,  contact  Dr.  Ray  L.  Winstead,  Biology,  or  Dr.  Darlene  S. 
Richardson,  Geoscience,  who  are  the  IUP  directors  and  assist  students  in 
program  planning. 

Internship  Programs 

Several  departments  have  established  programs  under  which  students 
engage  in  an  off -campus  supervised  work  experience  for  credit. 

For  more  information  about  specific  Internship  programs,  students  should 
consult  with  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is 
majoring.  Low-income  students  eligible  for  internships  may  receive  federal- 
state  funding. 


Department  of  Biology 

Robert  S.  Prezant,  Chairperson;  Alico,  Andrew,  Ash- 
Johnson,  Baker,  Browe,  Butler,  Charnego,  Ciskowski, 
Dietrich,  Ferrence,  Forbes,  Gendron,  Hulse,  Humphreys, 
Kerans,  Kesner,  Linzey,  Lord,  Luciano,  Nastase,  Newell, 
Peard,  Peterson,  Pickering,  Pistole,  Schrock,  Simmons, 
Winstead;  and  professors  emeriti  Gallati,  Hoffmaster, 
Liegey,  Moore,  Stapleton 

Degrees  offered  by  the  biology  department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Biology,  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Biology,  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Environmental  Health,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a 
Biology  major.  The  first  three  degree  programs  are  under  the  College  of 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  fourth  is  under  the  College  of 
Education.  The  department  also  offers  a  Biology  minor.  All  of  these 
programs  are  in  revision  for  implementation  in  1995-96  academic  year. 

The  program  leading  to  a  B.S.  in  Biology  is  designed  to  provide 
maximum  depth  in  the  sciences  and  mathematics  with  minimum  elective 
opportunity.  Students  who  plan  to  attend  graduate  school  or  professional 


schools  such  as  those  in  human  or  veterinary  medicine  most  often  choose 
this  program  ol  studies. 

The  program  leading  to  a  B.A.  in  Biology  is  designed  to  reduce  the 
requirement  in  sciences  and  mathematics  and  allow  for  greater  elective 
choice  from  diverse  fields.  Unspecialized  career  plans  can  be  best 
accommodated  with  this  program. 

The  Environmental  Health  program  is  a  preparation  for  employment  in 
local,  state,  and  federal  agencies  and  industry.  Between  the  junior  and  senior 
year,  each  student  should  serve  an  internship  with  a  governmental  agency  or 
an  industrial  concern. 

The  program  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  Biology  major  is 
designed  to  prepare  for  certification  in  public  school  teaching. 

Note:  The  Biology  Department  cooperates  in  programs  with  Jefferson 
Medical  College.  Duke  University  School  of  the  Environment,  and  Marine 
Science  Consortium,  Inc. 

Duke  Cooperative  College  Program  in  Forestry  and 
Environmental  Studies 

The  Cooperative  College  program  with  the  Duke  University  School  of  the 
Environment.  Durham.  North  Carolina,  is  designed  to  coordinate  the 
undergraduate  education  of  students  at  IUP  with  graduate  programs  in  the 
areas  of  resources  and  environment  offered  at  Duke.  Undergraduate  majors 
in  one  of  the  natural  sciences,  mathematics,  economics,  business,  or  political 
science  are  suited  to  the  program.  Preparation  for  the  Duke  program  should 
include  at  least  one  year  each  of  biology  with  work  in  botany,  economics 
with  a  significant  component  of  microeconomics,  and  mathematics  which 
should  include  calculus,  computer  science,  and  statistics.  Applicants  to  the 
Duke  program  who  have  completed  courses  in  ecology,  chemistry,  geology, 
physics,  and  a  foreign  language  or  additional  courses  in  biology,  economics, 
and  mathematics  will  be  given  preferential  consideration.  Students  are 
accepted  in  either  of  two  degree  programs  at  Duke:  the  Master  of  Forestry 
(M.F.)  or  Master  of  Environmental  Management  (M.E.M.). 

Students  may  be  accepted  into  the  Duke  graduate  program  after  three  years 
of  high-quality  undergraduate  study  at  IUP  or  upon  completion  of  the 
baccalaureate.  Students  who  qualify  after  three  years  will  have  completed 
most  of  the  undergraduate  degree  requirements  at  IUP  except  for  total  hours. 
Courses  at  Duke  will  be  applied  to  the  bachelor's  degree  at  IUP.  Dr.  Gould 
F.  Schrock.  Department  of  Biology,  is  the  faculty  adviser  at  IUP  and  assists 
students  in  program  planning. 

Jefferson  Medical  College-IUP 
Physician  Shortage  Area  Program 

A  cooperative  Family  Medicine  Physician  Education  Program  has  been 
established  by  IUP  and  Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Thomas  Jefferson 
University  in  Philadelphia  for  the  purpose  of  improving  the  distribution  of 
physicians  in  Pennsylvania.  The  program  is  designed  to  increase  the 
opportunities  for  young  women  and  men  to  practice  family  medicine  in  the 
rural  communities  of  Pennsylvania  where  there  is  a  shortage  of  physicians. 

The  program  at  Jefferson  Medical  College  will  admit  approximately  four 
graduates  of  IUP  and  twenty  graduates  of  other  colleges  each  year.  Students 
from  IUP  will  be  admitted  only  if  properly  qualified  according  to  the 
admission  standards  and  policies  of  Jefferson  Medical  College.  Applications 
are  reviewed  by  the  Joint  IUP-Jefferson  Subcommittee  and 
recommendations  made  to  the  Jefferson  Committee  on  Admissions. 

Admission  to  Jefferson  Medical  College 

A  strong  preparation  in  the  sciences  and  mathematics  basic  to  medical 
school  studies  is  required.  A  variety  of  college  course  formats  and 
combinations,  including  biology,  general  and  organic  chemistry,  and  physics 
is  a  minimum.  Courses  taken  to  meet  the  basic  requirements  should  be 
rigorous  and.  in  general,  comparable  to  courses  accepted  for  concentration 
in  these  disciplines.  Courses  taken  should  be  supplemented  by  laboratory 
experiences.  Students  may  take  upper-level  science  courses  out  of 
educational  interest  or  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  their  major.  Taking 
additional  science  courses  that  cover  material  taught  within  the  medical 
school  curriculum  is  not  helpful  to  gain  admission. 

Breadth  of  education  is  expected.  Pursuit  of  some  discipline  in  depth  is 
encouraged.  A  successful  medical  student  must  actively  acquire,  synthesize, 
apply,  and  communicate  information.  These  are  skills  which  can  be 


98  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


developed  through  a  great  variety  of  academic  disciplines.  Studies  in  the 
humanities  and  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences  and  development  of 
effective  writing  skills  are  strongly  suggested.  Additional  requirements  for 
admission  can  be  found  in  '•Information  for  Prospective  Students," 
published  by  Jefferson  Medical  College. 

Students  who  qualify  for  the  Physician  Shortage  Area  Program  (PSAP)  must 
certify  their  intentions  to  adhere  to  the  following  plan  of  education  and 
practice:  (a)  complete  the  family  medicine  curriculum  during  their  four 
years  of  medical  education  at  Jefferson  Medical  College,  including  a  six- 
week  clerkship  in  a  rural  area;  (b)  complete  a  three-year  family  medicine 
residency;  and  (c)  agree  to  practice  family  medicine  in  an  underserved  area. 
Preference  will  be  given  to  Pennsylvania  residents  who  are  interested  in  this 
program,  with  highest  priority  given  to  those  who  actually  live,  at  the  time 
of  application,  in  the  underserved  area  in  which  they  hope  to  practice.  (Dr. 
Allan  Andrew,  pre -medical  adviser  in  the  Biology  Department,  will  assist 
students  in  program  planning.) 

In  the  programs  of  study  that  follow,  no  more  than  six  semester  hours  in 
aggregate  from  internships,  independent  study,  and  special  topics  may  be 
counted  toward  biology  course  requirements.  Credits  beyond  six  earned 
from  these  sources  are  counted  as  general  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Biology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  BI  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

BI105      Cell  Biology 

BI110      Plant  Biology 

BI120      Animal  Biology 

BI263      Genetics 

BI480      Biology  Seminar 
Controlled  electives: 

Biology  electives  (major  courses  only) 

Other  Requirements: 

Chemistry  sequence 

CH231     Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH351    Biochemistry 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level(2) 

Free  Electives: 


55-56 


27 

4sh 
5sh 
5sh 
3sh 
lsh 

9sh( 1 ) 

8-14 

4sh 

4sh 

0-6sh 


27-34 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics, 
Internship  applies  to  major:  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Biology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  PY1 11/12 1-1 12/122 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  122  OR  MA216.  no  courses  with  BI 
prefix 

Major:  33 

Required  courses: 

BI105      Cell  Biology 


BI110      Plant  Biology 
BI120     Animal  Biology 
BI263     Genetics 
BI480     Biology  Seminar 
Controlled  electives: 

Biology  electives  (major  courses  only! 


4sh 

5sh 
5sh 
3sh 
lsh 

15sh(l) 


Other  Requirements: 

Chemistry  sequence 

CH 1 1 1  General  Chemistry  I 
CHI  12  General  Chemistry  II 
CH23 1  Organic  Chemistry  I 
CH232  Organic  Chemistry  II 
CH351     Biochemistry 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level(2) 


20-26 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


8-18 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study.  Special  Topics,  or 
Internship  applies  to  major;  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Biology  (*) 
Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MAI  10  or  MA121 
Natural  Science:  CHI  1-1 12 
Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  PYI 1 1.  no  courses  with  BI  prefix,  one  course 
must  have  a  GS  prefix  from  the  Liberal  Studies  Natural  Science. 
Option  II.  Nonlaboratory  List. 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experiences  I 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  ExperiencesII 

ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

ED451  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measures 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major:  ( 1 ) 

Required  courses: 

BI103     General  Biology  I 
BI104      General  Biology  II 
B1110      Plant  Biology 
BI120     Animal  Biology 
BI361      Microbiology 
BI480      Biology  Seminar 
Controlled  electives: 

Biology  electives:  (major  courses  only)  BI105, 
BI263,  and  BI362  recommended 

Other  Requirements: 

Chemistry  sequence: 

CH231    Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH351    Biochemistry 
Physics  sequence: 

PY12I     Physics  Lab  I 

PYI  12     Physics  II 

PYI 22    Physics  Lab  II 

Free  Electives: 


30 


3sh 
lsh 
lsh 
12sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
4sh 
5sh 
5sh 
3sh 
lsh 


30 


8sh(2) 


13 


4sh 
4sh 

lsh 
3sh 
lsh 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     127-128 

(*)   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )  Eligibility  for  student  teaching  and  certification  in  secondary  biology 
requires  a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.75  and  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  biology 
courses. 

(2)  No  more  than  6sh  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics.  Internship 
applies  to  major:  excess  applied  as  free  electives 

i  # )    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  —  99 


Bachelor  of  Science — Environmental  Health 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI21 

Natural  Science:  PY 111/121-112/122 

Social  Science:  PS1 1 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA216.  no  courses  with  Bl  prefix 


Major: 

Required 

.nurses 

B1105 

Cell  Biolog) 

BI110 

Plant  Biology 

BI120 

Animal  Biology 

BI241 

General  Microbiology 

BI362 

Ecology 

BI310 

Applied  Entomology  and  Zoonoses 

BI321 

Environmental  Protection  I 

BI322 

Environmental  Protection  II 

BI480 

Biolog)  Seminar 

BI498 

Internship  or  Alternate  Experience 

36 


4-h 
5sh 
5sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
6sh(2) 


Other  Requirements: 

Required  courses: 

CHI  1 1  General  Chemistry  I 
CHI  12  General  Chemistry  II 
CH231  Organic  Chemistrv  I 
SA101     Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 

Management 
SA301     Nature  and  Effects  of  Occupational  Health 

Hazards 
SA302     Measurements  and  Evaluation  of  Occupational 

Health  Hazards 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 


21-27 


4sh 

4sh 
4sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


4-11 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study.  Special  Topics,  or 
Internship  applies  to  major;  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 


Minor — Biology 

Minor:  17 

Option  A:  Required  courses 

BI103-104  General  Biology  I  and  II  8sh 

Additional  Bl  courses  9sh(  1 ) 

Option  B:  Required  courses 

BI105      Cell  Biology  4sh 

Additional  Bl  courses  13sh(l) 

Other  Requirements: 

Must  have  permission  of  biology  department  chairperson 

( 1 )   With  approval  of  department  chairperson 


Biochemistry  Program 

Richard  A.  Hartline,  Program  Coordinator;  Dietrich, 
Harding,  Biology  and  Chemistry  faculties. 

The  B.S.  in  Biochemistry  is  a  four-year  degree  curriculum  offered  as  a 
cooperative  program  by  the  Biology  and  Chemistry  departments. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  a  B.S.  in  Biochemistry  begins  with  foundation 
courses  in  biology,  chemistry,  mathematics,  and  physics  in  the  first  two 
years.  Specialization  in  biochemistry  commences  in  the  third  year  with 
courses  in  biochemistry,  genetics,  physical  chemistry.  Special  Topics  in 
Biochemistry,  and  Biochemistry  Seminar. 


A  unique  feature  of  this  undergraduate  program  is  that  Biochemistry 
research  is  a  requirement.  After  consultation  with  faculty,  the  students  will 
define  a  problem  and  devise  an  experimental  plan  through  library  research. 
I  .ihoratory  research  will  be  done  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  College 
of  Natural  Science  and  Mathematics  faculty  member.  Finally,  the  student 
will  report  on  the  results  of  the  research  in  both  written  and  oral  forms. 

The  B.S.  in  Biochemistry  Program  is  intended  for  those  students  whose 
interests  lie  in  a  most  exciting  field  of  modern  science.  Graduates  of  this 
program  can  expect  to  be  qualified  to  enter  graduate  programs  in 
biochemistry,  biology,  chemistry,  molecular  biology,  and  professional 
schools  in  the  health  sciences,  and  positions  in  industrial  and  government 
research  laboratories  and  in  industrial  production  facilities. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Biochemistry 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  the  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  PY1 31/141- 1 32/142 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA  124,  no  courses  with  BC  prefix; 
one  course  must  be  200-level  or  higher. 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

BI105     Cell  Biology 

BI263     Genetics 

BI361      Microbiology 

BI401      Laboratory  Methods  in  Biology 
and  Biotechnology 

BC301/31 1  Biochemistry  I  and  Lab 

BC302/312  Biochemistry  II  and  Lab 

BC480    Biochemistry  Seminar  I 

BC481     Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry 

BC482     Independent  Research  in  Biochemistry 

BC490    Biochemistry  Seminar  II 

CHI  13    Concepts  in  Chemistry 

CHI  14    Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 

CH231    Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II 

CH323    Analytical  Methods 

CH340    Physical  Chemistry 
Controlled  Electives: 

Advanced  Biology  course  chosen  from: 
BI331.  BI350,  BI352,  BI364.  or  B 145 3 

Either  MA216  or  COl  10 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level(2) 

Free  Electives: 


56-59 


51 

4sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

4sh 

4sh 

Ish(l) 

3sh 

2sh 

lsh(l) 

4sh 

4sh 

4sh 

4sh 

4sh 

3sh 

6-13 

3sh 
3-4sh 
0-6sh 

7-11 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )  1  sh  each  semester  of  senior  year 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Department  of  Chemistry 

Pothen  Varughese,  Chairperson;  Asting,  Ballas,  Bravo, 
Christodouleas,  Coleman,  Costa,  Crumm,  Elcesser,  Fazio, 
Ford,  Harding,  Hartline,  Kolaczkowski,  Kupchella,  Long, 
McKelvey,  Patsiga,  Scroxton,  Syty,  Wood,  Woolcock, 
Zambotti;  and  professors  emeriti  Bordas,  Marks,  Tackett, 
Wunz 

Degrees  offered  by  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Chemistry,  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Chemistry,  and  the  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Chemistry  major.  The  first  two  degree 
programs  are  under  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and 
the  third  is  under  the  College  of  Education.  The  department  also  offers  a 
Chemistry  minor. 


700  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  B.S.  in  Chemistry  is  a  professional  degree  and  is  certified  by  the 
American  Chemical  Society.  The  student  completing  this  major  should  he 
qualified  to  assume  a  position  in  industry  or  government  as  a  chemist  or  to 
apply  for  admission  to  graduate  school  to  pursue  advanced  studies  leading  to 
the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degree.  The  student  considering  going  to  a  professional 
school  who  also  wishes  to  complete  this  degree  should  elect  appropriate 
courses  as  required  by  the  professional  school  in  addition  to  the  courses 
required  here.  Those  students  who  are  particularly  interested  in  biochemistry 
should  elect  a  few  selected  biology  courses. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  the  B.A.  in  Chemistry  is  designed  to  allow  for  the 
workable  union  of  nonscience  areas  with  chemistry  in  such  a  way  as  to 
retain  the  fundamental  science  and  mathematics  requirements  needed  for  a 
career  in  chemistry.  A  careful  selection  of  electives  will  qualify  the  student 
for  entrance  into  many  fields  in  which  there  is  an  acute  need  for  educated 
people  and.  at  the  same  time,  satisfy  the  entrance  requirements  of  various 
professional  and  graduate  schools. 

Some  possible  and  useful  combinations  between  chemistry  and  other 
disciplines  would  include  chemistry-biology,  chemistry-business 
administration,  chemistry -computer  science,  chemistry -criminology, 
chemistry-government,  chemistry-pre -dental,  chemistry -pre-law,  chemistry- 
safety  science,  chemistry-pre-medicine,  and  chemistry-English  (technical 
writing).  The  student  must  arrange  a  practical  sequence  of  non-chemistry 
courses  in  consort  with  his/her  adviser  and  the  department  chairperson 
concerned.  A  student  seeking  a  career  in  forensic  science  should  major  in 
chemistry.  The  department  also  offers  pre-medical  programs  in  both  the  B.S. 
and  B.A.  curriculums.  These  programs  prepare  the  student  to  satisfy  the 
entrance  requirements  of  medical  schools. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  Chemistry  major  is 
designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  teach  chemistry  at  the  secondary  school 
level.  Upon  completion  of  the  specified  coursework  and  the  requirements 
for  teacher  certification  processes,  the  student  is  eligible  for  Pennsylvania 
certification  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Chemistry 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA121  orMA123 

Natural  Science:  PY11 1/121-112/122  or  PY 13 1/14 1-132/142 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  122  OR  MA  124.  no  courses 
with  CH  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

CH  1 1 3  Concepts  in  Chemistry 

CHI  14  Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 

CH231  Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH232  Organic  Chemistry  II 

CH321  Quantitative  Analysis 

CH322  Instrumental  Analysis 

CH341  Physical  Chemistry  I 

CH343  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

Other  Requirements: 

Planned  program  in  complementary  field 
(adviser  approval)  with  6sh  in  300/400  level 
courses  (2) 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level 


56-57 


29 

4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
lsh 

15-21 
15sh(l) 


0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


17-24 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1) 


(2) 
(3) 


Recommended  fields:  Biology,  Business.  Computer  Science, 

Criminology,  Dietetics.  Economics,  English,  Foreign  Language, 

Geoscience.  Mathematics,  Safety  Science,  Physics.  Political  Science, 

Psychology. 

Chemistry  Pre-Med  program  requires:  BII05.  BU20.  BI263,  BI331. 

Intermediate-level  Foreign  language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 

electives. 


56-57 


Bachelor  of  Science — Chemistry 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Sciences:  PY131/I41-132/142 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  124,  no  courses  with  CH  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

CHI  13    Concepts  in  Chemistry 

CH114    Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 

CH23 1    Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II 

CH301    Chemistry  Seminar 

CH321     Quantitative  Analysis 

CH322    Instrumental  Analysis 

CH341    Physical  Chemistry  1 

CH342    Physical  Chemistry  II 

CH343    Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

CH344    Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II 

CH410    Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

CH41 1     Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 
Controlled  electives: 

Additional  Chemistry  electives  from  list: 
CH331.  CH335,  CH351,  CH376,  CH412. 
CH421.CH441.CH498 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  math:  COl  10  and  one  additional  course 

from  MAI71.  MA227.  MA241,  MA342 
Pre-Med  program  (3) 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level(4) 


44 


4sh 

4sh( 1 ) 

4sh 

4sh 

lsh 

4sh 

4sh 

4sh 

3sh 

lsh 

lsh 

lsh 

3sh 

6sh(2) 


7-14 


7-8sh 


Free  Electives:  (5) 


0-6sh 

9-17 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  Those  who  took  CH  1 1 1  and  CH  1 1 2  should  take  CH  1 1 6  for  ACS 
certified  B.S. 

(2)  CH49H  (2sh)  required  for  American  Chemical  Society  certification. 

(3)  Chemistry  /Pre-Med  program  requires  BI105.  BI120,  BI263.  BI331, 
BI352.  andCH351. 

(4)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives, 

(5)  Pre-med  requires  Biology  sequence  I8sh. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Chemistry  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Natural  Science:  PY  1 1 1  / 1 2 1  - 1 1 2/ 1 22 

Social  Science:  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  122,  no  courses  with  CH  prefix 

College:  30 

Professional  education  sequence: 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  lsh 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  lsh 

ED421  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law  lsh 

ED45 1  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measures  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major:  33-35 

Required  courses: 

CH  1 1 3  Concepts  in  Chemistry  4sh 

CHI  14  Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry  4sh 

CH231  Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH232  Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 

CH32I  Quantitative  Analysis  4sh 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  —  101 


CH322    Instrumental  Analysis 
CH341    Physical  Chemistrj  I 

CH343    Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  1 
CH498    Problems  in  Chemistr} 
Controlled  electives: 

One  additional  chemistry  course  from  list: 
CH342,CH351,CH4U 

Other  Requirements: 

HI  105     Cell  Biology 


4sh 

4sh 

Ish 

I  2sh 

3-4sh 


4sh 


Free  Klectives: 


0-1 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     124-126 


(*)  See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(#1  Sec  advisor)  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  tor  Graduation. 


Minor — Chemistry 

Minor:  20 

Required  courses: 

(Hill    General  Chemistry  1  4sh 

CH112    General  Chemistry  II  4sh 

CH231     Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  D  4sh 

One  chemistry  elective  from  CH321,  CH323,  CH351  4sh 


Department  of  Computer  Science 

Gary  L.  Buterbaugh,  Chairperson;  Cross,  Cunningham, 
McKelvey,  Micco,  Oblitey,  Shubra,  Sweeney,  Watts,  Wolfe; 
and  professor  emeritus  Tompkins 

The  programs  in  Computer  Science  at  IUP  lead  to  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree 
and  are  designed  primarily  to  prepare  graduates  for  productive  work  in 
highly  computer-dependent  areas  of  business,  government,  and  industry.  In 
recent  years,  majors  graduating  from  the  program  have  attained  their  first 
jobs  in  business  applications,  programming  and  systems  analysis,  computer 
software  development,  scientific  and  applied  mathematical  programming, 
other  computer-related  areas,  and  graduate  school. 

In  a  rapidly  developing  field  such  as  Computer  Science,  it  is  important  that 
the  graduate's  education  be  broad  and  fundamental  so  that  new  trends  can 
more  readily  be  followed.  Our  goal  is  to  balance  fundamentally  and  breadth 
with  sufficient  supervised  practice  so  that  our  graduates  are  productive  at  the 
time  they  graduate  but  ready  and  willing  to  change  with  the  field. 

Most  applied  computer  scientists  work  in  cooperation  with  professionals 
trained  in  other  areas  and  with  managers.  Hence,  the  ability  to  work  and 
communicate  with  others  of  different  educational  backgrounds  is  an 
important  characteristic.  To  that  end,  we  encourage  Computer  Science 
majors  to  take  a  strong  minor  (or  area  concentration)  in  a  second  area  of 
interest.  Some  students  may  wish  to  double  major.  Majors  in  other 
disciplines  at  IUP  are  also  welcome  to  take  Computer  Science  courses  for 
which  they  are  qualified  or  a  Computer  Science  minor. 

Students  majoring  in  Computer  Science  should  set  their  goals  beyond 
simple  programming  and  should  be  preparing 

1.  to  program  well,  both  in  design  and  implementation  phases,  and 
document  what  they  have  programmed 

2.  to  analyze  real-world  problems  in  preparation  for  program  design 
and  implementation 

3.  to  manage  activities  that  are  strongly  computer  dependent 

4.  to  improve  the  tools  that  programmers  and  systems  analysts  use. 
i.e.,  to  develop 

a.  better  machine  systems 

b.  better  software  systems 

c.  better  languages  for  communicating  with  machines 

d.  better  methods  for  solving  intractable  problems 

5.  to  teach  about  computers  at  college  or  high  school  level 

6.  to  advance  the  fundamental  theory  of  digital  information 
processors. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Computer  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  55-58 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123  (or  MAI21-I22  or  127) 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA216  (or  MA214or  MA217). 
no  courses  with  CO  prefix 

Major:  35 

Required  Courses 

COI05    Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  3sh 

COl  10    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

CO220    Applied  Computer  Programming  3sh 

CO300    Assembly  Language  Programming  3sh 

CO310    Data  Structures  3sh 

C0315    Large  File  Organization  and  Access  3sh 

CO380    Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession  lsh 

CO480    Seminar  on  Technical  Topics  lsh 

Controlled  Electives:  Select  9sh  ( I ) 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

C0319    Software  Engineering  Concepts  3sh 

CO320    Software  Engineering  Practice  3sh 

C0345    Data  Communications  3sh 

C0355    Computer  Graphics  3sh 

CO360    IBM  Job  Control  Language  1  sh 

C0362    UNIX  and  C  3sh 

C0481    Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science  (as  l-4sh 

approved  for  majors) 
C0485    Independent  Study  l-4sh 

C0493    Internship  in  Conputer  Science  12sh(2) 

Upper  Level  Electives  by  Categories  6sh(3) 

Computer  Architecture:  CO410 

Theory  of  Languages:  C0419.  CO420.  C0424,  CO460 
Systems  Programming:  CO430,  C0432 
Numerical  Methods:  CO450 
Artifical  Intelligence:  CO405 
Data  Base  Management:  C0441 

Other  Requirements:  6-22 

Additional  Writing: 

EN322    Technical  Writing  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  0-6sh(4) 

Additional  Mathematics:  3-13sh(5) 

MA  1 23   Calculus  for  Physics  and  Chemistry 

( MA  1 2 1  and  MA  1 22  or  MA  1 27  may  be  substituted ) 
MA216  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences 

(MA363  and  MA364,  MA214  and  MA417,  or  MA217 
and  MA417  may  be  substituted) 
MA219  Discrete  Mathematics 


Free  Electives: 


9-28 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  Select  at  least  9sh  from  the  list  of  controlled  electives  and/or  the  list  of 
upper-level  electives.  Note:  Only  4sh  of  C0493  may  be  counted  toward 
these  9sh. 

(2)  C0493  may  be  selected  in  either  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year 
or  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year.  If  C0493  is  selected  and 
approved.  CO380  should  be  taken  in  the  immediately  preceding 
semester. 

( 3 )  Select  at  least  two  (2)  additional  courses,  from  at  least  two  (2)  different 
categories,  from  the  list  of  upper-level  electives. 

(4)  Foreign  Language  intermediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(5)  Any  of  the  Mathematics  options  satisfy  both  the  Learning  Skill 
requirement,  and  one  course  may  be  counted  as  a  Liberal  Studies 
elective.  The  3-credit  minimum  applies  to  students  who  take  MA123 
and  MA216.  The  1 3-credit  maximum  applies  to  students  who  take  the 
MA121-122  calculus  option  and  the  MA363-364  statistics  option. 


102  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Bachelor  of  Science — Computer  Science/Applied 
Computer  Science  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-58 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA123  (or  MA121-122  or  MA127) 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA216  (or  MA214  or  MA217), 
no  courses  with  CO  prefix 

Major:  38 

Required  Courses 

CO  105    Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science 

COl  10    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming 

CO220    Applied  Computer  Programming 

CO300    Assembly  Language  Programming 

CO310    Data  Structures 

C03 1 5    Large  File  Organization  and  Access 

C0319    Software  Engineering  Concepts 

CO380    Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession 

C044 1    Data  Base  Management 

CO480    Seminar  on  Technical  Topics 
Select  one  ( 1 )  of  the  following  two  courses: 

CO320    Software  Engineering  Practice 

C0493    Internship  in  Computer  Science 
Controlled  Electives:  Select  6sh  (3) 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods 

C0345    Data  Communications 

C0355    Computer  Graphics 

CO360    IBM  Job  Control  Language 

C0362    UNIX  and  C 

C0481    Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science  (only 
sections  approved  for  majors  I 

C0485    Independent  Study 
Upper  Level  Electives  by  Categories:  Select  3sh  (4) 

Computer  Architecture:  CO410 

Theory  of  Languages:  C0419,  CO420.  C0424,  CO460 

Systems  Programming:  CO430,  C0432 

Numerical  Methods:  CO450 

Artificial  Intelligence:  CO405 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Writing: 

EN322    Technical  Writing 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level 
Additional  Mathematics: 

MA  123   Calculus  I  for  Physics  and  Chemistry 

( MA  121  and  MA  1 22  or  MA  1 27  may  be  substituted ) 
MA216   Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences 

(MA363  andMA364,  MA214and  MA417.  or  MA2I7 
and  MA417  may  be  substituted) 
MA219   Discrete  Mathematics 
Complete  a  minor  from  one  of  the  following  areas:  6-18 

a)  From  any  department  in  the  College  of 

Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  6-18sh 

b)  From  designated  Business  courses  18sh 

c)  From  designated  Economics  courses  15sh 

d)  From  designated  Geography  courses  15sh 


Free  Electives: 


0-20 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  Credit  for  both  CO320,  Software  Engineering  Practice,  and  C0493. 
Internship  in  Computer  Science,  may  be  counted  toward  the  degree  but 
only  one  will  be  counted  toward  the  major  requirements. 

(2)  C0493  may  be  selected  in  either  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year 
or  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year.  If  C0493  is  selected  and 
approved,  CO380  may  be  taken  in  the  immediately  preceding  semester. 

(3)  Select  at  least  6sh  from  the  list  of  controlled  electives  and/or  the  list  of 
upper  level  electives. 

(4)  Select  at  least  one  ( I )  additional  course  from  the  list  of  upper  level 
electives. 

(5)  Foreign  Language  intermediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(6)  Any  of  the  Mathematics  options  satisfy  both  the  Learning  Skill 
requirement,  and  one  course  may  be  counted  as  a  Liberal  Studies 


elective.  The  3-credit  minimum  applies  to  students  who  take  MA  123 
and  MA216.  The  1 3-credit  maximum  applies  to  students  who  take  the 
MA  12 1-122  calculus  option  and  the  MA363-364  statistics  option. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Computer  Science/Languages  and 
Systems  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  slated  in  Liberal  Studies  Requirements  54-58 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 23  or  MA  1 27 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  124,  no  course  with  CO  prefix 


3sh 

3sh 

Major: 

3sh 

Required  ( 

3sh 

CO  105 

3sh 

COl  10 

3sh 

CO220 

3sh 

CO300 

lsh 

CO310 

3sh 

C0315 

lsh 

C0319 

CO380 

3sh ( 1 ) 

CO4I0 

12sh(2) 

CO420 

C0432 

3sh 

CO480 

3sh 

Controllec 

3sh 

CO250 

lsh 

CO320 

3sh 

C0345 

l-4sh 

C0355 

CO360 

l-4sh 

C0362 

CO405 

C0419 

C0424 

CO430 

C0441 

CO450 

CO460 

6-22 

C048I 

3sh 

C0485 

0-6sh(5) 

C0493 

3-13sh(6) 

40 


Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  3sh 

Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

Applied  Computer  Programming  3sh 

Assembly  Language  Programming  3sh 

Data  Structures  3sh 

Large  File  Organization  and  Access  3sh 

Software  Engineering  Concepts  3sh 

Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession  lsh 

Processor  Architecture  and  Micro  Programming  3sh 

Modern  Programming  Languages  3sh 

Introduction  to  Operating  Systems  3sh 

Seminar  on  Technical  Topics  lsh 
Electives:  Select  9sh  <  1 ) 

Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

Software  Engineering  Practice  3sh(2) 

Data  Communications  3sh 

Computer  Graphics  3sh 

IBM  Job  Control  Language  lsh 

UNIX  and  C  3sh 

Artificial  Intelligence  3sh 

Software  Development  and  Ada  3sh 

Compiler  Construction  3sh 

Introduction  to  Systems  Programming  3sh 

Data  Base  Management  3sh 

Applied  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

Theory  of  Computation  3sh 

Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science  (as  l-4sh 
approved  for  majors) 

Independent  Study  l-4sh 

Internship  in  Computer  Science  12sh(3) 


Other  Requirements:  13-21 

Additional  Writing: 

EN322    Technical  Writing  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  0-6sh(4) 

Mathematics:  A  minor  in  mathematics  including  10-12sh(5) 

the  following  courses 

MA123   Calculus  I  for  Physics  and  Chemistry 

( 1 27  may  be  substituted) 
MA  124  Calculus  II  for  Physics  and  Chemistry 

(MA128  may  be  substituted) 
MA  1 7 1    Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 
MA216   Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences 

(MA363  and  MA364,  MA214  and  MA417,  or  MA217 
and  MA417  may  be  substituted) 
MA219  Discrete  Mathematics 


Free  Electives: 


5-23 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 1    Select  at  least  9sh  from  the  list  of  controlled  electives.  Note:  Only  4sh 
of  C0493  may  be  counted  toward  these  9sh. 

(2)  Credit  for  both  CO320,  Software  Engineering  Practice,  and  C0493, 
Internship  in  Computer  Science,  may  be  counted  toward  the  degree  but 
only  one  will  be  counted  toward  the  major  requirements. 

(3)  C0493  may  be  selected  in  either  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year 
or  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year.  If  C0493  is  selected  and 
approved,  CO380  may  be  taken  in  the  immediately  preceding  semester. 

(4)  Foreign  Language  intermediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(5)  Credit  for  MA123/127  and  MA124/128  counted  in  Liberal  Studies. 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  — 103 


Minor — Computer  Science 

Minor: 

Required  courses: 
CO  electives 


15 


I5sh(l) 


( 1 )  CO101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy  is  an  appropriate  entry  course 
for  minors  or  for  students  who  wish  to  take  only  one  course. 

(2)  No  more  than  six  credits  ma}  he  from  courses  numbered  205  or  lower. 
f3)    See  Computer  Science  minor  adviser  for  suggestions 


Department  of  Geoscience 

Frank  W.  Hall,  II,  Chairperson;  Cercone,  Clark,  Park, 
Richardson,  Sutton,  Taylor;  and  professor  emeritus  Prince 

The  Geoscience  Department  provides  curriculums  in  areas  of  natural  science 
dealing  with  and  related  to  the  earth  and  its  environment  by  offering  courses 
in  astronomy,  geology,  meteorology,  and  oceanography. 

In  addition  to  on-campus  instruction,  opportunities  exist  for  summer 
coursework  and  research  in  geology  and  oceanography  at  the  Marine 
Science  Consortium  located  at  Wallops  Island.  Virginia. 

Degrees  offered  by  the  Department  of  Geoscience  are  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Geology,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Environmental  Geoscience, 
and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  major  in  Earth  and  Space 
Science  or  with  a  major  in  General  Science.  The  first  two  degree  programs 
are  under  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  last  two 
are  under  the  College  of  Education. 

The  department  also  will  act  in  an  advisory  capacity  for  students  enrolled  in 
the  B.S.  in  Natural  Science  with  concentrations  in  Astronomy,  Meteorology. 
or  Oceanography.  These  degree  programs  are  designed  to  prepare  students 
for  graduate  work  in  the  aforementioned  disciplines. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  Geology  is.  in  a  sense,  a  dual-purpose  degree  program. 
Not  only  is  it  designed  to  graduate  well-trained,  competent  geologists,  able 
to  compete  for  positions  as  professional  geologists  in  the  job  market;  it  is 
also  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  the  necessary  allied  science  and 
mathematics  background  to  enable  the  good  student  to  qualify  for  admission 
to  the  graduate  school  of  his/her  choice  in  Geology. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  Environmental  Geoscience  offers  the  student  a  broad- 
based  science  background.  In  addition  to  a  firm  foundation  in  Geology- 
Geoscience  courses,  the  student  will  also  acquire  a  background  in  Biology 
and  Chemistry.  This  will  provide  thorough  training  for  the  rapidly  growing 
field  of  Environmental  Geoscience,  both  for  students  who  plan  to  pursue 
postgraduate  training  in  this  field  and  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  directly 
into  jobs  in  federal  and  state  agencies  and  private  consulting  firms. 

The  department  recognizes  as  one  of  its  functions  the  role  of  serving  the 
field  of  public  education  by  the  preparation  of  qualified  and  certified 
teachers  of  earth  and  space  science.  Also,  because  of  the  interdisciplinary 
nature  of  both  the  department  and  the  requirements  for  preparing  general 
science  teachers,  the  department  administers  the  program  designed  to  lead  to 
general  science  certification  and  includes  majors  of  that  category  as 
department  members. 

Minor  in  Geology 

The  minor  in  Geology  consists  of  17  semester  hours.  Required  are  GS121: 
Physical  Geology/GS123:  Intensive  Physical  Geology  Lab  and  GS131: 
Historical  Geology/GS133:  Intensive  Historical  Geology  Lab.  Three  upper- 
level  (300  or  higher)  courses  in  geology  (total  9  credits)  will  make  up  the 
remaining  requirements  for  the  minor  in  Geology  totaling  17  credits. 

Minor  in  Geoscience 

The  requirement  for  the  minor  in  Geoscience  will  be  16  semester  hours  of 
geoscience,  taken  within  the  following  framework.  Students  must  complete 
one  course  in  each  discipline  within  the  department:  Astronomy,  three 
semester  hours;  Geology,  four  semester  hours  (not  GS 1 22  or  1 32); 
Meteorology,  three  semester  hours;  Oceanography,  three  semester  hours,  for 
a  total  of  thirteen  semester  hours.  The  additional  three  semester  hours  can  be 


taken  in  any  one  of  the  aforementioned  disciplines.  Liberal  Studies 
nonlaboratory  courses,  GS  110,  141,  150,  151,  and  221,  will  not  be 
acceptable  toward  the  minor  in  Geoscience. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Geology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 23 

Natural  Science:  CHI  1 1/1 12  or  113/114 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  1 24,  no  courses  with  GS  elective 


Major: 

Required  courses:  ( 1 ) 

GS121 

Physical  Geology 

3sh 

GS123 

Intensive  Physical  Geology  Laboratory 

lsh 

GS131 

Historical  Geology 

3sh 

GS133 

Intensive  Historical  Geology  Laboratory 

lsh 

GS321 

Mineralogy 

3sh 

GS322 

Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology 

3sh 

GS325 

Structural  Field  Geology  I 

3sh 

GS326 

Field  Geology  or  Summer  field  course  (offered 

by  other  universities)  (1,2) 

3sh 

GS330 

Paleontology 

3sh 

GS362 

Plate  Tectonics 

3sh 

GS411 

Sedimentary  Petrology 

3sh 

GS412 

Stratigraphy  or  GS327  Geomorphology 

3sh 

GS480 

Geoscience  Seminar 

lsh 

Controlled  electives: 

9sh 

GS  courses  300  or  above 

56-57 


33 


Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Science: 

PY111     Physics  I  Lee 

PY112     Physics  II  Lee 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (3,4) 


8-14 


4sh 

4sh 

0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


11-18 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


17 


(1)  Summer  Field  Camp  in  geology  (5-9sh)  is  strongly  recommended. 

(2)  A  maximum  of  six  credits  from  approved  summer  field  camp  may 
apply  to  a  required  core  and  controlled  electives  (3). 

(3)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(4)  Six  credits  of  computer  languages  may  be  used  to  meet  foreign 
language  requirement;  CO220.  CO3I0.  or  other  higher-level  CO 
courses  with  departmental  permission  in  consultation  with  the 
Computer  Science  Department. 


Minor — Geology 
Minor: 

Required  courses: 

GSI21     Physical  Geology  3sh 

GS123     Intensive  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  lsh 

GS131     Historical  Geology  3sh 

GS133     Intensive  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  lsh 

Three  upper-level  (300  or  higher)  courses  in  Geology  9sh 


Bachelor  of  Science — Environmental  Geoscience 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11/CH1 12  or  CHI  13/1 14 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  124,  no  courses  with  GS  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

GS121     Physical  Geology 

GS123     Intensive  Physical  Geology  Laboratory 

GS  1 3 1     Historical  Geology 


27 


3sh 
lsh 
3sh 


104  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


GS133 

Intensive  Historical  Geology  Laboratory 

lsh 

GS310 

Environmental  Geology 

3sh 

GS321 

Mineralogy 

3sh 

GS322 

Igneous  and  Metamorphic 

3sh 

GS325 

Structural  Geology 

3sh 

GS331 

Hydrogeology 

3sh 

GS332 

Geochemistry 

3sh 

GS480 

Geoscience  Seminar 

lsh 

Other  Requi 

rements: 

Biology  sequence: 

BI105 

Cell  Biology 

4sh 

BI361 

Microbiology 

3sh 

Chemistry 

sequence: 

CH231 

Organic  Chemistry 

4sh 

CH323 

Analytical  Methods 

4sh 

Controlled  electives: 

8-9sh 

BI272 

Conservation  of  Plant/Animal  Resources 

3sh 

BI321 

Environmental  Protection  I 

3sh 

BI362 

Ecology 

3sh 

CH322 

Instrumental  Analysis 

4sh 

CH341 

Physical  Chemistry  I 

4sh 

CO110 

Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming 

3sh 

CO220 

Applied  Computer  Programming 

3sh 

CO250 

Introduction  to  Numeric  Methods 

3sh 

CO310 

Data  Structures 

3sh 

GE314 

Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation 

3sh 

GE415 

Remote  Sensing 

3sh 

GS326 

Field  Geology 

3sh 

GS327 

Geomorphology 

3sh 

GS411 

Sedimentary  Petrology 

3sh 

GS432 

Coal  Geology 

3sh 

GS440 

Subsurface  Geology 

3sh 

PYI11/ 

21  Physics  I  Lecture  and  Lab 

4sh( 1 ) 

PY112/ 

22  Physics  II  Lecture  and  Lab 

4sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2.3) 

0-6sh 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experiences  I  lsh 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experiences  II  lsh 

ED451  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3sh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law  lsh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

15                     EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

BI311  Environmental  Biology  4sh 

GS121  Physical  Geology  3sh 

GS123  Intensive  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  lsh 

GS131  Historical  Geology  3sh 

GS133  Intensive  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  lsh 

GS341  Solar  System  3sh 

GS342  Stellar  Astronomy  3sh 

GS350  Operation  of  the  Planetarium  lsh 

GS361  Oceanography  3sh 

GS37 1  Meteorology  I  3sh 

PY111  Physics  I  Lee  3sh 

PY112  Physics  II  Lee  3sh 

PY121  Physics  I  Lab  lsh 

PY122  Physics  II  Lab  lsh 

Controlled  electives: 

Geology  electives  ( not  GS 1 1 0.  1 4 1 )  6sh 


30 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


39 


0 

0 

Total  Degree  Requirements:      124-125 


Free  Electives: 


10-18 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


"I   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 


( 1 1    Students  who  plan  to  pursue  an  advanced  degree  in  environmental 
geoscience  are  strongly  advised  to  take  the  physics  sequence  as  their 
controlled  electives. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(3)  Six  credits  of  computer  languages  may  be  used  to  meet  foreign 
language  requirement;  CO220,  CO310,  or  other  higher-level  CO 
courses  with  departmental  permission  in  consultation  with  the 
Computer  Science  Department. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — General  Science 

Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121  (1) 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-112 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  BE/CO/IM101.  no  courses  with  prefix  of 
chosen  track  in  major 


55-56 


Minor — Geoscience 

Minor:  16 

Required  courses: 

One  course  from  each  of  the  following: 

Astronomy  (not  GS110)  3sh 

Geology  (not  GS  122  or  132)  4sh 

Meteorology  3sh 

Oceanography  3sh 

Additional  3sh  from  one  of  the  above  fields  (300  level  3sh 

or  higher) 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301  Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experiences  I  lsh 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experiences  II  lsh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law  lsh 

ED451  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 


30 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Earth  and  Space 
Science  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  55-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Social  Science:  PC10I 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO  10 1,  no  courses  with  GS  prefix 


Major:  39-40 
Required  courses: 

BI103  General  Biology  I  4sh 

BI104  General  Biology  II  4sh 

GS101  Earth  Science:  Geology  and  Oceanography  3sh 

GS102  Earth  Science:  Geology  and  Oceanography  Lab  lsh 

GS103  Earth  Science:  Meteorology  and  Astronomy  3sh 

GS104  Earth  Science:  Meteorology  and  Astronomy  Lab  lsh 

PY111  Physics  I  Lee  3sh 

PY112  Physics  II  Lee  3sh 

PY121  Physics  I  Lab  lsh 

PYI22  Physics  II  Lab  lsh 


The  C  allege  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  —  105 


Controlled  electives:  15-16 

Biolog\  track:  Ull  10  or  120.  272.  Bl  elective 
Chemistr)  track:  CH231,  321, 351, 232,  or  340  or  341 
Geoscience  track:  GS 121  oi  I2v  131,341  or  342.  361.  371 
Physics  track:  PY222.  231.242.  $31,350(1) 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Klectives:  0 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  (#)     124-126 

(*)  See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Kducation." 

(#)  See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 

( 1 )    Note:  If  Physics  track  is  elected.  MA  1 23  and  MA  1 24  are  required. 


Department  of  Mathematics 

Gerald  M.  Buriok,  Chairperson;  Alarcon,  Anderson, 
Angelo,  Balenovich,  Bertness,  Broughton,  Burkett, 
Busovicki,  A.  Davis,  Donley,  Dubovsky,  Duncan,  Early, 
Feldman,  D.  Frank,  Gorman,  Maderer,  Massey,  R. 
McBride,  Mitchell,  Morgan,  J.  Myers,  Ray,  Reber,  Rettig, 
D.  Shafer,  Shawer,  Shepler,  Speakman,  Steelman, 
Stempien,  G.  Stoudt,  R.  Stoudt,  M.  Woodard;  and 
professors  emeriti  Arms,  Gibson,  Hartman,  Hoyt, 
McBride,  Morrell,  Mueller,  Oakes,  E.  Smith,  W.  Smith, 
Stilwell,  Willison 

The  Mathematics  Department  prepares  students  for  work  in  industry, 
graduate  school  mathematics,  and  teaching.  Degrees  offered  by  the 
department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Mathematics,  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Applied  Mathematics,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
with  a  Mathematics  major.  The  first  two  degree  programs  are  offered  within 
the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  third  is  with  the 
College  of  Education.  The  department  also  offers  a  minor  in  Mathematics 
and  a  minor  in  Applied  Statistics.  The  program  for  a  mathematics  major  in 
the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  is  two-phased.  A  student 
may  pursue  a  degree  in  Applied  Mathematics  or  Mathematics.  Those 
completing  a  degree  in  Mathematics  will  be  prepared  to  continue  their 
studies  in  mathematics  in  graduate  school,  though  some  may  enter  business, 
industry,  or  government  service.  Those  students  receiving  a  degree  in 
Applied  Mathematics  will  be  primarily  prepared  to  enter  business,  industry, 
or  government  service  in  an  area  where  mathematics  or  computer  science  is 
used  or  to  continue  their  studies  in  applied  mathematics  or  computer  science 
in  graduate  school.  This  student  would  not  be  expected  to  continue  graduate 
studies  in  pure  mathematics. 

The  program  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  Mathematics  major 
prepares  the  student  for  teaching  mathematics  in  junior  or  senior  high 
school.  Many  graduates,  however,  continue  their  formal  education  in 
mathematics  at  the  graduate  level  or  work  in  government  or  industry. 

Elementary  education  majors  may  elect  to  take  a  concentration  of  at  least 
fifteen  hours  in  mathematics.  The  program  of  courses  for  this  concentration 
is  as  follows:  in  addition  to  MA151  and  MA  152,  select  nine  hours  from  the 
following  courses:  MA317,  MA420.  MA450.  MA456,  MA457,  MA458, 
MA459.  MA471,  or  MA483. 

Minor  in  Mathematics 

The  minor  in  Mathematics  consists  of  a  minimum  of  seventeen  ( 17) 
semester  hours  in  mathematics.  The  minor  is  Mathematics  may  offer 
preparation  for  advanced  study  in  areas  such  as  Economics.  Computer 
Science.  Physics,  and  other  natural  sciences.  Any  student  who  is  required  to 
take  a  year  of  calculus  should  consider  this  minor. 

Minor  in  Applied  Statistics 

The  minor  in  Applied  Statistics  may  be  of  interest  to  students  who  are 
required  to  take  a  calculus  course  and  a  course  in  probability  and  statistics. 
This  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  students  in  the  College  of  Business, 
Safety  Science  majors,  and  Computer  Science  majors. 


A  cumulative  QPA  of  at  least  2.0  in  MA  courses  is  required  for  a  minor  in 
Mathematics  or  Applied  Statistics.  The  Mathematics  Department  will  not 
certify  a  minor  for  a  transfer  student  unless  at  least  two  (2)  of  the  courses 
counting  for  the  minor  have  been  completed  in  the  1UP  Mathematics 
Department. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Applied  Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
whh  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  MA  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 
MA  127  Calculus! 
MA  128 
MA171 
MA216 
MA227 


50-52 


40-41 


Calculus  II 

Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 
Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Science 
Calculus  III 
MA241    Differential  Equations 
MA271    Introduction  to  Algebraic  Structures 
Controlled  electives: 
Two  courses  from  list: 

MA371,  421,  422,  423,  424,  427.  476,  477 
One  of  the  following  two-course  sequences: 

MA342/CO450:  MA363/MA364;  MA445/MA446 
A  minimum  of  three  additional  semester  hours  from  the 
list  of  controlled  electives  above  or  the  following: 
MA353,  425,  447,465,481 

Other  Requirements: 

Computer  Science: 

COl  10    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming 
CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 

6sh 

6-7sh 


3sh 


6-12 


3sh 

3sh 

0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


19-28 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  A  student  may  select  courses  to  fulfill  requirements  for  specialized 
track. 

a.  Actuarial/Statistics:  MA363.  364,  421, 422. 446, 465 

b.  Scientific/Engineering:  MA241,  342.  363,  364.  371, 423. 445,446 

c.  Math  Analyst:  MA241.  342,  363.  364.  371, 445  or  446, 476.  CO  minor. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  MA  prefix 

Major:  40-41 

Required  courses: 

MA127   Calculus  I  4sh 

MA  128  Calculus  II  4sh 

MA  171    Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3sh 

MA216   Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Science  4sh 

MA227  Calculus  III  4sh 

MA241    Differential  Equations  3sh 

MA271    Introduction  to  Algebraic  Structures  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Four  courses  from  list:  12sh 

MA37 1 ,  42 1 ,  422,  423,  424,  427,  476,  477 
A  minimum  of  three  additional  semester  hours  from  the        3-4sh 

list  of  controlled  electives  above  or  the  following: 

MA342,  350,  353,  355.  363,  364.  425.  445, 

446.447,465.481 


106  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Other  Requirements: 

Computer  Science: 

CO110    Problem  Solving  and  Slructured  Programming  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 )  0-6sh 


3-9 


Free  F.lectives: 


22-31 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics/Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  EC121  (included  in  major) 
Mathematics:  MA127  (included  in  major) 
Electives:  Intermediate  foreign  language,  no  course  with 
EC  or  MA  prefix. 


47-44 


Major: 

Core: 

EC121 
EC  122 
EC421 
EC422 

MA  127 
MA128 
MA227 


54-56 


Principles  of  Economics  I 
Principles  of  Economics  II 
Macroeconomics  Analysis 
Microeconomics  Analysis 
Calculus  I 
Calculus  II 
Calculus  III 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3-4sh 


MA  171    Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 

MA216  or  EC355  Statistics 
Economics  Electives:  12 

Students  are  especially  encouraged  to  take  EC334 

(Economics  of  Corporate  Decisions),  and  EC356 

(Econometrics),  but  any  course  except  EC101(Basic 

Economics)  may  be  used.  EC493( Internship)  may  be 

counted  only  with  the  approval  of  the  program  coordinator. 
Mathematics  Electives:  12-13 

At  least  one  of  the  following  two-semester  sequences: 

MA241    Differential  Equations  and  MA371  Linear  Algebra 

MA363  and  MA364  Mathematical  Statistics  I  and  II 

MA445  and  MA446  Programming  and  Probabilistic  Models  in  O.R. 
Two  additional  courses  either  from  the  above  or  from  the  following: 

MA271    Introduction  to  Algebraic  Structures 

MA342   Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications 

MA417   Statistical  Applications  or  MA418  Sampling  Survey  Theory 

MA421   Advanced  Calculus  I 

MA422  Advanced  Calculus  II 

MA423   Complex  Variables  I 

MA425   Applied  Mathematical  Analysis  I 

MA427   Topography 

MA465  Topics  in  Statistics 

MA476   Abstract  Algebra  I 

MA477   Abstract  Algebra  II 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

19-23 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Mathematics 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  MA  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  lsh 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  lsh 


30 


ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

ED456  Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Secondary  Schools 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

MAI  17    Principles  of  Math 

MA  1 7 1    Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 

MA27 1    Introduction  to  Algebraic  Structures 

MA353  Theory  of  Numbers 

MA355  Foundations  of  Geometry  I 

MA350  History  of  Mathematics 

MA460   Computers/Calculators  in  Secondary  School 

MA452/453/454  Math  Seminar 
One  Calculus  sequence:  (A  or  B) 

A.  MA127  Calculus  I 
MA128  Calculus  II 
MA227      Calculus  III 

B.  MA123      Calculus  I  for  Physics/Chemistry 
MA  124      Calculus  II  for  Physics/Chemistry 

One  Statistics  sequence:  (A  or  B) 

A.  MA363       Mathematical  Statistics  I 
MA364      Mathematical  Statistics  II 

B.  MA216      Probability/Statistics  for  Natural  Science 

Other  Requirements: 

CO205    Programming  Languages  for  Secondary  Schools 


Free  Electives: 


12sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

35-39 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
lsh 

4sh(l) 

4sh 

4sh 

4sh 
4sh 

3sh( 1 ) 

3sh 

4sh 


3sh 


0-6 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )   If  neither  Option  A  has  been  chosen,  then  one  of  MA37 1 ,  MA42 1 . 
MA476.  MA445  is  required. 


Minor — Applied  Statistics 

The  minor  in  Applied  Statistics  consists  of  seventeen  ( 17)  semester  hours  in 
Mathematics  selected  as  follows: 

(a)  Introductory  calculus  course:  MA  121,  MA  123.  or  MA  127 

(b)  Introductory  statistics  course:  MA214.  MA216.  or  MA217 

(c)  MA417 
(d)MA418 

The  remaining  hours  may  be  chosen  from  the  following: 
(a)  a  second  calculus  course:  MA  122,  MA  124,  or  MA  128 
(b)MA171 

(c)  Any  course  for  mathematics  majors  approved  by  the  Applied 
Statistics  Adviser. 


Minor — Mathematics 

Required  courses:  17sh 

MA121  and  122  or 

MA  123  and  124 
Controlled  electives  9sh(  1 ) 

Other  courses  for  math  majors.  MA2 1 6  and  M A2 1 9  may  be  included 

(I)   The  following  courses  are  excluded:  MA100,  MA101,  MA102.  MAI  10, 
MAI  17,  MA2I4,  MA217,  MA417,  and  MA418 


Natural  Science 

Allan  T.  Andrew,  Coordinator 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Natural  Science  is 
designed  to  prepare  students  for  early  admission  to  professional  schools — 
optometry,  podiatry,  chiropractic,  physical  therapy,  pharmacy,  and  dentistry. 
Several  tracks  prepare  students  for  further  study  in  astronomy,  engineering. 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  —  107 


meteorology,  or  oceanography.  The  U.S.  degree  in  Natural  Science  is  earned 
by  students  who  transfer  to  professional  schools  thai  have  an  articulation 
agreement  with  IUP.  Students  interested  in  obtaining  a  lour-veai 
baccalaureate  degree  before  entering  a  medical  01  professional  school 
should  enroll  in  a  program  ot  studies  leading  to  a  B.A.  or  U.S.  degree  in  the 
departments  ol  Biology.  Chemistry,  or  Physics.  Students  considering  a 
professional  careei  in  a  high  technology  business  or  industry  may  wish  to 
obtain  a  foundation  in  the  Natural  Sciences  while  using  their  free  eleclives 
to  pursue  additional  work  in  areas  such  as  Economics,  Pre-Law  or  a  minor 
in  Business  Administration  lor  further  information  about  these  programs 
contact  the  Dean's  office.  I  lie  B.S,  in  Natural  Science  may  not  be  used  for  a 
second  major  or  a  second  degree  by  majors  in  the  College  of  Natural 
Sciences  and  Mathematics 


Other  Requirements:  9-15 

CO1I0    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

MA24I    Differential  Equations  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 )  0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


19-26 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  included  in  major 
Natural  Science:  included  in  major 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  SC  prefix 
Synthesis:  not  required  for  three-year  students  who  transfer  to  a 

professional  school  with  an  articulation  agreement 
Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-year  students  who 
transfer  to  a  professional  school  with  an  articulation  agreement 


43-44 


Major: 

Controlled  electives(*): 
Bl  courses 
CH  courses 
PY  courses 
MA  courses 
Computer  science  and/or  advanced  courses 

in  Biology.  Chemistry.  Mathematics,  or  Physics 

Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 
CO101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy  (2) 


44-46 


8sh 

8sh 

8sh 

7-8sh 

13-14sh 


0-9 


0-6sh 
0-3sh 


Free  Electives: 


(*) 


25-37 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Preprofessional  Advisers  will  outline  the  courses  required  for 
admisssion  to  a  professional  school 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  Not  required  for  tracks  which  include  COl  10  or  CO250;  may  also  be 
included  in  Liberal  Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre- Astronomy 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science  CHI  11-1 12 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  124.  no  courses  with  GS  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

PY131  Physics  I-C  Lee 

PY132  Physics  II-C  Lee 

PY141  Physics  I-C  Lab 

PY142  Physics  II-C  Lab 

PY222  Mechanics  I 

PY223  Mechanics  II 

PY242  Optics 

PY322  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

PY323  Electricity  and  Magnetism  II 

GS  1 2 1  Physical  Geology 

GS123  Intensive  Physical  Geology  Lab 

GS131  Historical  Geology 

GS133  Intensive  Historical  Geology  Lab 

GS341  Solar  System 

GS342  Stellar  Astronomy 


33 


3sh 

3sh 
lsh 
Ish 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
lsh 
3sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre-Engineering 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Humanities/Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies:  PH222 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Social  Science:  EC121.  PS101  or  1 1 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  124,  no  courses  with  SC  prefix 

Synthesis:  not  required  for  three-year  students 

Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-year  students 

Major:  33-35 

Required  courses: 

COl  10    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

MA  171    Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3sh 

MA241    Differential  Equations  3sh 

MA342   Advanced  Calculus  for  Applications  4sh 

PY  1 3 1     Physics  I-C  Lecture  3sh 

PY132     Physics  II-C  Lecture  3sh 

PY141     Physics  I-C  Lab  (or  PY121  Lab)  lsh 

PY142    Physics  II-C  Lab  lsh 

PY331     Modern  Physics  (2)  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  One  package,  depending  on  program 

Chemical  Engineering: 

CH231     Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 

Civil  Engineering: 

MA216   Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences  4sh 

—  Technical  elective  3-4sh 
Electrical  Engineering: 

MA216   Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences  4sh 

Technical  elective  3-4sh 
Industrial  Engineering: 

MA216  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences  4sh 

Technical  elective  3-4sh 
Materials  Science  and  Engineering: 

CH23 1    Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 
Mechanical  Engineering: 

—  Technical  electives  6-8sh 

Other  Requirements:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Free  electives:  9 

Other  Requirements:  about  64 

Two  years  at  University  of  Pittsburgh  School  of  Engineering(2) 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     159-161 

Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 

Studies  electives. 

A  2.5  GPA  is  required  for  transfer  to  the  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

For  curriculum  information  about  the  cooperative  program  in 

engineering  with  Drexel  University,  refer  to  the  catalog  section  for  the 

Physics  Department. 

See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 

in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


(1) 

(2) 
(3) 


(#) 


108  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre-Meteorology  or 
Oceanography  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11- 112 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  124,  no  courses  with  GS  prefix 


Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

MA  122  Calculus  II  for  Natural  and  Social  Science 
and  Business 


0-7 


4sh(2) 


27-37 


Major: 

43-46 

Required  courses: 

(*) 

CH321 

Quantitative  Analysis 

4sh 

CH341 

Physical  Chemistry 

4sh 

PY131 

Physics  I-C  Lee 

3sh 

PY132 

Physics  II-C  Lee 

3sh 

PY141 

Physics  I-C  Lab 

lsh 

PY142 

Physics  II-C  Lab 

Ish 

PY222 

Mechanics  I 

2sh 

(1) 

PY233 

Mechanics  II 

2sh 

PY342 

Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics 

3sh 

(2) 
(3l 

Controlled  electives: 

One  sequence  from  list:  BI 103- 

104orBI105- 

120 

8-9sh 

One  sequence  from  list:  GS361 

-362orGS371 

-372 

6sh 

One  sequence  from  list:  GS121  and  123- 

131  and  133 

6-8sh 

orGS341-342 

Free  Electives: 

Electives  to  meet  minimum  of  90  IUP  credits  0-3sh(3) 

Credits  from  work  at  Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry       34sh 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


Accelerated  three-year  Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry  (PCO) 
program:  students  are  admitted  to  the  PCO  accelerated  program  only  as 
incoming  freshmen.  A  maximum  of  thirty-four  credits  of  work  may  be 
transferred  after  the  first  year  at  PCO.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  first 
year  of  studies  at  PCO,  a  transcript  from  PCO  is  to  be  sent  by  the 
student  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
with  a  note  requesting  application  materials  for  graduation. 
Three  or  four  credits  of  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be 
included  in  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

Required  for  many  schools  of  optometry;  recommended  for  PCO. 
Additional  electives  if  needed  to  meet  minimum  of  90  IUP  credits 
should  be  selected  from  the  following  suggestions:  BI  1 50:  Human 
Anatomy,  BI263:  Genetics. 


Other  Requirements:  9-15 

Additional  math/computer  sequence: 

COU0    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

MA241    Differential  Equations  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 )  0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


6-16 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre-Optometry 
Track(*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA121 
Natural  Science:  CH111-U2 

Social  Sciences:  PC  101,  EC  101.  non-Western  course 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA216  or  217,  CO101,  no  courses 

with  SC  prefix 
Synthesis:  not  required  for  three-year  students  who  transfer  to  a 

professional  school  with  an  articulation  agreement 
Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-year  students  who 

transfer  to  a  professional  school  with  an  articulation  agreement 


52-55 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

BI105 

Cell  Biology 

BI120 

Animal  Biology 

BI151 

Human  Physiology 

BI241 

General  Microbiology 

CH231 

Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH232 

Organic  Chemistry  II 

CH351 

Biochemistry 

PY111 

Physics  I  Lecture 

PY121 

Physics  I  Lab 

PY112 

Physics  II  Lecture 

PY122 

Physics  II  Lab 

35 


4sh 
5sh 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
lsh 
3sh 
lsh 


Department  of  Physics 

Dennis  Whitson,  Chairperson;  Fox,  Freeman,  Gaggini, 
Giniewicz,  Hershman,  Karimi,  Matolyak,  Matous,  Nunian, 
Ramsey,  Roberts,  Sobolewski,  Talwar,  Wijekumar;  and 
professors  emeriti  Berry,  Buckwalter,  McNamara,  Riban, 
Waddell 

The  goal  of  the  Department  of  Physics  is  to  prepare  fully  qualified 
individuals  for  productive  careers  in  physics.  Three  degrees  are  offered 
within  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics:  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Physics,  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Physics,  and  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Applied  Physics.  These  programs  offer  adequate  preparation  for 
graduate  study  in  physics  or  for  research  in  industrial  technology.  The 
applied  physics  degree  provides  a  strong  technical  background  for  work  in 
solid  state  electronics  and  for  interdisciplinary  research  in  the  areas  of 
computer  science,  chemistry,  biology,  and  geology.  A  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Education  with  a  major  in  Physics  is  offered  through  the  College 
of  Education.  A  two-year  pre-engineering  program  is  offered  in  cooperation 
with  Drexel  University  wherein  students  transfer  to  Drexel  after  two  years. 
The  department  also  offers  a  minor  in  Physics,  as  well  as  general  science 
courses  which  satisfy  the  Natural  Science  requirements  of  the  Liberal 
Studies  program. 

Minor  in  Physics 

To  minor  in  Physics,  a  student  must  successfully  complete  fifteen  semester 
hours  in  Physics  which  must  consist  of  at  least  three  courses  at  the  200  level 
or  higher.  PY150  may  be  substituted  with  the  permission  of  the  chairperson. 

Cooperative  Pre-Engineering  (Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical, 
Materials,  Mechanical)  Program  with  Drexel  University 

Common  to  all  pre-engineering  programs  are  the  following  science  and 
mathematics  requirements:  *PY131/141,  PY132/142,  PY322,  PY342, 
*MA123,*MA124.MA171,MA241,*CH  111,  *CH1 12  (*or  appropriate 
substitute). 

Further  requirements  depend  on  the  particular  engineering  program  chosen. 
Complete  information  regarding  a  specific  program  may  be  obtained  from 
the  physics  department.  For  information  on  the  Cooperative  Pre-Engineering 
program  with  the  University  of  Pittsburgh,  see  the  catalog  section  for 
Natural  Science  and  the  program  outline  for  "Bachelor  of  Science  in  Natural 
Science/Pre-Engineering." 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  —  109 


56-57 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Physics 
Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  PY13 1/141-132/142 

Liberal  Studies  elective*:  MA124,  no  courses  with  PY  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

PY131     Physics  I-C  Lee 

PY132     Physics  II-C  Lee 

PY141     Physics  I-C  Lab 

PY142    Physics  H-C  Lab 

PY222     Mechanics  1 

PY223     Mechanics  11 

PY231     Electronics 

PY322    Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

PY323     Electricity  and  Magnetism  II 

PY331     Modern  Physics 

PY350    Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I 

PY351     Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  11 

PY473     Quantum  Mechanics  I 
Controlled  electives: 

One  additional  PY  majors  course 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  mathematics  and  computer  science: 

COl  10    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming 

MA24I    Differential  Equations 

MA342   Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications 

Additional  natural  science  sequence 

Additional  social  or  natural  science  sequence  (advanced) 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 1    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Physics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA123 

Natural  Science:  PY  131/141-132/142 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  124,  no  courses  with  PY  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

PY131 

Physics  I-C  Lee 

*sh 

PY132 

Physics  II-C  Lee 

*sh 

PY141 

Physics  I-C  Lab 

*sh 

PY142 

Physics  II-C  Lab 

*sh 

PY222 

Mechanics  I 

2sh 

PY223 

Mechanics  II 

2sh 

PY231 

Electronics 

4sh 

PY242 

Optics 

3sh 

PY322 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

2sh 

PY323 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  II 

2sh 

PY331 

Modem  Physics 

3sh 

PY342 

Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics 

3sh 

PY350 

Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I 

3sh 

PY351 

Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  II 

3sh 

PY473 

Quantum  Mechanics  I 

4sh 

Controllec 

electives: 

One  course  from  list:  PY472  or  PY490 

3sh 

One  additional  PY  majors  course 

3sh 

56-57 


37 


Other  Requirements:  13-19 
Additional  Mathematics: 

COl  10    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

MA241    Differential  Equations  3sh 

MA342   Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications  4sh 

One  from  list:'CO250,  MA171.  MA363,  MA421.  MA423  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 )  (l-6sh 


28 

Free  Electives: 

11-18 

*sh 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

*sh 
*sh 
*sh 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 

Studies  e 

lectives. 

2sh 

2sh 
4sh 

Bachelor  of  Science  Applied  Physics 

2sh 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

56-57 

2sh 

with  the  following  specifications: 

3sh 

Mathemati 

cs:  MA123 

3sh 

Natural  Sc 

ience:  CHI  11-112  (replaced  by  CH 1 13- 1 14  for 

3sh 

Chemistry  track) 

4sh 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  124,  no  courses  with  PY  prefix 

3sh 

Major: 

28 

Required  courses: 

22 

-28 

PYI31 

Physics  I-C  Lee 

3sh 

PY132 

Physics  II-C  Lee 

3sh 

3sh 

PY141 

Physics  I-C  Lab 

lsh 

3sh 

PY142 

Physics  II-C  Lab 

lsh 

4sh 

PY150 

Computer  Application  to  Physics  Laboratories 

3sh 

6sh 

PY222 

Mechanics  I 

2sh 

6sh 

PY231 

Electronics 

4sh 

0-6sh 

PY242 

Optics 

3sh 

PY322 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

2sh 

11 

-18 

PY331 

Modem  Physics 

3sh 

PY352 

Applied  Physics  Laboratory 

3sh 

Other  Requirements:  9-15 

MA241    Differential  Equations  3sh 

COl  10    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 )  0-6sh 

Controlled  electives:  According  to  Track  23-27 

Solid  State  Electronics  Track:  CO300.  MA342,  PY323,  24 

PY342,  PY353,  PY432,  PY475,  PY476 
Computer  Science  Track:  PY342,  PY353,  PY432.  PY475.        27 

PY476,  CO300,  CO310,  CO410,  CO450 
Chemistry  Track:  MA342,  CH23 1 ,  CH232,  CH323,  CH34 1 ,     24 

CH342.  CH343 
Biology  Track:  BI105,  CH231.  BI120,  CH323,  CH351,  27 

Two  biology  electives  from  the  following:  BI263, 

BI361.BI472.  BI350,  BI401 
Geology  Track:  GS 1 2 1,  GS 1 22,  GS 131,  GS 132  23 

Five  Geoscience  electives  from  the  following: 

GS321,  GS325.  GS326.  GS362,  GS412.  GS440.  GS481 


Free  Electives: 


3-8 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     1 24 


( 1 )   Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Physics  (*) 
Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Social  Sciences:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA241:  BI103;  GS1 10,  GS121, 
GS141,  or  GS221;  no  courses  with  PY  prefix 


56-57 


110 —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


30 


32 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  lsh 

ED342     Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  lsh 

ED441     Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442    School  Law  lsh 

ED45 1     Teaching  of  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

PY131     Physics  I-C  Lee  3sh 

PY132    Physics  II-C  Lee  3sh 

PY141     Physics  I-C  Lab  lsh 

PY142     Physics  II-C  Lab  lsh 

PY222     Mechanics  I  2sh 

PY223     Mechanics  II  2sh 

PY231     Electronics  4sh 

PY242    Optics  3sh 

PY322    Electricity  and  Magnetism  I  2sh 

PY331     Modern  Physics  3sh 

PY342     Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  3sh 

PY350     Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Physics  electives  2sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Math  courses: 

MA124   Calculus  II  for  Physics  and  Chemistry  4sh 

MA342   Advanced  Math  for  Applications  4sh 

Free  Electives: 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     126-127 

(*)  See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section 
on  Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(#)  See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Department  of  Psychology 

Carl  W.  Schneider,  Chairperson;  Barrett,  Berman, 
Goodwin,  Grover,  Kaniasty,  Magee,  Marquette,  McHugh, 
Patton,  Pavloski,  Quigley,  Rich,  Rittle,  Robertson,  Sadler, 
Stires,  Sussmann,  Thornton,  VandeCreek,  Vormbrock, 
Walz,  Zanich,  Zimny;  and  professor  emeritus  Jacobs 

The  program  in  psychology  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  and  is 
designed  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of  the  methods  and  major 
findings  in  the  science  of  behavior  and  mental  processes.  The  major  offers 
the  background  required  for  graduate  work  in  psychology  and  also 
preparation  for  such  related  fields  as  social  work,  personnel  work, 
advertising,  medicine,  law.  and  theology.  The  department  also  offers  a  minor 
in  psychology. 

An  honors  program  has  been  developed  to  enrich  the  education  of  qualified 
psychology  majors  and  assist  such  students  in  gaining  entrance  to  graduate 
school  by  providing  classroom  and  research  experiences  which  will  prepare 
them  for  work  at  the  graduate  level. 

A  track  in  applied  psychology  was  developed  which  offers  students  a  firm 
background  in  the  science  of  psychology,  preparation  for  nonclinical 
applications  of  psychology  to  the  solution  of  human  and  social  problems  in 
private  and  public  organizations,  and  preparation  for  graduate  study  in  the 
applied  area  of  psychology.  The  core  for  the  track  is  the  same  as  for  the 
psychology  major;  coursework  in  applied  psychology  is  provided  by 
enrolling  in  appropriate  psychology  electives  and  a  carefully  designed 
concentration  of  courses  outside  the  department. 

All  psychology  majors  are  required  to  take  a  minor  or  a  concentration  in 
another  discipline. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Psychology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  BI103-104  recommended 

Social  Science:  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  BE/CO/IM101.  no  courses  with  PC  prefix 

Major:  33 

Required  courses: 

PC290     Research  Design  and  Analysis  I  4sh 

PC291     Research  Design  and  Analysis  II  4sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  each  of  these  six  core  areas:  ( 1 ) 

A.  Developmental  Psychology:  PC3 10.  311.  312.  315  3-4sh 

B.  Individual  Differences:  PC320,  321,322  3sh 

C.  Social/Environmental:  PC330,  331,335  3-4sh 

D.  Cognition/Learning:  PC340,  341,342,  345  3-4sh 

E.  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior:  PC350.  352,  355,  356        3-4sh 

F.  Metatheoretical  Perspectives  in  Psychology: 

PC410, 411  3sh 

Other  PC  electives  beyond  PC  101  5sh 

Other  Requirements:  15-21 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2)  0-6sh 

Minor/concentration:  15sh 


Free  Electives: 


15-22 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 


( 1 )  At  least  2  must  be  content-based  laboratory  courses. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Psychology /Applied  Psychology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  BI 103-104  recommended 

Social  Science:  PC  101,  EC121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  BE/CO/IM101.  no  courses  with  PC  prefix 

Major:  37 

Required  courses: 

PC290     Research  Design  and  Analysis  I  4sh 

PC291     Research  Design  and  Analysis  II  4sh 

PC421     Psychology  of  Work  3sh 

PC425     Experimental  Organizational  Psychology  4sh 

PC493     Practicum(l)  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  each  of  these  six  core  areas  (2): 

A.  Developmental  Psychology:  PC310,  311,  312.  315  3-4sh 

B.  Individual  Differences:  PC320,  321,322  3sh 

C.  Social/Environmental:  PC330.  331.  335  3-4sh 

D.  Cognition/Learning:  PC340,  341,342,  345  3-4sh 

E.  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior:  PC350.  352.  355,  356        3-4sh 

F.  Metatheoretical  Perspectives  in  Psychology: 

PC41 0.411  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  15-21 

Outside  concentration 

EC122    Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

EC330    Labor  Economics  3sh 

LR480    Principles  and  Practices  of  Collective  Bargaining       3sh 

2  courses,  as  approved  by  adviser  (3)  6sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (4)  0-6sh 

Free  Electives:  11-18 

Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )  Department  recommends  at  least  6  credits  of  PC493:  Practicum. 

(2)  At  least  two  must  be  content-based  laboratory  courses. 


/  he  <  ollege  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  —  III 


(3)  Department  highh  recommends  PC424:  Planned  Organizational  Change 
and  recommends  one  course  from  business  or  another  applied  area. 

(4)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  elcctives. 


Minor — Psychology 

Required  courses: 

20 

PCIOI     General  Psychology 

3sh(l) 

PC280     Psychological  Inquiry 

3sh 

PC290     Research  Design  and  Analysis  I 

4sh(2) 

Four  other  PC  electives  beyond  PC101 

12sh(3) 

(1)  Meets  Liberal  Studies  Requirement 

(2)  Prerequisite  MA2 17 

(3)  Selected  in  consultation  with  the  director  of  the  undergraduate  program 


Minor — Psychological  Science 

Required  courses: 

PC  101     General  Psychology 
PC290     Research  Design  and  Analysis  I 
One  course  from  core  areas  A.  B,  or  C 
One  course  from  core  areas  D  or  E 
One  PC  elective 


17-18 
3sh(l) 

4sh(2) 
3sh 
4sh 
3-4sh 


(1)  Meets  Liberal  Studies  Requirement 

(2)  Prerequisite  MA2 17 


112  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  School  of  Continuing 
Education 


Nicholas  E.  Kolb,  Dean 

The  mission  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  is  to  serve  the  lifelong 
educational  needs  of  nontraditional  students,  working  adults,  professional 
organizations,  local  and  state  agencies,  and  the  citizens  of  the  common- 
wealth by  providing  access  to  the  academic  and  human  resources  of  IUP. 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education  was  created  by  the  IUP  Board  of 
Trustees  in  May,  1966.  Today,  the  school  comprises  the  Division  of  Credit 
Programs,  the  Division  of  Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs,  the 
Highway  Safety  Center,  and  the  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center.  The 
school  is  characterized  by  its  commitment  to  academic  excellence  and  high- 
quality  programs.  The  school  maintains  a  dynamic  environment  which 
fosters  innovation  and  experimentation  in  order  to  continually  improve 
programs  and  respond  to  the  ever-changing  needs  of  society. 

Division  of  Credit  Programs 

Edward  W.  Nardi,  Assistant  Dean 

The  Division  of  Credit  Programs  offers  a  variety  of  opportunities  for  the 
adult  and  nontraditional  learner  to  access  the  academic  resources  of  IUP  on 
a  part-time  basis.  Courses  may  be  selected  from  day  or  evening  offerings. 

The  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  General  Studies  is  designed  for  the 
nontraditional  or  adult  learner  who  seeks  to  acquire  a  broad  base  of 
knowledge  in  the  liberal  arts.  This  program  consists  of  the  core  of  Liberal 
Studies  requirements  of  the  IUP  bachelor's  degree  programs  plus  nine  to 


twelve  credits  of  electives.  The  student  is  encouraged  to  develop  a  plan  of 
study  with  his  or  her  academic  adviser  which  will  bring  focus  to  the 
individual's  interest  in  a  particular  area  or  subject.  No  more  than  thirty 
credits  may  be  transferred  into  this  degree  program  from  other  colleges. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  General  Studies  is  designed  for  the 
mature  adult  student,  who  under  faculty  advisement  can  explore  and  develop 
an  individualized  plan  of  study  which  does  not  approach  any  existing  IUP 
major.  This  self-designed  plan  of  study  must  be  based  on  a  specific  theme 
which  incorporates  basic  and  applied  coursework  within  a  theoretical 
framework  culminating  in  a  senior-year  independent  research  project.  At  the 
time  of  application  for  degree  candidacy  through  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education  or  transfer  from  another  major,  the  student  must  submit  a  plan  of 
study  which  contains  the  proposed  theme,  rationale,  and  courses  needed  to 
satisfy  the  Special  Interest  Area.  A  faculty  member  will  be  assigned  to  assist 
with  the  plan  of  study  prior  to  acceptance  to  degree  candidacy.  Students 
other  than  School  of  Continuing  Education  students  must  have  completed 
45sh  before  a  request  for  transfer  will  be  honored. 

The  student's  plan  of  study,  which  is  designed  to  fulfill  the  Special  Interest 
Area,  must  be  approved  by  the  student's  adviser  and  the  dean  of  the  School 
of  Continuing  Education. 


Associate  of  Arts — General  Studies 

Liberal  Studies:  as  outlined  in  the  Liberal  Studies  50-53 
Section  with  the  following  specifications  and  modifications: 

Learning  Skills  10-1  lsh 

Humanities  9sh 

Fine  Arts  3sh 

Natural  Science  7-8sh 

Social  Science  9sh 

Health  and  Wellness/ROTC  3-4sh 

Controlled  Liberal  Studies  Electives  9sh 


Free  Electives 


9-12 
Total  Degree  Requirements:     62 


Bachelor  of  Science — General  Studies 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-54 

General  Area  of  Study  24 

Choose  at  least  6sh  from  three  of  the  four  areas  listed  below.  At  least  12sh 
must  be  300-level  or  above.  Courses  should  relate  to  theme  developed  in 
Special  Interest  Area. 


Human  Behavior  and  Development  Area 


Anthropology 

Health 

Home  Economics 

Social  and  Political  Systems  Area 
Economics 

Geography  and  Regional 
Planning 
History 

Arts,  Letters,  and  Culture  Area 
Art 

Communications  Media 
English 
French 
German 
Journalism 


Psychology 
Sociology 


Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Political  Science 
Social  Sciences 


Music 
Philosophy 
Religious  Studies 
Spanish 
Theater 


Science,  Mathematics,  and  Technology  Area 

Biology  Geoscience 

Chemistry  Mathematics 

Computer  Science  Physics 


The  School  of  Continuing  Education  — 113 


Special  Interest  Area  (3l  21 

With  approval  of  adviser,  student  may  select,  hum  any  department  listed 
above,  courses  which  locus  on  a  particular  need  or  interest.  At  least  I2sh 
must  he  300-level  01  above.  The  program  must  include  either  one  research 
course  which  provides  opportunities  for  extensive  writing  or  an  independent 
study  project.  Some  courses  will  not  he  available  to  General  Studies  majors. 


Electives 

At  least  dsh  must  he  300-level  or  above 


25-26 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     124 

( 1 )  Individually  planned  theme  may  not  duplicate  any  existing  degree 
programs  which  are  otherwise  available  at  IUP,  nor  may  they  be  used  to 
circumvent  specific  requirements  within  an  existing  major. 

(2)  No  more  than  30  semester  hours  taken  in  any  one  department  will  count 
toward  graduation. 

(3)  In  application  of  university  policies,  the  Special  Interest  Area  is 
considered  as  the  major.  Specifically,  in  order  to  graduate,  students 
must  be  in  academic  good  standing  and  attain  a  2.00  grade  point 
average  in  the  Special  Interest  Area. 


Part-time  Studies  Program  (Nondegree) 

The  Part-time  Studies  Program  is  designed  to  offer  the  adult  and 
nontraditional  learner  the  opportunity  to  begin  or  renew  a  college  education 
at  IUP.  Through  this  program  an  individual  may  enroll  in  undergraduate 
credit  courses  to  pursue  personal  interests,  acquire  new  skills,  or  work 
toward  formal  admission  to  degree  candidacy.  Credit  earned  in  this 
program  may  be  applied  to  a  degree  upon  formal  admission  to  an  IUP 
degree  program. 

Postbaccalaureate  Program 

The  Postbaccalaureate  Program  is  designed  to  provide  access  to 
undergraduate  courses  to  individuals  who  have  an  earned  baccalaureate 
degree.  Students  may  be  seeking  a  second  bachelor's  degree,  additional 
teacher  certification,  or  personal  enrichment.  Postbaccalaureate  students 
may  attend  IUP  on  a  part-time  or  full-time  basis. 

Off-Campus  Studies  Program 

The  Off-Campus  Studies  Program  is  designed  to  support  the  efforts  of  IUP 
and  its  faculty  to  offer  academic  programs  and  credit  courses  to  specific 
groups  of  individuals  through  the  on-site  delivery  of  university  courses.  The 
Master  of  Education  in  Elementary  Education  and  the  Master  of  Science  in 
Adult  and  Community  Education  are  offered  in  the  Pittsburgh  area.  The 
Master  of  Science  in  Safety  Sciences  is  offered  in  Harrisburg  at  the  SSHE 
University  Center.  In  addition,  undergraduate  courses  are  available  at  the 
IUP  Bedford  County  Center  and  periodically  at  various  other  off-campus 
locations  throughout  the  commonwealth. 

Adult  Advisement  Services 

Adult  Advisement  Services  provides  the  part-time,  nontraditional,  and  adult 
learner  access  to  academic  exploration  and  planning  through  individual 
conferences  and  workshops.  Seminars  are  offered  throughout  the  year  to 
provide  the  opportunity  for  adult  learners  to  become  acquainted  with  the 
many  resources  of  the  university. 

Division  of  Conferences  and 
Noncredit  Programs 

Donna  Griffith,  Director 

The  division  offers  a  wide  variety  of  noncredit  programs  in  an  effort  to  meet 
community  needs  in  the  areas  of  public  service,  professional  development, 
and  personal  enrichment. 

Business,  Industry,  and  Labor 

Courses  and  workshops  are  offered  in  the  following  areas:  Computer 
Literacy,  Management  Development,  Small  Business  Development, 
Certified  Public  Accountant  Series,  and  Contract  Training.  Certificate 
programs  include  Real  Estate  and  Paralegal.  Courses  may  be  offered  at  IUP 
or  at  the  business/industry  site,  as  preferred. 


Community-University  Studies 

Noncredit  courses  and  workshops  are  offered  in  Indiana,  Kittanning,  and 
Punxsutawney.  Personal  growth  and  enrichment  topics  include  creative 
leisure,  sell-improvement,  fitness,  culinary  arts,  languages,  money  and 
finances,  arl/music/literature,  Elderhostel,  and  Mornings  with  the 
Professors  There  are  no  exams,  no  grades,  and  no  pressure.  The  program  is 
provided  as  a  service  to  the  community. 

Special  Programs 

The  education  and  training  needs  of  health  and  human  service  professionals 
are  met  through  course  offerings,  one-day  workshops,  seminars,  and 
conferences.  Additionally,  Youth  Experience  in  Summer  (YES)  provides 
educational  enrichment  for  youth  in  elementary  through  high  school  grades. 

Conferences 

The  division  facilitates  conferences  offered  by  academic  departments  and 
hosts  off-campus  groups  and  organizations  during  the  summer  months.  The 
conferencestaff  also  provides  consulting  services  and  coordinates 
conferences  throughout  the  state  for  IUP  and  other  organizations. 

Highway  Safety  Center 

Richard  J.  Hornfeck,  Director 

IUP's  Highway  Safety  Center  attempts  to  address  the  highway  safety  needs 
of  the  commonwealth  through  a  variety  of  programs  and  activities.  The 
Highway  Safety  Center  programs  encompass  activity  in  five  major  areas:  1) 
research,  surveys,  and  studies,  2)  education  (teaching),  3)  training  and 
conferences,  4)  field  and  extension  services,  and  5)  traffic  safety 
communications  and  information  exchange. 

Teacher  Certification  in  Driver  Education 

Through  cooperative  effort  with  IUP's  Department  of  Health  and  Physical 
Education,  the  Highway  Safety  Center  coordinates  and  directs  IUP's 
Teacher  Certification  Program  in  Driver  Education. 

IUP  Regional  Highway  Safety  Project 

The  IUP  Regional  Highway  Safety  Project  is  a  federally  funded  program 
contracted  with  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Transportation's  Center  for 
Highway  Safety.  Originating  at  IUP  in  January,  1 987,  under  the  title  of  the 
Indiana  County  Seat  Belt  Program,  its  purpose  was  to  increase  public 
awareness  and  the  usage  of  occupant  restraints.  The  program  expanded  its 
emphasis  and  territory  in  1989  and  now  includes  the  counties  of  Armstrong. 
Jefferson,  and  Clearfield.  Programs  for  corporations,  schools,  civic  groups, 
law  enforcement  agencies,  etc.,  include  topics  such  as  occupant  safety, 
bicycle  safety,  pedestrian  safety,  safe  driving  characteristics,  and  DUI.  The 
project  also  serves  as  a  resource  to  other  community  safety  groups  by 
providing  printed  materials,  audiovisual  aids,  crash-car  dummy  costumes, 
and  the  "Seat  Belt  Convincer."    A  Car  Seat  Loaner  Program  also  provides 
car  seats  to  residents  in  Indiana  County. 

Driver  Training  Programs 

From  basic  driver  education  programs  for  beginning  drivers  to  truck  driver 
training  to  advanced  driver  training  programs  in  emergency  driving 
techniques,  the  Highway  Safety  Center  provides  a  cadre  of  courses  all 
designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student. 

Emergency  Services  Training 

This  is  a  large  diversified  program  area  designed  to  meet  the  training  needs 
of  ambulance,  fire,  and  police  personnel  in  the  areas  of  emergency  medical 
services  and  rescue. 

Motorcycle  Safety  Program 

MSP  is  a  statewide  motorcycle  riding  program  funded  by  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Transportation  to  help  reduce  the  rising  number  of  serious 
motorcycle  accidents.  MSP  was  designed  to  offer  all  riders — both  novice 
and  experienced — the  opportunity  to  learn  how  to  handle  a  motorcycle 
correctly,  safely,  and  with  confidence  in  all  riding  situations. 

Traffic  Accident  Investigation 

Traffic  Accident  Investigation  programs  are  available  for  safety  directors, 
insurance  adjusters,  and  police  personnel.  Courses  range  from  basic 
investigation  up  to  and  including  accident  reconstruction. 


114  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 

Gary  M.  Welsh,  Director 

The  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center's  role  in  both  the  university  and  the 
community  is  to  provide  high-quality  education  and  training  programs  for 
the  continuing  professionalism  of  the  criminal  justice  system. 

These  programs  include  seminars  for  in-service  personnel  in  fulfillment  of 
mandatory  continuing  education  requirements.  They  are  conducted  on  an  "as 
needed"  basis  covering  an  unlimited  range  of  topics,  such  as  vehicle  and 
criminal  law  updates,  search  and  seizure,  accident  investigation,  alcohol 
enforcement,  and  driver  proficiency.  Grant-funded  programs  may  be  written 
and  conducted  in  the  above  programs.  Special  programs  are  provided  to 
offer  the  basic  480-hour  academy  training  required  for  law  enforcement 
service  under  Mandatory  Act  120.  Training  under  the  Lethal  Weapons  Act 
235  provides  the  basic  requirements  and  mandatory  recertification  for  armed 
security  personnel. 


Course  Descriptions  — 115 


Course  Descriptions 

Credit  designation  at  right  of  title  is  expressed  in  (c)  class  hours  per  week, 
(I)  lab  or  (d)  discussion  section  hours  per  week,  and  (sh)  semester  hours  ol 
credit  per  semester. 

AD:  Administrative  Services 

Department  of  Office  Systems  and  Business 

Education 

Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  arc  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

AD  101  Introduction  to  Business  3c-01-3sh 

Overview  of  the  principles,  practices,  and  methods  common  to  most 
business  firms  in  a  private  enterprise  system.  (Not  open  to  juniors  and 
seniors  in  Business! 

AD  221  Business  Technical  Writing  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  101 

Application  of  business  and  technical  writing  styles,  letters,  memos,  reports, 
procedures,  and  manuals  are  some  areas  of  concern.  Emphasis  on  clear, 
concise  writing  style.  I  Branch  campus  course  only.  May  not  be  used  as  a 
substitute  for  AD321) 

AD  321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications         3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  EN101,  EN202 

Study  of  communication  theory  and  principles  as  applied  to  business 
situations  and  practices;  development  of  communication  skills  in  areas  of 
communication  such  as  speaking,  writing,  listening,  and  nonverbal 
communicating.  Emphasis  on  building  effective  interpersonal  relations  in  a 
business  environment. 

AD  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  48 1  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate 

students. 

AD  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

AE:  Art  Education 
Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

AE  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

AE  315  Survey  of  Art  Education  3c-01-3sh 

A  seminar  to  introduce  the  art  education  major  to  the  principles  and 
practices  of  teaching  visual  arts  K  through  12.  Field  experiences,  pre-student 
teaching  activities,  introduction  to  literature,  and  history  and  philosophies  of 
art  education  emphasized.  (Prerequisite  to  student  leaching)  Fall  only. 


AE  317  Art  Education  Methodology  at  the  lc-3l-3sh 

Elementary  Level 

Examines  children's  artistic  development,  art  programs,  planning, 
motivation,  and  evaluation.  Weekly  leaching  experience  is  an  integral  part  of 
the  course.  (Prerequisite  to  student  teaching)  Fall  only. 

AE  318  Art  Education  Methodology  at  the  lc-31-3sh 

Secondary  Level 

Relationship  of  art  education  to  the  total  secondary  curriculum  is  studied  to 
determine  goals  of  junior-senior  high  school  art.  The  adolescent  creative 
products  are  analyzed  to  help  the  prospective  art  teacher  to  identify  with 
problems  of  students,  i  Prerequisite  to  student  teaching)  Spring  only. 

AE  481  Special  Topics  3c-01  3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

AE  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 


AG:  Accounting 
Department  of  Accounting 
Eberly  College  of  Business 


Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

AG  201  Accounting  Principles  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  status  (29sh)  or  permission  of  department 
chairperson 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  accounting  cycle  in  service  and  merchandising 
concerns  using  the  single  proprietorship  form  of  business  organization: 
covers  use  of  special  journals  and  subsidiary  ledgers  in  the  accounting 
system  as  well  as  accounting  and  internal  control  procedures  for  cash, 
receivables,  inventory,  and  plant  and  equipment. 

AG  202  Accounting  Principles  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  C  or  better  in  AG201,  sophomore  status 
Covers  accounting  principles  and  procedures  for  payroll,  partnerships, 
corporations,  long-term  liabilities  and  investments,  and  manufacturing  firms 
w  ith  a  general  accounting  system.  Introduces  the  student  to  cost  accounting 
systems,  financial  statements  analysis,  budgeting,  and  use  of  accounting 
information  in  making  managerial  decisions. 

AG  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  2S1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

AG  299  Cooperative  Education  I  0c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  55  credits  with  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.0 
including  at  least  a  "C"  in  AG201.  AG202,  and  IM241.  and  approval  of  the 
cooperative  adviser 

The  initial  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory 
with  practical  application  through  job-related  experiences.  Students  are 
actively  employed  in  the  accounting  area  in  business,  industry,  government. 


116 —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


and  a  variety  of  organizalions  and  agencies  with  a  work  focus  which  relates 
to  their  academic  training  and  career  objectives  in  accounting.  The  student  is 
expected  to  complete  subsequently  AG399  or  an  internship. 

AG  300  Managerial  Accounting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG202  (not  open  to  Accounting  majors) 

Emphasizes  the  use  of  accounting  information  in  performing  the  managerial 

functions  of  planning,  control,  decision  making,  and  performance 

evaluation. 

Note:  Accounting  majors  will  not  be  granted  degree  credit  for  AG300. 

AG  301  Intermediate  Accounting  I  3c-0!-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG202 

An  overview  of  the  foundation  of  accounting  theory  dealing  with 
application  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  as  promulgated  in 
professional  pronouncements  to  the  reporting  process  and  to  accounting  for 
various  asset  items  in  the  financial  statements. 

AG  302  Intermediate  Accounting  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG301 

Application  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  various  areas 
such  as  accounting  for  corporations,  long-term  investments  in  securities, 
bonds,  pension  costs,  leases,  etc. 

AG  311  Cost  Accounting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG202 

Cost  accounting  methods  and  procedures  including  cost  accumulation  under 
job  order  cost  system  and  process  cost  system,  cost  allocation,  budgeting, 
and  accounting  for  spoilage,  joint,  and  by-products.  The  planning  and 
control  aspect  of  cost  accounting  is  emphasized. 

AG  399  Cooperative  Education  II  0c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG299:  completion  of  85  credits  with  an  overall  GPA  of  2.0; 
a  GPA  of  2.3  in  AG301,  AG302.  and  AG31 1  with  at  least  a  "C"  in  each 
course;  and  approval  of  the  cooperative  adviser 

The  subsequent  course  in  cooperative  education  is  designed  to  combine 
classroom  theory  with  practical  application  through  job-related  experiences. 
Cooperative  Education  students  are  actively  employed  in  the  accounting 
area  in  business,  industry,  government,  and  a  variety  of  organizations  and 
agencies  with  a  work  focus  which  relates  to  their  academic  training  and 
career  objectives  in  accounting. 

AG  401  Advanced  Accounting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG302 

Study  of  accounting  issues  of  specialized  nature  including  partnerships, 
organization  and  liquidation,  agency  and  branch  accounting,  accounting  for 
business  combinations,  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements, 
accounting  for  government  and  not-for-profit  entities,  accounting  for  estates 
and  trusts,  and  receivership  accounting. 

AG  412  Advanced  Cost  Accounting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG3 11 

Study  of  budgets,  standard  costs,  direct  and  absorption  costing,  analysis  of 
cost  variances,  and  extensive  analysis  of  various  cost  control  and  profit 
planning  programs. 

AG  421  Federal  Taxes  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG202 

Acquaints  the  student  with  Federal  Income  Tax  Laws  as  they  apply  to 
individual  taxpayers  and  partnerships. 

AG  422  Federal  Taxation  of  Corporations,  Partnerships,   3c-01-3sh 
Estates,  and  Trusts 

Prerequisites:  AG421  and  AG302 

Advanced  course  in  federal  income  taxation  as  it  applies  to  taxpayers  other 

than  individuals.  Covers  the  tax  treatment  of  those  property  transfers  subject 

to  federal  and  state  gift  and  death  taxes.  The  tax  planning  aspect  of  the 

various  course  topics  as  well  as  tax  research  methodology  are  also 

discussed. 


AG  435  Internal  Auditing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG431 

This  course  covers  four  issues:  foundations  for  internal  auditing, 
administering  internal  auditing  activities,  operational  areas,  and  special 
relationships  and  evaluation  for  internal  auditing. 

AG  441  Accounting  for  Government  and  Nonprofit  3c-01-3sh 

Organizations 

Prerequisite:  AG302 
Presents  the  views  of  authoritative  professional  organizations  as  to  desirable 
standards  of  accounting  and  reporting  for  governmental  and  nonprofit 
entities.  Topics  include  budgeting  and  budgetary  accounts,  accounting  for 
various  funds,  the  general  fixed  assets  group  of  accounts,  the  financial 
reporting  process,  and  application  of  the  principles  of  fund  accounting  in 
specific  areas. 

AG  451  Seminar  in  Accounting  Standards  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG302 

Study  of  professional  standards  having  authoritative  support  in  the  field  of 
accounting.  APB  opinions.  FASB  interpretations,  and  SEC  Accounting 
Series  Releases  are  discussed. 

AG  461  Accounting  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG302.  AG311.  IM300 

Study  of  concepts,  principles,  and  procedures  of  accounting  system  design, 
installation,  implementation,  auditing,  and  maintenance  in  relating  to  system 
objectives,  information  requirements,  constraints,  system  elements,  and 
considerations  on  a  computerized  basis. 

AG  471  International  Accounting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG3 1 1  for  Accounting  majors  or  AG300  for  non-Accounting 
majors 

A  comparative  study  of  the  effects  of  differences  in  cultural  and  business 
philosophies  on  national  and  international  accounting  policies.  Specific 
financial  accounting  controversies,  such  as  accounting  for  transactions 
involving  foreign  currency  exchanges,  will  be  discussed.  International 
management  accounting  topics  will  include  international  transfer  pricing 
policies,  performance  evaluations  of  multinational  managers  and  divisions, 
and  management  information  systems.  International  aspects  of  financial 
planning,  auditing,  and  taxation  practices  will  also  be  reviewed. 

AG  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

AG  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

AG  488  Internship  in  Accounting  6sh 

(Industrial  and  Government) 

Prerequisites:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  Eberly  College  of 
Business:  overall  GPA  of  2.75  and  GPA  in  accounting  courses  of  3.0 
Practical  experiences,  generally  totaling  400  hours,  in  an  industrial  or 
government  accounting  setting. 

AG  493  Internship  in  Accounting  (Public)  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean,  Eberly  College 
of  Business;  overall  GPA  of  3.00  and  GPA  in  accounting  courses  of  3.0 
Practical  experiences,  generally  totaling  400  hours,  with  a  public  accounting 
firm. 


AG  431  Auditing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG302 

Study  of  auditing  theory  and  practical  application  of  auditing  standards  and 
procedures  to  the  review,  testing,  and  evaluation  of  accounting  controls  and 
to  the  verification  of  transactions  and  balances  to  express  an  opinion  in  an 
audit  report  on  the  fairness  of  financial  statements'  presentation. 


Course  Descriptions — 117 


AH:  Art  History 
Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 


AH  1(11  Introduction  to  Art  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  significance  of  an  as  related  to 
contemporary  living  and  our  historical  heritage. 

AH  205  Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  art  from  prehistoric  tunes  to  the  Middle  Ages.  Man's  artistic 
Development  is  seen  in  relation  to  political,  social,  economic,  and  religions 
events  Course  was  offered  as  AH  115  prior  to  Summer,  1990. 

AH  206  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  !<  01-3sh 

Study  of  art  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  Baroque  in  light  of  the  historical 
events  which  affect  man's  artistic  impulses  and  development.  Course  was 
Differed  as  All  1 16  prior  to  Summer.  1990. 

AH  2 1 1  Modern  Art  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  the  revolutionary  movements  which  began  about  1850; 
concludes  with  trends  in  contemporary  arts. 

AH  222  Art  in  America  3c-01-3sh 

Surveys  American  art  and  its  relation  to  the  development  of  American  ideas 
and  ideals. 

AH  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  an)  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

AH  407  Medieval  Art  3c-01-3sh 

Art  and  architecture  of  Europe  during  the  Middle  Ages,  beginning  with  early 
Christian  and  Byzantine  and  concluding  with  the  Gothic  period.  Dual  listed 
for  graduate  credit  as  AH507. 

AH  408  Italian  Renaissance  Art  3c-01-3sh 

Italian  art  from  1400s  through  1650  and  Mannerist  movement.  Special 
attention  paid  to  great  masters  of  the  period.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit 
as  AH508. 

AH  409  Baroque  and  Rococo  Art  3c-0l-3sh 

A  general  survey  of  art  from  1575-1775.  will  include  architecture,  sculpture. 

painting,  and  other  arts.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  AH509. 

AH  412  Classical  Art  3c-01-3sh 

Historical  survey  of  the  architecture,  painting,  sculpture,  and  minor  arts  of 
the  classical  period  of  Greece  and  Rome,  including  the  Minoan.  Mycenaean, 
and  Etruscan  cultures. 

AH  413  Senior  Seminar  3c-01-3sh 

Intended  to  help  students  develop  adequate  vocabularies  and  methods  to  be 
used  in  discussion  and  criticism  of  works  of  art. 

AH  416  Northern  Renaissance  Art  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  phenomena  of  art  north  of  the  Alps  from  1400  to  1600,  especially 
as  it  appears  in  the  Lowlands,  as  well  as  side  explorations  into  art  of  France, 
Germany,  Austria,  and  the  court  at  Prague. 

AH  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

AH  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 


AM:  Applied  Music 
Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

Music  majors  and  others  who  may  qualify  take  private  instruction  in  their 
respective  major  areas  of  performance  in  instrument  or  voice  for  up  to  eight 
semesters.  Half-hour  lessons  are  given  each  week  (2  sh|  for  students 
enrolled  in  the  B.S.  and  B.A.  degree  programs.  A  one-hour  lesson  (4  sh)  is 
scheduled  by  students  enrolled  in  the  B.F.A.  degree  program  only. 


AM  101.  151.201.251.301,351,401,451 
AM  102.  152,  202,  252,  302,  352, 402,  452 
AM  103.  153,  203,  253,  303.  353,  403,  453 
AM  104,  154,  204,  254,  304,  354,  404,  454 
AM  105.  155,  205,  255,  305.  355, 405,  455 
AM  106.  156.  206.  256,  306,  356. 406.  456 
AM  107.  157,  207,  257,  307,  357,  407,  457 
AM  108.  158.  208,  258,  308,  358,  408,  458 
AM  109.  159,  209,  259,  309,  359, 409, 459 
AM  110,  160,210,260,310,360,410,460 
AM  111.  161,211,261,311.361,411,461 
AM  112.  162,212,262.312,362,412,462 
AM  113.  163.213,263,313,363,413,463 
AM  114.  164,214,264,314,364,414,464 
AM  115,  165,215,265,315,365,415,465 
AM  116,  166,216,266.316,366,416,466 
AM  117,  167,217,267,317.367,417,467 
AM  118.  168,218,268,318,368.418,468 
AM  119,  169.219,269,319,369,419,469 
AM  120,  170,  220,  270.  320,  370, 420,  470 
AM  121,  171,221.271,321.371.421,471 


Piano  I-VIII 
Organ  I-VIII 
Harpsichord  I-VIII 
Harp  I-VIII 
Voice  I-VIII 
Violin  I-VIII 
Viola  i-vm 
Cello  I-VIII 
String  Bass  I-VIII 
Flute  I-VIII 
Clarinet  I-VIII 
Oboe  I-VIII 
Bassoon  I-VIII 
Saxophone  I-VIII 
Trumpet  I-VIII 
French  Horn  I-VIII 
Trombone  I-VIII 
Baritone  Horn  I-VIII 
Tuba  I-Vm 
Percussion  I-VIII 
Guitar  I-VOI 

var-l-3sh 


AM  482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

AN:  Anthropology 

Department  of  Anthropology 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

AN  110  Contemporary  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  nature  of  anthropological  inquiry.  By  using  the 
anthropological  perspective,  current  relevant  topics  will  be  discussed. 
Topics  could  include  but  are  not  limited  to  changing  myths  and  rituals,  legal 
anthropology,  cross-cultural  aspects  of  aging,  gender  roles,  evolutionism  and 
creationism,  cultural  extinction,  and  world  hunger.  Prior  to  Spring,  1989, 
was  listed  as  AN  110:  Introduction  to  Anthropology. 

AN  211  Cultural  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  the  nature  of  culture  as  a  human  survival  technique.  Provides  a 
framework  for  appreciation  and  understanding  of  cultural  differences  and 
similarities  in  human  societies,  past  and  present. 


118  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


AN  213  World  Archaeology  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  the  prehistory  of  Western  and  non-Western  cultures  with  emphasis 
on  the  development  of  technology  and  on  the  evolution  of  adaptive 
strategies  with  particular  attention  to  the  origins  of  agriculture.  This  course 
exposes  the  students  to  the  diversity  of  past  cultural  systems  and  to  the 
methodological  and  theoretical  questions  of  concern  to  archaeologists. 

AN  222  Biological  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  goals  and  techniques  of  biological  anthropology  with 
emphasis  on  primatology,  paleoanthropology,  genetics,  and  osteology. 
Provides  a  basis  for  evaluating  the  role  of  biology  in  human  behavior. 

AN  233  Language  and  Culture  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  social  and  cultural  functions  of  language.  Particular  emphasis 
given  to  problems  in  anthropology  with  respect  to  non-Westem  languages. 

AN  244  Basic  Archaeology  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  goals  and  methods  of  anthropological  archaeology  with 
particular  attention  to  the  analysis  of  cultural  chronology,  past  lifeways,  and 
cultural  process.  Provides  laboratory  experience  with  artifacts  and  other 
archaeological  data. 

AN  271  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  the  cultural  diversity  of  the  continent  of  Africa.  The  first  unit 
examines  the  historical  processes  which  shape  modern  society,  including  the 
formation  of  indigenous  African  empires,  the  evidence  for  trade  routes, 
slave  trading,  and  colonialism.  The  second  unit  examines  the  nature  of 
African  traditional  societies,  including  analyses  of  forager  and  agricultural 
groups.  The  last  unit  covers  issues  of  contemporary  development  in  Africa 
such  as  famine  and  agricultural  policy,  the  status  of  women  in  economic 
development,  and  apartheid.  Reading  includes  ethnographic  and  historical 
accounts  of  African  society  as  well  as  selections  by  African  writers  on  the 
issues  of  contemporary  society.  (Also  offered  as  S0271;  may  not  be  taken 
for  duplicate  credit.) 

AN  272  Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  assist  the  student  in  developing  an  understanding  of 
contemporary  China.  While  the  course  will  begin  with  prehistoric  and 
historic  aspects  of  China,  the  focus  will  be  on  contemporary  issues 
presented  in  the  context  of  anthropological  theory.  Specific  Chinese  cultural 
components  that  will  be  investigated  include  values,  attitudes,  norms,  social 
organization,  linguistics,  and  folklore.  (Also  offered  as  S0272;  may  not  be 
taken  for  duplicate  credit.) 

AN  273  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  peoples  and  cultures  of  Southeast  (SE)  Asia. 
Prehistory  and  the  development  of  indigenous  states  in  SE  Asia  and  analysis 
of  impact  of  world  religions,  such  as  Islam,  and  Western  colonialism.  Also 
examines  modern  hunter-gatherer  and  farming  societies  and  discusses 
contemporary  issues  in  social  and  economic  change,  including  the  "Green 
Revolution,"  tropical  deforestation,  the  struggle  of  ethnic  minority  tribal 
peoples,  and  the  plight  of  Indochinese  refugees.  (Also  offered  as  S0273: 
may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit. ) 

AN  274  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Latin  America  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  peoples  and  cultures  of  Latin  America.  Focuses  on 
the  prehistory  and  development  of  pre-Columbian  complex  societies  in 
Mesoamerica  and  the  Andes  and  analyzes  the  impact  of  European 
colonialism  on  these  major  regions.  Also  examines  contemporary  issues, 
such  as  civil  wars,  economic  development,  rural-urban  migrations,  and 
migration  and  immigration  of  Latin  American  peoples  into  the  United 
States.  (Also  offered  as  S0274;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit.) 

AN  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

AN  286  Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family  3c-01-3sh 

Sociological  and  anthropological  study  of  patterns  of  marriage,  kinship,  and 
family  life,  with  emphasis  on  the  relationship  between  family  patterns  and 
other  social  institutions.  Topics  covered  include  the  family  and  marriage  in 
historical  and  comparative  perspective;  worldwide  patterns  of  gender 
stratification;  incest  and  incest  avoidance;  class  and  race  contexts  of  family 


patterns;  mate  selection  and  love;  parenthood  and  child  rearing;  domestic 
and  sexual  violence;  alternative  family  lifestyles;  and  the  current  crisis  and 
possible  future  of  the  family.  Intended  for  a  broad  audience  but  also  open  to 
sociology  and  anthropology  majors  and  minors.  (Also  offered  as  S0286; 
may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit.) 

AN  312  World  Ethnography  3c-01-3sh 

Detailed  study  of  specific  preliterate  cultures.  Emphasis  given  to  questions 
of  cultural  integration. 

AN  314  Native  Americans  3c-OI-3sh 

Survey  of  culture  history  and  culture  area  characteristics  of  the  Indians  of 
North  America.  Detailed  study  of  representative  groups  related  to  historical, 
functional,  and  ecological  concepts. 

AN  315  North  American  Archaeology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AN110  or  AN244  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Survey  of  North  American  prehistory  with  emphasis  on  cultural  ecology  and 
technology.  Attention  is  given  to  all  geographic  areas  north  of  Mexico,  but 
the  focus  is  on  the  Eastern  Woodlands. 

AN  316  Anthropology  of  Religion  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ANUO  or  AN21 1 

Explores  nature,  function,  and  universal  characteristics  of  religion  in  human 
society  by  utilizing  cross-cultural  approach.  Theories  concerning  religious 
phenomena  serve  as  topics  for  discussion. 

AN  317  Archaeology  Research  Design  and  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AN244  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Introduction  to  theory  and  method  in  archaeological  research  through 
lecture,  laboratory  exercises,  and  individual  projects.  Provides  students  with 
actual  experience  analyzing  and  interpreting  archaeological  data  sets. 

AN  318  Museum  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AN  1 10  or  AN2 1 1  or  AN244 

Lecture  and  laboratory  course  surveying  the  role  of  museums  as  social  and 
educational  institutions,  types  of  museums,  museum  administration,  and 
museum  architecture.  Procedures  for  collection,  curalion.  preservation,  and 
storage  of  anthropological  and  natural  history  specimens  examined. 

AN  320  Archaeological  Field  School  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  AN1 10,  AN244.  or  permission  of  instructor 
Introduction  to  archaeological  survey,  field  excavation,  and  laboratory 
processing.  Field  school  students  participate  in  one  or  more  of  the  on-going 
research  projects  of  the  IUP  Archaeology  Program. 

AN  340  Anthropology  of  Aging  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  various  experiences  faced  by  elderly  people  in 
numerous  world's  societies.  Explores  the  impact  of  such  factors  as  ethnicity, 
nationality,  race,  and  class  and  the  processes  of  cultural  change  on  the  lives 
of  people  growing  old.  Comparative,  cross-cultural  perspectives  will  be 
stressed. 

AN  350  Anthropology  of  Women  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  for  any  student  with  an  interest  in  the  lives  of  women  around  the 
world,  regardless  of  whether  or  not  they  have  a  strong  background  in 
anthropology.  Examines  the  social  roles,  rights,  and  responsibilities  of 
women  cross-culturally,  viewing  both  women's  productive  (economic) 
functions  as  well  as  reproductive  functions.  Reading  describes  the  position 
of  women  in  technologically  simple  societies  and  addresses  the  comparative 
position  of  women  in  the  industrialized  socialist  and  capitalist  countries. 
The  central  theme  of  the  course  is  an  examination  of  how  the  position  of 
women  has  changed  in  the  twentieth  century. 

AN  360  Applied  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

Applied  anthropology  focuses  on  the  anthropologist  as  an  agent  of  social 
change  and  bridges  the  gap  between  theories  of  cultural  behavior  and  the 
policies  which  affect  contemporary  cultures.  Examines  the  historical  role  of 
anthropologists  in  early  public  administration  and  then  examines  at  length 
the  work  of  contemporary  applied  anthropologists  in  programs  of 
international  economic  development  (health,  agriculture,  and  education),  in 
domestic  human  service  planning  and  delivery,  in  cultural  resource 
preservation,  and  in  their  role  as  advocates  for  unempowered  minorities. 


Course  Descriptions  —  1 19 


AN  365  Native  North  American  Religions  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  indigenous  religions  of  North  America  and  to  Ihe 
peoples  «  ho  practice  these  rich  and  varied  approaches  to  the  sacred.  This 
course  not  only  examines  major  religious  themes  and  dimensions  (myth, 
ritual,  ethics,  etc.)  but  includes  an  historical  perspective  on  North  American 
Indian  lifeways.  This  perspective  involves  discussion  oi  the  clash  with  Euro- 
American  values  and  contemporary  native  religious  responses  to  social 
Crisis  and  change.  (Also  offered  as  RS365;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate 
credit.  I 

AN  401  Social  and  Cultural  Change  3c-01  5sh 

Prerequisite:  AN  1 10  or  SO  151 

Exploration  of  current  theoretical  perspectives  on  social  and  cultural  change. 
Special  attention  given  to  "planned  change"  at  the  local  or  regional  level. 

AN  415  Cultural  Resource  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AN244  or  consent  of  the  instructor 

Provides  an  understanding  of  how  cultural  resources  are  being  preserved 
and  managed  under  current  American  laws  and  regulations  with  particular 
emphasis  on  historic  properties,  such  as  historic  buildings  and 
archaeological  sites.  Case  studies  and  field  trips  are  incorporated  so  that 
students  gain  a  thorough  understanding  of  key  problems  and  issues  in 
historic  preservation  and  cultural  resource  management. 

AN  420  Cultural  Ecology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AN110  or  AN211 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  field  of  ecological  anthropology  by  exploring 

the  concept  of  the  ecosystem  in  relationship  to  varying  human  adaptive 

strategies.  Illustrates  the  importance  of  understanding  man-environment 

interactions  both  in  studying  the  developing  world  and  in  investigating  the 

past. 

AN  444  Medical  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9  credits  in  anthropology  or  permission 
Focuses  on  the  study  of  human  confrontation  with  disease  and  illness  and  on 
the  adaptive  arrangements  made  by  various  human  groups  for  dealing  with 
these  dangers.  Health  and  disease  are  viewed  from  a  broad  array  of  micro 
and  macro  perspectives,  e.g.,  evolutionary,  ecological,  and  psychosocial. 
Designed  for  nursing  and  social  work  students  as  well  as  social  and 
biological  sciences  students. 

AN  456  Field  Research  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  9  credits  in  anthropology 

Examination  of  methods  and  practice  of  sociology  and  anthropology  in  the 
areas  of  qualitative  and  quantitative  methods.  Concentrates  upon  the 
development  of  field  notes,  interviewing  techniques,  participant  observation, 
etc.  Qualitative  methods  of  sampling  and  analysis  will  include  theoretical 
sampling  and  analytic  induction.  Brief  background  research  into  community, 
organizational,  and  group  structure  will  also  be  emphasized. 

AN  480  Anthropology  Seminar  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  9  credits  in  anthropology  or  permission 

A  seminar  approach  to  the  integration  of  the  fields  of  anthropology. 

Designed  to  assist  the  advanced  student  in  understanding  the  nature  of 

anthropology,  the  major  theoretical  issues,  and  the  history  of  intellectual 

development. 

AN  481  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

AN  482  Independent  Study  var-  1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

AN  483  Readings  in  Anthropology  var- 1  -3sh 

Directed  readings  on  special  topics  in  anthropology.  Instructor  guides 
selection  of  readings. 


AN  493  Internship  in  Anthropology  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

The  course  is  designed  to  offer  students  practical  experience  in  any  of  the 
specialized  fields  of  anthropology  (physical,  social-cultural,  archaeology,  or 
linguistics  i   Each  student  develops  objectives  in  consultation  with  a 
particular  departmental  faculty  member  who  is  supervising  the  internship. 
Detailed  field  notes  and  a  major  paper  based  on  the  experience  are  required. 

AR:  Art  (Studio) 
Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

AR  100  Arts  of  the  Twentieth  Century  lc-3l-3sh 

Designed  to  expand  student  response  to  visual,  aural,  and  kinetic  art  forms 
of  this  century  with  special  emphasis  on  recent  decades.  The  course  includes 
lecture,  studio,  and  field  experiences. 

AR  111  Figure  Drawing  0c-61-3sh 

A  foundation  course  in  drawing,  including  a  study  of  the  structure  of 
drawing  and  composition  with  a  variety  of  media  and  subject  matter. 

AR  112  Fundamentals  of  Drawing  0c-61-3sh 

A  course  which  seeks  to  integrate  basic  principles  and  fundamentals  of 
drawing  and  design. 

AR  113  Three-Dimension  Design  Oc-61-3sh 

Basic  elements  and  principles  of  design  are  studied.  A  course  in  design  in 
three  dimensions. 

AR  114  Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design  0c-6I-3sh 

Focuses  on  the  consistent  properties  of  color  and  the  manner  in  which  two- 
dimensional  design  can  be  organized.  Specific  attention  is  given  to  the 
complex  interactions  of  color  within  two-dimensional  design. 

AR  120  Principles  of  Design  0c-41-2sh 

Principles  of  design  and  color  are  studied  and  applied  to  a  crafted  object. 
Major  emphasis  on  aesthetic  quality  inherent  in  designing  with  materials. 

AR  211  Painting  0c-61-3sh 

An  introductory  course  in  painting  in  which  a  variety  of  materials, 
techniques,  and  approaches  are  explored. 

AR  213  Woodworking:  Function  and  Form  0c-61-3sh 

Involves  the  study  of  woodworking  and  furniture  design  as  it  relates  to  the 
individual  designer-artist.  Students  will  experience  a  formal  background  in 
both  woodworking  technique  and  the  application  of  design. 

AR  214  Ceramics  0c-61-3sh 

A  general  introduction  to  the  techniques  and  aesthetics  of  clay.  The  student 

will  work  both  at  the  wheel  and  with  hand  building  methods. 

AR  215  Sculpture  0c-6l-3sh 

Introductory  course  in  sculpture  with  emphasis  on  study  of  form  as  well  as 
visualizing  in  the  third  dimension. 

AR  216  Basic  Metals  0c-61-3sh 

Introduction  to  metal  work  with  emphasis  upon  creation  of  functional  and 
nonfunctional  art  objects.  Approached  from  the  viewpoint  of  beginner 
learning  basic  processes  of  metal  fabrication. 

AR  217  Printmaking  0c-61-3sh 

Introduction  to  basic  techniques  of  production  of  fine  prims  including  work 
in  relief,  intaglio,  lithograph,  and  serigraph  processes. 

AR  218  Graphic  Design  0c-61-3sh 

Students  explore  various  techniques  and  their  application  to  such 
commercial  art  projects  as  package  design,  trademark,  and  other  design 
problems.  Lettering  is  stressed,  both  instant  type  and  hand  lettering. 

AR  219  Fibers  0c-61-3sh 

Provides  students  w  ith  introductory  working  knowledge  in  design  and 
execution  of  projects  in  non  4/hamess  loom  weaving  and  related  fabric 
areas.  Other  fiber  techniques,  including  handmade  paper,  available  for 
students  to  explore  as  desired. 


120  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


AR  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

AR  421  Advanced  Drawing  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AR1 11  and  112 

Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student  who  has  some  background  in  the 
field.  Problems  of  composition,  two-  and  three-dimensional  relationships, 
and  surface  are  on  an  individual  basis.  (Offered  as  AR321  prior  to  1994-95.) 

AR  451  Advanced  Woodworking:  Function  and  Form        0c-61-3sh 
Prerequisite:  AR213 

Offers  advanced  training  and  skills  involving  the  study  of  contemporary 
furniture  design  and  woodworking.  Emphasis  on  a  technical  and  aesthetic 
point  of  view. 

AR  452  Advanced  Ceramics  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR214 

Continued  exploration  of  the  field  of  ceramic  production,  along  with  kiln 
firing  and  glaze  formulation. 

AR  453  Advanced  Sculpture  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR215 

Gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to  pursue  independent  study  in  sculpture. 
Materials  and  processes  will  be  individually  chosen  and  the  work  related  to 
broadening  concepts. 

AR  454  Advanced  Painting  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR211 

Individual  experimentation  and  exploration  by  the  painter  and  investigation 
of  the  various  technical  approaches. 

AR  455  Advanced  Graphic  Design  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR218 

Stresses  advanced  techniques  in  layout  and  illustration.  The  student  explores 
ideas,  such  as  creation  of  trademarks  and  how  products  are  designed. 
Layouts  are  analyzed  as  to  their  quality.  Package  design  is  studied. 

AR  457  Advanced  Printmaking  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR217 

Student  elects  to  study  one  of  the  printmaking  processes  in  greater  depth  and 

works  toward  development  of  own  techniques,  working  processes,  and 

ideas. 

AR  459  Advanced  Fibers  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR219 

Provides  student  with  a  working  knowledge  in  design  and  execution  of 
projects  in  weaving  and  related  areas.  Other  fiber  techniques,  including 
handmade  paper,  will  be  available  for  the  students  to  explore  as  desired. 

AR  460  Advanced  Metals  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR216 

Design  and  processes  associated  with  art  of  metal  are  given  greater 
concentration.  The  developing  artist  is  encouraged  to  investigate,  in  depth, 
one  or  more  of  the  metal  arts  as  an  extension  of  the  basic  course. 

AR  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

May  provide  an  in-depth  study  of  a  narrowly  defined  area  of  the  discipline. 
Subject  matter  may  change  with  repeated  offering  of  the  course.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

AR  482  Independent  Study  var  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

AR  493  Internship  var-3- 1 2sh 

Designed  for  art  majors  who  wish  to  receive  practical  experience  working 
within  professional  situations  which  relate  to  the  student's  artistic  and 
occupational  goals. 


BC:  Biochemistry 

Biochemistry  Program 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

BC  301  Biochemistry  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI105  and  CH232 

Introduction  to  biochemistry  emphasizing  the  structure  and  function 
relationships  of  proteins,  enzymes,  and  vitamins;  bioenergetics;  and  the 
metabolism  of  carbohydrates  and  lipids. 

BC  302  Biochemistry  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BC301 

Continuation  of  BC301  concerning  the  metabolism  of  nitrogen,  amino  acids, 
nucleotides,  and  nucleic  acids  and  the  function  of  cell  membranes, 
hormones,  and  specialized  tissues. 

BC  311  Biochemistry  Laboratory  I  Oc-41-lsh 

Prerequisites:  BI 105  and  CH232 

A  companion  to  BC301  including  experiments  in  photometry,  enzyme 
kinetics  and  purification,  lipid  isolation  and  characterization,  electron 
transport  in  respiration  and  photosynthesis,  and  use  of  radioisotopes. 

BC  312  Biochemistry  Laboratory  II  Oc-41  1  sh 

Prerequisite:  BC311 

A  companion  to  BC302  including  experiments  in  membrane 
characterization,  properties  of  amino  acids,  isolation  and  function  of  nucleic 
acids,  and  synthesis  of  proteins  and  nucleic  acids. 

BC  480  Biochemistry  Seminar  I  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  BC302  and  312 

Discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biochemical  thought.  Oral  and  written  reports 
on  assigned  readings,  library  or  laboratory  research.  Guest  lecturers.  The 
combination  BC480  and  BC490  counts  as  one  writing-intensive  course. 

BC  481  Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BC302  and  312 

A  lecture-discussion  course  of  recent  biochemical  topics  or  those  of  unique 
interest.  Topic  and  instructor  to  change  annually. 

BC  482  Independent  Research  in  Biochemistry  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BC302  and  312,  permission  by  program  coordinator 
Student  conducts  a  research  project  in  any  area  of  biochemistry  with  in  the 
College  of  Natural  Science  and  Mathematics.  Work  supervised  by  faculty. 
Does  not  involve  regular  class  or  lab  hours.  Enrollment  by  permission  only. 

BC  490  Biochemistry  Seminar  II  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  BC302,  312,  and  480 

Discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biochemical  thought.  Oral  and  written  reports 
on  assigned  readings,  library  or  laboratory  research.  Guest  lecturers.  The 
combination  BC480  and  BC490  counts  as  one  writing-intensive  course. 

BE:  Business  Education 

Department  of  Office  Systems  and  Business 

Education 

Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

BE  101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3c-01-3sh 

An  introductory  course  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  fundamental 
understanding  of  computers.  The  course  familiarizes  students  with  the 
interaction  of  computer  hardware  and  software.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
application  of  microcomputers,  the  use  of  productivity  software  (word 
processing,  spreadsheet  management,  file  and  data  base  management),  and 
the  social  and  ethical  aspects  of  the  impact  of  computers  on  society. 
Note:  This  course  is  co-listed  as  CO101  and  IM101.  Any  of  these  courses 
may  be  substituted  for  each  other  and  may  be  used  interchangeably  for  D  or 
F  repeats  but  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit. 


Course  Descriptions  — 121 


BK  III  Foundations  of  Business  Mathematics  i<  hi  -3sh 

Develops  an  understanding  ol  numbers  and  kmm  ledge  ol  fundamental 
concepts  in  arithmetic  and  algebra  in  the  solution  of  common  and  advanced 
problems  encountered  in  business  by  the  businessperson  and  consumer. 
Topics  illustrating  and  emphasizing  the  application  of  business  mathematics 
include  methods  used  to  compute  interest  discount,  partial  payments, 
Discounting  of  notes  and  dr.iits.  depret  iation,  amortization,  sinking  fund 
redemptions,  effective  rate  of  interest,  and  preparation  of  statistical  data. 

BK  131  Keyboarding  and  Document  Formatting  3c-01-2sh 

I  mphasis  on  development  of  correct  techniques  in  typewriting,  introduction 
to  basic  styles  ol  business  letters,  simple  tabulations,  and  simple 
manuscripts:  specific  standards  of  speed  and  accuracy  are  required.  ( Title 
prior  to  1989  was  BE131:  Principles  of  Typewriting.) 

BK  132  Advanced  keyboarding  and  3c-OI-3sh 

Document  Formatting 

Prerequisite:  2.0  GPA  in  BE131  or  credit  by  examination 

Emphasis  on  further  development  of  speed,  accuracy,  and  production  ability; 

includes  business  letters  with  special  features,  business  reports,  business 

forms,  rough  drafts,  manuscripts.  (Title  prior  to  1989  was  BE132: 

intermediate  Ty  pew  ruing.) 

BK  134  Keyboarding  lc-01-  I  sh 

Exception:  This  course  is  open  to  students  in  all  colleges  without  restriction. 
A  class  designed  to  provide  students  with  the  fundamental  skills  to  keyboard 
information  quickly  and  accurately  in  fourteen  one-hour  sessions.  It  is 
intended  for  the  student  who  does  not  require  the  additional  skills  included 
in  keyboarding  and  document  formatting,  such  as  letter  formats,  manuscript 
typing,  and  tabulation.  Recommended  for  students  in  computer  science. 
journalism,  management  information  systems,  criminology,  etc. 

BK  250  Electronic  Office  Procedures  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE131  or  equivalent 

A  study  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  the  systems  in  an  electronic  office: 
records  management,  office  environment,  communication  transmittal 
systems,  reprographics,  and  office  procedures.  (Branch  campus  course  only. 
May  not  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  BE264.) 

BK  260  Alphabetic  Shorthand  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  principles  of  alphabetic  shorthand  with  emphasis  on  mastery  of 
shorthand  theory,  punctuation,  grammar,  and  spelling.  "New  matter" 
dictation  will  be  introduced  during  the  last  few  weeks  of  class.  The 
alphabetic  system  taught  will  vary. 

BK  261  Shorthand  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

An  introductory  course  in  the  basic  principles  of  Gregg  Shorthand. 
Centennial  Edition. 

BK  262  Shorthand  Dictation  and  Transcription  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BE131,  BE261 

Major  objectives  are  to  review  and  strengthen  the  student's  knowledge  of 
principles  of  Gregg  Shorthand.  Centennial  Edition,  to  build  shorthand- 
writing  speed  and  to  build  transcription  skills.  (Title  prior  to  1989  was 
BE262:  Shorthand  Dictation.) 

BK  264  Office  Procedures  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE131  or  equivalent 

Advanced  study  of  theory  and  practice  in  activities  common  to  office 
records  management;  handling  of  mail;  telephone  and  telegraph  services; 
receiving  callers;  writing  reports;  dictation  and  transcription  equipment; 
bank,  financial,  and  legal  transactions;  shipping  and  receiving  services; 
reference  books;  etc. 

BK  273  Word  Processing  Applications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE131  or  equivalent 

In  this  course  students  will  develop  a  high  degree  of  proficiency  in  the  use 

of  word  processors.  Emphasis  is  on  machine  operations  and  production 

skills  in  formatting,  text  editing,  and  understanding  word  processing 

concepts.  (Branch  campus  course  only.  May  not  be  used  as  a  substitute  for 

BE/CO/lMini) 


BK  2X1  Special  topics  ic  <>l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Spet  ial  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  thai  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

he  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students 

BK  311  Methods  and  Kvaluation  in  Business  and  V  ill-  Kh 

Marketing  Education  I 

Prerequisites:  PCI01.  EP202.  and  completion  of  the  freshman  and 

sophomore  courses  in  the  student's  major  areas 

Includes  general  methods  of  teaching  and  evaluation  plus  methods  and 

evaluation  in  basic  business  courses.  Unit  plans,  lesson  plans,  and  unit  tests 

are  emphasized.  Techniques  and  procedures  of  teaching  and  classroom 

management  are  studied.  Includes  units  in  vocational  education  such  as 

advisory  committees,  adult  education,  and  federal  legislation  for  funding. 

BK  312  Methods  and  Kvaluation  in  Business  var-l-3sh 

Kducation  II 

Prerequisite:  BE311  orDE410 

Covers  three  sections  of  special  methods  and  evaluation  in  office 
technologies:  secretarial,  accounting,  and  data  processing.  Objectives, 
planning,  evaluating,  and  skill  building  are  studied.  Media  and  facilities  for 
instruction  are  examined.  Students  elect  sections  needed  for  certification. 

BK  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

BE  482  Independent  Study  var-  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

BI:  Biology 

Department  of  Biology 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

BI  103  General  Biology  I  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

A  basic  introduction  to  ecology,  biochemistry,  and  cell  biology,  genetics, 
and  evolution. 

BI  104  General  Biology  II  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  BI103  General  Biology  I.  Non-Biology  majors  only 
A  basic  introduction  to  plant  and  animal  physiology,  neurobiology,  animal 
behavior,  and  plant  and  animal  reproduction  and  development. 

BI  105  Cell  Biology  3c-2l-4sh 

Introductory  course  to  increase  depth  of  beginning  student's  understanding 
of  structural  and  functional  development  plus  evolutionary  aspects  of  cell 
concept. 

BI  110  Plant  Biology  3c^l-5sh 

Prerequisite:  B1105  or  special  permission 

Plant  structure,  function,  development,  recognition  and  grouping, 
environmental  relationships,  and  economic  importance  of  plants  considered. 

BI  114  Environmental  Science  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

An  introduction  to  environmental  science  with  an  emphasis  on  human 
impacts.  The  course  uses  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  consideration 
of  population  growth,  pollution,  preservation  of  species,  and  establishment 
of  public  policy.  Students  will  leam  basic  principles  in  ecology  as  the  basis 
for  understanding  problems  of  the  environment. 


122  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


BI  115  Biotic  Diversity  of  North  America  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Non-Biology  majors  and  non-Biology  minors  only 
An  introduction  to  the  biological  diversity  of  North  America  from  Barrow, 
Alaska,  to  Tehuantepec,  Mexico.  All  major  aquatic  and  terrestrial  hiomes 
occurring  in  North  America  will  be  examined  with  regard  to  plant  forms, 
animal  composition,  and  environmenlal  (abiotic)  conditions. 

BI  120  Animal  Biology  3c-41-5sh 

Prerequisite:  B1105  or  special  permission 

Morphology,  physiology,  embryology,  ecology,  taxonomy,  social,  and 
economic  importance  of  animals:  consideration  of  principles  applicable  to  a 
correlation  of  classical  with  present-day  zoology. 

BI  150  Human  Anatomy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Study  of  the  functional  systematic  anatomy  of  the  human.  Lab  studies  center 

on  nonhuman  mammals  whose  anatomy  is  then  related  to  the  human 

condition. 

BI  151  Human  Physiology  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  BI105,  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Course  deals  with  acquiring,  through  lecture  presentations  and  laboratory 
experiments,  an  understanding  of  the  basic  functions  and  control  of  the 
major  organ  systems  of  the  human  body.  Organ  systems  examined  include 
the  following:  muscular  system,  cardiovascular  system,  respiratory  system, 
endocrine  system,  renal  system,  digestive  system,  reproductive  system,  and 
nervous  system. 

BI  155  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only  (Food  and  Nutrition,  Home 
Economics  Education,  Physical  Education,  and  Safety  Sciences  majors  I 
Study  of  structure  and  function  of  the  human  body.  Emphasis  is  on  normal 
function,  with  particular  attention  to  functional  anatomy,  control 
mechanisms,  and  interrelationships  among  systems.  Laboratory  studies  will 
include  experimentation  and  dissection.  For  students  with  little  or  no  science 
background. 

BI  232  Fundamentals  of  Microbiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH101  or  equivalent,  Non-Biology  majors  only  (Food  and 
Nutrition  and  Home  Economics  Education  majors  i 

Study  of  microorganisms  and  the  role  they  play  in  water,  food  disease,  and 
infection.  Food  spoilage,  poisoning,  and  disease  are  emphasized.  General 
methods  and  techniques  are  emphasized  in  the  laboratory. 

BI  241  General  Microbiology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Non-Biology  majors  only  (Nursing  and  Respiratory  Therapy 
majors),  BI105,  CH101,  or  equivalent 

Study  of  microorganisms  and  the  role  they  play  in  water,  soil,  food,  and 
infection.  Microbes  and  disease  will  be  emphasized.  Standard  methods  and 
techniques  are  emphasized  in  laboratory. 

BI  251  Field  Botany  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI104  and  BI1 10 

The  collection,  preservation,  identification,  and  distribution  of  selected 
herbaceous  and  woody  plants  of  Western  Pennsylvania.  Emphasis  on 
taxonomic  principles,  the  use  of  keys  and  manuals,  and  the  recognition  of 
local  flora. 

BI  252  Field  Zoology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

Field  natural  history  of  vertebrates:  identification,  collection,  and 
preservation  techniques. 

BI  261  Ornithology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI105  or  BI103  and  104 

A  study  of  birds  of  the  region.  Indoor  laboratory  as  well  as  early  morning 
and  possibly  weekend  field  trips  required. 

BI  262  General  Entomology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI  120 

Morphology,  anatomy,  ecology,  taxonomy,  and  economic  and  public  health 
importance  of  insect  orders,  particularly  those  of  Western  Pennsylvania; 
student  collection  and  field  trips  required. 

BI  263  Genetics  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BlllOor  120  and  CH231 

Deals  with  the  distribution  and  function  of  the  hereditary  material;  special 

emphasis  on  microbial,  viral,  and  molecular  genetics. 


BI  269  Bioethics  and  Coevolution  3c-01-3sh 

Discussion  and  exploration  of  the  coevolution  of  man  and  nature.  Areas 
covered  include  the  concepts  of  coevolution,  bioethics.  resource  utilization, 
and  possible  future  lifestyles.  Designed  for  majors  and  nonmajors. 

BI  271  Evolution  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  Biology 

Historical  development  of  evolutionary  thought;  evidence  and  operational 
mechanisms  involved;  origin  and  phylogenetic  relationships  of  biological 

groups. 

BI  272  Conservation  of  Plant  and  Animal  Resources  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI105  or  BI103  and  104 

A  study  of  accepted  practices  in  soil,  water,  forest,  and  wildlife 
conservation.  Saturday  field  trips. 

BI  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Specia: 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

BI  310  Applied  Entomology  and  Zoonoses  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI  1 20  or  permission 

Study  of  the  measures  for  abatement  or  control  of  arthropods,  rodents,  birds 
and  other  disease  vectors  of  public  importance;  selection,  chemistry, 
formulation,  and  safe  application  of  insecticides,  rodenticides,  and 
fumigants;  pesticiding  equipment;  application  of  biological  and  other 
measures  of  control. 

BI  311  Environmental  Biology  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisites:  Restricted  to  Elementary  Education  and  Earth  Science 
Education  majors  only 

Laboratory  and  field  course  providing  basic  knowledge  in  biology  and  its 
practical  implications.  Physical  and  biological  aspects  of  the  environment 
are  studied. 

BI  321  Environmental  Protection  I  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI105.  CHI  12.  and  permission  of  instructor.  Environmental 
Health  majors  only 

Considers  the  impact  of  important  components  of  the  physical  environment 
on  health  and  deals  with  principles  and  methods  for  identification, 
evaluation,  and  control  of  such  health  hazards.  Major  attention  to  principles 
and  methods  of  epidemiological  investigation.  Major  credit  only  for 
Environmental  Health  majors. 

BI  322  Environmental  Protection  II  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI321,  Environmental  Health  majors  only 

Subjects  receiving  attention  include  water  and  food  supplies,  domestic  and 

industrial  sewage  and  wastes,  housing,  accidents,  community  air  pollution, 

domestic  and  industrial  poisons,  ionizing  radiations,  occupational  health 

hazards. 

BI  331  Animal  Developmental  Biology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI  120 

Comparative  and  molecular  development  of  vertebrate  animals  are  the  majo 
considerations.  General  principles  of  development  are  illustrated  using 
vertebrate,  invertebrate,  and  plant  materials. 

BI  350  Cellular  Physiology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH231 

Topics  include  cell  membrane  systems,  bioenergetics,  and  information 
processing  systems  as  well  as  growth  and  differentiation  of  cells  and  their 
organelles.  Complements  plant  and  animal  physiology  and  biochemistry. 

BI  352  Comparative  Animal  Physiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI  1 20.  CH231 

Comparative  study  of  homeostatic  mechanisms  and  systems  in  animals  and 
their  relation  to  fundamental  chemical  and  physical  events  in  cells. 

BI  360  Medical  Mycology  2c -31  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI105 

A  study  of  the  mycology  of  pathogenic  fungi.  Consideration  will  include 
sources  of  infection,  distribution,  symptomatology,  diagnosis,  prognosis, 
immunology,  and  treatment.  Pathogens  are  used  in  the  course,  and  emphasis 
is  placed  upon  actual  laboratory  technique  and  procedures. 


('nurse  Descriptions  — 123 


Bl  361  Microbiology  I  Ish 

prerequisites:  BI105,  CH231 

Introduction  to  morphology,  physiology,  and  ecolog)  "I  procaryotic 
organisms-  Importance  of  microorganisms  in  basic  and  applied  research. 
economics,  infection,  and  immunology  are  discussed. 

|BI  362  Ecology  2c-31-3sh 

!  Prerequisites  BI110,  120 

Stud\  of  interrelations  and  adaptations  ol  organisms;  includes  consideration 
of  physical  and  biotic  environmental  factors.  Field  trips. 

Bl  364  Immunology  2c-3I-3sh 

Prerequisites   BI361,  CH232,  or  by  permission 
Physical  and  chemical  properties  of  antigens  and  antibodies;  nature  of 
antigen-antibody  interactions;  mechanism  of  antibody  formation;  and 
immune  reaction  and  disease.  Lab  employs  serological  techniques. 

Bl  401  Laboratory  Methods  in  Biology  and  2c-41-3sh 

Biotechnology 

Prerequisite:  CH351 

rheory  and  practice  in  a  number  of  major  analytical  and  preparative 

techniques  currently  in  use  in  physiology,  molecular  biology,  and 

biotechnology. 

Bl  420  Biology  of  Higher  Invertebrates  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

A  phylogenetic  o\  en  iew  of  the  higher  invertebrates.  Annelida  through 
lower  Chordata.  A  systematic  approach  on  functional  morphology  and 
microstructure.  behavior  and  physiology,  under  an  evolutionary  umbrella. 
Laboratory  sessions  offer  additional  research  opportunities. 

Bl  425  Herpetolog]  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  classes  Amphibia  and  Reptilia.  including 
their  classification,  structure,  origin,  evolution,  phylogenetic  relationships, 
distribution,  and  natural  history.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
herpetofauna  of  Pennsylvania. 

Bl  432  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

Discussion  of  anatomy  of  representative  vertebrates  from  a  comparative 

pom!  ot  \  iew.  Stresses  major  organizational  changes  observed  in  vertebrate 

history. 

Bl  453  Plant  Physiology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI110.  CH231 

Studies  physiological  processes  occurring  in  plants  considered  in  relation  to 
grow  th.  development,  and  ecology  of  plants. 

Bl  463  Limnology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI362 

An  investigation  into  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  aspects  of 
inland  waters  and  their  interrelationships.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  will 
gain  experience  in  the  techniques  involved  in  aquatic  sampling  and  the 
analysis  of  data.  (Saturday  or  Sunday  labs  may  be  required.) 

Bl  466  Principles  of  Virology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI203  or  equivalent  course  in  Genetics,  or  CH351  or 
equivalent  course  in  Biochemistry,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Topics  include  structure,  classification,  assay,  and  transmission  of  viruses; 
methods  used  in  the  study  of  viruses;  viral  replication,  gene  expression,  and 
gene  regulation;  host-viral  interactions  and  subviral  pathogens. 

Bl  475  Mammalogy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120* 

A  general  discussion  of  mammals  emphasizing  systematics,  distribution,  and 

structural  and  functional  modifications  related  to  evolution  of  this  group. 

Lab  work  samples  numerous  techniques  that  can  be  applied  to  mammalian 

biology. 

Bl  476  Parasitology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BII20 

Structure,  physiology,  ecology,  life  cycles,  pathology,  and  treatment  of 
parasitic  protozoa  and  flatworm  and  roundworm  species  of  man.  Dissection 
of  hosts  for  parasites. 


Bl  478  Mycology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI1I0 

Involves  a  study  of  the  systemics,  morphology,  and  physiology  of  the 
kingdom  Myceteae  with  emphasis  on  economically  important  and 
experimentally  useful  organisms. 

Bl  4X0  Biology  Seminar  I c -01- lsh 

Discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biological  thought  and  research.  Students 
report  on  assigned  readings  and/or  personal  research. 

Bl  4X1  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

This  course  varies  from  semester  to  semester  covering  diverse  topics  in 
specific  areas  of  biology. 

Bl  4X2  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office.  A  2.5  GPA  overall  and  in  major 
courses  required. 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 
member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources.  Work  is  supervised  by  a  faculty  member  but  does  not  involve 
regular  class  or  laboratory  hours. 

Bl  493  Biology  Internship  var-6-  I2sh 

Prerequisites:  Biology  major  with  at  least  57  semester  hours,  2.5  overall 
QPA,  and  permission  of  the  director  of  internships  and  the  chairperson 
Selected  students  have  opportunity,  under  department  supervision,  to  gain 
off -campus  practical  experience  in  area  of  interest.  Only  six  credits  may  be 
applied  toward  major;  total  number  of  credits  will  be  decided  in  consultation 
involving  student,  his/her  adviser,  and  director  of  internships. 

BL:  Business  Law 

Department  of  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

BL  235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  legal  systems,  torts,  contracts,  and  sales  law. 

BL  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

BL  336  Law  of  Business  Organizations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BL235 

A  study  of  the  law  dealing  with  commercial  paper,  agency,  partnerships, 
corporations,  and  bankruptcy. 

BL  337  Consumer  Law  3c-01-3sh 

Nature  of  law  as  it  pertains  to  the  consumer.  Attention  to  consumer 
protection  relationships;  real  and  personal  property;  credit;  environmental 
law;  law  pertaining  to  employment;  landlord-tenant  relationships;  product 
liability;  insurance;  and  family  law. 

BL  382  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  language,  principles,  and  laws  that 
govern  the  business  of  real  estate.  Emphasis  on  the  underlying  concepts  of 
land,  property,  rights  in  realty,  and  the  means,  methods,  and  laws  that  govern 
the  conveyance  of  these  rights.  Required  course  for  taking  the  Pennsylvania 
Real  Estate  Sales  Exam.  (Offered  as  FI382  prior  to  1994-95.) 

BL  383  Real  Estate  Practice  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  BL382 

One  of  the  two  courses  required  by  the  Pennsylvania  Real  Estate 
Commission  in  order  to  take  the  Pennsylvania  Real  Estate  Sales  Licensing 
Exam.  Topics  include  real  estate  brokerage,  the  real  estate  market,  listing 


124  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


contracts,  the  Pennsylvania  Real  Estate  Licensing  and  Requirements  Act  and 
its  rules  and  regulations,  appraisal,  properly  management,  fair  housing  laws, 
ethical  practices  for  real  estate  professionals,  and  real  estate  math. 

BL  440  Business  Negotiations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BL235,  junior  standing 

This  course  is  open  to  all  majors  meeting  the  prerequisites.  It  covers  the 
basic  theories  and  strategies  of  negotiation  in  the  business  environment  and 
provides  instruction  and  practice  to  develop  negotiation  skills.  The  course 
focuses  on  the  knowledge  and  skills  needed  in  intercompany  and 
intracompany  negotiations.  The  course  focuses  on  neither  collective 
bargaining  nor  labor  negotiations. 

BL  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

BL  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

CE:  Counselor  Education 

Department  of  Counseling,  Adult  Education,  and 

Student  Affairs 

College  of  Education 

CE  250  Developing  Interpersonal  Relationship  Skills  lc-01- 1  sh 

Teaches  interpersonal  relationship  skills:  listening,  communicating,  group 
dynamics,  decision  making,  leadership,  assertiveness,  time  use  management, 
problem  solving,  and  conflict  resolution.  Restricted  to  residence  hall 
counselors. 

CE  253  Counseling  in  School  Settings  3c-01  -3sh 

An  elective  course  designed  to  provide  in-service  teachers  and  school 
personnel,  other  than  counselors,  with  a  basic  understanding  of  the 
knowledge,  information,  and  skills  appropriate  to  counseling  with 
individuals  and  groups.  Restricted  to  peer  tutors. 

CE  281  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

CE  481  Special  Topics  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

CE  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 


CH:  Chemistry 

Department  of  Chemistry 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

CH  101  College  Chemistry  I  3c-21-4sh 

The  basic  fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of  inorganic  chemistry  are 
developed  from  the  standpoint  of  atomic  and  molecular  structure  with 
illustrative  examples  from  descriptive  chemistry.  The  laboratory  portion  of 
the  course  illustrates  physical  and  chemical  properties  in  a  qualitative  and 
quantitative  manner.  The  course  is  designed  for  selected  majors  within  the 
College  of  Health  and  Human  Services. 

CH  102  College  Chemistry  II  3c-2!-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CH101 

The  basic  fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of  organic  and  biochemistry 
are  developed.  Deals  primarily  with  structural  features  of  organic 
compounds,  the  chemistry  of  functional  groups,  and  practical  examples  and 
uses  of  organic  compounds.  The  laboratory  portion  illustrates  properties  and 
reactions  of  representative  organic  compounds.  The  course  is  designed  for 
selected  majors  within  the  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services. 

CH  111  General  Chemistry  I  3c-31-4sh 

Lecture-discussion  of  principles  of  chemistry,  including  theory  and 
applications.  The  lab  illustrates  principles  discussed.  Topics  discussed 
include  scientific  measurements,  simple  definitions  and  concepts,  the  mole, 
stoichiometry,  gas  laws,  electronic  structure  of  the  atom,  bonding, 
thermochemistry,  and  descriptive  chemistry  of  the  elements. 

CH  112  General  Chemistry  II  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CH11 1 
Continuation  of  General  Chemistry  I.  Topics  discussed  include  the  solid  and 
liquid  state,  solutions,  kinetics,  equilibria,  acids  and  bases,  solubility 
equilibria,  thermodynamics,  electrochemistry,  and  descriptive  chemistry  of 
the  elements. 

CH  113  Concepts  in  Chemistry  3c-31-4sh 

Introductory  course  for  chemistry  majors.  Topics  covered  include  atomic 
theory,  an  introduction  to  chemical  reactions,  stoichiometry, 
thermochemistry,  chemical  bonding,  molecular  geometry,  kinetic-molecular 
theory  of  gases,  the  liquid  and  the  solid  states,  and  solution  theory. 

CH  114  Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry  3c-3l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHI  13 

Topics  include  chemical  kinetics,  equilibrium  and  thermodynamics,  acids 
and  bases,  electrochemistry,  coordination  chemistry,  and  descriptive 
chemistry  of  selected  elements. 

CH  116  Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry  3c-31-2sh 

Prerequisite:  CH  1 1 1  and  CH  1 1 2 

Required  for  chemistry  majors  who  have  taken  CH  1 1 1  and  CH  1 1 2.  A 
systematic  study  of  the  chemistry  of  the  elements  will  be  presented  in  both 
the  lecture  and  the  laboratory.  Also  included  will  be  the  chemistry  of 
coordination  compounds.  This  course  starts  at  the  beginning  of  the  second 
half  of  the  spring  semester  and  is  taught  concurrently  with  CHI  14. 

CH  231  Organic  Chemistry  I  3c-41-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHI  12  or  114 

A  study  of  compounds  of  carbon,  with  special  emphasis  on  structure- 
reactivity  relationships.  Laboratory  work  emphasizes  methods  of  separation 
and  purification  of  organic  compounds. 

CH  232  Organic  Chemistry  II  3c-4I-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CH231 

A  continuation  of  Organic  Chemistry  I  with  an  introduction  to  spectroscopic 

techniques.  Laboratory  work  emphasizes  the  synthesis  of  representative 

compounds. 

CH  255  Biochemistry  and  Nutrition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH102 

Course  for  Home  Economics  majors;  studies  chemistry  and  biological 

function  of  biologically  active  compounds  with  respect  to  nutritional 

requirements. 


Course  Descriptions  — 125 


CH  281  Special  Topics  3c -01   5sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  arc  offered  or  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

he  offered  tindei  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  nines  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students 

CH  301  Chemistry  Seminar  lc-01-lsh 

Discussion  of  current  technical  literature  and  current  research  problems  of 
staff,  lectures  In  outside  chemists  ami  student  presentations.  Open  to  junior 
oi  semoi  chemistry  majors  and  to  others  by  permission  of  the  instructor. 

CH  321  Quantitative  Analysis  3c-41-4sh 

prerequisite:  (III  U  oi  cm  u 

theory  and  practice  of  quantitative  analysis,  including  gravimetric  and 

volumetric  analysis:  special  emphasis  on  perfecting  student's  laboratory 

techniques  and  application  oi  general  chemical  knowledge  through  problem 

solving. 

CH  322  Instrumental  Analysis  3c-41-4sh 

Prerequisite:  II I  Ml 

Modern  instrumental  methods  of  chemical  analysis.  Student  learns  theory 
behind  the  instrument,  principles  of  operation,  interpretation  of  data 
obtained,  and  limitations  of  methods. 

CH  323  Analytical  Methods  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  CHI  12  and  non-Chemistry  major 

Principles  of  precipitation,  acid-base,  oxidation-reduction,  and  equilibria  are 
applied  to  problem  solving  and  to  laboratory  determinations:  instrumental 
methods  of  analysis,  such  as  colorimetry.  atomic  absorption  and  flame 
emission,  gas  chromatography,  etc. 

CH  331  Organic  Molecular  Structure  Determination        4c-var-3sh 
Prerequisites:  CH231-232  (CH232  may  be  taken  concurrently) 
Gives  the  student  experience  in  systematic  identification  of  various  classes 
of  organic  compounds  by  both  chemical  and  physical  methods. 

CH  335  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH232  and  CH341 

Selected  topics  of  current  interest  covered.  Possible  topics  include  reaction 
mechanisms,  molecular  spectroscopy,  stereochemistry,  natural  products, 
heterocyclics,  polymer  chemistry,  and  organic  synthesis. 

CH  340  Physical  Chemistry  for  the  Biological  Sciences      3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite's:  MA  122,  124,  128,  and  PY112  or  132;  CH232 
One  semester  course  for  Biochemistry  and  Biology  majors.  Chemical 
thermodynamics,  equilibria,  kinetics;  quantum  mechanics;  and  spectroscopy 
especially  as  applied  to  biomechanical  systems. 

CH  341  Physical  Chemistry  1  4c-0I-4sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  122.  124.  or  128  and  PY1 12  or  132;  CHI  12  or  114 
Chemical  thermodynamics  with  applications  to  solutions,  phase,  and 
chemical  equilibria-kinetic  theory. 

CH  342  Physical  Chemistry  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH341 

Study  of  solids,  liquids,  surfaces,  chemical  kinetics,  electrochemistry, 
atomic  and  molecular  structure. 

CH  343  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  0c-3l-lsh 

Prerequisites:  CH321,  341 

Experiments  illustrating  application  of  fundamental  laws  to  actual  systems. 
Carries  writing-intensive  credit. 

CH  344  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  0c-31-lsh 

Prerequisites:  CH342,  343  " 

Extension  of  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I;  experiments  related  to 

chemical  kinetics,  molecular  spectroscopy,  and  other  topics  of  physical 

chemistry. 

CH  351  Biochemistry  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CH231 

Study  of  chemistry  and  biological  functions  of  carbohydrates,  lipids. 

proteins,  minerals,  vitamins,  and  hormones. 


CH  376  KadiiH'hemistry  4c-var-3sh 

Prerequisite  (11322 

Study  of  basic  aspects  of  nuclear  structure,  phenomena  of  radioactive 
isotopes,  and  chemical  effects  of  such  isotopes.  Concurrent  lab  work 
utilizing  instruments  lor  detection  and  measurement  of  radioactive  nuclides 
used  in  chemical  experimentation. 

CH  410  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory  0c-3l-lsh 

Prerequisite:  (11322  Instrumental  Analysis 

A  laboratory  course  in  which  the  techniques  used  in  the  synthesis  and 
characterization  of  inorganic  compounds  will  be  explored.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  preparation  of  a  wide  variety  of  inorganic  compounds  and  the 
methods  by  which  they  are  identified  and  characterized. 

CH  411  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH341 

Gives  understanding  of  advanced  theories  of  atomic  structure,  chemical 
bonding,  acids  and  bases,  coordination  compounds,  and  selected  topics. 

CH  412  Advanced  Structural  and  Synthetic  2c-21-3sh 

Methods  in  Inorganic  Chemistry 

Prerequisites:  CH4I 1  and  either  CH410  or  CH322 

Advanced  techniques  used  in  the  synthesis  and  characterization  of  inorganic 
compounds  will  be  explored.  In  lecture,  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
theory  and  application  of  structural  and  spectroscopic  methods  of 
characterization.  In  lab,  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  advanced  methods  of 
synthesis  and  structural  characterization  using  representative  examples  of 
important  classes  of  inorganic  compounds. 

CH  421  Advanced  Instrumental  Analysis  4c-var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH322 

Study  of  modem  chemical  analysis,  using  advanced  instrumental 
techniques;  emphasis  on  theory,  principles  of  operation,  capabilities,  and 
limitations  of  advanced  analytical  instruments  used. 

CH  441  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CH342 

Study  of  fundamental  ideas  of  quantum  and  statistical  mechanics,  molecular 
structure,  and  other  topics  of  current  interest. 

CH  481  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

CH  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

CH  493  Internship  in  Chemistry  var-4-9sh 

Prerequisites:  CH113,  1 14,  231,  232,  321,  341,  and  departmental  approval 
Full-time  involvement  in  an  actual  "on-the-job"  situation  in  an  industrial 
laboratory  under  the  tutelage  of  a  selected  preceptor.  A  department  faculty 
member  will  work  closely  with  the  student  and  preceptor  and  will  assume 
responsibility  of  making  the  final  evaluation  and  assigning  a  grade. 

CH  498  Problems  in  Chemistry  var-l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  chairperson 

Course  of  independent  study  on  selected  problems,  including  lab  work, 
library  reading,  and  conferences  with  staff  member.  A  minimum  of  four 
hours  per  week  required  per  credit. 

CL:  Critical  Languages 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

Critical  Languages  are  offered  in  four  levels.  See  program  description  in  the 
opening  section  of  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences.  Specific 
languages  are  offered  as  available. 


126  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CL  101  -  120  Critical  Languages  I  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  vocabulary  and  pronunciation  in  the  target  language.  Oral/aural  skills 

are  stressed. 

CL101        Arabic  I 

CL102       Chinese  I 

CL103       Dutch  I 

CL104        Finnish  I 

CLIO?       Hindi  I 

CL106        Hungarian  I 

CL107       Italian  1 

CL108        Japanese  I 

CL109       Korean  I 

CL110       Modern  Greek  I 

CL111        Portuguese  I 

CL112       Russian  I 

CL113       Swedish  I 

CL  151  -  170  Critical  Languages  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Level  I  or  acceptable  equivalent 

A  continuation  of  the  first-semester  course.  Depending  on  the  language 

being  studied,  reading  and  writing  may  be  introduced  at  this  level. 

CL151        Arabic  II 

CL152        Chinese  II 

CL153        Dutch  II 

CL154       Finnish  II 

CL155       Hindi  II 

CL156       Hungarian  II 

CL157        Italian  11 

CL158        Japanese  II 

CL159        Korean  II 

CL160       Modern  Greek  II 

CL161        Portuguese  II 

CL162       Russian  II 

CL163       Swedish  II 

CL  201  -  220  Critical  Languages  III  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Level  II  or  acceptable  equivalent 

At  this  first  intermediate  level,  students  will  begin  lo  develop  a  degree  of 

oral  proficiency  that  will  vary  with  the  language  studied.  Reading  and 

writing  will  be  studied  in  all  languages  by  this  level. 

CL201        Arabic  III 

CL202       Chinese  III 

CL203       Dutch  III 

CL204       Finnish  III 

CL205        Hindi  III 

CL206       Hungarian  I 

CL207        Italian  III 

CL208        Japanese  III 

CL209       Korean  III 

CL210       Modern  Greek  III 

CL2I1        Portuguese  III 

CL212        Russian  III 

CL213       Swedish  III 

CL  251  -  270  Critical  Languages  IV  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Level  III  or  acceptable  equivalent 

By  the  end  of  this  course  the  student  should  be  able  to  communicate  in 

simple  terms  with  an  educated  native  speaker  on  a  topic  with  which  the 

student  is  familiar.  Ability  in  reading  and  writing  will  vary  with  language. 

CL251        Arabic  IV 

CL252       Chinese  IV 

CL253        Dutch  IV 

CL254       Finnish  IV 

CL255       Hindi  IV 

CL256        Hungarian  IV 

CL257       Italian  IV 

CL258        Japanese  IV 

CL259        Korean  IV 

CL260       Modern  Greek  IV 

CL261        Portuguese  IV 

CL262        Russian  IV 

CL263       Swedish  IV 


CM:  Communications  Media 
Department  of  Communications  Media 
College  of  Education 

CM  101  Communications  Media  in  American  Society        3c-01-3sh 

Required  of  Communications  Media  majors 

Introduction  to  the  evolution,  status,  and  future  of  communications  media. 

Students  explore  intrapersonal  communication  through  self-assessment, 

values  clarification,  and  feedback;  interpersonal  communication  through 

interviews,  observations,  case  studies,  and  gaming:  and  mass 

communications  through  the  examination  of  the  processes  and  the 

technology  utilized  to  disseminate  and  manage  information.  Career  paths, 

field  applications,  professional  associations,  and  the  primary  literature  are 

m\  obligated. 

(Previous  title:  Survey  of  Communications  Media) 

CM  102  Basic  Technology  lc-01- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

Provides  Communications  Media  majors  with  the  ability  to  identify,  operate, 
and  maintain  a  variety  of  audiovisual  hardware  commonly  found  in 
education,  business,  industry,  and  allied  health  professions. 

CM  103  Basic  Communications  Research  lc-01- lsh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

An  introduction  to  research  as  it  specifically  applies  to  the  field  of 
communications.  Major  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  a  review  of  the  resource 
materials  pertaining  to  the  area  of  communications.  Also  to  be  included  will 
be  a  basic  understanding  of  research  methodology  as  it  relates  to  the  design 
and  validation  of  communication  devices. 

CM  200  Images  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

The  course  examines  the  basic  visual  and  aural  elements,  the  strategies  and 
options  of  techniques,  the  psychological  and  physiological  implications  of 
creative  composition,  and  the  range  of  media  and  formats. 

CM  230  Issues  in  International  Communication  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  international  communications  w  ith  particular  emphasis  on 
communications  flow,  four  press  theories,  ownership,  structure  and  access  to 
media,  government/media  relationships,  the  impact  of  communications  on 
developed  and  developing  countries. 

CM  271  Beginning  Photography  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101  or  permission 

Working  with  black-and-white  materials,  the  student  learns  to  operate  a 
camera,  develop  film,  make  contact  prints  and  enlargements,  and  mount 
prints  for  display.  Ancillary  topics  are  introduced  such  as  filtration,  print 
spotting,  flash,  and  the  use  of  accessory  lenses.  Student  is  required  to  have  a 
35mm  camera,  preferably  a  single-lens  reflex,  with  fully  manual  focusing 
and  exposure  capability. 

CM  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

CM  301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP202  or  permission 

Preservice  teachers  gain  competencies  in  selection,  evaluation,  and 
utilization  of  various  instructional  technologies.  Application  of  new 
technologies  to  teaching  and  learning  will  be  emphasized,  along  with 
performance-based  activities  in  instructional  design.  A  major  portion  of  the 
course  is  devoted  to  the  integration  of  computer-based  instructional 
activities  in  the  school  curriculum.  Does  not  count  towards  credits  needed 
for  Communications  Media  major. 

CM  303  Scriptwriting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

Required  of  Communications  Media  majors 

Introduction  to  the  design  of  media  materials  and  script  writing.  Style  and 

techniques  of  writing  will  be  analyzed.  Classroom  emphasis  is  on  writing, 

critiques,  and  revision  of  designs  and  scripts.  Scripts  for  audio,  still 

projection,  and  mo'ion  picture  and  television  productions  will  be  written. 


Course  Descriptions  — 127 


CM  330  Communications  Media  in  Training  and  3c-01-3sh 

Education 

Prerequisites:  CMI01.  303 

The  course  reviews  the  historical  growth  and  philosophies  of  the  design  and 

development  of  training  and  education  products  and  processes.  The  student 

examines  the  principal  roles  and  functions  of  human  and  material  resource 

professionals  for  training  (performance  improvement),  education 

(competency  improvement),  and  development  (personal  and  organizational 

growth). 

CM  335  Consulting  Practices  in  Communications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  1 01 

The  course  presents  the  theoretical  views  and  clinical  applications  oi 
consulting  skills  and  practices  associated  with  and  needed  by 
communication  professionals.  Presented  will  be  the  functions  and  role  of  the 
consultant,  the  client's  perspective  on  consulting,  hiring  a  consultant,  ethics 
in  consulting,  personal  assessment  tests,  and  related  literature  and  models. 

CM  375  Mass  Media  and  Behavior  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101  and  junior  or  senior  status 

Theory  and  research  on  the  influence  of  the  mass  media  on  human  behavior 
and  attitudes.  Topics  include  the  effects  of  news  and  political  advertising  on 
public  opinion;  the  effects  of  racist  and  sexist  portrayals;  and  the  effects  of 
violence  and  pornography  on  aggressive  behavior.  (Also  offered  as  PC  375; 
may  be  taken  only  once.) 

CM  390  1'iai  i  icii in  in  Communications  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  101,  written  permission 

An  opportunity  with  credit  for  students  to  make  contributions  to  department 
and  campus  media-related  facilities  and  offices  including  WIUP-TV,  WIUP- 
FM,  Penn,  Oak,  Public  Relations,  Media  Resources.  Repeatable  for  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

CM  395  Career  Planning  in  Communications  Media  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Minimum  20  CM  credits 

The  course  serves  as  a  primary  skill-building  and  strategy-seeking 
experience  for  the  internship  program  and  later  career  entry  and  growth. 
Extensive  writing,  research,  and  individual  counseling  are  involved.  Travel 
may  be  necessary. 

CM  403  Writing  for  Broadcasting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM101,  permission  of  instructor 

The  course  acquaints  students  with  the  various  techniques  used  in  writing 
scripts  for  radio  and  television  and  makes  them  aware  of  the  visual  impact 
of  television  and  the  audio  impact  of  radio.  Students  are  made  aware  of  the 
limitations  of  television  and  radio  as  well  as  their  unique  features. 

CM  404  Foundations  of  Broadcasting  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  101,  permission 

Examination  of  the  historical,  legal,  and  economic  aspects  of  broadcasting. 
Impact  of  broadcasting  on  society  will  be  explained  as  well  as  the  impact  of 
the  new  technology  on  our  existing  broadcasting  systems. 

CM  405  Radio  Production  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CMI01,  200,  403,  404,  permission 
An  introduction  to  production  techniques  as  they  pertain  to  radio.  The 
student  will  be  exposed  to  programming,  scripting,  producing  programs, 
intros,  outros,  commercials,  public  service  announcements,  station 
identifications,  and  promotional  announcements.  The  course  will  also  deal 
with  the  interaction  of  a  radio  station  with  national  networks  and  with  the 
real-life  concerns  of  deadlines. 

CM  430  Analysis  of  Communication  Products  and  3c-0l-3sh 

Processes 

Prerequisites:  CM330,  permission 

The  course  will  provide  both  a  framework  for  action  and  tools  to  measure 
the  effectiveness  of  training  and  education  in  human  and  material  resource 
development  programs.  The  course  contains  practical  theory  and  problem- 
focused  discussion  with  students  regarding  application.  Topics  include 
instrument  choice  or  construction,  data  collection  and  analysis, 
interpretation,  and  alternative  presentation  strategies  of  the  findings. 


CM  435  Organizational  Development  in  3c-0l-3sh 

Communications  Media 
Prerequisites:  CM330,  permission 

The  course  presents  the  basic  methods  and  approaches  for  organization, 
management,  and  development  of  human  and  material  resource  departments. 
The  topics  include  the  primary  activities  and  roles  of  an  HMRD  director, 
problem-solving  functions  in  reporting  to  management,  characteristics 
associated  with  career  systems,  and  special  topics. 

CM  440  Communications  Graphics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM101,  permission 

Provides  basic  experiences  in  planning  and  producing  a  commonly  used 
television  studio,  industrial  display,  and  classroom  graphics  which  are 
applicable  in  educational,  industrial,  and  medical  training  programs. 
Experiences  include  technical  layout  and  lettering;  color;  mounting  and 
laminating;  copying  and  reproduction  techniques  utilizing  photography  and 
xerography;  photo  silk  screening  and  photo  sketching. 

CM  441  Advanced  Communication  Graphics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM440,  permission 

Provides  in-depth  experience  in  planning  and  preparing  graphic  materials 
commonly  used  in  the  communications  profession;  graphic  materials  include 
design,  photosketching,  lettering,  slide  titling  and  duplication,  preparation  of 
camera-ready  art,  lithographic  film  and  master  layout  sheets,  professional 
slide  flat  production  and  photocopy,  large  format  transparency  production, 
color  key,  and  color  systems. 

CM  445  Applications  and  Techniques  of  3c-01-3sh 

Motion  Pictures 

Prerequisites:  CM444,  permission 

A  survey  of  the  role  that  motion  picture  film  production  plays  in  society. 
Major  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  variety  of  applications  with  special 
consideration  given  to  motion  pictures  as  a  tool  to  support  research. 

CM  449  Basic  Audio  Recording  Techniques  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM101,  403,  permission 

Theory  and  practice  of  recording  sound,  developing  an  understanding  of  the 
language  of  sound  recording  as  well  as  the  ability  to  make  sound  recordings. 
Exposure  to  recording  for  various  media  including  radio,  music,  motion 
pictures,  television,  multi-image,  and  slide  and  tape  production.  Material 
also  appropriate  for  teachers  who  wish  to  make  use  of  tape  recorder  in  the 
classroom.  Students  will  gain  hands-on  experience  through  labs  and  projects 
to  be  completed  outside  of  class.  Students  will  be  expected  to  provide  an 
audio  tape  recorder. 

CM  451  Television  Production  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  101,  permission 

Develops  basic  skills  in  television  production  and  direction.  Consideration 
of  operating  problems  of  a  television  studio,  as  well  as  functions, 
limitations,  and  capabilities  of  television  equipment  and  facilities. 

CM  452  Electronic  Field  Production  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM451,  permission 

Provides  in-depth  field  experience  with  portable  video  equipment  and 
lighting.  Students  edit  programs  to  broadcast  quality. 

CM  453  Broadcast  News  Process  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM405,  451,  permission 

Reporting  and  presenting  radio  and  TV  news  programs.  Analysis  of  news 
and  public  affairs  broadcasting. 

CM  454  Broadcast  Regulation  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM404,  permission 

This  course  delves  into  the  areas  of  law  affecting  broadcasters.  Topics 
covered  are  laws  pertaining  to  cable  television,  station  licensing  and 
renewal,  political  broadcasting,  libel,  copyright,  the  right  of  reply,  and 
privacy.  The  historical  development  of  the  FCC  and  its  jurisdictions  will 
also  be  examined.  Case  studies  will  be  discussed  along  with  the  relevancy  of 
some  laws  as  they  pertain  to  today's  society. 

CM  455  Television  Performance  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM451,  permission 

Provides  theory  and  practice  for  performing  on  television.  Detailed  analysis 
of  a  performer's  role  in  a  variety  of  settings. 


128  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CM  456  Broadcast  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM404.  permission 

Detailed  examination  of  the  management  decision-making  process  in  radio 
and  television;  particular  reference  to  program  policies,  personnel 
administration,  and  community  relations. 

CM  460  Alternative  Systems  of  Communication  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM404.  permission 

The  implications  and  capabilities  of  cable  systems,  the  private  and  industrial 
utilization  of  nonbroadcast  services,  the  emergence  of  satellite  CATV 
networking,  and  the  application  of  two-way  cable  response  systems. 

CM  472  Photography  II:  The  Print  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271,  permission 

Students  will  develop  camera  and  print-making  skills  to  the  degree  that  they 
can  produce  salon-quality  photographic  prints.  Students  will  understand  the 
photographic  processes  utilized  in  producing  a  high-quality  negative  and 
print  to  the  extent  that  they  can  manipulate  those  processes  to  communicate 
an  intended  message  with  their  photographs.  Emphasis  on  camera  and  print 
control  as  well  as  composition  and  negative  and  print  manipulation. 

CM  473  Creative  Darkroom  Techniques  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM472,  permission 

Students  pursue  photographic  competencies  to  a  high  level  of  proficiency. 
Specific  topics  may  vary  as  photographic  technology  changes,  but  typical 
assignments  include  high-contrast  photography  through  the  use  of  graphic 
arts  materials,  multiple  exposures  in  the  camera  and  in  projection  printing, 
making  and  using  paper  negatives,  and  hand  coloring  of  photos. 

CM  474  Documentary  Photography  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271.  472.  permission 

Prepares  the  student  to  deal  with  the  actions  of  subjects  in  both  descriptive 
and  interpretive  styles.  The  student  is  assigned  to  photograph  a  variety  of 
local  events  in  a  manner  that  makes  the  nature  of  the  event  evident  to  the 
viewer  of  the  photograph.  The  student  also  learns  differences  between 
printing  for  reproduction  and  for  exhibit.  The  student  is  required  to  have  a 
35mm  camera  (preferably  a  manual  exposure  single-lens  reflex)  and  a  flash 
unit. 

CM  476  Commercial  Photography  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271.  471,  major  status,  permission 

An  introduction  to  professional  studio  and  location  work,  including  making 
pictures  for  advertising,  catalogs,  publicity,  and  other  commercial  purposes. 
Deals  with  lighting,  backgrounds,  and  camera  use  for  photographing 
portraits,  products,  and  architecture.  In  addition  to  use  of  the  student's  own 
35mm  camera  equipment,  the  course  provides  experience  with  the  4x5-inch 
view  camera.  Ability  to  solve  basic  algebra  problems  is  required. 

CM  477  Slide/Sound  Production  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271.  303.  440,  449,  and  permission 
This  course  is  designed  to  provide  advanced  students  with  the  theoretical 
and  practical  experiences  necessary  to  be  able  to  plan,  design,  produce,  and 
present  effective  slide/tape  presentations  for  use  in  education,  industry,  and 
the  allied  health  professions. 

CM  478  Multi-image  Production  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271,  303.  440.  449,  permission 

An  advanced  production  course  employing  instructional  development 

techniques  to  emphasize  the  unique  features  of  multiple  image  messages 

primarily  through  2x2-inch  slides.  Scripting,  storyboarding,  computer 

programming,  and  audiovisual  production  techniques  are  used  in  the  course 

project. 

CM  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

CM  482  Independent  Study  var  1  -3sh 

Prerequisites:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  may,  with  the  sponsorship  of  a  department  faculty  member  and 
consensus  of  the  department,  elect  an  advanced  course  of  study  which 
reflects  the  academic  goals  of  the  department.  Approval  is  based  on 


academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources.  Exemplary  project  is 
intended  to  extend  or  combine  field  knowledge  not  readily  available  through 
other  course  offerings.  Students  may  take  one  or  more  semester  hours  (40 
hours  or  more  of  commitments  s.h.).  and  multiple  projects  are  possible:  a 
maximum  of  3  s.h.  are  permitted  towards  a  degree  program. 

CM  493  Internship  var-6  to  1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Communications  Media  majors  only,  junior  or  senior  status, 
permission 

Supervised  professional  work  experience  in  communications  media.  Sites 
reflect  the  academic  goals  of  the  department  and  are  approved  and 
administered  by  a  department  coordinator.  Location,  duties,  length  of 
internship,  and  hours  are  individually  tailored  to  student  career  goals.  Sites 
represent  wide  application  of  process  and  technology  of  communications  in 
business,  education,  allied  health,  or  other  agencies.  Students  may  take  3  or 
more  s.h.  per  semester  (40  hours  or  more  of  commitments  s.h.),  and 
multiple  experiences  are  possible;  a  maximum  of  3  s.h.  of  internship  and/or 
field  experiences  are  permitted  towards  a  degree  program. 

CO:  Computer  Science 

Department  of  Computer  Science 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

CO  101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3c-01-3sh 

An  introductory  course  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  fundamental 
understanding  of  computers.  The  course  familiarizes  students  with  the 
interaction  of  computer  hardware  and  software.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
application  of  microcomputers,  the  use  of  productivity  software  (word 
processing,  spreadsheet  management,  file  and  data  base  management),  and 
the  social  and  ethical  aspects  of  the  impact  of  computers  on  society.  (Does 
not  count  toward  Computer  Science  major.  Replaced  CO200  in  1989-90.) 
Note:  This  course  is  co-listed  as  BE101  and  IM101.  Any  of  these  courses 
may  be  substituted  for  each  other  and  may  be  used  interchangeably  for  D  or 
F  repeats  but  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit. 

CO  105  Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  3c-01-3sh 

This  is  the  first  course  for  Computer  Science  majors.  It  is  required  of  all 
Computer  Science  students  and  is  appropriate  for  other  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics  students.  Topics  include  the  fundamental  concepts  of  computer 
architecture,  algorithm  development  and  analysis,  programming  languages, 
software  engineering,  data  organization  and  representation,  and  systems 
software.  Hands-on  introduction  to  computer  usage  with  an  emphasis  on 
terminology  and  the  underlying  connections  within  the  discipline. 

CO  110  Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming      3c-0l-3sh 
(For  Science,  Mathematics,  and  Computer  Science  majors,  and  for  others 
who  have  a  sufficiently  quantitative  orientation) 

Basic  structure  of  modern  digital  computers;  batch  processing  vs.  interactive 
time-shared  on-line  computing;  problem  analysis  and  computer  solution 
using  flowcharting  and  the  FORTRAN  language.  Exemption  or  credit  by 
examination  possible. 

CO  205  Programming  Languages  for  Secondary  Education  3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  Education  major 

Provides  an  introduction  to  the  three  high-level  programming  languages 
most  commonly  used  in  secondary  education:  Pascal,  LOGO,  and  BASIC, 
with  particular  emphasis  on  Pascal.  Also  includes  a  comparative  study  of  the 
control  structures  and  data  structures  present  in  these  three  languages.  This 
course  is  intended  lo  establish  a  solid  foundation  to  prepare  prospective 
teachers  of  computing  courses  K-12.  (Note:  Previous  experience  with 
microcomputers  is  strongly  recommended.  Does  not  count  toward  a 
Computer  Science  major.  Credit  toward  graduation  will  not  be  given  if  this 
course  is  taken  after  completing  six  or  more  credits  of  computer  science 
courses.) 

CO  220  Applied  Computer  Programming  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COl  10  or  equivalent 

Structured  programming  principles  and  techniques,  as  implemented  through 
the  ANS  COBOL  language;  program  design  using  top-down  techniques: 
group  programming  projects;  program  and  project  documentation; 
introduction  to  tape  and  disk  files. 


Course  Descriptions  — 129 


CO  250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO!  10.  MA102,  MA122  or  MA123  or  MA127 
Algorithmic  methods  for  function  evaluation,  roots  of  equations,  solutions 
to  systems  of  equations  operations,  matrix  operations,  curve  fitting, 
interpolation,  numerical  integration  anil  differentiation:  errors  in 
computation, 

CO  2X1  Special  Topics  Sc-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

he  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  2X1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

t'O  300  Assembly  Language  Programming  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COl  10  or  equivalent 

Examination  of  structure  and  languages  of  machines;  representation  of  data, 
addressing  techniques,  symbolic  coding,  assemblers,  macros,  etc.:  problem 
solution  using  assembly  language. 

CO  310  Data  Structures  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COl  10  or  CO220 

Basic  concepts  of  data;  storage  systems  and  structures;  lists,  arrays,  strings, 
hashing  techniques:  searching  and  sorting  techniques;  data  structures  in 
programming  languages:  string  processing.  Programming  in  a  block- 
structured  language. 

CO  315  Large  Kile  Organization  and  Access  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220 

The  organization  of  large  computer  files  for  business  systems,  information 
systems,  and  other  applications.  Use  of  COBOL  for  efficient  file  access. 
Evaluation  of  file  access  methods.  Advanced  topics  in  COBOL. 

CO  319  Software  Engineering  Concepts  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C0315  or  permission  of  instructor 
Includes  the  collection  of  tools,  procedures,  methodologies,  and 
accumulated  knowledge  about  the  development  of  the  software  life  cycle; 
current  methodologies,  tools,  and  techniques  being  applied  to  each  phase 
will  be  discussed  in  depth  with  localized  exercises  given  to  reinforce 
learning  of  concepts. 

CO  320  Software  Engineering  Practice  lc-2d-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C0319  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Planning,  design,  and  implementation  of  large  software  systems  using 
software  engineering  techniques.  Students  work  in  project  teams  on  real  or 
realistic  software  development  projects.  Credit  for  either  CO  320  or  CO  493 
may  count  toward  computer  science  major  requirements  for  graduation,  but 
not  both;  the  other  course  credits  are  free  electives. 

CO  345  Data  Communications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO  1 1 0,  CO220,  and  MA2 14,216,217,  or  equivalents 
Communication  of  digital  data  between  computers  and  to  and  from 
terminals  and  other  peripherals;  computer  networks;  design  project  or  term 
paper. 

CO  355  Computer  Graphics  2c-ll-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO310  and  junior  status 

The  use  of  computer  graphics  hardware  and  software.  An  overview  of 

current  applications  and  experience  with  representative  software  will 

introduce  current  practice.  Foundations  in  primitives,  geometry,  and 

algorithms  of  passive  computer  graphics  are  the  principal  focus  of  the 

course.  A  brief  introduction  to  interactive  computer  graphics  will  be 

included. 

CO  360  IBM  Job  Control  Language  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  CO220  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Detailed  study  of  the  job  control  language  (JCL)  of  the  IBM  OS  operating 
system;  comparison  of  OS  with  the  locally  available  DEC  operating  system, 
VAX  VMS. 

CO  362  UNIX  and  C  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO  310  or  permission  of  instructor 

Provides  a  general  introduction  to  UNIX  and  C  including  historical  roots, 
current  practice,  prospects  for  the  future,  and  hands-on  skills.  Students  will 
develop  understanding  of  the  features,  syntax,  and  "culture"  of  UNIX  and  C 
through  lectures,  reading,  and  projects.  UNIX  and  C  will  be  studied  both 


separately  and  in  synergistic  combination.  Upon  completion  of  the  course, 
students  will  have  immediately  practical  awareness  and  some  skills  and  will 
be  provided  with  a  foundation  for  further  coursework  in  operating  systems, 
compiler  construction,  and/or  graduate  study.  UNIX  is  a  trademark  ol  Bell 
Laboratories. 

CO  380  Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession  Oc-  Id- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission  (See  text  below) 

Reading,  review,  and  discussion  of  the  current  literature  of  computer  science 
and  industry  trade  journals;  effective  oral  presentations;  employment 
prospects.  Should  he  taken  the  semester  before  an  internship  or  the  first 
semester  ol  the  senior  year.  Should  not  be  taken  at  the  same  time  as  CO480. 

CO  405  Artificial  Intelligence  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO3I0 

An  introduction  to  the  Held  of  artificial  intelligence,  i.e..  the  study  of  ideas 
that  enable  computers  to  process  data  in  a  more  intelligent  way  than 
conventional  practice  allows.  The  course  covers  many  information 
representation  and  information  processing  techniques.  Students  will  explore 
the  underlying  theory  including  matching,  goal  reduction,  constraint 
exploration,  search,  control,  problem  solving,  and  logic. 

CO  410  Processor  Architecture  and  Microprogramming    3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300  and  CO310 

The  logical  description  of  computer  processor  structure  (architecture),  with 

emphasis  on  the  microprogramming  approach.  Project  assignments  using 

minicomputer. 

CO  419  Software  Development  with  Ada  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO310 

Introduction  to  the  Ada  programming  language  as  a  tool  of  the  software 
engineer.  Projects  will  use  the  advanced  programming  constructs  resident  in 
Ada.  including  packages,  multi-tasking,  generic  units,  exception  handlers, 
and  concurrent  programming. 

CO  420  Modern  Programming  Languages  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO220  and  CO310 

Comparative  study  of  the  properties  and  applications  of  a  range  of  modem 
higher-level  programming  languages,  including  Ada.  APL,  C,  LISP.  LOGO. 
Pascal.  PROLOG,  and  SNOBOL.  Comparison  with  older  languages  such  as 
ALGOL,  BASIC,  COBOL,  FORTRAN,  and  PL/1. 

CO  424  Compiler  Construction  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300  and  C03 10 

Relates  the  formal  concepts  of  automata  and  language  theory  to  the 
practicality  of  constructing  a  high-level  language  translator.  The  structures 
and  techniques  used  in  lexical  analysis,  parsing,  syntax  directed  translation, 
intermediate  and  object  code  generation,  and  optimization  are  emphasized. 

CO  430  Introduction  to  Systems  Programming  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300  and  CO310 

Concepts  and  techniques  of  systems  programming  with  an  emphasis  on 
assembly  and  compilation  of  user  programs.  Representation  of  source 
language  so  as  to  facilitate  the  needed  translation  process.  Exercises  using 
various  computer  systems. 

CO  432  Introduction  to  Operating  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300,  CO310  or  equivalents 
Introduction  to  the  principles  of  operating  system  design  and 
implementation.  Topics  include  interrupt  service,  process  states  and 
transitions,  spooling,  management  of  memory  and  disk  space,  virtual 
storage,  scheduling  processes  and  devices,  and  file  systems. 

CO  441  Data  Base  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C0315 

Review  of  data  base  concepts.  Detailed  study  of  data  base  management 
approaches.  Comparative  study  of  commercially  available  data  base 
management  systems.  Project  on  the  locally  available  data  base  systems. 

CO  450  Applied  Numerical  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO250,  MA  171,  and  MA24 1 .  or  equivalents 
Polynomial  approximations  using  finite  differences,  with  applications  in 
numerical  integration  and  differentiation.  Numerical  solution  of  initial  value 
ordinary  differential  equations.  The  APL  language  will  be  introduced  and 
used,  along  with  FORTRAN,  in  programming  selected  algorithms. 


ISO  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CO  451  Numerical  Methods  for  Supercomputers  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  121  and  MA  122,  or  MA  123  or  MA127,  MA171,  CO250 
Super  computers  make  use  of  special  computer  architectures — vector  and 
parallel  processors — in  order  to  achieve  the  fastest  processing  speed 
currently  available.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  these  features  and  will 
leam  how  numerical  algorithms  can  be  constructed  to  exploit 
supercomputers'  capabilities.  Students  will  gain  practical  experience  in 
programming  for  the  Cray,  YMP.  in  incorporating  existing  scientific 
software  packages  into  user-written  programs,  in  submitting  remote  jobs  to 
the  Pittsburgh  Supercomputer  Center,  and  in  producing  animated  graphical 
output  to  summarize  the  typically  large  volume  of  output  data  generated  by 
large  scientific  programs.  (Also  offered  as  MA45 1 ;  may  not  be  taken  for 
duplicate  credit.) 

CO  460  Theory  of  Computation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  C03 10  or  consent  of  instructor 

Formal  methods  for  describing  and  analyzing  programming  languages  and 
algorithms.  Backus-Naur  forms;  productions;  regular  expressions; 
introduction  to  automata  theory;  Turing  machines;  recent  concepts  in 
algorithm  theory  computability. 

CO  480  Seminar  on  Technical  Topics  Oc-11-lsh 

Prerequisites:  See  text  below 

Reading,  review,  and  discussion  of  the  current  literature  of  computer  science 
and  industry  professional  and  technical  journals,  oral  presentations.  Should 
be  taken  the  last  semester  of  the  senior  year.  Should  not  be  taken  at  the  same 
time  as  CO380. 

CO  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 
Seminar  in  advanced  topics  of  Computer  Science;  content  will  vary 
depending  on  interests  of  instructor  and  students.  May  be  repeated  for 
additional  credit.  Special  Topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

CO  482  Independent  Study  var-l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

CO  493  Internship  in  Computer  Science  var-12sh 

Prerequisites:  CO250,  CO300,  CO310,  C0315,  CO380,  other  courses 
depending  on  type  of  internship  position  desired,  completion  of  application, 
and  selection  by  committee 

Positions  with  participating  companies  provide  students  with  experience  in 
computer  science  under  the  supervision  of  the  companies  and  faculty. 
Requirements  include  three  on-site  consultations,  two  university 
consultations,  completion  of  progress  reports,  oral  presentation,  and  a  final 
cumulative  paper.  Offered  only  to  students  during  the  second  semester  and 
summer  of  the  junior  year  or  the  summer  and  the  first  semester  of  the  senior 
year.  No  more  than  four  semester  hours  of  C0493  may  be  applied  toward 
the  30-semester-hour  requirement  for  a  major  in  Computer  Science. 

CR:  Criminology 

Department  of  Criminology 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

CR  101  Crime  and  Justice  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  introduces  the  field  of  criminology  through  the  examination  of 
historical  data,  statistical  information,  theories  of  criminal  causation,  social 
control  of  behavior,  development  of  laws,  evaluation  of  criminal  justice 
system  policies,  procedures,  and  trends.  Students  will  leam  the  terminology 
of  the  field,  gain  an  awareness  of  the  methods  of  inquiry  utilized  in  the  field, 
and  have  the  opportunity  to  examine  personal  attitudes  and  values  regarding 
crime  and  responses  to  crime. 

CR  102  Survey  of  Criminology  3c-01-3sh 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  discipline 
of  criminology  through  an  examination  of  its  theories,  basic  assumptions, 
and  definitions. 


CR  210  Criminal  Law  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  history  and  sources  of  criminal  law  coupled  with  an  analysis 

of  the  substantive  elements  of  specific  crimes. 

CR  260  Criminal  Procedure  and  Admissibility  of  Evidence3c-OI-3sh 
Law  of  arrest,  search,  and  seizure,  with  discussion  of  important  case  law. 
Analysis  of  safeguards  established  for  protection  of  individual  liberties. 

CR  270  Juvenile  Justice  System  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  agencies  and  processes  dealing  with  juvenile  justice  in  the 
United  States. 

CR  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

CR  283  Police  Patrol  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  the  role  and  characteristics  of  the  police  patrol  function. 
Special  emphasis  is  given  to  understanding  how  patrol  relates  to  other  police 
functions  and  its  effect  on  crime. 

CR  291  Theory  and  Techniques  of  Interviewing  3c-01-3sh 

Consideration  of  the  theory,  nature,  methods,  and  principles  of  interviewing. 

CR  295  Criminal  Investigation  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  logical  and  scientific  principles  necessary  for  the  detection  and 
investigation  analysis  of  criminal  activities.  Theories  of  information, 
interrogation,  observation  and  interrogation,  and  observation  and  ethics  are 
among  the  topics  to  be  discussed. 

CR  300  Theory  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice  3c-01-3sh 

Organizations 

Prerequisite:  CR102  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  the  evolution  and  theories  of  organizational  alternatives  and  their 

application  to  the  administration  of  justice. 

CR  306  Criminological  Research  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CR102  or  permission  of  instructor 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  criminological  research  methods  designed  to 
prepare  the  student  to  understand  and  participate  in  quantitative  and 
qualitative  research. 

CR  355  Crime  in  the  Workplace  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  theoretical  and  legal  basis  of  crime  in  the  workplace. 

CR  357  Law,  Social  Control,  and  Society  3c-01-3sh 

The  evolution  and  development  of  the  modern  legal  system.  Topics  include 
civil,  criminal,  and  administration  law,  the  legal  profession,  legal  systems  in 
American  society,  and  the  law  as  one  of  many  instruments  of  social  control 
and  social  change. 

CR  361  Juvenile  Law  3c-OI-3sh 

An  analysis  of  pertinent  juvenile  law  and  procedure  involving  case  study 
methods. 

CR  362  Correctional  Law  3c-0I-3sh 

Study  and  theory  of  principles  of  law  relating  to  rights  of  the  convicted, 
postcorrection  procedures,  and  correctional  management. 

CR  370  Correctional  Institutions  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  organization  and  function  of  correctional  institutions. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  various  social  processes  and  problems  associated 
with  incarceration. 

CR  371  Community-Based  Corrections  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  noninstitutional  programs,  focusing  on  alternatives  to 
incarceration  in  community  settings.  Programs  reviewed  include  prerelease, 
probation,  parole,  halfway  houses,  and  restitution-based  programs. 

CR  383  Police  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  police  management,  structure,  and  operations  and  their  roles  in 
the  quality  of  services  delivered.  The  relationship  between  police 
administration  and  its  social  environment  will  be  examined. 


Course  Descriptions  — 131 


CK  386  ( lorrectional  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

A  siiuly  of  correctional  management,  structures,  and  operations  and  their 
pies  in  the  quality  of  services  deli\  ered.  I  he  relationship  between 
correctional  administration  and  its  social  environment, 

CR  388  Court  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

A  siiuly  of  court  responsibility  within  the  criminal  and  civil  justice  systems; 

jurisdictions,  policies,  and  management  procedures  in  court  administration. 

CR  390  Women  and  Crime  3c-01-3sh 

A  siudy  of  the  nature  and  extent  of  women's  crime,  theories  of  female 
criminality,  processing  of  women  offenders  through  the  criminal  justice 
system,  the  response  of  police  and  court  officials  to  women  as  victims  of 
crime,  and  opportunities  for  women  as  employees  in  criminal  justice 
agencies 

CR  391  Substance  Cse  and  Abuse  in  Criminal  Justice        3c-01-3sh 
Study  of  substance  use  and  abuse  confronting  American  society.  Alcohol 
and  drug  use  and  abuse  education,  philosophy,  physiological  effects,  and 
social  aspects  will  be  examined  in  terms  ol  control  measures  and  public 
safety 

CR  400  Theoretical  Criminology  3c-01-3sh 

A  re\  iew  and  critical  analysis  ol  the  major  criminological  theories 
beginning  with  the  Classical  School;  psychological,  sociological,  economic. 
biological,  and  political  theories  of  crime  and  its  causes  will  be  included. 

CR  401  Contemporary  Issues  in  Criminology  3c-01-3sh 

Examination  of  the  nature  and  extent  of  crime  in  modern  Western  society. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  issues  selected  from,  but  not  limited  to. 
emerging  patterns  of  violence,  organized  crime,  white  collar  crime, 
victimless  crime,  corruption,  and  those  crime  control  strategies  deemed 
appropriate  in  a  democracy. 

CR  416  Criminal  Justice  Personnel  and  Supervision  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  public  personnel  systems  with  specific  application  to  criminal 
justice  agencies.  The  role  and  function  of  supervision  as  a  concept  of  a 
comprehensive  personnel  system  as  well  as  the  relationship  between  agency 
personnel  and  the  impact  on  crime  will  be  examined. 

CR  451  Etiology  of  Delinquent  Behavior  3c-01-3sh 

An  analysis  of  the  prevalent  theories  of  delinquency  causation  with  a  view 
toward  developing  prevention,  control,  and  treatment  approaches. 

CR  470  Comparative  Study  of  Justice  3c-01-3sh 

Comparison  of  American  systems  of  administration  of  justice  with  those  of 
other  nations. 

CR  480  Seminar  in  Criminology —  3c-01-3sh 

The  Administration  of  Justice 

A  study  of  selected  topics  in  criminology — the  administration  of  justice. 
May  be  taken  more  than  once  for  a  maximum  of  6  semester  hours.  Not  for 
credit  after  prior  CR480:  Seminar  in  the  Administration  of  Justice. 

CR  481  Special  Topics  in  Criminology  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Department  consent 

A  seminar  providing  study  of  selected  topics  not  emphasized  in  other 
courses.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  6  semester  hours. 

CR  482  Independent  Study  in  Criminology  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

CR  491  Individual  and  Group  Treatment  Modalities  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  therapeutic  techniques,  process,  and  application  used  in 
various  criminal  justice  environments. 

CR  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

A  structured  field  placement  designed  to  broaden  the  student's  educational 
experience  through  observation  and  participation  in  work  assignments  in 
government  or  private  sectors.  Six  semester  hours  of  credit  can  be  applied  to 
the  major  requirements. 


CS:  Consumer  Services 

Department  of  Human  Development  and 

Environmental  Studies 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

CS  101  Personal  and  Family  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Management  as  a  system  and  its  relationship  to  individuals  and  families. 
Formulation  of  goals,  values,  and  standards;  use  of  decision-making 
process;  utilization  of  resources. 

CS  112  Fundamentals  of  Clothing  Construction  lc-31-3sh 

Principles  and  techniques  involved  in  fundamental  clothing  construction  and 
fitting  arc  analyzed.  Directed  laboratory  experiences  provide  an  opportunity 
to  solve  individual  problems  in  garment  structure  through  the  application  of 
principles. 

CS  117  Design  Graphics  lc-0 1  -3sh 

Introduction  to  drafting  and  presentation  techniques  as  they  relate  to  interior 
design.  Two  and  three  dimensional  graphic  hand  skills  including  drafting, 
delineation  of  shading  and  perspective;  application  of  color,  media,  texture, 
tone,  and  lettering  are  introduced. 

CS  121  Introduction  to  Consumer  Services  lc-01-lsh 

Career  possibilities  for  Consumer  Services  majors  are  explored.  Students 
will  be  guided  in  clarifying  their  professional  objectives  and  understanding 
the  necessary  preparation  to  pursue  individual  vocational  goals. 

CS  205  Color  Theory  and  Application  3c-OI-3sh 

The  theoretical  basis  of  color  is  presented  as  it  relates  to  the  human  visual 
system,  light,  pigment,  perception,  and  measurement.  The  application  of 
color  theory  is  discussed  in  terms  of  interior  design,  merchandising,  and 
display. 

CS  212  Advanced  Clothing  Construction  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS1 12  or  placement  (by  exam) 

Principles  of  advanced  fitting  and  clothing  construction  are  applied  and 
analyzed.  Offered  even  years,  fall  semester. 

CS  213  Residential  Appliances  and  Consumer  Electronics  2c-2l-3sh 
Consumer  education  in  the  selection,  use,  and  care  of  home  equipment 
appliances  and  consumer  electronics;  the  relationship  of  energy  sources  and 
utilities  to  major  appliances,  portable  and  personal  care  appliances,  and 
consumer  electronics. 

CS  214  Environmental  Textiles  2c-21-3sh 

Investigation  of  components  and  characteristics  of  textiles  for  man's  near 
environment  with  emphasis  on  soft  goods  for  public  and  private  interiors, 
including  production,  marketing,  and  legislation  affecting  acquisition,  use. 
and  care.  A  student  may  not  count  both  CS214  and  314  toward  graduation 
requirements. 

CS  216  Clothing  and  Culture  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Survey  of  aesthetic,  cultural,  sociopsychological.  economic,  and  physical 

factors  related  to  the  meaning  and  use  of  clothing  for  the  individual  and 

society. 

CS  217  Interior  Design  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR120  or  equivalent 

Emphasis  upon  development  of  knowledgeable  consumers  in  the  selection 
and  design  of  a  home,  its  furnishing,  and  its  total  environment. 

CS  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 


132  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CS  299  Cooperative  Education  I  Osh 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  Co-op  Coordinator 

Designed  to  combine  theory  with  practical  application  through  job-related 
experiences.  Consumer  services  majors  are  actively  employed  in  business, 
industry,  and  a  variety  of  organizations  and  agencies  with  a  work  focus 
which  relates  to  their  academic  training  and  career  objectives.  First  of  two 
alternating  work  experiences  required. 

CS  303  Visual  Merchandising  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR 120  or  equivalent 

Designing  and  arranging  of  display  and  selling  areas  in  relationship  to 

merchandising  trends  and  consumer  demands.  Emphasis  on  promotion 

techniques  and  merchandise  sales  through  effective  use  of  space,  design,  and 

color. 

CS  312  Housing  and  Culture  3c-OI-3sh 

Managerial,  sociological,  economic,  and  aesthetic  aspects  of  housing  and 
man  are  investigated  as  well  as  a  consideration  of  the  environment  of  the 
home  as  part  of  the  community. 

CS  314  Textiles  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CHI 02 

Analyses  of  textile  components  of  fiber,  yarn,  fabrication,  finishes,  and 
color  with  emphasis  upon  consumer  acquisition,  use,  and  satisfaction. 

CS  315  Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance  3c-01-3sh 

Economic,  sociological,  and  psychological  principles  are  applied  to  family 
money  management  problems.  Information  needed  to  manage  finances 
effectively  and  to  become  a  rational  consumer  is  presented. 

CS  318  Fashion  Merchandising  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CS216  and  upper  level  standing 

Study  of  the  origins,  movement,  dissemination,  and  prediction  of  fashion;  an 
investigation  of  the  methods  of  operation,  merchandising  activities,  and 
current  fashion  industry  trends;  an  analysis  of  the  planning  and  control 
procedures  used  in  retail  merchandising  of  fashion  goods. 

CS  350  Apparel  Industry  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CS216,  completion  of  57  semester  hours 
Introduces  the  student  to  the  design,  production,  and  distribution  of  apparel, 
including  primary  textile  markets;  women's,  men's,  and  children's  wear; 
accessories;  fashion  centers;  retailers  of  fashion;  apparel  wholesale  selling 
process;  fashion  store  image;  and  future  trends. 

CS  357  Interior  Design  Studio  lc-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS217 

Creative  solutions  to  problems  in  interior  environments  emphasized. 
Professional  interior  design  practices;  design  opportunities. 

CS  399  Cooperative  Education  II  Osh 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  Co-op  Coordinator 

A  program  designed  to  combine  theory  with  practical  application  through 
job-related  experiences.  Consumer  services  majors  are  actively  employed  in 
business,  industry,  and  a  variety  of  organizations  and  agencies  with  a  work 
focus  which  relates  to  their  academic  training  and  career  objectives.  The 
student  is  required  to  serve  a  minimum  of  two  alternating  work  experiences. 

CS  413  Problems  in  Consumer  Economics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS3 15  or  Economics 

Problems  of  consumer-seller  relationships  studied  with  emphasis  given  to 
effects  of  current  economic  and  social  forces.  Governmental  and  private 
protection  agencies  which  aid  the  consumer  are  reviewed.  Individual 
investigations  required.  Fall  semester  only. 

CS  416  Problems  in  Family  Finance  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS315 

In-depth  theories  and  principles  in  personal  and  family  finance  and  the 

rights  and  responsibilities  of  consumers  are  emphasized.  Opportunities  are 

provided  for  students  to  explore  specific  areas  of  interest.  Spring  semester 

only. 

CS  421  Senior  Seminar  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  CS  1 2 1 :  completion  of  90  semester  hours 
Knowledge  gained  in  major  and  outside  concentration  courses  is  applied  to 
individual  career  goals.  Students  have  the  opportunity  to  pursue  related 
areas  not  directly  covered  in  previous  coursework,  with  emphasis  upon 
independent  research,  analytical  thinking,  and  communications  skills. 


CS  433  Study  Tour  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  Upper-level  standing 

Opportunity  is  provided  to  visit  business  establishments  and  cultural  center: 
concerned  with  household  equipment,  furnishings,  textiles,  clothing,  and 
housing  in  America  as  well  as  abroad.  Museums,  factories,  designers' 
showrooms,  distribution  centers,  stores,  cultural  events,  and  seminars  are 
included.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  6  semester  hours. 

CS  434  Quality  Control  in  Textiles  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS314 

Physical  properties  explored  through  microscopic  examination  and  use  of 

textile  testing  equipment  for  fabric  analysis. 

CS  450  Apparel  Industry  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO350  and  Liberal  Studies  math  requirements 
Introduces  the  student  to  the  merchandising  and  promotion  of  apparel, 
including  organization,  buying  responsibilities,  techniques,  and  resources: 
various  retail  institutions,  resident  buying  offices,  apparel  dollar  planning 
and  control,  apparel  merchandise  assortment  planning,  apparel  buying 
practices,  application  of  apparel  planning  and  buying,  and  apparel 
advertising  and  promotion. 

CS  453  Flat  Pattern  Design  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS  1 1 2  or  CS2 1 2 

Garment  design  achieved  by  use  of  flat  pattern  techniques.  An 

understanding  is  developed  of  the  interrelationship  of  garment  design,  figure 

analysis,  fabric,  fit.  and  construction  processes.  Offered  even  years,  spring 

semester. 

CS  454  Tailoring  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS1 12  or  CS212 

Various  tailoring  methods  are  studied  and  applied  in  the  selection,  fitting, 
and  construction  of  a  tailored  garment.  Consumer  problems  in  the  selection 
of  ready-to-wear  apparel  are  investigated.  Offered  odd  years,  fall  semester. 

CS  456  Historic  Costume  3c-01-3sh 

Chronological  study  of  historic  costume  from  ancient  times  to  the  present 
day  with  emphasis  on  the  effect  of  aesthetic,  economic,  geographic, 
political,  religious,  and  social  factors  upon  the  design  of  clothing  worn. 

CS  461  Microwave  Cooking  Technology  2c-21-3sh 

Study  of  the  electronic  technology,  selection,  care,  and  use  of  the  microwave 
men.  Basic  physical  and  chemical  concepts  related  to  microwave  cooking 
are  included.  Individual  investigative  research  problems  are  required. 

CS  462  Historic  Interiors  3c-01-3sh 

Chronological  study  from  ancient  times  to  the  mid- 19th  century  of  the 
dominant  influences  and  characteristics  of  historical  interiors,  furniture,  and 
ornamental  design.  Emphasis  placed  upon  style  detail  and  its  relationship  to 
social,  economic,  political,  religious,  and  aesthetic  influence  and  to  the 
contemporary  scene.  Paper  required. 

CS  463  Modern  Interiors  3c-01-3sh 

Chronological  study  from  mid-  19th  century  to  the  present  of  the  dominant 
influences  and  characteristics  of  the  20th-century  interior,  furniture,  and 
ornamental  design.  Emphasis  placed  upon  style  detail  and  its  relationship  to 
social,  economic,  political,  religious,  and  aesthetic  influences  and  to 
contemporary  usage.  Paper  required. 

CS  464  Interior  Planning  and  Drawing  1  c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS217 

Analysis  and  design  contract  interior  spaces.  Presentation,  appropriate 
media,  equipment,  and  techniques  will  be  stressed.  Freehand  and  mechanical 
methods  employed  to  depict  floor  plans,  elevation,  and  construction  details 
with  emphasis  on  function. 

CS  465  Interior  Lighting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS217  or  equivalent 

Lighting  fundamentals  applicable  to  the  environmental  design  of  residential 
and  commercial  spaces.  Includes  calculation  methods,  terminology,  theory 
of  color  visibility,  light  source  alternatives,  fixture  function  and  selection, 
lighting  trends,  and  related  professional  organizations. 

CS  481  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 


Course  Descriptions  — 133 


limes.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

CS  482  Independent  Study  var-l   Ista 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Particular  consumer  considerations  are  independently  investigated  in  the 
area  oi  housing,  home  equipment,  interior  design,  clothing,  and  textiles,  or 
in  the  management  of  resources.  Course  may  he  repeated  for  a  total  of  3 
semester  hours.  Students  meet  with  a  faculty  member  at  least  5  hours  per 
semester  hour. 

CS  4s>3  Internship  var- 1  - 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  instructor  and  department  chairperson;  upper- 
level  standing 

Practical  experience  related  to  the  student's  major  area  of  study  with 
objectives,  supervised  experience,  and  evaluation.  Course  may  be  repeated 
for  a  total  of  12  semester  hours. 

DE:  Distributive  Education 

Department  of  Office  Systems  and  Business 

Education 

Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

DE  281  Special  Topics  3c  0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

DE  331  Modern  Merchandising  3c-01-3sh 

Techniques  for  planning  and  controlling  inventory,  analyzing  sales,  working 
with  modem  systems  for  handling  cash,  and  using  color,  line,  and  design. 
Practice  in  preparing  merchandise  display  units. 

DE  332  Retail  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  DE331  or  DE333 

Study  of  structure  and  changing  environment  of  retailing;  special  emphasis 

on  merchandise  management,  organization,  sales  promotions,  services,  and 

control. 

DE  Hi  Principles  of  Selling  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  field  of  selling,  preparing  to  sell,  the  selling  process,  and  an 
introduction  to  sales  management.  Sales  demonstrations  incorporating 
audiovisual  aids  are  a  part  of  the  course. 

DE  413  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  3c-01-3sh 

Distributive  Education  II 

Prerequisites:  DE410  or  BE111.  MK320.  DE333,  and  EP202 
Includes  two  sections  of  special  methods  and  evaluation  in  this  field. 
Objectives  are  to  acquaint  students  with  the  basic  principles  of  group  and 
individual  instruction  in  various  subject  matter  areas,  as  well  as  methods  of 
presentation.  Unit  plans,  lesson  plans,  demonstrations,  and  evaluations  will 
be  prepared.  Students  select  sections  needed  for  certification. 

DE  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 


DE  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

EC:  Economics 

Department  of  Economics 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

EC  101  Basic  Economics  3c-OI-3sh 

Scarcity,  role  of  prices  in  determining  production  and  the  allocation  of 
resources,  business  cycle  analysis,  policy  options  for  reducing 
unemployment  and  inflation,  economic  role  of  government,  the  farm 
problem,  poverty,  and  international  trade  are  studied.  For  those  who  do  not 
plan  to  take  more  than  3  semester  hours  of  economics.  Note:  May  not  be 
taken  after  successful  completion  of  or  concurrent  registration  in  any  other 
Economics  course. 

EC  121  Principles  of  Economics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Nature  and  methodology  of  economics;  mixed  capitalism  and  market 
economy;  national  income;  employment  theory,  including  economics  of 
fiscal  policy;  money,  banking,  and  Federal  Reserve  System:  international 
trade  and  finance. 

EC  122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Economics  of  the  firm;  theory  of  consumer  demand;  determination  of  price 
and  output  in  different  market  structures;  distribution  of  income;  economic 
growth. 

EC  241  Contemporary  Economic  Issues  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC101  orEC122 

A  rigorous  but  nontechnical  analysis  of  a  variety  of  economic  problems  and 
a  formulation  and  evaluation  of  possible  corrective  policies. 

EC  28 1  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

EC  283  Environmental  Economics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC101  orEC122 

Examination  of  economic  costs  and  benefits  of  environmental  control  and 

modification.  Techniques  of  economic  analysis  are  used  to  understand 

economic  aspects  of  environmental  problems  and  contribute  toward  their 

solution. 

EC  325  Monetary  Economics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC121,  EC122 

Organization,  operation,  and  economic  significance  of  U.S.  monetary 
institutions;  commercial  banks  and  Federal  Reserve  System;  survey  of 
monetary  theory  and  policy:  mechanism  of  international  payments. 

EC  326  Monetary  Economics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC325  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Detailed  study  of  monetary  theory;  tasks  of  central  banking;  principal 

objectives  of  monetary  policy;  intensive  study  of  recent  monetary 

experience;  complementary  and  competing  aims  of  monetary  and  fiscal 

policy. 

EC  330  Labor  Economics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC  121.  EC  122 

History,  structure,  and  operation  of  trade  unions  and  employer 
organizations;  major  federal  labor  legislation;  collective  bargaining  theory; 
wage  determination;  current  labor  problems. 

EC  331  Economic  Organization  of  Industry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Social  effectiveness  of  industries  analyzed  through  measures  of  market 
structure,  market  conduct,  and  market  performance. 


134  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EC  332  Government  and  Business  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
An  analysis  of  the  antitrust  laws  focusing  on  the  maintenance  of 
competition,  the  prohibition  of  unfair  business  conduct,  and  the  achievement 
of  desirable  economic  performance. 

EC  333  Regulation  of  Industry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC121.  EC122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Examines  the  theory  and  practice  of  regulation,  emphasizing  effects  of 
regulation  on  economic  performance  and  efficiency  in  the  U.S. 

EC  334  Economics  of  Corporate  Decisions  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC121,  EC122.  MA121  or  equivalent 
Applications  of  economic  theory  using  algebra,  elementary  statistics,  and 
calculus  to  solve  business  optimization  problems  including  problems  of 
forecasting  and  risk. 

EC  335  Public  Finance  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC121.  EC122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Taxation  and  expenditure  theory  at  the  federal  level;  federal  budget  and  debt 
considerations;  public  sector  impact  upon  economy. 

EC  336  State  and  Local  Finance  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Analysis  of  character  and  impact  of  state  and  local  government  revenue 
sources,  expenditures,  and  fiscal  systems;  intergovernmental  fiscal  relations. 

EC  339  Economic  Development  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC121,  EC122 

Theory  of  growth;  theory  of  economic  development  of  underdeveloped 

countries. 

EC  343  History  of  the  Economic  Development  3c-01-3sh 

of  the  United  States 

Prerequisites:  EC101  orEC121  orEC122 

Applications  of  economic  theory  and  models  of  economic  development  to 
the  main  patterns  of  U.S.  postrevolutionary  growth;  emphasizes  economic 
development  as  a  laboratory  for  economic  analysis. 

EC  345  International  Economics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC121  and  EC122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Theory  of  international  trade;  analysis  of  balance  of  payments;  international 

economic  equilibrium;  mechanism  of  international  economic  and  monetary 

adjustments. 

EC  346  International  Economics  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC345  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Application  of  theory  of  international  trade  to  empirical  data  and  problems; 
historical  survey  and  examination  of  current  problems  of  international  trade; 
the  institutional  setting  of  international  trade. 

EC  350  Comparative  Economic  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC101  or  EC121  or  EC122 

Evaluation  of  premises,  practices,  institutions,  and  performance  of  capitalist, 
socialist,  and  mixed  economies  using  economic  theory  and  measurement. 

EC  351  Russian  Economic  Development  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC101  orEC121  orEC122 

Study  of  the  theory,  institutions,  and  performance  of  the  Russian  economy 
including  comparison  of  present  and  past  patterns  of  economic  development. 

EC  355  Statistics  for  Economists  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  economic  statistics.  Material  covered  regarding  empirical 
frequency  distributions,  probability,  distributions  of  random  variables, 
functions  of  random  variables,  and  tests  of  economic  hypotheses. 

EC  356  Introduction  to  Econometrics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC355  or  its  mathematical  equivalent  or  permission  of  the 

instructor 

Introduction  to  econometrics.  Interest  centers  upon  linear  normal  regression 

models  of  two  or  more  random  variables,  special  econometric  problems,  and 

solutions  of  simultaneous  equations. 

EC  371  Economics  of  Labor  Legislation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC330  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Economic  background  and  effects  of  governmental  regulation  of  labor 
relations,  with  emphasis  on  a  detailed  examination  of  National  Labor 
Relations  Act  as  amended. 


EC  372  Economics  of  Wages  and  Employment  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC330  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Analysis  of  wages  and  employment  under  various  market  structures.  Also, 
analysis  of  the  impact  of  labor  market  forces  on  wages,  prices,  and 
distributive  shares. 

EC  373  Economics  of  Human  Resources  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC101  orEC122 

Inquiry  into  economic  demographics  and  related  factors  affecting  growth, 

structure,  and  distribution  of  an  economy's  labor  force  into  different 

occupations. 

EC  383  Urban/Regional  Economics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC121  and  EC  122 

Location  theory,  land  use  patterns,  urban  economic/regional  growth  change, 
and  urban  economic  problems  and  policies. 

EC  421  Macroeconomic  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC12I,  EC  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Emphasizes  aggregate  income  levels  and  problems  of  unemployment, 
inflation,  and  growth.  Covers  consumption  and  investment  theories  and  the 
role  of  fiscal  and  monetary  policy. 

EC  422  Microeconomic  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC  121,  EC  122,  MA  121  or  equivalent 

Consumer  behavior,  theory  of  the  firm,  theory  of  exchange,  market 

structures,  distribution,  general  equilibrium  theory,  welfare  economics. 


EC  480  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 
Seminar  in  selected  economic  issues  or  problems. 


3c-01-3sh 


3c-01-3sh 


EC  481  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

EC  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

EC  493  Internship  in  Economics  var-2-12sh 

Prerequisite:  A  student  must  be  an  Economics  major  who  has  completed  at 
least  12  semester  hours  in  economics  and  who  has  at  least  a  2.5  grade-point 
average  in  the  major  and  in  all  coursework. 

The  course  provides  on-the-job  experience  in  economics  positions  with 
private  and  governmental  employers.  The  student  is  also  required  to 
complete  related  academic  work  in  the  form  of  papers  and  selected  readings. 
Number  of  credits  earned  will  depend  upon  the  nature  of  the  job  and  amount 
of  time  involved  in  internship.  A  maximum  of  six  of  the  credits  earned  in 
this  course  may  be  counted  toward  the  30  semester  hours  in  economics 
requirement  for  Economics  majors. 

ED:  Education 
College  of  Education 

ED  150  Educational  Planning  lc-01-lsh 

Introduces  students  to  the  system  of  higher  education  and  to  skills  that 
promote  effective  educational  planning  and  decision  making.  Includes  the 
topics  of  history  and  purposes  of  higher  education  and  its  changing 
curriculums;  models  for,  and  variables  to  consider  in,  decision  making,  goal 
setting,  and  educational  planning.  Note:  Certain  sections  of  this  course  will 
be  restricted  to  specific  enrollment  groups. 

ED  160  Learning  Strategies  lc-01-lsh 

Assists  students  to  develop  and  use  effective  and  efficient  study  strategies 
on  a  consistent  basis.  Students  will  examine  their  academic  goals  and 
implement  study  strategies  to  help  achieve  those  goals.  Includes  the  topics 
of  goal  setting  and  self-monitoring,  learning  styles,  test  preparation  and  test 
taking,  lecture  and  textbook  note  taking,  time  management  and 


Course  Descriptions  —  135 


concenlration,  and  general  strategies  for  learning.  Students  wdl  be  required 
to  give  evidence  of  application  of  the  study  strategies  to  other  courses  in 
which  they  arc  currently  enrolled.  Active  participation  in  class  meetings  is 
expected.  Note:  Certain  sections  of  this  course  will  be  restricted  to  specific 
enrollment  groups. 

ED  170  Career  Exploration  lc-01-  I  sh 

Introduces  students  to  the  theoretical  and  practical  framework  with  which  to 
explore  careers  compatible  with  overall  academic  skills,  aptitudes,  and  life 
goals.  Students  will  examine  the  world  of  work,  assess  their  interests  and 
abilities,  and  make  realistic  decisions  on  academic  majors  and  careers.  Note: 
Certain  sections  of  [his  course  will  be  restricted  to  specific  enrollment 
groups. 

ED  242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  var-lsh 

Observation/participation  in  a  basic  education  classroom  beginning  not  later 
than  the  sophomore  year. 

El)  281  Special  Topics  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

ED  321  Student  Teaching  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  teacher  certification 

Experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementary  level;  coordination  and  visitation 
by  a  university  faculty  member  with  daily  supervision  by  a  cooperating 
classroom  teacher. 

ED  342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  var-lsh 

Prerequisites:  ED242  and  admission  to  teacher  certification 
Students  work  toward  the  development  of  specific  competencies  that  relate 
to  individual  major  fields  of  teaching. 

ED  408  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Problems  related  to  teaching  students  reading  and  study  skills  specifically 
needed  in  each  of  the  subject  areas  at  the  elementary  level.  Content  teachers 
learn  how  to  develop  students'  competence  in  these  skills  as  part  of  their 
regular  classroom  instruction. 

ED  415  Computers  in  the  School  Curriculum  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO  101,  BE101,  IMlOl.or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Students  will  use  a  variety  of  computer  software  including  word  processing, 
record  management  programs,  and  simulation  programs.  Emphasis  will  be 
on  the  application  of  computer  programs  within  the  K-12  school  curriculum. 

ED  421  Student  Teaching  var-6sh 

Experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementary  level;  coordination  and  visitation 
by  a  university  faculty  member  with  daily  supervision  by  a  cooperating 
classroom  teacher. 

ED  423  Professional  Practicum,  Including  School  Law  var-3sh 

Series  of  conferences  and  related  activities  to  prepare  students  for  actual 
teaching  experiences.  Parallels  student  teaching  experience  in  junior  and 
senior  years.  (Elementary  education  majors  only) 

ED  431  Teaching  in  Home  Economics  var-6sh 

Experience  in  teaching  home  economics  at  the  secondary  level. 

ED  441  Student  Teaching  var-6-12sh 

Experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementary  or  secondary  level;  coordination 
and  visitation  by  a  university  faculty  member  with  daily  supervision  by  a 
cooperating  classroom  teacher. 

ED  442  School  Law  lc-01- 1  sh 

Required  of  all  teacher  certification  students.  Includes  overview  of  legal 
principles  that  apply  to  special  areas  of  education.  Must  be  taken  prior  to 
student  teaching. 

ED  451  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  2c-21-3sh 

Background  to  help  science  majors  meet  the  problems  of  teaching  science. 
Various  inquiry  approaches  useful  in  meeting  objectives  of  a  contemporary 
science  class  are  taught  and  exemplified. 


ED  452  Teaching  of  English  and  Communication  in  the      3c-01-3sh 

Secondary  School 

Prerequisites:  EN  314,  323,  and  380 

This  course  is  a  prerequisite  to  student  teaching  in  English.  Introduces  the 

student  to  current  professional  practices  in  the  teaching  of  English  and 

communications  in  high  school. 

ED  453  Teaching  of  Eoreign  Languages  in  the  3c-OI-3sh 

Elementary  /Secondary  Schools 

Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  321-322  and  351-352  in  the 
student's  major  language;  passage  of  a  language  proficiency  examination  or 
permission  of  the  instructor 

The  student  will  study  current  theories  of  language  acquisition  and  methods 
of  language  leaching  for  the  elementary  and  secondary  school.  Through 
hands-on  practice  and  peer  teaching  demonstrations,  the  student  will 
develop  techniques  for  teaching  functional  language,  planning  lessons, 
setting  curricular  objectives,  testing  language  skills,  and  selecting/adapting 
materials  for  both  elementary  and  secondary  school  classrooms.  (Course 
taught  fall  semester  only) 

ED  455  Teaching  of  Social  Science  in  Secondary  Schools    3c-01-3sh 
Study  of  modern  methods  and  techniques  for  teaching  social  science  and  of 
current  curriculums  in  social  science. 

ED  456  Teaching  Math  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  modern  methods  and  techniques  for  teaching  mathematics  and 
current  curriculums. 

ED  462  Issues  and  Innovations  in  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  issues  and  innovations  which  influenced  education  will  be  included 
in  this  course.  Educational  innovations  and  issues  which  deal  with 
curriculum,  school  organization,  and  materials  of  instruction  will  be 
examined. 

ED  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  By  permission  only 

Provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  investigate  in-depth  an  area  of 
education  under  professional  supervision. 

ED  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

ED  495  International  Study  Tour  in  Education  var-3sh 

Study  of  various  peoples  through  their  cultural  settings  and  educational 
systems;  on-site  visitation  to  selected  schools  and  other  social  agencies  and 
institutions;  seminars  with  school  officials  and  directed  readings. 

ED  499  Multicultural/Multiethnic  Education  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  One  methods  course  must  be  taken  prior  to,  or  concurrently 
with,  ED499 

Provides  students  with  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of  cultural 
diversity  in  the  United  States.  Students  will  gain  the  ability  to  locate  and 
develop  curricular  materials  appropriate  to  this  country's  diversity. 

EE:  Early  Childhood  Education 
Professional  Studies  in  Education 
College  of  Education 

Note:  Courses  in  Early  Childhood  Education  are  restricted  to  majors  with  a 
2.5  average,  except  by  department  permission. 

EE  200  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Introductory  course  for  prospective  teachers  of  young  children.  Provides 
students  with  the  opportunity  to  gain  knowledge  of  historical,  sociological, 
and  political  aspects  of  early  childhood  education.  Emphasis  on 
systematically  observing,  recording,  and  evaluating  children's  behavior  in 
classrooms.  (Formerly  EL353:  Preschool  Education) 


136  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EE  220  Language  Development  and  Children's  3c-01-3sh 

Literature 

Includes  the  study  of  children's  language  acquisition  and  children's 
literature  within  the  context  of  a  developmentally  appropriate  language  arts 
curriculum,  preschool  through  the  primary  grades.  Strategies  for  developing 
children's  linguistic  competence  and  integrating  literature  throughout  the 
early  childhood  program  will  be  emphasized.  Observations,  interviews,  and 
teaching  experiences  are  an  integral  part  of  the  course.  (This  course  is 
offered  as  a  writing  intensive  course.) 

EE  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

EE  310  Integrated  Curriculum  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Examines  the  sequence  of  cognitive  development  in  children  and  the 
implications  for  instructional  programs.  Stages  of  cognitive  understanding 
will  be  applied  to  the  basic  components  of  numerical  concepts  and  science 
concepts.  Classroom  management  strategies  that  can  be  utilized  in  varied 
environments  will  be  stressed. 

EE  311  Integrated  Curriculum  II  3c-01-3sh 

Enables  students  to  realize  the  importance  and  relevance  of  content  area 
subjects  as  related  to  the  early  childhood  years.  Planning  for  teaching  with 
specific  emphasis  on  methods  and  materials  for  social  and  environmental 
living  is  introduced.  The  integration  of  music  and  art  is  emphasized.  Values 
systems  and  self-esteem  are  integral  to  social  living. 

EE  312  Aesthetic  Experiences  for  Young  Children  3c-01-3sh 

An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  different  forms  of  creative  expression  in 
young  children.  Art.  music,  and  movement  will  be  analyzed  as  aesthetic 
elements  in  a  comprehensive  early  childhood  curriculum.  Development  of 
creative  potential  in  both  teachers  and  children  will  be  promoted  as  a  means 
of  enhancing  the  artist's  experiences.  Students  will  expand  their  use  of  the 
arts  to  enhance  the  self-esteem  and  self-worth  of  the  children. 

EE  315  Development  and  Learning  through  Play  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  early  childhood  educators  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary 
to  promote  and  guide  children's  play  behavior  as  the  child's  basic  learning 
mechanism.  Emphasis  on  definitions,  theories,  and  stages  of  play  within  the 
context  of  social,  emotional,  physical,  and  intellectual  growth  for  children 
aged  0-8  years.  Students  will  observe  children  at  play,  design  specific 
learning  activities  that  utilize  a  play/games  format,  and  direct  educational 
experiences  during  the  supervised  field  component.  (Previous  title:  Play  as 
Cognitive  and  Affective  Development) 

EE  451  Teaching  Primary  Reading  3c-01-3sh 

A  methods  course  designed  to  assist  students  in  developing  the  reading 
abilities  of  young  children.  Deals  with  instructional  issues  related  to 
teaching  reading  and  introduces  students  to  varying  reading  and  pre-reading 
processes  which  are  effective  with  young  children.  Also  emphasizes 
diagnostic  and  assessment  strategies  for  teaching  reading. 

EE  481  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

A  course/seminar  on  topics  in  education  appropriate  for  the  Early  Childhood 
Education  setting. 

EE  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 


EH:  Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 

College  of  Education 

EH  114  Introduction  to  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Adviser  permission,  EH  majors  only 

Deals  with  the  different  approaches  used  in  teaching  the  hearing  impaired — 
manual  language,  oral  language,  and  total  communication.  The  historical 
background  of  each  approach  is  presented  with  its  strengths  and  weaknesses. 
Crileria  for  the  use  of  each  approach  established  in  consideration  of  degree 
of  loss  exhibited  by  the  pupil,  the  age  of  onset,  and  the  social  and 
psychological  implications.  (Offered  as  Introduction  to  Hearing  Impaired 
prior  to  1994.) 

EH  115  Introduction  to  Sign  Language  lc-01-lsh 

Development  of  manual  dexterity  and  fluency  using  fingerspelling. 
Acquisition  of  basic  sign  language  vocabulary.  Practice  in  acquiring  general 
information  from  a  signed  message  and  conversing  informally  on  commonly 
used  topics. 

EH  244  Intermediate  Sign  Language  Ic-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  EH1 15 

Emphasis  on  comprehension  of  signed  information  and  on  developing 

fluency  in  conveying  a  message  in  both  signed  English  and  American  Sign 

Language.  Modification  of  signs  and  individualization  of  techniques  for 

instruction/communication  with  learning-impaired  or  multihandicapped  deaf 

learners. 

EH  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

EH  307  Speech  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EH  114,  SH242 

Techniques  for  developing,  diagnosing,  analyzing,  and  correcting  the  speech 
and  voice  problems  of  hearing-impaired  individuals.  Lecture, 
demonstration,  and  special  projects.  (Offered  as  Speech  for  the  Hearing 
Impaired  prior  to  1994.) 

EH  308  Language  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EH1 14,  SH234 

Development  and  remediation  of  language  of  the  hearing  impaired. 
Language  sampling  and  diagnostics,  sentence  patterning,  and  analytic  vs. 
natural  teaching  methods.  Structuring  a  communicative  environment. 
(Offered  as  Language  for  the  Hearing  Impaired  prior  to  1994.) 

EH  329  Hearing  Practicum  I  var-lsh 

Prerequisites:  EH114,  EHI15 

Provides  the  student  with  actual  contact  with  individuals  with  hearing  loss. 
Practica  will  be  set  up  in  appropriate  school  programs  and/or  clinics  for  the 
hearing  impaired,  or  hearing  itinerant  programs,  or  in  clinical  settings  where 
hearing  impaired  individuals  are  receiving  therapy  or  are  being  tested. 
Techniques  of  observing  and  evaluating  behavior  are  presenled  initially  to 
prepare  the  student  to  profit  maximally  from  the  observation  experiences. 
Written  reports  of  the  practica  are  submitted  and  discussed,  and  each  student 
is  encouraged  to  gain  experience  in  as  many  different  sellings  as  available. 

EH  330  Hearing  Practicum  II  var-lsh 

Prerequisites:  EH329 

Provides  students  wiih  actual  contact  with  individuals  with  hearing  loss. 
Practica  will  be  sel  up  in  appropriate  school  programs  and/or  clinics  for  the 
hearing  impaired,  or  hearing  itinerant  programs,  or  in  clinical  settings  where 
hearing-impaired  individuals  are  receiving  therapy  or  are  being  tested. 
Techniques  of  observing  and  evaluating  behavior  are  presented  initially  to 
prepare  the  student  to  profit  maximally  from  the  observation  experiences. 
Written  reports  of  the  practica  are  submitted  and  discussed,  and  each  student 
is  encouraged  to  gain  experience  in  as  many  different  settings  as  available. 
This  is  a  continuation  of  EH329:  Hearing  Practicum  I  and  includes  support 
and  supervision  of  students  in  EH329. 


Course  Descriptions  — 137 


EH  331  Advanced  Sign  Language  lc-01-  Ish 

Prerequisites:  EH  lis.  EH244 

Studies  the  evolution  ol  signs;  tluilccuc.il  sign  systems.  Analysis  and 
comparison  of  the  linguistic  similarities/differences  ol  various  sign 
languages.  Direct  translation  of  written  or  spoken  information  on  specific 
topics  using  American  Sign  Language  or  Signed  English.  Practice  using 

conversation  on  boih  a  social  and  academic  level. 

EH  351  Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  with  lc-01  ish 

Hearing  I  nss 

Prerequisite:  LI  Mils 

Presents  basic  concepts  of  developmental  reading  instruction  and  systematic 

coverage  ol  the  methods  Of  teaching  reading  to  students  with  hearing  loss 
from  readiness  stages  through  upper  school. 

KH  360  (ieneral  Methodology  for  Education  of  $c-01-3sh 

Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 
Prerequisites:  Hill  14.  EH307,  EH308 

Prov  ides  a  systematic  coverage  ol  the  basic  procedures  for  teaching 
curriculum  subjects.  Included  are  adaptive  methods  of  instruction  for 
teaching  mathematics;  science  as  it  relates  to  the  child  and  the  curriculum; 
content,  objectives,  and  resource  materials  for  social  studies;  creative 
experiences  in  the  field  of  language  arts,  rhythmics,  and  physical  education 
and  health.  (Offered  as  (ieneral  Methodology  for  Education  of  Hearing 
Impaired  prior  to  1994.) 

EH  365  Parent-Preschool  Programs  for  Persons  with         3c-01-3sh 

Hearing  Loss 

Prerequisites:  EH1 14.  EX220.  SH234.  EH308,  EH307 

Developing  home/clinic  programs  for  parents  and  hearing-impaired  infants 

(0-3  years).  Teaching  speech,  language,  speechreadmg.  use  of  residual 

hearing,  and  developing  readiness  skills  at  preschool  level.  (Offered  as 

Parent-Preschool  Programs  for  the  Hearing  Impaired  prior  to  1944  i 

EH  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite;  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

EH  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  w ith  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

EL:  Elementary  Education 
Professional  Studies  in  Education 
College  of  Education 

Note:  Courses  in  Elementary  Education  are  restricted  to  majors  with  a  2.5 
average,  except  by  department  permission. 

EL  211  Music  for  the  Elementary  (trades  2c-0l-2sh 

Geared  for  elementary  education  students.  Includes  basic  ideas  for 
understanding,  development,  and  confidence  for  future  classroom  teachers 
and  their  pupils  in  areas  of  music  education. 

EL  213  Art  for  the  Elementary  Grades  2c-0l-2sh 

The  creative  use  of  art  materials  and  an  understanding  of  development  of 
capacities  of  children  through  art. 

EL  215  Child  Development  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  human  development,  from  conception  to  adolescence,  in  terms  of 
basic  scientific  data.  Development,  growth,  and  behavior  are  studied  and 
their  implications  for  home,  school,  and  community  are  considered. 

EL  221  Children's  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Acquisition  of  a  wide  acquaintance  vv  ith  children's  literature,  old  and  new. 
Poetry  selections,  annotated  stories,  and  bibliographies  will  be  assembled. 
Ways  and  means  to  develop,  stimulate,  and  guide  children's  reading  of 
literature  presented.  Principles  and  techniques  of  successful  storytelling  are 
studied  and  practiced. 


EL  222  Teaching  of  Reading  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Systematic  coverage  ol  the  teaching  of  reading,  including  methods, 
techniques,  and  materials.  First  ol  a  two  course  sequence. 

EL  281  Special  Topics  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  arc  ottered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 
topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 
be  ottered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  2X1  are  offered  primarily  lor  lower-level  undergraduate- 
students 

EL  312  leaching  of  Elementary  Science  2c-0l-2sh 

Emphasis  placed  upon  science  as  it  relates  to  child  and  curriculum,  planning 
for  teaching  science,  and  recent  innovations  in  science  teaching.  Course 
offered  on  the  junior  block  only. 

EL  313  Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School    3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  MA151,  152 

Recent  developments  in  curriculum  and  methods  of  instruction  of 
contemporary  elementary  school  mathematics  programs.  Students  will 
become  acquainted  w  ith  books,  materials,  and  other  resources  helpful  to 
prospective  teachers.  Includes  observations  of  master  teachers. 

EL  314  Teaching  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  2c-01-2sh 

Games,  stunts,  rhythms,  relays,  tumbling,  dances,  and  skills  suitable  for  the 
elementary  school  child.  Teaching  of  health  in  elementary  school  is 
emphasized,  including  methods,  materials,  and  lesson  planning. 

EL  351  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  students  with  a  wide  range  of  creative  experiences  in  fields  of  art, 
crafts,  music,  rhythmics,  dramatics,  and  games  in  elementary  school.  Stress 
is  placed  upon  need  to  help  children  in  developing  their  capacities  for 
creative  expression  in  these  areas. 

EL  356  Pedagogy  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status 

Competencies  specific  to  the  science  of  teaching  will  be  introduced  in  this 
course.  Students  will  become  familiar  with  the  fundamentals  of  teaching 
across  all  content  area  subject  matter  at  the  elementary  level.  Areas  that  w  ill 
be  explored  include  models  of  teaching,  including  lesson  and  unit  planning, 
and  creating  a  classroom  environment  that  is  conducive  to  learning. 

EL  357  Pedagogy  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status 

Principles  based  on  classroom  experience.  Instruction  will  include 
classroom  management  skills,  integration  of  computers  in  the  elementary 
curriculum,  contemporary  issues  in  education,  the  role  of  research  in 
elementary  classroom  teaching,  and  teacher  professionalism  during  and  after 
field  experiences.  (This  course  is  writing  intensive.) 

EL  411  Teaching  of  Social  Studies  3c-01-3sh 

Overview  of  social  studies  in  elementary  school.  Includes  study  of 
objectives,  trends,  areas  of  content,  patterns  and  principles  of  organization, 
and  techniques  of  teaching.  Variety  of  learning  experiences  and  materials 
used  and  evaluated. 

EL  422  Diagnostic  and  Remedial  Reading  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Causes  of  reading  disability;  methods  of  diagnosis;  procedures  and  materials 
for  remedial  work,  group  and  individual. 

EL  425  Language  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Places  emphasis  on  the  view  that  the  art  of  communication  is  an  interrelated 
process  and  the  task  of  classroom  teachers  is  not  only  integrating  the 
language  arts  among  themselves  but  also  integrating  them  throughout  the 
entire  curriculum.  Techniques  for  teaching  oral  and  written  communication, 
spelling,  handwriting,  vocabulary  development,  listening,  and  linguistics 
will  be  presented.  Special  emphasis  given  to  recent  trends  and  research. 
(Replaces  EL  413:  Teaching  Language  Arts  effective  Summer.  1992)  This 
course  is  offered  as  a  writing-intensive  course. 

EL  481  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  instructor  and  department 
A  course/seminar  on  topics  in  education  appropriate  for  the  Elementary 
Education  setting. 


138  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EL  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 
member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources.  (Offered  as  EL481  prior  to  1993-94) 

EN:  English 

Department  of  English 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

EN  100  Basic  Writing  5c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  develop  the  basic  English  skills  necessary  for  clear  and 
effective  communication.  Reserved  for  selected  students.  This  course  does 
not  meet  General  Education  English  or  Liberal  Studies  writing 
requirements.  (Title  prior  to  1989  was  EN  100:  Basic  English.) 

EN  101  College  Writing  3c-var-4sh 

Prerequisite:  EN100,  where  required  by  placement  testing 
Normally  to  be  taken  the  first  semester  at  IUP.  Courses  use  readings  in  the 
nature  and  history  of  language,  semantic  and  linguistic  analysis,  and 
problems  in  rhetoric  and  other  approaches  to  composition.  Seven  theme- 
length  expository  papers  (or  the  equivalent)  are  written,  in  addition  to 
shorter  exercises  and  a  written  final  examination.  (Title  prior  to  1989  was 
ENI01:  English  I.) 

EN  121  Humanities  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN101 

Introduces  students  to  literature  of  various  genres  through  a  careful  analysis 
of  poetry,  fiction,  and  drama.  Includes  literature  of  various  time  periods, 
nationalities,  and  minorities.  (Replaced  EN201:  English  HI  effective 
Summer,  1990) 

EN  150  English  for  Foreign  Students  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  international  students  with  an  opportunity  to  improve  their  ability 
to  speak  and  write  English  before  they  take  EN100  and  EN101.  The 
emphasis  is  on  individualized  exercises  and  assignments.  This  course  carries 
graduation  credit  but  does  not  meet  General  Education  or  Liberal  Studies 
English  requirements. 

EN  202  Research  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENI01,  sophomore  standing 

Teaches  students  to  read,  analyze,  and  evaluate  nonfiction  sources  and  to 
present  the  results  of  their  analysis  in  clear,  organized,  carefully  documented 
research  papers.  The  focus  of  reading  and  research  in  each  section  will  be 
determined  by  the  instructor.  (Replaced  EN  102:  English  II  effective 
Summer,  1990) 

EN  208  The  Art  of  the  Film  3c-01-3sh 

Concentrates  on  the  film  as  an  artistic  medium.  Eight  to  twelve  motion 
pictures  are  shown  during  semester  and  are  analyzed  in  class  discussions. 

EN  210  Introduction  to  Literary  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  101 

Acquaints  students  with  the  literary  genres  (especially  fiction,  poetry,  and 
drama)  by  means  of  examples  of  each  and  provides  them  with  some  of  the 
various  critical  approaches  to  the  interpretation  of  literature  so  that  they  may 
gain  the  ability  to  apply  them.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  course,  students  are 
expected  to  be  able  to  read  literature  perceptively  and  to  write  critical  papers 
about  it. 

EN  211  English  Literature  to  the  Restoration  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  210,  or  permission 

Surveys  English  literature  from  its  beginnings  to  the  Restoration, 
acquainting  students  with  the  experience  of  reading  many  of  the  primary 
materials  (whole  works  whenever  possible  or  full,  free-standing  parts)  and 
provides  them  with  background  information  concerning  the  development 
and  flowering  of  the  various  genres,  the  dominant  ideas  of  each  period,  and 
the  social  and  cultural  context  of  the  separate  works. 

EN  212  English  Literature  from  the  Restoration  to  1900    3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  EN10I,  210,  or  permission 

Surveys  English  literature  from  the  Restoration  to  the  beginning  of  the  20th 
century,  acquainting  students  with  the  experience  of  reading  many  of  the 
primary  materials  (whole  works  whenever  possible  or  full,  free-standing 


parts)  and  providing  them  with  background  information  concerning  the 
development  and  flowering  of  the  various  genres,  the  dominant  ideas  of 
each  period,  and  the  social  and  cultural  context  of  the  separate  work. 

EN  213  American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  the  Present     3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  EN101,  210,  or  permission 

Provides  an  understanding  of  American  literature  from  its  beginning  to 
roughly  the  middle  of  the  present  century.  The  course  will  concentrate 
primarily  upon  a  relatively  small  number  of  major  works,  each  of  which  will 
help  to  illustrate  the  "spirit  of  the  age"  it  represents. 

EN  214  The  Novel  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.  210,  or  permission 

This  course  surveys  the  development  of  the  novel  from  Cervantes'  Don 
Quixote  t"  the  present  with  emphasis  on  major  writers  and  forms  in  English. 
Includes  consideration  of  teaching  the  novel. 

EN  215  Poetry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  1 0 1 ,  2 1 0,  or  permission 

A  study  in  appreciation  of  poetry,  with  special  attention  to  the  technique  of 
the  poet  and  structure  of  poetry.  Includes  consideration  of  teaching  poetry. 

EN  216  Short  Fiction  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101.  210.  or  permission 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  short  story  from  the  middle  of  the  19th 
century  to  the  present  with  attention  to  form,  structure,  and  types  of  the 
story.  Includes  consideration  of  teaching  short  fiction. 

EN  217  Drama  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  1 0 1 .  2 1 0,  or  permission 

A  study  of  selected  plays  from  various  periods  in  an  attempt  to  understand 

the  function  of  drama.  Includes  consideration  of  teaching  drama 

EN  220  Advanced  Composition  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.202 

Primaril)  seeks  to  improve  writing  style,  particularly  in  the  more  utilitarian 
forms,  such  as  magazine  article  and  personal  essay. 

EN  221  Creative  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.202 

This  is  a  seminar  course  in  which  students  are  expected  to  produce  a 
substantial  body  of  written  work  in  one  or  more  of  the  creative  genres,  the 
particular  kind  of  writing  chosen  with  regard  to  the  special  interests  and 
abilities  of  each  student. 

EN  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

EN  310  Public  Speaking  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  10 1 

Fundamental  principles  of  public  speaking,  audience  analysis,  interest  and 
attention,  and  selection  and  organization  of  speech  material. 

EN  311  Oral  Interpretation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.  310 

Emphasizes  understanding  and  appreciation  of  literature  through  developing 

skill  in  reading  aloud. 

EN  312  Speech — Persuasion  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  10 1,202,  310 

Advanced  study  of  problems  involved  in  influencing  an  audience. 

EN  313  The  Rhetorical  Tradition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.310 

Survey  of  rhetorical  theory  from  Greek  and  Roman  through  modern  times. 

EN  314  Speech  and  Communication  in  the  Secondary        3c-01-3sh 
English  Classroom 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  202.  210 

Offers  students  practical  and  theoretical  approaches  to  relationships  between 
oral  and  written  communication.  The  course  is  performance-based 
(involving  a  variety  of  communication  activities)  and  knowledge-based 


Course  Descriptions  —  139 


(involving  study  ol  research  on  language  arts  relationships).  Emphasis  is 
given  to  integration  of  the  Four  language  arts  For  improving  teachers'  own 
communication  skills  as  well  as  those  of  their  students. 

KN  31X  Literature  for  Adolescents  3c-01  ish 

Prerequisites:  IN  101,  210,  or  permission,  English  Education  major 
Surveys  poetry,  drama,  and  fiction  with  which  the  adolescent  is  familiar 
through  school  work  and  personal  reading. 
(Offered  as  EN218  prior  to  1993-94.) 

KN  320  Advanced  Composition  II  3c-01  3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202, 220 

Workshop  and  tutorial  atmosphere  for  students  who  intend  to  write  or  teach 

writing. 

EN  321  Creative  Writing  11  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202,  221 

Workshop  loi  students  who  wish  to  write  Fiction  or  poetry  under  guidance  of 

instructor. 

EN  322  Technical  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  10 1.202 

Focuses  on  helping  the  student  to  acquire  and  to  apply  communication  skills 

essential  to  the  technical  and  professional  writer. 

EN  323  Teaching  Literature  and  Reading  in  the  3c-01-3sh 

Secondary  School 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202.  210 

Introduces  students  to  the  theory  and  research  on  teaching  literature  and 

reading  in  the  secondary  school.  Reviews  reader-response  literary  theory 

and  classroom-based  research  on  teaching  literature.  Also  reviews  socio- 

psycholinguistic  reading  theory  and  classroom-based  research  on  teaching 

reading. 

EN  324  Teaching  and  Evaluating  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101.  202.  210.  English  Education  major  or  permission 
A  study  of  modern  approaches  to  the  teaching  of  writing,  including  current 
theories  on  the  composing  process,  as  well  as  instruction  in  evaluating, 
including  holistic  scoring.  Includes  practice  in  writing. 

EN  329  The  History  of  the  English  Language  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  EN  10 1,202 

Studies  historical  development  of  the  English  language,  as  a  basis  for  a 
better  understanding  of  modern  American  English. 

EN  330  The  Structure  of  English  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  202 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of  language  study  with  equal  emphasis 
on  the  sound,  word,  sentence,  meaning,  and  discourse  patterns  of  English. 
Educationally  relevant  topics,  such  as  applications  of  linguistics  to  the 
teaching  of  English  language  and  literature,  varieties  of  grammar,  and 
linguistic  descriptions  of  styles  and  registers  are  an  integral  part  of  the 
course.  Course  is  a  prerequisite  for  ED  452:  Teaching  of  English  and  Speech 
in  the  Secondary  School. 

EN  333  Psycholinguistics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.202 

Psycholinguistics  concerns  the  interrelation  between  language  system  and 
behavior  and  various  factors  of  human  psychology.  Surveys  developments 
since  the  1940s,  including  relationships  between  language  and  perception, 
biology,  memory,  meaning,  and  cognition,  as  well  as  oral  and  written 
behavior.  Students  of  language  and  literature  may  improve  their  assumptions 
about  how  human  beings  use  language. 

EN  334  ESL  Methods  and  Materials  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

An  introduction  to  English  as  a  Second  Language  theory  and  practice.  Aims: 

( 1 )  general  understanding  of  current  theory  and  methods  of  teaching  ESL; 

(2)  ability  to  select  appropriate,  and  adapt  existing,  materials  for  elementary 
and  high  school  ESL  students.  Recommended  for  all  English  teachers  who 
expect  to  have  ESL  students  in  their  classes. 

EN  336  Language,  Gender,  and  Society  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  EN  102.  junior  standing 

Investigates  the  various  ways  that  language  and  gender  interact  and  intersect 
in  society.  Examines  such  questions  as:  Does  society  use  language  to  favor 
one  sex  over  the  other?  Why  is  language  a  crucial  component  in  formulating 


constructs  of  masculinity  and  femininity?  What  stereotypes  of  gender-based 
language  are  promoted  in  our  society?  How  can  we  analyze  language  to 
reveal  disparate  views  and  treatment  of  the  sexes? 

KN  340  Chaucer  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  I-.NI01,  202.  210 

Corequisites:  EN2I  I.  212.  213,  or  permission 

Studies  Chaucer,  his  life,  his  language,  the  development  of  his  literary  style, 

and  his  art,  with  and  through  his  major  poetical  works. 

EN  341  Shakespeare  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212.  213.  or  permission 

Studies  Shakespeare's  development  as  a  poetic  dramatist  against  background 

of  Elizabethan  stage;  examines  audience,  textual  problems,  language 

imagery,  and  philosophy. 

EN  342  Milton  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  202.  210 

Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213,  or  permission 

A  close  reading  of  the  major  English  poems  and  prose  of  John  Milton,  with 

particular  attention  to  Paradise  Lost  and  Samson  Agonistes. 

EN  343  Major  American  Author  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101.  202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213,  or  permission 

Studies  in  the  literary  output  of  a  major  American  author  or  authors  against 

the  background  of  the  social  and  literary  milieus  in  which  the  works  were 

created.  Specific  subject  or  subjects  to  be  announced  by  the  instructor. 

EN  345  Classical  Literature  in  Translation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  102 

Masterpieces  studied  range  from  those  of  ancient  Greece  to  Middle  Ages. 
English  literature  and  American  literature  excluded. 

EN  346  Contemporary  American  and  British  Poetry  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  10 1,202 

Study  of  British  and  American  poetry  since  World  War  II. 

EN  347  Modern  American  Fiction  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  202 

Major  American  writers  of  fiction  since  1945  are  considered. 

EN  348  African-American  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.202 

Analyzes  significant  African-American  literature  of  a  variety  of  types — 
autobiography,  essay,  fiction,  poetry. 

EN  349  English  Bible  as  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.202 

Considers  literary  aspects  of  the  English  Bible  by  relating  earlier 
translations  to  the  Authorized  Version  of  1611  and  by  tracing  some  of  the 
major  influences  of  the  King  James  Bible  upon  writers  and  speakers  of 
modem  English. 

EN  350  The  Metaphoric  Perspective  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202,  210 
Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213,  or  permission 
Acquaints  students  with  the  means  by  which  metaphor  expands  our 
awareness,  providing  us  in  its  more  extreme  examples  with  what  has  been 
called  "the  strategy  of  the  dream."  Specifically  the  course  explores  metaphor 
as  a  "perspective  by  incongruity,"  which  may  be  embedded  in  poetic 
structures  or  may  be  itself  the  controlling  structure  for  longer  works  of 
fiction  and  nonfiction. 

EN  351  The  Literature  of  Discursive  Reason  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213 

Examines  literature  that  displays  the  mind's  analytic  process.  Readings 

include  essays  and  other  nonfiction  as  well  as  poetry,  drama,  and  fiction. 

EN  352  Symbol  and  Allegory  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.  202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212.  213,  or  permission 

Examines  symbol  and  allegory  as  means  of  comprehending  and  expressing 

profound  aspects  of  existence.  Explores  the  distinction  between  symbolic 

and  allegorical  modes  of  thought. 


140  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EN  353  The  Oral  Dimension  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202,  210 
Corequisites:  EN211.  212.  213.  or  permission 

Acquaints  students  with  the  nature  of  oral  composition,  the  habits  of  thought 
that  orality  fosters,  and  the  particular  mode  of  awareness  the  oral  dimension 
of  literature  demands  of  an  audience  (and  awakens  in  a  reader).  At  the 
conclusion  of  the  course  students  should  have  an  understanding  of  the 
formulaic  nature  of  such  purely  oral  forms  as  the  ballad  and  the  epic  and  an 
awareness  of  the  manner  in  which  orality  patterns  thought  differently  from 
writing,  and  they  should  be  able  to  detect  oral  features  and  patterns  in  works 
of  literature  from  cultures  not  primarily  oral  but  containing  a  high  "oral 
residue." 

EN  360  Romanticism  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  10 1,202 

Corequisites:  EN21 1.  212,  213.  or  permission 

Focuses  on  literature  in  its  milieu  and  emphasizes  an  understanding  of 

Romantic  literature  from  its  development  in  Germany  and  France  to  its 

flowering  in  England  and  America. 


EN  373  Concepts  of  Character  in  Drama  and  Novel  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  202,  210 
Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213,  or  permission 
Traces  the  techniques  literary  artists  employ  to  portray  aspects  of 
personality  and  examines  the  influence  upon  character  portrayal  of  such 
diverse  factors  as  the  chosen  genre,  contemporary  notions  of  character 
depiction,  and  prevailing  psychological  theories  contemporary  with  the 
works. 

EN  380  Country  Life— City  Life  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202,  210 
Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213.  or  permission 

Investigates  the  relationship  between  literature  and  two  relatively  distinct 
social  environments — the  town  and  the  country.  Examines  literary  genres, 
modes,  and  preoccupations  peculiar  to  the  separate  social  climates  as  well  as 
the  body  of  literature  reflecting  the  painful  collision  between  the  two  and 
effects  of  that  collision  upon  such  human  concerns  as  families,  the 
celebration  of  love  and  death,  or  the  perception  of  the  substance  of  nature 
itself. 


EN  361  The  Renaissance  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.  202,  210 
Corequisites:  EN211.  212,  213,  or  permission 

Studies  the  revolutionary  changes  in  artistic,  ethical,  and  political  thinking 
brought  about  by  the  European  and  English  Renaissance  as  these  changes 
are  manifested  in  the  literature  of  that  age  and  succeeding  ones.  Focuses  in 
particular  upon  the  origin  and  later  development  of  such  notions  as  self- 
development,  individuality,  and  the  acquisition  and  maintenance  of  power. 

EN  362  Chivalry  and  Courtly  Love  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202,  210 
Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213,  or  permission 

Aims  to  give  students  a  broad  awareness  of  the  cultural  milieu  of  the  High 
Middle  Ages  through  a  study  of  chivalry  and  courtly  love  as  well  as  an 
understanding  of  how  this  literary  genre  was  born,  evolved  over  time  and 
across  cultures,  and  continues  to  structure  elements  in  our  own  culture. 
Examines  theories  which  seek  to  explain  the  development  of  the  codes  of 
courtly  love  and  chivalry  and  the  literature  which  gives  evidence  of  their 
existence  and  development. 

EN  363  The  Puritan  Mind  in  England  and  America  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN211.  212,  213,  or  permission 

Examines  what  is  distinctive  in  the  intellectual  outlooks  of  Puritanism  as  it 

is  directly  embodied  in  the  literature  of  England  and  America  in  the  16th, 

17th.  and  18th  centuries  and  indirectly  in  the  literature  of  later  ages  down  to 

the  present. 


EN  381  Poverty  and  Class  in  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.  202,  210 
Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213,  or  permission 

Examines  major  literary  works  that  document  the  conditions  created  by 
class  and  caste  division  and  the  poverty  that  is  visited  upon  a  portion  of  the 
people  as  well  as  the  social  values  that  seek  to  justify  or  condemn  class 
divisions.  Examines  an  extensive  body  of  images  of  the  poor,  concepts  about 
class  and  caste,  and  the  consequence  of  class  division. 

EN  382  War  in  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213,  or  permission 

War  is  a  subject  depicted,  in  varying  ways,  in  the  literature  of  many  times 

and  places.  Beginning  with  The  Iliad,  some  of  the  major  literary  treatments 

of  war  and  the  attendant  effects  on  the  society  and/or  individuals  placed  in 

this  context  are  explored. 

EN  383  Man  in  the  Natural  World  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202,  210 
Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213,  or  permission 
Attempts  to  understand  the  literature  which  concerns  itself  with  the 
relationship  between  nature  and  humankind  by  viewing  that  interaction,  at 
least  initially,  as  either  antagonistic  or  sympathetic:  in  the  first  case 
humanity  dominates  or  exploits,  while  in  the  second  it  participates.  The  first 
attitude  can  be  most  easily  seen  in  the  traditional  Hebraic-Christian  view, 
while  the  second  appears  as  romanticism,  or  more  currently,  as  ecological 
awareness. 


EN  370  Myth  and  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212,  213,  or  permission 

Introduces  students  to  the  nature  and  function  of  the  mythic  experience  and 

makes  them  aware  of  the  integral  relation  myth  has  with  literature  of  all 

times  and  cultures,  including  our  own.  Illustrates  how  myth  creates 

meaning,  orders  experience,  and  enters  into  literary  techniques. 

EN  371  Hero  and  Antihero  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN211.  212.  213.  or  permission 

Examines  the  range  of  heroic  and  antiheroic  protagonists  and  actions  in 

literature  of  various  times  and  countries  with  an  additional  focus  upon  the 

specific  world  views  that  make  heroic  and  antiheroic  behavior  effective  or 

even  possible. 

EN  372  Alienation  in  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN211,  212,  213,  or  permission 

Explores  literature  from  various  times  and  places  for  what  it  shows  us  of  the 

separation  of  self  from  the  external  world — the  estrangement  of  human 

beings  from  others  as  well  as  from  themselves — its  origin,  nature,  and 

various  forms. 


EN  384  Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women  3c-01-3sh 

Reading  of  women's  fiction,  nonfiction  prose,  poetry,  and  drama,  with 
emphasis  on  the  work  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries  in  England  and 
America.  Both  works  of  well-known  writers  traditionally  included  in  the 
English  curriculum  and  the  writings  of  their  less  well-known  contemporaries 
will  be  included. 

EN  390  Literary  Tour:  Britain  var-3sh 

Offered  selected  summers,  for  five  weeks  during  the  first  or  second  summer 
session.  Visits  London,  Stratford,  and  Cambridge  or  Oxford,  as  well  as  other 
places  important  in  English  literature. 

EN  480  Seminar:  Studies  in  English  and  var-3sh 

American  Literature 

Prerequisites:  EN  101.  202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN2 1 1 .  2 1 2,  2 1 3,  or  permission 

A  seminar  experience  designed  for  advanced  students.  Students  considering 

graduate  work  in  English  might  well  wish  to  enroll,  but  students  with  a 

variety  of  career  goals — business,  industry,  law,  government  service — can 

take  advantage  of  this  opportunity  to  plan  a  schedule  of  independent  study 

with  the  help  of  a  faculty  mentor. 

EN  481  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Vary  from  semester  to  semester  covering  such  diverse  topics  as  autobiography, 
science  fiction,  folklore,  the  political  novel,  black  theater,  etc. 


Course  Descriptions  — 141 


EN  482  Independent  Study  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

EN  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

On-the-job  training  opportunities  in  related  areas.  Application  and 
acceptance  to  internship  program  required. 

EP:  Educational  and  School  Psychology 

Department  of  Educational  and  School 

Psychology 

College  of  Education 

EP  202  Educational  Psychology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101,  admission  to  sophomore  standing  in  teacher 
certification  or  permission 

Designed  to  promote  a  better  understanding  of  the  principles  of  psychology 
governing  human  behavior,  with  particular  emphasis  on  their  relation  to 
learner,  learning  process,  and  learning  situation  in  an  educational 
environment.  (Offered  as  EP302  prior  to  1992-93) 

EP  281  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

EP371  Psychology  of  Teaching  Sex  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  the  methods  of  teaching  sex  education  to  elementary,  intermediate, 
and  secondary  levels;  the  sexual  development  of  the  child  through 
adolescence  and  adulthood. 

EP  373  Psychology  of  Adolescent  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP202 

Study  of  significant  characteristics,  behavior,  and  educational  and  social 
problems  of  adolescents. 

EP  376  Behavior  Problems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP202 

Examination  of  emotional  and  social  aspects  of  behavior  problems 
encountered  in  classroom  situations  and  potential  remedial  techniques. 

EP  377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101,  admission  to  junior  standing  in  teacher  certification  or 

permission 

Designed  to  acquaint  students  with  major  methods  and  techniques  of 

evaluation  used  to  assess  and  report  growth,  development,  and  academic 

achievement  of  individuals  in  an  educational  environment.  Includes 

interpretation  of  standardized  test  information. 

EP  378  Learning  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP202 

Explores  learning  theories  and  educational  application  in  the  classroom. 

EP  383  Education  of  the  Disadvantaged  Student  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP202 

Acquisition  of  necessary  understandings  of  physiological,  psychological, 
and  social  implications  relevant  to  working  with  and  teaching  the 
disadvantaged  student. 

EP  384  Field  Experience  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP202 

Provides  student  with  tutorial  experience  in  the  public  schools  and  social 
service  organizations  with  professional  supervision. 


EP481  Special  Topics  in  Educational  Psychology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary 
basis  to  explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A 
given  topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than 
three  times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper- 
level  undergraduate  students. 

EP  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

EX:  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 

College  of  Education 

EX  111  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  For  department  majors  and  official  incoming  transfers  only 
Surveys  characteristics,  needs,  problems,  and  behavior  patterns  of  any 
person  who  deviates  sufficiently  from  "normal"  to  be  considered 
exceptional.  Consideration  to  those  who  fall  intellectually  both  above  and 
below  average  and  to  those  who  are  handicapped  visually,  acoustically, 
behaviorally,  orthopedically,  neurologically,  or  in  respect  to  speech  patterns. 
(Offered  as  EX  120  prior  to  1993-94) 

EX  112  Typical  and  Atypical  Growth  and  Development      3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  EX111.PC101 

Presents  foundations  of  human  growth  from  conception,  including  basic 
embryogenesis,  up  to  but  not  including  adolescence.  Considers  the 
biological,  cultural,  educational,  and  parenting  influences  that  shape  the 
child,  as  well  as  selective  examples  of  normal  and  deviant  physical  and 
intellectual  development.  (Offered  as  EX220  prior  to  1993-94) 

EX  221  Methods  of  Teaching  Mathematics  to  Persons         3c-01-3sh 
with  Disabilities 

Prerequisites:  MA151,  EX111 

Emphasizes  recent  developments  in  elementary  curriculum  and  instructional 
techniques  for  developing  concepts;  implications  of  recent  resource 
developments  and  materials  helpful  to  the  prospective  special  education 
teacher.  Emphasis  is  also  placed  on  methods  of  helping  children  learn 
mathematical  concepts  through  physical  activity  and  on  ways  to  adapt 
regular  classroom  materials  to  meet  needs  and  abilities  of  slow  and  disabled 
learners.  (Offered  as  EX240:  Teaching  Mathematics  for  the  Mentally  and/or 
Physically  Handicapped  prior  to  1993-94) 

EX  222  Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  with        3c-01-3sh 
Disabilities 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  status  or  above 

Presents  basic  concepts  of  developmental  reading  instruction  and  systematic 
coverage  of  the  methods  of  teaching  reading  from  readiness  stages  through 
eighth  grade.  Diagnostic-prescriptive  techniques  are  included.  (Offered  as 
EX251:  Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  prior  to  1993-94) 

EX  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

EX  300  Education  of  the  Exceptional  in  the  3c-01-3sh 

Regular  Classroom 

Prerequisite:  For  non-Special  Education  majors  only 
Surveys  traits,  needs,  problems,  and  behavior  patterns  of  the  exceptional 
person  and  indicates  methods  and  considerations  for  the  regular  classroom 
teacher  encountering  the  exceptional  person  in  his/her  classroom.  Legal 
rights  of  the  exceptional  are  stressed,  and  contributions  of  the  disabled  to 
society  are  presented.  Implications  regarding  parenting  of  exceptional 
children  and  youth  are  included. 


142  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EX  32 1  Methods  of  Teaching  Language  Arts  to  3c-01-3sh 

Persons  with  Disabilities 

Prerequisites:  EX  11 1 ,  EX222,  and  SH254 

Review  of  typical  and  atypical  characteristics  of  the  handicapped  in 
relationship  to  the  language  arts.  Deals  with  preparation  and  execution  of 
units  of  instruction  in  language  arts  for  mentally  and/or  physically 
handicapped  persons.  Diagnostic  and  prescriptive  approaches  are  included; 
integration  of  language  arts  with  a  highlight  on  reading  is  stressed.  (Offered 
as  EX353:  Reading  and  Other  Language  Arts  for  the  Mentally  and/or 
Physically  Handicapped  prior  to  1993-94) 

EX  322  Methods  of  Teaching  Content  Area  Subjects  to       3c-01-3sh 
Persons  with  Disabilities 

Prerequisite:  EX  11 1 

Presents  methods  for  teaching  science  and  social  studies  to  the  mentally  and/ 
or  physically  handicapped.  Scope  and  sequence  of  content,  as  well  as 
evaluative  techniques  for  each  content  area,  are  studied.  Integration  of  other 
content  areas  and  skill  areas  is  stressed.  Also  stresses  teaching  in  both 
resource  room  and  less  restrictive  environments.  (Offered  as  EX343: 
Content  Area  Subjects  for  the  Mentally  and/or  Physicallv  Handicapped  prior 
to  1993-94) 

EX  340  Introduction  to  Behavior  Management  in  3c-01-3sh 

Special  Education 

Prerequisites:  EX  1 11,  EX  1 12.  EP202 

An  overview  of  systematic  behavioral  change  techniques  for  use  with 

students  in  a  variety  of  special  education  settings  including  integrated, 

resource,  self-contained,  special  school,  and  residential.  Emphasizes  a  case 

analysis  approach  to  creating  and  evaluating  behavioral  changes  for  students 

with  mild  to  severe  disabilities. 

EX  415  Preschool  Education  for  Children  3c-01-3sh 

with  Disabilities 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Provides  information  on  assessment,  intervention  strategies,  curriculum,  and 
prescriptive  planning  for  preschool  children  with  disabilities.  Serves  as  a 
course  for  departmental  majors  who  are  specifically  interested  in  early- 
childhood  education,  as  an  elective  for  other  interested  students  in  related 
fields,  and  as  a  priority  course  for  Early  Childhood  Education  majors. 
(Formerly  EX464:  Preschool  Education  of  the  Handicapped) 

EX  416  Education  of  Persons  with  Emotional  or  3c-01-3sh 

Behavioral  Disorders 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status  or  above 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  emotional  and 
behavioral  disorders,  definition  and  identification  of  the  population,  and 
educational  approaches.  Reviews  research  in  the  field,  including  current 
issues,  trends,  practices,  and  services.  (Formerly  EX341:  The  Socially  and 
Emotional  Maladjusted) 

EX  417  Education  of  Persons  with  Mental  Retardation      3c-01-3sh 
or  Developmental  Disabilities 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status  or  above 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  mental 

retardation  and  developmental  disabilities,  including  autism.  Definition. 

identification,  and  educational  approaches  are  discussed.  Reviews  research 

in  the  field,  including  current  issues,  trends,  practices,  and  services. 

(Formerly  EX457:  Severe  and  Profound  Retardation  and  Multiple 

Disabilities) 

EX  418  Education  of  Persons  with  Physical  or  3c-01-3sh 

Multiple  Disabilities 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status  or  above 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  a  wide  and 
diverse  range  of  physical/multiple  disablities,  the  definition  and 
identification  of  the  population,  and  educational  approaches.  Reviews 
research  in  the  field,  including  current  issues,  trends,  practices,  and  services. 
(Formerly  EX430:  Physical  Disabilities  and  Psychological  Handicaps) 

EX  419  Education  of  Persons  with  Brain  Injuries  or  3c-01-3sh 

Learning  Disabilities 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status  or  above 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  neurological 
and  learning  disabilities,  definition  and  identification  of  the  population,  and 
educational  approaches.  Reviews  research  in  the  field,  including  current 
issues,  trends,  practices,  and  services.  (Formerly  EX454:  The  Brain  Injured 
and  the  Learning  Disabled) 


EX  425  Methods  and  Curriculum  3c-01-3sh 

(Mild-Moderate  Disabilities) 

Prerequisites:  EX221.  EX222.  EX321,  EX322,  EX340 
Provides  in-depth  examination  of  assessment  methods,  strategies,  and 
curriculums.  Emphasizes  assessment  methods  and  strategies  used  in  a 
variety  of  service  models  that  serve  elementary-  and  secondary-level 
students  with  learning  disabilities,  behavioral  disorders,  mild  mental 
retardation,  and  high-function  autism.  (Formerly  EX450:  Methods  and 
Curriculum  Planning  for  Mildly  and  Moderately  Handicapped) 

EX  435  Methods  and  Curriculum  3c-01-3sh 

(Severe-Profound  Disabilities) 

Prerequisites:  EX221,  EX222.  EX322.  EX321,  EX340 
Emphasizes  methods  designed  to  facilitate  the  development  of  an  integrated, 
functional,  and  community-based  curriculum  that  will  prepare  students  for 
participation  in  a  wide  variety  of  postschool  environments. 

EX  440  Ethical  and  Professional  Behavior  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Emphasis  on  ethical  and  professional  behavior  for  student  teachers  and 
professional  employees.  Possibilities  for  and  methods  of  initiating  and 
profiting  from  postbaccalaureate  study  are  indicated.  Student  teachers  are 
required  to  complete  and  present  a  curriculum  book  regarding  each  student- 
teaching  experience.  (Offered  as  EX490  prior  to  1993-94) 

EX  480  Seminar  in  Special  Education  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Interested  students  may  use  this  course  for  the  pursuit  of  knowledge 
regarding  specific  concerns  of  the  exceptional  which  are  not  ordinarily 
considered  in  such  detail  during  regular  classroom  instruction.  Students 
wishing  to  enroll  are  expected  to  submit  a  written  proposal  regarding  their 
desire  for  study  at  the  time  permission  for  enrollment  is  sought.  With 
permission,  the  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit.  (Previous  title:  Selected 
Problems) 

EX  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

EX  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

FA:  Fine  Arts 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

FA  281  Special  Topics  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

FA  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

FA  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 


Course  Descriptions  — 143 


FA  493  Internship 

Covers  the  areas  of  the  visual  and  performing  arts. 


var-3-12sh 


FE:  Foundations  of  Education 
Department  of  Foundations  of  Education 
College  of  Education 

FE  202  American  Kducation  in  Theory  and  Practice  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Students  must  have  sophomore  status  and  be  enrolled  in  a 
teacher  certification  program 

Provides  an  introduction  to  some  of  the  major  traditional  and  contemporary 
philosophic  concepts  which  have  played  a  role  in  the  formation  of 
educational  policies  and  practices.  Emphasis  on  the  relationship  between 
educational  theory  and  practice  in  such  areas  as  the  role  of  the  school  in 
society,  curricular  content,  teaching  and  learning  methodology,  educational 
goals,  and  professionalism. 

FE  28 1  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

FE  414  Comparative  Foundations  of  Education  3c-01-3sh 

(Dual  Level) 

Analysis,  evaluation,  and  especially  comparison  of  educational  purposes, 
curriculum,  and  methods  in  some  western  European  nations,  some 
developing  nations  in  Africa.  Asia,  and  Latin  America,  and  nations  such  as 
Russia  and  the  Peoples  Republic  of  China.  The  educational  theories  and 
practices  in  the  United  States  will  be  compared  with  those  in  other  lands. 
Designed  to  develop  insight  into  new  ideas  and  practices  in  American 
schools. 

FE  415  Curriculum  Development  (Dual  Level!  3c-0l-3sh 

Analysis  of  philosophical,  sociological,  and  psychological  basis  for  creation 
of  curricular  patterns,  K- 1 2.  Includes  utilization  of  technological  devices, 
critical  examination  of  basic  concepts  underlying  determination  of 
objectives,  and  selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter  and  of  learning 
experiences  in  general.  Current  curriculum  research  will  be  analyzed,  as  will 
existing  instructional  materials  and  programs. 

FE  440  Orientation  to  Teaching  in  Urban  Centers  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  students  with  an  understanding  of  learners  and  their  unique 
learning  needs  and  conditions.  Emphasis  on  understanding  the  origin  of 
altitudes  and  values  and  how  these  affect  the  relationships  which  exist 
between  students  and  teachers.  Special  attention  to  practical  application  of 
theoretical  information  to  problems  of  urban  education.  Field  trips  and  guest 
speakers  will  be  emphasized. 

FE  441  Field  Experiences  in  Urban  Centers  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  FE440 

Provides  specialized  experience  for  students  desiring  to  teach  in  inner-city 
schools.  Aspects  to  be  emphasized  include  physical  characteristics  of 
community,  background  and  aspirations  of  children  and  youth,  and 
specialized  teacher  competencies,  classroom  management,  planning, 
instructional  materials,  teaching  strategies,  and  evaluations.  Records  of 
comprehensive  experiences  in  urban  areas  will  be  considered  in  making 
field  experience  assignments.  Schools  selected  for  student  experience  will 
be  located  in  Pittsburgh. 

FE  442  Interpreting  Urban/Field  Experiences  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FE440,  FE441 

Evaluation  of  learning  and  behavior  problems  encountered  during  field 
experience  in  urban  schools.  Flexible  approach  stressed  to  encourage  wide 
range  of  investigation  and  exploration  of  psychological  and  sociological 
problems  as  they  affect  education.  Supervision  and  guidance  for 
investigating  specific  problems  provided  by  specialists  from  psychology, 
sociology,  and  education  who  will  function  as  resource  personnel  giving 
direction.  Enables  students  to  combine  experiences  gained  by  teaching  in 
urban  schools  with  recent  and  pertinent  theoretical  information. 


FE  454  Public  School  Administration  V  ill  Wi 

Study  of  the  development  of  public  school  administration;  current 
organizational  patterns  for  public  education  at  the  local,  county,  state,  and 
national  levels;  and  the  impact  of  administration  upon  the  total  educational 
program. 

FE  456  Issues  and  Trends  in  Education  3c-OI-3>.h 

Critical  analysis  of  issues  and  trends  in  education  with  emphasis  on 
philosophical  and  social  dimensions  of  topics  covered.  Attention  to  work  of 
some  major  contemporary  critics  of  education. 

FE  481  Special  Topics  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

FE  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

FI:  Finance 

Department  of  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

FI  220  Essentials  of  Finance  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  students  with  a  survey  of  three  fundamental  areas  of  finance: 
1)  Corporate  Finance,  2)  Basic  Investment,  and  3)  Financial  Intermediation 
and  the  Monetary  System.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  financial  analysis, 
planning,  and  control;  to  the  management  (the  acquisition  and  allocation)  of 
funds;  and  to  the  fundamentals  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  capital 
budgeting.  Students  will  be  familiarized  with  the  basic  investment  markets, 
fundamental  and  technical  analysis,  and  portfolio  analysis.  Students  will 
also  consider  the  influence  of  government  and  financial  institutions  on 
interest  rates,  sources  of  finance,  investment  of  funds,  and  finance  in 
general.  (Offered  for  Associate  Degree  Program  at  branch  campuses  only: 
may  not  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  FI310) 

FI  281  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

FI  310  Finance  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG202,  MA214  for  business  majors;  AG202,  MA214  or 
MA217  for  non-business  majors  (MA214  recommended) 
Study  of  the  methods  of  securing  and  managing  funds  on  short, 
intermediate,  and  long-term  bases.  The  financial  analysis,  planning,  and 
control  of  a  corporation.  Also  covered  is  working  capital  management. 

FI  320  Finance  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FI310,  upper  division  only 

Continues  FI310  and  covers  topics  on  long-term  external  financing  of  the 
firm,  capital  budgeting,  valuation  of  the  firm,  mergers,  international 
business  finance,  and  business  failures. 

FI  322  Life  Insurance  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FI310 

Comprehensive  study  of  that  insurance  which  provides  protection  against 
the  economic  loss  caused  by  termination  of  earning  capacity.  Analysis 
benefits,  underwriting,  rate  making,  and  legal  doctrines. 


144 —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


FI  324  Principles  of  Investments  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FI3I0 

Analysis  of  various  types  of  securities  and  other  forms  of  investment 
possibilities  and  a  study  of  sound  investment  policies  from  a  corporate 
viewpoint.  Factors  influencing  the  general  movement  of  security  prices  and 
the  return  from  investments  are  considered. 

FI  355  Financial  Analysis  Using  Lotus  1-2-3  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BE/CO/IM101  and  FI310 

This  course  develops  the  financial  students'  computer  modeling  and  analysis 
skills.  Students  will  be  taught  how  to  utilize  current  computing  resources, 
electronic  spreadsheet,  and  other  software  to  analyze,  model,  and  solve  a 
variety  of  financial  problems. 

FI  385  Securities  and  Commodities  Markets  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320.  FI324 

Study  of  the  structure  of  security  and  commodity  markets;  the  nature  of 
speculative  transaction  and  methods  of  trading;  analysis  of  pricing:  and  the 
objectives  of  security  and  commodity  market  regulation. 

FI  410  Financial  Institutions  and  Markets  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FI324 

Review  of  the  entire  structure  of  financial  institutions,  money,  and  capital 
markets,  of  which  the  business  enterprise  is  both  a  supply  and  demand 
factor,  and  structure  and  dynamics  of  interest-rate  movements. 

FI  420  Investment  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320,  FI324 

Integrates  the  work  of  the  various  courses  in  the  finance  areas  and 
familiarizes  the  student  with  the  tools  and  techniques  of  research  in  the 
different  areas  of  investments. 

FI  422  Seminar  in  Finance  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320.  FI324,  seniors  only 

Primarily  for  the  senior  Finance  major,  covers  topics  in  all  areas  of  finance 
by  using  recent  articles,  cases,  discussions,  speakers,  and  a  financial 
simulation  game. 

FI  424  International  Financial  Management  3c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  FI310 

The  financial  management  concepts,  useful  in  a  single-country  context,  are 
adapted  for  the  international  variables  and  constraints  caused  by  being 
international.  Provides  an  insight  into  unique  issues  and  problems  the 
manager  of  the  multinational  enterprise  will  face  such  as:  working  capital 
management;  capital  budgeting  process;  financing  and  investing  abroad; 
capital  and  money  markets;  foreign  exchange  markets;  and  risk 
management. 

FI  481  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate 

students. 

FI  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

FI  493  Finance  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320.  FI324.  consent  of  chairperson  and  dean 
Practical  experience  in  the  finance  field. 

Note:  Internship  FI493  can  be  taken,  if  the  student  qualifies,  as  a  general 
elective.  It  does  not  fulfill  the  major-area  elective  requirement. 


FL:  Study  Abroad  and  Comparative  Literature 

(Foreign  Language) 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

FL  100  Study  Abroad  var- 1  - 1 2sh 

Registration  mechanism  and  limited  credit  arrangement  as  provided  in 
preapproval  process  for  Study  Abroad  programs  coordinated  through  the 
Center  for  International  Studies. 

FL  121  Humanities  Literature  3c-0I-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  works,  authors,  and  genres  of  general  literary 
significance  in  the  Western  tradition.  Not  organized  historically  but  trains 
the  student  in  the  critical  reading  and  appreciation  of  literature  from  the 
present  and  other  periods.  Authors,  works,  and  themes  are  studied  with 
respect  to  cultural  context,  aesthetic  form,  and  thematic  significance.  Taught 
in  English.  Substitutes  for  EN  121:  Humanities-Literature. 

FL  391  Selected  Works  from  the  Medieval  Period  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101.  102 

Comparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  and  as 

representative  of  major  themes  of  medieval  European  literature.  Also  listed 

asEN391. 

FL  392  Renaissance/Baroque/Classical  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101.  102 

Literary  works  representing  various  genres  from  both  periods  are  studied 

and  compared  for  their  themes,  motifs,  and  stylistic  features,  applying 

principles  set  forth  in  H.  Wolffin's  Renaissance  and  Baroque.  Also  listed  as 

EN392. 

FL  393  Romanticism  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

Study  of  the  principal  authors  and  works  of  late  18th-century  and  early  19th- 
century  Europe  and  the  unique  national  characteristics  of  the  Romantic 
movement  in  lyric,  drama,  and  prose.  Also  listed  as  EN393. 

FL394  Nineteenth-Century  European  Novel  3c-01-3sh 

in  Translation 

Prerequisites:  EN  101.  102 

A  survey  of  major  19th-century  European  novels  in  translation  (excluding 
English),  emphasizing  the  rise  of  realism  and  naturalism  and  the  cultural, 
historical,  social,  and  artistic  relationships  between  the  various  national 
literatures.  Also  listed  as  EN394. 

FL  395  Selected  Writers  from  20th-Centurv  Europe  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101.  102 

Comparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  or  as 

representatives  of  major  trends  in  20th-century  literature.  Also  listed  as 

EN395. 

FL  396  The  Literature  of  Emerging  Nations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  102 

A  comparative  study  of  a  selection  of  literature  written  in  major  European 
languages  but  originating  in  the  nations  of  the  developing  world.  Works  will 
be  mainly  prose  fiction  (although  essay,  theater,  and  poetry  may  be 
included)  and  reflect  a  diversity  of  geographical,  cultural,  and  prior  colonial 
circumstances.  Also  listed  as  EN396. 

FL  421  Language  and  Society  3c-OI-3sh 

Considers  salient  facts  of  language  and  its  role  in  society  and  culture. 
Language  families,  linguistic  change,  and  reciprocal  influences  of  culture 
and  language  are  presented. 

FL  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 


Course  Descriptions  — 145 


FN:  Food  and  Nutrition 
Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 
College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

FN  110  Careers  in  Food  and  Nutrition  lc-01   I  sh 

Career  possibilities  for  nutrition  majors  arc  explored.  Students  will  be 
guided  in  clarifying  their  professional  goals  and  will  become  acquainted 
with  the  educational  and  experiential  requirements  necessary  to  attain  these 
goals. 

FN  140  Nutrition  and  Wellness.  Part  A  2c-2 1   1 .5sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  contemporary  nutrition  issues  as  they  relate  to 
personal  choices  and  physical  Illness  as  a  component  of  wellness. 
(Combined  with  FN141  as  FN143  effective  1992) 

FN  141  Nutrition  and  Wellness.  Part  B  2c-21- 1 .5sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  physical  fitness,  stress  management,  and  substance 
abuse  as  components  of  wellness.  (Combined  with  FN  1 40  as  FN  1 4  ) 
effective  1992) 

FN  143  Nutrition  and  Wellness  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  major  components  of  wellness:  contemporary 
nutrition  issues  as  they  relate  to  personal  food  choices,  physical  fitness, 
stress  management,  sexually  transmitted  diseases,  AIDS,  and  substance 
abuse.  Completion  of  FN  143  fulfills  the  Liberal  Studies  Health  and  Wellness 
requirement. 

FN  145  Introduction  to  Nutrition  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  students  with  an  understanding  of  essential  nutrients  and  their  roles 
in  the  body,  as  well  as  the  changing  nutritional  needs  of  an  individual 
throughout  the  lifespan.  Includes  the  impact  of  exercise  and  food  choices  on 
metabolism,  body  composition,  and  weight  control:  nutrition 
misinformation;  consumer  issues:  commercially  prepared  foods;  and  major 
diseases  that  are  affected  by  eating  behaviors. 

FN  150  Foods  Lecture  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite  (or  concurrently):  CH102 

Basic  principles  of  food,  to  include  composition,  sanitation,  preparation,  and 

preservation. 

FN  151  Foods  Lab 

Prerequisite  (or  concurrently):  FN150 
Application  of  basic  principles  of  food  preparation. 


0c-31-lsh 


FN  212  Nutrition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH102  or  CHI  12 

Sources  and  functions  of  nutrients,  interdependence  of  dietary  essentials, 
and  nutritive  value  of  an  optimum  diet  are  studied.  Attention  given  to  varied 
conditions  in  human  life. 

FN  213  Life  Cycle  Nutrition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN212 

A  detailed  study  of  nutrition  which  applies  information  from  FN212: 
Nutrition  to  all  stages  of  the  life  cycle;  current  issues  and  research  as  they 
impact  on  these  developmental  stages. 

FN  245  Sports  Nutrition  Ic-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  FN  143,  or  FN  145.  or  FN2 1 2 

Students'  nutrition  knowledge  will  be  advanced  with  special  application  to 
the  optimal  nutrient  needs  and  nutrition  practices  of  athletes  to  maximize 
performance.  The  fallacies  of  ergogenic  aids  will  also  be  discussed. 

FN  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

FN  355  Nutrition  in  Disease  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI155,  CHI 02.  FN212 

Basic  tools  for  diet  modification:  food  exchange  systems;  interviewing 
techniques;  nutrition  assessment;  professional  practice;  dietary  treatment  of 
injury,  surgery,  recovery,  obesity,  and  diabetes.  Nutrition  support.  Food 
sampling  experiences.  Fall  semester. 


FN  357  Special  Problems  in  Foods  0c-4l  Jsh 

Prerequisite:  FN150 

Individual  problems  in  foods  investigated  with  emphasis  on  identified 
weaknesses  in  the  student's  knowledge  of  food. 

FN  362  Experimental  Foods  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IN  1 50,  212.  CH102,  or  (111  12 

The  experimental  study  of  foods,  relating  chemical  and  physical  properties 
lo  reactions  and  processes  occurring  in  food  systems. 

FN  364  Methods  of  Teaching  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN3 1 3  and  356  or  concurrently 

Current  teaching  techniques  and  resource  materials  in  nutrition  education 

emphasized.  Both  classroom  teaching  and  on-the-job  training  programs  are 

included. 

FN  402  Community  Nutrition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN212 

Nutritional  implications  of  both  good  and  poor  nutrition  for  all  age  groups  in 
home  and  community  situations  are  studied.  Corrective  and  preventive 
measures  emphasized.  Spring  semester. 

FN  410  Food,  Nutrition,  and  Aging  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status 

Relationship  of  food  to  health  maintenance  and  special  dietary  problems 
during  the  middle  and  later  years. 

FN  430  Professional  Topics  in  Food  and  Nutrition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN355,  FN364,  HR356,  and  PC101 

Topics  include  promoting  food  and  nutrition  services  and  programs,  career 
planning  and  development,  ethical  challenges  to  dietitians,  quality  assurance 
standards,  and  impact  on  the  legislative  process. 

F'N  444  Food  Composition  and  Biochemistry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH355 

Basic  chemistry  and  biochemistry  of  essential  components  of  food 
originating  from  plant  and  animal  sources. 

FN  447  Nutritional  Aspects  of  Food  Technology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN2 1 2  and  BI232:  junior  status 

Study  of  current  known  effects  of  food  processing  techniques  on  the 
nutritional  value  and  safety  of  foods. 

FN  455  Nutrition  in  Disease  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN355 

Dietary  treatment  of  disorders  of  the  gastrointestinal,  renal,  cardiovascular, 
and  hepatic  systems;  inborn  errors  of  metabolism;  allergies;  cancer. 
Therapeutic  quackery.  Food  sampling  experiences.  Spring  semester  only. 

FN  458  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH351  or  355  or,  concurrently,  FN2I2,  BI155 
In-depth  study  of  the  nutrients  and  their  functions  within  the  cell. 
Incorporation  of  the  principles  of  physiology  and  biochemistry  in  the  study 
of  nutrition.  Emphasis  on  current  research  and  evaluation  of  research 
methodology. 

FN  461  Microwave  Cooking  Technology  2c-21-3sh 

Study  of  the  electronic  technology,  selection,  care,  and  use  of  the  microwave 
oven.  Basic  physical  and  chemical  concepts  related  to  microwave  cooking 
are  included.  Individual  investigative  research  problems  are  required. 

FN  462  Advanced  Experimental  Foods  lc-41-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN362,  CH231 

An  experimental  approach  to  the  many  factors  influencing  the  chemical  and 
physical  properties  of  food.  Use  of  the  scientific  method  in  developing  an 
individual  project  combining  an  evaluation  of  current  literature  and 
appropriate  sensory  and  analytical  methodology. 

FN  463  Nutrition  Counseling  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN355,  PC101,  FN455  or  concurrently 
Use  of  intervention  strategies  in  prevention  and  treatment  of  disease  through 
diet.  Supervised  practicum  (3  hours  per  week)  counseling  clientele  in 
normal  and  therapeutic  nutrition. 


146  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


FN  464  Food  and  Nutrition  Research  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN362,  458,  CH351,  and  MA217 

Introduction  to  research  methodology  in  foods  and  nutrition.  Includes  theory 
and  techniques  of  physical,  chemical,  and  instrumental  analysis. 
Applications  of  these  methods  to  food  and  animal  models  with  statistical 
analysis  of  data. 

FN  470  Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  One  social  science  course  and  junior  standing 
Exploration  of  human  food  consumption  behaviors  from  food  production  to 
individual  and  societal  consumption  patterns.  Influencing  factors  which  will 
be  discussed  include  agronomic,  economic,  geographic,  sociologic, 
nutritional,  political,  and  psychological  factors.  The  ethics  and  morality  of 
food  distribution  will  be  discussed.  Students  may  not  enroll  in  this  course  if 
they  have  taken  the  section  LS499  that  corresponds  to  this  course. 

FN  481  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

FN  482  Independent  Study  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office;  must  have  earned  60  semester  hours 
Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 
member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources. 


FR  203  Accelerated  College  French  6c-01-6sh 

Develops  listening  and  speaking  skills  through  an  immersion  method. 
Students  use  present,  past,  and  future  to  indicative  tenses  in  intensive  aural/ 
oral  interaction  and  are  expected  to  make  use  of  the  audio  and  video 
capabilities  of  the  Foreign  Language  Learning  Center  on  a  weekly  basis. 
Liberal  Studies  elective  credit  is  given  for  this  course.  (Replaces  FR251- 
252) 

FR  221  Conversation  III  2c-01-2sh 

Gives  students  opportunity  to  practice  the  grammatical  knowledge  they 
acquire  in  a  corresponding  class  and  develops  their  oral  skill.  Stresses 
phonetics,  pronunciation,  and  vocabulary. 

FR  222  Conversation  IV  2c-01-2sh 

Continues  the  study  of  phonetics  to  improve  students'  pronunciation. 
Readings  of  relatively  short  texts  followed  by  questions  and  answers.  Some 
informal  conversation  to  increase  the  vocabulary,  to  be  able  to  react 
spontaneously  to  a  given  situation,  and  to  carry  the  oral  skill  to  a  higher 
level. 

FR  253  Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation  3c-01-3sh 

Intermediate  course  in  grammar,  reading,  composition,  and  some  oral  work. 
Can  substitute  for  or  be  in  addition  to  FR202  for  majors  or  serious  students. 

FR  254  Civilization  of  Modern  France  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR202  or  equivalent 

Study  of  modem  French  culture  and  civilization — social  institutions, 
government,  industry,  economics,  and  geography.  Development  of  all 
language  skills  for  use  in  business  situation  in  French-speaking 
environment.  Emphasis  on  acquisition  of  an  active  knowledge  of  the 
business  world. 


FN  484  Senior  Seminar  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  status,  FN458,  FN464  or  concurrently 
Emphasis  on  individual  review  of  food  and  nutrition  literature  with  formal 
presentation  and  discussion  of  current  research. 

FN  493  Internship  var-6-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Must  have  earned  57  semester  hours 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  work  away  from  the  university  in  supervised 
job  situations  at  health  care  facilities,  restaurants,  or  other  institutional  food 
service  or  lodging  establishments.  Objective  is  to  provide  students  with  job- 
related  experiences.  Must  meet  university  internship  requirements. 

Note:  White  uniforms  including  white  shoes  are  required  for  all  lab  courses 
where  food  is  prepared.  Students  must  meet  the  professional  dress 
requirements  of  the  department. 

FR:  French 

Department  of  French 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

FR  101  Basic  French  4c-01-4sh 

For  the  student  beginning  the  study  of  French  or  who  needs  remedial  study 
before  beginning  the  intermediate  sequence.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  the 
mastery  of  French  pronunciation  and  oral  communication.  Students  will 
learn  to  converse  in  simple  present  time  and  become  acquainted  with 
location  of  Francophone  populations  and  elements  of  their  daily  lives. 
Attendance  and  Foreign  Language  Learning  Center  practice  is  required. 
(Replaces  FR151  and  152) 

FR  201  College  French  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  initiation  of  college-level  mastery  of  basic  language  skills  and  exposure 
to  cultural  materials.  Supplements  beginners'  oral  competency  with  more 
advanced  reading  and  writing.  Emphasis  on  narration  in  the  past.  Efforts  are 
made  to  practice  skills  and  comprehend  texts  in  authentic  cultural  contexts. 
Liberal  Studies  elective  credit  is  given  for  this  course.  (Replaces  FR251) 

FR  202  College  French  II  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR201  or  equivalent 

This  course  continues  the  college-level  mastery  of  language  skills.  The 
ability  to  narrate  present  and  past  is  intended  to  express  opinion  and 
hypothesis.  Emphasis  is  on  acquiring  greater  skill  in  reading  literary  and 
cultural  texts.  Liberal  Studies  elective  credit  is  given  for  this  course. 
(Replaces  FR252) 


FR  255  The  Art  of  Translation  ( version )  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR202  or  equivalent 

Practice  in  the  skills  needed  to  translate  from  the  foreign  language  into 
English.  Students  will  analyze  problems  of  translation  as  they  occur  in 
scientific,  business,  journalistic,  and  literary  texts. 

FR  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

FR  301  Portraits  of  Women  in  the  French  Novel  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  the  polarity  of  the  treatment  of  female  characters  in  the  French 
novel.  Explores  differences  of  treatment  by  male  and  female  writers  through 
inclusion  of  women  novelists.  Provides  a  chronological  survey  of  the 
development  of  the  novel  in  France  from  the  17th  to  the  20th  centuries. 

FR  321-322  Advanced  Conversation  I  and  II  each  lc-01-lsh 

Designed  to  increase  speaking  ability.  The  variety  of  content  permits 
repetition  of  these  relatively  informal  courses. 

FR  351-352  Advanced  French  I  and  II  each  3c-01-3sh 

Reviews  grammar  in  depth;  analyzes  the  structure  of  the  language;  frequent 
themes  required. 

FR  354  Business  French  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR  254  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  principles  and  practices  of  business  communication  in  French 
secretarial  and  administrative  procedures  with  an  emphasis  on  the  planning 
and  writing  of  business  letters,  reports,  and  abstracts  of  articles  in  business 
and  economics. 

FR  361  Development  of  French  Culture  and  3c-01-3sh 

Literature  I 

Provides  a  general  background  in  French  cultural  history,  including  art, 
architecture,  and  music  and  in  social  and  political  ideas  and  a  general  survey 
of  literature.  The  course  spans  the  period  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the 
French  Revolution. 


Course  Descriptions  — 147 


FR  362  Development  of  French  Culture  and  Jc  (H  -3sh 

Literature  II 

This  course  provides  a  general  background  in  French  cultural  history 
including  art,  architecture,  and  music  and  in  social  and  political  ideas  and  a 
general  survey  of  literature.  Spans  the  period  from  Pre-Romanticisni  to  the 
present. 

KR  363  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  major  literal]  works  oi  the  period,  beginning  with  the 
Chansons  de  gestes  and  emphasizing  the  evolution  of  ideas  and  the  various 
literary  genres. 

FR  365  Seventeenth-Century  French  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  major  Baroque  and  neoclassical  works  in  poetry,  theater,  and 
prose  with  special  attention  to  the  evolution  of  ideas  and  the  French  moralist 
tradition. 

FR  366  Eighteenth-Century  French  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  Age  of  Enlightenment  in  its  principal  authors  and  works, 
including  the  popularization  of  ideas  for  and  by  secondary  authors;  a  survey 
of  the  century's  intellectual  and  literary  crosscurrents  in  French  literature 
and  the  wider  scope  of  foreign  influences. 

FR  367  Nineteenth-Century  French  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  literature  of  19th-century  France  with  particular  attention  to 
the  development  of  the  novel  while  also  treating  the  genres  of  poetry  and 
theater.  Attention  is  given  foreign  influences  and  correlations. 

F"R  368  Twentieth-Century  French  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  the  poetic,  theatrical,  and  narrative  genres  of  the  French  20th 
century  with  emphasis  on  the  interaction  between  philosophical 
development  and  literary  expression. 

FR  371  The  French  Novel  3c-01-3sh 

Elective  survey  of  the  origin  and  development  of  the  French  novel.  Works 
representative  of  major  genres  are  read  in  their  entirety. 

F'R  372  Studies  in  Contemporary  French  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Content  of  this  course  will  vary  in  accordance  with  needs  and  interests  of 
those  who  elect  it. 

FR  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

FR  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 
member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources.  An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic 
dealing  with  the  French  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a 
faculty  member. 

FR  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  study  in  France 

A  supervised  field  experience  in  France  with  approved  public  agencies  and 
institutions  or  private  firms;  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  than 
one  month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as  possible  with  the  intern's 
personal  interests  and  professional  goals.  For  more  information,  contact  the 
director  of  the  Internship  Abroad  Program. 


GE:  Geography 

Department  of  Geography  and  Regional 

Planning 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

GE  101  Introduction  to  Geography:  Human  3c-01-3sh 

Environment 

Throughout  history,  human  life  and  society  have  been  shaped  by  the 
physical  environment.  Today,  human  activity  threatens  that  environment. 
The  relationship  between  humans  and  environment  is  examined  in  the 
context  of  the  surface  processes  of  weather,  climate,  plate  tectonics, 
population  distribution,  and  soil  formation.  Topics  include  agriculture,  acid 
rain,  global  warming,  deforestation,  desertification,  erosion,  volcanism,  and 
pollution. 

GE  102  Geography  of  United  States  and  Canada  3c-OI-3sh 

The  cultural  landscape  of  North  America  is  studied.  The  relationship 
between  man  and  environment  is  examined  and  spatial  patterns  of 
environment,  economy,  society,  and  politics  are  considered. 

GE  103  Introduction  to  Human  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Human  society  and  human  behavior  are  shaped  by  space.  In  this  sense, 
geography  is  destiny.  Some  of  the  ways  space  affects  our  lives  are 
examined.  Migration,  diffusion,  settlement,  distance  decay,  spatial  behavior, 
politics,  and  population  are  treated  from  a  geographic  perspective. 

GE  104  Geography  of  the  Non-Western  World  3c-01-3sh 

Relates  theories  of  the  discipline  of  geography  to  problems  in  the 
developing  world.  Emphasizes  geographic  components  of  dependency 
theory,  indigenous  versus  industrial  strategies  of  resource  management; 
world  systems  theory,  spatial  legacies  of  colonialism;  and  development 
economics,  theories  of  migration  and  urban  structure,  to  explore  causes, 
characteristics,  and  consequences  of  underdevelopment. 

GE  213  Cartography  I  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  students  to  principles  of  thematic  map  construction.  Emphasis  is 
on  the  techniques  of  choropleth  mapping  and  the  production  of  scientific 
graphs  and  charts. 

GE  230  Cultural  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  cultural  geography,  including  population,  settlement, 
historical,  urban,  and  political  geography,  human  relationships  with  the 
natural  environment,  and  the  literature  and  methods  of  cultural  geography. 

GE  231  Economic  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  geographic  concepts,  methods,  and  skills  related  to  spatial 
patterns  of  production,  consumption,  and  exchange  over  the  earth's  surface. 

GE  241  Physical  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  physical  geography  including  the  study  of  weather,  climate, 
soils,  vegetation,  landforms.  energy  cycles,  and  the  hydrologic  cycle. 

GE  251  Geography  of  Pennsylvania  3c-01-3sh 

Regions  of  Pennsylvania  are  examined  in  detail  to  identify  man- 
environment  relationships.  Soils,  topography,  climate,  vegetation, 
population,  and  economic  patterns  are  studied. 

GE  252  Geography  of  Latin  America  3c-01-3sh 

Impact  of  rapid  population  growth  and  economic  development  on  the 
environment  and  spatial  organization  of  Latin  America  are  considered.  The 
resource  base  and  cultural  heritage  of  the  region  are  studied. 

GE  253  Geography  of  Europe  3c-01-3sh 

Investigates  relationships  underlying  land  use,  dominant  international 
problems,  boundary  disputes,  and  regional  complexes  of  the  European 
continent. 


GE  254  Geography  of  USSR  3c-01-3sh 

Regions  of  the  Soviet  Union,  natural  resources,  cultural  patterns,  population, 
strategic  areas,  and  related  geopolitical  problems  are  studied. 

GE  255  Geography  of  Africa  3c-01-3sh 

Systematic  survey  of  the  physical,  economic,  political-historical,  and 
cultural  geography  of  the  continent  is  followed  by  regional  studies  of 
countries  and  peoples  in  Africa,  south  of  the  Sahara. 


148  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


GE  256  Geography  of  East  Asia  3c-OI-3sh 

Studies  China,  Japan,  Korea,  Outer  Mongolia.  Taiwan.  Geographic 
background  for  development  and  wise  use  and  restoration  of  natural 
resources  are  dealt  with. 


GE  341  Climatology  I  3c-01-3sh 

Elements  of  weather  and  climate  and  the  climatic  regions  of  the  earth  are 
studied  in  relation  to  other  aspects  of  the  physical  and  biological 
environment. 


GE  257  Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  Asia  3c-01-3sh 

India.  Pakistan.  Bangladesh,  Sri  Lanka,  Burma,  Thailand.  Laos.  Cambodia, 
Vietnam,  Malaysia,  and  Indonesia  are  studied  with  special  attention  to 
regional  similarities  and  differences,  particularly  as  they  pertain  to  human 
adjustment. 

GE  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

GE  312  Research  in  Geography  and  Planning  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  basic  elements  of  research  in  the  context  of  orderly 
scientific  investigation.  Emphasizes  the  application  of  research  methodology 
to  specific  geographic  and  planning  problems. 

GE  313  Cartography  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE  213 

Gives  an  understanding  of  the  compilation  and  use  of  maps  and  quantitative 
data.  Develops  skills  essential  to  the  construction  of  various  types  of  maps. 

GE  314  Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation  3c-01-3sh 

Maps  and  air  photographs,  along  with  remote  sensing  materials,  permit 
inventory  and  analysis  of  geologic,  land  use.  urban  development,  and  other 
landscape  phenomena.  The  understanding  of  these  materials  and  associated 
tools  for  their  use  is  presented. 

GE  331  Population  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Spatial  variations  in  numbers,  characteristics,  and  dynamics  of  human 
population,  models,  and  theoretical  constructs  relevant  to  demographic 
structures  and  processes  are  studied,  as  well  as  major  world  and  regional 
problems. 

GE  332  Urban  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  principles  of  urban  geography  including  site,  situation,  function,  urban 
land  use,  urban  structure,  and  urban  hierarchy  are  introduced.  Relationships 
between  urban  geography  and  urban  planning  are  explored. 

GE  53i  Trade  and  Transportation  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  with  the  spatial  aspects  of  transportation  systems  and  their  use. 
Circulation,  accessibility,  time  and  distance  concepts,  and  trade  patterns  are 
discussed. 

GE  334  Political  Geography  3c-OI-3sh 

Geographic  factors  and  conditions  are  analyzed  as  they  relate  to  the 
character  and  function  of  states.  Political  institutions  are  evaluated  in  light 
of  geographic  conditions. 

GE  336  Social  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Spatial  dimensions  of  the  American  society  are  the  focus  of  this  course.  The 
distribution  of  various  social  groups  and  their  impact  on  the  landscape  are 
considered. 

GE  337  Historical  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Studies  of  past  geographies,  geographical  change  through  time,  and 
historical  perspectives  on  the  cultural  landscape  are  included.  Historical 
geography  of  the  United  States  is  emphasized. 

GE  340  Geography  of  Fresh  Water  Resources  3c-01-3sh 

Contributes  to  the  students'  understanding  of  fresh  water  as  a  resource. 
Fresh  water  is  identified  by  its  physical  characteristics,  by  an  inventory 
based  on  the  types  of  storage  within  the  hydrologic  cycle,  and  by  the  values 
assigned  to  this  resource  by  different  cultures.  Included  in  the  course  are 
problems  relating  to  the  consumptive  and  withdrawal  uses  of  water,  the  role 
of  water  supply  and  water  law,  flooding  and  floodplain  management,  the 
sources  of  water  contamination  and  pollution,  and  case  studies  of  selected 
river  basins. 


GE  342  Physiography  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  the  study  of  landforms  and  water  features.  Types,  distribution, 
and  processes  of  formation  are  considered  in  relationship  to  the  human 
landscape. 

GE  360  Introduction  to  Planning  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  field  of  planning  on  city,  metropolitan,  regional,  and  county 
levels.  Included  are  intergovernmental  context  and  legislative  basis  for 
planning:  the  comprehensive  plan:  plan  implementation  and  the  planning 
agency. 

GE  361  Planning:  Basic  Studies  and  Analysis  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE360 

Research,  analytical  design,  and  plan-making  techniques  in  urban  and 
regional  planning.  Examines  basic  items  necessary  to  prepare  urban  and 
regional  comprehensive  plans. 

GE  371  Aerospace  Workshop  3c-OI-3sh 

Develops  an  appreciation  and  provides  information  related  to  aerospace 
activities  and  contributions;  offers  background  for  teaching  aerospace 
courses;  discusses  aviation/space  careers;  and  presents  the  basic  principles 
of  flying  (usually  including  some  flight  instruction).  Offered  summer  only. 

GE  411  Geography:  Thought  and  Philosophy  3c-01-3sh 

Seminar  limited  to  junior  and  senior  majors  with  at  least  12  semester  hours 
in  geography.  Deals  with  history  of  the  discipline,  great  ideas,  leading 
problems,  and  unresolved  issues. 

GE  415  Remote  Sensing  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  with  air  photographs,  satellite  imagery,  thermal  sensing,  and  radar 
imagery  and  their  application  to  deriving  information  about  the  earth's 
physical  and  cultural  landscapes. 

GE  416  Computer-Assisted  Cartography  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GE313.  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor 
This  course  introduces  automated  cartographic  production  techniques. 
Topics  include  the  use  of  cartographic  hardware  and  software,  the 
distinction  between  vector  and  raster  representations,  data  bases,  the 
cartographer-machine  interface,  and  designing  computer-generated  maps. 

GE  431  Geography  of  American  Indians  3c-0l-3sh 

Focuses  on  the  historical/cultural  geography  of  Native  Americans. 
Population,  resources,  land  use.  development,  settlement  patterns,  and  other 
selected  topics  are  covered. 

GE  432  Geography  of  Crime  3c-01-3sh 

The  geographical  context  of  crime  is  examined  from  historical  and 
contemporary  viewpoints.  Relevant  concepts  and  analytical  approaches  are 
introduced. 

GE  440  Conservation:  Environmental  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Problems  of  exploitation  and  utilization  of  regional  resources  such  as  soils, 
minerals,  forests,  and  wildlife  are  considered  in  relation  to  population 
growth  and  regional  planning  and  development. 

GE  462  Planning:  Developmental  Principles  and  Theory    3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  GE360 

Examines  the  process  of  city  planning  during  ancient,  medieval. 
Renaissance,  and  modem  periods.  A  review  of  early  planning  in  America,  as 
well  as  present  city  planning,  is  included. 

GE  463  Planning:  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE360 

Presents  concepts  of  city,  subdivision,  and  transportation  design  in  relation 
to  topography,  natural  resources,  and  other  physical  elements. 

GE  464  Land  Use  Policy  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  concepts  of  land  use  policy  at  the  national,  regional,  county,  and  local 
levels  are  treated.  Analysis  is  made  of  various  land  use  policies. 


Course  Descriptions  — 149 


GE  481  Special  Topics  Jc-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  arc  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  arc  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum  A  given 
topic  ma)  be  offered  under  an)  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

GE  482  Independent  Study  v  ar  1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 
member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources 

GE  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Professional  learning  experience  with  emphasis  on  application  of  academic 
background.  Open  to  majors  and  minors  in  geography  and  regional  planning 
with  75  semester  hours  and  15  semester  hours  in  the  department, 
respectively.  See  internship  supervisor  for  additional  information. 

GK:  Greek 

Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

GK  151  Greek  I  3c-01-3sh 

For  beginning  students:  pronunciation,  reading,  oral,  and  written 
communication  are  the  objectives.  In  grammar  the  case  system  of  the  Greek 
noun  is  begun.  All  classical  Greek  courses  are  offered  occasionally  through 
Independent  Study.  Modern  Greek  may  be  available  through  the  Critical 
Languages  program.  Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 

GK  152  Greek  II  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  Greek  I.  In  grammar  the  case  system  of  the  Greek  noun  is 
completed.  Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 

GK  251  Greek  III  3c-01-3sh 

Continued  training  in  basic  skills,  with  the  possible  addition  of  the  study  of 
specific  topics:  consult  the  department  for  topics  of  interest.  In  grammar 
most  tenses  of  the  Greek  verb  are  studied.  Offered  only  by  individualized 
instruction. 

GK  252  Greek  IV  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  Greek  III.  In  grammar  more  tenses  of  the  verb  are  studied. 
The  readings  become  short  selections  from  Greek  literature.  Offered  only  by 
individualized  instruction. 

GK  351  Advanced  Greek  Language  I  3c-01-3sh 

Reviews  grammar  in-depth;  analyzes  the  structure  of  the  language.  While 
themes  are  not  required,  selections  from  Greek  prose  are  read  both  for 
know  ledge  of  their  content  and  for  developing  knowledge  of  the  structure  of 
the  language.  Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 

GK  352  Advanced  Greek  Language  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Continuation  of  GK351.  Selections  are  from  poetry  this  semester.  Offered 
only  by  individualized  instruction. 

GK  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topics  dealing 
with  the  Greek  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty 
member.  Permission  required. 

GM:  German 

Department  of  German 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

GM  101  Elementary  German  var-6sh 

Students  complete  levels  I  and  II  sequence  in  one  semester  (6sh).  Emphasis 
on  mastery  of  spoken  language  as  well  as  basic  language  skills.  Classes 
meet  M.W.F  for  60  minutes  and  T.R  for  90  minutes.  (Offered  prior  to  1993- 
94  as  Intensive  Elementary  German,  using  Dartmouth  Intensive  Language 
Model.) 


GM  201  Intermediate  German  var-6sh 

Students  complete  levels  III  and  IV  sequence  in  one  semester  (6shi. 
Students  develop  language  skills  with  emphasis  on  oral  competency.  Classes 
meet  M.W.F  for  60  minutes  and  T.R  for  90  minutes.  (Offered  prior  to  1993- 
94  as  Intensive  Intermediate  German,  using  Dartmouth  Intensive  Language 
Model.) 

GM  221  Conversation  III  2c-01-2sh 

Two-hours-weekly  conversation  practice  in  small  groups  emphasizing  the 
use  of  greetings,  idiomatic  expressions,  and  communication  skills  to 
improve  vocabulary  and  pronunciation. 

GM  222  Conversation  IV  2c-0l-2sh 

Two  hours  of  weekly  conversation  designed  as  a  continuation  of  the  practice 
in  small  groups,  focusing  on  speaking  and  listening  skills  and  on 
participation  in  discussions  and  dialogues.  May  enroll  without  having  taken 
GM221. 

GM  251  German  III  3c-01-3sh 

Continued  training  in  basic  skills,  with  the  possible  addition  of  the  study  of 
specific  topics;  consult  the  department  for  topics  of  interest. 

GM  252  German  IV  3c-OI-3sh 

Continuation  of  German  III  with  some  emphasis  on  literary  works. 

GM  253  Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation        3c-01-3sh 

Can  be  taken  instead  of  or  in  addition  to  252.  Designed  for  majors  or  serious 

students.  Offered  in  spring  only. 

GM  254  Business  German  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GM251  or  equivalent 

A  one-semester  course  which  can  be  taken  instead  of,  or  in  addition  to. 
GM252  by  students  interested  in  business  or  as  part  of  the  General 
Education  requirement  (equivalent  to  German  IV).  Business  practices  and 
specialized  business  vocabulary,  letter  writing,  and  problems  of  translation 
are  emphasized. 

GM  256  Scientific  German  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  substitute  for  GM252,  course  will  be  offered  in  the  second 
semester.  Primarily  for  science  majors,  it  may  be  taken  as  an  elective  by 
German  majors. 

GM  281  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 
topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may- 
be offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 
students. 

GM  321-322  Advanced  Conversation  I  and  II  each  2c-01-lsh 

Designed  to  increase  speaking  ability.  The  variety  of  content  permits 
repetitions  of  these  relatively  informal  courses. 

GM  351  Advanced  German  Language  I  3c-01-3sh 

Aims  review  and  expand  the  student's  grammatical  skills,  to  apply  these 
skills  to  extensive  cultural  and  short  literary  readings,  and  to  produce 
frequent  themes  on  these  readings. 

GM  352  Advanced  German  Language  II  3c-01-3sh 

Continues  to  expand  the  student's  grammatical  skills  and  to  apply  them  by 
the  writing  of  longer  themes  based  on  cultural  and  literary  readings. 

GM  361  Development  of  German  Culture  and  3c-01-3sh 

Literature  I 

Designed  to  provide  a  background  in  German  literature,  music,  art, 
architecture,  and  history.  Surveys  the  period  from  the  migrations  of  the 
Germanic  tribes  to  the  rise  of  Prussia  as  a  European  power. 

GM  362  Development  of  German  Culture  and  3c-01-3sh 

Literature  II 

A  continuation  of  GM361.  Covers  the  period  from  the  French  Revolution 
and  its  effects  on  Germany  up  to  the  present,  with  an  emphasis  on  German 
literature,  history,  and  music. 

GM  363  Introduction  to  German  Literature  I  3c-01-3sh 

Selected  readings  in  German  poetry  to  acquaint  the  student  with  formal  and 
thematic  aspects  of  German  verse  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 


150  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


(IM  364  Introduction  to  German  Literature  II  3c-01-3sh 

Selected  readings  in  German  fiction  and  drama  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
representative  works  and  techniques  of  interpretation. 

GM  367  Nineteenth-Century  German  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  the  major  works  of  German  poetry  and  prose  with  an  emphasis 

on  the  literary  movements  of  Romanticism.  Realism,  and  Naturalism. 

GM  368  Twentieth-Century  German  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  representative  works  of  German  poetry  and  prose  from 
Expressionism  through  World  War  II. 

GM  369  Contemporary  German  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  literary  achievement  of  postwar  Germany  up  to  the  present. 

GM  370  The  Age  of  Goethe  I  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  representative  works  from  the  Enlightenment  and  Storm  and 
Stress  periods. 

GM  371  The  Age  of  Goethe  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  selected  works  of  German  Classicism  with  an  emphasis  on  the 
prose  and  poetry  of  the  first  decades  of  the  19th  century. 

GM  410  History  of  the  German  Language  3c-01-3sh 

History  and  development  of  German  language,  with  special  emphasis  on 
relationships  with  English.  Analysis  of  annals  in  Gothic,  Old  High  German, 
and  Middle  High  German  using  methods  of  historical  and  contemporary 
linguistics. 

GM  481  Special  Topic  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students.  Designed  to  meet  the  special  needs  of  a  student 
group. 

GM  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with 

the  German  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty 

member. 

GM  493  Internship  in  Germany  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisites:  12  credits  in  300-  or  400-level  courses  and  a  minimum  of  one 
semester  study  in  Germany 

A  supervised  field  experience  in  Germany  with  approved  public  agencies 
and  institutions  or  private  firms;  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less 
than  one  month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as  possible  with  the 
intern's  personal  interests  and  degree  of  proficiency  in  the  German 
language.  Academic  work  at  the  Gesamthochschule  in  Duisburg  must 
precede  the  internship.  Open  to  students  in  other  disciplines,  such  as 
Political  Science,  International  Relations,  Business,  etc..  with  adviser 
approval. 

GN:  Gerontology 

Department  of  Allied  Health  Professions 

Program 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

GN  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 


GN  481  Special  Topics  var  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content. 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  ottered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

GN  482  Independent  Study  var  1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources 

GN  493  Internship  3sh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing,  all  required  courses 

Supervised  experience  in  public  or  private  agency  that  serves  aging  clients. 

GS:  Geoscience 

Department  of  Geoscience 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

GS  101  Earth  Science:  Geology  and  Oceanography  3c-01-3sh 

A  nonmathematical  treatment  of  introductory  oceanography  and  geology 
designed  specifically  for  nonscience  majors. 

GS  102  Earth  Science:  Geology  and  Oceanography  Lab     Oc-21-lsh 
Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GS101 

Lab  experiences  in  various  aspects  of  oceanography  and  geology.  Includes 
field  trip(s). 

GS  103  Earth  Science:  Meteorology  and  Astronomy  3c-01-3sh 

No  prerequisite 

The  earth's  upper  environment  is  studied  by  focusing  on  the  effects  of  the 

atmosphere  and  the  earth's  place  in  the  universe  on  the  daily  lives  of 

humankind. 

GS  104  Earth  Science:  Meteorology  and  Astronomy  Lab    Oc-21-lsh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GS103 

Use  of  the  weather  station  and  the  planetarium  highlight  the  series  of 

exercises  designed  to  aid  students  in  developing  meaningful  concepts  about 

their  ability  to  understand  and.  in  the  future,  control  their  place  in  the 

universe. 

GS  110  General  Astronomy  3c-01-3sh 

Specifically  designed  to  introduce  students  to  discipline  of  astronomy; 
emphasis  placed  on  study  of  time  and  the  seasons,  planets,  moon.  sun.  space 
flight,  and  constellations.  Two  night  observations  will  be  scheduled,  weather 
permitting. 

GS  121  Physical  Geology  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  science  of  the  earth:  physical  properties  and  processes  of  the 
earth's  interior  and  crust  and  their  interaction  with  surface  processes  which 
shape  and  modify  the  physical  environment. 

GS  122  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  Oc-21-lsh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GS121 

Identification  of  common  rocks  and  minerals,  introduction  to  geologic 
landforms  and  structures,  analysis  of  the  effects  of  geologic  processes  on  the 
environment.  Includes  field  trips. 

GS  123  Intensive  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  Oc-31-lsh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GSI21  by  all  Geology/Geoscience 

majors/minors 

Selected  problems  in  rock  and  mineral  identification,  topographic  and 

geologic  mapping  techniques,  and  geomorphology.  Designed  to  prepare 

students  for  upper-level  geology  classes.  Includes  field  trips. 

GS  131  Historical  Geology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS121  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Introduction  to  the  history  of  the  earth  and  the  record  of  physical  and 

biologic  evolution. 


Course  Descriptions  — 151 


GS  132  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  Oc-21-lsh 

Should  he  lakcn  concurrently  with  GS131 

Use  of  geologic  map  interpretation,  fossil  identification,  .mil  stratigraphic 
ioik  sequences  to  solve  problems  in  earth  history.  Includes  field  trips. 

GS  133  Intensive  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  Oc  31-lsh 

Should  he  taken  concurrently  with  GS131  bj  .ill  Geology/Geoscience 
majors/minors 

Selected  problems  in  stratigraphic  analysis,  paleontology,  and  structural 
geology;  designed  to  prepare  students  for  upper-level  geolog)  classes. 
Includes  field  trips. 

GS  141  Introduction  to  Ocean  Science  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  io  physical,  chemical,  biological,  and  geological  processes  in 
oceanography  and  the  interactions  among  them.  Impact  ol  exploitation  of 

the  oceans,  coastal  areas,  marine,  physical,  and  living  resources  on  the 
ens  ironmenl  and  on  humankind.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  involve  a 
fee  and  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  ISO  Geology  of  National  Parks  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  geological  processes  and  earth  history  as  documented  by  the 
classical  geological  features  of  U.S.  and  Canadian  national  parks.  Includes 
Badlands.  Glacier.  Grand  Canyon,  Great  Smokies,  Gros  Morne,  Mammoth 
Cave,  Yellowstone.  Yosemile,  and  others.  Not  open  to  Geoscience  majors  or 
minors. 

GS  151  The  Age  of  Dinosaurs  3c-01-3sh 

A  thorough  introduction  to  dinosaurs  and  the  world  they  inhabited.  Topics 
include  the  most  current  theories  regarding  dinosaurian  biology  (behavior, 
metabolism,  evolution),  ecology  (greenhouse  climate,  associated  plants  and 
animals),  and  extinction  (asteroid  impact,  volcanism,  climate  change).  Not 
open  to  Geoscience  majors  and  minors. 

GS  221  Physical  Resources  of  the  Earth  3c -01-3sh 

Introduction  to  mineral,  energy,  and  water  resources  of  the  earth,  genesis  of 
ore  depositions,  exploration,  exploitation,  and  utilization  of  resources; 
impact  of  exploitation  of  resources  on  the  environment  and  on  humankind. 
Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  2X1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

GS  310  Environmental  Geology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite;  gsh  in  geology  or  permission 

The  application  of  geologic  information  to  the  accommodation  and 
reduction  of  natural  hazards,  to  land-use  planning,  and  to  the  utilization  of 
earth  materials.  Includes  field  trips  which  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  321  Mineralogy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS121  or  CHI  11 

Concerned  with  properties  of  minerals;  introduction  to  crystallography  and 
chemistry  of  crystals,  followed  by  a  determination  of  minerals  and  their 
probable  genesis.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  322  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  2c-3I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS321 

Concerned  with  a  description  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rock  character 
based  upon  mineral  components  and  physical  relationship  between  mineral 
components  of  a  rock.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  325  Structural  Geology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GS131  and  GS  132/ 133  or  permission  of  instructor 
Study  of  primary  structures,  contacts,  rock  mechanics,  joints,  faults,  folds, 
foliation,  and  lineation.  Includes  work  with  geologic  maps  and  structure 
sections.  Brunton  compass,  orthographic  and  stereographic  projections. 
Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  326  Field  Geology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS325 

Principles  and  techniques  of  field  geology  with  emphasis  on  developing 
field  skills  using  Brunton  compass,  aerial  photographs,  topographic  maps, 
altimeter,  Jacob  staff,  and  rock  color  charts.  Field  projects  involve 
techniques  of  field  note-taking,  measuring  and  describing  stratigraphic 


sections,  geologic  field  mapping  and  analysis,  construction  of  geologic  maps 
and  structure  sections,  and  report  writing.  Includes  field  trips  which  may 
occur  on  weekends. 

GS  330  Paleontology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS131  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  the  morphology,  evolution,  geologic  significance,  and 

pal         ology  of  fossil  organisms.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on 

weekends. 

GS331  Hydrogeology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA121-122,  GS121-122/I23.  or  permission 
An  oven  iew  of  groundwater  geology,  including  flow  equations,  graphical 
solutions  to  flow  problems,  and  computer  modeling  of  How  systems,  as  well 
as  the  geotechnical  and  social  implications  of  groundwater  utilization. 
Includes  field  trips  which  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  332  Geochemistry  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH111-112,  GS121-122/123,  or  permission 

Introduction  to  low-temperature  chemistry  of  the  earth's  surface  and  near- 

surface;  includes  discussions  of  chemical  activity,  solution  chemistry, 

organic  geochemistry,  trace  elements,  isotopes,  and  the  chemistry  of  natural 

waters. 

GS  336  Geology  of  the  Northern  Rockies  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

A  field  study  of  the  major  geologic  features  and  relationships  involved  in 
the  development  of  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains.  National  Park  and 
Monument  areas  of  South  Dakota.  Wyoming,  and  Montana  are  included 
among  the 

GS  341  Solar  System  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  1 2 1  and  PY 1 1 1 

Fundamentals  of  astronomy,  with  emphasis  on  observational  methods, 
mechanics,  and  origin  of  the  solar  system  and  spatial  relationship  of  the 
solar  system  to  the  other  members  of  the  universe. 

GS  342  Stellar  Astronomy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MAI 21  and  PY111 

Fundamentals  of  astronomy,  with  emphasis  on  sun,  stars,  galaxies,  the 

sidereal  universe,  and  use  of  spectroscopy  for  gathering  astronomical  data. 

GS  350  Operation  of  the  Planetarium  var- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  GS1 10.  GS341,  GS342,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  methods  of  operation  and  repair  of  a 
Spitz  A-3-P  planetarium.  Content  includes  topics  suitable  for  lectures  to 
various  age  groups.  Student  will  write  and  present  a  demonstration  program. 
Meets  once  a  week  with  occasional  evening  observations. 

GS  361  Physical  Oceanography  2c-31  3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY11 1  and  MAI 21  or  permission  of  instructor 
Introduction  to  physical,  chemical,  geological,  and  biological  nature  of 
ocean:  topography,  submarine  geology,  and  bottom  deposits.  Includes  field 
trip(s)  which  may  occur  on  weekend(s). 

GS  362  Plate  Tectonics  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY1 1 1-1 12  and  a  minimum  of  20sh  of  geology 
Introduction  to  formal  theory  of  plate  tectonics.  Topics  include  magnetic 
anomalies,  first  motion  studies,  thermal  structures  of  the  plates,  kinematics, 
crustal  generation,  sea  floor  spreading,  collision,  and  subduction 
deformation.  Prior  to  1988  was  titled  Marine  Geology  and  Plate  Tectonics. 

GS  371  Meteorology  I  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  science  or  physics 

Introduction  to  meteorological  sciences;  composition  and  structure  of  the 

atmosphere;  radiation  principles;  elementary  thermodynamics  and  heat 

balance. 

GS  411  Sedimentary  Petrology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS321  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  sediments  and  sedimentary  rocks  with  emphasis  on  interpreting 
ancient  environments  of  deposition  utilizing  sieve  analysis,  hand  lens,  and 
petrographic  microscope.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 


152  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


GS  412  Stratigraphy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS41 1  or  permission  of  instructor 

Principles  and  processes  involved  in  development  and  description  of 

stratified  rock  sequences,  principles  and  problems  of  correlation,  and 

selected  stratigraphic  problems.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on 

weekends. 

GS  440  Subsurface  Geology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Minimum  20  credit  hours  of  geology 
An  introduction  to  the  geology  of  petroleum,  its  origin,  migration, 
entrapment,  and  production.  Lab  is  designed  to  provide  practical  experience 
in  subsurface  mapping  techniques  and  the  use  and  evaluation  of  geophysical 
logging  devices.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  480  Geoscience  Seminar  var- 1  sh 

For  seniors  majoring  in  some  aspect  of  geoscience.  The  seminar  ( 1 )  provides 
the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  prepare,  formally  present,  and  defend  a 
scientific  paper  based  either  on  his/her  own  research  or  on  a  topic  chosen 
with  the  approval  of  instructor  and  (2)  provides  opportunity  to  discuss  topics 
presented  by  other  students,  faculty,  or  guests. 

GS  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content. 

It  is  the  department's  intention  to  use  this  course  to  schedule  extended  field 
trips  and  for  teaching  special  courses  which  will  utilize  the  specialties  of  the 
geoscience  faculty. 

GS  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Independent  study  provides  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  use  library, 
laboratory,  or  field  research  in  an  area  which  is  of  interest  under  the 
supervision  of  a  designated  faculty  member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic 
appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

GS  493  Geoscience  Internship  var- 1  - 1 2sh 

Summer  or  semester  work  experience  with  cooperating  firms  or  agencies. 
May  be  scheduled  only  after  consultation  with  adviser  and  chairperson. 
Requirements  include  up  to  three  on-site  consultations,  depending  on  credit 
hours  and  locations  site:  completion  of  up  to  three  oral  progress  reports;  and 
submission  of  a  detailed  work  diary.  Restricted  to  junior  and  senior 
department  majors;  only  three  credits  may  be  applied  toward  major. 

HE:  Home  Economics  Education 
Department  of  Human  Development  and 
Environmental  Studies 
College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

HE  218  Child  Development  3c -01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Focuses  on  the  normal  development  and  behavior  of  children.  Survey  made 

of  physical,  emotional,  social,  and  intellectual  development  of  children  from 

conception  through  early  adolescence.  Pertinent  child  development  research 

analyzed. 

HE  220  Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers  2c-41-4sh 

Prerequisite:  HE218  or  equivalent 

Techniques  in  planning  for  and  teaching  preschool  children.  Participation  as 
teacher-assistant  provides  experience  in  applying  principles  of  child 
guidance  and  development  needed  by  teachers  in  preschool  centers  or 
secondary  school  child  development  laboratories. 

HE  224  Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Focuses  on  principles  of  human  relations  basic  to  marital  decisions  and 
adjustment.  Influence  of  community  and  family  experiences  on  personal 
development  and  adjustment  explored. 

HE  250  Introduction  to  Teaching  Vocational  Home  3c-01-3sh 

Economics  Education 

Overview  of  philosophy  and  organization  of  home  economics  profession 
and  the  role  of  home  economics  teachers.  Opportunities  for  planned 
observations  and  varied  teaching  experiences  using  a  variety  of  resource 
materials  are  provided.  Self-evaluation  relative  to  desirable  teacher 
competencies  is  stressed. 


HE  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  limes.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

HE  317  Infant  Development  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE218 

Study  of  characteristic  developmental  changes  of  human  infants  from  birth 
to  approximately  two  and  a  half  years.  Participation  as  teacher  assistant  in 
infant/toddler  child  care  center  provides  experience  in  developmentally 
appropriate  guidance  and  planning  for  very  young  children. 

HE  321  Preschool  Education  3c-01-3sb 

Prerequisite:  HE220  or  concurrently 

Examination  of  the  child  development  philosophy  as  the  basis  for 
developmentally  appropriate  decisions  and  methods  in  preschool  education 
programming.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  play  as  a  developmental  process  and  as 
the  major  aspect  of  the  preschool  curriculum.  May  not  be  interchanged  with 
EL353:  Preschool  Education. 

HE  324  Family  Dynamics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE224  or  equivalent 

Emphasis  on  processes  and  models  of  family  development  topics.  Focus  on 
approaches  and  dynamics  of  principles  related  to  familial  and  marital 
adjustment  and  coping. 

HE  350  Teaching  Family  Life  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HE250,  ED242 
Corequisite:  EP302 

Emphasis  on  teaching  family  life  education  in  home  economics  classrooms 
and  ihrough  community  organizations  and  agencies.  Lessons  arc  planned 
and  implemented  using  a  variety  of  instructional  methods  incorporating 
adaptations  and  modifications  for  special  needs  learners,  basic  skills,  global 
concerns,  and  use  of  a  problem-solving/decision-making  approach.  Planning 
of  content,  learning  activities,  instructional  materials,  and  evaluation  based 
on  clearly  stated  objectives  is  emphasized.  A  microcomputer  spreadsheet  is 
utilized  to  manage  a  department  budget  and  a  gradebook.  Participation  in 
professional  organization  activities  is  expected. 

HE  418  Advanced  Child  Development  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE2IX 

Study  of  trends  and  research  in  the  field  of  child  development  based  on  a 

review  of  major  theorists  and  current  literature. 

HE  420  Practicum  in  Child  Development  lc-101-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing  and  HE220  and  HE321 
The  intensive  practicum  provides  in-depth  practical  advanced  laboratory 
experiences  designed  to  refine  and  further  develop  the  techniques  and  skills 
needed  by  professionals  to  work  with  young  children  and  families. 

HE  422  Early  Childhood  Education  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE220  or  concurrently 

Current  educational  theories  and  research  reviewed  in  terms  of  implication 
for  preschool  and  their  effect  on  material,  equipment,  and  activity  selection. 

HE  424  Family  Issues  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE224 

Concentrated  study  of  selected  areas  of  family  life,  with  emphasis  on  current 

personal  and  social  issues  affecting  the  family. 

HE  426  Techniques  of  Parent  Education  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE220  or  equivalent 

Examination  of  nature,  extent,  and  significance  of  parent  education. 
Interrelationships  of  home,  school,  and  community  agencies  are  examined  in 
light  of  various  programs,  methods,  and  techniques  of  parenting  education. 

HE  427  Administration  of  Child  Development  Centers       3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HE220  or  equivalent,  juniors  or  seniors  only 
Development  of  special  knowledge  and  competencies  needed  by  successful 
administrators  of  child  care  programs  including  proposal  writing,  budgeting, 
management,  staff  selection  and  training,  appropriate  curriculum  materials, 
philosophy,  parent  involvement,  child  advocacy,  and  program  evaluation. 


Course  Descriptions  — 153 


HE  430  Student  leaching  Praclicum  lc-01-lsh 

Taken  concurrently  with  ED431  and  ED441.  Assists  studenl  teachers  in 

anah/mg  problems  and  experiences  encountered  during  student  leaching. 
Emphasizes  the  variety  and  types  of  home  economics  programs  and  focuses 
on  developing  effective  teaching  strategies  dour  sessions  of  three  and  a  half 
hours  during  the  semester). 

HK  450  Teaching  Vocational  Home  Economics  V  01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE350 

Emphasis  is  on  teaching  vocational  home  economics  in  consumer/ 
homemaking  and  occupational  home  economics  programs,  Federal 
legislation  impacting  on  home  economics  is  analyzed  for  use  in  program 
decisions.  Emphasis  is  given  to  program  development  using  CBVE  model, 
de\elopment  of  individual  learning  packets,  vocational  youth  organizations, 
advisory  committees,  home  economics  and  vocational  educational  priorities, 
professional  organizations,  proposal  development  for  funding,  impact  on 
public  policy,  marketing  home  economics,  and  development  of  a  personal 
philosophy  ol  homes  economics  education. 

HE  455  Home  Economics  Programs  for  Individuals  with   3c-0l-3sh 

Special  Needs 

Prerequisite:  EX300 

Application  of  vocational  regulations  and  public  laws  in  relation  to 

individuals  with  special  needs.  Developing  home  economics  programs 

(planning,  methods,  strategies,  and  resources)  for  individuals  with  special 

needs  applicable  to  school  and  nonschool  settings. 

HE  463  Family  and  the  Community  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  community  agencies  and  problems  that  affect  families  and  their 
contributions  to  community.  Investigation  of  ways  group  dynamics, 
communication  media,  and  other  resources  aid  understanding  of  human 
behaviors.  Field  experience  is  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 

HE  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sb 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

HE  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost"s  office 

Upper-level  students  with  high  scholastic  achievement  pursue  their 
particular  interests  outside  the  realm  of  the  organized  home  economics 
education  curriculum.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  3 
semester  hours.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and 
availability  of  resources. 

HE  493  Internship  var-6-I2sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  department,  college  dean,  and  university 
internship  coordinator:  upper-level  standing 

Practical  experience  related  to  the  student's  major  area  of  study.  Objectives 
are  developed  individually  in  consultation  with  university  faculty  member 
who  supervises  the  internship.  Log  and  major  paper  required.  May  be 
repeated  up  to  a  total  of  12  semester  hours;  however,  these  semester  hours 
are  not  applicable  toward  the  124  semester  hours  required  for  graduation  if 
student  receives  12  semester  hours  in  student  leaching. 

HI:  History 

Department  of  History 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

HI  195  The  Modern  Era  3c-01-3sh 

Interprets  the  development  of  two  centers  of  civilization,  Europe  and 
America,  within  a  global  context,  and  extends  from  at  least  the  Age  of 
Enlightenment  through  the  present,  (majors  should  substitute  HI202  for 
HI  195  to  meet  the  liberal  studies  humanities  requirements) 

HI  200  Introduction  to  History  3c-01-3sh 

For  history  majors  and  concentrates.  Topics  include  philosophy  of  history, 
important  schools  of  history  and  historians,  and  methods  of  historical 
research.  Student  is  encouraged  to  become  a  better  historian  and  to  identify 
w  ith  historical  profession.  For  history  majors  only. 


HI  201  Western  Civilization  Before  1600  3c-OI-3sh 

Survey  course  presenting  in  various  forms  the  origin  and  development  of 
major  political,  social,  religious,  and  intellectual  institutions  in  Western 
Civilization  to  approximately  1600.  For  History  majors  or  by  instructor's 
permission. 

HI  202  Western  Civilization  Since  1600  3c-01-3sh 

Development  of  Western  civilization  from  the  expansion  of  Europe  to  the 
present,  including  political,  diplomatic,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  areas. 
Introduces  issues  and  interpretations  encountered  in  upper-level  courses.  For 
History  majors  or  by  instructor's  permission. 

HI  203  United  States  History  for  Historians  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  aspiring  historians  to  United  States  history  since  1763. 
Emphasizes  the  issues,  methods,  and  problems  that  currently  concern 
professional  historians.  For  History  majors  or  by  instructor's  permission. 

HI  210  Ancient  Civilization:  The  Middle  East  and  the        3c-OI-3sh 
Eastern  Mediterranean 

An  examination  of  the  development  and  the  spread  of  ancient  civilization  in 
ancient  Middle  East  and  the  Eastern  Mediterranean.  Topics  of  study  will 
include  the  characteristics  of  civilization  and  the  development  of  political, 
social,  economic,  and  cultural  institutions  in  the  river  valley  centers  and  the 
diffusion  to  the  fringe  areas,  (course  designed  for  non-majors) 

HI  212  Ancient  and  Medieval  Europe  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  development  of  civilization  in  Europe  during  the 
ancient  and  medieval  periods.  The  course  will  focus  on  the  Ancient  Greek 
and  Roman  civilizations  and  the  medieval  European  civilization.  The 
characteristics  and  institutions  of  civilization  will  be  stressed  as  well  as  the 
political  history. 

HI  214  Themes  in  American  History  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HI195 

Open  only  to  non-History  majors.  Designed  to  give  students  an  appreciation 
of  the  basic  themes  and  issues  in  the  making  of  American  society.  Students 
will  examine  themes  such  as  the  fruition  of  democracy,  the  American  dream, 
slavery  and  freedom,  the  tensions  between  liberty  and  order,  and  the  role  of 
the  United  States  in  a  world  setting. 

HI  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

HI  301  History  of  Ancient  Greece  3c-OI-3sh 

Will  analyze  major  political,  social,  and  economic  developments  in  ancient 
Greek  civilization  from  Bronze  Age  to  death  of  Alexander. 

HI  302  History  of  Ancient  Rome  3c-0I-3sh 

Will  trace  Roman  history  from  early  Republic  down  to  fall  of  Empire. 
Roman  political  theory  will  be  particularly  emphasized. 

HI  303  Medieval  Europe  I,  400-1000  3c-01-3sh 

History  of  early  Medieval  Europe,  from  decline  of  Rome  to  beginnings  of 
High  Middle  Ages:  emphasis  on  political,  social,  economic,  religious,  and 
intellectual  developments. 

HI  304  Medieval  Europe  II,  1000-1300  3c-01-3sh 

History  of  late  Medieval  Europe,  from  High  Middle  Ages  to  Renaissance 
period;  emphasis  on  political,  social,  economic,  religious,  and  intellectual 
developments. 

HI  305  Renaissance  and  Reformation  3c-01-3sh 

History  of  Europe  from  c.  1250:  rise  of  commercial  city,  kings,  and 
pressures  on  Christian  Church  to  1600.  Some  consideration  of  technology 
and  voyages. 

HI  306  Early  Modern  Europe  3c-0I-3sh 

Greatness  of  France  under  Louis  XIV;  Sweden;  Thirty  Years'  War. 
Emergence  of  modern  society;  French  Revolution. 

HI  307  History  of  Europe:  1815-1914  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  Europe  in  19th  century,  with  emphasis  on  the  emergence  of  major 
thought  patterns.  Romanticism.  Nationalism.  Socialism,  and  Positivism. 


154  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HI  308  Twentieth-Century  Europe  3c-01-3sh 

Political,  economic,  and  diplomatic  trends  in  Europe  since  1900,  with  major 
emphasis  on  causes  and  results  of  war  and  search  for  security. 

HI  311  Rise  and  Fall  of  Hitler's  Empire  3c-01-3sh 

In-depth  study  of  Hitler  and  the  Nazi  order;  offers  an  analysis  of  19th- 
century  origins  of  Nazi  ideology  ar. i  intensively  analyzes  domestic  and 
foreign  totalitarian  policy  ( I920-194D).  including  Holocaust,  Resistance, 
and  the  postwar  Nuremberg  Trials. 

HI  320  History  of  England  to  1688  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  the  growth  of  the  English  nation,  with  emphasis  on  political, 
social,  and  economic  developments  leading  to  17th-century  conflict  between 
Crown  and  Parliament. 

HI  321  History  of  England,  1688  to  Present  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  the  growth  of  England  as  a  democratic  constitutional  monarchy. 
Attention  directed  to  industrial  revolution  and  to  imperial  expansion  and 
England's  role  in  20th-century  world.  Attention  given  to  social  and  cultural 
history. 

HI  322  French  Revolution  and  Napoleon  3c-01-3sh 

Brief  sketch  of  Old  Regime,  concentration  on  Revolution  and  Empire,  with 
emphasis  on  politics,  social  structure,  diplomacy,  and  economics. 

HI  324  History  of  Germany  to  1848  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  development  of  Germany  politically  and  culturally  from 
ancient  times,  emphasizing  medieval  and  early  modern  periods  to  1849. 

HI  325  History  of  Germany:  1849  to  the  Present  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  political  and  cultural  development  of  modem  Germany  from 
the  Revolution  of  1848,  including  imperial,  republican,  and  totalitarian 
phases,  to  post-World  War  II  East  and  West  Germany. 

HI  326  History  of  Russia  3c-01-3sh 

General  survey  of  Russian  history,  culture,  and  institutions.  Special 
consideration  given  to  study  of  historical  forces  formative  of  Revolution  of 
1917. 

HI  327  History  of  Soviet  Russia  3c-01-3sh 

General  survey  of  contemporary  Soviet  history,  culture,  and  institutions. 
Special  consideration  is  given  to  the  study  of  communist  theory  and  its  place 
in  current  Russian  historiography. 

HI  330  History  of  the  Islamic  Civilization  3c-01-3sh 

An  approach  to  learning  about  a  non-Western  culture:  Muhammad,  Arabs, 
and  Muslims  as  creators  of  a  great  civilization  from  rise  of  Islam  to  1800; 
emphasis  on  cultural  institutions  of  Islam  and  their  interrelationships  within 
Middle  East. 

HI  331  Modern  Middle  East  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  changes  that  have  taken  place  in  Middle  East  and  in  Islam  since 
1 8th  century  and  of  contemporary  problems  in  that  region. 

HI  340  Colonial  America  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  original  thirteen  states  from  their  inception  as  colonies  within  the 
British  empire  to  1763,  the  eve  of  Independence.  Attention  is  given  to  their 
political  development;  economic  position  within  the  empire;  relations  with 
Indians;  and  evolution  of  social,  educational,  and  religious  life. 

HI  341  American  Revolution  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  Whig-Tory  participants  of  American  Revolution. 
Examines  events  from  1763  to  1783.  Changing  interpretations  of  the  causes 
and  effects  of  the  revolution  will  be  discussed. 

HI  342  The  Early  Republic  3c-0l-3sh 

Survey  of  United  States  history  from  1783  to  1850,  with  special  attention  on 
constitutional,  political,  economic,  and  social  trends. 

HI  343  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  failure  of  American  democracy  to  cope  with  issues  of  mid-19th 
century,  followed  by  political,  economic,  military,  and  social  developments 
during  war  and  reconciliation  of  North  and  South. 


H I  345  The  Age  of  Ragtime:  American  3c-0l-3sh 

History.  1900-1929 

Using  the  nation's  cultural  development  as  its  thematic  foundation,  this 
course  analyzes  the  transitional  character  of  the  Progressive  Era,  World  War 
I,  and  the  1920s. 

HI  346  Recent  United  States  History  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  political,  economic,  and  cultural  changes  in  American  life  since 
1929;  examines  roots  of  social  problems  facing  us  today.  Some  recent 
foreign  policy  trends  also  studied. 

HI  350  History  of  Latin  America  Colonial  Period,  3c-01-3sh 

1450-1820 

Study  of  life  of  people.  Indian  cultures,  conquest  by  Spaniards  and 
Portuguese,  government  during  Colonial  Period,  and  Wars  of  Independence. 

HI  351  Historv  of  Latin  America:  National  Period,  3c-01-3sh 

1820-Present 

Study  of  the  history  of  nations  which  have  emerged  since  independence; 
emphasis  on  economic,  political,  cultural,  and  social  developments  of  these 
nations,  as  well  as  relationships  of  these  nations  to  others  in  the  hemisphere. 

HI  360  History  of  Pennsylvania  3c-01-3sh 

Emphasizes  the  cultural,  economic,  political,  and  social  development  of  our 
state  in  its  various  periods  from  colonial  to  today.  Special  attention  given  to 
diversity  of  Pennsylvania's  people,  their  institutions  and  problems. 

HI  361  History  of  American  Diplomacy,  1775-1900  3c-01-3sh 

Traces  foreign  relations  of  the  United  States  from  Independence  to 
emergence  as  a  world  power.  Topics  concentrate  on  themes  of  commercial 
relations,  political  isolation,  expansion,  and  debate  over  imperialism. 

HI  362  History  of  American  Diplomacy,  1900-present         3c-OI-3sh 
Treats  primarily  our  20th-century  involvement  in  world  affairs  and  domestic 
debate  over  that  involvement.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  role  of 
interest  groups  and  increasing  power  of  Executive  Department  over  foreign 
affairs. 

HI  363  Thought  and  Culture  in  Early  America  3c-01-3sh 

Selected  topics  in  early  American  intellectual  and  cultural  growth,  with 
emphasis  on  Puritanism,  Enlightenment,  cultural  nationalism,  and  Romantic 
movement. 

HI  364  Thought  and  Culture  in  Modern  America  3c-01-3sh 

Selected  treatment  of  historical  development  of  modern  American 
movements  in  social  and  political  thought,  religion,  philosophy,  fine  arts, 
and  literature. 

HI  365  History  of  Black  America  Since  Emancipation        3c-01-3sh 
Description  and  analysis  of  the  role  of  blacks  in  the  history  of  the  United 
States  since  the  Civil  War;  emphasis  on  key  leaders,  major  organizations, 
leading  movements,  and  crucial  ideologies  of  blacks  in  modern  America. 

HI  367  Native  American  History  3c-OI-3sh 

An  unfamiliar  perspective  on  a  familiar  tale.  This  course  presents  the  "new 
Indian  History" — North  America  from  Native  American  materials  and  points 
of  view.  Identification,  analysis,  and  synthesis  of  Indian  realities  and  options 
over  time  are  at  the  heart  of  this  course. 

HI  369  Women  in  America  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  activities  of  women  from  the  colonial  era  to  the  modem  era — 
evaluating  cultural,  societal,  religious,  economic,  and  political  frameworks. 
Reviews  women's  involvement  in  movements  for  feminism,  social  reform, 
unionism,  and  the  abolition  of  slavery. 

HI  370  Religion  in  America  3c-01-3sh 

A  history  of  religious  belief  and  practice  in  the  United  States  from  the 
colonial  period  to  the  present,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  last  one  hundred 
years. 

HI  372  History  of  the  Early  American  Working  Class         3c-01-3sh 

Description  and  analysis  of  the  nature  and  significance  of  the  working  class 
of  the  United  States  in  the  18th  and  19th  centuries.  The  work  settings  and 
communities  of  workers  will  be  examined  as  well  as  unions  such  as  the 
National  Labor  Union  and  the  Knights  of  Labor. 


Course  Descriptions  —  755 


HI  373  Histon  of  the  Modern  American  Working  Class    3c-01-3sh 
Description  and  analysis  ol  the  nature  and  significance  ol  the  working  class 
ol  the  United  States  in  the  20th  century.  Work  settings  and  strikes  vv.  ■  1 1  be 
examined  and  analyzed  as  well  as  unions  such  as  the  United  Mine  Workers 
and  the  United  Auto  Workers  and  labor  leaders  including  Samuel  Gompers. 
John  L.  Leu  is.  and  George  Meany. 

HI  374  History  of  Organized  Crime  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  studies  the  relationship  between  urban,  entrepreneurial  crime 
and  the  evolution  of  industrial  America. 

HI  390  Histon  of  Women— World  Cultures  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  religious,  legal,  political,  economic,  and  mythic  dimensions  of 
women  in  society  from  ancient  to  modern  times,  including  Western  and  non- 
Western  experiences. 

HI  391  Film  as  History  3c-01-3sh 

Particularly  concerned  with  probing  the  relationship  between  cinema  and 
sen  iety.  History  of  film  is  explored  and  student  is  given  some  background  in 
film  interpretation  and  cinematography,  the  western,  science  fiction,  police 
films,  and  great  foreign  and  American  detective  films. 

HI  480  Senior  Seminar  3c-01-3sh 

A  regimen  of  research  resulting  in  a  written  paper.  Students  work  on  a 
program  selected  by  the  instructor.  For  History  majors  or  by  instructor's 
permission. 

HI  481  Special  Studies  in  History  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Each  semester,  courses  are  offered  in  interest  areas  that  are  not  part  of  the 
regular  program.  Some  examples  of  courses  of  this  type  are  the  Victorian 
Age.  the  History  of  Love,  World  War  II.  the  Great  Depression,  the  Adams 
Chronicles,  and  the  History  of  New  York  City.  Students  may  schedule  as 
many  of  these  courses  as  desired,  but  two  per  semester  is  the  usual  limit. 

HI  482  Independent  Study  var-3-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost"s  office  with  12sh  in  history;  a  3.0  history 
average;  permission  of  a  faculty  member 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources.  Involves  directed  reading  or  research  for  qualified  students. 
Experimental  projects  and  personalized  learning  are  encouraged. 

HI  483  Independent  Study  3c-01-3sh 

An  honors  program  within  the  independent  study  format.  Minimum 
qualifications  are  a  3.0  QPA,  15sh  of  history,  and  a  3.2  average  in  history 
classes.  Satisfactory  honors  work  is  rewarded  by  formal  recognition  at 
graduation. 

HI  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

With  departmental  approval,  students  are  attached  to  local  or  national 
government  or  private  agencies  doing  directive,  bibliographical,  archival,  or 
museum  work.  Advising  professor  meets  with  intern  regularly  and 
determines  what  papers  or  reports  will  be  required. 

HP:  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 
College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

HP  110  Beginning  Swimming  0c-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  swimming,  fitness,  and  aquatic  safety. 
Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  adult  nonswimmer. 

HP  116  Badminton- Volleyball  0c-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  badminton  and  volleyball. 

HP  117  Fitness-Swimming  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  swimming  and  fitness. 


HP  119  Golf-Bowling 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  golf  and  bowling. 


0c-21-lsh 


HP  123  Folk  and  Square  Dance  I  0c-21- 1  sh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  folk  and  square  dancing. 


HP  124  Fitness  Through  Dance  Oc-21-lsh 

A  physical  litncss  development  course  for  men  and  women  that  employs  a 
combination  ol  exercises  and  dance  techniques  performed  to  music.  The 
purpose  ol  the  course  is  to  develop  a  sequential  exercise  program  thai  allow  s 
the  siudenl  to  develop  and  maintain  aerobic  fitness,  understand  body 
alignment  and  the  principles  of  exercise,  develop  correct  dance  techniques, 
and  plan  and  develop  an  individualized  and  independent  continuance 
program. 

HP  126  Resistive  Exercises  0c-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  progressive  resistive  exercises. 

HP  127  Fencing  0c-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  fencing. 

HP  128  Golf  0c-2l  Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  golf. 

HP  129  Badminton-Tennis  0c-2I-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  badminton  and  tennis. 

HP  134  Bowling  0c-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  bowling. 

HP  142  Foundations  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  3c-01-3sh 

and  Sport 

Historical,  philosophical,  and  psychosocial  foundations  of  health  and 
physical  education  are  introduced.  Specific  emphasis  is  given  to  scientific 
theories  and  principles  in  such  areas  as  health  promotion  and  behavioral 
change,  exercise  physiology,  motor  development,  kinesiology,  and  motor 
learning. 

HP  143  Health  and  Wellness  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  major  components  of  wellness:  contemporary 
nutrition  issues  as  they  relate  to  personal  food  choices,  physical  fitness, 
stress  management,  sexually  transmitted  diseases,  AIDS,  and  substance 
abuse.  Completion  of  HP  143  fulfills  the  Liberal  Studies  Health  and  Wellness 
requirement. 


HP  145  Tennis 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  tennis. 

HP  147  Tennis-Fencing 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  tennis  and  fencing. 


0c-2l-lsh 


0c-21-Ish 


HP  150-151  Adapted  Physical  Education  I-II  Oc-varl-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Special  permission  must  be  obtained  from  the  department  chair 
to  register. 

Physical  activity  classes  designed  to  accommodate  students  with  special 
needs.  Such  activity  programs  are  intended  to  permit  specific  individuals 
with  medical  restrictions  to  participate  in  activities  which  have  a  strong 
fitness  component  as  well  as  a  recreational  and  therapeutic  component.  All 
activity  is  subject  to  approval  of  the  student's  personal  physician. 

HP  160  Downhill  Skiing  lsh 

The  cognitives  and  skills  necessary  for  beginning  downhill  skiing. 

HP  162  Scuba  Diving  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Designed  to  teach  necessary  skills  and  proper  use  of  equipment  for 
underwater  swimming.  Tanks,  regulators,  weights,  and  special  equipment 
furnished.  Student  must  purchase  a  mask,  fins,  and  snorkel  (approximately 
$15).  Includes  theory  as  well  as  practical  work. 


HP  163  Backpacking 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  backpacking. 


0c-21-lsh 


-lsh 


HP  165  Lifeguarding  0c-2 1  - 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  consent  and  Advanced  Swimmer 
Designed  for  professional  lifeguards.  Includes  lifeguarding  techniques  for 
pools  and  fresh  and  saltwater  beaches.  Red  Cross  certification  (Pittsburgh 
Division)  granted  upon  satisfactory  completion  of  course  requirements. 

HP  166  Basic  Smallcraft  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Intermediate  swimming  ability 

Designed  to  introduce  the  use  of  the  canoe,  paddle  board,  and  sailboat. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  boating  skills,  safety  rescue,  and 
survival  procedures.  Red  Cross  smallcraft  certification  is  granted  upon 
successful  completion  of  the  course. 


156  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HP  167  Basic  Synchronized  Swimming  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Intermediate  swimming  ability 

Activity  course  designed  to  assist  students  in  the  development  of  beginning 
synchronized  swimming  skills.  YMCA  certification  is  granted  upon 
successful  completion  of  course  requirements. 

HP  200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity  lc-21-lsh 

A  foundation  course  designed  for  the  purpose  of  training  in  the  analysis  and 
performance  of  the  fundamental  skills  for  subsequent  motor  behavior  as 
they  relate  to  games,  sports,  and  dance.  The  opportunity  to  refine  powers  of 
observation  through  principles  of  efficient  and  effective  movement 
fundamentals  is  provided.  Individual  data  profile  charts  of  performance  will 
be  completed  for  future  reference. 

HP  201  Archery-Badminton-Bowling  var- 1  sh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to 
progress  individually  in  skill  competency  in  each  activity.  Methods  and 
materials  emphasized. 

HP  210  Motor  Development  2c-01-2sh 

Corequisite:  HP200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 
A  study  of  the  processes  of  growth  and  development  and  their  effects  upon 
human  motor  behavior  across  the  lifespan.  Includes  changes  during  physical 
growth,  maturation  and  aging,  and  subsequent  effects  upon  cognitive, 
perceptual,  and  physiological  performance,  both  individually  and  within  a 
sociocultural  context. 

HP211  Dance,  Rhythmic  Activities,  and  Gymnastics         4c-21-3sh 
Prerequisite:  HP200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 
Designed  to  provide  an  aesthetic  and  kinesthetic  movement  experience 
which  will  prepare  the  student  as  a  teacher  of  basic  movement  in  a  variety  of 
situations.  The  dance  section  will  include  creative  movement,  rhythms,  and 
square,  folk,  and  contemporary  dance.  Gymnastics  will  include  basic 
tumbling,  stunts,  and  apparatus  skills. 

HP  212  Team  Sports  4c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP200:  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 

Introduces  students  to  the  history,  current  status,  and  leaching  similarities 

among  team  sports.  Also  includes  materials  and  methods  unique  to  each 

sport. 

HP  213  Individual  and  Dual  Sports  4c-21-3sh 

and  Adventure  Activities 

Prerequisite:  HP200:  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 

Provides  historical  and  current  status  of  individual  and  dual  sports,  as  well 

as  adventure  activities.  Includes  skill  development,  analysis  of  skilled 

performance,  and  strategies  for  planning  and  implementing  instructional 

programs. 

HP  221  Human  Structure  and  Function  3c-01-3sh 

Anatomical  organization  of  the  human  body,  surveyed  in  sufficient  depth  to 
prepare  students  for  physiology,  biomechanics,  and  adaptive  physical 
education. 

HP  230  Aerobic  Fitness  1  c-21-2sh 

An  opportunity  to  participate  in  a  variety  of  aerobic  activities;  will  aid 
fitness  leaders  in  developing  and  implementing  several  types  of  aerobic 
programs;  will  offer  current  information  on  aerobics  as  preventive  medicine. 

HP  242  Emergency  Health  Care  lc-21-lsh 

American  Red  Cross  Standard,  Advanced,  and  Instructor's  certification  and 
Multimedia  Instructor's  certification  awarded  upon  successful  completion  of 
this  course. 

HP  246  Biomechanics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP221 

Study  of  the  relationship  between  mechanical  and  physical  principles  and 

human  movement. 

HP  251  Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergencv  3c-01-3sh 

Health  Care 

Focuses  on  accident  prevention,  injury  control,  and  first  responder's  skills. 
Emphasizes  identificaion  of  causes  of  accidents,  recommended 
countermeasures.  and  mitigation.  American  Red  Cross  Certifications  are 
issued  in  ( 1)  standard  first  aid.  (2)  community  CPR.  (3)  instructor  of 
standard  first  aid,  and  (4)  instructor  of  community  CPR. 


HP  252  Introduction  to  the  Driving  Task  2c-21-3sh 

Provides  an  in-depth  treatment  of  operating  a  motor  vehicle  competently  in 
all  major  variations  and  under  most  conditions  encountered  in  traffic.  A 
competent  operator  is  one  who  performs  the  total  driving  task 
knowledgeably  and  skillfull)  and  demonstrates  full  understanding  and 
application  ol  identification,  prediction,  decision,  and  execution  process. 

HP  261  Water  Safety  Instructor  0c-2l-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  consent  and  lifesaving  certification 
Emphasizes  the  teaching  aspect  of  skills,  techniques,  and  attitudes  necessary 
in  all  areas  of  swimming.  Students  successfully  completing  course  are 
qualified  to  hold  such  positions  as  waterfront  directors,  aquatic  directors, 
and  other  similar  positions. 

HP  263  Aquatics  Oc-21-lsh 

Basic  performance  techniques  in  swimming  strokes  presented  with  special 
emphasis  on  teaching  methodology,  aquatic  sports  and  games,  water  safety, 
skin  diving,  springboard  diving,  and  other  aquatic  activities. 

HP  264  Advanced  Aquatics  0c-21- 1  sh 

Swimming  and  rescue  skills  necessary  to  complete  American  Red  Cross 
Senior  Lifesaving  Course.  Emphasis  placed  upon  a  broad  range  of  other 
aquatic  experiences  and  teaching  strategies. 

HP  270  Instructor  of  Handicapped  Swimming  0c-2l- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  HP26I 

Concerned  with  the  learning  of  skills  used  to  teach  swimming  to  exceptional 
children.  All  handicaps  are  considered.  This  course  is  important  not  only  in 
physical  education  but  also  for  the  mentally  retarded,  rehabilitation 
education,  agency  personnel,  postgraduate  swimming  education,  YMCA 
Boys  Clubs,  community  programs,  private  clubs,  and  industrial  programs. 
The  Red  Cross  certification  Instructor  of  Swimming  for  the  Handicapped  is 
granted  upon  successful  completion  of  the  course.  Summer  only. 

HP  271  Instructor  of  Scuba  Diving  0c-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP262 

Prepares  instructors  to  teach  skin  and  scuba  diving.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
teaching  methods,  use  and  mechanics  of  equipment,  safety,  diving  physics 
and  physiology,  and  advanced  diving  skills.  Instructor  of  Scuba  Diving 
certificate  granted  by  the  Professional  Association  of  Diving  Instructors 
upon  successful  completion  of  the  course.  Summer  only. 

HP  272  Instructor  of  Canoeing  0c-21  1  sh 

Prerequisite:  HP266 

Concerned  with  the  learning  of  skills  pertinent  to  teaching  canoeing  to 
beginners.  All  aspects  of  canoeing  including  paddling,  repair  of  equipment, 
white  water  canoeing,  safety,  survival,  and  teaching  techniques  are 
presented.  The  Red  Cross  certification  Canoeing  Instructor  is  granted  upon 
successful  completion  of  the  course.  Summer  only. 

HP  273  Instructor  of  Sailing  0c-21- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  HP266 

Concerned  with  learning  of  skills  pertinent  to  teaching  beginning  sailing.  All 
aspects  of  sailing  are  considered,  including  the  elements  of  sailing,  repair  of 
equipment,  racing,  safety,  and  techniques  of  teaching.  Summer  only. 

HP  274  Instructor  of  Infants  and  Preschoolers  0c-21-lsh 

in  Swimming 

Prerequisites:  HP261,  instructor's  consent 

Methods  course  for  preparation  of  swimming  instructors  in  the  knowledge 
and  skills  of  teaching  young  children  to  swim.  YMCA  certification 
Instructor  of  the  Very  Young  granted  upon  successful  completion  of  course 
requirements.  Summer  only. 

HP  276  Coaching  of  Sw  imming  0c  21  1  sh 

Prerequisite:  HP261 

A  lecture-discussion  methods  course  designed  to  prepare  Physical  Education 
majors  for  coaching  of  swimming.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  training  methods, 
officiating,  nutrition,  scientific  principles,  and  meet  strategy.  Summer  only. 

HP  277  Coaching  of  Synchronized  Swimming  lc-21-2sh 

Designed  to  go  beyond  the  activity  nature  of  Basic  Synchronized  Swimming 
(HP267).  Students  are  involved  in  set  design,  costumes,  selection  of  music, 
making  props,  selecting  themes,  and  organizing  a  program.  Summer  only. 


Course  Descriptions  — 157 


HP  27')  Swimming  Pool  Maintenance  and  Chemistry  21  (II  2sh 

Prerequisite:  HP264 

A  lecture-discussion  course  designed  to  teach  fundamental  water  chemistry, 
Filtration,  treatment  of  water  problems,  winterization  of  outdoor  pools,  and 
pool  management,  Emphasis  is  placed  on  water  testing  and  analysis  o1 
chemicals  and  bacteria.  Summer  only. 

HP  2X0  Aquatic  Facilities  Management  21-01  2sh 

Prerequisite:  HP264 

An  organizational  and  administrative  course  designed  to  prepare  the  aquatic 
professional  for  management  of  indoor  and  outdoor  facilities,  includes 
facility  design,  safety  procedures  activity,  and  sport  and  recreational  aspects. 
Suinmei  only. 

HP  2X1  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  2SI  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 


HP  341  Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical  Kducation         3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Evaluation  theory,  instructional  objectives,  and  cognitive  lest  construction; 
technical  and  practical  considerations  in  testing  and  interpretation  of  test 
results  in  both  health  and  physical  education. 

HP  343  Physiology  of  Exercise  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP22  I 

Physiological  effects  of  exercise  in  humans,  Majoi  factors  ol  diet,  conditioning, 
physical  fitness,  maximum  performance  level,  and  fatigue  are  considered. 

HP 344  Adapted  Physical  Kducation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP246 

Recognition  of  structural  deviations,  corrective  exercises,  and  physical 
education  programs  for  a  wide  range  of  handicaps. 

HP  345  Athletic  Training  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP221 

.Specifically  designed  to  introduce  students  to  the  discipline  of  athletic 
training  with  emphasis  in  prevention,  evaluation,  management,  and 
rehabilitation  in  sports  medicine. 


HP  302  Gymnastics  var-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP205 

Fundamental  skill  progressions  and  analyses  in  tumbling  and  all  apparatus 
areas.  Emphasis  on  individual  conditioning  and  basic  skill  competency, 
safety  procedures,  and  teaching  techniques.  (Last  offered  in  1992-1993) 

HP  317  Basketball  Officiating  lc-21-lsh 

Officiating  techniques  and  responsibilities  in  basketball.  Opportunities  for 
officiating  experience  and  qualification  for  professional  ratings. 

HP31S  Preprofessional  Kxperience  I  3c-01-!sh 

Recommended  Prerequisite:  HP321 

Prerequisite:  Physical  Education  majors  only 

Students  teach  as  assistants  to  a  faculty  member  in  two  different  activities, 

one  in  physical  education  (general  education)  and  one  in  elementary 

physical  education  at  the  University  School.  Emphasis  on  unit  development, 

class  management,  leadership  skills,  and  evaluation. 

HP 319  Preprofessional  Kxperience  11  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Advanced  standing,  departmental  approval 
Students  may  request  an  assisting/teaching/leadership  assignment  in  certain 
university-related  areas  that  may  be  either  instructional  or  noninstructional 
in  nature.  Examples  of  such  professional  areas  are  adaptives.  recreation, 
dance,  coaching,  aquatics,  intramurals,  administration,  elementary,  service 
or  major  classes,  club  activities,  and  assisting  in  laboratory  or  the  training 
room. 

HP  321  Methods  in  Klementary  Health  3c-01-3sh 

and  Physical  Kducation 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Guides  the  professional  student  in  the  development  of  competencies 
essential  to  teaching  health  and  physical  education  at  the  elementary  school 
level.  Includes  theories  of  instruction  in  health  science,  necessity  of  a  safe 
and  healthful  school  environment,  and  judicious  utilization  of  school  and 
community  health  resources  and  service,  as  well  as  study  of  theories  of  and 
movement  relevant  to  elementary  school  children.  Observation,  materials, 
methods  of  teaching,  and  opportunities  for  intern  teaching  provided. 

HP  325  School  and  Community  Health  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Introduces  students  to  the  role  of  school  and  community  in  protecting  and 
promoting  the  health  of  its  members.  Topics  include  historical  development 
of  the  concepts  of  health  and  health  education,  identification  of  national  and 
community  goals  to  reduce  risk  of  disease  and  enhance  health  status,  and  the 
responsibilities  of  both  school  and  community  toward  achieving  these  goals. 

HP  333  Psychology  of  Coaching  2c-01-2sh 

The  goals  of  athletics  in  schools  and  communities;  principles  and 
responsibilities  of  the  coach;  current  problems. 

HP  335  Coaching  and  Managing  of  Athletic  Programs       3c-01-3sh 
Lecture  course  designed  to  prepare  students  for  coaching  or  administering 
an  athletic  program.  Emphasizes  the  professional  preparation  and 
responsibilities  of  a  coach,  the  support  and  auxiliary  personnel  working 
under  and  with  the  coach,  and  the  coach's  responsibility  to  the  athletes,  plus 
the  administrative  responsibilities  of  coaching. 


HP  346  Athletic  Training  Lab  2c-0l- 1  sh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  HP345 

Provides  sufficient  opportunity  for  each  student  to  develop  proficient  skills 
and  techniques  in  the  areas  of  evaluation,  assessment,  taping,  and 
rehabilitation  procedures. 

HP  353  Driver  Kducation  Program  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Emphasizes  the  development,  organization,  and  management  of  high  school 
driver  education  from  the  standpoint  of  its  historical  development  to  its 
present  programs  designed  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  highway 
transportation  system.  Special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  the  teacher  in 
conducting  a  high-quality  program  that  will  meet  with  student,  parent, 
school,  and  community  approval. 

HP  354  Application  of  Driver  Kducation  Instructional        2c-21-3sh 
Modes 

Prerequisites:  HP251,  HP252.  HP353 

Prepares  prospective  driver  education  teachers  to  plan,  teach,  and  evaluate 
the  four  modes  of  driver  education  (classroom,  on-road.  simulation,  and 
multiple  vehicle  range).  Teaching  high  school  students  in  supervised 
laboratory  sessions  is  provided. 

HP  372  Health  and  Physical  Kducation  2c-01-2sh 

for  Special  Populations 

Prerequisite:  EX220;  Junior  level  or  above 

Methods  and  techniques  of  teaching  health  and  physical  education  to  special 
populations  will  be  explored.  Designed  primarily  for  students  majoring  in 
special  education,  course  will  focus  on  handicapping  conditions,  limitations 
imposed  by  such  conditions,  and  the  responsibility  of  the  special  education 
teacher  working  in  the  physical  education  setting. 

HP  375  Physiological  Basis  of  Strength  Training  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  give  the  student  the  anatomical  and  physiological  basis  of 
muscle  function.  Students  should  also  gain  an  understanding  of  changes  that 
can  be  made  through  weight  training  and  knowledge  of  programs  that  will 
bring  about  these  changes.  Opportunities  for  working  with  various  types  of 
equipment  will  be  available. 

HP  40S  Guided  Research  Problem  var-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  department  chairperson 

Selection  and  research  of  a  problem  pertinent  to  student  interests  and  those 
of  the  professions  of  health,  physical  education,  and  recreation.  Classes  held 
on  a  seminar  basis. 

HP  410  Kxercise  Prescription  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP343 

Designed  to  teach  individuals  to  write  exercise  prescriptions  based  upon  a 
subject's  tolerance  for  physical  activity.  Special  emphasis  on  risk  factors, 
techniques  of  evaluation,  drugs,  injuries,  environmental  factors,  and 
motivation  and  their  role  in  physical  activity  assessment. 

HP411  Physical  Fitness  Appraisal  3c-01-3sh 

Involves  the  selection,  administration,  and  interpretation  of  various  tests  for 
appraising  the  physical  fitness  levels  of  individuals.  Information  given 
concerning  the  various  fitness  components,  and  discussions  held  so  that  each 
student  gains  an  understanding  of  the  variables  to  be  tested. 


158  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HP  412  Physical  Activity  and  Stress  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Acquisition  of  necessary  understanding  of  anxiety  and  stress;  their  nature, 
place  in  society,  and  intervention  strategies  as  they  relate  to  physical 
activity. 

HP  413  Physical  Activity  and  Aging  3c-01-3sh 

Presents  major  aspects  of  physical  activity,  its  importance  to  the  older  adult, 
and  the  organization  of  an  activity  program.  Attention  to  physiology  of 
physical  activity,  effects  of  activity  on  growth  and  aging,  exercise 
prescription,  flexibility,  overweight  and  obesity,  and  motivational  strategies. 

HP  426  Health  Science  Instruction  3c-01-3sh 

Health  curriculum — K-12,  methods  and  media  of  instruction  in  health 
science. 

HP  430  The  American  Woman  and  Sport  3c-01-3sh 

Comprehensive,  multidisciplinary  analysis  of  the  problems,  patterns,  and 
processes  associated  with  the  sport  involvement  of  girls  and  women  in  our 
culture.  Presents  historical  perspective  with  an  emphasis  on  physiological, 
psychological,  and  sociocultural  influences. 

HP  441  Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health  and  3c-01-3sh 

Physical  Education 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 

A  study  of  psychological  and  sociological  influences,  both  theoretical  and 

empirical,  and  their  effects  upon  health  and  physical  performance. 

HP  442  Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education,  3c-01-3sh 

and  Recreation  I 

Theory  and  philosophy  of  health,  physical  education,  and  recreation;  current 
issues  and  problems;  innovative  and  creative  programs. 

HP  447  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation  (CPR)  lc-ll-lsh 

Instructor 

Prerequisite:  Basic  CPR  certification 

Study  of  methods  and  skills  necessary  to  certify  instructors  of 
cardiopulmonary  resuscitation  and  multimedia  first  aid.  Successful 
completion  of  requirements  leads  to  certification  by  the  American  Health 
Association  and  the  American  Red  Cross.  Summer  only. 

HP  450  Curriculum  and  Programming  in  3c-01-3sh 

Sexuality  Education 

Topics  include  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  human  reproductive  tracts, 
development,  birth  defects,  contraception,  venereal  disease,  and  abortion. 
Not  for  credit  toward  degrees  in  Biology. 

HP  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

HP  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

HP  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Educational  opportunity  which  integrates  classroom  experience  with 
practical  experience  in  community  service  agencies  or  industrial,  business, 
or  governmental  organizations.  Junior  standing  required. 


HR:  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 

Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and 

Institutional  Management 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

HR  101  Introduction  to  Hospitality  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  the  development  of  the  hospitality  industry  and  career 
opportunities  within  hotel  and  restaurant  chains  and  independents.  Guest 
speakers  address  various  hospitality  management  topics.  (Replaced  FN  101 
in  1990) 

HR  115  Introduction  to  Tourism  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR101;  majors  only 

Analyzes  the  economic  and  social  impact  of  tourism,  its  promotion  and 
implementation.  Acquaints  student  with  services  needed  by  tourists,  the  role 
of  the  travel  agent,  and  tourism  organizations.  (Replaced  FN115  in  1990) 

HR  259  Hospitality  Purchasing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN  150  or  equivalent 

Includes  sources,  standards,  grades,  methods  of  purchase,  and  storage  of 
various  foods,  beverages,  and  fixtures.  Emphasis  on  the  development  of 
purchasing  policies  and  specifications.  (Replaced  FN259  in  1990) 

HR  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

HR  306  Food  and  Beverage  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN  150  or  equivalent 

Examines  principles,  processes,  beverage  laws,  and  food  and  beverage 
service,  sales,  promotions,  and  menu  design  as  functions  of  the  food  and 
beverage  department.  (Replaced  FN306  in  1990) 

HR  313  Food  Systems  I  2c-var-4sh 

Prerequisites:  FN  150.  HR259.  permission;  professional  chef's  uniform 

required 

A  basic  course  in  quantity  food  production  with  experience  in  planning. 

purchasing,  preparing,  and  serving  nutritionally  adequate  meals. 

Requirements  of  the  National  School  Lunch  program  emphasized  in  satellite 

and  on-premises  foodservice.  Requires  some  preparation  and  service  outside 

regularly  scheduled  class  time.  (Replaced  FN313  in  1990) 

HR  356  Human  Resources  in  the  Hospitality  Industry        3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  PC101.  HR313 

Organization  and  administration  of  hospitality  business,  including  human 
resource  theories  and  policies,  work  simplification,  training, 
communication,  and  safety.  (Replaced  FN356  in  1990) 

HR  358  Food  Service  Equipment  and  Facilities  Design       3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  HR313 

Examines  types  and  uses  of  food  service  production  and  service  equipment 
with  emphasis  on  incorporation  into  an  effective  facilities  design.  Field  trips 
permit  investigation  of  a  variety  of  unit  designs.  (Replaced  FN358  in  1990) 

HR  360  Hotel  Systems  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR356.  IM241,  AG201 

Development  and  application  of  management  skills  as  applied  to  the  rooms 
division  of  a  hotel.  Emphasis  on  basic  front  desk  procedures,  rooms  division 
departmental  functions  and  relationships,  and  hotel  facilities  development. 
Students  use  MICROS  451  system  in  class.  (Replaced  FN360  in  1990) 

HR  365  Hotel  Design  and  Maintenance  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HR356 

Analyzes  functions  of  housekeeping  and  maintenance  departments  within  a 
hotel.  Identification  of  various  hotel  design  concepts  and  design 
characteristics  are  explored,  as  well  as  guest  room  layout  and  furnishing. 
(Replaced  FN365  in  1990) 


Course  Descriptions  — 159 


HR  401  Cost  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR356,  313 

Food,  beverage,  and  labor  controls  lor  hospitality  or  health  care  operations, 
including  relationships  between  budgetary  information  and  managerial 
decision  making  to  meet  financial  needs.  (Replaced  FN40I  in  199(1) 

HR  406  Catering  and  Banquet  Management  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR3  13,  majors  only;  chef's  uniform  and  wait-staff  attire 

required 

Profitable  organization,  preparation,  and  service  of  catered  events  in  both 

on-  and  off-premises  locations  are  the  main  emphases  of  the  course. 

Requires  meeting  times  other  than  listed  in  order  to  meet  course  objectives. 

(Replaced  FN406  in  1990) 

HR  408  Institutions  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR.'  I  3,  356,  AG201.  senior  standing 
A  compendium  of  the  concepts  of  managing  human  resources,  capital, 
materials,  equipment,  and  markets  as  related  to  various  hospitality  property 
systems.  Focus  on  concept  development  and  managerial  decision  making. 
(Replaced  FN408  in  1990) 

HR  411  Seminar  in  Hospitality  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR360,  HR365 

Analysis  of  the  current  trends  and  practices  within  hospitality  industry  as 
related  by  industry  professionals.  Course  includes  researching  topics  and 
writing  at  least  three  research  papers.  (Replaced  FN411  in  1990)  Carries 
writing-intensive  credit. 

HR  413  Food  Systems  II  lc-61-4sh 

Prerequisites:  HR313,  HR356,  HR401,  and  permission;  professional  chef 
uniform  required 

Food  systems  course  with  emphasis  on  restaurant  and  dining  room 
operation.  Experiences  to  include  selection  of  classic  cuisines,  meal 
promotion  methods,  budget  development,  personnel  training,  production, 
and  service.  (Replaced  FN413  in  1990) 

HR  420  Hotel  Sales  and  Services  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BL235  and  HR306 

Examines  the  types  of  hotels,  facilities,  and  organizations  that  hold 
conventions  or  meetings  from  the  sales  perspective.  Examination  of 
procedures  necessary  to  service  the  group  once  in-house.  (Replaced  FN420 
in  1990) 

HR  433  Educational  Study  Tour  var-2-6sh 

Comprehensive  program  of  directed  activities  permits  first-hand  experiences 
in  the  historical  and  cultural  aspects  of  the  hospitality  industry  worldwide. 
Visits  to  renowned  operations  will  be  included  in  the  tour.  (Replaced  FN433 
in  1990) 

HR  481  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

HR  482  Independent  Study  in  Hospitality  Management     var- 1  -6sh 
Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 
member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources.  Must  apply  a  semester  in  advance  and  have  sixty  earned  credits. 

HR  493  Internship  in  Hospitality  Management  var-6-12sh 

Prerequisites:  57  earned  credits,  2.0  GPA,  and  completion  of  an  approved 

440-hour  Work  Experience  I 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  work  in  a  supervised  experience  directly 

related  to  the  HRIM  major.  Must  meet  university  and  departmental 

internship  requirements.  Minimum  of  440  hours  required  during  the 

internship. 

Note:  White  uniforms  including  white  shoes  are  required  for  all  lab  courses 
where  food  is  prepared.  Students  must  meet  the  professional  dress 
requirements  of  the  department. 


IM:  Information  Management 
Department  of  Management  Information 
Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 
Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

IM  101  Mil  rohased  Computer  Literacy  3c-01-3sh 

An  introductory  course  designed  to  provide  students  wilh  a  fundamental 
understanding  of  computers.  This  course  familiarizes  students  with  the 
interaction  of  computer  hardware  and  software.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
application  of  microcomputers,  the  use  of  productivity  software  (word 
processing,  spreadsheet  management,  file  and  data  base  management),  and 
the  social  and  ethical  aspect  of  the  impact  of  computers  on  society. 
Note:  This  course  is  co-lisled  as  BE101  and  CO101.  Any  of  these  courses 
may  be  substituted  for  each  other  and  may  be  used  interchangeably  for  D  or 
F  repeats  but  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit. 

IM  241  Introduction  to  Management  Information  3c-0l-3sh 

Systems 

Study  of  management  information  systems  and  their  design  and 
implementation.  General  systems  theory,  computer  hardware,  and 
programming  are  emphasized  then  integrated  to  demonstrate  how  an  MIS  is 
developed.  (Offered  at  branch  campuses  only  after  1991-92) 

IM  245  Introduction  to  Microcomputers  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  demonstrates  how  to  utilize  the  microcomputer  in  business. 
Topics  will  include  hardware,  operating  systems,  word  processing, 
spreadsheets,  data  base,  and  BASIC.  Offered  for  Associate  Degree  Program 
at  branch  campuses  only. 

IM  251  Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM241  or  IM300 

This  course  involves  teaching  the  tools  and  techniques  required  for  the 
analysis  and  the  design  of  business  systems.  The  major  steps  in  the  system's 
development  life  cycle  are  presented  along  with  practical  applications  from 
the  major  subsystems  of  typical  business  organizations.  Issues  related  to 
personnel,  hardware,  software,  and  procedures  are  explored  as  students 
work  individually  and  in  project  teams  to  solve  typical  business  application 
problems. 

IM  255  Business  Applications  in  COBOL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG201  and  IM241  or  IM300 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  COBOL  programming  as  it  applies 
to  business  organizations  and  their  applications.  Structured  COBOL 
concepts  and  methods  are  taught  as  the  student  learns  how  to  solve  business 
problems  using  computers.  The  student  will  be  involved  using  files,  reports, 
and  tables  to  produce  a  variety  of  outputs  utilized  in  operating  and  managing 
business  activities. 

IM  260  Business  Computer  Application  Project  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM255 

Provides  each  student  an  opportunity  to  utilize  skills  and  concepts  presented 
in  previous  courses  in  the  planning,  design,  and  implementation  of  a 
comprehensive  case  study  involving  computerized  business  applications. 
Students  will  work  in  teams  and  individually  in  performing  tasks  that  are 
necessary  to  solve  each  problem  assigned.  These  tasks  will  include  systems 
analysis,  systems  design,  programming,  testing,  and  implementing  and 
documenting  simulated  business  problems. 

IM  281  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 


160  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


IM  300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO/BE/IM  101.  AG  202 

Includes  basic  MIS  concepts,  fundamentals,  and  practices.  Broad  areas  of 
coverage  are  principles,  the  computer  as  a  problem-solving  tool,  Computer- 
Based  Information  Systems  (CBIS),  organizational  information  systems,  and 
Information  Systems  management.  (Replaced  IM  241  in  Eberly  College  of 
Business  core,  effective  fall,  1992) 

IM  350  Business  Systems  Technology  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220  or  IM255 

Student  is  taught  fundamental  and  advanced  concepts  of  computer  hardware 

and  a  procedure  for  evaluation  and  acquisition  of  computer  hardware. 

IM  370  Advanced  COBOL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220 
Corequisite:  IM350 

Advanced  COBOL  is  a  continuation  of  introductory  COBOL  with  an 
emphasis  on  structured  methodology  of  program  design,  development, 
testing,  implementation,  and  documentation  of  common  business-oriented 
applications.  It  includes  a  heavy  emphasis  on  the  techniques  and  concepts  of 
the  table  processing,  file  organization,  and  processing  alternatives,  internal 
and  external  sorting,  subroutines,  and  application  development  for  both  the 
batch  and  on-line  systems. 

IM  372  Microcomputer  Applications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM350.  CO220.  AG20I,  or  by  permission 
This  course  demonstrates  how  to  use  the  microcomputer  in  business  and 
how  to  provide  technical  assistance  to  users  of  the  microcomputer.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  integrating  software  and  interfacing  with  mainframe 
computers  or  with  minicomputers.  Topics  covered  include  microcomputer 
hardware,  microcomputer  operating  systems,  local  area  networks,  and 
microcomputer  software  tools. 

IM  382  Auditing  for  EDP  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG20I.  CO220.  or  IM255 

Emphasizes  the  responsibility  of  the  systems  analyst  to  include  in  systems 
design  the  proper  management  and  financial  controls  and  audit  trails  in 
business  information  systems.  The  design  of  control  for  application 
programs  and  systems  is  covered.  Audit  software  packages  are  examined. 

IM  450  Data  Base  Theory  and  Application  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM370.  upper-division  students  only 
After  learning  data  structures,  the  student  will  then  apply  them  to 
CODASYL  compatible  data  base  management  systems.  TOTAL,  and  IBM's 
data  base  management  system.  Student  must  develop  and  use  a  data  base  as 
part  of  requirement. 

IM  451  Systems  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM350  and  IM255  or  CO220 

Develops  an  understanding  of  concepts  and  techniques  involving 

conventional  and  structured  approaches  to  analyzing  problems  of  business 

information  systems  and  systems  definition  feasibility,  as  well  as 

quantitative  and  evaluative  techniques  of  business  information  systems 

analysis. 

IM  470  Systems  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM451 

Students  leam  tools  and  techniques  for  design  of  a  business  system.  Along 
with  classroom  discussions  of  principles  and  techniques  for  analyzing, 
designing,  and  constructing  the  system,  students  will  formulate  system 
teams  to  analyze  the  problems  of  an  existing  business  information  system,  to 
design  an  improved  system,  and  to  control  implementation  of  a  new  system. 

IM  480  Distributed  Business  Information  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM350 

Study  of  the  techniques  involved  in  planning,  design,  and  implementation  of 
distributed  processing  systems.  Distributed  marketing,  financial,  and 
corporate  accounting  systems  are  included. 

IM  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 


IM  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 

concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

IM  493  Internship  in  MIS  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisites:  IM370,  consent  of  department  chairperson  and  dean 
Positions  with  participating  business,  industry,  or  governmental 
organizations  provide  the  student  with  experience  in  systems  analysis. 
Note:  Internship  IM493  can  be  taken,  if  the  student  qualifies,  as  a  general 
elective.  It  does  not  fulfill  the  major-area  elective  requirement. 

IS:  International  Studies 

Department  of  Political  Science 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

IS  281  Special  Topics  in  Non-Western  Studies  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  focuses  on  politics,  society,  and  culture  of  a  particular  non- 
Western  country  or  area.  Course  content  is  variable,  depending  on  the 
semester.  Will  be  taught  by  visiting  exchange  professors  from  non-Western 
countries.  This  Special  Topics  course  may  be  offered  on  a  continuing  basis. 

IS  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

JN:  Journalism 

Department  of  Journalism 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

JN  102  Basic  Journalistic  Skills  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN101 

Required  for  journalism  majors  and  minors.  Emphasis  on  grammar, 
punctuation,  spelling,  AP  Stylebook,  copyediting,  headlines,  and  accuracy. 
(Offered  as  JN106  prior  to  1994-95) 

JN  105  Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  101 

A  critical  examination  of  roles-goals  of  newspapers,  magazines,  radio,  and 

television  as  they  affect  American  society  socially,  politically,  and 

economically. 

JN  120  Journalistic  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  101,  Nonmajors/Minors 

Emphasis  on  intelligent  use  of  writing  ability  in  a  journalistic  style  and 

understanding  of  the  why  of  journalism  and  mass  media.  This  course 

practices  and  improves  writing  skills  for  all  news  media,  print  and 

broadcast. 

JN  220  Writing  for  the  Print  Media  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN102  (C  or  better),  majors  only 

A  course  in  journalistic  style  intended  for  students  who  plan  to  become 
professional  writers.  Teaches  the  basic  journalistic  formats  and  strategies 
used  in  print  media  such  as  the  summary  lead,  the  delayed  lead,  and  the 
conventional  news-story  format.  Throughout  emphasizes  economy,  clarity 
and  the  development  of  voice  for  a  given  medium. 

JN  243  History  of  the  American  Press  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN  1 20  or  JN220 

Traces  the  development  of  the  American  press  from  its  colonial  roots. 
Emphasis  on  the  role  of  the  press  in  political  and  social  development. 
(Offered  as  JN343  prior  to  1994-95) 


Course  Descriptions  —  161 


JN  281  Special  Topics  Jc-01  3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Speeial  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 
topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  ottered  under  am  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  2N1  are  ottered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 
students. 

.IN  321  Feature  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN  102.  J  N220 

Designed  for  the  student  who  might  work  in  journalism  or  who  might  wish 

to  write  on  a  part  time  or  free-lance  basis. 

JN  326  Public  Relations  1  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN  102.  JN  120  or  220 

Introduces  students  to  the  principles,  practices,  programs,  and  possibilities 
in  the  various  areas  of  public  relations. 

.IN  327  Layout  Design  and  Production  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN105 

Provides  basic  techniques  and  theories  of  layout  design  and  production, 
including  typography,  copyfitting.  photo/art  cropping  and  scaling,  and  steps 
in  design  process.  Includes  traditional  paste-up  and  desktop  publishing  in 
the  design  of  ads.  newspapers,  newsletters,  brochures,  and  magazines. 

JN  328  News  Reporting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN102.  JN105.  JN220.  majors  only 

Includes  instruction  in  writing  the  news  story,  preparing  copy,  interviewing, 
covering  special  events,  and  similar  reporting  activities. 

JN  337  Editing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN102,  JN220 

Stresses  basic  practices  such  as  copyediting  and  headline  writing  while  also 
focusing  on  guidelines  for  improving  accuracy,  clarity,  transition,  spelling, 
and  punctuation  of  copy.  Students  use  wire  service  stylebook  extensively. 

JN  338  News  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN  105.  junior/senior  standing 

A  current  events  course,  this  is  a  critical  study  of  news  and  its  relationship 
to  the  mass  media  and  the  public.  Seminar  and  discussion  format. 

JN  344  Issues  and  Problems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN  102.  JN120  or  220 

Students  examine  critical  case  histories  of  ethical  and  professional  situations 
and  circumstances  in  the  mass  communication  industry  in  a  lecture  and 
discussion  format. 

JN  345  Sports  Journalism  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN220 

Emphasizes  skills  for  covering,  writing,  and  editing  of  sports  and  introduces 

students  to  specific  practices  in  newspaper.  radio-TV,  and  sports  information 

work. 

JN  347  Journalism  Law  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN328,  junior/senior  standing 

Open  to  nonmajors  by  permission  of  the  instructor.  Survey  of  the  major 
Supreme  Court  and  state  court  rulings  governing  the  mass  media,  especially 
the  news  media.  Areas  include  libel,  antitrust,  free  press/fair  trial,  privacy. 
Approach  is  nontechnical. 

JN  348  The  Editorial  Page  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Emphasis  on  the  writing  of  vigorous  but  thoughtful  and  fair  editorials.  Study 
of  contemporary  practice  and  policy  on  letters  to  the  editor,  columnists, 
cartoons,  the  op-ed  page. 

JN  375  World  News  Coverage  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing 

A  course  dealing  with  international  news  events  and  analysis  of 
international  new  coverage  in  sources  from  around  the  world.  Emphasis 
placed  on  analyzing  comparative  coverage  of  events  in  different  sources. 
Students  study  not  only  current  international  news  but  also  how  it  is 
reported.  The  goal  of  the  course  is  fostering  a  critical  attitude  toward  news. 


JN  393  Document  Design  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Teaches  students  advanced  principles  of  document  design  and  gives  them 
the  opportunity  to  apply  techniques  of  rhetorical/stylistic  analysis,  general 
problem  solving,  and  holistic  information  display  to  a  wide  variety  of 
writing  formats  used  in  business,  industry,  and  government  news. 

JN  423  Management  in  Mass  Communications  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN493  or  field  experience 

Attention  given  to  the  process  of  advancement  to  management  positions  in 
the  advertising,  journalism,  and  public  relations  industries. 

JN  430  Public  Opinion  and  the  News  Media  3c -01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Deals  with  understanding  and  measuring  public  opinion.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  critically  analyzing  the  historical  origins  and  the  dynamics  of  public 
opinion  in  the  policy  making  process  as  well  as  the  role  of  the  news  media 
in  public  opinion.  Students  then  measure  people's  thinking  on  any  given 
issue  or  issues. 

JN  446  Advanced  Reporting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN328  (C  or  better),  instructor  permission 
Designed  for  the  student  seeking  a  career  as  a  working  journalist,  this  course 
refines  basic  reporting  and  deals  with  more  sophisticated  techniques  and 
coverage.  (Offered  as  JN346  prior  to  1994-95) 

JN  449  Public  Affairs  Reporting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN328.  majors  only 

This  seminar  course  covers  the  specialized  field  of  reporting  government 

and  public  service  beats.  Techniques  and  sources  are  covered  in  lecture  and 

demonstration  and  through  guest  speakers.  (Offered  as  JN349  prior  to  1994- 

95) 

JN  450  Advertising  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN220,  instructor  permission 

This  is  a  basic  course  in  the  preparation  of  advertising  copy  and  continuity 
for  all  media.  It  is  a  combination  of  lecture  and  laboratory  course. 
Enrollment  is  limited  to  fifteen  upperclass  majors  per  semester.  (Offered  as 
JN350  prior  to  1994-95) 

JN  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 
These  courses  vary  from  semester  to  semester,  covering  a  number  of 
journalism  specialties.  From  time  to  time  they  are  converted  to  permanent 
course  numbers.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for 
upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

JN  482  Independent  Study  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Opportunities  for  independent  study  that  goes  beyond  the  usual  classroom 
activities.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources;  enrollment  is  limited  to  fifteen  upperclass  majors  per  semester. 

JN  490  Public  Relations  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN220.  JN326 

A  public  relations  writing  class  that  includes  assignments  such  as  releases. 

features,  newsletters,  reports,  biographies,  rewrites,  hometown  stories. 

copyediting.  interviewing,  research,  and  special  projects. 

(Offered  as  JN390  prior  to  1994-9?  I 

JN  491  Presentation  Making  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN220.  JN326 

Gives  the  student  practice  in  writing  and  making  oral  presentations  based  on 
public  relations  cases  and  problems.  Familiarizes  the  student  with  problem 
solving  and  small  group  communication  skills  necessary  for  those  working 
in  the  area  of  public  affairs.  (Offered  as  JN391  prior  to  1994-95) 

JN  492  Problem  Solving  in  PR  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN328 

Introduces  students  to  techniques  for  analyzing  and  tracking  information 
flow  in  organizations.  Introduces  students  to  creative  problem-solving 
techniques  which  are  standard  practice  in  corporate  research  groups. 
(Offered  as  JN392  prior  to  1994-95) 


162  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


JN  493  Internship  var-6- 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  JN102,  JN105.  JN220,  JN328,  department  approval 
On-the-job  training  opportunities  in  journalism  and  related  areas.  Maximum 
of  6sh  may  be  applied  to  30sh  minimum  of  major. 

JN  494  Document  Design  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN  328,  JN393 

Gives  students  advanced  work  in  preparation  of  substantial  corporate  and 
government  documents  such  as  annual  reports,  lengthy  project  reports,  and 
research  reports,  etc.  Emphasizes  skills  in  research  of  public  and  government 
documents,  data  analysis  and  problem  solving,  holistic  information  display, 
writing,  and  editing.  (Offered  as  JN394  prior  to  1994-95) 

LA:  Latin 

Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

LA  101  Elementary  Latin  I  4c-01-4sh 

For  beginning  students.  Emphasis  is  on  oral  and  reading  skills.  Students  will 
learn  most  of  the  Latin  noun  system;  they  will  also  learn  how  to  answer 
simple  and  moderately  difficult  Latin  questions.  There  are  also  short 
readings  in  easy  Latin.  Students  learn  significant  differences  between  Latin 
and  English.  Attendance  is  required. 

LA  102  Elementary  Latin  II  4c-01-4sh 

A  continuation  of  Latin  101.  In  grammar,  students  finish  the  noun  system 
and  learn  several  Latin  tenses,  including  the  perfect  tense.  Latin  questions, 
oral  and  written,  remain  an  important  part  of  the  course,  as  do  the  readings. 
There  are  class  discussions  and  a  paper  on  readings  in  English  from 
Sophocles.  Tacitus,  and  Cicero.  Attendance  is  required. 

LA  201  Intermediate  Latin  4c-01-4sh 

Intermediate  Latin.  More  of  the  verb  system  is  learned;  while  grammatical 
studies  continue,  more  emphasis  is  placed  on  learning  how  to  read  short, 
intermediate-level  selections  from  Latin  literature.  Oral  and  written 
questions  continue.  Ovid's  Metamorphoses  is  the  topic  for  class  discussion 
and  a  paper.  Liberal  Studies  credit  is  given. 

LA  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

LA  351  Advanced  Latin  I  3c-01-3sh 

Reviews  grammar  in-depth;  analyzes  the  structure  of  the  language.  Written 
themes  are  not  required.  Selections  from  Latin  prose  are  read  for  knowledge 
of  their  content  and  for  developing  knowledge  of  the  structure  of  the 
language.  Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 

LA  352  Advanced  Latin  II  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  Latin  351.  Selections  are  from  poetry  this  semester. 

LA  361  Development  of  Roman  Culture  and  Literature  3c-01-3sh 
Latin  poetry  and  history  will  be  read  to  show  the  influence  of  political  and 
social  ideas  on  literature;  emphasis  will  be  on  the  contrast  between  the 
Republican  and  Imperial  periods.  Some  reading  will  be  in  Latin;  most  will 
be  in  English.  Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 

LA  362  Latin  Conversation  and  Composition  3c-01-3sh 

Aims  at  the  ability  to  speak  Latin  on  a  conversational  level  and  to  write 
grammatically  correct  Latin  prose.  Offered  only  by  individualized 
instruction. 

LA  371  Survey  of  Latin  Literature  I  3c-01-3sh 

Comprehensive  view  of  Latin  literature  from  Ennius  through  the  Augustan 
Age.  Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 

LA  481  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 


times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

LA  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with 

the  Latin  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member. 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

LB:  Library 

The  University  Libraries 

Academic  Affairs  Division 

LB  151  Introduction  to  Library  Resources  var-lsh 

A  lecture/laboratory  course  (fourteen  one-hour  classes)  which  provides  an 
introduction  to  the  resources  of  a  university  library,  how  those  resources  are 
organized,  and  how  to  effectively  use  those  resources. 

LB  28 1  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

LB  481  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

LC:  Learning  Center 
The  Learning  Center 
Student  Affairs  Division 

LC  070  Reading  Skills  for  College  Study  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  designed  to  assist  students  in  the  development  of  college- 
level  reading  skills  with  emphasis  on  textbook  reading.  Includes  literal  and 
critical  comprehension  skills,  vocabulary  development,  and  reading 
efficiency.  This  course  carries  institutional,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance 
is  required. 

LC  090  Introduction  to  College  Math  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  A  student  may  not  register  for  this  course  after  successfully 
completing  any  course  offered  by  the  mathematics  department  without  the 
written  approval  of  the  Learning  Center  director. 
Reviews  basic  computational  skills  and  their  applications.  Includes 
operations  with  whole  numbers,  decimals,  and  fractions;  the  concepts  of 
ratios,  proportions,  and  percents;  basic  geometric  principles;  and  an 
introduction  to  algebra.  This  course  carries  institutional,  nondegree  credit, 
and  attendance  is  required. 

LC  095  Introduction  to  College  Math  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  A  student  may  not  register  for  this  course  after  successfully 
completing  any  course  offered  by  the  mathematics  department,  without 
written  approval  of  the  Learning  Center  director. 

Introduces  beginning  algebraic  concepts,  including  signed  numbers;  rules 
and  properties  of  equations;  exponents;  polynomials;  factoring;  algebraic 
fractions;  graphs  and  linear  equations,  inequalities,  and  radical  expressions. 
This  course  carries  institutional,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance  is 
required. 

LC  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 


Course  Descriptions  — 163 


1.C4KI  Special  Topics  !<  01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  thai  arc  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  in)  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  4X1  are  primarily  lor  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

LC  482  Independent  Study  var-l  *sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  offil  e 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources 

LR:  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

LR  281  Special  Topics  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  2S1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

LR  426  Case  Studies  in  Labor-Management  Relations        3c-01-3sh 
In-depth  study  of  daily  labor-management  relationships  in  a  variety  of 
organizational  settings  through  utilization  of  case  study  technique.  Focuses 
on  a  problem-solving  approach  to  the  legal  and  contract  administration 
components  of  the  labor-management  relationship. 

LR  480  Principles  and  Practices  of  Collective  3c-0l-3sh 

Bargaining 

An  examination  of  the  historical,  legal,  and  functional  parameters  of 
collective  bargaining.  Topics  covered  include  the  organizing  process, 
negotiations,  contract  administration,  dispute  resolution,  and  public  sector 
labor  relations. 

LR  481  Special  Topics  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations    3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content. 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate 

students. 

LR  482  Independent  Study  var-l -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

LS:  Liberal  Studies 
Liberal  Studies  Program 
Academic  Affairs  Division 

LS  499  Senior  Synthesis  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  73  or  more  semester  hours  earned 

This  course  helps  students  understand  and  handle  complex  intellectual  and 
social  issues  from  multiple  perspectives.  A  selection  of  topics,  available 
each  semester  and  summer  session,  is  announced  and  described  in  the 
undergraduate  course  schedule.  Students  should  schedule  the  course  during 
the  senior  year  or  at  least  no  earlier  than  the  last  half  of  the  junior  year. 


MA:  Mathematics 

Department  of  Mathematics 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

MA  100  Basic  Algebra  3c-01-3sh 

Note:  A  student  may  not  take  MA  100  Basic  Algebra  after  successfully 
completing  MAI  10  or  a  calculus  course  without  the  written  approval  of  the 
mathematics  department  chairperson. 

A  basic  course  in  algebra  including  factoring,  exponents  and  radicals, 
systems  of  linear  equations,  complex  fractions,  and  inequalities.  Designed 
lor  those  students  who  lack  the  basic  algebraic  skills  required  in  MAI  10 
Elementary  Functions.  This  course  will  not  meet  Liberal  Studies  math 
requirements. 

MA  101  Foundations  of  Mathematics  3c-OI-3sh 

Introduces  logic  and  mathematical  way  of  analyzing  problems;  develops  an 
appreciation  for  nature,  breadth,  and  power  of  mathematics  and  its  role  in  a 
technological  society;  and  introduces  useful  mathematics  or  mathematics 
related  to  student  interest.  Possible  topics  include  logic,  problem  solving, 
number  theory,  linear  programming,  probability,  statistics,  intuitive  calculus, 
introduction  to  computers,  mathematics  of  finance,  game  theory. 

MA  102  Finite  Mathematics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  of  high  school  mathematics  or  a  college 
mathematics  course.  Credit  for  MA  102  toward  graduation  will  not  be  given 
to  anyone  with  credit  in  any  mathematics  course  beyond  calculus. 
An  informal  approach  to  practical  applications  of  mathematics.  Fundamental 
concepts  of  enumeration,  matrices,  linear  systems,  predicate  calculus, 
probability,  and  series  will  be  introduced  and  used  in  considering 
mathematical  models.  Calculators  or  computer  packages  may  be  used  in 
solving  mathematical  problems. 

MA  110  Elementary  Functions  3c-01-3sh 

Note:  A  student  may  not  take  MA  110:  Elementary  Functions  after 
successfully  completing  a  calculus  course  without  the  written  approval  of 
the  mathematics  department  chairperson. 

For  students  not  prepared  to  begin  the  study  of  calculus;  topics  include 
polynomial,  exponential,  logarithmic,  and  trigonometric  functions. 

MA  117  Principles  of  Mathematics  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  nature  of  mathematics,  designed 
specifically  as  a  first  course  for  mathematics  education  majors  to  experience 
several  facets  of  mathematics  including  deduction,  induction,  problem 
solving,  discrete  mathematics,  and  theory  of  equations.  Enrollment  open  to 
secondary  mathematics  education  majors  only. 

MA  121  Calculus  I  for  Business,  Natural,  and  4c-01-4sh 

Social  Sciences 

Note:  A  student  may  not  take  MA  121:  Calculus  I  for  Business,  Natural,  and 
Social  Sciences  after  successfully  completing  another  calculus  course 
without  the  written  permission  of  the  mathematics  department  chairperson. 
Prerequisite:  MAI  10  or  equivalent  high  school  preparation 
Introduces  non-Math  major  to  analytic  geometry,  elementary  functions 
(including  logarithmic  and  exponential  functions),  central  ideas  of  the 
calculus  (limit,  derivative,  and  integral),  applications  of  derivatives  to 
business,  social,  and  natural  sciences. 

MA  122  Calculus  II  for  Business,  Natural,  4c-0l-4sh 

and  Social  Sciences 

Applications  of  integrals  to  business,  natural,  and  social  sciences,  functions 
of  several  variables,  trigonometric  functions,  sequences  and  series, 
numerical  methods,  differential  equations. 

MA  123  Calculus  I  for  Physics  and  Chemistry  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisites:  High  school  algebra,  geometry,  and  trigonometry 
Functions,  limits,  continuity,  derivatives,  application  of  the  derivative, 
integral,  and  applications  of  the  integral.  (Trigonometric  and  inverse 
trigonometric  functions  are  included  throughout  the  course.) 

MA  124  Calculus  II  for  Physics  and  Chemistry  4c-01-4sh 

Logarithmic  and  exponential  functions,  techniques  of  integration,  sequences 
and  series,  differential  calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables,  multiple 
integrals,  line  integrals,  surface  integrals,  differential  equations  with 
application  to  physical  problems. 


164 —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MA  127  Calculus  I  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  mathematics  department 

The  first  in  a  three-course  series  of  courses  which  stresses  the  theory  of  the 
calculus  as  well  as  the  application  in  problem  solving.  Topics  to  be  included 
are  real  numbers,  an  introduction  to  analytic  geometry,  functions,  limits  and 
continuity,  derivatives  and  applications,  the  differential  and 
antidifferentiation. 

MA  128  Calculus  II  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  mathematics  department 
The  second  in  a  three-course  series  of  courses  stresses  the  theory  of  calculus 
as  well  as  the  application  in  problem  solving.  Topics  to  be  included  are 
definite  integrals  and  applications,  logarithmic  and  exponential  functions, 
trigonometric  and  inverse  trigonometric  functions,  polar  coordinates, 
hyperbolic  functions,  indeterminate  forms,  improper  integrals,  and  Taylor's 
formula. 

MA  151  Elements  of  Mathematics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Topics  included  are  sets,  concepts  of  logic,  mathematical  systems,  systems 
of  numeration,  developing  the  set  of  integers,  rational  numbers,  and  real 
numbers. 

MA  152  Elements  of  Mathematics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA151 

Topics  included  are  sentences  in  one  variable,  sentences  in  two  variables, 
nonmetric  geometry,  metric  geometry,  coordinate  geometry,  introduction  to 
statistics  and  probability,  computers,  and  calculators. 

MA  171  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  vector  spaces,  linear  transformations,  determinants,  and 
matrix  algebra.  Topics  are  presented  in  a  direct  and  intuitive  approach. 

MA  214  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Business  Majors       3c-01-3sh 
Designed  to  introduce  the  study  of  probability  theory,  discrete  random 
variables  and  probability  distributions,  empirical  frequency  distributions, 
theoretical  frequency  distributions,  statistical  investigations  and  sampling, 
and  sampling  distributions. 

MA  216  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences      4c-0l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  121 

Frequency  distributions,  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variation, 

probability,  probability  distributions,  sampling  distributions.  Hypothesis 

testing  for  means,  variances,  proportions.  Correlation  and  prediction. 

regression,  analysis  of  variance,  and  nonparametric  statistics.  Emphasis  on 

applications. 

MA  217  Probability  and  Statistics  3c-OI-3sh 

(For  non-Math  majors)  Frequency  distributions,  measures  of  central 
tendency,  variation,  elementary  probability,  sampling,  estimation,  testing 
hypotheses,  correlation,  and  regression;  emphasis  on  applications  as 
opposed  to  theoretical  development  of  topics. 

MA  219  Discrete  Mathematics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COUO,  and  MA  123,  127.  or  122 
Topics  include  set  algebra,  mappings,  relations,  semigroups,  groups, 
directed  and  undirected  graphs.  Boolean  algebra,  and  propositional  logic, 
with  examples  and  applications  of  these  to  various  areas  of  computer 
science.  Emphasis  placed  on  developing  an  intuitive  understanding  of  basic 
structures  rather  than  formal  theories  and  influence  of  these  topics  on  theory 
and  practice  of  computing. 

MA  227  Calculus  III  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  mathematics  department 
The  third  in  a  three -course  series  of  courses  which  stresses  the  theory  of 
calculus  as  well  as  the  application  in  problem  solving.  Topics  to  be  included 
are  vectors  in  the  plane,  parametric  equations,  vectors  in  three-dimensional 
space,  solid  analytic  geometry,  differential  calculus  of  functions  of  several 
variables,  directional  derivatives,  gradients,  applications  of  partial 
derivatives,  and  infinite  series. 

MA  241  Differential  Equations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA122,  MA124,  or  MA227 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  techniques  of  solution  and  elementary  physical 
applications.  A  thorough  study  is  made  of  differential  equations  classified  as 
order  one-degree  one,  linear,  and  nonhomogeneous.  Solution  techniques 
involving  reduction  of  order  techniques,  the  differential  operator,  and 
infinite  series  are  introduced. 


MA  271  Introduction  to  Algebraic  Structures  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  171 

Gives  student  basic  ideas  of  contemporary  mathematics.  Includes 
mathematical  logic,  algebra  of  sets,  equivalence  relations  and  partitions  of 
sets,  functions,  and  fundamentals  of  group  theory.  Methods  of  proof  in  area 
of  abstract  mathematics. 

MA  281  Special  Topics  3c-0l -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

MA  317  Introduction  to  Probability  and  Statistics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Introduces  students  to  elementary  concepts  of  probability  and  statistics 
which  will  enable  them  to  analyze  data,  make  predictions,  and  determine 
which  concepts  may  be  used  with  children. 

MA  320  Mathematics  for  Early  Childhood  3c  01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  151.  Early  Childhood  major. 

This  course  studies  child-centered,  activity -oriented  mathematics  programs 
for  early  childhood  education.  The  course  focuses  on  helping  children 
develop  understanding  and  insight  into  basic  concepts  of  mathematics 
through  the  use  of  manipulative  materials.  Topics  include  pre-number 
activities,  number  activities,  numeration,  operations  on  whole  numbers, 
estimation,  rational  numbers,  geometry,  measurement,  probability,  statistics, 
and  problem  solving.  (Offered  as  MA450  prior  to  1994) 

MA  342  Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MA241 

Deals  with  the  application  of  mathematics  to  problems  of  science.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  the  three  phases  of  such  an  application  and  on  the  development 
of  skills  necessary  to  carry  out  each  step:  (a)  translation  of  the  given 
physical  information  to  a  mathematical  model;  (b)  treatment  of  the  model  by 
mathematical  methods;  (c)  interpretation  of  the  mathematical  result  in 
physical  terms.  Topics  included  are  vector  calculus,  integral  theorems, 
Fourier  series,  partial  differential  equations,  and  the  Laplace  transformation. 

MA  350  History  of  Mathematics  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Completion  of  a  calculus  sequence  or  permission  of  the 

instructor 

The  history  of  mathematics  is  concerned  with  the  origins,  philosophy,  and 

development  of  the  mathematical  sciences. 

MA  353  Theory  of  Numbers  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA27 1  with  a  C  or  better  grade 

Divisibility,  congruences,  primitive  roots,  number  theoretic  functions, 
diophantine  equations,  continued  fractions,  quadratic  residues. 

MA  355  Foundations  of  Geometry  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  1 7 1 ,  MA27 1  with  a  C  or  better  grade 
Studies  various  groups  of  transformations  and  geometries  associated  with 
these  groups  in  the  Euclidean  plane.  The  Euclidean  Similarity  and  affine  and 
projective  groups  of  transformations  are  studied. 

MA  363  Mathematical  Statistics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  122,  MA  124,  or  MA227 

Probability  theory  necessary  for  an  understanding  of  mathematical  statistics 
is  developed.  Applications  of  set  theory  to  models,  combinations  and 
permutations,  binomial.  Poisson  and  normal  distributions,  expected  values, 
and  moment  generating  functions. 

MA  364  Mathematical  Statistics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA363 

Multivariate  distributions,  change  of  variable  technique,  chi-square 
distribution,  estimation,  confidence  intervals,  hypothesis  testing, 
contingency  tables,  goodness  of  fit.  Practical  applications  are  used  to  aid  in 
the  development. 

MA  366  Preparation  for  Actuarial  Examinations  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  MAI71  and  calculus  sequence 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  actuarial  profession  and  helps 
the  student  prepare  for  the  first  actuarial  examinations.  The  examination 
preparation  consists  of  studying  sample  actuarial  examinations  and  related 


Course  Descriptions  —  165 


paterial.  The  studenl  is  required  to  lake  the  actuarial  examination   I  he 
student  should  be  aware  that  for  most  students,  considerable  study  beyond 
(he  requirements  of  tins  one-credit  course  will  be  required  in  order  to  pas-. 
the  actuarial  examinations 

MA  371  Linear  Algebra  k  01  ish 

Prerequisites:  MA  l 7 1 .  MA27 1  v.  uli  a  C  or  better  erade 

Vector  spaces  ami  linear  transformations  are  studied  in  a  theoretical  setting. 

Also,  canonical  forms  and  multilinear  algebra  are  studied, 

\l  \  417  Statistical  Applications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA2I4.  \1.\2 16.  or  MA217  (For  non  Math  majors! 
I  sing  computer  programs,  a  wide  array  of  statistical  procedures  lor 
educational  research  workers  will  be  explored.  Basic  concepts  of  statistical 
inference  and  prediction  » ill  be  re\  iewed,  including  regression  analysis  and 
prediction,  hypothesis  testing,  analysis  of  variance  and  covariance,  and 
partial  and  multiple  correlation.  Emphasis  is  on  use  of  the  computer  and 
interpretation  of  computer  printouts,  along  with  understanding  techniques 
employed.  No  computer  knowledge  is  necessary. 

MA  418  Sampling  Survey  Theory  and  Its  Application         3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites  (Foi  non  Math  majors)  MA214, 216,  or  217 

Directed  to  the  student  who  is  or  will  be  doing  quantitative  research, 
commissioning  large-scale  surveys,  and  evaluating  the  results.  Sampling 
techniques  and  statistical  principles  underlying  their  use  will  be  introduced. 
Consideration  to  the  practical  problems  associated  with  implementation. 

MA  420  Pre-Calculus  Mathematics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  152:  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Examines  the  function  concept  as  applied  to  elementary  real  number 
functions  and  graphing  techniques  for  these  functions.  Topics  include  real 
number  functions  such  as  absolute  value,  step,  linear,  quadratic,  and  other 
polynomial  functions,  trigonometric  and  other  periodic  functions, 
exponential  logarithmic  functions,  and  all  other  inverse  functions.  Students 
will  examine  curricular  materials  that  develop  function  concepts  in  Grades 
K-8. 

MA  421  Advanced  Calculus  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  124  or  MA227,  MA271  with  a  C  or  better  grade 
Study  of  set  theory,  real  number  system,  functions  topology  of  Cartesian 
space,  sequences,  convergence  and  uniform  convergence,  continuity,  and 
uniform  continuity. 

MA  422  Advanced  Calculus  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA421 

Includes  the  study  of  convergence  sequences  in  Rn.  global  properties  of 
continuity,  uniform  continuity,  differentiation  of  Rn.  Riemann  integrals,  and 
infinite  series. 

MA  423-424  Complex  Variable  I  and  II  each  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  124  or  MA227 

Introduction  to  the  theory  of  functions  of  a  complex  variable:  topics 
included  are  elementary  functions,  analytic  functions,  conformal  mapping, 
integration,  series,  and  application. 

MA  425  Applied  Mathematical  Analysis  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Calculus  sequence,  introductory  linear  algebra,  or  permission 
of  instructor 

This  course  provides  the  necessary  background  for  an  understanding  of 
mathematical  programming,  proofs  of  convergence  of  algorithms,  convexity, 
and  factorable  functions.  It  also  develops  necessary  concepts  in  matrix 
theory  which  are  required  to  develop  efficient  algorithms  to  solve  linear  and 
nonlinear  programming  models. 

MA  427  Introduction  to  Topology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA27 1  with  a  C  or  better  grade 

Study  of  sets,  functions,  continuity,  compactness,  the  separation  axioms,  and 

metric  spaces;  application  of  topology  to  analysis  is  demonstrated. 

MA  445  Programming  Models  in  Operations  Research      3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Two-semester  sequence  of  calculus  and  MA  171  or 
permission  of  instructor 

Development  of  deterministic  mathematical  models  for  managerial  and 
social  sciences  with  relevant  computational  techniques. 


M  \  446  Probabilistic  Models  in  Operations  Research        3c-01  -3sh 
Prerequisites:  Two-semester  sequence  of  calculus.  MA363 
Development  of  probabilistic  mathematical  models  for  managerial  and 
social  sciences  with  relevant  computational  techniques. 

MA  447  Simulation  Models  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  the  calculus  sequence;  background  in  statistics 
and  probability,  and  familiarity  with  concepts  of  programming  (knowledge 
ol  a  particular  programming  language  not  requiredl 

This  course  considers  the  types  of  models  that  are  basic  to  any  simulation 
and  methods  for  building  and  using  such  models.  It  includes  discrete  and 
continuous  system  simulations,  their  applications,  and  an  introduction  to 
SLAM  II  (Simulation  Language  for  Alternative  Modeling). 

MA  451  Numerical  Methods  for  Supercomputers  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA121  and  MA122.  or  MA123  or  MA127.  MA171,  CO250 
Super  computers  make  use  of  special  computer  architectures — vector  and 
parallel  processors — in  order  to  achieve  the  fastest  processing  speed 
currently  available.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  these  features  and  will 
learn  how  numerical  algorithms  can  be  constructed  to  exploit 
supercomputers'  capabilities.  Students  will  gain  practical  experience  in 
programming  for  the  Cray.  YMP,  in  incorporating  existing  scientific 
software  packages  into  user-written  programs,  in  submitting  remote  jobs  to 
the  Pittsburgh  Supercomputer  Center,  and  in  producing  animated  graphical 
output  to  summarize  the  typically  large  volume  of  output  data  generated  by 
large  scientific  programs.  (Also  offered  as  C0451;  may  not  register  for 
duplicate  credit.) 

MA  452  Seminar  in  Teaching  Algebra  var-l-4sh 

MA  453  Seminar  in  Teaching  Geometry  var-l-4sh 

MA  454  Seminar  in  Teaching  General  Mathematics  var-l-4sh 

Seminars  are  designed  for  pre-student  teacher.  Students  in  each  class  will 
gain  insights  into  the  problems  in  teaching  each  topic  and  become  aware  of 
the  materials  available  and  methods  of  instruction  geared  to  the  special  type 
of  student.  Education  majors  only. 

MA  456  Principles  of  Geometry  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  152.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Students  become  acquainted  with  an  informal,  intuitive  approach  to 
geometry.  Activities  and  materials  for  teaching  geometrical  concepts  to 
children  are  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 

MA  457  Introduction  to  Number  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  152.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Introduction  to  topics  of  elementary  number  theory  including  divisibility, 
prime  numbers,  factorization,  modular  arithmetic,  problem  solving,  and 
place  of  number  theory  in  the  elementary  school  curriculum.  Students  will 
examine  many  number  theory  activities  which  can  help  to  strengthen  skills 
with  basic  facts  in  an  interesting,  nonroutine  setting. 

MA  458  Introduction  to  Logic  and  Logical  Games  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Introduction  to  some  of  the  basic  ideas,  terminology,  and  notation  of 
mathematical  logic  and  Boolean  algebra  as  well  as  games  of  strategy  that 
involve  logic.  In  addition,  an  investigation  of  how  logic  is  taught  and  used 
in  various  programs  for  the  elementary  school. 

MA  459  Computer-related  Topics  in  the  Elementary  3c-01-3sh 

and  Middle  School 

Prerequisites:  MA  152.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Provides  teachers  with  concepts  and  techniques  necessary  to  teach 
computer-related  topics  to  children.  Participants  will  work  with  elementary 
school  children  throughout  the  semester. 

MA  460  Computers  and  Calculators  in  Secondary  3c-OI-3sh 

School  Mathematics  Instruction 

Prerequisite:  CO205 

Students  w  ill  explore  how  computers  and  calculators  can  be  used  as  tools  to 

enhance  the  instruction  in  secondary  school  mathematics. 

MA  465  Topics  in  Statistics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA364 

Correlation  and  regression  from  applied  and  theoretical  points  of  view, 
bivariate  and  multivariate  normal  distribution,  analysis  of  variance, 
nonparametric  methods.  Practical  problems  involving  statistical  techniques 
and  use  of  computer  statistical  packages.  Knowledge  of  computer 
programming  is  not  required. 


166 —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MA  471  Basic  Concepts  of  Algebra  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Concepts  of  basic  algebraic  structures  such  as  group,  ring,  integral  domain, 
field,  and  vector  space  are  studied  within  the  context  of  the  mathematical 
maturity  of  the  student.  Other  topics  include  relations  and  functions, 
polynomials  and  polynomial  equations,  systems  of  equations,  and 
inequalities.  Consideration  given  to  development  of  these  concepts  in  the 
mathematics  curriculum. 

MA  476  Abstract  Algebra  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  171,  MA271  with  a  C  or  better  grade 
Development  of  theory  of  integral  domains,  fields,  rings,  and  groups; 
designed  to  develop  student's  power  to  think  for  himself  or  herself  and  to 
improve  ability  to  construct  formal  proofs. 

MA  477  Abstract  Algebra  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA476 

Designed  to  have  student  continue  study  of  algebra  by  use  of  axiomatic 
method;  Euclidean  domains;  polynomial  domains  and  extension  fields 
included;  interrelationships  between  these  structures  and  simpler  structures, 
particularly  groups  and  rings,  are  developed  as  in  study  of  Galois  group  of  a 
polynomial  and  in  an  introduction  to  Galois  theory. 

MA  481  Special  Topics  3c -01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

MA  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

MA  493  Internship  in  Mathematics  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  core  curriculum,  completion  of  application 
Positions  with  participating  companies  or  agencies  provide  students  with 
experience  in  mathematics-related  work  under  the  supervision  of  the 
agencies  and  faculty.  Requirements  include  one  to  three  on-site 
consultations,  two  university  consultations,  completion  of  progress  reports, 
and  presentation  of  final  cumulative  paper.  Internship  credit  may  not  be  used 
in  fulfilling  math  major  course  requirements. 

MG:  Management 
Department  of  Management 
Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

MG  275  Introduction  to  Entrepreneurship  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG201.  EC121,  sophomore  status,  only  for  nonmajors, 
permission  by  department 

Entrepreneurship  is  defined,  common  myths  are  discussed,  and 
characteristics  of  entrepreneurs  are  identified.  Basic  characteristics  of 
entrepreneurs  are  reviewed.  This  course  includes  topics  such  as  the 
psychology  of  entrepreneurship;  economic  and  social  aspects  of 
entrepreneurship;  history;  techniques  of  purchasing  a  company;  new  venture 
initiation;  and  risk  taking. 

MG  281  Special  Topics  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 


MG  300  Human  Resource  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Designed  to  recognize  and  evaluate  the  application  of  behavioral  science 
approaches  in  the  study  of  human  resource  management.  Topics  include 
recruiting  and  selection,  training,  management  development,  performance 
evaluation,  communications,  wage  and  benefit  programs,  and  management- 
labor  relations. 

MG  310  Principles  of  Management  3c-01-3sh 

The  purpose  of  this  survey  course  of  instruction  is  to  provide  the  student 
with  an  in-depth  identification  and  understanding  of  the  relevant  theories, 
concepts,  and  principles  underlying  the  management  function. 

MG  311  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Human  problems  of  management.  Basic  ideas  and  theories  from  the 
behavioral  sciences  as  they  apply  to  human  behavior  in  organizations  are 
presented.  Management  solutions  to  problems  resulting  from  individual- 
organization  interaction  are  emphasized. 

MG  325  Small  Business  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG275,  MK320,  MG310 

A  survey  course  emphasizing  those  aspects  of  small  business  management 
not  covered  elsewhere  in  the  student's  program.  Key  topics  include  Real 
Estate,  Site  Selection,  and  Facilities  Management;  Purchasing  Management, 
Vendor  Relations,  and  Inventory  Systems;  Plant  Security.  Loss  Control,  Risk 
and  Insurance  Management;  Human  Resources  Management,  Employee 
Benefits,  Motivation,  and  Leadership;  Small  Business  Market  Research, 
Customer  Services  Management,  and  Pricing.  A  review  of  other  elements  of 
the  small  firm's  milieu  is  included  as  a  necessary  contextual  element  (e.g., 
planning,  accounting,  financing,  law). 

MG  330  Production  and  Operations  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  121,  MA2 14,  junior  status,  Eberly  College  of  Business  or 
approved  major 

Study  of  the  process  of  converting  an  organization's  inputs  into  outputs 
whether  in  goods-producing  or  service  industries.  Provides  an  overview  of 
concepts,  tools,  and  techniques  used  in  management  of  production  and 
operations  function  in  organizations. 

MG  400  Compensation  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MG300 

Studies  the  policies  and  programs  that  help  managers  design  and  administer 
compensation  systems  for  private  and  public  sector  enterprises.  Includes 
motivation  theories  and  practice  designing  of  compensation  systems.  (Title 
was  Wage  and  Salary  Administration  prior  to  1994-95.) 

MG  401  Management  Development  and  Training  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG300,  MG310 

Principles,  problems,  and  procedures  in  planning,  organizing,  directing,  and 

controlling  all  aspects  of  training  and  development  programs  in  a  business 

enterprise.  Methods  of  improving  and  development  of  managerial  skills  are 

emphasized. 

MG  402  Seminar  in  Human  Resource  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG300,  graduating  senior 

An  integrative  course  in  Human  Resource  Management.  Considers  current 
issues  in  human  literature  in  the  field  and  contemporary  issues  in  human 
resource  management  using  case  studies. 

MG  403  Small  Business  Planning  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG325,  AG300,  IM101  orBElOl  orCOlOl 
This  course  will  integrate  the  content  of  much  of  the  business  core  and 
relate  it  to  the  business  planning  for  small  businesses  and  entrepreneurial 
efforts.  The  student  will  be  introduced  to  the  concepts  which  will  support 
the  development  of  an  effective  business  plan. 

MG  428  Seminar  in  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG310 

An  integrative  course  in  Management.  Considers  current  literature  in  the 
field  and  contemporary  issues  in  management  using  case  studies. 

MG  432  Business  and  Society  3c-01-3sh 

Overview  of  the  interactions  between  business  and  the  larger  social  system 
in  which  it  operates.  Considers  the  problem,  solutions,  and  future  directions 
'»l  societal  issues  and  their  relationships  to  the  business  environment.  Topics 
discussed  include  consumerism,  the  morality  of  advertising,  self-regulation. 


Course  Descriptions  — 167 


pollution  and  ecology,  overpopulation,  government  regulation,  and  the 
social  and  ethical  responsibilities  of  business  and  industry.  (Also  offered  as 
MK432:  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

MG  4X1  Special  Topics  in  Management  var-l-3sh 

Covers  advanced,  innovative,  or  exploratory  topics  and  disciplines  within 
management.  Specific  content  items  developed  by  instructor.  Credits  may  be 
applied  to  either  required  (by  permission  of  department  chairperson)  or  free 
electives  in  a  student's  program. 

MG  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 

concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

MG  492  Small  Business/Entrepreneurship  Internship      var-3-12sh 
Prerequisites:  MG403,  permission  of  department  chairperson,  2.75  overall 
QPA.  all  other  requirements  of  the  Eberly  College  of  Business 
This  course  involves  practical  entrepreneurial  experience  of  on-site 
consulting  with  small  business  firms.  Students  will  generally  work  for  a 
semester  on  functionally  related  topics  in  accounting,  finance,  marketing, 
and  MIS  or  on  general  topics  such  as  business  planning,  forecasting,  policy, 
and  general  management. 

MG  493  Management  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Practical  experience  to  develop  knowledge  and  skills  in  the  application  of 
theory  to  actual  problems  in  a  nonclassroom  setting.  A  maximum  of  3sh  of 
internship  in  the  student's  major  may  be  applied  toward  the  management 
and  human  resource  management  major  area  elective  requirements. 
Additional  internship  credit  must  be  used  as  free  electives  only.  Admission 
only  by  permission  of  the  department  chairperson  and  dean,  Eberly  College 
of  Business. 

MG  495  Business  Policy  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  all  Business  Core  requirements  or  permission, 
graduating  seniors 

A  capstone  case  analysis  course  designed  to  give  the  student  practice  in 
applying  business  theories  to  the  solution  of  management  problems.  An 
analysis  of  how  top  management  determines  strategy  and  policy  and 
influences  the  philosophy  and  character  of  the  company.  To  develop  in  the 
student  a  general  management  viewpoint  that  integrates  the  various 
functions  of  the  organization. 

MH:  Music  History 
Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

MH  101  Introduction  to  Music  3c-01-3sh 

Course  presumes  no  technical  background  but  does  utilize  the  varied 
musical  experiences  of  each  individual  to  help  extend  interest  as  far  as 
possible.  Attendance  at  various  concerts  of  university  organizations,  cultural 
life  events,  and  visiting  artist  concerts  is  required  to  augment  listening 
experiences  of  students.  Offered  as  MU 101  prior  to  Summer,  1989. 

MH  103  Perspectives  in  Jazz  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  give  an  overview  of  the  development  and  contributions  of  jazz 
in  the  American  culture  and  provide  a  background  for  a  more  intensive  and 
detailed  study  of  jazz  for  the  Jazz  Studies  major.  Offered  as  MU103  prior  to 
Fall,  1989. 

MH  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

MH  301  Music  History  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HI195,  EN101,  EN202,  HI305 

Intensive  study  of  the  history  and  style  of  Medieval.  Renaissance,  and 
Baroque  music.  Considerable  analytical  listening  required. 


MH  302  Music  History  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH30I  or  permission 

Intensive  study  of  the  history  and  styles  of  Classical,  Romantic,  and  20th- 
century  music  to  1950.  Considerable  analytical  listening  required. 

MH  322  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Music  3c-OI-3sh 

Intensive  study  of  the  plainchant  foundations  in  the  early  Middle  Ages;  the 
origins  of  polyphony;  sacred  and  secular  music  of  the  13th  to  the  16th 
centuries;  special  emphasis  on  Dufay,  Josquin,  Palestrina,  and  their 
contemporaries.  (Offered  as  MU322  prior  to  Fall.  1989.  Title  prior  to  Fall, 
1992,  was  Renaissance  Music.) 

MH  323  The  Baroque  Era  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH301,  302 

Extends  from  Monteverdi  through  Bach  and  Handel  and  considers  vocal  and 
instrumental  forms,  styles,  and  practices  of  era.  (Offered  as  MU323  prior  to 
Fall.  1989) 

MH  324  The  Classical  Era  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH301,  302 

A  survey  of  music  from  about  1725  to  about  1827,  with  special  attention  to 
the  music  of  Mozart  and  Haydn.  Consideration  is  given  also  to  the  works  of 
D.  Scarlatti  and  C.P.E.  Bach.  (Offered  as  MU324  prior  to  Fall,  1989.  Titled 
as  18th  Century  Music  prior  to  Fall,  1992.) 

MH  325  The  Romantic  Era  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  music  from  about  1800  to  1910,  with  attention  directed  to  the 
earlier  romantic  composers  such  as  Beethoven,  Schubert,  Mendelssohn,  and 
Berlioz  through  the  later  romantic  composers  such  as  Wagner, 
Tschaikowsky,  Mahler,  and  Dvorak  as  well  as  others.  (Offered  as  MU325 
prior  to  Fall,  1989.  Titled  as  The  Early  Romantic  Period  prior  to  Fall,  1992.) 

MH  420  The  20th  Century  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH301,  302 

A  survey  of  the  stylistic  trends  of  music  from  1900  to  the  present,  beginning 
with  Debussy,  Ravel,  and  other  impressionists  through  the  music  of 
Schonberg,  Stravinsky,  Webem,  Honegger,  and  Milhaud.  Offered 
infrequently.  (Offered  as  MU420  prior  to  Fall,  1989.  Titled  as  Contemporary 
Music  prior  to  Fall,  1992.) 

MH  421  American  Music  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH301,  302 

A  study  of  history  and  literature  of  music  in  America  from  1600  to  the 
present  day.  Offered  as  MU421  prior  to  Fall,  1989. 

MH  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

MH  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 
member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 


MI:  Marine  Science 

Marine  Science  Consortium/Biology  Department 

College  of  Natural  Science  and  Mathematics 

MI  110  Introduction  to  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Introduction  to  physical,  chemical,  biological,  and  geological  aspects  of 
oceans  and  methods  and  techniques  of  oceanography.  Lab  emphasis  placed 
on  at-sea  assignments. 

MI  211  Field  Methods  in  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Mil  10  or  consent  of  instructor 

Familiarization  with  dynamic  marine  environment  involving  use  and 
application  of  oceanographic  instruments  and  sampling  devices. 


168  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MI  212  Navigation  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Four  years'  high  school  math  or  equivalent  or  consent  of  the 

instructor 

Covers  navigation,  i.e.,  the  art  and  science  of  safely  bringing  a  vessel  from 

one  position  to  another  in  a  body  of  water.  Course  divided  into  ( 1 )  brief 

historical  background;  (2)  navigation  within  sight  of  land,  i.e.,  piloting:  (3) 

navigation  in  the  open  sea.  including  electronic  navigation  methods. 

MI  221  Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Study  of  marine  invertebrates  with  emphasis  on  development,  reproduction, 
structure,  function,  and  classification  of  selected  marine  organisms. 

MI  241  Marine  Biology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Botany  and  zoology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Study  of  plant  and  animal  life  in  marine  environment  with  emphasis  placed 
upon  physical  and  chemical  factors  affecting  biota. 

MI  250  Management  of  Wetland  Wildlife  var-3sh 

The  ecology  and  management  of  wetland  wildlife,  particularly  of  freshwater 

marshes  and  saltwater  marshes.  Special  emphasis  on  ecosystem  approach. 


MI  260  Marine  Ecology 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
A  course  in  ecology  of  marine  organisms. 


var-3sh 


MI  270  Scuba  Diving  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Swimming  ability  and  good  health.  (A  standard  diving 
physical  form  will  be  mailed  to  students  electing  the  course.) 
Students  who  complete  course  will  receive  a  National  Association  of 
Underwater  Instructors  Diver  Certificate. 

MI  280  Marine  Field  Biology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  None 

An  introduction  to  basic  principles  of  ecology  and  natural  history  of  selected 
plants  and  animals  in  terrestrial,  freshwater,  and  marine  environments. 
Suitable  for  non-Science  majors. 

MI  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

MI  331  Chemical  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MI  110  and  one  year  of  chemistry 

Treatment  of  oceanic  chemical  phenomena  by  sampling  and  laboratory 
analysis  techniques. 

MI  342  Marine  Botany  var-3sh 

In-the-field  studies  and  laboratory  analysis  by  instrumentation  of  marine  and 
marine  fringe  plants  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  Coast  as  exemplified  by  those 
found  in  the  Cape  Henlopen,  Delaware,  and  Wallops  Island,  Virginia,  areas. 

MI  343  Marine  Ichthyology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  General  Biology  and/or  consent  of  the  instructor 
A  study  of  fishes.  Specimens  collected  along  Eastern  Seaboard  by  students 
will  be  used  to  illustrate  anatomy,  physiology,  and  systematics  of  this  major 
vertebrate  group.  Field  collections  will  give  student  opportunity  to  observe 
relationships  of  these  animals  to  the  biotic  and  physical  environment. 

MI  344  Anatomy  of  Marine  Chordates  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Six  hours  of  biology  including  General  Zoology 

Designed  to  familiarize  students  with  various  aspects  of  marine  chordates. 

MI  345  Marine  Ornithology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  the  instructor 
Introduces  student  to  avian  fauna  of  seacoast  and  enables  comparison  with 
inland  species.  In  addition  to  field  work  providing  visual  and  vocal 
identification,  lecture  material  will  include  information  on  distribution, 
behavior,  physiology,  and  anatomy  of  birds. 


MI  362  Marine  Geology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MI  1 10  and  physical  geology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Studies  of  structural  and  sedimentary  environments  of  continental  shelf, 
slopes,  and  ocean  basins  and  crustal  structure  of  the  earth  and  its  relation  to 
sedimentary  record  and  geologic  history  of  oceans. 

MI  364  Physical  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Mil  10,  one  year  of  physics,  one  semester  of  calculus,  and 
permission  of  the  instructor 

Course  includes  consideration  of  physical  properties,  mass  and  energy 
budgets,  theory  of  distribution  of  variables;  cause,  nature,  measurement, 
analysis,  and  prediction  of  tides,  currents,  and  waves:  and  basic 
instrumentation  in  the  field. 

MI  420  Marine  Micropaleontology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  One  year  of  geology  and  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Deals  with  modern,  living  representatives  of  microorganisms  important  in 
fossil  record  with  particular  emphasis  placed  on  taxonomy,  morphology, 
evolution,  and  ecologic  affinities  of  representative  groups. 

MI  431  Ecology  of  Marine  Plankton  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology 

Study  of  phytoplankton  and  zooplankton  in  marine  and  brackish 
environments.  Qualitative  and  quantitative  comparisons  made  between  the 
planktonic  populations  of  various  types  of  habitats  in  relation  to  primary  and 
secondary  productivity. 

MI  459  Coastal  Geomorphology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  geology 

A  study  of  coastal  geomorphology  with  emphasis  on  Late  Cenozoic  and 
Pleistocene  sea-level  changes  in  response  to  worldwide  continental 
glaciation.  The  student  will  participate  in  field  studies  of  Pleistocene 
deposits  and  the  weathering  of  these  deposits. 

MI  481  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate 

students. 

MI  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

MI  500  Problems  in  Marine  Science  var-3sh 

Graduate  students  or  undergraduate  students  with  advanced  standing 
registering  for  this  course  may  elect  either  of  the  following  options. 

Option  A:  Take  a  200,  300,  or  400  level  MI  course  and  complete,  in 
addition  to  regular  course  requirements,  a  project  in  the  area  under  direction 
of  instructor. 

Option  B:  Complete  an  independent  research  project.  A  research  proposal 
must  be  approved  by  the  Academic  Committee  of  M.S.C.  in  advance  of  the 
time  research  is  to  be  undertaken. 

MK:  Marketing 
Department  of  Marketing 
Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

MK  320  Principles  of  Marketing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  122 

Study  of  those  activities  necessary  to  the  design,  pricing,  promotion,  and 

distribution  of  goods  and  services  for  use  by  organizations  and  ultimate 

consumers. 


Course  Descriptions  — 169 


MK  321  Consumer  Behavior  1c  lll-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK320and  PC10) 

Survey  of  noteworth)  contributions  o(  behavioral  science  and  research  on 
consumer  purchasing  and  decision  making  process,  with  particular  attention 
to  formal  and  informal  influence  patterns. 

MK  420  Marketing  Management  ic  01  3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK<20and  MK32I 

Analysis  of  marketing  and  operational  problems  and  policies  involved  in 

planning,  organizing,  coordinating,  and  controlling  a  total  marketing 

program. 

MK  421  Marketing  Research  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK320  and  QB215 

Nature,  methods,  analysis,  and  application  of  present-clay  marketing 

research  techniques  utilized  in  the  solution  of  practical  marketing  problems. 

MK  422  Seminar  in  Marketing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK420  and  MK42I.  graduating  senior 
A  terminal  course  designed  for  majors  in  marketing:  considers  current 
literature  in  the  field,  case  problems  pertaining  to  the  total  marketing  effort, 
and  current  problems  of  actual  companies 

MK  430  International  Marketing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MK320 

International  marketing  and  markets  are  analyzed.  Special  consideration  is 
given  to  the  significance  of  government  regulations:  organization  structures 
of  export  and  import  enterprises;  and  credit  policies. 

MK  431  Industrial  Marketing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MK42I) 

Concerned  with  the  major  activities  involved  in  the  marketing  of  industrial 
goods  and  services,  including  the  industrial  marketing  system,  marketing 
information  needs  of  the  industrial  firm,  industrial  marketing 
implementation  and  control,  and  channel,  pricing,  product,  and  promotional 
strategies  for  industrial  goods. 

MK  432  Business  and  Society  3c-01-3sh 

Overview  of  the  interactions  between  business  and  the  larger  social  system 
in  which  it  operates.  Considers  the  problems,  solutions,  and  future  directions 
of  societal  issues  and  their  relationships  to  the  business  environment.  Topics 
discussed  include  consumerism,  the  morality  of  advertising,  self-regulation, 
pollution  and  ecology,  overpopulation,  government  regulation,  and  the 
social  and  ethical  responsibilities  of  business  and  industry.  (Also  offered  as 
MG432:  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

MK  433  Advertising  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MK320 

Introduction  to  the  principles,  practices,  and  creations  of  advertising.  Use  of 
various  media  and  legal,  economic,  social,  and  ethical  aspects  of  advertising 
are  also  considered. 

MK  434  Marketing  Logistics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior/senior  standing,  MK320  and  MG330 
The  focus  of  this  course  is  on  the  planning,  organizing,  and  controlling  the 
marketing  logistics  function.  In  addition  to  the  acquisition  and  application  of 
management  science  methods,  students  will  integrate  and  apply  previously 
gained  knowledge  to  analyze  and  solve  complex  marketing  logistics 
problems.  Areas  of  major  concentration  include  facility  location, 
transportation,  inventory  management,  and  customer  service. 

MK  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Covers  advanced,  innovative,  or  exploratory  topics  and  disciplines  within 
marketing.  Specific  content  items  developed  by  instructor.  Credits  may  be 
applied  to  either  required  (by  permission  of  departmental  chairperson)  or 
free  electives  in  a  student's  program.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are 
primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

MK  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office.  Approval  is  based  on  academic 
appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 


MK  493  Marketing  Internship  var-3  1 2sh 

Practical  experience  in  the  marketing  field  to  develop  knowledge  and 
experience  in  the  practical  application  ol  theory  to  actual  problems  in  a 
nonclassroom  situation.  A  maximum  ol  3sh  of  internship  in  the  student's 
major  may  be  applied  toward  the  marketing  major-area  elective 
requirements.  Additional  internship  credit  must  be  used  as  free  electives 
only.  Admission  only  by  permission  of  the  department  chairperson  and  the 
dean.  liberty  College  ol  Business. 

MS:  Military  Science 
Department  of  Military  Science 

MS  101  American  Military  History  (1650-1920)  2c-ll-2sh 

A  study  of  the  relationship  and  impact  of  warfare  and  military  forces  on  the 
development  of  America.  This  includes  the  interaction  of  American  military 
forces  in  war  and  peace  on  the  social,  economic,  and  technological 
development  of  the  United  States  as  well  as  a  study  of  strategy,  tactics,  and 
personalities  involved  in  major  wars.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  102  American  Military  History  ( 1920-Present)  2c-ll-2sh 

A  study  of  the  modern  evolution  of  American  military  institutions  and 
policies  and  their  relationship  to  society.  Included  will  be  studies  of  major 
wars,  their  strategy,  and  impact  as  well  as  the  personalities  involved.  Also, 
see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  203  Fundamentals  of  Tactical  Operations,  2c- 1  l-2sh 

Techniques  of  Leadership,  and  Weapons  Characteristics 

Organization,  techniques,  resources,  and  capabilities  involved  in  conducting 
small-unit  tactical  operations.  Emphasis  is  on  leadership,  organization,  and 
management  techniques  needed  to  cause  a  group  of  people  to  accomplish 
specific  objectives.  Characteristics  of  military  weapons  systems  are  taught. 
Students  serve  as  leaders  in  Leadership  Labs. 

MS  204  National  Security  and  Fundamentals  of  2c-ll-2sh 

Military  Topography 

Study  of  national  security  concepts,  policies,  and  the  national  decision- 
making process  with  emphasis  on  national  resources,  national  will,  and 
economic  factors.  Included  will  be  a  study  of  nuclear  and  conventional 
response  options.  Fundamentals  of  military  topography  including  the  use  of 
military  maps  to  determine  topographic  features,  to  conduct  land  navigation, 
and  to  perform  terrain  analysis  will  be  covered.  Also,  see  Leadership 
Laboratory. 

MS  305  Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and  Modern  3c- 1  l-3sh 

Learning/Teaching  Relationship 

Study  in  practical  application  of  principles  of  leadership/management  as 
applied  in  classroom  and  field  to  include  case  studies  in  psychological, 
physiological,  and  sociological  factors  which  affect  human  behavior; 
individual  and  group  solution  of  leadership  problems  common  to  small 
units.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  306  Study  of  Advance  Leader  Planning  and  3c-ll-3sh 

Execution  of  Modern  Combat  Operations 

Analysis  of  leader's  role  in  directing  and  coordinating  efforts  of  individuals 
and  small  units  in  execution  of  offensive  and  defensive  tactical  missions,  to 
include  command  and  control  systems,  the  military  team,  and 
communications  techniques.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  407  Management  of  the  Military  Complex  to  3c-ll-3sh 

Include  Fundamentals  of  Military  and  International  Law 

Study  of  the  various  managerial  elements  needed  to  effectively  control  a 
military  organization  and  the  techniques  used  to  accomplish  these  functions. 
Studies  in  military  law  and  international  law  prepare  the  students  for  their 
legal  responsibilities.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  408  Seminar  in  Military  Analysis  and  Management     3c- 1  l-3sh 
Contemporary  analysis  of  use  of  military  in  world  affairs  to  include 
importance  of  strategic  mobility  and  neutralization  of  insurgent  movements. 
Selected  management  problems  and  situations  will  be  presented  as  they 
relate  to  military  justice,  administration,  and  obligation  and  responsibilities 
of  an  officer.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 


770  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Leadership  Laboratory  (one  afternoon  per  week)  var-Osh 

A  practical  experience  designed  for  the  attainment  and  application  of 
leadership  principles.  Concurrently  scheduled  in  conjunction  with  all 
Military  Science  courses,  it  provides  for  practical  challenges  in  personal 
accomplishment,  both  physical  and  mental,  and  for  development  of  team 
work  and  leadership. 

Summer  Camp  var-Osh 

Students  attend  a  six-week  summer  camp  upon  completion  of  the  first  year 
of  the  Advanced  Course.  Time  at  camp  is  devoted  to  practical  application  of 
principles  and  theories  taught  during  the  preceding  school  year.  While  at 
camp,  each  student  receives  lodging,  subsistence,  uniforms,  medical  care, 
reimbursement  for  travel,  and  pay  in  amount  of  one-half  pay  of  second 
lieutenant  per  month. 

MT:  Medical  Technology 

Allied  Health  Professions  Programs 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

MT  494  Clinical  Microbiology  var-6-10sh 

Identification  and  clinical  pathology  of  bacteria,  fungi,  viruses,  and 
parasites.  Techniques  to  isolate,  stain,  culture,  and  determine  antimicrobial 
susceptibility.  Instrumentation;  quality  control. 

MT  495  Clinical  Chemistry  var-7-10sh 

Enzymology.  endocrinology,  biochemistry  of  lipids,  carbohydrates  and 
proteins,  metabolism  of  nitrogenous  end  products,  physiology  and 
metabolism  of  fluids  and  electrolytes,  and  toxicology  as  related  to  the  body 
and  diseases.  The  technical  procedures  include  colorimetry. 
spectrophometry,  electrophoresis,  chromatography,  automation,  and  quality- 
control. 

MT  496  Clinical  Hematology/Coagulation  var-4-7sh 

The  composition  and  function  of  blood;  diseases  related  to  blood  disorders; 
the  role  of  platelets  and  coagulation.  Manual  and  automated  techniques  of 
diagnostic  tests  for  abnormalities. 

MT  497  Clinical  Immunohematology  var-3-6sh 

Blood  antigens,  antibodies,  crossmatching,  hemolytic  diseases,  and  related 
diagnostic  tests.  An  in-depth  study  of  blood  donor  service  and  its  many 
facets  such  as  transfusions,  medico-legal  aspects,  etc. 

MT  498  Clinical  Immunology/Serology  var-2-4sh 

Immune  response,  immunoglobulins,  autoimmunity,  and  complement  and 
related  tests  and  diseases.  Survey  and  demonstration  of  serological 
diagnostic  tests. 

MT  499  Clinical  Seminar  var-0-6sh 

Other  courses  which  are  not  included  in  the  above  (such  as  orientation, 
laboratory  management,  education,  clinical  microscopy)  and/or  are  unique 
to  the  individual  hospital  program. 

MU:  Music 
Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

MU  111  Theory  Skills  I  0c-31-2sh 

Develops  aural  skills  through  dictation  and  interpretation  of  written  music 
by  sight-singing.  Taken  in  conjunction  with  Theory  I. 

MU  112  Theory  Skills  II  Oc-31-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU1 1 1 

Continuing  development  of  aural  skills  and  introduction  of  keyboard  skills. 
Taken  in  conjunction  with  Theory  II. 

MU  115  Theory  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  the  harmonic,  melodic,  and  formal  devices  of  the  common 
practice  period,  from  simple  diatonic  chords  through  secondary  dominants. 

MU  116  Theory  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MUU5 

The  study  of  the  harmonic,  melodic,  and  formal  devices  of  the  common 
practice  period,  from  simple  diatonic  chords  through  secondary  dominants. 
Theory  II  introduces  basic  music  forms. 


MU  120  Brass  Ensemble 

MU  121  Chamber  Singers 

MU  122  University  Chorale 

MU  123  Symphony  Band 

MU  125  Marching  Band 

MU  126  Music  Theater 

MU  127  Percussion  Ensemble 

MU  129  University  Symphony  Orchestra 

MU  130  String  Ensemble 

MU  131  University  Wind  Ensemble 

MU  133  Woodwind  Ensemble 

MU  134  University  Chorus 

MU  135  Advanced  Jazz  Ensemble 

MU  136  Advanced  Jazz  Ensemble 


0c-2l-0/lsh 
Oc-31-O/lsh 
0c-31-0/lsh 
0c-31-0/lsh 
Oc-61-O/lsh 
0c-61-0/lsh 
0c-41-0/lsh 
0c-51-0/lsh 
0c-21-0/lsh 
0c-31-0/lsh 
Oc-21-O/lsh 
0c-31-0/lsh 
0c-31-0/lsh 
0c -31-0/1 sh 


MU  151  Class  Voice  I  lc-11-lsh 

Conceived  for  non-Voice  majors.  Development  of  correct  vocal  production 
techniques  through  individual  and  group  performance  in  class.  Use  of  the 
voice  as  a  tool  for  theory  skills  and  for  eventual  use  in  the  music  classroom. 

MU  152  Class  Voice  II  lc-Il-tsh 

Continuation  of  Class  Voice  I.  Resumes  development  of  correct  vocal 
production  techniques  through  performance. 

MU  153  Class  Piano  I  lc-11-lsh 

Designed  for  students  with  no  significant  background  in  piano  who  need  to 
develop  functional  keyboard  skills.  Emphasis  placed  on  harmonizing 
melodies  and  playing  simple  accompaniments. 


MU  154  Class  Piano  II 

Continuation  of  Class  Piano  1. 


lc-11-lsh 


MU  155  Class  Strings  I  lc-U-lsh 

For  Music  Education  majors  who  will  develop  rudimentary  playing 
techniques  sufficient  to  initiate  instruction  for  beginning  students.  Emphasis 
placed  on  correct  playing  positions  and  tone  production  for  violin,  viola, 
cello,  and  double  bass. 

MU  157  Class  Percussion  I  lc-11-lsh 

A  practical  introduction  to  the  various  instruments  of  the  percussion  family. 
Students  will  demonstrate  correct  playing  techniques  and  develop  a  resource 
fiie  containing  information  on  percussion  instruments  and  instructional 
materials  as  needed  by  the  school  music  teacher. 

MU  159  Class  Brass  I  lc-11-lsh 

For  Music  Education  majors  who  will  demonstrate  rudimentary  playing 
techniques  and  tone  production  skills  to  initiate  beginning  instruction. 
Students  will  develop  playing  on  trumpet  or  French  horn  and  trombone, 
euphonium,  or  tuba. 

MU  161  Class  Woodwinds  I  1  c- 1 1- 1  sh 

For  Music  Education  majors  who  will  acquire  correct  tone  production  and 
playing  techniques  sufficient  to  initiate  beginning  instruction.  Students  will 
demonstrate  skills  with  flute,  clarinet,  saxophone,  and  oboe  or  bassoon. 

MU  163  Class  Guitar  I  lc-11-lsh 

Designed  for  students  with  no  significant  background  in  guitar  who  wish  to 
develop  functional  playing  skills.  Emphasis  placed  on  using  the  guitar  as  an 
accompanying  instrument. 

MU  211  Theory  Skills  HI  0c-3l-2sh 

Prerequisites:  MU111,  112 

Further  development  of  aural  and  keyboard  skills.  Taken  in  conjunction  « ith 
Theory  III. 

MU  212  Theory  Skills  IV  0c-31-2sh 

Prerequisites:  MU111,  112,211 

Culmination  of  development  in  aural  and  keyboard  skills.  Taken  in 
conjunction  with  Theory  IV. 


Course  Descriptions  —  171 


Ml  21 3  Jazz  Theory  Skills  1  Oc  M-2sh 

Training  in  aural,  vocal,  and  keyboard  skills  as  they  relate  lo  the  elements  of 
jazz  and  improvisation.  A  high  degree  ol  emphasis  is  placed  on  car  training 

and  its  use  in  the  transcription  of  live  and  recorded  musical  examples  and  on 

keyboard  skills  and  then  utilization  in  the  developmem  <>i  an  harmonic 
vocabulary. 

Ml;  214  Jazz  Theory  Skills  II  0c-31-2sh 

A  continuation  ol  work  begun  in  Ja//  Theory  Skills  I  with  emphasis  on 
more  advanced  aural,  vocal,  and  keyboard  skills  as  they  relate  to  jazz  and 
improvisation. 

MU  215  Theory  III  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MU1 1?.  1 16 

Extension  of  the  techniques  ol  the  18th  and  14th  centuries  to  include 

modulation,  altered  chords,  more  advanced  musical  forms,  and  contrapuntal 

procedures. 

MU  216  Theory  IV  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MU115,  116.215 

Extension  of  the  techniques  of  the  18th  and  19th  centuries  to  include 
modulation,  altered  chords,  more  advanced  musical  forms,  and  contrapuntal 
procedures  Theory  IV  concentrates  largely  on  music  and  materials  of  the 
present  century. 

MU  217  Keyboard  Harmony  I  lc-11-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Nominal  facility  at  keyboard 

Designed  to  develop  keyboard  skills  so  the  student  may  realize  and  produce 

in  sound  basic  harmonic  progressions. 

MU  218  Keyboard  Harmony  II  Ic- 1 1- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  MU217 

Continuation  of  Keyboard  Harmony  I,  involving  chromatic  harmony  and 

more  complex  progressions. 

MU  222  Jazz  Theory  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  the  elements  of  music,  melody,  harmony,  rhythm,  and  form,  as 
they  are  found  in  jazz  improvisation.  Includes  an  introduction  to  the 
fundamentals  of  jazz  improvisation  through  aural  and  written  analysis, 
composition,  and  performance. 

MU  223  Jazz  Theory  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  continuation  of  the  work  begun  in  Jazz  Theory  1  with  emphasis  on 
extending  the  harmonic,  melodic,  and  rhythmic  vocabulary.  Includes 
analysis  of  differing  trends  in  jazz,  imitation  of  a  variety  of  styles,  and  the 
cultivation  of  an  individualized  approach  to  jazz  analysis,  composition,  and 
improvisation. 

MU  224  Jazz  Improvisation  Techniques  I  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  basic  materials  and  practices  for  improvising  or 
extemporaneous  playing. 

MU  225  Jazz  Improvisation  Techniques  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  continuation  of  the  basic  materials  and  practices  for  improvising  or 
extemporaneous  playing.  Makes  use  of  more  complicated  and  involved 
harmonic  progressions  utilizing  extended  choral  harmonies. 

MU  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 


MU  309  Orchestration  I  2c-0I-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

All  instruments  of  orchestra  arc  studied  from  the  viewpoint  of  their 
contribution  to  the  total  sound  of  ensemble.  Ranges  and  timbres  are 
considered,  as  well  as  actual  arranging  of  selected  music. 

MU  311  Fundamentals  of  Conducting  3c-01-2sh 

Emphasis  placed  on  fundamental  physical  skills  of  conducting  process: 
various  beat  patterns  are  mastered  and  elementary  score  reading  and 
interpretation  are  considered. 

MU  312  Choral  Conducting  3c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU311 

Provides  an  opportunity  for  the  student  to  apply  basic  conducting  techniques 
to  choral  music.  Each  student  conducts  the  class  in  standard  choral  works. 
Includes  survey  of  suitable  literature,  organizational  problems,  voice  testing, 
rehearsal  techniques,  program  building,  interpretation,  and  diction. 

MU  313  Instrumental  Conducting  3c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU31I 

Provides  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  apply  basic  conducting  skills  to 
various  instrumental  ensembles.  Includes  survey  of  suitable  literature, 
organizational  problems,  audition  procedures,  rehearsal  techniques,  program 
building,  and  interpretation. 

MU  315  Theory  V  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

Many  of  harmonic  idioms  of  past  half-century  are  considered,  such  as 

comparative  analysis  of  dissonance;  polytonality.  polyrhythms;  atonalism 

and  12-tone  system;  and  microtonalism.  Original  writing  in  these  styles 

required. 

MU  331  Elementary  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Includes  analytical  study  of  texts,  recordings,  equipment,  instruments,  and 
other  materials  suitable  to  musical  development  of  elementary  pupils;  proper 
treatment  of  child  voice;  selection,  use.  and  teaching  of  rote  songs;  rhythmic 
activities  and  development;  music  reading;  part  singing;  planning  and 
organization;  guided  observations;  and  evaluation  techniques. 

MU  3ii  Secondary  Methods  3c-0l-3sh 

Includes  General  Music  Class,  choral  organizations,  changing  voice, 
techniques  of  instruction,  including  team  teaching  and  programmed 
learning,  high  school  theory  courses,  high  school  music  literature  courses, 
scheduling,  administrative  problems,  curriculum  development,  evaluation  of 
materials  and  equipment,  evaluative  techniques,  and  guided  observation. 
Extra  laboratory  sessions  are  required. 

MU  335  Music  for  the  Exceptional  Student  2c-21-2sh 

Develops  music  education  skills,  techniques,  and  materials  for  the 
emotionally,  mentally,  physically,  or  neurologically  handicapped  student  and 
the  gifted.  Designed  for  students  in  music  education,  special  education,  and 
elementary  education. 

MU  351  Italian  Diction  and  Literature  2c-01-2sh 

For  first-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours  per  week. 
Emphasis  is  on  pronunciation  for  the  stage  and  readings  of  Italian  song 
texts.  Italian  madrigals,  solo  song  literature,  and  operatic  repertoire  are  also 
studied. 

MU  353  French  Diction  and  Literature  2c-01-2sh 

For  third-  or  fourth-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours 
per  week.  Emphasis  is  on  pronunciation  for  the  stage  and  the  International 
Phonetic  Alphabet.  French  solo  song  literature  and  operatic  repertoire  are 
also  studied. 


MU  304  Form  and  Analysis  I 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

Thorough  study  of  smaller  forms  of  music. 


2c-01-2sh 


2c-01-2sh 


MU  306  Counterpoint  I 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

After  study  and  analysis  of  the  style  of  16th-century  contrapuntal  writing, 
student  will  do  original  writing  using  techniques  and  devices  of  period.  As 
time  permits,  same  approach  will  be  made  to  explore  style  of  17th-  and 
18th-century  composers. 


MU  354  German  Diction  and  Literature  2c-0l-2sh 

For  second-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours  per  week. 
Emphasis  is  on  pronunciation  for  the  stage.  German  solo  song  literature  as 
well  as  Bach  chorales  are  studied. 

MU  405  Piano  Pedagogy  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  in  Piano  and  a  Piano  major  or  minor 
Survey  of  current  and  significant  past  developments  in  teaching  of  piano, 
both  privately  and  in  small  and  large  classes.  The  various  piano  methods  are 
analyzed,  compared,  criticized,  and  adapted  to  each  individual's  use. 


172  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MU  406  Voice  Pedagogy  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  A  voice  major  or  minor  and  permission  of  the  instructor 
Survey  of  current  and  past  development  in  teaching  of  voice,  both  privately 
and  in  small  and  large  classes.  The  various  vocal  methods  are  analyzed. 
compared,  criticized,  and  adapted  to  each  individual's  use. 

MU  408  Marching  Band  Techniques  2c-01-2sh 

Considers  building  a  band  show;  alignment  of  ranks  and  Files;  development 
of  a  standard  pace  of  5  to  5  and  8  to  5;  selection  of  music;  instrumentation; 
techniques  of  developing  morale;  and  fundamentals  of  uniform  design. 

Mil  411  Composition  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

Instruction  is  individualized.  Compositional  devices  studied  through 
analysis  of  works  by  major  composers.  Students  will  write  several  original 
compositions  utilizing  smaller  forms. 


MU  412  Composition  II 

Prerequisite:  MU41 1 
Continuation  of  Composition  I. 


2c-01-2sh 


2c-01-2sh 


MU  413  Composition  III 

Prerequisite:  MU412 

Students  will  write  several  original  compositions  utilizing  larger  forms. 

MU  414  Composition  IV  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU413 

Continuation  of  Composition  III.  Outstanding  works  will  be  programmed  by 
university  performing  ensembles. 

MU  475  Music  Lab  var-Osh 

All  music  majors  must  attend  eight  recitals  per  semester  and  all 
departmental  recitals,  as  well  as  all  recitals  for  their  respective  performance 
areas. 

MU  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

May  provide  an  in-depth  study  of  a  narrowly  defined  area  of  the  discipline. 
Subject  matter  will  change  with  repeated  offering  of  the  course.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

MU  482  Independent  Study  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

MU  493  Internship  in  Music  var-l-6sh 

Designed  for  music  majors  who  wish  to  receive  practical  experience 
working  with  people  in  music  or  in  areas  related  to  music. 

NT:  Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Allied  Health  Professions 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

NT  427  Nuclear  Scintigraphy  3c-01-3sh 

Theoretical  aspects  of  nuclear  medicine  imaging  procedures,  including 
applicable  pathophysiology,  technical  aspects  for  data  acquisition,  and 
computer  analysis  of  data.  Systemic  radionuclide  therapy  procedures  are 
also  discussed. 

NT  428  Radiation  Physics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Applicable  aspects  of  nuclear  and  atomic  physics  are  covered  both  in  theory 
and  mathematical  formulae.  Theoretical  topics  include  atomic  and  nuclear 
stucture,  radioactive  decay,  interactions  with  matter,  and  radionuclide 
production  methods.  Mathematical  concepts  discussed  are  the  decay 
equation,  equilibrium,  and  radiation  dosimetry. 

NT  429  Nuclear  Medicine  Instrumentation  2c- 1 1  -3sh 

This  course  covers  the  basic  principles  of  both  in  vitro  and  in  vivo 
instrumentation.  The  design,  operation,  and  quality  control  of  gas  detectors 
and  scintillation  detectors  are  covered.  Survey  equipment,  spectometers,  and 
stationary  imaging  devices  are  presented  with  their  application  to  nuclear 
medicine.  Hands-on  laboratory  experience  with  single  channel  analyzers  and 
Anger  cameras  is  included. 


NT  430  Radiation  Biology  and  Radiation  Protection  2c-01-2sh 

Topics  include  ionization  and  energy  transfer;  molecules,  cellular,  tissue  and 
organ  response  to  radiation;  acute  and  chronic  effects  of  radiation;  radiation 
protection;  licensing  requirements;  recordkeeping:  and  management  of 
clinical  radation  spills. 

NT  431  In  Vivo/In  Vitro  Non-Imaging  lc-01-lsh 

In  vivo  clinical  nuclear  medicine  procedures  not  resulting  in  images  as  well 
as  principles  of  in  vitro  radioassay  are  presented.  Included  are  venipuncture, 
blood  volumes,  red  cell  studies.  Schillings  test,  principles  of  immunology, 
various  types  of  radioassay  and  sensitivity  and  specificity  of  procedure. 

NT  432  Radiopharmaceutical  3c-0l  -3sh 

Topics  include  tracer  theory,  pharmacological  actions,  localization  methods, 
radiopharmaceutical  properties,  radionuclide  generators, 
radiopharmaceutical  preparations  and  quality  control,  and  transient  vs. 
secular  equilibrium.  Routinely  used  radiopharmaceuticals  are  discussed. 

NT  433  Introduction  to  Tomographic  Imaging  lc-01-lsh 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  of  cross-sectional  anatomy  and 
tomographic  imaging  is  presented.  Topics  include  body  planes  and  cross- 
sectional  anatomy  of  the  heart,  brain,  liver,  and  lumbar  spine,  as  applicable 
to  nuclear  medicine,  and  the  theory  and  application  of  both  SPECT  and  PET 
imaging  systems. 

NT  434  Clinical  Nuclear  Medicine  0c-401-16sh 

Prerequisite:  Completion  of  77  credits  at  IUP  and  Phase  I  and  NMI 
Students  complete  1320  hours  of  supervised  clinical  training  at  an  affiliate 
hospital.  Students  receive  instruction  and  participate  in  the  perfomance  of 
various  clinical  nuclear  medicine  procedures,  patient  care,  administrative 
duties,  radiopharmaceutical  preparation  and  quality  control,  equipment 
quality  control,  quality  assurance,  and  radiation  safety.  Students  develop 
both  their  technical  skills  and  interpersonal  communication  skills  for 
incorporation  into  the  medical  community  and  to  provide  quality  patient 
care. 

NU:  Nursing 

Department  of  Nursing 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

NU  280  Introduction  to  Nursing  3c  t)l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Nursing  majors  only 

Introduces  the  major  concepts  of  concern  to  nursing:  persons  in  their 
environments,  health,  and  the  profession  of  nursing.  Topics  include  the 
nurse's  role  as  provider  of  care  and  member  of  a  profession;  the  nursing 
process  as  the  mode  of  practice;  the  value  of  research  as  a  basis  for  nursing 
practice;  biophysical  and  psychosocial  components  of  wellness. 

NU  281  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

NU  285  Introduction  to  Clinical  0c-91-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Nursing  majors  only 

A  clinical  and  college  laboratory  course  which  provides  the  opportunity  to 
practice  the  use  of  the  nursing  process.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  assessment 
and  basic  intervention  skills. 

NU  300  Nursing  Seminar  I  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  NU280,  NU285 

A  seminar  which  provides  a  forum  for  the  exploration  and  discussion  of 
historical,  ethical,  legal,  social,  and  political  issues  which  affect  nursing  and 
health  care.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  professional  values, 
critical  thinking,  decision  making,  and  communication  skills. 

NU  302  Core  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  NU280 

Emphasizes  the  involvement  of  nurses  and  nursing  in  selected  aspects  of 
wellness  promotion  and  maintenance.  The  theory  base  for  the  use  ol  the 
nursing  process  to  support  individuals  and  families  through  maturations! 
change  and  the  childbearing  cycle  is  presented. 


Course  Descriptions  — 173 


Nil  303  Clinical  Laboratory  I  Oc-1 41-Ssh 

Prerequisites:  NU280,  NU285 

A  clinical  laboratory  couisc  winch  enables  the  student  to  care  tor 
individuals  and  families  across  the  life  span.  Guided  experiences  are 
provided  in  hospital  and  community-based  facilities.  The  nursing  process  is 
Utilized  to  promote  and  maintain  wellness  in  individuals  within  families. 

NU  304  Core  n  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  NU302 

Emphasizes  the  involvement  of  nurses  and  nursing  in  selected  aspects  of 
wellness,  promotion,  maintenance,  and  restoration.  The  theory  base  for  the 
use  ol  the  nursing  process  is  expanded  to  include  family,  community  health, 
and  transcultural  nursing  concepts. 

NU  305  Clinical  Laboratory  II  0c-141-5sh 

Prerequisite:  NU31H 

A  clinical  laboratory  course  which  enables  the  student  to  provide  care  to 
individuals  and  families  with  acute  and  chronic  health  problems  across  the 
life  --pan.  Guided  experiences  are  provided  in  hospital  and  community-based 
facilities  and  indiv  iduals'  homes.  The  nursing  process  is  utilized  to  promote, 
maintain,  and  restore  optimal  wellness  in  individuals  within  families. 

NU  310  Nursing  Seminar  II  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  NU300 

A  seminar  which  provides  a  forum  for  the  exploration  and  discussion  of 
historical,  ethical,  legal,  social,  and  political  issues  which  affect  nursing  and 
health  care.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  professional  values, 
critical  thinking,  decision  making,  and  communication  skills. 

NU  322  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  NU280.  NU285 

Introduces  pathophysiologic  change  in  individuals  across  the  life  span  and 
associated  nursing  management.  Topics  include  caring  for  the  individual 
who  requires  surgery  or  whose  alteration  in  health  is  related  to  problems  in 
oxygenation,  nutrition,  and  fluid  and  electrolyte  balance. 

NU  323  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  NU322 

Physiologic  and  psychologic  pathology  in  individuals  across  the  life  span 
and  associated  nursing  management.  Topics  include  caring  for  the  individual 
whose  alteration  in  health  is  related  to  problems  with  reproductive, 
cognitive-perceptual,  motor,  metabolic,  and  elimination  function. 

NU  400  Nursing  Seminar  III  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  NU310 

A  seminar  which  provides  a  forum  for  the  exploration  and  discussion  of 
historical,  ethical,  legal,  social,  and  political  issues  which  affect  nursing  and 
health  care.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  professional  values, 
critical  thinking,  decision  making,  and  communication  skills. 

NU  402  Core  HI  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  NU304 

Emphasizes  the  nurse's  roles  as  accountable  provider  and  coordinator  of 
care  and  member  of  a  profession.  The  specific  issues  that  are  addressed  are 
quality  assurance  in  provision  of  patient  care;  rights  and  responsibilities  of 
the  individual,  the  nurse  as  an  employee,  and  the  employer:  current 
environmental  health  concepts. 

NU  403  Clinical  Laboratory  III  0c-141-5sh 

Prerequisite:  NU305 

A  clinical  laboratory  course  which  affords  the  opportunity  to  apply  the 

nursing  process  as  provider  and  coordinator  of  care  with  individuals  and 

families  experiencing  complex  health  care  needs  in  a  variety  of  health  care 

facilities. 

NU  404  Core  IV  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  NU402 

Emphasizes  the  nurse's  roles  as  provider  and  coordinator  of  care  in  health 
care  facilities  and  in  emergency  and  disaster  situations.  Concepts  and 
principles  related  to  the  management  of  the  health  care  team,  community 
health,  and  rehabilitation  are  addressed. 

NU  405  Clinical  Laboratory  IV  0c-141-5sh 

Prerequisite:  NU403 

A  clinical  laboratory  course  which  affords  the  opportunity  for  the 
application  of  critical  thinking,  health  teaching,  and  management  skills. 
Emphasizes  development  of  the  caregiver  role  in  selected  areas  of  clinical 


practice;  development  of  the  care  provider  and  coordinator  roles  in  inpatient 
and  community  settings  with  individuals  and  families  experiencing  complex 
health  care  needs;  integration  of  the  roles  of  provider  and  coordinator  of 
care  and  member  of  a  profession. 

NU  410  Nursing  Seminar  IV  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  NU400 

A  seminar  course  which  provides  a  forum  for  the  exploration  and  discussion 
of  historical,  ethical,  legal,  social,  and  political  issues  which  affect  nursing 
and  health  care.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  professional 
values,  critical  thinking,  decision  making,  and  communication  skills. 

NU  422  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  III         3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  NU323 

Emphasizes  pathophysiology  and  psychopathology  for  understanding  the 
complex  process  of  the  individual's  adaptation  to  crisis.  The  theory  base  for 
the  application  of  the  nursing  process  in  the  care  of  individuals  requiring 
hospitalization,  life-sustaining  treatment,  intensive  monitoring,  and  crisis 
intervention  is  discussed. 

NU  423  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  IV         3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  NU422 

Emphasizes  strategies  used  in  assisting  individuals  and  their  families  in  the 
promotion,  maintenance,  and  restoration  of  optimal  wellness.  The  theory 
base  for  the  application  of  the  nursing  process  when  illness  is  being 
managed  in  acute,  long-term  care,  and  community  settings  is  discussed. 

NU  430  Nursing  Research  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA217 

Focus  on  evaluating  research  through  a  study  of  research  design, 
methodologies,  sampling,  data  analysis,  and  significance  of  findings. 
Consideration  is  given  to  issues  in  conducting  research  and  the  impact  on 
problems  investigated,  the  nurse  researcher,  and  the  consumer  of  research. 

NU  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

NU  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  w  ith  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

OS:  Office  Systems 

Department  of  Office  Systems  and  Business 

Education 

Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

OS  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

OS  301  Advanced  Microcomputer  Applications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE/CO/IM  101,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Advanced  applications  of  microcomputing  software  from  the  user 
perspective  to  enhance  productivity  of  office  employees,  executive  and 
managerial,  professional,  and  support  personnel.  Comparative  and 
evaluative  techniques  for  appropriate  selection  and  implementation  of 


174  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


software.  Word  processing,  spreadsheet,  database,  desktop  publishing, 
utility,  and  operating  system  software  will  be  emphasized.  (Formerly  BE274 
Information  Processing  Applications) 

OS  312  Administrative  Office  Services  3c-01-3sh 

Presentation  of  fundamental  principles  and  practices  used  in  the 
development  of  an  office.  Specialized  areas  such  as  systems  analysis,  work 
simplification,  forms  design,  information  processing,  office  machines  and 
equipment,  records  management,  office  design  and  layout,  office  location 
and  physical  environment,  office  supervision,  office  manuals,  and 
development  of  office  personnel  will  be  discussed.  (Offered  as  AD412  prior 
to  1992) 

OS  313  Office  Systems  Technologies  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Emphasis  on  systems  hardware,  especially  the  microcomputer.  Concepts  and 

design  principles  common  to  all  microprocessors  are  studied.  Auxiliary 

hardware,  such  as  reprographics,  printers,  modems,  scanners,  and  laser 

technology  will  be  included.  (Formerly  OS413  Information  Processing 

Technology) 

OS  315  Records  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

Development  of  the  principles  of  records  administration  including  creation, 
use.  maintenance,  and  destruction.  Storage  facilities,  records  classification, 
forms  analysis,  and  control  of  records,  as  well  as  microimage  systems  will 
be  discussed.  (Offered  as  AD415  prior  to  Summer.  1991.  and  as  OS415 
during  1991-92) 

OS  400  Telecommunications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Knowledge  and  concepts  of  telecommunications  technology,  applications, 
and  management  as  they  apply  to  office  systems. 

OS  430  Office  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM300,  OS312.  OS313 

Emphasis  on  the  solving  of  office  management  problems.  Provides  an 

opportunity  to  integrate  and  apply  the  skills  and  knowledge  previously 

gained  in  the  Office  Systems  major.  (Offered  as  AD430  prior  to  Summer, 

1991) 

OS  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

OS  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 
member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources.  (Offered  as  AD482  prior  to  1993-94) 

OS  493  Internship  var-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  internship  coordinator,  chairperson,  and  dean  and 
2.75  overall  GPA  and  3.0  GPA  in  Business 

A  supervised  office  experience  program  with  an  approved  agency  (business, 
industry,  and  government);  includes  three  two-hour,  on-campus  seminars. 

PC:  Psychology 

Department  of  Psychology 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

PC  101  General  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  behavior  and  mental  processes. 

PC  280  Psychological  Inquiry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101,  Psychology  minors 

Is  intended  to  introduce  students  mmoring  in  Psychology  to  issues  central  to 
carrying  out  and  interpreting  empirical  research  in  the  field.  Students  will 
become  more  sophisticated  consumers  of  empirical  research  findings. 
Students  who  have  successfully  completed  PC290  are  not  permitted  to  take 
this  course  for  credit. 


PC  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

PC  290  Research  Design  and  Analysis  I  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101,  MA217 

A  laboratory  course  devoted  to  designing,  conducting,  and  evaluating  results 
of  psychological  experiments. 


PC  291  Research  Design  and  Analysis  II 

Prerequisites:  PC101.  "C"  or  better  in  PC290 

A  continuation  of  Research  Design  and  Analysis  I. 


3c-21-4sh 


3c-01-3sh 


PC  310  Developmental  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Comprehensive  study  of  all  factors  that  contribute  to  human  development 
from  conception  to  death,  particularly  as  they  relate  to  psychological 
development  of  individual.  A  survey  course  directed  at  students  not  planning 
to  take  PC311,  312,  or  373.  Students  may  receive  credit  towards  the 
Psychology  major  or  minor  for  only  one  of  PC310,  PC311,  or  PC315. 

PC  311  Child  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Study  of  factors  that  influence  total  development  and  behavior  of  child. 
Current  theories  and  research  are  considered,  with  focus  upon  optimum 
development  of  individual.  Credit  toward  a  major  or  minor  in  psychology 
will  not  be  given  for  both  PC310  and  311. 

PC  312  Adult  Development  and  Aging  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

A  survey  of  physiological,  cognitive,  emotional,  and  social  issues  affecting 
the  young  adult,  the  middle-aged,  and  the  elderly.  Includes  an  examination 
of  significant  adult  life  crises. 

PC  315  Experimental  Development  Psychology  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisite:  PC280  or  PC290 

The  course  will  study  human  development  from  conception  to  death  with 
emphasis  on  the  physical,  cognitive,  and  emotional  domains.  Students  will 
be  involved  in  observation  and  data  collection. 

PC  320  Personality  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  10 1 

Provides  comparative  analysis  of  major  representative  traditional  and 
contemporary  theories  of  personality. 

PC  321  Abnormal  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

The  description,  causes,  and  treatment  of  behaviors  labeled  abnormal  in  our 
society  are  studied  from  experimental  and  clinical  points  of  view. 

PC  322  Introduction  to  Psychological  Measurement  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101,  MA217 

Survey  of  psychological  measurement  techniques,  with  emphasis  on 
theoretical  assumptions  underlying  these  techniques  and  discussion  of 
interpretation  and  limitations  of  measuring  instruments. 

PC  330  Social  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

The  study  of  the  effects  of  the  social  environment  on  human  behavior. 
Topics  include  perception  of  person,  attitude  formation  and  change,  and 
small  group  interaction.  Students  may  not  recieve  credit  toward  psychology 
major  or  minor  for  both  PC330  and  PC335. 

PC  331  Environmental  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

The  study  of  the  relationship  between  human  behavior  and  its  environmental 
context.  Emphasis  on  the  physical  environment,  both  natural  and  built. 


Course  Descriptions  —  175 


PC  335  F.xpcrimcnlal  Social  Psychology  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisite:  PC280  or  PC290 

A  laboratory  course  in  the  effects  of  the  social  environment  on  human 
behavior.  Topics  include  perception  of  persons,  attitude  formation  and 
change,  and  small  group  interaction.  Includes  experience  with  social 
psychological  research  methods.  May  not  be  taken  for  credit  by  students 
who  have  completed  PC330. 

PC  340  Human  Cognition:  Perception  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101,  290 

Study  of  perceptual  process.  Sensory  mechanisms  for  processing 
information  arc  examined,  as  well  as  responses  to  complex  stimuli.  Students 
maj  not  receive  credit  towards  the  Psychology  major  or  minor  for  both 
PC340  and  PC345. 

PC  341  Conditioning  and  Learning  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  10 1,290 

Examination  of  the  basic  principles  of  learning  and  related  phenomena: 
discussion  of  classical  conditioning,  discrimination  learning,  and  aversive 
control  of  behavior. 

PC  342  Human  Cognition:  Memory  and  Thinking  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101,  290 

Study  of  methods  and  findings  in  areas  of  human  memory  and  human 
information  processing.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  towards  the 
psychology  major  or  minor  for  both  PC342  and  PC345. 

PC  345  Introduction  to  Human  Cognition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  an  overview  of  cognitive  psychology.  The 
Information  Processing  Model  is  contrasted  with  its  predecessor, 
Behaviorism  and  its  contemporary  challenger,  Connectionism. 

PC  350  Physiological  Psychology  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101.290 

Study  of  the  relationship  between  behavior  and  the  anatomy  and  physiology 
of  the  nervous  system.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  towards  the 
Psychology  major  or  minor  for  both  PC350  and  PC356. 

PC  352  Ethology  and  Comparative  Psychology  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  10 1,290 

Comparative  survey  of  animal  behavior  and  its  control  mechanisms 
including  sensory  and  physiological  systems,  reproduction  and  parenting, 
social  behavior,  and  the  role  of  learning  in  various  animal  species.  Emphasis 
is  on  the  relationship  of  the  animal  to  its  environment.  Students  may  not 
receive  credit  towards  the  Psychology  major  or  minor  for  both  PC352  and 
PC355. 

PC  355  Comparative  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Survey  of  animal  behavior  patterns  and  control  mechanisms  including 
learning,  development,  communication,  and  social  behavior.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  relationship  of  the  animal  to  its  environment  and  on  the  relationship  of 
animal  models  to  human  behavior. 

PC  356  Biopsychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101 

Study  of  the  relationship  between  behavior  and  the  anatomy  and  physiology 
of  the  nervous  system. 

PC  370  Consciousness  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101,  junior  standing 

Examines  psychological  research  on  awareness,  attention,  brain 
neurotransmitters,  brain  laterality,  sleep,  dreams,  and  hypnosis. 

PC  371  Human  Motivation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Systematic  study  of  how  behavior  is  initiated,  sustained,  directed,  and 
terminated.  Current  theories  in  this  area  are  critically  reviewed. 

PC  372  Drugs  and  Behavior  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101  and  junior  standing  or  permission 
Survey  of  the  current  knowledge  concerning  the  actions  of  drugs.  Topics 
will  include  legal  and  social  issues  surrounding  drug  use.  hazard  potential  of 
commonly  used  drugs,  review  of  current  theories  and  issues  regarding  the 
use  of  drugs  in  psychotherapy,  and  consideration  of  treatment  approaches 
for  addiction. 


PC  373  Adolescent  Psychology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Study  of  the  adolescent  and  the  adolescent's  world,  especially  the  physical 

aspects  of  adolescence,  psychological  growth  patterns,  social  pressures,  and 

adaptation. 

PC  374  Stress  and  Coping  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Fundamental  concepts  and  findings  in  stress  and  stress-related  disorders. 

Relationships  of  stress  to  disease  and  methods  for  coping  with  stress  are 

presented. 

PC  375  Mass  Media  and  Behavior  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101  and  junior  or  senior  status 

Theory  and  research  on  the  influence  of  the  mass  media  on  human  behavior 
and  attitudes.  Topics  include:  the  effects  of  news  and  political  advertising  on 
public  opinion;  the  effects  of  racist  and  sexist  portrayals;  and  the  effects  of 
violence  and  pornography  on  aggressive  behavior.  (Also  offered  as  CM  375; 
may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

PC  376  Psychology  of  Health  Behavior  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

An  examination  of  the  role  of  behavior  factors  in  health  status  with  a  strong 
focus  on  preventive  health  behaviors  and  the  role  of  the  psychologist  in 
promotion  of  health-related  behavioral  changes. 

PC  378  Psychology  of  Death  and  Dying  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Theories  and  research  which  delineate  the  psychological  factors  affecting 

the  dying  person  as  well  as  those  persons  close  to  one  who  is  dying  are 

discussed. 

PC  379  Psychology  of  Human  Sexuality  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Provides  an  overview  of  the  psychological  issues  and  research  relevant  to 
sexuality  with  an  emphasis  on  gender  roles.  Social,  psychological,  and 
gender  perspectives  are  used  to  examine  a  number  of  topics,  including 
contemporary  sexual  attitudes,  sexual  response,  sexual  relationships,  sexual 
dysfunction,  sexual  variations,  sexual  preference,  and  sexual  violence. 
Research  pertaining  to  each  topic  is  presented.  Students  are  encouraged  to 
critically  evaluate  research  and  theory  and  to  make  connections  between  the 
material  and  their  personal  experience. 

PC  390  Industrial-Organizational  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101,  MA214/217 

The  study  of  psychological  principles  in  work  organizations;  application  of 
psychological  theory  to  the  understanding  and  explanation  of  individual 
behavior  and  experience  in  work  organizations.  May  not  be  taken  for  credit 
by  students  who  successfully  completed  PC425.  (Formerly  PC425) 

PC  410  Historical  Trends  in  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101,  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission 
Comprehensive  overview  of  historical  antecedents  of  contemporary 
psychology  with  emphasis  on  their  implications  for  future  developments  in 
the  field. 

PC  411  Psychology  of  Women  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  1 0 1 ,  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the 
instructor 

A  critical  examination  of  the  assumptions  about  women  which  are  held  by 
the  discipline  of  psychology,  considering  both  current  research  and 
individual  experience.  The  psychological  effects  of  socialization  on  sex  role 
identity,  achievement,  interpersonal  power,  mental  health,  and  critical 
incidents  in  female  development  are  discussed  in  the  context  of  relevant 
concepts  from  developmental  and  social  psychology. 

PC  420  Psychology  of  Organizations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101,  MA217 

The  study  of  psychological  principles  in  an  organizational  setting; 
application  of  psychological  principles  to  individual  behavior  and 
experience  in  organizations. 

PC  421  Psychology  of  Work  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC291 

The  analysis,  measurement,  prediction,  and  development  of  human  aptitude, 
ability,  and  performance  in  work  and  employment  situations. 


776  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PC  424  Planned  Organizational  Change  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC420 

Provides  instruction  and  experience  in  the  theories  and  techniques  involved 
in  changing  organizational  activities  and  practices.  Discussions  of  theories 
will  be  combined  with  a  variety  of  group  exercises. 

PC  425  Experimental  Organizational  Psychology  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisite:  12  credits  of  psychology  (including  PC290.  beyond  PC101). 
Introduces  the  student  to  theory,  research,  and  methods  in  the  investigation 
of  human  behavior  and  experience  in  organizations.  Both  classical  and 
current  literature  in  the  field  are  discussed.  In  addition  to  lecture  students 
will  conduct  empirical  research  projects. 

PC  450  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101.  320.  321.  and  permission  of  instructor 
Overview  of  clinical  psychology,  with  emphasis  upon  clinician's  use  of 
methods  of  evaluation,  and  treatment  and  modification  of  behavior. 

PC  480  Honors  Seminar  in  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

A  seminar  in  the  graduate  tradition  with  a  specialized  topic.  May  be  taken 
more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6sh. 


PH  223  Philosophy  of  Art  3c-01-3sh 

The  course  investigates  some  of  the  major  problems  in  the  philosophy  of  art. 
e.g.,  the  nature  of  beauty  and  the  aesthetic  experience,  the  ethics  and  politics 
of  art,  creativity,  the  nature  of  the  work  of  art  and  aesthetic  objects,  the 
concept  of  fine  art,  and  the  evaluation  of  works  of  art  and  aesthetic  objects. 

PH  232  Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Love,  Marriage,       3c-01-3sh 
and  Divorce 

Examines  the  philosophical  foundations  of  contemporary  Western 
institutions  and  ideologies  of  romantic  love.  Considers  major  positions  in 
both  the  history  of  philosophy  and  contemporary  philosophy.  Investigates 
the  concepts,  problems,  and  philosophical  theories  central  to  understanding 
romantic  love,  marriage,  and  divorce. 

PH  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 


PC  481  Special  Topics  in  Psychology  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 
topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 
be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate 
students.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6sh. 

PC  482  Independent  Study  in  Psychology  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Individual  students  pursue  their  particular  interests  in  psychology  in 
consultation  with  a  member  of  the  staff.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a 
maximum  of  6sh.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and 
availability  of  resources. 

PC  493  Psychological  Practieum  var-l-12sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101  and  department  consent 

Under  supervision  of  psychology  department,  selected  students  receive 
experience  in  application  of  psychological  techniques.  May  be  taken  more 
than  once  to  a  maximum  of  12sh. 

PH:  Philosophy 

Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

PH  101  General  Logic:  Methods  of  Critical  Thinking         3c-01-3sh 
Designed  to  develop  students'  ability  to  critically  analyze  deductive  and 
inductive  argumentation,  rhetoric,  and  persuasion,  by  examples  drawn  from 
media,  textbooks,  advertising,  scholarly  works,  personal  contacts,  etc. 

PH  120  Introduction  to  Philosophy  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  beginning  student  with  philosophical  problems  and 
methods  in  such  areas  as  metaphysics,  epistemology,  logic,  and  value  theory. 

PH  221  Symbolic  Logic  I  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  fundamental  concepts  in  deductive  logic  with  an 
emphasis  on  teaching  students  the  basis  of  clear  logical  thought.  Some  of  the 
historical  origins  of  logical  theory  are  explored.  Students  leam  to  symbolize 
arguments  in  the  truth-functional  logic  and  the  predicate  logic.  Ways  of 
testing  arguments  for  validity  as  well  as  proofs  are  covered,  with  a  stressing 
of  application  to  actual  arguments  drawn  from  numerous  sources  in  the 
media,  philosophical  issues,  and  moral  problems. 

PH  222  Ethics  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  of  efforts  to  rationally  justify  moral  judgment.  Deals  with 
fundamental  issues  such  as:  What  is  morality?  Are  moral  notions  cultural, 
rational,  divine,  or  innate  in  origin?  Are  they  relative  or  absolute?  Are  they 
freely  chosen  or  determined  by  genetics  and/or  environment?  Covers  a 
variety  of  ethical  theories  significant  both  historically  and  contemporarily 
and  applies  those  theories  to  current  issues  which  involve  moral  dilemmas. 


PH  321  Symbolic  Logic  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PH221  or  permission  of  instructor 

A  continuation  of  Symbolic  Logic  I  designed  to  enable  students  to  evaluate 
consistency  of  statements,  validity  of  arguments,  soundness  and 
completeness  of  formal  systems.  Focus  on  quantificational  calculus  and 
inductive  logic. 

PH  323  Political  Philosophy  3c-01-3sh 

An  inquiry  into  the  philosophical  concepts  underlying  the  major  political 
theories  from  ancient  Greece  to  the  modern  era.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
major  authors  and  texts  to  demonstrate  a  continuum  of  ideas  and  their 
modifications,  replacement,  and  revival,  as  well  as  novel  political  ideas. 
Possible  topics:  commonality;  peace;  internationalism;  sovereignty;  nature 
of  the  state;  law;  the  ruler;  cosmopolitanism;  nationalism;  social  contract; 
liberty;  obligation;  property;  racism;  sexism;  slavery. 

PH  324  History  of  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval       3c-01-3sh 
Western  philosophy  of  pre-Socratic,  classical  Greek,  Roman,  and  medieval 
periods.  Special  attention  given  to  Plato,  Aristotle,  Augustine,  and  Aquinas, 
as  well  as  the  philosophic  schools. 

PH  325  History  of  Philosophy  II:  Renaissance  and  3c-01-3sh 

Modern 

Continuation  of  PH324.  beginning  with  15th-century  Renaissance  thought 
and  ending  with  the  19th-century  precursors  of  contemporary  philosophies. 

PH  326  Phenomenology  and  Existentialism  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  phenomenological  method  as  developed  by  Edmund  Husserl 
and  of  the  subsequent  phenomenological  movement  as  exemplified  in  the 
works  of  such  representative  figures  as  Heidegger.  Merleau-Ponty.  and  Paul 
Ricoeour  and  of  existentialism  both  as  an  independent  movement  of  thought 
and  as  influenced  by  phenomenology  and  as  exemplified  in  the  works  of 
such  representative  figures  as  Kierkegaard,  Jaspers.  Marcel,  Buber,  and 
Sartre. 

PH  329  Philosophy  of  Religion  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  a  philosophical  critical  examination  of  religion  to  include:  the 
nature  of  religion;  religious  argumentation;  existence  and  nature  of  God; 
meaning  and  relation  of  faith  and  knowledge;  theories  of  origin  of  religion. 

PH  330  Philosophy  of  Science  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  into  the  nature  of  formal  and  empirical  sciences:  structure 
of  scientific  thought  and  its  dependence  upon  or  independence  of  theory;  the 
logical  and  metaphysical  status  of  scientific  "laws"  and  theoretical  concepts; 
reductionism  in  science;  the  concept  of  causality;  the  logic  of  explanation; 
problems  in  confirmation  theory;  science  and  value.  No  special  background 
required.  Recommended  for  math  and  science  majors. 

PH  400  Ethics  and  Public  Policy  3c-OI-3sh 

An  analysis  of  the  ethical  dimension  of  public  policies.  Provides  a  general 
understanding  of  ethical  theories,  then  focuses  on  their  application  to 
specific  policy  issues.  Topics  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester.  See 
current  schedule  of  classes. 


( 'ourse  Dest  riptions  — 177 


PH  405  Justice  and  Human  Rights  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  10  theories  ni  iusiicc  and  .in  analysis  ol  the  concept  of 
human  rights  which  is  central  to  a  inst  society  and  to  much  moral,  political, 
and  legal  dispute.  This  course  will  explore  relevant  major  positions  in  the 
history  of  philosophy,  hut  its  major  locus  is  contemporary  and  raises  issues 
such  as  women's  rights,  black  rights,  animal  and  environmental  rights. 
Welfare  rights,  and  rights  to  life  (or  death). 

PH  410  Contemporary  Analytic  Philosophy  3c-01-3sh 

Investigation  of  20th-century  Western  positions  such  as  pragmatism,  logical 
positivism,  logical  and  linguistic  analysis 

PH  420  Metaphysics  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  reality  in  general  and  of  the  mam  categories  through 
which  it  is  understood.  The  main  topic  areas  ol  metaphysics  concern:  the 
one  and  the  many;  the  relation  of  thought  and  being;  the  problem  of 
universals;  nominalism;  realism;  idealism;  the  nature  of  being,  substance, 
essence,  space,  time,  eternity,  matter,  mind;  determinism  and  indelerminism. 

PH  421  Theory  of  Knowledge  3c-01-3sh 

Investigation  into  problems  involved  in  knowledge  and  justification  and  a 
consideration  of  methods  suggested  for  then  resolution.  Particular  attention 
is  paid  to  issues  such  as  knowledge,  justification,  certainty,  objectivity, 
perception,  and  truth. 

PH  450  Philosophy  of  Law  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  nature  of  law  and  its  relationship  to  such  questions  as 
morality,  obligation,  judicial  review,  justice,  rights,  punishment,  liberty.  The 
course  combines  philosophical  theory  with  consideration  of  selected  court 
cases  to  develop  a  philosophical  and  legal  understanding  of  law  and  its  place 
in  society. 

PH  460  Philosophy  of  Language  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  of  issues  in  the  philosophy  of  language  and  related  issues 
in  linguistics  (including  anthropological  linguistics,  sociolinguistics,  and 
psycholinguistics).  Topics  include,  for  example,  the  influence  of  language 
on  perception,  rationalist/empiricist  perspectives  on  language  acquisition, 
language  and  political  control,  reference,  meaning,  and  truth. 

PH  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

PH  482  Independent  Study  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 
member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6sh.  (This  option 
is  available  to  both  philosophy  majors  and  nonmajors.) 

PH  482  Independent  Study:  Honors  Project  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office.  3.00  QPA.  15sh  in  Philosophy,  and 
3.20  average  in  departmental  courses 

Majors  in  Philosophy  are  invited  to  take  3sh  of  independent  study 
designated  "Honors  Project."  Upon  satisfactory  completion,  graduation  with 
departmental  honors  is  possible. 

PH  493  Internship  in  Philosophy  var-3-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  department,  junior  or  senior  PH  major  or 
double  major,  2.5  QPA 

A  supervised  experience  of  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  than 
five  weeks.  This  would  take  place  in  either  a  public  or  private  organization 
in  areas  that  either  extend  and  develop  or  complement  coursework  in 
Philosophy.  Log  and/or  major  paper  required.  Internships  are  to  be  done 
with  a  clear  analysis,  argumentation,  and  examination  of  governing 
principles. 


PS:  Political  Science 

Department  of  Political  Science 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

PS  101  World  Politics  3c-0l-3sh 

Analysis  of  contemporary  (post-1945)  state  system  and  forces  shaping  the 
world  in  which  we  live.  Student  is  given  a  framework  within  which  to 
analyze  contemporary  international  politics. 

PS  111  American  Politics  3c-OI-3sh 

Introduction  to  American  national  government  and  politics,  emphasizing 
Constitution,  party  system.  Congress,  Presidency,  courts,  and  problems  in 
national-stale  relations,  civil  rights,  foreign  policy,  and  social  and  economic 
policies. 

PS  250  Public  Policy  3c-OI-3sh 

Emphasizes  dynamics  of  government  as  they  are  evidenced  in  public 
opinion,  pressure  groups,  political  parties,  and  our  governmental 
institutions;  attention  also  directed  toward  the  political-economical  nexus 
within  American  society. 

PS  251  State  and  Local  Political  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Institutions  and  processes  of  state  and  local  governments,  with  special 
attention  to  Pennsylvania;  emphasis  on  the  nature  of  federalism,  state 
constitutions,  and  role  of  state  and  local  government  in  an  urban  society. 

PS  280  Comparative  Government  I:  Western  Political  Systems 
3c-01-3sh  Analyzes  Western  political  systems  with  emphasis  upon  major 
contemporary  democratic  governments  of  Europe.  Analyzes  and  compares 
their  political  cultures,  political  institutions,  and  political  processes. 

PS  281  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

PS  282  International  Relations  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  a  conceptual  framework  for  understanding  sovereignty, 
nationalism,  power,  security,  dispute  settlement,  and  diplomatic,  legal, 
economic,  and  military  relations  of  nation-states.  (Offered  as  PS281  prior  to 
June,  1991) 

PS  283  American  Foreign  Policy  3c-01-3sh 

Examines  formulation  and  execution  of  American  foreign  policy,  with 
attention  to  governmental  institutions,  mass  media,  interest  groups,  and 
public  opinion;  emphasizes  contemporary  problems. 

PS  285  Comparative  Government  II:  Non-Western  3c-01-3sh 

Political  Systems 

Analyzes  major  non-Western  political  systems  with  emphasis  upon 
authoritarian  and  totalitarian  systems.  Analyzes  and  compares  in  a 
systematic  manner  their  political  cultures,  political  institutions,  and  political 
processes. 

PS  300  Research  Methods  in  Political  Science  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PS  101  orPSlll 

An  examination  of  the  application  of  the  scientific  approach  to  the 
investigation  of  social  and  political  phenomena.  Concentrates  on 
approaches,  methods,  and  computer  tools.  All  political  science  majors  and 
minors  are  strongly  urged  to  enroll. 

PS  320  International  Law  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PS  101.  PS281.  or  permission  of  instructor 
Study  of  the  development,  nature,  and  function  of  international  law, 
including  recent  trends. 

PS  321  International  Organizations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PSI01,  PS281,  or  permission  of  instructor 

Inquiry  into  purposes,  structures,  and  actions  of  contemporary  international 

political  organizations,  such  as  United  Nations,  regional,  and  functional 

organizations. 


178  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PS  346  Political  Sociology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PS  111,  SOI  51 

Examines  (a)  who  controls  the  state  and  state  policy,  (b)  the  role  the  state 
plays  in  stabilizing  capitalism  and  protecting  the  power  of  the  upper  class, 
(c)  the  political  activities  of  the  middle  and  upper  class,  (d)  labor,  civil 
rights,  and  welfare  rights,  and  social  movements  in  America.  Cross-listed  in 
Sociology  as  S0458:  Political  Sociology. 

PS  350  The  Presidency  3c-0I-3sh 

Examination  of  the  Office  of  President,  with  attention  to  constitutional 
foundations,  evolution,  structure,  powers,  and  functions;  some  comparisons 
between  presidential  and  parliamentary  systems  and  between  offices  of 
President  and  Governor. 

PS  351  Legislative  Process  3c-01-3sh 

Functional  study  of  legislative  bodies  and  process  of  legislation,  covering 
organization  of  legislative  assemblies,  operation  of  committee  system, 
procedures,  bill  drafting,  aides,  and  controls  over  legislation. 

PS  353  American  Political  Parties  3c-01-3sh 

The  role  of  people,  parties,  and  pressure  groups  in  politics  of  American 
democracy;  attention  to  sectional  and  historical  roots  of  national  politics, 
voting  behavior,  pressure  group  analysis,  and  campaign  activities. 

PS  354  Metropolitan  Problems  3c-01-3sh 

Analyzes  multiplicity  of  problems  facing  our  metropolitan  areas. 
Contemporary  developments  such  as  urban  renewal,  shrinking  tax  base, 
federal  aid  to  cities,  subsidized  mass  transit,  municipal  authorities,  and 
political  consolidation  are  examined. 

PS  355  Intergovernmental  Relations  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  characteristics  of  federal  systems  of  government,  with  emphasis  on 
theories,  origins,  institutions,  problems  in  intergovernmental  relations  in  the 
United  States,  federal  systems  in  other  nations,  and  trends. 

PS  356  Mass  Media  in  American  Politics  3c-01-3sh 

Variant  theories  of  the  symbolic  relationship  between  American  politics  and 
the  press  are  examined  in  the  light  of  the  American  colonial-national 
experience.  The  special  constitutional  rights  given  to  the  media  are 
explored,  with  particular  attention  to  radio-TV. 

PS  358  Judicial  Process  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PS  1 1 1 

Explores  nature  and  limits  of  judicial  power,  courts  as  policymaking  bodies, 
selection  of  judges,  decision  process,  external  forces  impinging  on  the 
courts,  and  role  of  Supreme  Court  in  its  relationship  with  Congress,  the 
Presidency,  and  federalism. 

PS  359  Constitutional  Law  and  Civil  Liberties  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PS1 11 

Study  of  civil  liberties  and  civil  rights  issues  through  leading  Supreme  Court 
decisions;  topics  treated  include  First  Amendment  rights,  procedural  due 
process  and  the  Bill  of  Rights,  and  Equal  Protection  problems  in  civil  rights. 

PS  360  Classical  Political  Thought  3c-01-3sh 

Restriction:  Not  for  credit  after  PH323 

The  origins  and  development  of  Western  thought  from  Plato  and  Aristotle 
through  Cicero  and  Saint  Aquinas.  The  focus  is  especially  on  political 
participation  as  a  way  of  life,  the  unity  of  political  and  moral  conceptions  in 
premodem  political  thought,  and  the  relationship  between  order  and  justice. 

PS  361  Modern  Political  Thought  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  the  major  representatives  of  modern  political  thought  since  the 
Renaissance.  Follows  the  development  of  the  specifically  modern  notion  of 
the  state  and  political  action  through  the  works  of  Machiavelli,  Hobbes, 
Locke,  Rousseau,  Marx,  and  Lenin.  Emphasis  on  the  "instrumentalist"  state 
and  the  idea  of  a  political  science. 

PS  362  American  Political  Thought  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  a  variety  of  American  political  ideas  from  the  Puritans  through 
recent  radical  and  conservative  critiques  of  American  liberal  democracy. 
Focus  on  the  continuing  development  of  the  idea  of  individual  rights,  the 
political  theory  of  the  Constitution,  and  the  tension  between  classical 
liberalism  and  popular  rule. 


PS  370  Introduction  to  Public  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

Theories  of  organization  and  structural  organization,  personnel  processes, 
executive  functions,  financial  administration,  the  politics  of  administration, 
public  relations,  and  problems  of  democratic  control  of  bureaucracy. 

PS  371  Issues  in  Public  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

Intensive  study  of  the  role  of  federal  agencies  and  their  administrators  in 
determining  and  developing  public  policy.  Public  administration  in  practice 
is  emphasized  by  utilizing  case  studies. 

PS  377  Political  Behavior  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC10I,  PS111 

An  interdisciplinary  course  which  investigates  the  psychological  bases  of 
political  behavior.  Cross-listed  in  Psychology  as  PC  377:  Political  Behavior. 

PS  380  Soviet  Politics  3c-01-3sh 

Essential  features  of  Communist  party  and  government  of  U.S.S.R., 
including  geographical  and  historical  background  and  ideological  and 
theoretical  foundations.  PS280:  Comparative  Government,  should  be  taken 
prior  to  this  course.  (Course  content  is  in  revision  to  reflect  changing 
structure.) 

PS  382-387  Political  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Intensive,  comparative  study  of  the  government  and  politics  of  a  selected 
region.  Suggested  prerequisites:  PS280  and/or  285;  PS382  -  Africa;  PS383  - 
Asia;  PS384  -  Middle  East;  PS385  -  Central  and  Eastern  Europe:  PS387  - 
Latin  America 

PS  388  Political-Military  Strategy  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PS281  or  PS283  or  MS101-102 

Deals  with  national  security  problems  including  decision  making  and 
budgeting,  levels  of  strategy,  the  utility  of  force,  and  the  impact  of  the 
military  on  American  society. 

PS  389  Developing  Nations  3c-01-3sh 

Suggested  prerequisites:  PS280  and/or  285 

Political  characteristics  of  emerging  nations;  impact  of  economic  and  social 
change  upon  political  structure;  evolving  patterns  of  political  development; 
and  techniques  of  nation-building. 

PS  480  Political  Science  Seminar  3c-01-3sh 

Readings  and  written  assignments  on  a  specific  topic  determined  by  the 
instructor  in  charge. 

PS  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

PS  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provosfs  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

PS  493  Political  Science  Internship  var-2-12sh 

Prerequisites:  9  sh  in  Political  Science  with  2.0  QPA;  PS  11 1;  approval  of 

internship  director  and  chairperson 

Practical  experience  in  government  and  politics.  "Log"  and  research  project 

required.  Course  grade  determined  by  the  instructor.  Maximum  of  6  sh 

applied  to  minimum  in  major;  maximum  of  3sh  applied  to  minimum  in 

minor. 

PY:  Physics 

Department  of  Physics 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

PY  101  Energy  and  Our  Environment  3c-01-3sh 

An  overview  of  the  areas  of  energy,  transportation,  and  pollution.  These 
topics  are  approached  via  the  relevant  concepts  of  physical  science  and 
physics.  A  nonlaboratory  course  for  Liberal  Studies  requiremenls. 


Course  Descriptions  — 179 


PY  111  Physics  1  Lecture  )<  01-3sb 

Prerequisites:  Elementary  algebra  and  trigononictn 

General  college  physics;  mechanics,  wave  motion,  and  sound. 

PV  112  Physics  II  Lecture  1c  01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY11 1 

Electricity  and  magnetism,  heat.  light,  atomic  and  nuclear  physics,  and  an 
elementary  introduction  to  relativity  and  quantum  theory. 

PY  121  Physics  I  Lab  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Corequisite:  PY111 

Physics  laboratory  at  level  of  Physics  I;  exercises  in  mechanics,  wave 
motion,  and  sound.  Lab  previously  listed  as  PY1 1 1-2. 

PY  122  Physics  II  Lab  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Corequisite:  PYI 12 

Plnsics  laboratory  at  level  of  Physics  II;  exercises  in  optics,  electricity  and 

magnetism,  and  radioactivity.  Lab  previously  listed  as  PYI  12-2. 

PY  131  Physics  I-C  Lecture  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  121,  123.  or  127.  at  least  concurrently 
A  calculus-based  course  in  general  college  physics;  topics  covered  are 
similar  to  those  covered  in  Physics  1 1 1  but  are  treated  in  more  depth  through 
the  use  of  calculus. 

PY  132  Physics  II-C  Lecture  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  122.  124,  or  128.  at  least  concurrently. 

Continuation  of  Physics  I-C;  topics  covered  are  similar  to  those  covered  in 

Physics  II  but  are  treated  in  more  depth  through  the  use  of  the  calculus. 

PY  141  Physics  I-C  Lab  0c-3l-lsh 

Corequisite:  PY131 

Physics  laboratory  at  same  level  as  Physics  I-C;  exercises  in  mechanics, 
wave  motion,  and  sound.  Lab  previously  listed  as  PY131-2. 

PY  142  Physics  II-C  Lab  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Corequisite:  PYI 32 

Physics  laboratory  at  same  level  as  Physics  II-C;  exercises  in  optics, 
electricity  and  magnetism,  and  radioactivity.  Lab  previously  listed  as 
PYI  32-2. 

PY  150  Computer  Application  to  Physics  Laboratories      2c-21-3sh 
Covers  applications  of  microcomputers  to  laboratory  data  acquisition,  as 
well  as  interfacing  design  and  construction. 

PY  151  Medical  Physics  Lecture  3c-01-3sh 

Development  of  concepts  and  principles  of  physics  with  a  strong  emphasis 
as  to  their  use  and  application  in  medical  and  other  biophysical  areas. 

PY  161  Medical  Physics  Lab  Oc-31- lsh 

Corequisite:  PY151 

Experiments  dealing  with  applications  of  physical  principles  to  the  field  of 
medicine.  Practical  experience  with  use  of  electronic  equipment,  chart 
recorders,  etc.,  of  type  found  in  modern-day  medicine  will  be  introduced. 
Lab  previously  listed  as  PY151-2. 

PY  222  Mechanics  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  PYI  11  or  I31;MA122,  124.  or  128 
Dynamics  of  a  particle  in  one,  two,  and  three  dimensions,  central  forces 
including  planetary  and  satellite  motion,  energy  in  particle  dynamics,  statics, 
and  systems  of  particles. 

PY  223  Mechanics  II  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  PY222,  MA241 

Mechanics  of  a  rigid  body,  constraints,  oscillations,  wave  motion, 

introduction  to  Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  formulation  and  relativistic 

mechanics. 

PY  231  Electronics  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PYI  12  or  132:  MA  122.  124.  or  128 

Circuit  theory,  transients,  transistor  circuits,  frequency  response,  input  and 
output  impedance,  feedback  and  electronic  noise.  Operational  amplifiers  and 
digital  electronics. 

PY  242  Optics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PYI  12  or  132;MA122,  124.  or  128 

Geometrical  optics  and  physical  optics:  including  interference,  diffraction, 
and  polarization.  Quantum  optics  is  introduced. 


PY  2S1  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

he  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

PY  299  Cooperative  Education  I  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  132;  completion  of  30  credits  with  a  minimum  of  2.0  GPA 
and  approval  of  the  cooperative  education  coordinator 
This  program  blends  classroom  theory  with  practical  application  through 
job-related  experience.  Students  will  work  in  positions  offered  by  the 
participating  industrial  or  federal/state  work-study  program  employers  under 
joint  supervision  of  the  Physics  faculty  and  the  on-site  supervisor.  A  co-op 
student  must  be  a  full-time  university  student  in  good  academic  standing  and 
be  planning  to  return  to  campus  for  completion  of  his/her  degree  program. 
Evaluation  requirements  may  include  on-site  visitations  by  the  faculty/ 
coordinator,  consultation  with  the  on-site  supervisor,  and  a  major  progress 
report  by  the  student  or  the  presentation  of  a  detailed  oral  report  before  the 
departmental  cooperative  education  committee. 

PY  322  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  PY222 

Electrostatic  potential  theory,  dielectrics,  dipole  theory,  magnetostatics. 
Maxwell  equations  for  static  fields,  and  Legendre's  polynomials  and  other 
approximation  methods. 

PY  323  Electricity  and  Magnetism  II  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  PY322 

Time-dependent  form  of  Maxwell  equations,  electromagnetic  induction, 
vector  potential,  magnetism,  radiation  fields,  and  Poynting  vector. 

PY  331  Modern  Physics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  1 1 2  or  1 32;  MA  1 22,  1 24,  or  1 28 
Introduction  to  particle  and  wave  properties  of  matter,  atomic  structure, 
relativity,  solid  state  and  nuclear  physics. 

PY  342  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PYI  12  or  132;  MA  122.  124.  or  128 

Thermometry,  laws  of  thermodynamics,  low-temperature  physics,  entropy, 
properties  of  ideal  gas,  and  an  introduction  to  statistical  mechanics. 

PY  350  Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY242  and  331 

Required  fundamental  experiments  in  areas  of  mechanics,  optics,  modern 
physics,  and  heat. 

PY  351  Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  II  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY350 

Increasingly  sophisticated  experiments  in  essential  areas  of  physics.  Digital 
computers  and  the  Van  de  Graaff  are  available. 

PY  352  Applied  Physics  Laboratory  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  231,  PY  150,  or  permission  of  instructor 
In  this  laboratory  the  student  is  introduced  to  much  of  the  fundamental 
equipment  used  in  industry.  The  student  is  trained  in  the  operation  and 
proper  use  of  this  equipment  through  a  series  of  experiments  that  teach  him/ 
her  signal  detection  and  analysis  including  data  acquisition  by  computer. 
The  student  will  receive  instruction  on  the  proper  methods  to  be  used  for 
various  oral  and  written  presentations. 

PY  353  Solid  State  Electronics  Laboratory  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY352  or  permission  of  instructor 

In  this  laboratory  the  student  will  encounter  a  number  of  areas  of  current 
interest  in  semiconductor  technology.  The  student  will  perform  experiments 
and  learn  skills  in  such  areas  as  device  process  simulation,  device 
simulation,  measurements  of  semiconductor  materials,  and  measurement  of 
device  parameters.  The  student  will  also  be  instructed  in  the  proper 
presentation  of  written  and  oral  reports. 

PY  399  Cooperative  Education  II  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  299;  PY  350:  completion  of  80  credits  with  a  minimum  of 
2.5  GPA  and  approval  of  the  cooperative  education  coordinator 
A  second  course  in  cooperative  education.  Includes  instruction  that  builds 
upon  learning  experiences  in  college  by  combining  and  correlating  them 
with  learning  experiences  at  the  training  station  to  meet  the  student's  career 


180  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


goals.  Evaluation  requirements  may  include  on-site  visitations  by  the 
faculty/coordinator,  consultation  with  the  on-site  supervisor,  and  a  major 
progress  report  by  the  student  or  the  presentation  of  a  detailed  oral  report 
before  the  departmental  cooperative  education  committee.  No  more  than 
three  semester  hours  of  PY  299,  PY  399,  and/or  PY  493  may  be  used  in 
fulfilling  physics  major  course  requirements. 

PY  432  Advanced  Electronics  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY231 

Digital  measurement,  switching  circuits,  logic  circuits,  counting,  coding, 
input  and  output,  AD  and  DA  converters,  computer  organization. 

PY  472  Nuclear  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY331 

Survey  of  nuclear  physics,  nuclear  size,  nuclear  mass,  reaction  theory,  types 

of  radioactive  decay,  nuclear  models,  nuclear  forces,  and  elementary 

particles. 

PY  473  Quantum  Mechanics  I  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PY222  and  331 

Quantum  mechanics  following  methods  of  Schrodinger  and  Heisenberg;  the 
theory  is  applied  to  properties  of  harmonic  oscillator,  hydrogen  atom, 
electron  in  a  magnetic  field,  and  radioactive  decay  of  alpha  particles. 

PY  475  Physics  of  Semiconductor  Devices  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY231.  PY242,  PY342,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Develops  the  basic  foundation  for  a  study  of  the  theory  of  semiconductors. 
Elementary  quantum  concepts,  the  band  theory  of  solids,  electrical 
properties  of  solids,  effective  mass  theory,  and  principles  of  semiconductor 
devices  are  discussed. 

PY  476  Physics  of  Semiconductor  Devices  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY  475  or  permission  of  instructor 
Discusses  the  physics  and  operation  of  a  number  of  discrete  devices 
including:  bipolar  transistors,  MOSFETS,  JFETS,  CCDs,  various  diode 
technologies,  photovoltaic  and  photoconductive  devices,  solid  state  lasers, 
and  light-emitting  diodes. 

PY  480  Seminar  var-lsh 

Speakers  from  within  and  outside  the  university  conduct  a  seminar  on  a 
weekly  or  biweekly  basis  on  different  topics  of  interest  in  the  physics 
community. 

PY  481  Special  Topics  in  Physics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Varies  from  semester  to  semester  and  covers  diverse  topics  in  specific  areas 

of  physics.  This  course  number  is  also  used  to  offer  courses  under 

development. 

PY  482  Independent  Study  in  Physics  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 
member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources.  Work  is  supervised  by  a  physics  faculty  member  but  does  not 
necessarily  involve  regular  lecture  or  laboratory  hours. 

PY  490  Solid  State  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY223  and  331 

Reciprocal  lattice,  crystal  structure,  the  quantization  of  fields  to  produce 
quasi-particles  such  as  phonons,  magnons,  excitons.  Fermi  gas  of  electrons, 
energy  bands,  semiconductor  crystals,  and  photoconductivity. 

PY  493  Internship  in  Physics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  350;  completion  of  90  credits  with  a  minimum  of  2.5  GPA 
and  approval  of  the  internship  education  coordinator 
Supervised  professional  work-experience  in  physics  and  applied  physics. 
Location,  duties,  internship,  and  hours  are  individually  tailored  to  the 
student's  career  goals.  A  maximum  of  3sh  of  internship  in  the  student's 
major  may  be  applied  toward  the  physics  major  area  elective  requirements. 
Additional  internship  credit  must  be  used  as  free  electives.  Evaluation 
requirements  include  on-site  visitations  by  the  faculty/coordinator, 
consultation  with  the  on-site  supervisor,  and  a  major  progress  report  by  the 
student  or  the  presentation  of  a  detailed  oral  report  before  the  departmental 
internship  education  committee. 


QB:  Quantitative/Business 
Department  of  Management  Information 
Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 
Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for 
a  given  course. 

QB  215  Business  Statistics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA121,  MA214 

Expands  upon  the  probabilistic  concepts  developed  in  MA  214  to  orient  the 
student  toward  managerial  decision  making  using  quantitative 
methodologies.  Topics  covered  include  classical  regression  analysis, 
forecasting,  Bayesian  decision  theory,  linear  programming,  and  simulation. 

QB  281  Special  Topics  var  1  -to-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  281  are  primarily  for  lower-level 
undergraduate  students. 

QB  380  Introduction  to  Management  Science  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  QB2 15 

Discussion  and  application  of  mathematical  models  used  in  managerial 
decision  making.  Linear  programming,  Markov  processes,  queuing  theory, 
EOQ  models,  and  simulation  techniques  are  among  the  topics  covered. 

QB  401  Forecasting  Methods  for  Business  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  QB  215 

This  course  is  designed  to  train  the  students  to  understand  the  nature  of 
forecasting  problems  and  the  techniques  of  forecasting  methods  and  their 
business  applications.  Computer  statistical  packages  are  incorporated  into 
the  course  so  that  forecasting  methods  and  models  can  be  applied  to  real- 
world  problems,  and  the  relationships  that  exist  between  variables  can  be 
examined. 

QB  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

QB  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

RH:  Rehabilitation 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 

College  of  Education 

RH  200  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

A  foundation  for  subsequent  courses  in  the  rehabilitation  sequence.  It  is  also 
available  as  a  prerequisite  or  basic  course  for  students  interested  in  the 
rehabilitation  of  individuals  in  our  society.  Content  includes  the  philosophy, 
history,  major  concepts,  and  current  problems  and  issues. 

RH  211  Medical  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  an  overview  of  the  etiology  and  pathology  of  a  range  of  medical 
disorders  which  often  require  rehabilitative  services.  Emphasis  is  placed 
upon  the  psychosocial  and  functional  effects  of  these  disorders,  vocational 
implications,  and  rehabilitative  needs. 


Course  Descriptions  —  1H1 


RH  220  Neurological  Basis  of  Disability  )<   01  )sh 

Prerequisites:  EX120,  RH200,  BUS?  or  HP221 

Stud)  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord  with  emphasis  on  cortical  and  subcortical 
mechanisms  instrumental  in  normal  motion,  coordination,  and  bodily 
sensation,  exclusive  ol  vision  and  hearing.  Discussion  and  demonstration  of 
conditions  of  cerebral  palsy,  poliomyelitis,  traumatic  paraplegics, 
cerebrovascular  accident,  Parkinson's  disease,  multiple  sclerosis,  and 
rehabilitative  procedures. 


RH28I  Special  Topics 


Sc  (II   Jsh 


Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  Content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identic)  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  2X1  are  offered  primarily  lor  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

RH  312  Psychological  Basis  of  Disability  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  emotional  and  social  responses  which  govern  behavior  and 
relationships  of  handicapped  individuals  and  rehabilitation  workers  alike. 
with  emphasis  on  the  role  of  disability  in  formation  of  the  concept  of  human 
worth. 

RH  321  Principles  and  Methods  of  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RH220.  RH312.  and  permission  of  instructor 
Delineates  the  roles  of  members  of  professional  disciplines  of  medicine, 
psychology,  prosthetics,  orthodontics,  audiology.  speech  pathology,  physical 
and  occupational  therapy  in  restoration  of  the  handicapped;  use  of 
diagnostic  information;  significance  and  interpretation  of  medical 
examination;  role  of  rehabilitation  counselor  in  the  agency. 

RH  322  Rehabilitation  Case  Study  and  Interpretation        3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  RH220.  RH3 1 2,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Purpose  and  techniques  of  case  history  taking:  meaning  and  evaluation  of 
diagnostic  information:  psychological  evaluation  in  terms  of  mental  ability, 
personality,  attitudes,  and  dexterity  skills;  role  of  disabled  individual's 
family  in  planning  of  services;  referrals  and  report  writing. 

RH  360  Rehabilitation  Counseling:  Strategies  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission.  Rehabilitation  majors  only 

Designed  to  help  students  develop  competencies  in  using  various  counseling 
techniques  with  handicapped  persons.  Various  theories  of  counseling  will  be 
explored  relative  to  the  rehabilitation  setting.  It  will  provide  basic 
counseling  skills  to  upperclass  Rehabilitation  majors  prior  to  field  training. 

RH  410  Vocational  Assessment  in  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Counseling 

Prerequisites:  EX  120.  RH220,  or  faculty  permission 

Provides  students  with  an  overview  of  vocational  assessment  techniques  and 
instruments  for  use  with  rehabilitation  clients  who  are  blind,  deaf,  mentally 
retarded,  or  severely  physically  handicapped.  Includes  discussion  of 
rehabilitation  evaluation. 

RH  412  Occupational  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RH220,  RH?  1 1 ,  or  permission  of  instructor 

The  realism  of  the  world  of  work  and  relationship  of  gainful  employment  to 

human  autonomy  and  decision  making.  Types  of  jobs,  levels  of  required 

skills,  potential  capabilities  of  the  disabled  relative  to  specific  job 

responsibilities,  methods  of  assessing  potential  job  success,  and  sheltered 

workshops. 

RH  422  Current  Topics  in  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Taken  concurrently  with  RH488  and  RH493 

Discussion  of  current  topics  of  interest  in  the  field,  such  as  state  and  federal 

legislation,  new  prosthetic  advances,  proposals  of  the  National 

Rehabilitation  Association,  or  recent  techniques  in  working  with  specific 

disabilities. 

RH  460  Advanced  Rehabilitation  Counseling  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RH360 

Selected  counseling  techniques  studied  and  practiced  under  supervision. 
Application  will  be  utilized  in  roles  that  will  approximate  the  kind  of  clients 
encountered  in  field  training. 

RH  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 

explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 


topic  ma)  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  4X1  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

RH  482  Independent  Study  var-  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  oil  ice 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

RH  484  Directed  Rehabilitation  Activities  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission.  Rehabilitation  majors  only 
Pre-field  training  experience  working  with  handicapped  clients  in  local 
facilities.  Concrete  experience  will  help  the  students  integrate  classroom 
instruction  with  field  experiences. 

RH  488  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  1  var-6sh 

Prerequisites:  All  major  courses  in  program 

Emphasizes  development  of  the  student  rehabilitation  coordinator  by 
working  with  disabled  clients  in  a  public  or  private  agency.  Writing  and 
analysis  of  case  reports,  counseling  of  clients,  understanding  of  agency 
responsibilities  and  limitations,  referral,  follow-up,  and  final  evaluation  of 
the  client's  ability  to  function  with  various  degrees  of  autonomy.  Taken 
concurrently  with  RH493  and  RH422. 

RH  493  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  II  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  All  major  courses  in  program 

Provides  a  second  field  experience.  Taken  concurrently  with  RH488  and 

RH422. 

RS:  Religious  Studies 

Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

RS  100  Introduction  to  Religion  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  academic  study  of  religion  through  an  examination  of 
various  dimensions  of  religious  expression  and  traditions.  The  course  will 
cover  such  areas  as  problems  about  definition  of  religion;  approaches  to  the 
study  of  religion;  the  goals,  language,  and  rituals  of  religion:  cases  of 
religious  experience:  faith,  disbelief,  and  alternatives  to  religion;  religion 
and  the  sociocultural  context. 

RS  110  World  Religions  3c-01-3sh 

A  comparative  study  of  the  history,  teaching,  and  rituals  of  the  major 
religions  of  the  world  and  their  influence  on  contemporary  society.  A 
nonsectarian  approach  to  religions  such  as  Native  American  religion.  Afro- 
American  religion,  Judaism.  Christianity,  and  Islam  in  relationship  to 
Hinduism,  Buddhism,  Confucianism,  Taoism,  and  Shinto. 

RS  200  Religion  and  Culture:  Their  Interaction  3c-01-3sh 

A  systematic  study  of  the  interaction  of  religions  and  various  components  of 
culture,  as  a  way  of  understanding  the  phenomenon  of  religion.  The 
approach  is  functional  and  descriptive:  it  uses  case  studies  which  are 
chronologically  and  culturally  diverse,  covering  such  areas  as  religion  and 
politics,  economics,  arts,  science,  and  literature. 

RS  210  World  Scriptures  3c-01-3sh 

Major  sacred  writings  of  Hindu.  Buddhist.  Zoroastrian,  Moslem,  Confucian. 
Taoist.  and  Judeo-Christian  traditions  will  be  studied  from  point  of  view  of 
their  religious  significance. 

RS  250  Understanding  the  Bible  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  scholarly  methods  and  major  themes  necessary  to 
understand  the  Hebrew  Scriptures  and  the  New  Testaments  of  the  Judeo- 
Christian  tradition. 

RS  260  American  Religious  Development  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  and  analysis  of  topics  which  depict  the  role  of  religion  in  the  U.S.. 
e.g.,  American  Indian  religion;  religion  and  the  discovery/colonization/ 
immigration  trends  of  the  U.S.;  religion  and  the  Constitution;  indigenous 
religious  movement;;  black  religion:  ecumenism:  atheism;  cults;  mass  media 
and  religion;  religion  in  Indiana  County. 


J  82  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


RS  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

RS  290  Christianity  3c  0 1  -3sh 

A  study  of  the  beliefs,  practices,  significant  persons,  history,  and  cultural 
impact  of  Christianity. 

RS  311  Eastern  Philosophy  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  and  critique  of  the  philosophies  which  have  shaped  Eastern 
world  views  and  ways  of  life  as  found  in  a  representative  sampling  of 
Chinese,  Japanese,  and  Indian  thought. 

RS  312  Archaeology  and  the  Bible  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  of  religious-historical  traditions  of  the  Bible  in  light  of 
archaeological  research.  Will  include  study  of  archaeological  method  and 
interpretation,  discoveries  in  Egypt,  Mesopotamia,  and  Syro-Palestine  as 
background  for  understanding  the  traditions  and  religious  practices  and 
beliefs  of  Israel,  and  special  questions  surrounding  the  Patriarchal 
narratives,  the  Exodus  and  Conquest,  Israel  under  David  and  Solomon,  the 
Dead  Sea  Scrolls,  and  New  Testament  times. 

RS  360  African  Religions  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  nature  of  African  traditional  religion  and  how 
traditional  religion,  Islam,  and  Christianity  coexist  and  influence  each  other. 

RS  365  Native  North  American  Religions  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  indigenous  religions  of  North  America  and  to  the 
peoples  who  practice  these  rich  and  varied  approaches  to  the  sacred.  This 
course  not  only  examines  major  religious  themes  and  dimensions  (myth, 
ritual,  ethics,  etc.)  but  includes  an  historical  perspective  on  North  American 
Indian  lifeways.  This  perspective  involves  discussion  of  the  clash  with  Euro- 
American  values  and  contemporary  native  religious  responses  to  social 
crisis  and  change. 

RS  370  Religions  of  China  and  Japan  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  Confucianism,  Taoism,  Buddhism,  Shinto,  and  popular  religion 
in  China  and  Japan,  including  historical  and  theological  foundations, 
development  of  thought,  contemporary  expressions,  and  encounters  with  the 
modem  world. 

RS  375  Religions  of  India  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  Hinduism,  Indian  Buddhism,  Jainism,  and  Sikhism,  including 
historical  and  theological  foundations,  development  of  thought, 
contemporary  expressions,  and  encounters  with  the  modern  world. 

RS  380  Islam  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  Islam  including  historical  and  theological  foundations, 
developments  of  thought,  contemporary  expressions,  and  encounters  with 
the  modern  world. 

RS  410  History  of  Christian  Thought  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  development  of  Christian  thought  approached  through  an  in-depth  study 
of  selected  writings  from  the  early  Church  Fathers  to  the  Protestant 
Reformers. 

RS  440  History  of  Christian  Thought  II  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  Christian  thought,  approached  through  in-depth  study  of 

selected  writings  from  major  theologians  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 

RS  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate 

students. 

RS  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Individual  students  wishing  to  pursue  religious  studies  interests  not  covered 
in  the  department's  regular  offering  may  do  so  by  approval.  Upon  approval 
students  are  guaranteed  at  least  five  hours  of  faculty  time  per  credit.  All 


programs  of  study  must  be  accepted  by  the  department  as  a  whole.  May  be 
taken  more  than  once  to  maximum  of  6sh.  (This  option  is  available  to  both 
Religious  Studies  majors  and  nonmajors.) 

RS  482  Independent  Study:  Honors  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  3.00  QPA.  15sh  in  Religious  Studies,  and  3.20  average  in 
departmental  courses 

Majors  in  Religious  Studies  are  invited  to  take  3sh  of  independent  study 
designated  "Honors  Project."  Upon  satisfactory  completion,  graduation  with 
departmental  honors  is  possible. 

RS  493  Internship  in  Religious  Studies  6-12sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  or  senior;  Religious  Studies  major  or  double  major:  2.5 
QPA  in  major;  department  approval 

Supervised  experience  in  a  public  or  private  organization  which  extends  and 
complements  coursework  in  Religious  Studies. 

RT:  Respiratory  Care 

Allied  Health  Professions  Programs 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

RT  326  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  I  var-3sh 

First  exposure  to  patient  care.  Introduction  and  practice  of  basic  respiratory 
care  treatment  modalities  receive  emphasis. 

RT  327  Pharmacology  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  pharmacology  and  therapeutics.  Emphasis  placed  on  the 
drugs  used  in  respiratory  care.  Drug  classification,  action,  usage,  dosage, 
and  availability  will  be  discussed. 

RT  328  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Care  4c-0l-4sh 

Topics  include  medical  terminology  and  an  overview  of  cellular  structure 
and  function.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  neurophysiology,  respiratory  anatomy, 
and  physiology. 

RT  329  Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  4c-01-4sh 

Introduction  to  basic  respiratory  care  equipment  and  related  procedures. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  the  rationale  and  techniques  of  oxygen 
administration. 

RT  330  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation  2c-01-2sh 

Comprehensive  analysis  of  the  principles  and  practices  of  numerous 
methods  of  resuscitation. 

RT  331  Introduction  to  Ventilator  Management  Ic-01-lsh 

This  course  is  designed  to  establish  competence  in  changing  ventilator 
tubing  circuitry  in  the  laboratory  situation.  Introductory  principles, 
techniques,  and  theory  of  ventilator  application  will  also  be  explored. 

RT  333  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  II  var-4sh 

Treatment  procedures  introduced  in  Clinical  I  are  continued  with  greater 
emphasis  on  independence.  Specialty  rotations  are  added  to  broaden 
exposure  to  respiratory  care  and  critical  care. 

RT  334  Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  and  4c-01-4sh 

Application 

Provides  students  with  a  comprehensive  knowledge  of  mechanical 
ventilation.  The  care  of  critically  ill  and  physiologic  consequences  of 
mechanical  ventilation  will  be  discussed. 

RT  335  Nursing  Arts  3c-01-3sh 

An  overview  of  the  history  of  respiratory  care  and  nursing.  Topics  include 
medical  records,  infection  control,  sterilization,  and  psychosocial  aspects  of 
illness 

RT  336  Cardiopulmonary  Evaluation  and  4c-0l-4sh 

Clinical  Correlation 

Disease  states  of  the  pulmonary  and  related  systems  are  investigated  in 
progression  from  etiology  through  treatment  and  prognosis. 

RT  337  Introduction  to  Pulmonary  Function  Studies  lc-01-lsh 

The  student  is  introduced  to  the  basic  principles  of  lung  volumes,  capacities, 
and  their  measurement.  Blood  gas  sampling  and  electrodes  are  also 
explored. 


Course  Descriptions  — 183 


RT  426  Respiratory  (are  Clinical  Practice  III  var-Ssh 

Respiratory  care  treatment  procedures  arc  continued  with  emphasis  on 
improving  proficiency  and  refining  skills.  Students  will  make  rounds  with 
physicians. 

RT  427  Applied  Pulmonary  Physiology  4c-01-4sh 

Various  aspects  of  pulnionai  \  pin  slology  will  be  discussed  and  applied  to 
acid-base  and  blood  gas  analysis  anil  interpretation. 

RT  428  Essentials  or  Electrocardiography  2c-01-2sh 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  basic  principles  in  cardiac  electro- 
diagnostics.  Topics  include  the  technique  of  ECG  testing  and  fundamentals 
of  ECG  arrhythmia  recognition. 

RT  429  Design  and  Function  of  a  Respiratory  2c-01-2sh 

Care  Program 

Basic  management  principles  as  they  apply  to  the  hospital  setting;  in 
particular,  respiratory  care  departments  and  schools  will  he  discussed. 

RT  430  Pulmonary  Function  Studies  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  RT.W 

Principles,  techniques,  and  equipment  employed  in  pulmonary  diagnostics 
are  explored.  Diagnostic  studies  include  basic  spirometry,  flow-volume 
loops,  diffusion  studies,  exercise  testing,  bronchoprovocation  studies,  and 
small  airways  diagnostics. 

RT  431  Pediatric  Respiratory  Care  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  RT334  and  RT336 

The  application  of  respiratory  care  to  children  ages  six  months  to  fifteen 
years  is  explored.  Cardiopulmonary  pathophysiology  and  treatment  for  the 
following  disorders  are  discussed:  Croup.  Epiglottitis.  Asthma,  Cystic 
Fibrosis,  Congenital  Heart  Defects,  Abdominal  and  Chest  Wall  Defects. 

RT  433  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  IV  var-Ssh 

Rotations  on  treatment  and  intensive  respiratory  care  are  continued. 
Advanced  rotations  are  included. 

RT  434  Neonatal  Respiratory  Care  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  terminology,  anatomy,  and  pathophysiology  of  obstetric,  fetal, 
neonatal,  and  pediatric  patients  will  be  presented. 


RT  436  Respiratory  Care  Teaching 

An  introduction  to  respiratory  education. 


2c-0l-2sh 


RT  437  Methods  in  Critical  Care  2c-01-2sh 

Critical  Care  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  modalities  pertinent  to  respiratory 
care  will  be  discussed.  Topics  include  invasive  and  noninvasive  cardiac 
monitoring,  pulmonary  monitoring,  neurological  assessment,  ventilator 
commitment,  and  discontinuance. 

RT  438  Cardiopulmonary  Rehabilitation  lc-01-lsh 

Techniques  and  principles  associated  with  cardiopulmonary  rehabilitation 
programs  are  surveyed.  Topics  also  include  the  management  of  chronic 
pulmonary  disease  in  the  home  and  the  application  of  respiratory  equipment 
and  mechanical  ventilators  in  this  setting. 

RT  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

SA:  Safety  Sciences 
Department  of  Safety  Sciences 
College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

SA  101  Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety  and  3c-01-3sh 

Health 

Covers  theory  and  history  of  industrial  hazard  control,  effects  of  hazards  and 
failures  on  organizational  control  and  productivity,  safety  and  health 
legislation,  accident  causation,  organization  and  administration  of  safety  and 
health  programs,  aspects  of  recognizing,  evaluating,  and  understanding 
control  of  safety  and  health  hazards,  acquiring  hazard  data,  hazard  analytical 
tools,  communication  techniques  in  safety  and  health  management,  and  the 
role  of  interfacing  management  systems  in  hazard  control. 


SA  102  Introduction  to  Mine  Safety  and  Health  3c -<>l-3sh 

Designed  to  provide  the  student  with  an  in-depth  background  of  the 
problems  involving  mine  safety.  An  historical  approach  to  coal  and  mineral 
mining  is  reviewed;  legislative  influences  such  as  the  Federal  Coal  Mine 
Health  and  Safety  Act.  the  Metal  and  Nonmetal  Mine  Health  and  Safety  Act, 
and  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Act  are  discussed  in  depth;  mining 
techniques,  methods,  and  systems  are  discussed.  Management  of  mine 
health  and  safety  programs  is  presented.  Federally  mandated  training  of 
employees  is  covered. 

SA  111  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SA101  orSAI02 

Stresses  understanding  the  complexity  of  industrial  hazard  control  problem 

by  thoroughly  examining  elements  of  safety  and  health  enumerated  in 

OSHA-  promulgated  standards.  Emphasis  given  to  plant  layout  and  design. 

materials  handling,  machine  guarding,  walking  and  working  surfaces, 

hazardous  materials  and  combustible  liquids,  boilers  and  unfired  pressure 

vessels. 

SA  211  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAI01  orSA102 

Stresses  understanding  the  complexity  of  the  industrial  hazard  control 
problem  by  thoroughly  examining  elements  of  safety  and  health  enumerated 
in  the  OSHA-promulgated  standards.  Emphasis  on  welding  and  cutting 
operations,  electrical  safety,  chemical  safety,  personal  protective  equipment, 
industrial  sanitation,  and  construction  safety. 

S A  23 1  Principles  of  Mine  Safety  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SA102 

Focuses  on  the  various  aspects  of  mining  operations  such  as  slope  and  shaft 
development;  mine  design;  ground  control;  hoisting;  man-trips;  haulage; 
mining  equipment;  mine  emergency  planning  and  procedures;  mine 
communications  and  maintenance. 

SA  232  Principles  of  Mine  Safety  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SA102 

Covers  surface  mining  operations  such  as  slope  stability,  equipment,  ground 
water,  and  control.  Mine-related  processing  operations  are  discussed. 
Provides  an  in-depth  study  of  the  various  controls  of  electrical  hazards  and 
ignition  sources  such  as  permissible  equipment  and  electrical  distribution 
systems.  The  uses  of  explosives  and  blasting  practices,  handling,  storing, 
and  transportation  with  emphasis  on  causes  of  explosion  involving  dust  and 
gases  are  discussed. 

SA  245  Product  Safety  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA217 

Traces  flow  of  applicable  legislation  dealing  with  consumerism  and  product 
safety.  Corporate  liability  for  product  safety  emphasized  through  case 
studies.  Student  familiarized  with  evolving  role  of  Consumer  Product  Safety 
Commission.  Corporate  management  of  product  development  and  safety 
detailed  with  emphasis  on  systems  safety  analysis,  standards,  and  product 
testing.  (Numbered  SA445  prior  to  1989) 

SA  281  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

SA  299  Cooperative  Education  I  Oc-01-Osh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  academic  adviser,  co-op  coordinator,  and 
department  chairperson 

The  initial  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory 
with  practical  application  through  job-related  experiences.  The  course  is 
open  to  SA  majors  and  minors  usually  in  their  sophomore  year.  Students  are 
employed  by  organizations  outside  western  Pennsylvania  where  there  is  an 
ongoing  hazard  control  program  under  the  direction  of  an  experienced 
professional.  The  student  is  required  to  be  in  good  academic  standing  and  to 
serve  a  minimum  of  two  alternating  work  experiences. 

SA  301  Health  Hazard  Identification  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH102,  PY111,  MA122,  BI155 

Provides  an  understanding  of  the  primary  health  hazards  found  in  industry 
and  their  effects  on  the  human  body.  Students  learn  to  recognize  hazards 
involved  with  air  contaminants,  noise,  heat,  radiation,  chemicals  on  the  skin. 


184  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


and  other  stressors.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  study  of  occupational  disease, 
industrial  toxicology,  and  use  of  threshold  limit  values. 

SA  303  Control  of  Health  Hazards  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301,  PY112.  MA217 

Study  of  engineering,  administrative,  and  personal  protective  equipment  as 
methods  of  reducing  or  eliminating  hazards  to  the  health  of  industrial 
workers.  Topics  covered  include  industrial  ventilation,  noise  control,  heat 
control,  radiation  control,  personal  protective  equipment,  and  industrial 
health  program. 

SA  311  Industrial  Fire  Protection  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH102,  PY112,  SA211 

Introduces  fundamental  concepts  in  protection  of  industrial  workers  and 
property  from  fire  and  explosion.  Fire  chemistry,  control  of  ignition  sources 
in  industry,  and  properties  of  combustible  materials  are  discussed.  Fire 
detection  and  extinguishment  are  covered  along  with  building  construction 
for  fire  prevention,  life  safety,  fire  codes,  and  related  topics. 

SA  345  Systems  Safety  Analysis  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  S A 1 1 1 ,  SA2 1 1 ,  MA2 1 7 

Focuses  on  the  evaluation  of  system  designs  using  detailed  system  analysis 
techniques.  Topics  covered  include  system  definition,  economics  of  systems 
safety,  systems  safety  methodology,  ergonomic  approaches,  mathematics  of 
system  analysis,  including  statistical  methods.  Boolean  algebra,  and 
reliability.  Preliminary  hazard  analysis,  task  analysis,  failure  mode  and 
effect  analysis,  fault  tree  analysis,  and  exercises  in  the  application  of  fault 
tree  analysis  to  hardware  and  man/machine  systems.  Practical  analysis  work 
is  accomplished  in  laboratory  sessions. 

SA  347  Ergonomics  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301,  BI155 

An  exploration  of  the  principles  which  control  human  performance  and  its 
effect  upon  the  safety  and  reliability  of  systems.  Engineering  anthropometry, 
biomechanics  of  motion  and  work  posture,  work  physiology,  and 
performance  measurement  are  covered  in  the  context  of  their  application  in 
workplace  design.  Students  will  be  instructed  in  methodologies  for  analysis 
tasks  and  human  performance  requirements.  Important  human  limitations 
are  studied  in  laboratory  sessions. 

SA  370  Fleet  Safety  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA101.  junior  standing 

Includes  topics  involved  with  the  development  and  operation  of  motor  fleet 
safety  programs:  driver  selection  and  training,  accident  investigation  and 
recordkeeping,  equipment  safety  features,  preventive  maintenance,  and 
driver  incentive  programs. 

SA  380  Institutional  Safety  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Historical  aspects  of  safety  for  both  private  and  public  institutions; 
introduction  to  trends  in  liability  and  institutional  safety  regulations. 
Distinctions  will  be  made  between  employee,  visitor,  and  patient  hazards 
and  their  control. 

SA  399  Cooperative  Education  II  0c-01-0sh 

Prerequisite:  SA  299 

A  second  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory 
with  practical  application  through  job-related  experiences.  The  course  is 
open  to  SA  majors  and  minors  usually  in  their  junior  or  senior  year.  Students 
are  employed  by  organizations  outside  western  Pennsylvania  where  there  is 
an  ongoing  hazard  control  program  under  the  direction  of  an  experienced 
safety  professional.  The  student  is  required  to  be  in  good  academic  standing 
and  to  serve  a  minimum  of  two  alternating  work  experiences. 

SA  401  Mine  Ventilation  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY112,  SA102,  MA  122,  or  consent 

Study  of  mine  ventilation  principles  and  practices  which  provide  a  basic 
knowledge  in  design  and  operation  of  mine  ventilation  systems.  The  topics 
of  airflow  physics,  ventilation  standards,  fan  fundamentals,  pressure  losses, 
required  air  flows,  and  overall  design  are  discussed.  Specific  problems  in 
mine  ventilation  will  be  solved. 

SA  402  Health  Hazard  Evaluation  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301.PY112,  MA217 

A  lecture/laboratory  course  which  provides  a  basic  understanding  of 
techniques  used  in  measuring  and  evaluating  the  magnitude  of  health 
hazards  in  industry.  Laboratory  sessions  provide  experience  in  air  sampling, 


noise  measurement,  heat  measurement,  particle  size  analysis,  chemical 
analysis,  and  evaluation  of  industrial  ventilation  systems. 

SA  412  Evaluation  of  Safety  Program  Effectiveness  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  2 1 7.  junior  standing 

Teaches  reasons  and  importance  of  evaluating  the  effect  of  safety  and  health 
innovations  on  organization  performance,  devising  measuring  systems 
capable  of  extracting  accurate,  meaningful  data,  methods  of  collecting, 
codifying,  and  processing  accident-injury  information,  and  utilization  of 
data  retrieval  systems. 

SA  441  Accident  Investigation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA101,  junior  standing  or  consent 

Focuses  on  various  aspects  of  accident  investigation  such  as  recent  theories 
associated  with  accident  causes,  investigative  techniques,  data  acquisition, 
structure  of  investigative  reports,  management  responsibilities,  and  remedial 
actions.  Particular  emphasis  on  determining  sequence  of  events  to  develop 
management  actions  which  will  prevent  recurrence  of  accidents. 

SA  461  Air  Pollution  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SA301  or  consent 

Focuses  on  various  major  aspects  of  the  air  pollution  problem.  Includes 

sources  of  pollution,  evaluation  and  engineering  of  pollutants,  government 

regulations,  atmospheric  chemistry  and  dispersion,  and  human  and 

nonhuman  effects.  Particular  emphasis  on  information  that  is  practical  for 

the  safety  management,  industrial  health,  or  environmental  health 

professional 

SA  462  Radiological  Health  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SA301  or  consent 

Study  of  problems  associated  with  ionizing  radiation  in  human  environment. 
Emphasis  given  to  biological  effects,  radiation  measurement,  dose 
computational  techniques,  exposure  control,  and  local  and  federal 
regulations.  Study  and  use  of  various  radiological  instruments  included. 

SA  472  Process  Safety  in  the  Chemical  Industry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301.  SA311,  SA345,  and  senior  standing,  or  permission  of 
instructor 

This  course  is  designed  to  cover  all  important  aspects  of  loss  prevention  as  it 
is  practiced  in  the  chemical  process  industries.  Its  objective  is  to  prepare  the 
safety  professional  so  that  he/she  may  be  able  to  work  more  effectively  with 
chemists  and  chemical  engineers  in  joint  hazard  identification,  evaluation, 
and  control  projects.  (Numbered  as  SA  482  prior  to  1989) 

SA  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

SA  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

SA  488  Internship  I2sh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing,  all  required  courses  in  major,  minimum  of 
2.8  overall  and  3.0  GPA  in  major,  and  consent 

This  course  is  a  practicum  conducted  at  an  approved  occupational  setting  up 
to  500  miles  away  from  IUP.  Students  are  required  to  conduct  four  major 
projects  over  the  course  of  the  summer.  One  project  will  be  from  each  of  the 
following  areas:  Safety  Management,  Industrial  Safety,  Industrial  Hygiene, 
and  Fire  Protection.  Students  are  accountable  to  an  on-site  supervisor  and 
are  required  to  remain  in  close  contact  with  a  Safely  Sciences  faculty 
coordinator.  Offered  in  summer  only. 

SA  493  Internship  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing,  all  required  courses  in  major 
All  Safety  Sciences  majors  are  expected  to  take  this  course.  It  is  conducted 
away  from  the  university  at  various  industrial  enterprises.  Students  are 
required  to  provide  their  own  transportation.  Intended  to  allow  the  student  to 


Course  Descriptions  —  I  US 


apply  hazard  assessment  and  safetj  management  practices  to  actual 
industrial  situations  while  at  same  rime  heme  exposed  to  complexities  of 
indiisin.il  environment. 

SC:  Science 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

SC  101  Fundamentals  of  Physics  2c-2 1  -2.5sh 

Prerequisite:  Elementary  Education  major  or  instructor  permission 

A  conceptual  course  in  physics  tor  Elementary  Education  majors.  High 
school  physics  is  not  a  prerequisite.  Class  and  lab  presentations  concentrate 
upon  dispelling  naive  concepts  and  developing  a  better  understanding  and 
appreciation  ot  the  physical  world.  The  topics  of  motion,  heat,  light,  sound, 
electricity,  magnetism,  and  the  nucleus  are  presented  in  context  with  our 
everyday  experiences.  This  course  does  not  fulfill  the  Liberal  Studies 
requirement  except  for  Elementary  Education  majors. 

SC  102  Fundamentals  of  Chemistry  2c  2 1  2.5sh 

Prerequisite:  Elementary  Education  major  or  instructor  permission 
A  survey  of  chemical  principles  and  concepts.  The  nature  of  chemical 
reactions  as  applied  to  technology  and  its  applications  to  society.  The  world 
of  consumer  chemistry  will  be  explored.  The  goal  is  to  develop  a  chemical 
literacy  for  the  student.  A  series  of  laboratory  exercises  develops  concept 
understanding  and  process  skills.  Some  individual  and  group  projects  will  be 
included.  This  course  does  not  fulfill  the  Liberal  Studies  requirement  except 
for  Elementary  Education  majors. 

SC  103  Fundamentals  of  Earth  and  Space  Science  2c-21-2.5sh 

Prerequisites:  SC  101.  SCI 02 

Introduction  to  geology,  astronomy,  oceanography,  and  meteorology  for 
Elementary  Education  majors.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  understanding  of 
large-scale  processes  and  how  the  earth,  solar  system,  and  universe  work. 
Lab  experiences  include  hands-on  work  with  earth  materials  and  with 
instruments  from  all  of  our  subjects,  map,  and  field  trips  which  may  occur 
during  class  times,  nights,  and  weekends.  This  class  does  not  fulfill  the 
Liberal  Studies  requirement  except  for  Elementary  Education  majors. 

SC  104  Fundamentals  of  Environmental  Biology  2c-21-2 .5sh 

Prerequisites:  SC101,  SC102 

A  basic  introduction  to  the  major  concepts  and  principles  of  ecology  and 
their  application  to  modern  living  for  Elementary  Education  majors. 

SC  105  Physical  Science  I  3c-21-4sh 

A  descriptive  and  conceptual  course  in  physics  for  the  non-Science  major. 
High  school  physics  is  not  a  prerequisite.  Course  content  is  designed  to 
develop  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  physical  world  around  us, 
to  produce  changes  in  attitude  and  background  essential  for  our  modern 
society,  and  to  clarify  the  following  topics:  motion,  heat,  sound,  light, 
electricity,  magnetism,  and  the  structure  of  matter. 

SC  106  Physical  Science  II  3c-2l-4sh 

A  basic  course  in  environmental  and  consumer  chemistry  for  the  non- 
Science  major.  High  school  chemistry  is  not  a  prerequisite.  Major  topics 
include  humankind's  use  and  abuse  of  soil,  water,  air  and  energy  resources, 
global  food  production  and  hunger,  the  nuclear  industry,  and  the  threat  of 
nuclear  war.  Consumer  topics  include  vitamins  and  nutrition,  food  additives, 
pesticides,  and  drugs. 

SC  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

SC  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 


SC  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

SH:  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

(formerly  Speech  and  Hearing) 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 

College  of  Education 

SH  111  Introduction  to  Communication  Disorders  3c-OI-3sh 

Introduction  to  study  of  physiological,  acoustical,  and  scientific  processes 
involved  in  production  and  reception  of  speech.  The  genetic  development  of 
speech  sounds  and  factors  that  hinder  or  facilitate  speech  and  language 
acquisition.  (Previous  title:  Fundamentals  of  Speech  and  Hearing) 

SH  122  Clinical  Phonology  3c-01-3sh 

Detailed  study  of  the  classification  of  American-English  phonemes  using  the 
physical  and  acoustical  perspectives.  Development  of  proficiency  in  use  of 
International  Phonetic  Alphabet  for  all-phonic  transcriptions  of  normal  and 
disordered  speech.  (Previous  title:  Phonetics) 

SH  222  Introduction  to  Audiology  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  auditory  function,  anatomy  of  auditory  mechanism, 
psychophysics  of  sound,  types  and  causes  of  hearing  loss,  measurement  of 
hearing,  and  educational  considerations  for  hearing-handicapped  child. 

SH  242  Speech  Science  I  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  communication  process  with  emphasis  on  physical 
characteristics  of  sound  production,  transmission  and  perception  of  the 
sound,  and  the  evolvement  and  use  of  symbols  for  meaningful 
communication.  The  scientific  principles  of  normal  oral  communication  are 
stressed,  and  language  learning  is  recognized  as  a  basis  for  oral 
communication.  (Previous  title:  Introduction  to  Speech  Science) 

SH  251  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech  and  3c-OI-3sh 

Hearing  Mechanism 

Consideration  of  genetic  development,  structure,  and  function  of  the  organs 
of  speech  and  hearing.  Anatomical  systems  involved  in  respiration, 
phonation,  articulation,  and  hearing  and  relationships  between  systems  in 
production  and  reception  of  speech. 

SH  254  Classroom  Management  of  Language  Disorders     3c-01-3sh 
Study  of  aspects  of  speech,  language,  and  hearing  problems  pertaining  to 
classroom  situation.  Types  of  speech  and  hearing  disorders,  conducting 
speech  and  language  improvement  lessons,  classroom  aids  for  teaching  the 
child  with  language,  speech,  and  hearing  impairment,  and  school  and 
community  resources  for  these  children.  (Required  for  majors  in  Education 
of  the  Exceptional  and  suggested  for  majors  in  Elementary  Education) 

SH  281  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

SH  311  Aural  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SH222 

Consideration  of  the  effects  of  varied  degrees  of  hearing  loss  sustained  by 
individuals  at  different  stages  of  development  and  study  of  total  education 
and  rehabilitative  procedures  for  the  hard-of-hearing  child  or  adult. 

SH  334  Language  Development  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  development  of  an  interpersonal  communication  system; 
language  as  a  system  of  symbols  for  communication:  the  structure  of  the 
English  language,  including  phonology,  syntax,  and  semantics  with 
emphasis  on  the  generative  evolvement  of  sentences.  Highlighting  the 
neurological,  social,  and  psychological  bases  of  language  development. 
(Offered  as  SH234  prior  to  1993-94) 


186  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


SH  342  Speech  Science  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SH242 

Physiologic,  acoustic,  and  perceptual  characteristics  of  speech  with  special 
emphasis  on  speech  monitoring  and  controls.  Major  lab  instrumentation  and 
research  techniques  in  current  use  are  described  and  demonstrated.  Status  of 
present  knowledge  is  summarized  and  discussed. 

SH  406  Articulation  and  Language  Disorders  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SHI  11,  242,  251,  234 

Exploration  of  the  processes  related  to  developmental  articulation  and 
language  disorders  from  birth  through  adolescence.  Instruction  in  the 
principles  underlying  modification  of  these  disorders.  Preparation  of 
management  programs  and  observation  in  the  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 
required.  (Offered  as  SH306  prior  to  1493-94) 

SH  408  Stuttering  and  Voice  Disorders  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SH  1 1 1 ,  242,  25 1 ,  234 

Introduction  to  the  developmental,  psychogenic,  and  organic  bases  for 
stuttering  and  voice  disorders.  Instruction  in  principles  underlying  treatment 
of  these  disorders  with  emphasis  on  anatomical  deviations  and  laryngeal 
dysfunction.  Preparation  of  management  plans  and  observation  in  Speech 
and  Hearing  Clinic  required.  (Offered  as  SH308  prior  to  1993-94) 

SH  412  Organization  and  Administration  of  Speech  3c-01-3sh 

and  Hearing  Program 

Prerequisite:  SHI  1 1  (meets  requirement  for  Professional  Education  course) 
Establishment  and  maintenance  of  speech  and  hearing  programs  within 
various  administrative  organizations,  particularly  in  the  public  schools. 
Techniques  of  client  identification,  scheduling,  recordkeeping,  appropriate 
referral,  material  and  equipment  selection,  teacher  and  parental  counseling, 
and  the  development  of  coordinated  professional  and  interdisciplinary 
procedures.  To  be  scheduled  the  semester  immediately  preceding  student 
teaching.  (Offered  as  SH312  prior  to  1993-94) 

SH  420  Speech  Clinic  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisites:  ED242,  ED342,  QPA  of  3.0+,  all  major  courses,  program 
director's  permission 

Experience  in  working  with  individuals  or  groups  of  persons  who  exhibit 
speech  or  hearing  problems.  Lesson  planning,  writing  of  reports,  and  case 
histories  of  a  detailed  nature.  (Offered  as  SH320  prior  to  1993-94) 

SH  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  lor  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

SH  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

SO:  Sociology 

Department  of  Sociology 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SO  151  Principles  of  Sociology  3c-OI-3sh 

Scientific  study  of  structure  and  functioning  of  human  societies,  with  special 
attention  to  factors  responsible  for  organization  and  transformation  of 
sociocultural  systems.  Specific  course  content  varies  from  one  instructor  to 
another. 

SO  231  Contemporary  Social  Problems  3c-01-3sh 

Exploration  of  some  pressing  problems  currently  endemic  to  Western 
society.  Problems  are  defined  and  solutions  explored  in  light  of  historical, 
political,  economic,  social,  and  anthropological  data. 

SO  233  Language  and  Culture  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  social  and  cultural  functions  of  language.  Particular  emphasis  on 
analysis  of  non-Western  languages.  (Previous  title:  Cultural  Symbolism: 
Language  in  Culture  and  Society) 


SO  251  Sociology  of  Human  Sexuality  3c-01-3sh 

In  depth  analysis  of  a  formerly  taboo  topic,  human  sexuality.  Current 
information  from  biological,  psychological,  and  sociological  research  on 
human  relationships  is  presented  to  provide  a  foundation  for  self- 
understanding  and  societal  values. 

SO  271  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  the  cultural  diversity  of  the  continent  of  Africa.  The  first  unit 
examines  the  historical  processes  which  shape  modern  society,  including  the 
formation  of  indigenous  African  empires,  the  evidence  for  trade  routes, 
slave  trading,  and  colonialism.  The  second  unit  examines  the  nature  of 
African  traditional  societies,  including  analyses  of  forager  and  agricultural 
groups.  The  last  unit  covers  issues  of  contemporary  development  in  Africa 
such  as  famine  and  agricultural  policy,  the  status  of  women  in  economic 
development,  and  apartheid.  Reading  includes  ethnographic  and  historical 
accounts  of  African  society  as  well  as  selections  by  African  writers  on  the 
issues  of  contemporary  society.  (Also  offered  as  AN27 1 ;  may  not  be  taken 
for  duplicate  credit) 

SO  272  Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Designed  to  assist  the  student  in  developing  an  understanding  of 
contemporary  China.  While  the  course  will  begin  with  prehistoric  and 
historic  aspects  of  China,  the  focus  will  be  on  contemporary  issues 
presented  in  the  context  of  sociological  theory.  Specific  Chinese  cultural 
components  that  will  be  investigated  include  values,  attitudes,  norms,  social 
organization,  linguistics,  and  folklore.  (Also  offered  as  AN272;  may  not  be 
taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

SO  273  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  peoples  and  cultures  of  Southeast  Asia.  Prehistory 
and  the  development  of  indigenous  states  in  Southeast  Asia  and  analysis  of 
impact  of  world  religions,  such  as  Islam,  and  Western  colonialism.  Also 
examines  modem  hunter-gatherer  and  farming  societies  and  discusses 
contemporary  issues  in  social  and  economic  change,  including  the  "Green 
Revolution,"  tropical  deforestation,  the  struggle  of  ethnic  minority  tribal 
peoples,  and  the  plight  of  Indochinese  refugees.  (Also  offered  as  AN273; 
may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

SO  274  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Latin  America  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  peoples  and  cultures  of  Latin  America.  Focuses  on 
the  prehistory  and  development  of  pre-Columbian  complex  societies  in 
Mesoamerica  and  the  Andes,  and  analyzes  the  impact  of  European 
colonialism  on  these  major  regions.  Also  examines  contemporary  issues, 
such  as  civil  wars,  economic  development,  rural-urban  migrations,  and 
migration  and  immigration  of  Latin  American  peoples  into  the  United 
States.  (Also  offered  as  AN274;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

SO  281  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

SO  286  Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family  3c-01-3sh 

Sociological  and  anthropological  study  of  patterns  of  marriage,  kinship,  and 
family  life,  with  emphasis  on  the  relationship  between  family  patterns  and 
other  social  institutions.  Topics  covered  include  the  family  and  marriage  in 
historical  and  comparative  perspective:  worldwide  patterns  of  gender 
stratification;  incest  and  incest  avoidance:  class  and  race  contexts  of  family 
patterns;  mate  selection  and  love;  parenthood  and  child  rearing;  domestic 
and  sexual  violence;  alternative  family  lifestyles;  and  the  current  crisis  and 
possible  future  of  the  family.  Intended  for  a  broad  audience,  but  also  open  to 
sociology  and  anthropology  majors  and  minors.  (Also  offered  as  AN286; 
may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

SO  301  Clinical  Sociological  Theory  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Develops  an  understanding  of  how  to  use  micro  and  macro  sociological 
theory  to  analyze,  assess,  and  diagnose  human  problems.  Employing  case 
studies,  prepares  students  to  do  casework  and  help  solve  interpersonal, 
group,  and  organizational  problems.  Also  seeks  to  acquaint  students  with  the 
broader  professional  activity  of  human  services. 


(nurse  Descriptions  — 187 


SO  302  Clinical  Sociological  Practice  3c-OI3-.li 

Prerequisite:  SO301 

Prepares  the  student  to  effeel  constructive  change  within  individuals. 
groups,  families,  and  communities.  Draws  lis  analysis,  diagnosis,  and 
methods  from  the  foundations  of  sociological  theory  at  the  level  of 
intervention  with  clients 

SO  303  Social  and  Cultural  Change  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Exploration  of  current  theoretical  perspectives  on  social  and  cultural  change 

Special  attention  given  to  planned  change  at  the  local  or  regional  level. 

SO  314  Native  Americans  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  culture  history  and  culture  area  characteristics  of  Indians  of  North 
America.  Detailed  study  of  representative  groups  related  to  historical. 
functional,  and  ecological  concepts.  (Previous  title:  Ethnology  of  North 
American  Indians) 

SO  320  Sociological  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SOL51  and  second-semester  sophomore  standing 
Detailed  survey  of  the  historical  development  of  sociological  theory  from 
the  mid- 19th  century  to  the  present.  Treats  the  classical  theorists  Marx, 
Durkheim.  and  Weber,  and  such  contemporary  theoretical  schools  as 
functionalism,  Marxian  and  Weberian  conflict  theory,  cultural  materialism, 
social  evolutionism,  rational  choice  theory,  symbolic  interactionism, 
ethnomelhodology,  sociobiology,  structuralism,  and  postmodernism. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  take  this  course  in  the  second  semester  of  their 
sophomore  year  or  during  their  junior  year. 

SO  333  Delinquency  and  Youth  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Study  of  social  and  cultural  factors  involved  in  various  youth  lifestyles, 
including  delinquency.  Cross-cultural  and  historical  approach  used  in  a 
review  of  social  norms,  social  control,  and  socialization  institutions  and 
community-based  programs  for  rehabilitation. 

SO  335  Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Examines  the  social  issues  and  problems  of  alcohol  and  drug  misuse  in 
American  society.  Legal  and  illegal  substances  will  be  considered,  and  the 
causes  of  substance  abuse  as  well  as  alternatives  will  be  examined. 

SO  336  Sociology  of  the  Family  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Sociological  study  of  the  family  from  various  theoretical  viewpoints. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  contemporary  American  family.  A 
variety  of  topics  will  be  covered  such  as  mate  selection,  power  relationships 
and  roles  in  the  family,  parent-child  interaction,  marital  satisfaction,  divorce, 
and  others. 

SO  337  World  Societies  and  World  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  of  the  following:  AN1 10.  EC101  or  121,  GE230,  HI202, 
PS101  or  282,  S0151 

Detailed  analysis  of  the  evolution  of  human  societies,  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  modem  world  system  of  societies  that  began  to  emerge  in  the  1 6th  century 
and  that  has  since  expanded  to  include  the  entire  globe.  Topics  include:  societies 
during  the  preindustrial  era;  the  emergence  of  modem  capitalism  in  the  16th 
century;  relations  between  developed  and  less  developed  societies  in  the  modem 
world;  the  ascent  and  decline  of  nation-states  in  the  modem  world;  the  current 
plight  of  the  Third  World;  the  rise  and  demise  of  socialism  in  the  20th  century; 
and  various  scenarios  for  the  human  future. 

SO  340  Sociology  of  Industry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOL51 

Examination  of  industrial  organizations  and  their  environments.  Production 
systems  analyzed  in  terms  of  different  forms  of  organization,  e.g., 
bureaucratic,  power-equilibrium,  and  worker-participation.  Special  attention 
paid  to  who  defines  production,  how  such  definitions  are  legitimized,  and 
how  constraints  are  placed  on  such  definitions  by  union  and  other  political 
organizations. 

SO  341  Sociology  of  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examines  the  place  of  education  in  society.  Special  attention  to  the 
development  of  education  in  America  and  its  relation  to  political  and 
economic  phenomena.  Some  attention  given  to  education  in  other  industrial 
and  agrarian  societies. 


SO  342  Social  and  Cultural  Aspects  of  Health  and  3c-01-3sh 

Medicine 

Prerequisite:  6sh  in  Sociology  or  Anthropology 

Review  of  the  fields  of  medical  sociology  and  anthropology.  Focuses  on  such 
topics  as  health  and  illness  in  cross-cultural  context,  aging,  social  and 
psychological  aspects  of  pain,  and  social  organization  of  health  facilities  and 
services.  Definitions  of  limits  of  "life"  and  "death"  in  context  of  holistic  health. 

SO  345  Interpersonal  Dynamics  3c-01-  tsh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Study  of  the  interaction  between  and  among  individuals  and  groups  in 
various  social  sellings.  Emphasis  on  self-understanding,  small  groups, 
socialization,  social  influence  and  compliance,  person  perception,  collective 
beha\  ior.  and  mass  communication. 

SO  348  Sociology  of  Work  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Focuses  upon  the  sociological  examination  of  the  various  forms  of  labor, 
employment,  and  unemployment  present  in  industrial  societies.  Examines 
the  nature  of  work  and  unemployment  in  the  modern  era  and  how  these 
forms  are  being  transformed  in  the  present  period. 

SO  352  Sociology  of  Religion  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Nature,  role,  and  function  of  religious  phenomena  in  human  societies  will  be 
explored  with  special  attention  to  certain  critical  issues  as  they  relate  to 
religion  and  politics  and  religion  and  economics.  Some  fundamental  modes 
of  religious  life  including  ritual  forms  and  mythic  expressions  will  be 
examined.  Other  themes  such  as  revitalization  movements  and  processes  of 
secularization  in  modern  societies  will  be  included. 

SO  357  Sociology  of  Aging  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Introduction  to  various  problems  faced  in  the  process  of  growing  older. 
Attitudes  of  society  toward  elderly  and  social  and  cultural  impact  of  an 
aging  U.S.  population  examined. 

SO  361  Social  Stratification  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S015I 

Examines  leading  perspectives  in  the  major  sociological  subfield  of  social 
stratification.  Attention  drawn  to  different  ways  of  ranking  people  in  human 
societies,  issues  concerning  the  distribution  of  income  and  wealth,  the  role 
of  political  power  in  determining  who  gets  what,  and  the  causes  and 
consequences  of  social  inequality  for  specific  groups.  (Offered  as  S0435 
prior  to  1993-94) 

SO  362  Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Examines  from  an  historical  and  comparative  perspective  the  experiences  of 
minority  groups,  with  special  emphasis  on  economic  and  political 
domination,  stereotyping,  prejudice,  and  discrimination.  Techniques  of 
majority  group  domination  and  the  responses  of  minority  groups  are 
discussed.  Various  reasons  for  the  different  rates  and  patterns  of  assimilation 
are  explored. 

SO  363  Sociology  of  Sex  and  Gender  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Explores  current  perspectives  on  the  situations  faced  by  women  and  men, 
primarily  in  the  United  States.  Examines  issues  such  as  the  impact  of  sex 
and  gender  on  socialization,  the  construction  of  knowledge,  intimate 
relationships,  paid  work,  family  relationships,  health,  and  issues  of  change. 
(Offered  as  S0354  prior  to  1993-94) 

SO  380  Social  Research  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9sh  in  sociology  and  junior  standing 

Examines  diverse  research  designs  used  in  the  social  sciences,  i.e.,  survey, 

field  study,  experiment,  documentary,  and  existing  statistical  data.  Focuses 

both  on  logic  and  practice  of  social  research.  Students  choose  a  number  of 

mini-projects  or  a  major  research  project.  (Offered  as  S0455  prior  to  1993- 

94) 

SO  421  Sociology  of  Mass  Media  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examines  the  development  of  mass  media  as  dominant  cultural  forms  within 
advanced  industrial  societies  in  the  20th  century.  Emphasizes  critical 
understanding  of  the  sociohistorical  development,  the  underlying 
assumptions,  and  the  social  implications  of  the  advance  of  mass  media. 


188 —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


SO  427  Spouse  Abuse  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Considers  the  range  of  theoretical  explanations  for  the  pervasive  violence 
between  husband  and  wife.  Particularly  examines  the  research  on  wife 
battering  and  the  implications  of  this  research  for  programs  and  policies 
assisting  both  the  victim  and  the  abuser. 

SO  428  Child  Abuse  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examines  the  prevalence,  causes,  and  social  implications  of  physical, 
sexual,  emotional,  and  neglect  forms  of  child  abuse  in  society.  Child  abuse 
will  be  studied  from  the  individual,  family,  and  societal  level  perspectives. 
Potential  intervention  strategies  will  also  be  considered. 

SO  448  Social  Policy  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Focuses  on  the  formation  of  social  welfare  programs  in  the  U.S..  current 
social  policy  issues,  and  debates  between  conservative,  liberal  and  social 
democratic  policy  analysts.  Special  attention  drawn  to  various  social 
problems  and  a  range  of  social  policies  designed  to  ameliorate  the  economic 
disadvantages  of  single  individuals,  single  parents,  and  two  parent  families. 
Also  devoted  to  understanding  the  relationship  between  social  policy, 
research  and  implementation. 

SO  456  Field  Research  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0455  or  permission 

Examination  of  methods  and  practice  of  sociology  and  anthropology  in  the 
areas  of  qualitative  and  field  methods.  Concentrates  upon  the  development 
of  field  notes,  interviewing  techniques,  participant  observation,  etc. 
Qualitative  methods  of  sampling  and  analysis  will  include  theoretical 
sampling  and  analytic  induction.  Brief  background  research  into  community, 
organizational,  and  group  structure  will  also  be  emphasized. 

SO  457  Computer  Use  in  Sociology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Introduces  students  to  use  of  microcomputers  in  social  science  research  and 
practice.  Uses  a  variety  of  software  for  clinical  sociological  applications  as 
well  as  quantitative  analysis  of  social  scientific  data.  These  include  client 
information  systems,  field  notes  and  downloading  such  notes,  exchanging 
information  between  agencies,  and  statistical  analyses  for  program 
evaluation  and  forecasting. 

SO  458  Political  Sociology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Examination  of  the  social  context  of  power  and  politics,  with  special 
reference  to  such  topics  as  who  controls  the  state  and  state  policy;  the  role  of 
the  state  in  stabilizing  capitalism  and  protecting  the  power  of  the  upper 
class;  political  activities  of  the  middle  and  upper  classes;  and  labor,  civil 
rights,  and  welfare  rights  social  movements  in  America.  Especially 
considers  the  problems  of  conducting  and  implementing  social  policy 
research  for  social  change.  Cross-listed  in  Political  Science  as  PS346: 
Political  Sociology. 

SO  459  Development  of  Social  Services  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Examination  of  ideological  and  institutional  conditions  which  shape  health, 
unemployment,  social  security,  and  welfare  services. 

SO  480  Sociology  Seminar  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Seminar  for  advanced  students  devoted  to  an  intensive  analysis  of 
specialized  issues  within  the  discipline. 

SO  481  Special  Topics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate 

students. 

SO  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic 
through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member.  A  semester  project  ordinarily 


expected.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 
resources. 


S( )  483  Readings  in  Sociology 

Prerequisite:  SOI51 

Directed  readings  on  special  topics  in  sociology. 


var-l-3sh 


var-3-12sh 


SO  493  Internship  in  Sociology 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Supervised  experience  in  public  or  private  organizations  that  extends  and 

complements  coursework  at  the  university. 

SP:  Spanish 

Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SP  101  Elementary  Spanish  I  4c-ll-4sh 

For  beginning  students.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  aural/oral  skills.  Students 
will  learn  to  converse  and  ask  questions  in  simple  present  time  and  become 
acquainted  with  location  of  Hispanic  populations  and  elements  of  their  daily 
lives.  Attendance  is  required. 

SP  102  Elementary  Spanish  II  4c-ll-4sh 

A  continuation  of  SP101.  Students  will  learn  to  express  past  and  future  time. 
They  will  continue  to  learn  about  Hispanic  countries  and  their  cultures. 
Attendance  is  required. 

SP  111  Intensive  Elementary  Spanish  var-6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester  (6sh).  Using  Dartmouth 
Intensive  Language  Model  (DILM).  sections  emphasize  mastery  of  spoken 
language  as  well  as  basic  language  skills.  Classes  are  45  minutes  each;  drill 
sessions  are  40  minutes  each  and  meet  Monday  through  Friday. 

SP201  Intermediate  Spanish  4c  II  4sh 

Prerequisite:  SP102  or  equivalent 

A  continuation  of  previous  work  on  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing 
skills.  Students  will  learn  to  function  in  everyday  situations,  expressing 
opinions  and  doubts,  and  narrating  and  describing  in  present,  past,  and 
future  time.  Exposure  to  cultural  concepts  through  literary  readings.  Liberal 
Studies  credit  is  given. 

SP  211  Intensive  Intermediate  Spanish  var-6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester(6  sh).  Using  Dartmouth 
Intensive  Language  Model! DILM),  students  develop  language  skills  with 
emphasis  on  oral  competency.  Classes  are  45  minutes  each:  drill  sessions  are 
40  minutes  each  and  meet  Monday  through  Friday. 

SP  221  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP20I  or  equivalent 

Intensive  work  on  oral  communication  skills  with  emphasis  on  vocabulary 
building,  pronunciation,  and  discourse  strategies.  Required  for  all  majors 
and  minors. 

SP  222  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation-Business  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP201  or  equivalent 

Same  as  SP22I  but  with  a  special  emphasis  on  the  vocabulary  and  structures 
used  in  the  business  world.  Substitutes  for  SP221. 

SP  223  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation-  3c-01-3sh 

Criminology 

Prerequisite:  SP201  or  equivalent 

Same  as  SP22I  but  with  a  special  emphasis  on  the  vocabulary  and  structures 

used  in  law  enforcement  and  criminal  justice.  Substitutes  for  SP221. 

SP  230  Intermediate  Spanish  Composition  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP201  or  equivalent 

Intensive  practice  in  written  expression  in  Spanish.  Both  communicative  and 
structural  skills  are  stressed.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  all  majors  and 
minors.  This  course  is  approved  to  meet  the  Liberal  Studies  requirement  for 
a  writing-intensive  course  for  majors. 

SP  260  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3c431-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP201  or  equivalent 

This  course  is  a  prerequisite  for  any  300-or  400-levei  course  in  Hispanic 
literatures.  Designed  to  provide  students  with  the  tools  necessary  for 
developing  literary  competence,  the  course  combines  a  study  of  literary 


( 'ourse  Desi  npiions —  189 


genres  and  analysis  with  an  introduction  to  the  literatures  of  Spain  and 
banish  America,  [aught  in  Spanish.  Required  lor  all  maims  and  minors. 


SP281  Special  Topics 


<t  01  -3sh 


Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  01  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  thai  are  nol  included  in  the  established  curriculum,  A  given  topic  may 

ho  offered  undei  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  2X1  arc  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

Budents. 

SP  290  Intensive  Spanish  for  Elementary  Teaching  6c-01-6sh 

Prerequisite:  SP25 1/252  or  new  SP201  or  equivalent  oral  proficiency  rating. 
Permission  of  coordinator  of  Foreign  Languages  and  International  Studies 
for  Elementary  reaching  (FLISET)  Program.  For  students  enrolled  in  the 
FLISET  program  only. 

The  student  will  develop  language  skills  by  means  of  an  intensive  five  week 
summer  immersion  experience.  Strong  emphasis  is  placed  on  strengthening 
oral  language  skills  and  reading.  In  addition  to  classroom  instruction,  the 
student  will  benefit  from  a  full-immersion  atmosphere,  including  extensive 
opportunities  lor  using  Spanish  in  informal  settings  and  conversing  with 
native  Spanish  speakers.  The  language  is  presented  by  means  of  functional 
language  tasks  and  vocabulary  which  reflect  the  content  area  of  the 
elementary  curriculum.  (Student  must  take  this  course  during  the  summer 
following  the  sophomore  year.) 

SP321  Advanced  Spanish  Conversation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP221  or  equivalent 

Extensive  practice  in  oral  communication  skills.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
developing  fluency  in  speaking  over  a  wide  range  of  topic  areas.  Required 
for  all  majors  and  minors. 

SP340  Hispanic  Civilization  through  the  19th  Century       3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  significant  aspects  of  the  culture  of  both  Spain  and 
Spanish  America.  Elements  for  explanation  and  discussion  are  drawn  from 
artistic,  literary,  religious,  geographic,  social,  and  political  manifestations  of 
Hispanic  culture  as  these  have  revealed  themselves  through  the  19th  century. 
Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  all  majors  and  minors.  (Not  for  credit  after 
prior  SP361  orSP363) 

SP  342  Twentieth-Century  Spanish  Civilization  3c-01-3sh 

and  Culture 

An  analysis  of  the  major  cultural  trends  in  20th-century  Spain  as  they  relate 
to  its  current  problems,  aspirations,  and  values.  Elements  for  explanation 
and  discussion  are  drawn  from  artistic,  literary,  religious,  geographic,  social. 
and  political  manifestations.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  alternate  years. 
(May  not  duplicate  credit  for  SP382  taken  in  Valladolid) 

SP  344  Twentieth-Century  Spanish-American  3c-01-3sh 

Civilization  and  Culture 

An  analysis  of  the  major  cultural  trends  in  20th-century  Spanish  America  as 
they  relate  to  its  position  in  the  world.  Elements  for  explanation  and 
discussion  are  drawn  from  artistic,  literary,  religious,  geographic,  social,  and 
political  manifestations  including  indigenous  cultural  influences.  Taught  in 
Spanish:  offered  alternate  years.  (Not  for  credit  after  prior  SP364) 

SP  353  Spanish  Phonetics  and  Phonemics  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  phonological  study  of  the  sounds  and  training  in 
pronunciation.  The  student  will  learn  the  theoretical  basis  for  understanding 
the  Spanish  sound  system  and  will  perfect  pronunciation  through  classroom 
practice  and  tapings.  The  course  is  taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  Spanish 
Education  majors;  highly  suggested  for  Spanish  majors. 

SP354  Commercial  Spanish  3c  -01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP230  or  equivalent 

Designed  especially  for  majors  in  Spanish  for  International  Trade,  this 
course  has  three  focuses:  it  teaches  students  how  to  do  business 
communications  in  Spanish;  it  teaches  the  vocabulary  necessary  for  dealing 
with  all  aspects  of  trade  and  commerce;  and  it  introduces  students  to  the 
special  concerns  and  practices  of  business  in  the  Spanish-speaking  world. 
Taught  in  Spanish.  (Not  for  credit  after  prior  SP254) 

SP  362  Survey  of  Peninsular  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

A  course  designed  to  introduce  students  to  a  careful  and  critical  reading  of 
literary  texts  from  Spain  read  either  in  their  entirety  or  in  select  passages. 
Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  alternate  years. 


SP 364  Survey  of  Spanish- American  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

V  com  edi    ignedto  introduce  students  to  a  careful  and  critical  reading  of 
Spanish-American  literary  tests  read  either  in  their  entirety  or  in  select 
passages.  Taught  in  Spanish:  offered  alternate  years.  (Not  for  credit  after 
SP376) 

SP 382-389  Pennsylvania- Valladolid  Program  1 8sh 

Contact  i  hairperson,  I  tepaitmenl  Ol  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages. 
Courses  taken  in  Valladolid  include  the  following  and  SP482:  Independent 
Study  (3sh).  Descriptions  below. 

SP  382  Contemporary  Spain  3sh 

Gives  the  student  a  general  view  of  Spain  today  in  the  areas  of  society, 
economy,  and  political  institutions.  (See  Sl'342l 

SP  383  Geography  and  History  of  Spain  3sh 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  a  panorama  of  Spanish  physical,  social,  and 
economic  geography  including  the  recent  autonomic  division  of  the  country 
and  the  communication  among  the  autonomies.  Students  will  also  review  the 
history  of  Spain  from  the  15th  century  to  the  present  with  special  emphasis 
on  today's  Spanish  institutions. 

SP  384  History  of  Spanish  Art  3sh 

Students  will  be  exposed  to  the  richness  of  art  in  the  Iberian  Peninsula  and 
in  particular  in  the  area  of  Madrid  and  Castilla-Leon.  They  will  study  the 
evolution  of  Spanish  art  in  history,  giving  more  emphasis  to  contemporary 
tendencies. 

SP  385  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature  Ish 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  a  general  study  of  Spanish  literature  from  its 
origin  to  the  present  time.  Students  will  learn  to  appreciate  and  analyze  the 
different  literary  genres.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  20th-century  literature. 

SP  389  Theory  and  Practice  of  Spanish  Language  3sh 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  Spanish  syntax,  morphology,  and  the  Spanish 
language  lexicon.  They  will  be  introduced  to  familiar  and  formal 
conversation  and  to  idiomatic  expressions  used  in  everyday  situations. 

SP  390  Teaching  of  Elementary  Content  through  3c-01-3sh 

the  Spanish  Language 

Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  SP290;  passage  of  a  language 
proficiency  examination  and  permission  of  the  instructor 
The  student  will  study  current  theories  of  language  acquisition  processes  in 
children  and  will  develop  foreign  language  instructional  objectives  and 
activities  which  integrate  language  and  cultural  learning  with  the  content 
areas  of  the  elementary  school  curriculum.  Through  hands-on  practice,  the 
student  will  develop  techniques  for  teaching  functional  language,  planning 
lessons,  testing  language  skills,  setting  curricular  objectives,  and  selecting/ 
designing  materials  appropriate  to  the  needs  and  interests  of  elementary 
school  foreign  language  learners. 

SP  400  History  of  the  Spanish  Language  3c-01-3sh 

Traces  phonological,  morphological,  lexical,  and  syntactical  evolution  of 
Castilian  dialect  from  its  origins  in  vulgar  Latin  through  its  development, 
perfection,  and  ultimate  recognition  as  the  official  language  of  Spain  and 
Spanish  America.  Places  Castilian  linguistically  with  relation  to  other 
Romance  languages  and  considers  features  peculiar  to  Spanish  of  Latin 
America.  Taught  in  Spanish:  offered  alternate  years. 

SP  402  Translation  and  Interpretation  3c-01-3sh 

Fundamental  translation  skills  for  use  in  business  and  industry  as  well  as  in 
academic  and  popular  fields.  Offered  alternate  years. 

SP  403  Applied  Linguistics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP230 

An  introduction  to  Spanish  linguistics  for  students  who  have  had  no 
previous  experience  in  linguistics.  Students  will  study  the  application  of 
areas  such  as  phonology,  morphology,  syntax,  and  semantics  and  will 
explore  issues  in  psycholinguistics  and  sociolinguistics.  Taught  in  Spanish. 

SP  404  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SP221  or  equivalent  and  SP230  and  senior  standing  or 
departmental  permission 

An  in-depth  study  of  Spanish  syntax  and  morphology.  Taught  in  Spanish. 
Required  for  all  majors. 


190  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


SP  410  Medieval  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Reading  and  discussion  of  various  medieval  genres:  brief  prose  narrative, 
epic,  lyric  and  didactic  poetry,  prose,  and  medieval  drama.  Taught  in 
Spanish;  offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP  411  Golden  Age  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Analysis  of  themes,  motifs,  and  stylistic  devices  of  Spanish  poetry,  novel, 
and  theater  of  the  Renaissance  and  Baroque.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in 
four-year  rotation. 

SP  412  The  Spanish  Novel  of  the  19th  and  3c-01-3sh 

20th  Centuries 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Analysis  of  selected  novels  from  three  major  periods:  the  19th  century,  the 
Generation  of  1898,  and  the  post  Civil  War.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in 
four-year  rotation.  (Not  for  credit  after  prior  SP37 1 ) 

SP  413  Spanish  Poetry  of  the  19th  and  20th  Centuries        3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Study  and  analysis  of  lyric  poetry  in  Spain  from  19th-century  poetry  through 
modernism  and  its  evolution  to  the  present.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in 
four-year  rotation. 

SP420  Modern  Hispanic  Theater  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Study  and  analysis  of  modem  dramatic  works  from  Spain  and  Spanish 
America.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  representational  aspect  of 
the  works.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP  421  Modern  Hispanic  Short  Story  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

The  critical  analysis  of  short  stories  by  Spanish  and  Spanish- American 
authors.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP  430  Twentieth-Century  Spanish-American  Prose  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Traces  literary  expressions  from  the  turn  of  the  century  to  Ihe  present  in  the 
major  prose  expressions  of  the  essay,  the  short  story,  and  the  novel.  Taught 
in  Spanish;  offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP431  Spanish-American  Poetry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

A  study  of  Spanish  American  poetry  from  its  early  manifestations  through 
modernism,  post-modernism,  and  avant-garde.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in 
four-year  rotation. 

SP  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

SP  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with 

the  Spanish  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

SP  493  Internship  var-3- 1 2sh 

Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  study  in  a  Spanish-speaking  country 
A  supervised  field  experience  in  any  Spanish-speaking  area  of  the  world 
with  approved  public  agencies  and  institutions  or  private  firms,  no  longer 
than  one  semester  and  no  less  than  one  month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as 
closely  as  possible  with  the  intent's  personal  interests  and  professional 
goals.  For  more  information  contact  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Department.  Maximum  of  6  credits  can  apply  toward  a  major. 


SW:  Social  Work 

Department  of  Sociology 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SW  238  Introduction  to  Social  Work  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151  or  AN110 

Introduction  to  the  dynamics  of  helping  relationships. 

TH:  Theater 
Department  of  Theater 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

TH  101  Introduction  to  Theater  3c-01-3sh 

An  exploration  of  the  theater  arts,  examining  major  periods  of  theater 
history,  selected  works  of  dramatic  literature,  and  the  primary  theater  arts  of 
acting,  directing,  design,  and  technical  theater.  Class  experience  includes  the 
analysis  of  at  least  two  major  works  of  drama,  attending  two  live 
productions,  and  viewing  of  selected  televised  plays  and  musicals. 

TH  102  Introduction  to  Dance 

Examines  dance  as  a  performing  art  in  both  the  historical  and  cultural 
contexts.  Also  includes  the  analysis  of  a  major  piece  of  choreography, 
attending  live  performances,  and  viewing  select  works  of  dance.  No 
previous  dance  experience  is  required. 

TH  110  Script  Anal>  sis  3c-01-3sh 

Course  examines  major  as  well  as  alternative  systems  by  which  dramatic 
texts  may  be  analyzed,  including  classical  plot  construction,  scene  structure, 
tension  and  release,  dramatic  rhythms,  and  several  contemporary  and  less 
conventional  methods  of  dramatic  orchestration. 

TH  115  Principles  of  Theater  Design  and  Architecture       3c-01-3sh 
Surveys  principal  architectural  forms,  style,  and  periods,  providing  a  visual 
history  of  theatrical  architecture  and  scenic  design.  Basic  design  principles 
will  also  be  incorporated. 

TH  120  Stagecraft  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Exploration  of  the  material,  methods,  and  procedures  utilized  in  creating  a 
scenic  environment.  Through  instruction  and  practical  application,  students 
learn  the  basis  of  scenic  instruction  and  develop  competency  with  the  basic 
materials  and  equipment  used  in  a  theatrical  scene  shop. 

TH  122  Costume  Workshop  3c-01-3sh 

Instruction  and  practical  experience  in  the  process  of  building  costumes  for 
the  stage.  Activities  include  fitting,  cutting,  sewing,  dyeing,  and  painting. 
There  is  also  instruction  in  the  maintenance  of  wardrobe,  costume  stock, 
materials,  and  properties. 

TH  130  Stage  Voice  I  3c-01-3sh 

Instruction  in  basic  development  of  the  vocal  instrument  of  the  actor  in 
performance.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  resonance,  quality,  pitch,  and 
projection  of  the  voice  while  perfecting  the  student's  ability  to  articulate. 

TH  131  Stage  Movement  I  3c-01-3sh 

Instruction  in  basic  stage  movement  and  the  physicalization  of  character. 
Includes  work  in  character  development  through  variety  in  movement,  basic 
commedia  technique,  and  the  assessment,  awareness,  and  correction  of 
individual  movement  problems. 

TH  150  Fundamentals  of  Dance  3c-0 1  -3sh 

A  basic  dance  technique  that  sequentially  develops  the  elements  of 
movement  (space,  time,  force)  into  a  variety  of  dance  genre  and  period 
styles.  Covers  special  care  and  safety  of  the  instrument — the  body. 

TH  201  Theater  History  I  3c-01  3sh 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  history,  trends,  and  developments  of  theater 

and  drama  from  their  beginnings  through  the  English  Renaissance. 

TH  202  Theater  History  n  3c-OI-3sh 

Comprehensive  survey  of  the  history,  trends,  and  developments  of  theater 
and  drama  from  the  English  Restoration  to  the  present. 


Course  Descriptions  —  191 


TH  220  Stagecraft  II  )<  ill  )sh 

Prerequisite:  TH 1 20  or  permission 

Advanced  exploration  of  materials,  methods,  and  procedures  involved  in 

creating  a  scenic  environment.  Students  also  receive  intensive  practical 

experience  in  shop  planning  and  supervision  to  include  problem-solving 

techniques 

TH  221  Basic  Stage  Lighting  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH  120 

Introduction  to  lighting  instruments,  color  media,  control  boards,  physical 
law  s  nt  electricity  and  optics,  graphics,  and  conventional  techniques  used  in 
lighting  theatrical  productions. 

TH  223  Makeup  for  the  Stage  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  with  practical  application  of  straight  and  character  makeup  and  may 
include  instruction  in  creating  beards,  wigs,  prosthetics,  and  masks. 

TH  240  Acting  I  3c-01-3sh 

I  Study  of  the  primary  elements  of  the  Stanislavski  system  of  character 
development.  Includes  text  analysis  and  the  development  of  physical  action 
through  a  character's  subtext,  as  well  as  motivational  and  improvisational 
techniques. 

TH  250  Contemporary  Dance  3c-01-3sh 

Contemporary  dance  techniques,  improvisation,  and  choreography. 
Examines  the  historical  development  and  cultural  influences  on  the 
changing  philosophies  of  contemporary  dance  performance  today. 
Performance  of  creative  work  required. 

TH  260  Jazz  Dance  3c-01-3sh 

Jazz  techniques,  dynamics,  and  style  for  theater  dance  fron  the  1920's 
through  the  present.  Emphasis  on  analysis  of  music  for  choreograghy. 

TH  270  Ballroom  and  Tap  Dance  3c-0 1  -3sh 

A  sequential  development  of  tap  and  ballroom  dance  techniques  in  the 
context  of  historical  development  and  period  styles.  Performance  for  an 
audience  is  required. 

TH  280  Ballet  3c-01-3sh 

Sequential  development  of  barre  and  center  techniques  that  progress  to 
linking  moves,  turning,  jumps  and  to  dance  sequences  and  choreography. 
The  historical  periods  of  development  and  the  status  of  the  art  today  will  be 
examined  in  a  cultural  context  which  includes  gender  and  minority 
influences. 

TH  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

TH  290  Ethnic  Dance  3c-01-3sh 

Includes  dance  techniques  from  a  variety  of  indigenous  forms  from  Western 
and  Eastern  cultures.  Presented  in  the  historical  and  social  context. 
Emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  needs  of  theater  production. 

TH  301  Tragic  Mask  3c-01-3sh 

Historical  survey  of  theatrical  conventions,  traditions,  and  production 
practices  specifically  associated  with  tragedy  and  its  ensuing  forms,  drama 
and  melodrama.  It  focuses  on  landmark  dramatic  texts,  examining  the 
changing  faces  of  tragic  masks  and  their  implications  for  theatrical  practice 
from  ancient  Greece  to  the  20th  century. 

TH  302  Comic  Mask  3c-01-3sh 

Historical  survey  of  theatrical  conventions,  traditions,  and  production 
practices  specifically  associated  with  comedy  and  its  related  forms:  farce, 
burlesque,  etc.  Focuses  on  landmark  dramatic  texts,  examining  the  changing 
faces  of  comic  masks  and  their  conventions  and  their  implications  for 
theatrical  practice  from  ancient  Greece  to  the  20th  century. 

TH  310  Theater  Criticism  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  theory  and  criticism  and  of  the  discrete  functions  of  critic  and 
reviewer.  Students  see  live  performances  and  practice  writing  both  reviews 
and  criticism. 


TH  320  Scene  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH120 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  scenic  composition,  analysis,  concept 
development,  and  graphic  communication  methods  used  by  the 
scenographcr. 

TH  321  Stage  Lighting  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH221 

Covers  the  design  and  execution  of  stage  lighting  with  emphasis  on  script 
analysis,  the  collaborative  role  of  the  lighting  designer,  lighting  theory,  and 
modem  stage  lighting  practices.  Practical  applications  include  the 
conceptualization  and  designing  of  production  lighting  for  Proscenium. 
Thrust,  and  Arena  stages  through  class  exercises. 

TH  322  Costume  Design  3c-OI-3sh 

Covers  design  and  execution  of  stage  costumes  with  emphasis  on  showing 
how  mood  and  illusion  can  be  created  through  the  proper  selection  of  style, 
color,  and  texture,  supplemented  by  an  overview  of  stage  costuming. 

TH  340  Acting  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH240,  131.  130 

Study  and  practice  of  acting  skills  with  special  emphasis  on  style  and 

period. 

TH  350  Directing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH1 10.  TH240.  permission 

Introduction  to  basic  directing  skills:  casting,  floor  plans,  blocking, 
rehearsal  procedures,  and  the  applications  of  scene  and  character  analysis. 
Students  will  prepare  short  scenes  for  class  presentation. 

TH  481  Special  Topics  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

TH  482  Independent  Study  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Independent  study  in  theater  may  be  either  purely  academic  or  may  be  a 
practical  production  project,  supported  by  a  written  document  giving 
evidence  of  significant  scholarly  investigation  or  original,  creative  effort. 
May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits.  Approval  is  based  on  academic 
appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

TH  483  Acting  Studio  3c-21-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH240,  permission 

Studio  course  offering  scene  practice  with  faculty  direction,  coaching,  and 
criticism.  Specific  type  of  scene  work  varies  from  semester  to  semester.  May 
be  repeated. 

TH  484  Directing  Studio  3c-21-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH350,  permission 

Opportunity  for  students  to  direct  scene  work,  one-act  plays,  or  larger 
projects,  according  to  individual  levels  of  experience,  preparation,  and 
readiness.  Practical  application  of  principles  of  directing  to  specific 
problems  in  directing.  Student  projects  performed  in  public,  open-class 
recitals.  May  be  repeated. 

TH  486  Practicum  in  Production  var-.5-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission 

An  opportunity  with  academic  credit  for  students  to  make  significant 
contributions  to  campus  productions  augmenting  theater  coursework  in  the 
areas  of  assistant  directing  or  directing,  stage  management,  technical 
direction,  sound  design,  lighting,  scene  design,  properties  and  set 
decoration,  scene  building  and  painting,  costuming,  dance,  and  make  up 
design.  May  be  repeated.  (Revision  pending  on  credit  starting  at  .5sh  and 
requirement  of  eight  semesters) 

TH  489  Technical  Theater  Problems  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

Open  to  all  students  desiring  instruction  in  a  variety  of  technical  theater 
areas  not  presently  covered  in  other  courses.  Topics  to  include  sound  design, 
stage  management,  set  props,  media  make-up,  technical  drawing/mixed 
media,  and  scene  painting.  May  be  repeated. 


192  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


TH  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

Opportunities  for  students  to  gain  experience  with  professional  performance 
organizations  in  areas  related  to  theater  and  dance. 

UN:  Universitywide  Courses 
Academic  Affairs  Division 

UN  480  T.H.I.S.  Seminar  3c-01-3sh 

Academic  seminar  taken  at  the  SSHE  University  Center  in  Harrisburg  in 
conjunction  with  the  T.H.I.S.  internship.  Consists  of  public  policy 
information,  decision  making,  and  budgeting  and  addresses  question-and- 
answer  sessions  with  leading  state  government  policymakers.  See 
descriptions  under  Academic  Affairs  areas.  Restricted  to  the  T.H.I.S. 
internship  participant.  See  UN493. 

UN  493  T.H.I.S.  Internship  var-12sh 

Practical  experience  at  the  policymaking  level  of  the  state  government  that 
also  requires  a  research  project.  Student  must  have  a  3.0  GPA  and  submit  a 
sample  of  writing  skills  with  the  application  to  the  Experiential  Education 
Office.  Open  to  any  IUP  major.  See  description  under  Academic  Affairs 
areas.  Concurrent  seminar  course  required.  See  UN  480. 

VO:  Vocational  Education 

Center  for  Vocational-Technical  Personnel 

Preparation 

College  of  Education 

VO  010  Industrial  Electrical  Technology  var-l-18sh 

Prerequisite:  Center/department  permission 

Emphasis  on  comprehensive  industrial  electrical  technology  through  training  in 
specialty  concentrations  applied  to  design,  development,  and  testing  of  electrical 
circuits,  devices,  and  systems  for  generating  electricity  and  the  distribution  and 
utilization  of  electrical  power.  Carries  institutional  credit  only. 

VO  100  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I         var-l-15sh 
Personalized,  self-paced  vocational  teacher  preparation.  The  vocational 
student/intem  develops,  demonstrates,  and  documents  competence  in 
selected  pedagogical  competencies.  Individualized  instruction  is 
supplemented  with  monthly  seminars.  Self-evaluation  is  encouraged  in  the 
program,  utilizing  videotaping  and  the  feedback  from  a  team  of  professional 
teacher  educators. 

VO  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

VO  395  Vocational  Education  Writing  Experience  var-Osh 

Writing  assignments  such  as:  abstracts,  logs  of  activities,  philosophy  papers, 
training  plans,  presentation  plans,  lesson  plans,  etc.  will  be  completed  in 
conjunction  with  selected  instructional  modules  from  VO100  and  VO400 
courses. 

VO  400  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II       var- 1  - 1 5sh 
Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  VO100 

Personalized,  self-paced  vocational  teacher  preparation.  The  vocational 
student/intern  develops,  demonstrates,  and  documents  competence  in 
selected  teaching  skills  in  the  areas  of  program  planning,  program 
development,  program  evaluation,  and  managing  and  evaluating  instruction 
in  a  vocational  school  setting.  Self-evaluation  is  encouraged  in  the  program 
utilizing  videotaping  and  the  feedback  from  a  team  of  professional  teacher 
educators. 


VO  402  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical  var- 1  - 1 5sh 

Preparation 

Prerequisite:  Center  permission 

Provides  opportunities  for  vocational  students/intems  to  develop  additional 
teaching  skills  under  professional  supervision.  Topics  are  determined 
through  identification  of  priority  areas  in  vocational  education  using 
national  and  state  surveys  and  students'  individual  needs. 

VO  450  Technical  Preparation  of  the  24sh 

Vocational  Professional 

Competency  assessment  of  occupational  experience  through  national 
standardized  written  and  performance  examinations. 

VO  481  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

V  O  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 

WS:  Women's  Studies 
Women's  Studies  Program 
Academic  Affairs  Division 

WS  200  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  women  as  they  are  and  as  they  have  been — as  represented  by  the 
work  of  writers  and  as  presented  in  the  theory  and  research  of  various 
disciplines.  Historical  and  contemporary  images  of  women  are  examined  in 
terms  of  their  impact  on  our  lives.  The  relationships  of  women  to  social 
institutions  such  as  education,  religion,  and  health  care  are  explored. 
Alternative  theories  explaining  the  roles  and  status  of  women  are  compared. 
Attempts  to  help  us  understand  the  choices  and  experiences  women  face  in 
their  everyday  personal,  work,  and  public  lives. 

WS  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore 

topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may 

be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

WS  481  Special  Topics  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 
topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three 
times.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 

WS  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  adviser,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  provost's  office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty 

member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 

resources. 


VO  401  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Technical  var-l-12sh 

Preparation 

Prerequisite:  Center  permission 

Provides  opportunities  for  vocational  students/interns  to  develop  additional 
technical  skills  in  areas  related  to  their  occupational  competence  under 
professional  supervision.  Topics  are  determined  through  individual 
counseling,  through  priority  needs  identified  by  advisory  committees,  and 
through  evaluation  of  technical  competence  by  center  teaching  staff. 


Directory  — 193 


Directory 

Board  of  Governors  of  the  State  System  of 
Higher  Education 

F.  Eugene  Dixon,  Jr.,  Chairperson,  Lafayette  Hill 

Julia  B.  Ansill.  Vice  Chairperson.  California 

Robert  J.  O'Hara.  Vice  Chairperson.  Macungie 

James  T.  Atherlon,  Wilkes  Barre 

Muriel  Herman.  Allentown 

Donald  M.  Carroll,  Jr.,  Harrisburg 

Jeffrey  W,  Coy,  Shippensburg 

Rebeeca  F.  (;ross.  Lock  Haven 

James  A.  Hughes,  Philadelphia 

F.  Joseph  Loeper,  Drexel  Hill 

Floyd  M.  Mains.  Shippensburg 

R.  David  Myers,  Harrisburg 

Joseph  M.  Nespoli,  Berwick 

Philip  D.  Rowe,  Jr.,  Wyomissing 

Jere  W.  Schuler,  Harrisburg 

Patrick  J.  Stapleton,  Indiana 

Julius  I  ehlein.  Camp  Hill 

Stephen  E.  Whitby,  Indiana 

IUP  Council  of  Trustees 

Patrick  J.  Stapleton.  Chairperson.  Indiana 
David  L.  Johnson.  Vice  Chairperson.  Havertown 
Kim  E.  Lyttle.  Secretary.  Pittsburgh 
Susan  S.  Delaney.  Treasurer,  Indiana 
Miriam  K.  Bradley.  North  Braddock 
Robert  S.  Dougherty.  Indiana 
James  C.  Leda.  Indiana 
Thomas  J.  O'Donnell,  Dunmore 
William  R.  Shane.  Indiana 
Gealy  W.  Wallwork.  Kittanning 

Dr.  James  H.  McCormick  (ex  officio).  Chancellor.  State  System  of 
Higher  Education 

Armstrong  County  Educational  Trust 

John  B.  McCue.  President 

D.  Wesley  Minteer,  Vice  President 

Robert  H.  Doerr.  Secretary 

Twila  Black.  Treasurer 

William  R.  Barrett 

Ralph  O.  Knepshield 

Ronald  H.  Lester 

A.  J.  Myers 

Carole  Olszewski 

Ronald  G.  Shafer 

Sandra  Snyder 

Jack  Steiner 

Punxsutawney  Area  College  Trust  Advisory 
Board 

Ann  S.  Smith.  President 

Thomas  L.  Barletta.  Vice  President 

Ralph  R.  Roberts.  Vice  President 

Michael  A.  Stello.  Treasurer 

Julie  Neal.  Secretary 

Al  Anthony 

Nancy  B.  Anthony 

M.L.  Carlton 

Timothy  K.  Chase 

William  M.  Cooper,  Jr. 

S.  Thomas  Curry 

Gary  C.  Doverspike 

William  F.  Falger 

Glenn  M.  Henery 

Linda  D.  Heydrich 

J.  Richard  Ifert 


John  S.  Key 
Nora  J.  Johnston 
John  M.  Kelly 
Andrew  S.  I.aska 
Elaine  K.  Light 
Nicholas  F.  Lorenzo,  Jr. 
Josephine  E.  McCarthy 
Jennie  B.  Swartz 
Francis  J.  Shaw 
Harry  W.  Stein 
Mary  Jane  Tuttle 
Sidney  B.  Willar 
David  L.  Young 


Board  of  Directors  of  the  Foundation  for 
IUP 

Larry  R.  Panaia.  President 

Thomas  W.  Zaucha.  Vice  President 

William  M.  Srsic,  Treasurer 

Nancy  T.  Doverspike.  Secretary 

Charles  R.  Agnew .  Executive  Director 

Allan  T.  Andrew 

Susan  S.  Delaney 

Thomas  W.  Garges,  Jr. 

Herbert  F.  Gerhard 

Wayne  C.  Gorell 

Robert  J.  Haddad 

G.  Bruce  Jenkins 

Judith  L.  Kovalchick 

Anthony  R.  Kuzneski 

James  C.  Leda 

Patricia  L.  Lommock 

Barbara  S.  Lovejoy 

Mark  E.  Pasquerilla 

Stephen  R.  Patchin 

Bennett  A.  Rafoth 

George  H.  Ray 

Terry  T.  Ray 

Bruce  E.  Robbins 

Domenic  P.  Rocco,  Jr. 

Bruce  W.  Salome 

Connie  J.  Sutton 

Patrick  R.  Wallace 

Timothy  W.  Wallace 

Melvin  R.  Woodard 

Administration 

Lawrence  K.  Pettit.  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin 

President 
Ruth  A.  Riesenman.  Ed.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  to  the  President 
Alphonse  N.  Novels.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director,  Office  for  Minority  Affairs;  Assistant  Provost 

Division  of  Academic  Affairs 

Mark  J.  StaSzkieWlCZ.  Ed.D..  University  of  Cincinnati 

Provost  and  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 

Mary  Ann  Cessna.  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Director.  Teaching  Excellence  Center 

Larry  A.  Kroah.  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 
Director  of  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 

Darlene  S.  Richardson.  Ph.D..  Columbia  University 
Director,  Liberal  Studies 

Diane  L.  Huntley .  Ed.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Director.  Academic  Information  Systems 
Peggy  L.  Akers,  A.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Transfer  Credit  Evaluator,  Academic  Information  Systems 


194  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


William  H.  Niinn   M.Ed..  Duquesne  University 

Dean  of  Admissions 
Karen  L.  Chickos,  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
Diane  R.  Raybuck.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
Tracy  Harris,  MB. A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 

Joseph  DeCristoforo,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Registrar 
Richard  A.  DiStanislao.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director  of  Registration  and  Scheduling.  Office  of  the  Registrar 
Lynette  J.  Guignet,  A.  A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director  of  Student  Records,  Office  of  the  Registrar 

Kay  K.  Wijekumar,  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Institutional  Research  Associate 

Evelyn  S.  Mutchnick.  Ed.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Interim  Associate  Provost 

Laila  S.  Dahan.  M.A.,  Georgia  State  University 
Director,  Office  of  International  Services 

Ricky  J.  Steele.  M.S.,  Kansas  State  University  of  Agriculture  and 
Applied  Science 
Professor  of  Military  Science 

Maureen  C.  McHugh.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Director,  Women's  Studies 

Thomas  W.  O'Brien,  M.A..  Trenton  State  College 

Director,  Vocational  Personnel  Center 
Albert  S.  Wutsch,  C.C.E.  and  C.W.C..  American  Culinary  Federation 

Director,  Academy  of  Culinary  Arts  at  Punxsutawney 

Alphonse  N.  Novels.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Assistant  Provost:  Director,  Office  for  Minority  Affairs 

Russell  L.  Peterson,  Ph.D.,  Howard  University 
Director.  Benjamin  E.  Mays  Academy 

Janet  E.  Goebel.  Ph.D..  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 
Director,  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 

Robert  H.  Doerr.  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Director,  Armstrong  County  Campus 
Frederick  A.  Sehring,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Director.  Armstrong  County  Campus 

Norman  T.  Storm.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Punxsutawney  Campus 
Joel  L.  Anderson,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director,  Punxsutawney  Campus 

Yvonne  B.  Redd.  B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Coordinator,  Experiential  Education 

Garrett  A.  Bozylinsky.  M.A.,  George  Washington  University 

Associate  Provost  for  Information  Technology 
Maurice  J.  Fox,  Director  of  Operations,  Information  Systems  and 

Communication  Center 
Barbara  Eisen,  A.B.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Director,  Administrative  Computing  Services,  ISCC 
R.  Mark  Strawcutter.  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Systems  and  Communications,  ISCC 
William  J.  Creighton,  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Academic  Computing  Services,  ISCC 

David  M.  Lynch.  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Dean,  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Virginia  L.  Brown.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 

Associate  Dean  for  Research.  The  Graduate  School 
Leon  D.  VandeCreek.  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Dakota 

Acting  Associate  Dean  for  Administration,  The  Graduate  School  and 

Research 


Valarie  J.  Mancuso.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Dean.  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Michele  Sanchez,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Grants  and  Development.  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Holly  A.  Snair.  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Proposal  Development  Specialist,  Grants  Office 
Evelyn  D.  Landon.  B.S..  Frostburg  State  University 

Director.  Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Service 

Robert  C.  Camp.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

Dean,  Eberly  College  of  Business 
Manmohan  D.  Chaubey,  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa 

Interim  Associate  Dean,  Eberly  College  of  Business 

John  W.  ButZOW,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

Dean,  College  of  Education 
Joyce  L.  Garrett,  Ph  D..  University  of  Oregon 

Associate  Dean  for  Administration.  College  of  Education 
John  R.  Johnson.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Dean  for  Educational  College-School  Partnerships, 

College  of  Education 
Marilyn  S.  Howe,  Ph.D..  LIniversity  of  Pittsburgh 

Director,  University  School 

Marjorie  E.  Arnett,  M.F.A.,  Western  Michigan  University 

Acting  Dean.  College  of  Fine  Arts 
Robert  G.  McGowan.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Acting  Associate  Dean.  College  of  Fine  Arts 
Ned  O.  Wert,  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Director.  University  Museum 
Hank  G.  Knerr,  M.F.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Director,  Public  Events 

Harold  E.  Wingard,  Ph.D..  Southern  Illinois  University 

Dean.  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 
Carleen  C.  Zoni,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Dean,  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

Brenda  L.  Carter,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Dean.  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
Charles  E.  Cullum,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Associate  Dean,  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

To  be  appointed 

Dean,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
John  N.  Fox,  Ph.D.,  Wesleyan  University 

Dean's  Associate,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
Aleksandra  B.  Kaniasty.  M.A.,  Adam  Mickiewicz  University  of  Poznan 

Assistant  to  the  Dean,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

Nicholas  E.  Kolb,  Ed.D.,  George  Washington  University 

Dean,  School  of  Continuing  Education 
Edward  W.  Nardi.  M.S..  Indiana  State  University 

Assistant  Dean  for  Credit  Programs 
Donna  M.  Griffith.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Division  of  Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs 
Richard  J.  Hornfeck.  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Director,  Highway  Safety  Center 
Gary  M.  Welsh.  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director.  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 

Division  of  Administration 

C.  Edward  Receski,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Vice  President  for  Administration 
Mark  A.  Geletka.  RE.,  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Interim  Assistant  Vice  President  for  Administration 

Robert  L.  Marx,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Campus  Physical  Planning 

William  L.  Montgomery 

Director,  Campus  Police  and  Safety 

Cynthia  A.  Cronk,  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Director,  Human  Resources 


Directory — 195 


Helen  M.  Soltis.  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Director,  Human  Resources 
Judy  A.  Gallo,  U.S..  Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 

Data  Cooulmalor.  Human  Rcsouiccs 
Kathleen  Manion,  M.B.A.,  Southern  Methodist  University 

Manager  of  Organizational  Development,  Human  Resources 
Patricia  J.  Muretti.  Retirement  anil  Benefits  Coordinator,  Human 

Resources 
Virginia  B.  Rinkus.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Employment/Work-Family  Programs  Manager.  Human  Resources 

Richard  K.  Smith.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Physical  Plant 
Pam  K.  Froelicher,  Director,  Purchasing  and  Central  Stores 

John  E.  Houser.  Facilities  Maintenance  Manager 
Mary  Webb.  Custodial  Services  Manager 

Division  of  Finance 

Edward  J.  Norberg.  B.S.,  Gannon  College 
Vice  President  lor  Finance 

Randall  W.  LeBlanc.  B.S..  Oral  Roberts  University;  C.P.A. 

Comptroller 
Richard  P.  White.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania;  C.P.A. 

Director.  Accounting  Services 
Susanna  C.  Sink.  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Grant  and  Special  Fund  Accounting 
Linda  M.  Hall.  M.A..  Michigan  State  University 

Director.  I-Card  Program 

Cynthia  L.  Strittmatter.  M.B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Budget  Director 

Barbara  J.  Moore.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Internal  Auditor 

John  C.  Blystone.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Treasurer 
Phyllis  A.  Groomes.  Director.  Accounts  Receivable 
Mary  S.  Gaul.  Director.  Payroll 
Robert  T.  Scholfield.  Cashier 

Division  of  Student  Affairs 

Steven  C.  Ender.  Ed. D..  University  of  Georgia 
Interim  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

To  be  appointed 

Assistant  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 
Melvin  A.  Jenkins.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  to  the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Catherine  M.  Dugan.  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

Director,  Advising  and  Testing  Center 
Joseph  L.  Ritchie,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Interim  Assistant  Director.  Advising  and  Testing  Center 
C.  Donald  Seagren,  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Adviser,  Disabled  Student  Services 

Mark  E.  Anthony,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Career  Services 
Deborah  Saunders,  M.Ed..  University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Director.  Career  Services 

John  A.  Mills,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Director.  Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
Rita  G.  Drapkin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Counseling  Psychologist 
Elizabeth  A.  Kincaid.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Counseling  Psychologist 
To  be  appointed 

Counseling  Psychologist 

Sherrill  K.  Kuckuck.  D.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Director,  Student  Development  Programs 


H.  Zane  Kirk,  M.D.,  Baylor  College  of  Medicine 

Medical  Director.  University  Health  Services 
Rhonda  H.  Luckey.  M.S. PH..  University  of  Missouri 

Administrative  Services  Director,  University  Health  Services 
Stacey  A.  Robertson,  DO.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine 

Physician,  University  Health  Services 
Marilyn  H.  Stephens,  M.D..  Meharry  Medical  College 

Physician.  University  Health  Services 
Nancy  L.  Evans,  R.N..  Indiana  Hospital  School  of  Nursing 

Coordinator,  Nursing  Services.  University  Health  Services 
Malinda  M.  Cowles.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Coordinator.  Health  Education,  University  Health  Services 
Ann  E.  Sesti,  M.A..  Slippery  Rock  University 

Chemical  Health  Coordinator.  University  Health  Services 

Carmy  G.  Carranza.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Learning  Center 
Sally  A.  Lipsky.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Chairperson,  Reading/Study  Skills  Coordinator.  Learning  Center 
Carolyn  J.  Wilkie,  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Educational  Development  Specialist,  Learning  Center 
Cassandra  C.  Green,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 
Kathryn  A.  Stratton.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Educational  Counselor,  Learning  Center 
Kenneth  J.  Victor,  M.A.,  University  of  Missouri 

Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 
Stacey  C.  Winstead,  M.A.,  Slippery  Rock  University 

Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 

Frederick  A.  Joseph.  M.Ed..  Kent  State  University 

Director,  Financial  Aid 
Mary  A.  Miller,  B.S.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director,  Financial  Aid 
William  M.  Srsic.  M.Ed.,  Edinboro  State  College 

Associate  Director,  Financial  Aid;  Veteran  Certifying  Officer 
Christine  A.  Zuzack,  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director.  Financial  Aid 
Aileen  C.  Bowman.  M.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director.  Financial  Aid 
Alisa  L.  DeStefano,  B.S.,  West  Liberty  State  College 

Assistant  Director,  Financial  Aid 

Elizabeth  A.  Joseph,  M.S.Ed.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Director.  Housing  and  Residence  Life 
To  be  appointed 

Associate  Director  of  Residence  Life 
Richard  L.  Baginski.  M.S.,  Shippensburg  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director  for  Operations 
James  R.  Froelicher,  B.S.,  Duquesne  University 

Associate  Director  for  Administration 
John  G.  Makara.  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Director  for  Operations 
Leonard  J.  Kasubick 

Assistant  Director  for  Operations.  Technical  Specialist 
Melanie  K.  Wardrop.  B.S.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director  for  Administration 
Kathleen  R.  Linder,  M.S.,  Miami  University 

Assistant  Director  of  Residence  Life,  Judicial/Recruitment 
Julene  J.  Pinto,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director  of  Residence  Life,  Training  and  Evaluation 
Julie  B.  Elkins.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director  of  Residence  Life,  Staff  Supervision 
Holly  L.  Alexander,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Residence  Director 
Kelly  A.  Grady,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Vermont 

Residence  Director 
Monica  Leonard,  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Residence  Director 
Christopher  J.  Rasmussen.  B.S.,  Mankato  State  University 

Residence  Director 
Mark  A.  Shoaf.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Residence  Director 
Cynthia  Simcho-Hill.  M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland 

Residence  Director 
Thomas  I.  Wortman.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Residence  Director 


196  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Terry  Appolonia.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 
Frank  V.  DeStefano.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director.  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 
Tammy  P.  Manko.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director.  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 
Carolyn  D.  Princes,  M.Ed..  University  of  Illinois 

Director,  Black  Cultural  Center 

Frank  J.  Cignetti.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Frank  J.  Condino.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Director,  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Frances  A.  Nee,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Acting  Associate  Director,  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Erika  C.  Renwick,  M.B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Business  and  Compliance  Officer,  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Larry  A.  Judge,  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Sports  Information 
Michael  C.  Meyer,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Sports  Information  Writer 

Dennis  V.  HulingS,  M.A.,  Brigham  Young  University 

Executive  Director.  Student  Cooperative  Association 
Sam  J.  Barker,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Program  Services 
Pete  Alexander.  B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Co-op  Store 
Terry  K.  Griffith,  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director,  Co-op  Store 
Charles  K.  Conrad,  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Campus  Recreation 
Charles  Potthast.  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Business  Services 
William  J.  Yagle,  Director,  Maintenance/Safety 

Division  of  Institutional  Advancement 

Charles  R.  AgneW,  M.S..  Gannon  University 

Interim  Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement; 
Executive  Director.  Foundation  for  IUP 

John  Hajdu  Heyer.  Ph.D..  University  of  Colorado 

Acting  Associate  Vice  President  for  Development 
Barbara  A.  Ender.  M.S.,  University  of  Akron 

Director.  Corporate  and  Foundation  Relations 
Andrea  L.  Alsippi.  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Development  Services 
Shari  A.  Trinkley,  B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Major  and  Planned  Giving 
Mary  O.  Moore.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Annual  Giving 
Lois  J.  Drayer.  Director,  Development  Research 
Karen  Ober,  Financial  Services  Manager 
Kathryn  Boucher,  Gift  Processing  and  Reporting  Manager 

Walter  J.  Stapleton.  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  to  the  Vice  President/Director.  Governmental  Relations 

Mary  Jo  Lyttle,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Alumni  Affairs 
Mary  Claire  Moran.  B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director.  Alumni  Affairs 


Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Karen  P.  Gresh,  b.a. 

University  Editor 
Regan  P.  Houser.  B.A.,  Duquesne  University 
Associate  University  Editor 


R.  William  Swauger,  B.A.,  Geneva  College 

Director,  Public  Relations 
Michelle  Shaffer  Fryling.  B.A.,  Allegheny  College 

Assistant  Director,  Public  Relations 
James  G.  Wakefield,  University  Photographer 


M.  Connie  Howard,  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Video  Services 
William  R.  Hamilton.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsyh  .una 

Associate  Director,  Video  Services 

Department  Chairpersons 


Eberly  College  of  Business 

Duane  M.  Ponko 
Terry  T.  Ray 
Thomas  W.  Falcone 
Kenneth  L.  Shildt 


Krish  S.  Krishnan 
Sharon  D.  Steigmann 

College  of  Education 

Kurt  P.  Dudt 
Gary  J.  Dean 

William  F.  Barker 
Kurt  P.  Dudt,  Interim 
Edwina  B.  Void 
Clarice  K.  Reber 

Marilyn  S.  Howe,  Head 

College  of  Fine  Arts 

Anthony  G.  DeFurio 
Calvin  E.  Weber 
Annie-Laurie  Wheat 


Accounting 

Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

Management 

Management  Information  Systems 

and  Decision  Sciences 
Marketing 
Office  Systems  and  Business 

Education 


Communications  Media 
Counseling.  Adult  Education,  and 

Student  Affairs 
Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Foundations  of  Education 
Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 
University  School 


Art 

Music 

Theater 


College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


Joanne  B.  Steiner 
James  G.  Mill,  Jr. 
Thomas  L.  VanDyke 

Donna  L.  Streifthau 

Jodell  L.  Kuzneski 

Helen  C.  Cunningham,  Coordinator 

Robert  D.  Soule 


Food  and  Nutrition 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 
Human  Development  and 

Environmental  Studies 
Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Allied  Health  Professions 
Safetv  Sciences 


College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 


Robert  S.  Prezant 

Pothen  Varughese 

Gary  L.  Buterbaugh 

Frank  W.  Hall,  II 

Gerald  M.  Buriok 

Allan  T.  Andrew,  Coordinator 

Dennis  W.  Whitson 

Carl  W.  Schneider 


Biology 
Chemistry 
Computer  Science 
Geoscience 
Mathematics 
Natural  Science 
Physics 
Psychology 


College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


Miriam  S.  Chaiken 
Joseph  A.  Bogan 
Donald  A.  Walker 
James  L.  Gray 
Robert  L.  Whitmer 
Susan  E.  Forbes 
Jacob  U.  Voelker 
Neil  B.  Lehman 
James  F.  Byers 
Patricia  I.  Heilman 
Albert  E.  Bouffard 
David  D.  Chambers 
Herbert  M.  Hunter 
Peter  G.  Broad 


Anthropology 

Criminology 

Economics 

English 

French 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

German 

History 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Journalism 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

Political  Science 

Sociology 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 


Directory—  197 


Departmental  Units 

John  A.  Mills 
Sail]  A.  Lipskj 
Walter  R.  Laude 
Sandra  J.  Durbin 
Catherine  M.  Dugan 

Directors  of  Special  Clinics 

Esther  M.  Shane 
Robert  H.  Hoellein 


Counseling  and  Student  Development 
Learning  Center 
I  ibraries  and  Media  Resources 
Vocational  Personnel  Program 
Ad\  ising  anil  Testing  Center 


Director,  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 
Director,  Child  Study  Center 


School  of  Continuing  Education 
Division  of  Credit  Programs 


Kdward  W.  Nardi 
Rebeeca  S.  Sterley 
Patricia  I).  Scott 


Assistant  Dean  lor  Credit  Programs 
Director.  Adult  Advisement  Services 
Director,  Oil-Campus  Studies 


Division  of  Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs 

Donna  M.  Griffith 
Michelle  A.  Norwood 

To  be  appointed 

Jane  T.  Lord 
Kathleen  E.  Evanko 

Highway  Safety  Center 

Richard  J.  Hornfeck 
Allen  R.  Robinson 
A.  ().  Bradshaw 
JillC.  Farich 

Gary  W.  Fulton 


Division  Director 

Director,  Business.  Industry,  and 

Labor  Programs 
Director.  Community/Um\  ersit) 

Studies 
Director.  Special  Programs 
Program  Facilitator 


James  P.  Sadler 

Sandra  S.  Tomlinson 
Beverly  K.  Norris 
Raj  K.  Murthy 


Director 

Director 

Professor,  Highway  Safety 

Director,  Emergency  Medical 

Services 
Director.  Emergency  Services 

Training  and  Coordinator, 

State  Rescue  Training 
Assistant  Director,  Emergency 

Services  Training  and  Assistant 

Coordinator,  State  Rescue 

Training 
Coordinator.  Regional  Highway 

Safety 
Assistant  Coordinator.  Regional 

Highway  Safety 
Systems  Specialist 


Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 


Gary  M.  Welsh 
Christine  Bruno-Davis 
Fred  W.  Kline 
Carol  E.  Klein 

Emeriti 

Barbara  Aierstock 
Edward  L.  Anderson 
Ida  Z.  Arms 
Marie  Bahn 
Barbara  J.  Balsiger 
Lee  R.  Beaumont 
William  R.  Becker 
Richard  E.  Berry 
William  W.  Betts,  Jr. 
Lois  C.  Blair 
Carl  Bordas 
Jessie  Bright 
Lorrie  J.  Bright 
R.  Morrison  Brown 
Gary  L.  Buckwalter 
Richard  Chamberlin 
Edward  Chaszar 
John  <  'bellman 


Director 

Assistant  Director 
Program  Coordinator 
Program  Facilitator 


Health  and  Physical  Education 

English 

Mathematics 

Special  Education 

Art 

Business 

Music 

Physics 

English 

Professional  Laboratory  Experiences 

Chemistry 

English 

English 

English 

Physics 

Library/Media  Resources 

Political  Science 

Dean  of  Health  Services 


Don-Chean  Chu 

Charles  L.  Cooper 

Steven  B.  Cord 

Patricia  Patterson  Cordera 

Harold  E.  Craig 

N  ilia  Ruth  Cramer 

Robert  J.  CronaUer 

Fred  Dakak 

S.  Jane  Dakak 

Charles  A.  Davis 

Clarabel  T.  Davis 

John  A.  Davis 

Leonard  DeFabo 

Daniel  DiCicco 

Thomas  J.  Dongilla 

John  Dropcho 

Robert  W.  Finsley 

Ronald  T.  Ferguson 

Fernand  Fisel 

Lida  I.  Fleming 

John  Frank 

John  Freund 

Samuel  V.  Furgiuele 

Eleanor  Gallati 

Walter  W.  Gallati 

Bernard  J.  Ganley 

Thomas  G.  Gault 

Clyde  C.  Gelbach 

Raymond  D.  Gibson 

Ralph  M.  Glott 

Charles  Godlasky 

William  I .  Grayburn 

S.  Trevor  Hadley 

Mary  M.  Hart 

Marlin  Hartman 

E.  Samuel  Hatfield 

Robert  M.  Hermann 

E.  Samuel  Hoenstine 

Donald  E.  Hoffmaster 

Helen  B.  Hovis 

John  P.  Hoyt 

Raymona  E.  Hull 

James  Innes 

D.  Robert  Jacobs 

Arthur  Kannwisher 

Alma  L.  Kazmer 

Orval  Kipp 

Merle  Klingensmith 

Helen  M.  Kresak 

Gopal  S.  Kulkarni 

William  E.  LaFranchi 

Betty  Lanham 
James  W.  Laughlin 
Raymond  L.  Lee 
Francis  W.  Liegey 
Dorothy  I.  Lingenfelter 
Stanley  W.  Lore 
P.D.  Lott 

Donald  M.  Maclsaac 
Margaret  Mahler 
W.  Delight  Malitsky 
Ronald  L.  Marks 
Lillian  B.  Martin 
Joseph  Mastro 
Doyle  McBride 
Donald  McF'eely 
Francis  G.  McGovern 
John  J.  McManmon 
Patrick  J.  McNamara 
Lawrence  F.  McVitty 
Bruce  A.  Meadowcroft 
Jane  S.  Mervine 
Laurabel  H.  Miller 
Margaret  L.  Minnick 
Edgar  W.  Moore 


Foundations  of  Education 
Accounting 
History 
Business 
English 

Consumer  Services 
Art 

Dean  of  Admissions 
Health  and  Physical  Education 
Music- 
University  School/Music 
English 

Educational  Psychology 
Music 
Art 
Art 

English-Theater 
History 
French 

University  School 
Counselor,  Career  Services 
English 

English-Journalism 
Home  Economics  Education 
Biology 

Vice  President,  Administration 
Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
History 
Mathematics 
Elementary  Education 
Health  and  Physical  Education 
English 

Vice  President,  Student  Affairs 
Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Mathematics 
History 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Career  Services 
Biology 

Home  Economics  Education 
Mathematics 
English 
Art 

Psychology 
Philosophy 

Home  Economics  Education 
Art 

Communications  Media 
Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Director,  Library  and  Media 

Resources 
Sociology/Anthropology 
Student  Personnel 
Political  Science 
Biology 

Education,  University  School 
Elementary  Education 
Elementary  Education 
Communications  Media 
Counselor  Education 
Music 
Chemistry 

Education,  University  School 
History 
Mathematics 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Management  and  Marketing 
English 
Physics 
Art 

Educational  Psychology 
History 
English 

Food  and  Nutrition 
History 


198  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Robert  N.  Moore 
Wallace  F.  Morrell 
Morton  M.  Morris 
Ruth  S.  Morris 

Roy  Moss 
Edward  R.  Mott 
JoAnne  Mueller 
J.  Robert  Murray 
Marian  Murray 
Esko  New  lull 
Carl  P.  Oakes 
James  Oliver 
James  E.  Payne 
Laurence  J.  Perkins 
Everett  J.  Pesci 
Ruth  Podbielski 
John  A.  Polesky 

Paul  A.  Prince 
Richard  E.  Ray 
James  B.  Reilly 
David  M.  Riban 
Maurice  L.  Rider 
Joseph  Rizzo 
Phyllis  G.  Roumm 
Norman  Sargent 
Robert  H.  Savior 
Eugene  F.  Scanlon 
Martha  Scheeren 
George  K.  Seacrist 
Robert  C.  Seelhorst 
Frederick  W.  Seinfelt 
Mildred  Shank 
Elwood  B.  Sheeder 
Ronald  E.  Simkins 

Herman  L.  Sledzik 
Bert  A.  Smith 
Edwin  M.  R.  Smith 
Helena  Smith 
William  R.  Smith 
Marie  Snead 
Leslie  S.  Spencer 

George  Spinelli 
Martin  Stapleton 
Charles  Stevenson 
Merle  E.  Stilwell 
Lawrence  C.  Stilt 
James  K.  Stoner 

George  A.  W.  Stouffer 
I.  Leonard  Stright 
Craig  G.  Swauger 
Stanford  Tackett 
Leonard  P.  Tepper 
Beatrice  Thomas 
Howard  E.  Tompkins 
Lawrence  Tucker 
Robert  Vislosky 
Euphemia  Nesbitt  Waddell 
Paul  M.  Waddell 
Albert  J.  Wahl 
Joann  Walthour 
Robert  O.  Warren 
Jane  B.  Washburn 
John  G.  Watta 
Charles  Weber 
Ned  Wert 

Kathleen  Jones  White 
Herbert  Wildeboor 
Halley  O.  Willis,,,, 
James  C.  Wilson 
Edward  Wolf 
Richard  Wolfe 


Biology 

Mathematics 

Special  Education 

Office  Systems  and  Business 

Education 
Career  Services 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Mathematics 
Communications  Media 
Nursing 

Sociology- Anthropology 
Mathematics 
History 
Geography 
Music 

Counselor  Education 
Associate  Athletic  Director 
Office  Systems  and  Business 

Education 
Geoscience 
English 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Physics 
English 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 
English 

Communications  Media 
Counselor  Education 
Special  Education/Clinical  Services 
Library /Media  Resources 
English 
Art 

English 

Educational  Psychology 
Dean,  School  of  Business 
Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 
Associate  Athletic  Director 
Political  Science 
Mathematics 
English 
Mathematics 
Library /Media  Resources 
Finance  and  Management  Information 

Systems 
Counselor  Education 
Biology 

Management  and  Marketing 
Mathematics 
Music- 
Chairperson,  Business  and 

Distributive  Education 
Dean.  School  of  Education 
Dean,  The  Graduate  School 
Journalism 
Chemistry 

Orography  and  Regional  Planning 
Business 

Computer  Science 
Health  and  Physical  Education 
Art 

Library 
Physics 
History 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Associate  Provost 
Counselor  Education 
English 
Geography 
Art 

Dean.  College  of  Human  Ecology 
Music 

Mathematics 
Counselor  Education 
Library /Media  Resources 
Mathematics 


Robert  L.  Woodard 
Betty  Wood 
Allen  Woods 


Director.  Institutional  Research 
Consumer  Services 
Food  and  Nutrition/ 

Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 
Administrative  Services  and  Business 

Education 
Chemistry 

Educational  Psychology 
Communications  Media 


Dale  W.  Woomer 

Paul  R.  Wunz. 
Joan  Yanuzzi 
David  L.  Young 

The  Faculty 

Robert  J.  Ackerman.  Ph.D..  Western  Michigan  University 

Professor.  Sociology 
Carl  F.  Adams.  D.M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America 

Professor,  Music 
Ibrahim  J.  Affaneh,  Ph.D..  University  of  Utah 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Ali-Asghar  Aghbar,  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University 

Professor,  English 
Francisco  E.  Alarcon,  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Mohamed  H.  Albohali.  Ph.D.,  Kansas  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Management  Information  Systems 

and  Decision  Sciences 
Abbas  J.  Ali,  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Management 
Ronald  D.  Ali.  M.F.A.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor.  Art 
Robert  K.  Alico,  Ph.D..  St.  Bonaventure  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Norine  A.  Allen,  M.S..  University  of  Buffalo 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Lynne  B.  Alvine,  Ed.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  English 
William  D.  Ames,  L.L.M. (Taxation),  University  of  San  Diego 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Caroline  I.  Anderson,  DA.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Fred  P.  Anderson.  MB. A..  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Management 
Kim  L.  Anderson.  MB. A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Allan  T.  Andrew,  Ph.D.,  Utah  State  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Joseph  S.  Angelo.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Yaw  A.  Asamoah,  Ph.D.,  Washington  University 

Professor,  Economics 
Maali  H.  Ashamalla.  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Noreen  O.  Ash-Johnson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Associate  Professor.  Biology 
Neil  J.  Asting.  Ph.D..  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Professor,  Chairperson.  Chemistry 
C.  Thomas  Ault,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  Theater 
Dennis  Ausel.  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
W.  Timothy  Austin.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Criminology 
Gary  L.  Bailey.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
Frank  T.  Baker,  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Biology 
John  C.  Baker,  M.A.,  Siena  Heights  College 

Assistant  Professor,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Donald  A.  Balenovich.  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Francis  L.  Ballas.  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Chemistry 
William  F.  Barker,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Marna  S.  Barrett,  Ph.D.,  Memphis  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 


Directory  — 199 


M.  id.  in  M.  Batra,  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
Charles  E.  Battaglini.  M.F.A..  Temple  University 

Professor,  Art 
Cbarlene  P.  Bebko.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
Jacqueline  A.  Beck,  M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Thomas  L.  Beck,  M.Ed.,  Duquesne  University 

Associate  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Robert  B.  Begg.  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa 

Associate  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
shci  rill  J.  Begres,  Ph.D..  Wayne  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Raymond  W.  Beisel.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  University  School 
Patricia  A.  Bell.  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Margaret  VV.  Bellak.  M.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing 
Carole  B.  Bencich.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Joseph  W.  Bencloski.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Paul  Ben-Zvi,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

Associate  Professor.  Art 
Bruce  L.  Berg.  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University 

Associate  Professor,  Criminology 
Jill  P.  Berg,  M.S.N..  University  of  Florida 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Gail  I.  Berlin.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Pearl  S.  Herman.  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Professor.  Psychology 
Charles  H.  Bertness,  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Joseph  A.  Bianco.  Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
George  R.  Bieger,  Ph.D..  Cornell  University 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Gary  J.  Bird.  MM.,  North  Texas  State  University 

Professor.  Music 
Christine  Black.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Patricia  L.  Black.  M.Ed.,  Duquesne  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Barbara  S.  Blackledge,  M.F.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at 

Greensboro 

Associate  Professor.  Theater 
William  A.  Blacksmith,  III,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Elaine  H.  Blair.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Jean  L.  Blair.  M.N.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
P.  Parker  Boerner,  M.F.A..  Maryland  Institute  College  of  Art 

Assistant  Professor,  Art 
Joseph  A.  Bogan,  Jr..  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Criminology 
Robert  J.  Boldin.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Daniel  N.  Boone.  Ph.D.,  Claremont  Graduate  School 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Nelson  H.  Bormann.  M.A.,  Western  Michigan  University 

Associate  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
David  T.  Burst  DM. A..  Eastman  School  of  Music 

Professor,  Music 
Albert  E.  Bouffard.  Ph.D..  Duquesne  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Martha  G.  Bower,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Malcolm  E.  Bowes,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

Associate  Professor,  Theater 
Faye  L.  Bradwick.  J.D.,  Syracuse  University 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 


Maryannc  Brandenburg.  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

Associate  Professor,  <  Iffice  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Ruiess  Van  Fossen  Bravo.  Ph.D..  Wayne  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry 
Roger  L.  Briscoe.  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Peter  G.  Broad.  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Kenneth  W.  Brode.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  German 
John  Broughton,  III,  Ed.D..  Oklahoma  State  University 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Andrew  C.  Browe,  Ph.D..  Medical  College  of  Virginia 

Professor,  Biology 
Karen  L.  Brown.  M.L.S..  North  Carolina  Central  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Donald  W.  It  tick  waiter.  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Assistant  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Gerald  M.  Buriok.  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Mathematics 
Daniel  A.  Burkett.  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Louise  B.  Burky,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and 

Decision  Sciences 
Ronald  I.  Burner,  MB. A..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Sandra  L.  Burwell.  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
John  F.  Busovicki.  M.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Gary  L.  Buterbaugh.  M.A..  Syracuse  University 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson,  Computer  Science 
William  B.  Butler,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Professor,  Biology 
James  F.  Byers,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
James  M.  Cahalan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Professor,  English 
Carol  L.  Caraway,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Patrick  A.  Carone.  Ph.D..  Duke  University 

Professor,  Political  Science.  International  Student  Adviser 
Carmy  G.  Carranza.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  Director/Academic  Coordinator,  Learning 

Center 
Jose  M.  Carranza.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Mario  E.  Carranza.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

Associate  Professor,  Political  Science 
Wendy  K.  Carse,  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Charles  E.  Casavant.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  Music 
Charles  D.  Cashdollar,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  History 
Donna  B.  Cauffiel,  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 
Vince  Celtnieks,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Karen  R.  Cercone,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Professor,  Geoscience 
Mary  Ann  Cessna.  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Food  and  Nutrition 
Miriam  S.  Chaiken.  Ph.D..  University  of  California 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Anthropology 
David  D.  Chambers.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana 

Assistant  Professor,  Chairperson,  Political  Science 
Benjamin  C.  Chan.  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
William  D.  Chapman.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 


200 —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Michael  R.  Charnego.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  Biology 
Manmohan  D.  Chaubey,  Ph.D..  University  or  Iowa 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Management 
R.  Philip  Chekanski.  M.S.,  Central  Missouri  Slate  University 

Associate  Professor.  Safety  Sciences 
Carl  C.  Chen,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems 

and  Decision  Sciences 
Stanley  Chepaitis,  D.M.A.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Sung-Gay  Chow.  Ph.D..  University  of  Alabama 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Richard  L.  Christensen,  M.S.,  University  of  Northern  Illinois 

Associate  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Nicholas  D.  Christodouleas.  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Frank  J.  Cignetti,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Director,  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Garry  J.  Ciskowski,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma  Health  Science  Center 

Associate  Professor,  Biology 
Joseph  C.  Clark,  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Geoscience 
Lois  A.  Clark.  M.Ed.,  Slippery  Rock  State  College 

Associate  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Vaughn  H.  Clay,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Art 
Stanley  Cohen,  J.D.,  Salmon  P.  Chase  College  of  Law 

Professor.  Criminology 
Bernadette  Cole-Slaughter.  Ph.D..  Purdue  University 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Edward  G.  Coleman,  M.S..  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 

Associate  Professor.  Chemistry 
Francis  J.  Condino,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
W.  Thomas  Conelly.  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara 

Assistant  Professor,  Anthropology 
Carol  E.  Connell,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
David  M.  Cook,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  English 
Frank  Corbett,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Carmine  J.  Cortazzo  Jr..  M.S..  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Joseph  J.  Costa,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Chemistry 
John  A.  Cross,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Computer  Science 
John  W.  Cross,  M.A..  University  of  Massachusetts 

Associate  Professor,  Economics 
Thomas  E.  Crumm,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Helen  D.  Cunningham,  M.N.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing;  Coordinator,  Allied  Health 

Professions 
Thomas  P.  Cunningham.  M.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 

Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Bob  J.  Curey,  Ph.D..  Wayne  State  University 

Professor,  English 
Susan  S.  Dahlheimer.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Food  and  Nutrition 
Karen  A.  Dandurand.  Ph.D..  University  of  Massachusetts 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Arlo  Dean  Davis,  Ph.D..  University  of  Colorado 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Carl  D.  Davis.  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Wayne  J.  Davis,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Professor,  Accounting 
Gary  J.  Dean,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Counseling,  Adult  Education, 

and  Student  Affairs 
James  C.  Dearing.  MM.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 


Emily  K.  DeCicco,  Ph.D.  and  J.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
David  A.  DeCoster,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Florida 

Professor,  Counseling,  Adult  Education,  and  Student  Affairs 
Anthony  G.  DeFurio.  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Art 
James  M.  DeGeorge,  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

Professor,  Journalism 
Charles  P.  Dejarnett.  MSG(P),  A.A.,  New  Mexico  Military  Institute, 

Instructor,  Military  Science 
Dagem  Dejene,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Political  Science 
Virginia  C.  Demand.  Ed.D..  University  of  Arkansas 

Associate  Professor,  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Alice  D.  Dickie,  M.S.,  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Christian  M.  Dickinson,  MM.,  Florida  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
William  E.  Dietrich,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Biology 
John  L.  Dietz,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

Professor.  Music 
Richard  A.  DiStanislao,  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director  of  Registration  and  Scheduling,  Office  of  the  Registrar 
Joseph  W.  Domaracki.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
H.  Edward  Donley,  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Alberta  R.  Dorsey,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
David  B.  Downing.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  English 
Rita  G.  Drapkin.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and  Student  Development 
Victor  S.  Drescher.  D.M.L.,  Middlebury  College 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Rebecca  A.  Dubovsky,  M.A..  Clarion  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Kurt  P.  Dudt,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Communications  Media 
Catherine  M.  Dugan.  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

Assistant  Professor,  Director.  Advising  and  Testing  Center 
Karen  Duhala.  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Donald  D.  Duncan.  Ed.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Diane  L.  Duntley.  Ed.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  Director,  Academic  Information  Systems 
James  A.  Dyal,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Economics 
Robert  E.  Early,  M.A..  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 
David  L.  Edwards.  MAJ.  B.S.,  Clarion  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  Military  Science 
Edward  J.  Edwards,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
Donald  G.  Eisen,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Theater 
Dean  S.  Eiteman,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor,  Accounting 
Wendy  L.  Elcesser,  Ph.D..  University  of  Vermont 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Joan  B.  Elliott.  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Mary  Louise  Eltz.  M.Ed.,  East  Stroudsburg  State  College 

Associate  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Ronald  R.  Emerick,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  English 
John  M.  Engler,  M.P.H.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Thomas  W.  Falcone.  D.B.A.,  Kent  State  University 

Professor,  Management 
Frank  Fazio,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Lawrence  M.  Feldman.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 


Directory  — 201 


Beatrice  S.  Kennimore.  D.Ed..  Columbia  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Scott  M.  Ferderber,  B.A..  Washington  and  Jefferson  College 

Associate  Professor.  Military  Science 
Vincent  .1.  Ftrrara.  Ph.D..  Eordham  University 

Professor,  Philosophy  anil  Religious  Studies 
Gary  M.  Ferrence.  Ed.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor.  Biology 
Trenton  R.  Ferro.  Ed.D..  Northern  Illinois  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Counseling,  Adult  Education,  and  Student  Affairs 
Jerry  B.  Fiddler.  Ed.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Da>id  A.  Foltz.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arizona 

Associate  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Janet  H.  Fontaine.  Ph.D..  University  of  Hawaii 

Assistant  Professor.  Counseling,  Adult  Education,  and  Student  Affairs 
Susan  E.  Forbes.  M.A..  Kent  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
William  R.  Forbes.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor,  Biology 
John  C.  Ford,  Ph.D.,  Northeastern  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
John  N.  Fox.  Ph.D..  Wesleyan  University 

University  Professor.  Physics;  Coordinator.  Natural  Sciences 
Douglas  H.  Frank.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
W.  Larry  Freeman,  Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

Associate  Professor.  Physics 
Ernest  B.  Fricke.  Ph.D..  New  York  University 

Professor,  History 
Donald  P.  Fritz,  Jr..  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Edwin  J.  Fry.  M.M..  DePaul  University 

Associate  Professor.  Music 
Norman  W.  Gaggini.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Physics 
Joseph  M.  Gallanar.  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Professor,  History 
Victor  Q.  Garcia,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Santa  Barbara 

Assistant  Professor,  Anthropology 
Rajendar  K.  Garg,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
C.  Alexander  Garvin.  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor,  Economics 
Conrad  J.  Gates.  J.D..  University  of  Buffalo 

Professor.  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Rosalyn  H.  Gates,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Susan  1.  Gatti.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Robert  L.  Gaylor.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Jerry  G.  Gebhard,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 

Professor.  English;  American  Language  Institute 
Robert  P.  Gendron.  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Associate  Professor.  Biology 
Gail  J.  Gerlach.  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Michele  A.  Gerwick,  M.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
Mohamed  E.  Ghobashy,  Ph.D.,  Hochschule  fuer  Wethandel,  C.P.A. 

Professor.  Accounting 
John  J.  Gibbs.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Professor.  Criminology 
Manton  C.  Gibbs,  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University 

Professor,  Management 
James  E.  Gibson,  Ph.D..  Temple  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Jayne  R.  Giniewicz.  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
Eileen  J.  Glisan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Susan  Glor-Sheib,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education 
Irving  Godt,  Ph.D..  New  York  University 

Professor.  Music 


Janet  E.  Goebel,  Ph.D..  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Edward  W.  Gondolf.  Ed.D..  Boston  University 

Professor,  Sociology 
Thomas  D.  Goodrich,  Ph.D..  Columbia  University 

Professor,  History 
Beverly  .1.  Goodwin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Psychology 
Philip  B.  Gordon.  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Jacqueline  L.  Gorman,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Brooke  V.  Grant,  M.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Sociology 
John  G.  Grassinger,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
James  L.  Gray,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  English 
Cassandra  C.  Green,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Educational  Counselor,  Learning  Center 
William  G.  Gressley.  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Royden  P.  Grove,  M.Ed.,  Ohio  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
David  E.  Grover,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

Professor,  Psychology 
Richard  A.  Halapin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and 

Decision  Sciences 
Patrick  A.  Hall,  M.L.S..  University  of  Washington 

Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Frank  W.  Hall  II.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Montana 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Geoscience 
Robert  W.  Hamilton.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Janis  M.  Handler.  M.S.,  Indiana  University 

Instructor.  Communications  Media 
Kathleen  J.  Hanrahan,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  The  State  University  of  New 

Jersey 

Assistant  Professor,  Criminology 
Roy  W.  Harding,  Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of  Technology 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Katherine  J.  Harris.  Ph.D..  Cornell  University 

Associate  Professor,  History 
Richard  A.  Hartline.  Ph.D..  University  of  California 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Jeanette  A.  Hart  man.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Rebecca  L.  Hartman,  D.Ed.,  Columbia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
Patrick  M.  Hartwell.  Ph.D..  University  of  California-Los  Angeles 

Professor,  English 
Malcolm  R.  Hayward  III.  Ph.D.,Tulane  University 

Professor,  English 
Nancy  M.  Hayward,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Judith  M.  Het  lit  man  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  University  School 
Janice  L.  Heckroth.  Ed.D..  University  of  South  Dakota 

Associate  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Donn  W.  Hedman.  M.F.A.,  Washington  State  University 

Professor,  Art 
Patricia  I,  Heilman,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Journalism 
Anita  C.  Henry,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor.  French 
Jeannine  L.  Heny.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Herlinda  Hernandez.  M.A..  University  of  the  Americas  (Mexico) 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
C.  Geoff  Herrmann,  B.A.,  California  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Military  Science 
Coleen  J.  Herrmann,  B.S..  Creighton  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Military  Science 
Kenneth  E.  Hershman,  Ph.D..  Purdue  University 

Professor,  Physics 


202  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Mary  Jane  Hirt.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Political  Science 
Robert  H.  Hoellein,  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Harry  G.  Holt,  M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

Associate  Professor,  Economics 
Olive  M.  Holt.  M.S.N..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
Harvey  S.  Holtz,  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 

Professor.  Sociology 
James  D.  Hooks,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Richard  J.  Hornfeck.  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education;  Director,  Highway  Safety 

Center 
Marilyn  S.  Howe,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Director.  University  School 
Paul  E.  Hrabovsky.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  Learning  Center 
Barbara  H.  Hudson.  Ph.D..  Howard  University 

Professor.  English 
Suzanne  H.  Hudson.  Ph.D.,  Marquette  University 

Professor,  English 
Marvin  Huff.  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Economics 
Arthur  C.  Hulse.  Ph.D..  Arizona  State  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Jan  G.  Humphreys.  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University 

Professor,  Biology 
Herbert  M.  Hunter,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Sociology 
C.  Mark  Hurlbert.  DA.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Syed  N.  Hyder,  M.Tax..  Georgia  State  University,  C.P.A.,  CCA. 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Dominic  J.  Intili.  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Professor,  Music 
Mary  J.  Jalongo.  Ph.D..  University  of  Toledo 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in   Education 
Sandra  L.  Janicki,  M.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Rosa  N.  Jen,  M.S.,  Florida  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Randy  L.  Jesick.  M.S.J.,  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Journalism 
Crawford  W.  Johnson.  M.A.,  Atlanta  University 

Associate  Professor,  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
George  B.  Johnson.  M.F.A.,  Indiana  University 

Professor,  Art 
John  R.  Johnson.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Interim  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Education;  Assistant  Professor, 

University  School 
Ralph  L.  Johnson.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Rita  M.  Johnson,  M.S.,  Purdue  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Food  and  Nutrition 
Robert  G.  Johnson.  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Professor,  English 
Foster  T.  Jones,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Professor,  French 
Frederick  A.  Joseph.  M.Ed.,  Kent  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Director,  Financial  Aid 
Jerry  A.  Joseph.  M.H.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Myrtle  M.  Joseph.  M.L.S..  Catholic  University  of  America 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Larry  A.  Judge.  B.S.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  Director,  Sports  Information 
Ronald  A.  Juliette.  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 

Professor.  Communications  Media 
John  F.  Kadlubowski.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

Professor,  History 
Krzysztof  Kaniasty,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Louisville 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 


Charles  M.  Kanyarusoke.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
Nicholas  Karatjas.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook 

Professor,  Economics 
Majid  Karimi.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
Irvin  C.  Kauffman.  Assistant  Principal  Cello.  Pittsburgh  Symphony 

Orchestra 

Associate  Professor,  Music 
Cathy  C.  Kaufman.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
David  Kaufman.  M.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
David  Shankland  Keene,  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 

Professor,  Political  Science 
Mary  T.  Keim,  B.A.,  Hastings  College:  C.P.A. 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Billie  L.  Kerans.  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Biology 
Christine  W.  Kesner,  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Michael  H.  Kesner,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor.  Biology 
Maurice  Kilwein-Guevara,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin  at  Milwaukee 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Elizabeth  A.  Kincade,  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  Center 
Robert  L.  King,  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Robert  J.  Kirby,  Jr.,  M.S.L.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Germain  P.  Kline.  M.B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Linda  R.  Klingaman.  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Blaine  E.  Knupp.  M.L.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Instructor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Richard  W.  Kolaczkowski.  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Paul  I.  Kornfeld,  Ed.D.,  Illinois  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
Barbara  A.  Kraszewski,  M.A.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Krish  S.  Krishnan.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Marketing 
Laurence  D.  Kruckman.  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Associate  Professor,  Anthropology 
Joseph  S.  Krupnik.  M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Sherrill  A.  Kuckuck.  D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Director,  Student  Development  Programs 
John  W.  Kuehn.  DM. A.,  University  of  Colorado 

University  Professor  and  Professor.  Music 
Lawrence  Kupchella,  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Barbara  N.  Kupetz.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Jodell  L.  Kuzneski.  M.N.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Nursing 
Thomas  J.  Lacey,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Art 
Richard  J.  Lamberski.  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
Dale  E.  Landon.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  History 
John  W.  Lamer,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
Walter  R.  Laude,  M.A.,  Scarritt  College 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Neil  B.  Lehman.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor.  Chairperson,  History 
Mary  Beth  Leidman-Golub,  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers, 

Vanderbilt  University 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 


Directory  — 203 


Edward  M.  I.evinson.  Ed.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  Stale 

University 

Professor,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Tian-Min  Lin.  Ph.D..  Boston  University 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
C.  T.  Lindh.  M.S.,  Duquesne  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Alicia  V.  Linzey.  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Sally  A.  Lipsky.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Reading/Study  Skills 

Coordinator,  Learning  Center 
Renee  P.  Liscinsky,  Doctoral  du  Illme  cycle,  Universite  de  Besancon, 

France 

Professor,  French 
Victor  Liscinsky.  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Robert  I.  Lloyd,  DMA.,  Catholic  University  of  America 

Professor.  Music 
Patricia  L.  Lommock,  M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Theater 
George  R.  Long,  Ph.D.,  Utah  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Thomas  R.  Lord.  Ed.D.,  Rutgers.  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Associate  Professor,  Biology 
A.  Lynne  Lucas,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Joanne  Y.  Luchsinger.  M.M.,  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Carl  S.  Luciano.  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Professor,  Biology 
Ronald  Lunardini,  D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Counseling.  Adult  Education,  and  Student  Affairs 
Sandra  Joyce  Lynn,  M.S.,  Auburn  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Charles  R.  Maderer,  M.A.T.,  Brown  University 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Richard  D.  Magee,  Ph.D..  Temple  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Donald  C.  Mahan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Marjorie  A.  Mambo,  D.Ed.,  Teachers  College.  Columbia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  University  School 
Sarah  J.  Mantel.  DM. A.,  University  of  Illinois 

Associate  Professor,  Music 
Irwin  Murray  Marcus,  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Professor,  History 
Grace  D.  Marlin,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  University  School 
Barbara  W.  Marquette.  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Psychology 
Laura  E.  Marshak,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Lincoln  H.  Marshall.  Ph.D..  American  University 

Associate  Professor.  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Arthur  H.  Martel,  Ph.D..  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor,  Economics 
Randy  L.  Martin.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 

Associate  Professor,  Criminology 
Lea  Masiello,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Professor.  English 
Frances  Ann  Massey,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
John  K.  Matolyak,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Physics 
George  M.  Matous.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 

Associate  Professor,  Physics 
Donald  A.  McAndrew.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  English 
Ronald  L.  McBride,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Michael  A.  McCaffrey,  M.B.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
R.  Paul  McCauley,  Ph.D.,  Sam  Houston  State  University 

Professor,  Criminology 


Robert  E.  McClay,  Jr.,  M.B.A.,  American  University 

Associate  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Gary  R.  McClosky,  M.S..  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Donald  S.  McClure,  Ph.D..  Vanderbilt  University 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Susan  H.  McClure,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Charles  R.  McCreary.  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 

Assistant  Professor,  French 
G.  Patrick  McCreary.  M.F.A..  Mason  Gross  School  of  the  Arts 

Assistant  Professor,  Theater 
Theresa  R.  McDevitt,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Judith  R.  McDonough,  Ph.D..  Auburn  University 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
J.  Richard  McFerron,  M.B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
Maureen  C.  McHugh,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Psychology;  Director,  Women's  Studies 
Donald  R.  McKelvey,  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Katherine  K.  McKelvey,  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science 
Mark  E.  McNabb.  M.A.,  Adams  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Criminology 
Donald  S.  McPherson.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Richard  P.  Mease,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Edward  R.  Melodini,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Criminology 
Cruz  M.  Mendizabal.  Doctor  en  Filosofia  y  Letras,  Universidad  Javeriana 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
John  E.  Merryman,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Foundations  of  Education 
Mary  H.  Micco,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Vincent  P.  Mikkelsen,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Cecilia  Y.  Rodriguez  Milanes,  D.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at 

Albany 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
James  G.  Mill,  Jr.,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Jeffrey  A.  Miller,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Larry  Carl  Miller,  Ph.D..  Northwestern  University 

Professor.  History 
Vincent  P.  Miller,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
John  A.  Mills,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor.  Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
Robert  E.  Millward.  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
George  R.  Miltz.  M.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
George  E.  Mitchell,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Joel  D.  Mlecko.  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Kofie  L.  Montgomery,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Instructor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Sharon  B.  Montgomery.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Archie  F.  Moore,  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Wayne  A.  Moore,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Mia  M.  Moore-Armitage,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Associate  Professor,  Food  and  Nutrition 
Martin  J.  Morand,  B.S.,  Cornell  University 

Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Bernard  A.  Moreau.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 


204  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Frederick  W.  Morgan,  Ph.D..  Southern  Methodist  University 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Robert  L.  Morris.  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Political  Science;  Dean.  International  Programs 
Imogene  L.  Mover,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 

Associate  Professor.  Criminology 
Stanford  G.  Mukasa.  Ph.D.,  McGill  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Journalism 
Patrick  D.  Murphy,  Ph.D..  University  of  California 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Robert  J.  Mutchnick,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Professor.  Criminology 
James  R.  Myers,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Ataollah  Nahouraii.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 
Anthony  J.  Nania,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 

Professor.  English 
Anthony  J.  Nastase,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Biology 
William  A.  Neal,  M.A.,  The  George  Washington  University 

Associate  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Linda  Shearer  Nelson.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Home  Economics  Education 
James  P.  Nestor,  DA.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor.  Art 
Phillip  D.  Neusius.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 

Associate  Professor.  Anthropology 
Sarah  W.  Neusius.  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 

Associate  Professor,  Anthropology 
Gini  G.  Newell.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Sandra  J.  Newell,  Ph.D..  University  of  Toledo 

Professor,  Biology 
Linda  C.  Norris,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Thomas  C.  Nowak,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Sociology 
Richard  C.  Nowell.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

Associate  Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Muhammad  Z.  Numan,  Ph.D..  College  of  William  and  Mary 

Assistant  Professor.  Physics 
William  W.  Oblitey.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Anja  H.  Olin-Fahle,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Professor.  Anthropology 
Gary  James  Olmstead.  DMA..  Cleveland  Institute  of  Music/Case 

Western  Reserve  University 

Professor,  Music 
Ludo  op  de  Beeck.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  French 
John  N.  Orife.  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Management 
Stephen  W.  Osborne,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Nicholas  N.  Pacalo.  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Associate  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Dorothy  Ann  Palmer,  M.A.,  Miami  University 

Associate  Professor,  Political  Science 
Frederick  R.  Park,  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Geoscience 
Robert  A.  Patsiga.  Ph.D..  State  University  College  of  Forestry,  Syracuse 

University 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Gary  W.  R.  Patton,  Ph.D..  Tufts  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Raymond  P.  Pavloski.  Ph.D..  McMaster  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Terry  L.  Peard.  Ph.D..  Cornell  University 

Associate  Professor.  Biology 
Gerard  C.  Penta,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor,  Foundations  of  Education 
Virginia  Perdue,  D.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Daniel  J.  Perlongo.  M.Mus..  University  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor,  Music 


Russell  L.  Peterson.  Ph.D..  Howard  University 

Associate  Professor.  Biology 
Jerry  L.  Pickering,  Ph.D..  Rutgers.  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Professor.  Biology 
David  H.  Pistole,  Ph.D..  Indiana  State  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Edward  E.  Piatt,  Ph.D..  University  of  Connecticut 

Professor,  Political  Science 
Mark  A.  Plivelic,  M.Litt.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Karen  E.  Polansky.  M.S.,  California  State  University — Los  Angeles 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
Duane  M.  Ponko.  M.S  ,  Duquesne  University,  C.P.A. 

Assistant  Professor,  Chairperson,  Accounting 
Thomas  R.  Pressly,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Robert  S.  Prezant.  Ph.D..  University  of  Delaware 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson,  Biology 
Barbara  Quigley,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 
John  P.  Quirk,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
George  M.  Radakovic.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Economics 
Willard  W.  Radell,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Economics 
Bennett  A.  Rafoth.  Ed.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Mary  Ann  Rafoth.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor.  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Carl  J.  Rahkonen.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
David  L.  Ramsey,  B.A..  Washington  and  Jefferson  College 

Instructor,  Physics 
Gurmal  Rattan.  Ph.D.,  Ball  State  University 

Professor.  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Chancy  R.  Rawleigh.  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University 

Professor,  Sociology 
Phillip  P.  Ray.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 
Terry  T.  Ray.  J.D..  Duquesne  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Karen  E.  Ready.  M.A..  Middlebury  College 

Associate  Professor,  German 
Clarice  K.  Reber.  M.S..  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  Chairperson.  Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 
James  C.  Reber.  Ph.D..  Duke  University 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Jack  C.  Reed,  M.S.,  University  of  Arizona 

Associate  Professor.  Safety  Sciences 
William  L.  Rettig,  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Virginia  E.  Reynolds.  M.A.,  Columbia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Sociology 
Alexander  R.  Rich,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Darlene  S.  Richardson.  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

Professor,  Geoscience;  Director.  Liberal  Studies 
J.  Merle  Rife.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor.  History 
Robert  H.  Rittle.  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Professor.  Psychology 
Donald  J.  Robbins.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Lionel  E.  Roberts,  Jr.,  J.D..  Cumberland  School  of  Law 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Richard  D.  Roberts.  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Physics 
Donald  U.  Robertson.  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  Slate  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Allen  R.  Robinson.  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor.  Highway  Safety  Center 
Rosaly  D.  Roffman.  M.A.,  University  of  Hawaii 

Associate  Professor.  English 


Directory  —  205 


Thomas  J.  Rogish.  M.Ed.,  I-'rostburg  Stale  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Athletics 
Beverly  J.  Rossiter.  M.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
David  E.  Rotigel,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Foundations  of  Education 
Richard  D.  Row  ell.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor.  Office  Systems  anil  Business  Education 
Shirley  B.  Ruh.  Ph.D..  Brown  University 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Robert  H.  Russell.  M.A.T.,  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Journalism 
(irace  A.  Ryan.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Management 
John  C.  Ryan.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Management 
Daniel  t).  Sadler.  M.A..  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
Mary  E.  Sadler.  M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
Stephen  K.  Sanderson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 

Professor,  Sociology 
Nicolo  A.  Sartori.  MM..  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  Music 
Lilia  P.  Savova.  Ph.D..  Sofia  University  in  Bulgaria 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
John  K.  Seandrett,  M.M.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Assistant  Professor.  Music 
R.  Thomas  Schaub.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Joan  C.  Schmitt.  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Carl  VV.  Schneider.  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor.  Chairperson,  Psychology 
Gould  F.  Schrock,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

Professor,  Biology 
Lisa  M.  Sciulli.  MB. A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Marketing 
John  H.  Scroxton,  M.S.,  Alfred  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 
C.  Donald  Seagren,  D.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Advising  and  Testing  Center 
Gail  S.  Sechrist.  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University  and  A  &  M  College 

Assistant  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Robert  P.  Sechrist,  Ph.D..  Louisiana  State  University  and  A  &  M  College 

Associate  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Thomas  Sedwick,  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University 

Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Frederick  A.  Sehring.  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Assistant  Director.  Armstrong  Campus 
Constance  A.  Settlemyer.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Nursing 
Dale  M.  Shafer.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Ronald  G.  Shafer,  Ph.D..  Duquesne  University 

Professor,  English 
Esther  M.  Shane.  M.S.,  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Maher  Y.  Shawer,  Ph.D..  University  of  Oklahoma 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Jack  L.  Shepler,  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Kenneth  Lee  Shildt.  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Management  Information  Systems 

and  Decision  Sciences 
Ruth  I.  Shirey.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Daniel  C.  Shively.  M.S.L.S..  Drexel  University 

Associate  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Charles  J.  Shubra,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  Computer  Science 
Thomas  W.  Simmons.  Ph.D.,  Saint  John's  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Biology 
Edward  K.  Simpson.  M.F.A..  University  of  North  Carolina 

Assistant  Professor.  Theater 


John  F.  Sitton.  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

Associate  Professor,  Political  Science 
Thomas  J.  Slater,  Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Jean  J.  Slenker.  M.A.,  Professional  Diploma,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 

University. 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Robert  Eugene  Slenker,  M.A.,  Professional  Diploma,  Teachers  College, 

Columbia  University 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Edward  L.  Sloniger,  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Maxine  K.  Smatlak,  M.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
R.  Roger  Smith,  Ph.D..  University  of  Kentucky 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Theresa  S.  Smith.  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
W.  Wayne  Smith,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

Professor,  History 
Ronald  F.  Smits,  Ph.D.,  Ball  State  University 

Professor,  English 
C.  Sue  Snyder,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Kay  A.  Snyder.  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Professor.  Sociology 
Stanley  J.  Sobolewski,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Instructor,  Physics 
Robert  F.  Soergel,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
James  A.  Solak,  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  Management  Information  Systems  and 

Decision  Sciences 
Harold  M.  Sommer.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor.  German 
Ramesh  G.  Soni.  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas  at  Arlington 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Robert  D.  Soule,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson.  Safety  Sciences 
Elwood  R.  Speakman.  MAT.,  Brown  University 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Joseph  B.  Spieker,  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
William  M.  Srsic,  M.Ed.,  Edinboro  State  College 

Associate  Professor,  Associate  Director,  Financial  Aid 
John  E.  Stamp,  Jr..  DMA..  Michigan  Stale  University 

Associate  Professor.  Music 
James  G.  Staples.  DM. A.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 

Professor.  Music 
Jay  Start,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Communications  Media 
Ricky  J.  Steele,  M.S.,  Kansas  State  University 

Professor,  Military  Science 
John  H.  Steelman.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Sharon  D.  Steigmann,  Ph.D.,  Arizona  State  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
David  W.  Stein.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Joanne  B.  Steiner,  Ph.D..  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Food  and  Nutrition 
Ronald  A.  Steiner.  M.S.L.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Associate  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Margaret  M.  Stempien.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Frances  C.  Stineman,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Eberly  College  of  Business 
Lloyd  K.  Stires,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Robert  J.  Stonebraker,  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 

Professor,  Economics 
Kathryn  A.  Stratton,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Educational  Counselor,  Learning  Center 
Donna  L.  Streifthau.  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Human  Development  and  Environmental 

Studies 


206  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Robert  S.  Strock.  M.Ed..  Shippensburg  Stale  College 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Gary  S.  Stoudt.  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Rebecca  A.  Stoudt.  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Peter  M.  Sullivan.  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Associate  Professor,  German 
Mario  Sussman.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Psychology 
Connie  J.  Sutton,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Geoscience 
Louis  R.  Sutton.  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
John  J.  Sweeney,  Jr..  J.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Ford  Harris  Swigart,  Jr.,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  English 
Mary  E.  Swinker,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Augusta  Syty.  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Virginia  S.  Szwarc,  M.S.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Linda  F.  Szul.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Vincent  P.  Taiani.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor.  Marketing 
Devki  N.  Talwar.  Ph.D..  Allahabad  University 

Professor.  Physics 
Dan  J.  Tannacito.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon 

Professor,  English 
John  F.  Taylor.  Ph.D..  University  of  Missouri 

Professor.  Geoscience 
Carol  A.  Teti.  D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

Professor.  Music 
Eugene  F.  Thibadeau.  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Professor.  Foundations  of  Education 
Joann  E.  Thistlethwaite.  M.N.E.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
John  C.  Thomas,  J.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Criminology 
Raymond  L.  Thomas,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  English 
Ronald  W.  Thomas.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Counseling.  Adult  Education,  and  Student  Affairs 
Carolyn  A.  Thompson.  M.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Richard  E.  Thorell,  M.A.,  University  of  Rochester 

Associate  Professor,  Music 
Gordon  F.  Thornton,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor.  Psychology 
Sally  W.  Thornton,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Monte  Tidwell.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Anthropology 
Mark  A.  Tomkovicz,  ILT,  B.S.,  Creighton  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Military  Science 
Martha  A.  Troxell,  J.D.,  Temple  University 

Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
J.  David  Truby,  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Journalism 
Lawrence  J.  Turton.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kansas 

Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Marie  E.  Twal.  M.S.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
Mark  G.  Twiest,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Meghan  M.  Twiest,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Leon  D.  VandeCreek.  Ph.D..  University  of  South  Dakota 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  Psychology 
Thomas  L.  VanDyke,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 


Jane  Van  Steenkist.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Pothen  Varughese.  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Chemistry 
Eduardo  A.  Vega.  B.A.,  Chapman  College 

Assistant  Professor,  Military  Science 
Michael  W.  Vella.  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Davis 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Kenneth  J.  Victor.  M.A.,  University  of  Missouri 

Assistant  Professor.  Learning  Center 
Frank  A.  Viggiano,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Jacob  li.  Voelker.  M.A..  University  of  Notre  Dame 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  German 
Dorothy  C.  Vogel.  Ph.D..  New  York  University 

Professor.  History 
Edwina  B.  Void,  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin 

Professor.  Chairperson,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Larry  A.  Void.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Julia  K.  Vormbrock,  M.A..  San  Diego  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
James  A.  Waddell,  M.A..  University  of  North  Carolina 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Tirlochan  S.  Walia.  Ph.D..  New  York  University 

Associate  Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Donald  A.  Walker.  Ph.D..  Harvard  University 

University  Professor  and  Professor.  Chairperson,  Economics 
Bernadette  L.  Walz,  M.S.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
George  B.  Walz.  Ph.D..  Lehigh  University 

Professor.  Psychology 
Stephen  B.  Ware.  B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University 

Associate  Professor,  Economics 
Marcia  R.  Watts,  M.S.,  Villanova  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Calvin  E.  Weber,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Chairperson.  Music 
William  F.  Wegener.  D.P.A..  Nova  University 

Professor.  Criminology 
Ronald  M.  Weiers.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Marketing 
Christopher  L.  Weiland.  M.F.A..  Rochester  Institute  of  Technology 

Professor.  Art 
James  E.  Welker,  M.B.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Susan  Welsh.  Ph.D..  Drew  University 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
M.  Gayle  Wernsman,  M.S..  Colorado  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Annie-Laurie  Wheat,  M.F.A..  University  of  Georgia 

Assistant  Professor.  Chairperson.  Theater 
Susan  E.  Wheatley,  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor,  Music 
Robert  L.  Whitmer.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Chairperson.  French 
Dennis  W.  Whitson.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chairperson.  Physics 
Vvthilinga  Wijekumar,  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  Universit) 

Associate  Professor,  Physics 
George  T.  Wiley.  Ph.D..  Western  Reserve  University 

Professor,  History 
Carolyn  J.  Wilkie.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Educational  Development  Specialist.  Learning 

Center 
Linda  L.  Williams.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Michael  M.  Williamson,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  English 
Gwendolyn  Willis,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsbugh 

Assistant  Professor.  Communications  Media 
Marilyn  E.  Willis.  Ed.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
B.  Gail  Wilson.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 


Directory  —  207 


Lorraine  P.  Wilson.  DA.,  Ball  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Music 
Nancy  K.  Wilson,  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Associate  Professor,  Criminology 
T.  Kenneth  Wilson.  B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Ray  L.  Winslead,  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University 

Professor.  Biology 
Stacey  C.  Winstead.  M.A.,  Slippery  Rock  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 
Robert  I.  Witchel,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Counseling,  Adult  Education,  and  Student  Affairs 
Ronald  J.  Woan.  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
James  L.  Wolfe.  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 
John  T.  Wood.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Melvin  R.  Woodard,  Ed.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Don  W.  Woodworth,  M.A..  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor,  English 
John  C.  Woolcock,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Riverside 

Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 
John  C.  Worzbyt,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

Professor,  Counseling.  Adult  Education,  and  Student  Affairs 
Robert  L.  Yarup,  M.A.,  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Stanley  J.  Yerep.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania.  C.P.A. 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Kvvasi  Yirenkyi,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Caroll  M.  Young.  Ph.D..  University  of  Missouri 

Associate  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Geraldine  K.  Zalazar,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Geno  C.  Zambotti.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  Chemistry 
Mary  L.  Zanich.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Psychology 
Sherwood  E.  Zimmerman.  Ph.D.,  Slate  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Professor,  Criminology 
Susan  T.  Zimnv.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
Phillip  J.  Zorich,  M.A.,  University  of  Oregon 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Nashat  Zuraikat,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Nursing 

The  individuals  named  below  provide  programs  affiliated  with  IUP. 
Administrators  and  teaching  staffs  of  other  hospital  schools  are  awarded 
adjunct  professorships  in  years  when  IUP  students  are  in  attendance. 

Adjunct  Professors-Medical  Technology 

Ronald  Berardi,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Loyola  University  of  Chicago 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Latrobe  Area  Hospital,  Latrobe,  Pa. 
Patricia  A.  Chappel.  B.S..  M.T. 

B.S.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University 

Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Conemaugh  Valley  Memorial  Hospital,  Johnstown,  Pa. 
Paul  J.  Cherney,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Medical  Director,  Medical  Technology  Program 

Abington  Memorial  Hospital,  Abington,  Pa. 
Judith  K.  Clark,  M.N.Ed.,  M.T.(ASCP) 

M.N.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Harrisburg  Hospital,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Virginia  Dell  Craig.  B.S.,  B.A.,  M.T.(ASCP) 

B.S..  B.A.,  Texas  Woman's  University 

Program  Director.  Benedum  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


Gerald  Kahs.  M.D. 

M.D.,  Temple  University 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Lancaster  General  Hospital,  Lancaster,  Pa. 
Lisa  M.  Farina,  B.S.,  M.T(ASCP) 

B.S.,  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Program  Director,  Benedum  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Janice  Kogleman,  M.Ed.,  M.T.(ASCP) 

Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Polyclinic  Medical  Center.  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Nadine  E.  Gladfeller,  M.S. 

M.S.,  Temple  University 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Lancaster  General  Hospital.  Lancaster,  Pa. 
Sidney  Goldblatt,  M.D. 

Medical  Director 

Conemaugh  Valley  Hospital,  Johnstown,  Pa. 
Phyllis  Gotkin,  Ph.D.,  M.T.(ASCP) 

Program  Director,  Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Program 

Medical  College  Hospitals,  Elkins  Park  Hospital,  Elkins  Park,  Pa. 
Joanne  Grote,  B.S.,  M.A.,  M.T.(ASCP) 

B.S.,  St.  Francis  College 

Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Latrobe  Area  Hospital,  Latrobe,  Pa. 
Kenneth  H.  Jurgens.  M.D. 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York;  M.D.,  State  University  of  New 

York  at  Downstate 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology 

St.  Vincent  Health  Center,  Erie,  Pa. 
Thelma  Kline,  M.T.(ASCP),  S.M. 

B.S.,  Indiana  Univeristy  of  Pennslyvania 

Assistant  to  Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Latrobe  Area  Hospital,  Latrobe,  Pa. 
Him  G.  Kwee.  M.D. 

Airlangga  University  of  Medicine 

Medical  Adviser.  Harrisburg  Hospital  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Sue  W.  Lawton,  M.T(ASCP),  M.A.,  M.S. 

B.S.,  Purdue  University;  M.A..  Central  Michigan  University 

Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology 

St.  Vincent  Health  Center,  Erie,  Pa. 
Joseph  R.  Noel,  B.S. 

B.S.,  York  College 

Director,  Medical  Technology  Program 

Altoona  Hospital,  Altoona,  Pa. 
Julian  W.  Potok,  DO. 

DO..  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine 

Co-director,  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Polyclinic  Medical  Center,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Frank  Rudy,  M.D. 

University  of  Pittsburgh 

Co-director,  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Polyclinic  Medical  Center,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Barbara  Scheelje,  B.S..  M.T.(ASCP) 

B.S.,  Colby  Sawyer  College 

Program  Director,  Medical  Technology  Program 

Abington  Memorial  Hospital,  Abington,  Pa. 
Eugene  Sneff,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Hahnemann  Medical  College 

Director,  Department  of  Laboratory  Services 

Altoona  Hospital,  Altoona,  Pa. 
Ramana  K.  Surampudi,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Guntur  Medical  College,  Guntur,  Andrapradesh,  India 

Medical  Director,  Benedum  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Gail  Woods,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Program 

Medical  College  Hospitals,  Elkins  Park  Hospital,  Elkins  Park.  Pa. 

Adjunct  Professors-Respiratory  Therapy 

Jack  Albert,  M.Ed.,  R.R.T.,  C.P.F.T. 
M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Care 
Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


208  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Eric  Bakow,  M.A.,  R.R.T. 

M.A.  in  Education,  Lehigh  University 

B.A.  in  Biology,  Millersville  University 

A.S.  Respiratory  Therapy,  St.  Joseph  Hospital  School  of 

Respiratory  Care 

Manager,  Department  of  Respiratory  Care 

University  of  Pittsburgh  Medical  Center,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Karen  Blair,  M.S.,  R.R.T. 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Director.  Cardio-Rehabilitation  Department 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Chuck  W.  Boig,  B.S.,  R.R.T. 

University  of  Connecticut 

Primary  Clinical  Instructor,  Respiratory  Therapy 

Children's  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
April  Cvetan,  B.S.,  R.R.T. 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Respiratory  Therapist,  Shadyside  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Edgar  Delgado,  A.S.,  R.R.T. 

A.S.,  Respiratory  Therapy.  West  Virginia  Northern  Community  College 

B.S.,  Biology,  Bethany  College 

Educational  Coordinator,  Department  of  Respiratory  Care 

University  of  Pittsburgh  Medical  Center,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Jamie  L.  Donaldson,  R.R.T.,  C.R.T.T. 

NICU  Therapist 

Childrens  Hospital  of  Pittsburgh,  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Gail  W.  Druga,  C.P.F.T.,  C.C.P.T. 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Care 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Paul  Fiehler,  M.D.,  F.C.C.P. 

M.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Respiratory  Care 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Joe  Garuccio,  A.S.,  R.R.T.  C.P.F.T. 

A.S.,  Allegheny  Community  College 

Educational  Coordinator.  Respiratory  Care  Department 

Allegheny  General  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Cindy  Geary.  B.S.,  R.R.T..  C.P.F.T. 

B.S.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

M.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh  Medical  Center 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Care 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Jeffery  Alan  Heck,  M.S..  R.R.T 

B.S.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh  Medical  Center 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Care 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Lisa  Renee  Hershelman,  B.S..  R.R.T. 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Respiratory  Therapist 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Richard  J.  Laurent,  B.S.,  R.R.T. 

B.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Lecturer,  St.  Francis  School  of  Respiratory  Therapy, 

Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
William  J.  Malley,  M.S.,  R.R.T.,  C.P.F.T. 

M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director.  School  of  Respiratory  Care 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Catherine  L.  Myers,  B.S..  R.R.T. 

B.S.,  Edinboro  University 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Care 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Robin  Nitkulinec,  B.S.  R.R.T. 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Senior  Supervisor,  Department  of  Respiratory  Care 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Jay  Trainman.  AS,  R.R.T..  C.P.F.T. 

A.S..  Allegheny  Community  College 

Staff,  Respiratory  Care  Department 

Allegheny  General  Hospital,  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 


Kim  Wiles.  B.S..  R.R.T. 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Staff,  Respiratory  Care  Department 

Armstrong  Hospital,  Kittanning,  Pa. 
Drew  Wiltsie.  AS.  R.R.T. 

A.S.,  Youngstown  State  University 

Education  Coordinator,  Respiratory  Care  Services 

Childrens  Hospital  of  Pittsburgh.  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Adjunct  Professors-Nuclear  Medicine 

Elaine  M.  Markon,  M.S.,  R.T.(N).  C.N.M.T. 
M.S.,  Physics,  Ohio  University 
Program  Director,  Nuclear  Medicine  Institute 
The  University  of  Findlay,  Findlay,  Ohio 

M.  Gary  Sayed,  Ph.D.. 

Ph.D.,  Radiological  Science.  Medical  College  of  Ohio 
Assistant  Director,  Nuclear  Medicine  Institute 
The  University  of  Findlay,  Findlay,  Ohio 


Index  —  209 


Index 

A 

Academic  Affairs  Division 42. I'M 

A<  ademic  Good  Standing 29 

Academic  1  lonors 30 

Academic  Integrity  Policy 33 

Academic  Policies  27 

Academic  Standards  Policy 29 

Academic  Violations  (See  Academic  Integrity  Policy) 33 

Accounting  Department 45 

Accreditation 5 

V  I  101  Program 24 

Activities 26 

Adjunct  Professors 207 

Administrative  Officers 193 

Admission  and  Registration 8 

Admission  to  Teacher  Education  and  Certification 30 

Adult  Advisement  Services 1 1 3 

Advanced  Placement  Program 28 

Advising  and  Testing  Center 26 

Advisory  Program 30 

Allied  Health  Professions 72 

American  Language  Institute 10 

Anthropology  Department 76 

Anticipated  Class  Absence  Policy 29 

Application  Fee 8 

Application  for  Graduation  41 

Application  for  Housing 24 

Aquatics  School 67 

Armstrong  County  Educational  Trust  193 

Art  Department 59 

Athletics 26 

Audit  Fee 1 1 

Audit  Policy 28 

Automobiles 24 

B 

Bad  Check  Charge 12 

Billing  and  Payments 12 

Biochemistry  Program 99 

Biology  Department 97 

Board  of  Directors,  the  Foundation  for  IUP 193 

Board  of  Governors,  State  System  of  Higher  Education 193 

Branch  Campuses  7 

Buildings  and  Grounds 5 

Business.  Eberly  College  of 45 

Business  Associate  Degree  Program 50 

Business  Education 49 

C 

Calendar 4 

Cancellation 13 

Cancelled  Semester  Policy 28 

Career  Services 25 

Center  for  Vocational  Personnel  Preparation 52 

Certification  for  Teachers 52 

Certification  in  Driver-Education-Safe  Living 68 

Chairpersons  of  Departments 193 

Changes  of  Major 30 

Cheating  (See  Academic  Integrity  Policy) 33 

Chemistry  Department 99 

Child  Development/Family  Relations  Program 71 

Class  Attendance 29 

Clubs  and  Organizations 26 

Classification  of  Students 27 

Cocurricular  Activities 25 

College  Board  Examinations 8 

College  of  Education 51 

College  of  Fine  Arts 59 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 65 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 75 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 97 

Communications  Media  Department  53 

Completion  of  Degree  Requirements 4 1 

Computer  Center  (see  Information  Systems  and  Communications  Center) 


Computer  Science  Department 101 

Computer  Software  Policy  37 

Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs 113 

Consumer  Affairs 69 

Consumer  Services  Department 65 

Continuing  Education,  School  of 1 1 2 

Division  of  Credit  Programs 112 

Division  of  Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs 1 1 3 

General  Studies  Associate  Degree 1 1 2 

General  Studies  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 1 1 2 

Cooperative  Education  32 

Cooperative  Programs  96 

Engineering 96 

Family  Medicine 97 

Forestry 97 

Marine  Science  Consortium 97 

Optometry 97 

Podiatry 97 

Counseling.  Adult  Education,  and  Student  Affairs  Department 54 

Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 24 

Course  Description 115 

Accounting  (AG) 115 

Administrative  Services  (AD)  115 

Anthropology  (AN) 117 

Applied  Music  (AM) 117 

Art  Education  (AE) 115 

An  History  (AH) 1 1 7 

Art  Studio  ( AR) 119 

Biochemistry  (BC) 120 

Biology  (BI) 121 

Business  Education  (BE)  120 

Business  Law  (BL) 123 

Chemistry  (CH) 124 

Consumer  Services  (CS) 131 

Communications  Media  (CM) 126 

Computer  Science  (CO) 128 

Counselor  Education  (CE) 124 

Criminology  (CR)  130 

Critical  Languages  (CL) 125 

Distributive  Education  (DE) 133 

Early  Childhood  Education  (EE) 135 

Economics  (EC)  133 

Education  (ED) 134 

Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  (EX) 141 

Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  (EH)  136 

Educational  and  School  Psychology  (EP) 141 

Elementary  Education  (EL) 137 

English  (EN) 138 

Finance  (FI) 143 

Fine  Arts  (FA) 142 

Food  and  Nutrition  (FN) 145 

Foreign  Languages  (FL) 144 

Foundations  of  Education  (FE) 143 

French  (FR)  146 

Geography  (GE) 147 

Geoscience  (GS) 150 

German  (GM) 149 

Gerontology  (GN) 150 

Greek  (GK) 149 

Health  and  Physical  Education  (HP) 155 

History  (HI) 153 

Home  Economics  Education  (HE) 152 

Hotel.  Restaurant.and  Institutional  Management  (HR) 158 

Information  Management  (IM) 159 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relation  (LR) 163 

International  Studies  (IS) 160 

Journalism  (JN) 160 

Latin  (LA) 162 

Learning  Center  (LC) 162 

Liberal  Studies  (LS) 163 

Library  (LB) 162 

Management  (MG) 166 

Marine  Science  (MI) 167 

Marketing  (MK ) 168 

Mathematics  (MA) 163 

Medical  Technology  (MT) 170 


210  —  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Military  Science  (MS) 169 

Music  History  (MH) 167 

Music  (MU) 170 

Nuclear  Medicine  (NT) 172 

Nursing  (NU) 172 

Office  Systems  (OS) 173 

Philosophy  (PH) 176 

Physics  (PY) 178 

Political  Science  (PS) 1 77 

Psychology  (PC) 1 74 

Quantitative  Business  (QB) 180 

Rehabilitation  (RH) 180 

Religious  Studies  (RS) 181 

Respiratory  Therapy  (RT) 182 

Safety  Sciences  (SA) 183 

Science  (SO 185 

Social  Work  (SW) 190 

Sociology  (SO) 186 

Spanish  (SP) 188 

Speech  and  Hearing  (SH) 185 

Theater  (TH) 190 

Universitywide  Courses  (UN) 192 

Vocational  Education  (VO) 192 

Women's  Studies  (WS) 192 

Course  Repeats 27 

Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 114 

Criminology  Department 78 

Criminology  Associate  Degree  Program 78 

Criteria  Governing  Continuance  at  1UP 29 

Critical  Language  Program 75 

Culinary  School  44 

D 

Damage  Fees 12 

Dean's  List 30 

Degree  Fee  12 

Delinquent  Accounts 12 

Dietetic  Major 65 

Dining  Services 24 

Directors  of  Continuing  Education  Programs 197 

Directors  of  Special  Clinics 197 

Directory  193 

Disability  Support  Services 25 

Driver  Education 67 

Drop/Add 28 

Duke  Cooperative  Program  in  Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies  ...  97 

Dismissal 29 

E 

Early  Admissions  Program 8 

Early  Childhood  Education 54 

Eberly  College  of  Business 45 

Economics  Department 79 

Education,  College  of 5 1 

Education  of  Persons  With  Hearing  Loss 57 

Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 56 

Educational  and  School  Psychology  Department 54 

Educational  Services  Fee 1 1 

Elementary  Education  (see  Professional  Studies  in  Education) 

Eligibility  and  Application  for  Graduation 41 

Emeriti 197 

Employment 16 

Engineering 96 

English  as  a  Second  Language  (ESL)  Program 81 

English  Department 80 

English  Humanities 81 

Environmental  Geoscience 103 

Environmental  Health 99 

Exemption  Examinations 28 

F 

Facilities  Fee 1 1 

Faculty 193 

Family  Medicine 92 

Fashion  Merchandising 70 

Fees 11 


Finance  and  Legal  Studies  Department  

Finances 

Financial  Aid 

Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy 

Financial  Delinquency  Policy  

Fine  Arts,  College  of 

Food  and  Nutrition  Department 

Foreign  Study  Programs 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies  Cooperative  Program 

Foundation  for  I  UP 

Foundation  for  IUP,  Board  of  Directors 

Foundations  of  Education  Department 

French  Department  

French  for  Elementary  Education  

Freshman  Applicants 

Freshman  Orientation 

Freshman  Year 

Full-time  Student 

G 

General  Fine  Arts  Major 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

Geology  Minor 

Geoscience  Department 

Geoscience  Minor 

German  Department 

Gerontology  Certification  Program 

Grade  Appeal  Policy 

Grade  Reports 

Grades  and  Quality  Points 

Graduate  Program  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Graduation  Requirements 

Grants 

Guidelines  for  Student  Conduct 

H 

Harrisburg  Internship  Semester 

Health  and  Human  Services,  College  of 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Department  

Health  Center  Staff 

Health  Fee 

Health  Insurance 

Health  Services 

Highway  Safety  Center 

High  School  Students.  Visiting  Student  Program 

History  Department  

History  of  the  University 

Home  Economics  Education  Department 

Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 

Housing 

Housing  Fee 

How  to  Apply  for  Admission 

Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 

Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  College  of 

1 

Immunization  Requirements 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  Department 

Information  Systems  and  Communication  Center 

Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Services 

Insurance  

Interior  Design 

International  Studies 

Internship  Program  

Intramurals 

IUP  Council  of  Trustees 

J 

Jefferson  Medical  College-IUP  Physician  Shortage  Area  Program  . 
Journalism  Department 

K 

L 

Late  Registration  Fee 

Learning  Center 

Liberal  Studies 


Index  — 211 


Library  and  Media  Services  f> 

I  imii  I  mi' i m'ik-sn  I'niL'iaim     22 

Loans 16 

M 

Management  Department 47 

Management  Information  Systems  ;uid  Decision  Sciences  Department 48 

Marketing  Department 48 

Mathematics  Department 105 

Media  Services 6 

Medical  Technology  72 

Medical  Technology  Fee 1 2 

Military  Science  Department 42 

Military  Science  Fee 12 

Miscellaneous  Fees 12 

Music  Department 61 

N 

Nancy  Program 83 

Natural  Sciences  106 

Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics.  College  of 96 

Natural  Sciences — Pre-Professional  Programs 96 

Niglu  Exams  Policy 35 

Nursing  Department 7 1 

Non-Native  Students'  English  Requirements 41 

Normal  Semester  Hour  Load 27 

Nuclear  Medicine 73 

O 

Off-Campus  Studies  Program 1 1 3 

Office  for  International  Services 43 

Office  Systems  and  Business  Education  Department 48 

Organizations  and  Activities  26 

Orientation  23 

Orientation  Fee  1 1 

Out-of-State  Tuition 1 1 

P 

Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate  Students  16 

Part-time  Study 9 

Pass-Fail  Policy 28 

Pechan  Health  Center  Staff 195 

Personal  Belongings  Insurance 24 

Perkins  Loan  Program 16 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies  Department 89 

Physics  Department 108 

Placement  Services 24 

Policy  on  Sexual  Harassment 6 

Political  Science  Department 90 

Portfolio  Evaluation 33 

Post  Office 25 

Postbaccalaureate  Study 9,113 

Preapproval  for  Transfer  Coursework 4 1 

Pre-Law  Business 46 

Pre-Law  Criminology 78 

Pre-Law  Economics 79 

Pre-Law  English  82 

Pre-Law  History 87 

Pre-Law  Philosophy 89 

Pre-Law  Political  Science 91 

Prior  Learning  Assessment  Policy  32 

Probation 29 

Professional  Studies  in  Education  Department 54 

Program  Changes 41 

Provost's  Scholar 30 

Psychology  Department 110 

Publications 26 

Punxsutawney  Area  College  Trust  Advisory  Board 193 

Purpose  of  the  University 5 

Q 

Quality  Points 27 

R 

Readmission  Policy  9,30 

Recreational  Park 25 


Refund  Policy 13 

Refrigerator  Rentals 24 

Rehabilitation 57 

Religious  Life  26 

Religious  Studies 89 

Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps 32 

Residence  Hall  Association 26 

Residence  Halls 23 

Residence  Life 23 

Residency  Requirement 41 

Respiratory  Care 72 

S 

Safety  Sciences  Department 74 

Second  Baccalaureate  Degree  Requirements  9 

Scholarships 17 

Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  8 

Social  Science  Education — Anthropology  Track 77 

Social  Science  Education — Economics  Track 80 

Social  Science  Education — Geography  Track 85 

Social  Science  Education — History 87 

Social  Science  Education — Sociology 93 

Sociology  Department 92 

Sophomore  Screening 30 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department 94 

Spanish  for  Elementary  Education 94 

Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services  Department 56 

Special  Fees  12 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 25 

Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology  56 

Stafford  Loan 16 

Student  Activity  Fee 12 

Student  Congress 25 

Student  Cooperative  Association 25 

Student  Employment  16 

Student  Organizations 25 

Student  Publications 26 

Student  Study  Abroad  Fee 12 

Student  Teaching 52 

Student  Union 25 

Study  Abroad,  International  Student  Exchange,  and  Study  Tours 43 

Summer  Sessions 10 

Summer  Sessions  Fees 12 

Syllabus  Policy 35 

T 

Teacher  Certification  (Postbaccalaureate) 9 

Teacher  Education  and  Certification,  Admission  to 30 

Telephones  24 

Testing  Fee 1 1 

Theater  Department 63 

Transcript  Fees 12 

Transfer  Students 8 

Tuition 1 1 

U 

Undergraduate  Catalog  Applicability  Timeframe 4 1 

University,  The 5 

University,  Clinics 52 

University  Libraries 42 

University  School 52 

University  Senate 6 

University  Sponsored  Loan  Program 16 

V 

Veterans 25 

Vocational  Rehabilitation  Assistance 22 

Vocational -Technical  Professional  Studies 52 

W 

Withdrawal  Policy,  Individual  Course 28,29 

Withdrawal  Policy,  Refund  Policy 13 

Withdrawal  Policy,  Total  University 29 

Women's  Studies 43 

Work-Study  Program 16 

Writing  Center 81 


North  Quad 

•  Elkin  Hall 

•  Gordon  Hall 
_2    •  Whitmyre  Hall 


HUB 

Hadley  Union  Building 

University  Check-in 

11:00  a  m  -  4:00  p. m  ,  Sunday 

•  l-Card 

•  Campus  parking  permit 
distribution 

•  Duplicates  available  of  (all 
class  schedule 


'  East  Quad 

.  EschHall 
.   Wallace  Hall 


■  South  Quad 

.  Mack  Hall 

•  Stewart  Hall 

•  Turnbull  Hall 

•  Langham  Hall 

•  WahrHall 


Governors  Quad 

•   Lawrence  Hall 
—  7  •   Scranton  Hall 

.   ShaferHall 


ALPHABETICAL  KEY  /  LOCATION  ON  MAP 

23  ACKERMAN  HALL* 
41   ADMINISTRATIVE  ANNEX- 
ES ATHLETIC  FIELDS' 
29   BOILER  PLANT 

2  CO-OP  STORE  (HUB)* 

6  BREEZEDALE  ALUMNI  CTR.  * 
32  CAMPUS  TOWERS 
46  CIVIL  DEFENSE  CENTER 
21   CLARK  HALL* 
56  COGSWELL  HALL* 

3  CO-OP  RECREATION  BLDG.' 

52  DAVIS  HALL* 
28  EICHER  HALL* 

7  ELKIN  HALL' 
25  ESC H  HALL* 
19   FISHER  AUDITORIUM* 
24   FLAGSTONE  THEATER 
31   FOLGER  DINING  HALL' 

53  FOSTER  DINING  HALL* 

8  GORDON  KALL* 
40  GREENHOUSE 

57  HILL  HOUSE 
59   HOSAC  HOUSE 
16  JOHNSON  HALL* 

9  KEITH  HALL* 
43  LANGHAM  HALL* 
46   LAWRENCE  HALL* 
11   LEONARD  HALL* 

58  LEWIS  HOUSE 
S    LUTHERAN  CAMPUS  CENTER 

51    MACK  HALL 

71    MAINTENANCE  GARAGE 

36  MCCARTHY  HALL 

10  MCELHANEY  HALL* 
56   MCFARLAND  HOUSE 
66   MEMORIAL  FIELD  HOUSE* 
68   MILLER  STADIUM* 
62   NEWMAN  CENTER* 
44   PECHAN  HEALTH  CENTER* 
64   PIERCE  HALL- 


OA 35  POLICE  ACADEMY* 

G-4  31    POSTOFFICE* 

D-7  39  521  PRATT  DRIVE 

G-4  38  525  PRATT  DRIVE 

H-2  37  629  PRATT  DRIVE 

H-2  1     PRATT  HALL* 

G-6  31    PRINTING  CENTER* 

E-6  72R&P  OFFICE  BUILDING* 

E-*  73   R  &  P  LAB  BUILDING 

E-4  66  RESCHINI  HOUSE* 

|-2  60  RICHARDS  HOUSE 

E-6  70  ROBERTSHAWAUX-  BLDG. 

G-4  71    ROBERTSHAW  BUILDING 

G-2  30  S  W.  JACK  COGEN   PLANT 

H-4  47   SCRANTON  HALL" 

E-3  45  SHAFERHALL* 

G-3  54  SPROWLS  HALL* 

G-6  61    STANLEY  HOUSE 

E-4  20  STAPLETON  LIBRARY" 

G-2  50   STEWART  HALL 

G-4        2    STUDENT  UNION* 

E-3  63  STOUFFER  HALL* 

E-3  16  STRIGHTHALL' 

F-2  22   JOHN  SUTTON  HALL* 

G-3  74  TENNIS  COURTS 

F-6  49  TURNBULL  HALL 

E-6  17  UHLER  HALL 

G-3  27   UNITED  MINISTRY 

E-3  71   UNIVERSITY  WAREHOUSE 

H-1        33  UNIVERSITY  TOWERS* 

E-6        42  WAHRHALL 

C-9       26  WALLACE  HALL* 

G-6       18  WALLER  HALL* 
G-3       13  WALSH  HALL* 
E-3        14  WEYANDT  HALL* 
E-6         4    WHITMYRE  HALL 
E-6        12  WILSON  HALL 
D-3        67  ZINK  HALL* 
F-6 

e-6      *  Disability  access    building  has  one  outside 
ramp   and  is  at  least  first-floor  accessible 


I 
F 

I 
G 

I                   I 
H                 I 

NUMERICAL  KEY 

G-6 

1     PRATT  HALL* 

G-6 

2    STUDENT  UNION 

F-6 

(HUB   HADLEY  UNION  BLDG.)* 

F-6 

2    CO-OP  STORE  (HUB)* 

F-6 

3    CO-OP  RECREATION  BUILDING* 

H-2 

4    WHITMYRE  HALL 

G-6 

6    LUTHERAN  CAMPUS  CENTER 

C-6 

6    BREEZEDALE  ALUMNI  CENTER* 

C-6 

7    ELKIN  HALL* 

E-6 

8    GORDON  HALL* 

E-4 

9    KEITH  HALL* 

C-10 

10  MCELHANEY  HALL* 

B-9 

11   LEONARD  HALL* 

G-6 

12  WILSON  HALL 

E-6 

13  WALSH  HALL* 

F-6 

14  WEYANDT  HALL* 

E-4 

16  JOHNSON  HALL* 

E-4 

16  STRIGHT  HALL* 

F-3 

17   UHLER  HALL 

F-5 

18  WALLER  HALL* 

H-2 

19  FISHER  AUDITORIUM* 

D-6 

20   STAPLETON  LIBRARY* 

F-2 

21    CLARK  HALL* 

F-4 

22   JOHN  SUTTON  HALL* 

C-6/C-6 

23  ACKERMAN  HALL* 

F-6 

24   FLAGSTONE  THEATER 

F-2 

26  ESCH  HALL* 

H-6 

26  WALLACE  HALL* 

C-9 

27  UNITED  MINISTRY 

G-6 

28  EICHER  HALL* 

F-4 

29  BOILER  PLANT 

H-4 

30  S  W   JACK  COGEN-   PLANT 

31    FOLGER  OINING  HALL* 

31    POST  OFFICE  (FOLGER  D.H.)* 

31    PRINTING  CENTER  IFOLGER  D.H.) 

32  CAMPUS  TOWERS 

33  UNIVERSITY  TOWERS* 

D-6 

34  UNNAMED  BUILDING 

35  POLICE  ACADEMY* 

36  MCCARTHY  HALL 

37  629  PRATT  DRIVE 

38  626  PRATT  DRIVE 

39  621  PRATT  DRIVE 

40  GREENHOUSE 

41  ADMINISTRATIVE  ANNEX" 

42  WAHRHALL 

43  LANGHAM  HALL* 

44  PECHAN  HEALTH  CENTER* 
46   SHAFERHALL* 

46  LAWRENCE  HALL* 

47  SCRANTON  HALL* 

48  CIVIL  DEFENSE  CENTER 

49  TURNBULL  HALL 

60  STEWART  HALL 

61  MACK  HALL 

52  DAVIS  HALL* 

53  FOSTER  DINING  HALL* 
64   SPROWLS  HALL* 

56  COGSWELL  HALL* 

56  MCFARLAND  HOUSE 

57  HILL  HOUSE 
68  LEWIS  HOUSE 

59  HOSAC  HOUSE 

60  RICHARDS  HOUSE 

61  STANLEY  HOUSE 

62  NEWMAN  CENTER* 

63  STOUFFER  HALL* 

64  PIERCE  HALL* 

66  RESCHINI  HOUSE* 

66  MEMORIAL  FIELD  HOUSE* 

67  ZINK  HALL* 

68  MILLER  STADIUM* 

69  ATHLETIC  FIELD* 

70  ROBERTSHAWAUX  BUILDING 

71  ROBERTSHAW  BUILDING' 
71   UNIVERSITY  WAREHOUSE 

71  MAINTENANCE  GARAGE 

72  R&  P  OFFICE  BUILDING* 

73  R  ft  P  LAB  BUILDING 

74  TENNIS  COURTS 


Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Indiana,  Pennsylvania  15705-1087 


>     'orich 
Library/Media    Res 
302     Jtapleton    Library